IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

4.
^5^ ... #^.

:/.

f/i

1.0

I.I

Ki 1^ 1 2.2

If ti& 12.0

L25 iiiii 1.4

1.6

^<J

^;.

4W % ^

Phoiogi^phic

Sciences
Corpcmtion

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. 14580

(716) 872-4503

«^

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historica! Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

□

D
D

Coloured covers/
Couverture de souleur

□ Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagee

L J Cou

Covers restored and/or laminated/
verture restaur^e et/ou pellicul^e

□ Cover title missing/
Le titre de couverture manque

□ Coloured maps/
Cartes gdographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
ere de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

□ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Pic

lanches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Relie avec d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/

La reliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge int^rieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
!l se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmdes.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppldmentaires;

L'lnstitut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage
sont indiquds ci-dessous.

□ Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur

□ Pages damaged/
Pages endommag^es

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/

Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul6es

Pages discoloured, stained or foxei
Pages d6color6es, tachetdes ou piqu^es

Pages detached/
Pages d^tach^es

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of prir

Quality indgale de I'impression

Includes supplementary materic
Comprend du materiel supplementaire

Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible

r~T Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I I Pages detached/

I "y Showthrough/

I I Quality of print varies/

I I Includes supplementary material/

I I Only edition available/

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6X6 film^es it nouveau de facon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu^ ci-dessous.

10X 14X 18X 22X

26X

30X

12X

16X

20X

24X

28X

32X

The copy filmed here hes been reproduced thenks
to the generosity of:

University of British Columbia Library

. exemplaire fiim6 fut reproduit grice ii ia
g4nArosit6 de:

University of British Columbia Library

The images appearing here are the best quaiity
possibie considering the condition and iegibiiity
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol ^^> (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Les images suivantes ont 6tA reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetA de I'exemplaire film6, et en
conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimte sont filmte en commen9ant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
derniire page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration. soit par le second
plat, seion le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont fiimis en commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la derniire page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
derniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole ^»> signifie "A SUIVRE", lo
symbols V signifie "FIN ".

Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at
different reduction retios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hend corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent dtre
fiim^s A des taux de reduction diffirents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul clichi, il est film^ it partir
de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche A drolte,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'imeges n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
iilustrcnt la methods.

1 2 3

THE

BRITISH COLUMBIA PILOT,

s/:r()\n r:/uT/ux,

IXC LU DING

THE COAST OF 151UTISH ('()LI\M1MA FUOM -lUAX DE
FUCA STHAIT To roiM'LAXD ('ANAL,

■|'()(;kthki{ with

VAN<'ULVEI{ AND <,)UEEX (MAULUTTE INLANDS.

OOMI'ILKlt FIIOM ADMIRALTY SURVEYS.

prBUSHEll BY OUnF.n OF THK I.OKDS fOMMISSIONFRS OK TIIK VDMIRALTY.

LONDON:

PIIINTED FOR THK II VI)RO(i RAPHIC OFIMCK. ADMIRALTY;

AXl) ^01.1) MY

J, D. POTTER, AOKNT for THK SALF of ADMIRALp^'-^i^RTS,

,'il, POULTRY, AND IL KIN(i STRKKT, TONV^ .^^-

LS98.

f>ri<T Firt' S/n/litufs 'DhI Si.r/irnrc. \^ '''''//^> \\

acl

isi

Uc
•<\h
hi
Hi
be
do
Ui
Isl

SOI

an(
(lei
D.

Qu(

Car

visi

Pil(

A D \ !•: K T I S !•: .M K N T

TO THK

BIUTISII (COLUMBIA PILOT,

Seroiid Kditioii, lSi,)8.

The British ('oluiiibia Pilot coutninis Sailing- Din'ctions for tho
coast from Juan dt- Fiica strait to Portland canal ; with the
adjacnt Inner channels ; also Vanootiver and Queen Charlotte
islands.

The information relatinif to the coast from the entrance to Juan
dc Fuca strait, and Haro and liosario straits, to Bute inlet, as
also to Vancouver island and adjacent channels, was obtained
from the journals and surveys conducted l)y Captain G. H.
iiichards, K.X., in H.M. Surveying Vessels P/u»ijier and Hecate,
between the years 1^57 and ltSG"2. This, to^'ether with a descrip-
tion of the included shores of Washington territory, derived from
United States (iroveinnient Surveys, was published as the Vancouver
Island Pilot, in iSt'.J.

The coast of the mainlantl from Bute inlet to Queen Charlotte
sound is chiefly derived from the Admiralty survey in charge of
D. Pender, Master R.N., l,SG3-t)5.

The directions for the coast between Queen Charlotte sound
and Portland canal, with the adjacent Inner channels, are chielly
derived from the Admiralty survey conducted by Staff ('ommander
D. Pender, li.N., during the years ISllo-TO. The di-scription of
Queen Charlotte islaiuls is compiU'd chiefly from the report by
G. M. Dawson, Esq., F.G.S., published by the Government of
Canada, 1S80, to which is added information derived from a
visit of H.M.S. Virago in IS53, and from the Admiralty Survey
of 1866. These were originally i)ublished as the Vancouver Island
Pilot Supplement, in 188:5.

SO 11948— 1000—8/96 Wt 'Jltifi D&S

In 1S(S8, tlu! al)()V(vnit'iiti()iictl, vi/., VaiR'ouvfr lblan<l I'ilot, IMdl,
and the Vancouvor Irihuul Tilut SuppLnR'nt, LSS'i, were embodied
and published as the British Cohinibia Pilot, having been prepared
by Stall' Commander F. W. Jarrad and Captain W. II. Sharp, K.N.

In the ])re8ent (Second) edition of the liritish Columbia Pilot, the
most recent information derived from the Uemark books of oflicers
of Her .Majes^^y's ships, the (Jovernment of Cana(hi, Mr. Walbran,
conuuaiiding the Dominion (iovernment steam-vessels, Z)^///(/('ve and
Qitddrit, and from other sources, including the Coast of British
Columbia with Puget sound, 1891, also the Pacific Coast Pilot,
Alaska, Part 1., 1S')1, published by the United States (Iovernment,
has also been embodied.

This Second Edition has been prepared by Stall Captain W. H.
Petley, R.N., of the Hydrograjthic Departujent, Admiralty.

Notices of errors or omissions in this work, as well as any new
information of interest to the navigator, should be transmitted to
the Secretary of the Admiralty.

By the pul)lication of this work, the former Edition and Supple-
ments to British Columbia Pilot, ISSS ; alsi> all Hydrographic Notices
relating to them and all Notices to Mariners, inclusive of No. '.\2'6
<if IH'.tS, are cancelled.

W. J. L. W.

Hj'drographic OlHce. \dmiralty, London.
July 18'.t8.

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I.

General remarks ; winds ; currents ; climate ; meteorology ; products ;
passuges

Page.

1-23

CHAPTER II.

Juan d«i Fuca and Hare ntraits ; Admiralty inlet ; Puget sound ; Esquimalt

harbour ; Victoria harbour ; Inner obannela ; Directions ... ... 24-10.5

CHAPTER III.

The Western channe's and islands to GabrioU pass

... 1 ur. 186

CH.vrrKR IV.

.Middle channel ; Lopez sound : <J'-cas East and West sounds

i;i7-15«

CHAPTER V.

Rosario strait and shores of Georgia strait

157-193

CHAPTER VI.

Georgia strait, from Nanaimo harbour and Burrard inlet, to cape Mudge
and Bute inlet ...

1!)4 244

CHAPTER VIL

From Georgia tjtrait westward to cape Scott and the Scott islands

... 24o-;ill

CHAPTER VIII.

West coast of Vancouver island, from Juan de Fuca strait to Sydney inlet... 312-342

T?"

(JONTENTS.

rilAPTRR IX.

Woat coast of Vancouver inland, from Clayoiiuot sounil to cape Scott

fafjo.

... ;m:<-8ks

CHAPTER X.

Coast of Hritish Cohunbiu (Inner channoly) : (^ueen Charlotte sound to

Scat'orth channel ... ... ... .. ... ... iiM) II.'

CHAPTER XI.

Inner channels, Milbank sound to Chathana sound

... I Hi ll>

CHAPTER XT I.

Chatham sound, Edye and Brown passages, and Dixou entrance

4Hi 17S

CHAPTER XIII.

Laredo sound to Opdun channel

17'J 4!t

CHAPTER XIV

Outer coast ; cape Calvert to Ogden channel

CHAPTER XV.

Portland and Observatory inlets and Portland canal

4itl-503

o04-,515

CHAPTER XVI.

<iueen Charlotte islands

Meteorological tables ; Esquimalt ; Victoria ; New Westminster

Index

List of Admiralty Sailing Directions, ifee.
,, ., Agents for sale of Charts

.■">l(i-.-.l'.t

5.53-.598
,599-606
605-606

SYSTEM OF ORTHOGRAPHY.

Adopted by the Admindti/ for Hoilin;/ Dirrrtlo^iis and Cho.rt.^.

As far as Ims hoon fotuul possible with oxistiiij; knowlcdizo, iiniivc
names are spelt in at'conlnnce witli the f()lln\viii<r system, wliich li;is Im'lii
adopted hy the prineipal autlioii(ic.« in CJiViit Britain and by ihe L'nited
States, and hns i)een 'or some yrars in precis-* of gradiud iiitroducticn
into all Admiralty Sailing Direetioiis and Charts.

No change is made in the orthonfraphy of fbrei,i,ni names in countries
which nse Roman letters; thus French, Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Sec.
nataes will be spelt as by the respective nations.

1. Where native names have licon so long written in a foi'ni which,
though not in accordance with this system, has become fainiliar to English
eyes from being so spelt in all charts and maps, they are retained.

2. The true sound of the v/ord as locally pronounced is taken as tlu;
basis of the spelling.

3. An approximation of the sound is alone aimed at. A system wliieh
would attempt to represent the more delicate inflections of sound ami
accent Avould be so complicated as cnly to defeat itself.

4. The broad features of the .system adopted are that vowels ar(>
pronounced as in Italian and consonants as in English, every letter Immj
pronounced. Two accents only are used : —

(i.) The acute, to denote the syllable on which stress is laid. The use
of this is very important, as the rounds of many names are
entirely altered by the misplacement of this '* stress."

(2.) The sign ^ over the letter U to denote the short sound of (hat
vowel under certain circumstances. (See table.)

5. When two vowels come togethei-, each one is sounded, though the
result, when spoken quickly, is .sometimes scarcely to be <Iislin<Tuislud
from a single sound, as in ai, an, ei.

The amplification of the rules is given on the following pa^^es.
Information is invited as to the proper spelling of native name,«, so as
to produce the neaiest approximation to the true sound, by this system.

X I7li74— 1. .')00.— 6'01. \Vt tiil78, ^

^■l

1 ctters.

a
e

rronimi'iuliou and llcmuikx.

ah, a us \\\ fiithvr

eh, c ns in benefit ; a as in jafe

Englisli c; I iis in rdv'nic ; the soiuul of ec ;
in hect.

as in mote -

Tlxainples.

Juvii, llnnana,
Soniiili, lliiri.

Tel-L'l.KclMr,

OK'loh, Yezo,

Lev Ilka, IVru.

Tims, not Feejee, but ^ Fiji, Hindi.

Tol<}o.

Ions u ns in jlnte ; tlic ^onml of oo in haof.
00 or on slionld novel' l)e employed I'or this
sound. Thus, not Zooloo or Zonloii, hut

Zvihi, Sumatra.

The shorter sound ol' the diil'erent vowels, ] Yarra,
Avlien necessary to be indicated, can he j Mecea,
exi>re?scd by douhliufj; the consonant that IJoTUiy.*

i'ollt)ws. The sounds rel'eired to arc as |
follows : —

The ;-;hort a as in f(i*fer, as eoui[)ared

with the long a as \n father.
The short e as in better, as compared

with the long e as \njafe.
Th<' f'lort i u2 in siii/ier, as compared

wi.h the long i as in ravine.
'J"l:e short o i\3 in sobbii/f/, as compared

Avith the long o as in sof/cr.
The short ii as in rubber, as compared
with the long n !iS in riibrir.

is the same short sound of h as is denotc<l
by doubling the consonant Ibllowing, but is
used, and only used, where such doubling
is impossible, as in case of words where
n is followed by two difF( rent consonants,
as in Tiiug, pronounced u« the Engli.«li
f,onr/i(e.

Tanna,
Jidda,

Doubling of a vowel is only necessary where
there is a distinct repetition of the single
sound.

Nuuliia, Oosima.

JIU

English / as in ice - ... _ ! Shanghai.

ov: as in hair. Thus, not Foocliow, but Fuchau.

is slightly diilerent from an - - - Macao.

when followed by a consonant or at the end of j

a word, as in faw - - thus 1 Cawnpore.

* The !/ is rotainctl as a terminal ia this word under rule 1. The word is given as a
familiar example of the alteration in sound caused hy the second consonant.

«■

vii

Letters.

cll
(1
f

h
hw

J
k

gli

in
n

P
ph

til

PrDnuMciiition and RomarkH.

Examples.

id the sound of tlio two Ttaliuii vowels, l)iit Is | Hciri'it, Bcilul.

froqucntly ,liirn>(l ovt-r, wlicii it is som-cely

to 1)0 distin^'uishccl I'roin ei/ in tlio Knglish

the}/, or ci in cif/lif.
Engli.sh h.

is iilways soft, hut is .so nearly tho sound of a | Coluhes.

that it should bo seldom iisod.
It' Cclclx's were not already recognised it would

lie written Sch'bcs.
is nlwftys soft, as in r/wrr// - - - 1 Chingeliin.

English (I.

English /. Ph should not bo used Tor the

sound of/. Thus, not Ilaiphon;/, but
is always hard. (Soft </ is given by,/)

is always pronounced when used.

ITaifong, N'at'a.
Galapagos.

us in iL-hat, iiettor rendered by hw than i Hwai\g ho,
«7/, or / ioUowed by a vowel. Thus,
IIwO' ho, not Whatig hn or Uoamj
ho.

English /. J'i L*hould never bo put for this
sound.

English li. It .should always be put for the
hard c. Thus, not Corca, btii

The Oriental etnttural

Nsran hwei.

Japan, Tinchucn.

is another guttural, as in the Turkish

• As in English.

has two separate sounds, the one hard as
in the English word finger, the other
as in singer. As these two sounds are
rarely employed in the same locality, no
attempt is made to distinguish between
them.

As in English.

As in loophole - . - .

Korea.
Khan.

Dagh, Ghazi.

jMokpho,
Cliemulpho.
Stands both for its sound in thing, and as in

this. The former is most common - - Bethlehem,
should never be employed; the sound of ! ;Kwangtung.
qu in quiver is given as hw. When qu j
has the sound of h, as in quoit, it should

bo given by h. I

b 2

VUl

Letters.

Pronunciatiou aud Remarks.

Examples.

As in English.

As in sin.

Sll

>.As in English.

Sawakin.

is always a consonant, as in yard, and there-
fore should never be used as a terminal,
i or e being substituted.

Kikuyu.

Thus, not Mikifiddiii/ or Wady, but

Mikindani, Wadi.

not Kwaly, but

Kwale.

English X -

Zulu.

French y, or as s in treasure -

Accents should not generally ^o used, but

Muzhdaha.

where there is a very decided emphatic

Tongatabu,

syllable or stress which affects the sound

Galapagos,

of the word, it should be marked by an

Palawan,

acitie accent.

Sarawak.

In the case of native names in countries under the dominion of other
European powers, in Avhose maps, charts, &c. the spelling is given
according to the system adopted by that power, such orthography is, as a
rule, disregarded, and the names are spelt uecordiug to the British system.
Thus the island east of -Java in possession of the Dutch is spelt Madoera
by them, but on Admiralty charts Madura. A town in .Java ap})ears on
Dutch charts as Tjilatjap ; in the British, Chilachap.

■■

INFOEMATIOxV RELATING TO OHARTS, SAILING
DIRECTIONS, AND THE GENERAL NAVIGA^
TION OF H.M. SHIPS.

ON THE CORRECTION OE CHARTS, LIGHT LISTS,
AND SAILING DIRECTIONS.

TiiBUE iire three (lescnpt'.on.-> of publications as guidoa to iiiivi<i;utiou — •
the charts, the sailing directions, and the light lists— which are all afFiiotcd
by the continual changes and alterations that take place.

Of these the charts should always be, so far as our knowledge permits,
absolutely correct to date ; and the light lists should be noted lor the
recent alterations, tliough space will not permit of full details being always
inserted; tlie sailing (li>'ections, however, cannot, from their nature, be so
corrected, and in all cases where they differ from charts, the charts must
be taken as the yuidc.

1. Charts. — When issued to a ship on commissioning, the charts have
received all uwoessary corrections to date. As sent from the llydrographic
Office thi^ are, as a rule, fresh from the plates. They then receive such
corrections by hand in the depots as are rcquirtd, and are so issued to the
ships.

All small but important corrections that can be made by hand are
notided by Notices to Mariners, and should at once be placed on the
charts to which they refer.

Large corrections that cannot be conveniently thus made are put upon
the plates, and fi'csh copi(?s are issued to the ships to repla^io the others,
which are directed to bo destroyed to prevent Iho possibility of their being
used in the navigation of the ship.

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

The dates on which these large corrections are made arc noted on the
chart plates in the middle of the lower edge; those of the smaller
corrections at the left-hand lower corners.

In all cases of quotations of charts, these dates of corrections should be
given, as well as the number of the chart (which will be found in the
lower right-hand corner), in order that at the Admiralty it may be known
what edition of the chart is referred to.

2. The L'ujht Lists, annually published at the beginning of each year,
are not corrected in tlie depots before issue, but appendices are issued
oveiy two months, giving the alterations that have taken place, copies of
which are put into the chart boxes.

It is the duty of the navigating officer when he receives the .'^^t of charts
to make notations in the light lists from these appendices, and from the
Notices to Mariners in the box ; and to keep them so corrected from time
to time.

The Light Lists should always be consulted as to details of a light,
as ihe description in the Sailing Directions may be obsolete, in consequence
of changes made since publication.

3. The Sailing Directions are not corrected before issue, except
occasionally for very important new rocks or dangers. Hydrographic
Notices and Supplements referring to each volume are published from time
to time.

Supplements contain all the information received up to date since the
publication of the volume to which they refer, and cancel all previous
Hydrographic Notices.

Hydrographic Notices contain rdl information up to date since the
publication of the volume, or since the last Supplement or Hydrographic
Notice, but endeavour is made to issue no more than one of these afiFecting
each volume, and, on the collection of fresh information, to include the
former Notice in a Supplement.

The existence of Supplements or Hydrogra[)hic Notices is to be noted,
in the tabulated form placed for the purpose inside the cover of each
volume, in cases when such notations have not been made before issue, and
also on receipt of furlhev Notices after commission.

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

Notes should be made in tlio nmrgin of the volume of sailing directions
affected, as references to the Supplements or Hydrographic Notices when
the latter are printed on both sides.

To enable the books to be more conveniently corrected, however, such
Supplements and Hydrographic Notices as are of moderate size are now
being printed on one side only, and two copies are issued to each ship ; one
to cut up, the slips being pasted in at the appropriate place ; the other to
retain intact for reference.

To make these notations or paste in these slips is one of the early
duties of a navigating officer after drawing his box of charts and books,
and similar notes are to bo made from Notices to Mariners that may
thereafter be received.

It must, however, bo tlioioughly understood that sailing directions will
never be correct in all details, except up to the date of the last
Hydrographic Notice or Supplement, and that, as already stated, when
differences exist, the chart, which should be corrected from the most
recent information, should be taken as the guide ; for which purpose, for
ordinary navigation, they are sulHcient.

THE L\SE OF CHARTS AS NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, AND
GENERAL RE.AIARKS RELATING TO PRACTICAL
NAVIGATION.

1. Accuracy/ of a Chart. — The value of a chart must manifestly depend
upon the accuracy of the survey on which it is based, and this becomes
more important the larger is the scale of the chart.

To csti!iiate this, the date of the survey, Avhich is always given in tlie
title, is a good guide. Besides the changes that, in waters where sand or
mud prevails, may have taken place since the date of the survey, the earlier
surveys were mostly made under circumstances that precluded groat
accuracy of detail, and until a plan founilc<l on such a survey is tested, it
should be regarded with caution. It may, indeed, be said that, except in
well -frequented harbours and their approaches, no surveys yet made ha^-e
been so minute in their examination of the bottom as to make it certain
that all dangers have been found. The fulness or scantiness of the
soundinos is another method of estimating the completeness of a chart.
When the soundings arc sparse or unevenly distributed, it may be taken
for granted that the survey was not in great detail.

Xll

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

Eiank spaces aiiioug sonmlings meiin that no soundiugs have been
obtiiiiiccl in tht'se .s[)ota. Wlieu tho surrounding soundiugs are deep it may
with fail iicss be assumed tliat iu the blanks tlie water is also deep ; but
when they are shallow, or it can be seen from tho rest of the chart that
reefs or banks are present, such blanks should be regarded with suspicion.
This is espeeiiiUy llie case in coral regions and off rocky coasts, and it
.shoulil be rcnieuibered that iu waters where rocks abouiul it is al-vays
[)0ssible that a surveys however complete and detailed, may have failed to
find every small patch.

A wide b3rth should therefore be given to eyery rocky shore or patch,
and tbts rale shoald be invariably followed, viz., that instead
of considering a coast to be clear unless it is shown to be
foul, the contrary should be as:.^uxned.

2. Fathom Lines a Crt//^/o«.— Except in plans of harbours that have
been surveyed in detail, the iive-fathoin lino on most Admiralty charts
is to be considered as a caution or danger line against unnecessarily
approaching the shore or bank wtlhiu that line, on acconnt of the
possibility of the existence of undiscovered inequalities of the bottom,
which nothing but an elaborate detailed survey could reveal. In general
surveys of coasts or of little freiiuented anchorages, tho necessities of
navigation do nut de.n ind t!ie great expenditure of time required for such
a detailed survey. It is not contemplated that, ships will approach the
shores in ^uch localities without taking special precautions.

The ten-fathom line is, on rocky shores, another warning, especially for
ships of heavy draught.

Charts where no fathom lines are marked must be especi; v regarded
Avith caution, as it gcucrally means that soundings were too scanty and the
bottom too uneven to enable them to be drawn with accuracy.

Isolated soundings, ahoaler than surroumling depths, should always be
avoided, especially if ringed round, as there is no knowing how closely the
spot may have been examined.

3. Chart on largest scale always to he used. —It sometimes happens
that, from press of work, oidy the coi)per plate of the larger scale chart of
a particular locality can at once receive any extensive re-arrangement of
coastline or soundings. This is an additional reason, besides the obvious
one of the greater detail shown on a larger scale chart, why this largest
scale chart should always be used for navigating.

GENEUAL NAVIGATION,

xin

4. Caution in using small Scale Charts. — In approaching the land
or (lansjofons haukH, rcg iril must always be had to the scale of the chart
used. A small error in laying down a position means only yards on a
large scale ch:irt, wiiereas on a small scale the same amount of displace-
ment means large tractions of a mile. This is particularly to be observed
when coming to an anchor on a narrow ledge of convenient depth at some
distance from the shore. .

For the same reason bearings to objects near should be used in pre-
ference to objects farther off, although the latter may be more prominent,
as a small error in bearing or in laying it down on the chart has a greater
effect in misplacing tlie position the longer the line to be drawn.

• 5. Distortion of Printed Charts. — The paper on which charts are
printed has to be damped. On drying di^lortlon takes place from the
inequalities in the paper, which greatly varies with ditFerent paper and the
amount of the original damping ; but it does not affect navigation. It must
not, however, be expected that accurate series of angles taken to different
points will always exactly agree, when carefully plotted upon the jhart,
especially if t!ie lines to objects be long. The larger the chart the
greater the amount of this distortion.

6. Buoys, — It is manifestly impossible that any reliance can be placed
on buoys always ra;untaining their exact position. Buoys should there-
fore be legarded as warnings and not as infallible navigating n>arks,
esp"cially when in exposed positions ; and a ship should always, when
possible, be navigated by bearings or angles of fixed objects on shore and
not by buoys.

Gas Buoys. — The lights shown by gas buoys cannot be implicitly
I'elied on, as if occulting the apparatus may get out of order, or the light
may be altogether extinguished.

7. Lights. — Circles drawn on charts round a light are not intended to
give information as to the distance at which it can be seen, but solely
indicate, in the case of lights whicli do not show equally in all directions,
the bearings between which the variation, or visibility, or obscuration of
the light occurs.

All the distances given in the Light Lists and on the charts for the
visibility of lights are calculated for a height of an observer's eye of 15 feet.
The table of distances visible due to height at end of each Light List,
affords a means of ascertaining how much more or less the light is visible
should the heiglit of the bridge be more or less. The glare of a powerful
light is often seen far beyond the limit of visibility of the actual rays of
the light, but this must aot be confounded with the true range. Again,

XIV

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

refraction may often cause a light to be seen farther tlmu under ordinary
circumstances.

When looking out for a light at night, the fact is often forgotten that
from aloft the range of vision is inut'h increased. By noting a star imme-
diately over the light a very correct bearing may bo afterwards obtained

from the standard compass.

The intrinsic power of a light should always bo considered when
expecting to make it in thick weather. A weak light is easily obscured by
haze, and no dependence can be placed on its being seen.

The power of a light can be estimated by remarking its order, us given
in the Light Lists, and in some cases by noting how much its visibility in
clear weather falls short of the range due to the height at which it is
placed. Thus, a light standing 200 feet above the sea, and only recorded
as visible at 10 miles in clear weather, is manifestly of little brilliancy, as
its height would permit it to be seen over 20 miles, if of any power. (See
table in Light List above mentioned.)

8. J^og Siffuals. — Sound is conveyed in a very capricious way through
the atmosphere. Ajiart from wind, large areas of silence have been found
in difEerent directions and at different distances from the origin of a sound,
even in clear weather. Therefore too much confidence should not be felt
in hearing a fog signal. The apparatus, moreover, for sounding the signal
often requires some time before it is in readiness to act. A fog often
'creeps imperceptibly towards the land, and is not observed by the people
at a lighthouse until it is upon them ; whereas a ship may have been for
many hours in it, and approaching the land. In such a case no signal may
be sounded. When sound has to travel against the wind, it may bo
thrown upwai'ds ; in such a case, a man aloft might hear it when it is
inaudible on deck.

Taken tsogether, these facts should induce the utmost caution in closinjr
the land in fogs. The load is generally tlo only safe guide.

9. Tides and Tidal Strcamn. — In navigating coasts where the tidal
range is considerable, caution is always necessary. It should be remem-
bered that there are indraughts to all bays and bight.", although the gon( al
run of the stream may be parallel to the shore.

The turn of the tidal stream off shore is seldom coincident with the time
of high and low water on the shore. In open channels, the tidal stream
ordinarily overruns the turn of the vertical movement of tha tide by three
hours, forming wl>at is usually known as tide and half-tide, the effect of

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

which is that at high and low water by the shore the stream is running at
its greatest velocity.

In crossing a bar or sluiUow flats, the table (B) at page 98 of the Tide
Taldes will bo found of great assistance in calculating how much the water
has risen or fallen at any hour of the tide.

On coasts where there is much diurnal inetiuality in the tides, the
amount of rise and fall can never be depended upon, and additional caution
is necessary.

It should also be remeud)ered that at times the tide falls below the level
of low-water ordinary springs. This always occurs on the coasts of Euroi)e
at the equinoxes, but in other parts of the world, and especially in the
tropics, such periodic low tides may coincide more frequently with the
solstices. Wind or a high barometer may produce it at any time, and
the amount varies with locality. When the moon's perigee coincides with
the full or new moon the same effect is often produced.

10. Current Arrows on charts only show the most usual or the mean
direction of a tidal stream or current. It must never be assumed that the
direction of a stream v.ill not vary from that indicated by the arrow. In
the same manner, the rate of a stream constantly variea with circumstances,
and the rate given on the eliart is merely tlie mean of those found during
the survey, possibly from very few observations.

11. Fixing Position. — The most accurate method of fixing a position
relative to the shore is by angles between well-defined objects on the chart.
A.11 ships are now being supplied with a station-pointer, and this method
should be used whenever possible.

Two things are, however, necessary to its successful employment.
First, that the objects be well chosen ; and second, that the observer is
skilful and rapid in his use of the sextant.

For the former, reference can be had to the pamphlet on the use of the
station-pointer, which is in every chart box.

The latter is only to be obtained by practice.

It will readily be seen that in war time, when the compass may be
knocked away, or rifle-fire may make it undesirable to expos^ the person
more than necessary, a sextant offers great advantages, as angles can be
obtained from any positioti whence the objects are visible. It is this
contingency that makes it especially desirable that all navigating officers
should become expert in this method of fixing a ship's position.

XVI

GENEUAJ. NAVIGATION.

In luiiny iiiurow watei's also, where the objects may yet be lit Home
distance, as in coral harbours or narrow passages among mud bunks,
navigation by sextant and 8tation-i)oiuter is invaluable, as a true position
can only be obtained by its means. A small error in either taking or
plotting a bearing under such circii instances may put the sliip ashore.

It is not intended that the use ol' the compass to fix the ship should
be given up ; there are many circumstances in which it maybe usefully
employed, but errors more readily creep into a position so fixed.

In all cases whore great accuracy of position is desired, angles should
invariably be used, such as the fixing of a rock or shoal, or of additions
to a chart, as fresh soundings or new buildings. In all such cases angles
should be taken to several objects, the more the bettor ; but five objects
is a "-ooil number, as the four angles thus obtained not only prevent any
errors, but they at once furnish a means of checking the accuracy of the
chart itself. In the case of ordinary soundings, it is only necessary to
take a third angle now and then ; firstly, to check the general accuracy of
the chart as above stated ; secondly, to make certain that the more important
soundings, as at the end of a line, are correctly placed.

Sometimes, when only two objects are visible, a compass bearing and
sextant angle may be used with advantage.

In passing near a point of land, or an island, the method of fixing by
doubling the angle on the bow is invaluable. The ordinary form of it,
the so-called " four-point bearing," when the bearing is taken four point,^
on the bow, and on the beam, the distance from the object at the latter
position being the distance run between the times of taking the two
bearings, gives an excellent fix for a departure, but does not en?nrc
safety, as the point, and probably the rocks off it, are abeam before the

position is obtained.

By taking the bearings of two points and four points on the bow, a very

good position is obtaineil before the object ia passed ; the distance of the

latter at tlie second position being, as before, equal to the distance run in

the interval, allowing for current.

A table of factors, by which to mulliidy the distance run, to obtain the
distance of the object when any number of degrees between the two
bearings has been observed, is now supplied in all chart boxes.

The use of a danger angle in passing outlying rocks with land behind
should also not be forgotten. In employing this method, however,
caution is necessary, as should the chart be not accurate, i.e., should the

GENERAL NAVIOATTON.

XVll

objects selected be not quite correctly placed, the angle taken off from it
may not serve the purpose. It should not, therefore, bo employed when
the !<urvey is old or manifestly imperfect.

In fixing by the compass, it must always bo remembered that two
bearings only are liable to error. An abs'olute errcr may be made in
either bearing observed; errors may be made in applying the deviation;
or errors may creep in in laying them on to the chart. For those reasons,
a third or check bearing of some other object should bo taken, especially
when near the shore or daugera. The coincidence of these three lines
will prevent any mistakes.

In ships Htill fitted with the Admiralty standard compass, the tripod
supplied to hold the lamp will be found of great service in fixing position
at night, as by its aid a bearing can be as accurately taken as in daylight.
With Thoui.son's compass bearings can also be accurately observed at night.
The utility of this in connection with ascertaining the change of bearing cf
an approaching ship's light should not be forgot'^'^n.

Amongst astronomical methods of fixing a ship's position, attention is
drawn to the great utility of Sumner's method. A Sumner line, that is, a
line drawn through the position (obtained by an assumed latitude and
longitude by chronometer) at right angles to the bearing of the sun as
obtained from the azimuth tables, gives at times invaluable information, as
the ship must be somewhere on that line provided the chronometer is
correct. A deep cast at the .«ame time may often serve to got an
approximate position on the line. An early and very accurate position
can be also obtained by Sumner's method, by getting longitude by a bright
star at daylight whoa the horizon is well visible, and another longitude bv
the sun when a few degrees above the horizon, or by observing two or more
stars at twilight. The Sumner lines drawn througii the two positions
thus obtained will, if the bearing of sun and star differ three points or
more, give an excellent result.

12. Change of Variation of the Compass. — The gradual change in
the variation must not be forgotten in laying down positions by bearing
on charts. The magnetic compasses placed on the charts for the purpose
of facilitating plotting become in time slightly in error, and in some cases,
such as with small scales, or when the lines are long, the displacement of
position from neglect of this change may be of importance. The Com-
pasbes are re-engraved vyhen the error amounts to a quarter of a point,

xvm

GENERAL NAVIGATION.

but the chart pUites cnnnot be corrected more frequently from the
impossibility of making alterations too often on one spot in n copper plate.

The goograpliicnl change in the variation h in some parts of the world
sufficiently rapid to need consideration. For instance, in approaching
Halifax from Newfoundland the variation changes 10*^ in less than
.WO miles. The variation chart should bo consulted on this head.

13. Local Magnetic Disturbance of the Compass on board Ship, — The
term " local magnetic disturbance " has reference only to the effects on the
compass of magnetic masses external to the ship in which it is placed.
Observation shows that disturbance of the compass in a ship afloat
is experienced only in a few places on the globe.

Magnetic laws do not permit of the supposition that it is the visible land
which causes such disturbance, because the effect of a magnetic force
diminishes in such rapid proportion ns the distance from it increases that
it would require a local centre of magnetic force of an amount absolutely
unknown to affect a compass half a mile distant.

Such deflections of the compass are due to magnetic minerals in the bed
of the sea under the ship, and when the water is shallow, and tlie force
strong, the lompass may be temporarily deflected when passing over such
a spot, but the area of disturbance will be small, unless there are many
centres near together.

The law which has hitherto been found to hold good as regards local
magnetic disturbance is, that north of the magnetic equator the north end
of the compass needle is attracted towards any centre of disturbance j south
of the magnetic equator it is repelled.

It is very desirable that whenever a ship passes over an area of local
magnetic disturbance, the position should be fixed, and the facts reported as
far as they can be ascertained.

14. Use of Oil for Modifying the Effect of Brcahing JVaves. — Many
experiences of late years have shown that the utility of oil for this purpose
is undoubted, and the application simple.

The following may serve for the guidance of seamen, whose attention is
called to the fact that a very small quantity of oil, skilfully applied, may
prevent much damage both to ships (especially the smaller classes) and to
boats, by modifying the action of breaking .seas.

GENEltAL NAVIGATION. ^^^

Tlio principal facts as to tho use of oil aro as follows :—

1. On froo waves, i.e., waves in deep water, the effect is greatest.

2. In a surf, or waves breaking on a bar, where a mass of liquid is in
actual motion in Blmllow water, the effect of tho oil is uncertain ; as nothing?
can prevent the larger waves from breaking under such circumstances ;
but even hero it is of some service.

3. The heaviest and thickest oils are most effectual. Refined kerosene is
of little use ; crude petroleum is serviceable when nothing else is obtainable ;
but all animal and vegetable oils, such as waste oil from the engines, have
great effect.

4. A small quantity of oil sufRces, if applied in such a manner as to
spread to windward.

5. It is useful in a ship or boat, both when running, or lying to, or in
wearing,

G. No experiences are related of its use when hoisting a boat up in a
sea-way at sea, but it is highly probable that much time and injury to Ihe
boat would be saved by its ai)plication on such occasions.

7. In cold water, the oil, being thickened by tlu^ lower temperature, and
not being able to spread freely, will have its effect much reduced. This
will vary with the description of oil used.

8. The best method of application in a ship at sea appears to be :
hanging over the side, in such a manner as to be in the water, small
canvjis"bag'i, capable of holding from one to two gallons of oil, such bags
being pricked with a sail needle to fiicilitute leakage of the oil.

The position of these bags should vary with the circumstances. Running
before the wind they should be hung on either how—e.ff., from the cathead
— and allowed to tow in tho water.

With the wind on the quarter the effect seems to be less than in any
other position, as the oil goes astern while the waves come up on the
quarter.

Lying to, the weather bow and another position farther aft seem the best
plaees from which to hang the bags, with a sufficient length of line to
permit them to draw to windward, while the ship drifts.

9. Crossing a bar with a flood tide, oil poured overboard and allowed to
float in ahead of the boat which would follow with a bag towing astern.

QRNERAL NAVIGATION,

would appear to he the best plan. As before remarked, under these
circumstunces the effect cannot be so much trusted.

On a bar with the ebb tide it would eeera to be useloss to try oil for
the purpose of entering.

10. For boarding a wreck, it is recommended to pour oil overboard to
windward of her before going alongside. The effect in this ca.se must
greatly depend upon the set of the current, and the circumsfances of the
depth of water.

11. For a boat riding in bad weather from a sea anchor, it is recommended
to fasten the bag to an endless line rove thioiigh a block on the sea unclior,
by which means the oil is difFu.sed well abend of the boat, and the bag can
be readily hauled on board for refilling if necessary.

• !

! i

IW TBXS WORK IHB BEASXWOS ABB AILXi MAOWBTZC,
BXCEPT -VBEBB MARKED AS TBVB.

THE »XSTA»rCES ABE EBVBESSEB ZW SEA MZX.BS OF
60 TO A SEOBEE OF KATZTVOB.

OMTE CABXiE'S KEXTOTB ZS aSSUMED TO BE BQITAZi TO
100 FATHOMS, OB THE TEXTTB PABT OF A MCI&B.

TBE sovflrnzxroB abb bbdvcbzi to kovt utatbb of

OBDXM-ABT SBBZITO TZBBS.

TBE BEARZirOB OF SBCTOBB OF &ZOHTS ABB OZVEB VBOM
SEA-VTABBS OB TOIXrABB TBE IXOBT.

17274.

-\-.

Od «■; • l4^^ '■1''ifntfllk'tii'H-L

-' iMiHilill

BTZC,

AS or

IXi TO
1KB.

R OF

« VBOM

li°]3X:.Bria3hColumbicLPaot~

Junt, 1901

INDEX TO

ADMIHAI-TY PUHLISHEIJ CHARTS

ALLUDED TO IN THIS WORK

Thcduyranis show the limits of llit: smalU^ scale c*ara.

A number luliunsl apliur thitf :I'. Simpsnn f«« sitows

thala,separ:2le.pUvi is fiublislieil with that nun\brr

A iftiir and u mtmiier lhii.i;Mnriia H tK2 ' indiiatM
ihatapUm isffivenon the rhart nu/niw/wi <«»
Ibrdttnils of saxlrs.priixa X^:.wrAibnimlty Catalogue..
Also shown.onChart or I'dciTicJ^P 787.

The charts and plajw shiyn. otlOum Index n^rssent
those piibiuhtfd. (It tht dnte given, at the foot.
Thay ore lutble to alteration and amendment.

Enffnn'ed by D<wiet A* C

155°

THE

BRITISH COLUMBIA PILOT.

OHAPTER I.

GENERA L REMARKS.— WINDS.— CURRENTS.— CLIMATE.—

For later information respecting the lights which
are described in this work, seamen should consult
the Admiralty List of Lights in South America,
Western Coast of North America, Pacific Islands, &e..
Part VII. This list is published early in the current
year, corrected to the previous 31st December.

X (,3)1727 4—4

the reign of Charles II.

Products. — British Columbia contains extensive tracts of arable
land, and a large auriferous ilistrict. Gold was first discovered on
Thompson river in 1858.

Wheat, barley, oats, potatoes, peas, vegetables, and fruits flourish
in British Columbia. The fisheries are very rich, salmon is
abundant, the export of which, chiefly in tins, constitutes one of the
principal sources of wealth in the country ; it is also an important
part of the food of the Indians. Houlican (Oolachan). a fish some-
what resembling the herring, cod, herring, halibut {of enormous
size), sardines, anchovy, haddock, and oysters are also found.

SO 11948— 1000— 8/96 Wt 9166 D&S A

. ..-.t.. ,■■»» —

121°

l6fi?

THE

BRITISH COLUMBIA PILOT.

CHAPTER I.

(JENERAL REMARKS.— WINDS. — CURRENTS.— CLIMATE. —
METEOROLOGY.— PRODUCTS.— PASSAGES.

BRITISH COLUMBIA, a province of the Dominion of Canada,
entered the Confederation in 1871. It includes Vancouver island
(first constituted a British colony in 1849), also the numerous islands
and adjacent mainland of North America lying between Roberts
point in Georgia strait, latitude 49° N., and the centre of Portland
canal, latitude .54° 40' N. to 5G° N. The average breadth of British
Columbia is about 250 miles, and the area, including Vancouver
island and Queen Charlotte islands, is roughly estimated at 40G,0OO
square miles.

The i)opulation by the last official census, 1891, was 98,171),
ctmiposed of : Whites, 54,0(31 ; Indians, 35,202 ; Chinese, 8,910.

Vancouver island became a Crown colony in 1858, and was united
to British Columbia (the mainland colony) as one colony under the
name of British Columbia in 1866. Previous to 1858 the island had
been for the most part in the hands of the Hudson's Bay Company,
who held their lands in the island under a Royal Charter granted in
the reign of Charles II.

Products. — British Columbia contains extensive tracts of arable
land, and a large auriferous district. Gold was first discovered on
Thompson river in 1858.

Wheat, barley, oats, potatoes, peas, vegetables, and fruits flourish
in British Columbia. The fisheries are very rich, salmon is
abundant, the export of which, chiefly in tins, constitutes one of the
principal sources of wealth in the country ; it is also an important
part of the food of the Indians. Houlican (Oolachan). a fish some-
what resembling the herring, cod, herring, halibut (of enormous
size), sardines, anchovy, haddock, and oysters are also found.

SO 11 »48— 1000— 8/96 Wt 9166 D&S A

I •

RRITIRH COLUMniA.

[Chap. 1

The fur trade, which, until the year IHGO was entirely monopolised
by the Hudson's Bay Company, is considerable. Amon^' the
numerous fur bearing anin.^ls the principal are the sea otter, marten,
silver fox, black fox, and red fox.

The forests are of great extent, producing valuable timber, of
which the Douglas pine (commonly called Oregon pine), white pine,
maple, Scotch fir, and cedar are the principal ; the DonghiH pine,
yielding spars 100 to 150 feet in length, and 2 feet in diameter,
is exported in large cargoes. Besides the above, the yellow cy])res8,
poplar, arbor-vita?, yew, oak, arbutus, alder, dog-wood, cherry,
crab-apple, willow, and cotton-wood are found. Cattle, horses,
sheep, and other farm animals thrive generally in all parts,

STANDARD TIME of British Columbia is that of the meridian
of 120° West from Greenwich.

COAL is found on the mainland and on Vancoiiver island ; the
mines at Nanaimo and Departure bay, which yield bituminous coal,
being the principal places on the island. Anthracite coal is found
in Queen Charlotte islands.

Bunker coals can be obtained (to order) at Esquimalt, Victoria, and
Vancouver ; also at Seattle, Tacoma, and Portland in Washington
territory.

In 1890, the output of coal was 894,882 tons, of which 034,273 tons
were exported.

Aborigrines inhabiting the coast have great skill in the building
and management of canoes ; they are a polygamous race, and subsist
chiefly by hunting and fishing ; those of southern Columbia are
dark, and wear their hair long, while those of the more northern
districts are of a clearer tint. The coast Indians live in substantial
one-story dwellings of axe-hewn timber, divided into several
compartments, of which one is occupied by each family. Inland
the houses or wigwams are made of p^'-ins, tent cloths, and
mats ; in severe weather they take shelter in imderground houses
(circular pits) from 20 to 40 feet in diameter, and 8 or 10 feet deep,
covered over with a substantial earthed roof, with a 3-feet
circular aperture in the centre, forming the only outlet for the
inhabitants and smoke.

PILOTS.- • I'here are no regular Pilots for the inner channels.

When approaching Juan de Fuca strait, a man competent to take
ships to Royal roads or port Townshend can be obtained from the
schooners engaged m the seal fishery off the coast, between cape
Beale and Clayoquot sound, at from o to 20 miles from the land.

Chap. I.]

GENKRAfi REMARKS.

RESCUE STATIONS. — Depots, with provisions and other
necessaries for rthip-wreckod mariners, have been established in Juan de
Fuca strait, at eape Heah' iif^'hthouse, in ai)proximately lat.48" 47^' N.,
lonj,'. 12')° IH.y W. ; and (,'arinanah lighthouse, in approximately
lat. 48° 3()f N., lonf,'. 124° 4(;i' W.

Notice boards have bei-n erected at intervals between cape Beale
and port San Juan (about 12 miles eastward of Carmanah lighthouse),
giving information, for the use of ship-wrecked mariners, respecting
the direction and distance of the nearest lighthouse, and also of the
nearest Indian village wliere assistance can be obtained.

Cape Beale and Carmanah lighthouses are telegraph and signal

stations.

DOCKS. — The graving dock at Esquimalt is 450 feet long over
all, and 4iW feet on the blocks ; 65 feet wide at the entrance, with a
depth of 2().V feet over the sill at liigh water ordinary spring tides.
This dock in closed by a caisson which. If necessary, can be placed on
the outer side of the outer invert, giving an additional length to the
dock of 30 feet.

H.M.S. War.y)ite, drawing 2G feet, was docked on 18th July 1891,
the depth on the sill that night was 28^ feet. See tides, page 12.

The Admiralty have the right of priority of use of the Esquimalt
dock. Set' page 79.

There is a patent slip at Esquimalt capable of taking up a ship of
2,500 tons ; there is also a patent slip at Victoria.

The United States Government dry dock at Port Orchard is
640 feet long over all, 573^ on the blocks, 93§ feet wide at the
entrance ; has 30 feet over the sill, and 28^ feet on the blocks.
See page 47.

In connection with the workshops which are at Tacoma, a floating
dock is moored, in 8 fathoms, in Quartermaster harbour on the north
side of the channel. The dock, capable of receiving vessels of large
tonnage, is 325 feet long, 100 feet broad, and 80 feet between side
walls, lifting power 8,000 tons. Repairs can be effected. See
page 56.

COMMUNICATIONS.— Steamers run daily from Vancouver
town, Burrard inlet, to Victoria and Nanaimo ; weekly to San
Francisco ; fortnightly to Portland, on the mainland (Oregon) ; anil
at irregular intervals to all points up and down the coast.

SO una A 3

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. I.

Also, regularly to Japan and China, every fortnifjfht in Hummer
and ovory four wt'oks in winter ; and to Australia every month.

From Victoria, steamers run to Port Essington and Port Simpson
fortnightly ; also, regularly to Port Angeles, IS miles distant ;
Port To wnsend, I5S miles ; Seattle, 100 miles; Tacoma, 128 miles;
Vancouver, 72 miles ; New Westminster, 715 miles ; Nanaimo,
72 miles ; and San Francisco, 750 miles (every .') days). Steam
vessels also run from Victoria to Alaska every fortnight throughout
the year.

Railways. — The Canadian Pacific Railway crosses the heart of
the British possessions in the North American continent, and is 3,05'4
statute miles in length between Quebec and Vancouver town in
Burrard inlet, the western terminus ; the distance being accomplished
in about 5 days 22 hours, and trains leave daily from both places.

A branch runs from Vancouver town to English bay, and from
Port Moody to New Westminster, thence it connects with Tacoma,
Portland, San Francisco, unci the whole of the American railway
system.

There is a railway on Vancouver island, between Victoria,
Esquimau, and Nanaimo.

Telegraphs. — Esquimau is in telegraphic co. munication with
England through Canada, by way of Nanaimo and Burrard inlet.
Also through the United States, by way of Seattle. Submarine
electric cables cross Juan de Fuca strait from Clover point to New
Dungeness ; and the strait of Georgia from Valdes island to point
Grey.

Exports and imports.— In 1896-97, the total value of the
imports was $7,130,381, and the exports $14,184,708.

CLIMATE. — The climate of British Columbia varies considerably
according to the locality ; in the southern parts and on Vancouver
island it is temperate during summer, the thermometer seldom rising
on the hottest day above 80° Fahr., or falling below 20° Fahr. in
winter ; and it may, in fac*^^, be said that this region possesses the
climate of England without its humidity. In the central part of the
province, however, the drought, heat, and cold are greater, the heat
sometimes being very intense. It is, however, remarkably healthy
both in summer and winter, there being no malaria or ague either

Chap. I.]

RAILWAYS.— CLIMATE.

(luriiij? tlio hotteHt woathor or in the dampont locallticH. Gonorally
spoakiiiff, the Hummors are dry at Vanconvt^r island, l)nt with occa-
sional showers ; the winters bring a good deal of rain, and snow falls
more or less each yoar.

In the northern part of the province along the coast the atmosphere
is excessively humid, and rain falls heavily.

The climate of the mainland coast opposite Vancouver island
diirers somewhat from that of the south-east portion of the island.
In summer the temperature averages slightly higher, and in winter
somewhat lower, while the rainfall is greater immediately along the
coast.

The lower Fraser valley (New Westminster district) does not
receive in summer the cold breezes from the Olympian mountains
which blow across Victoria, nor does it receive in winter so much of
the genial warmth of the ocean air. As a general thing, ice forms
on the river for a short time and snow begins to fall in January, ami
continues to do so intermittently till March, the ground not being
continuously covered with it.

At Esquimau the highest summer temperature is about 72° Fahr.
(in August), June, July, and August being the warmest months of
the year. The lowest temperature is about 23^" Fahr., the coldest
months being December, January, and February. The greatest daily
range occurs in March, and the smallest in October.

The temperature on Vancouver island during summer is lower
than on the mainland, owing to the prevailing south-east winds
blowing from the snow-capped mountains on the American side and
across Queen Charlotte sound. The waters of the sound are peculiarly
cold at this season.

The barometric variations are neither great nor frequent, the range
for the year averaging about 1-5 inches.

The climate at port Simpson is uncertain, no two seasons being the
same, or appearing to follow any general law. During one summer
fine weather may be experienced for six weeks at a time, and on
such occasions a serene atmosphere, with magnificent sunsets, will
be experienced. The following summer may prove one of almost
constant rain, with a succession of gales from south-eastward.

Along the shores of Chatham sound the rainfall is not so great
as within the inlets. The temperature during July and August 1892

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Ohai.. I.

varied from r>2'' to 4S^ Tho inciiii ttrn|H>riil»n' of tho Hea was 4'
lower than tli<' nieiin toinpemtiirc of the iitinoHpheru at port
Simpson during thwHc periods, but iit M'thih (^ltIilh iind Nsihh luy it
waH 8° lower than the iitmospiiero, probaljly due to tho iiilliu'nce
of the coUl water from the rivers which flow into thoso biiyn.

The navigator Vancouver in hin voyages (171K)-r)) describes as
follows : "In Portland canal the snn's rays in August, between ',» a.m.
and 3 p.m., are very powerful, and, reflected from the snow, caused
occasionally intense heat. When the sun is obscured by the
mountains, the atmosphere at once convey a sensation of chilliness.
During that month, just before sunrise, the thermometer often registers
32° Fahrenheit, water left in basins within a tent being frozen
during the night. The vapour developed by the heat of the sun
during the early portion of the day, becoming condensed on the
mountainous shores of the inlet, usually falls as a drizzling rain from
3 p.m. to about midnight."

The climate of Queen Charlotte islands and the olf-lying islanils
of the coast of British Columbia is inlluenced by the warm body
of water which washes their shores, the winter is less severe
and the climate is milder on the islands than within the inlets.
The vapour arising from this body of warm water is condensed
upon the high mountains which form the shores of the mainland,
and falls in drizzling almost constant rain so prevalent in these
waters.

Ice. — Fraser river is, as a rule, frozen over at New Westminster,
from January to early in March, during which time sleighs run
to Langley. The lakes in the vicinity are frozen over, and ice
forms at the head of the several inlets where the water is com-
paratively fresh, but on the coast it does not form sufficiently thick
to impede navigation.

Within the inlets on the coast, north of Vancouver island, ice
is formed during the winter of from 8 to 12 inches in thickness,
and occasionally extends as far as 25 miles from the heads of the
inlets.

Skeena and Nass rivers are frozen over during the winter, the
former as far as six miles below port Essington, and the latter, in
severe weather, down to its mouth.

Rainfall. — The average annual rainfall appears to be about
.55 inches ; heavy rains generally occur in December and January.

Chap. I.]

ICR.— POOS.

Meteorological tables t<>r placfH ueur thu Heaboanl of British
Columbiu will he found at pages r)')()-552.

FOGS.—Juan de Fuca strait.— Alt hon^rh fops in this region
an- ii(»t ol Hiich frt'(iuent occiin'once ,i8 on the neighbouring coast
ol C'nlifomia (where they prevail almost uninterruptedly during
summer, and as late as the middle of October), yet from August to
X«tvember they occur in Juiiu de Fuca strait, and are scunetimes
very dense over the entnvnce for several days together. They are
generally accompanied by calms or very light winds from north-
west, which renders thorn the more dangerous to sailing- vessels
closing the land.

Fog: on the coast north of Vancouver island.— Fogs are

prevalent especially during the summer months. The north-west
winds which prevail during that season, condense the vapour which
arises from the comparatively warm water surrounding Queen
Charlotte islands and the coast of Alaska. During the prevalence
of north-west winds this vapour is dispersed, but during calms or
with light winds, and especially with south-westerly winds succeeding
north-west winds, it approaches quickly from seaward in the form
of dense fog, or drizzling mist and rain.

At times fog will be found at the entrances to the sounds during
the forenoon, dispersing near noon by the heat of the sun, the
afternoons becoming clear and fine.

Smokes from forest fires cause much inconvenience during the
dry season, and are a great impediment to navigation. In some seasons
they have extended from Georgia strait to Portland inlet.

FOG SIGNALS. — Caution.— Sound is conveyed in a very
capricious way through the atmosphere. Apart from the wind, large
ai'eas of silence have been found in different directions and at
different distances from the origin of the sound, even in clear
weather. Therefore, too much confidence should not be felt in
hearing a fog signal. The apparatus, moreover, for sounding the
signal often requires some time before it is in readiness to act. A
fog often creeps imperceptibly towards the land, and is not observed
by the people at a lighthouse until it is upon them ; whereas, a ship
may have been for many hours in it, and approaching the land. In
such a case no signal may be sounded. When sound has to travel
against the wind, it may be thrown upwards ; iu such a case a man
aloft might hear it when it is inaudible on deck.

■yr

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap.

WINDS.— Juan de Fuca strait.— Within Juan de Fuca strait,
m the winter «eii8on, the winds usually assume its direction either
up or down. During summer, the prevailing winds from N.W. or
S.W. take a direction up the strait ; while the S.E. gales of winter
blow fairly out.

Although a westerly wind may be blowing within the strait, it
frequently during the change of the seasons blows heavily outside
at the same time from S.S.W., or sometimes suddenly changes to
that direction from a light easterly wind on opening the entrance,
which makes that part of the coast of Vancouver island (between port
San Juan and Bonilla point) a dangerous lee-shore to a ship without
steam power.

The coast winds in summer prevail from S.W. and N.W., the
former during the early months, and the latter blowing fresh and
with great regularity during June, July and August. In September
and the early part of October the winds are very uncertain and
there is generally a great deal of calm, gloomy weather.

The barometer usually stands above 3000 inches during summer ;
should it fall to 29"00 a south-easterly wind with thick rainy weather
may be expected, but of short duration, and clearing up witli a
westerly wind as soon as the barometer rises.

The winter winds are S.E. or S.W., more frequently the former ;
the}'' set in towards the end of October, and continue urtU the
middle of April. S.E. gales are generally preceded by a short
interval of calm, cloudy weather ; they spring up gradually from
East or E.S.E. veering to the southward, accompanied by rain and
thick weather, the barometer falling rapidly ; when the barometer
becomes stationary the wind shifts suddenly to S.W. and bloAvs
heavily with clear weather, but with frequent squalls of rain ; the
barometer begins to rise immediately the wind veers to S.W., from
which quarter it generally blows from 12 to 20 hours.

The violence and duration of these S.E. gales is always
proportioned to the fall of the mercury ; with the barometer at
29*50 a strong gale may be looked for from this quarter ; it seldom
falls below 20"20, when very bad weather is certain to follow. On
two or three occasions in as many years it has been known to fall to
28*00, and has been followed by S.E. gales of grcai violence.

A S.E. gale sometimes springs up, though very seldom, with the
barometer above 30*00 inches. On such occasions the wind has
always been preceded by calm, cloudy weather and rain, with a high

Chap. I.]

WINDS.

to
le

but falling barometer ; such gales are not violent and are of short
duration.

S.E. gales are always accompanied by thick dirty weather, and
rain ; but they seldom continue from that (piarter for more than
12 or 18 hours, unless the barometer falls very low, and thoy almost
always shift to S.W.

When the S.W. gale of winter is not preceded by one from S.E.,
the barometer seldom falls ; it either remains stationary, when the
gale may be expected to continue longer, or rises slowly, when it
will gradually subside and fine weather follow. S.W. gales are
accompanied by heavy banks of clouds, with passing showers of rain,
and sometimes snow.

The barometer has been known to fall during winter as low as
20"4o, and has been followed by no gale or bail weather, but on such
occasions there has been a heavy fall of snow on the hills, and a
sudden fall of 15° in the temperature.

A fine northerly or N.E. wind frequently occurs at intervals
during the months of December, January, and February ; it is
always accompanied by a high barometer (above 30"0), and at such
times a continuance for several days together of clear, cold, frosty
weather may be looked for ; the barometer on these occasions will
sometimes rise as high as 80'70, and thr ine weather will then
probably last a fortnight or more.

Winds In tlie strait of Georgia.— The prevailing summer
wind in the strait of Georgia is from N.W., or the same as on the
outside coast, and between May and September it blows strong and
steady, commencing about 9 a.m. and dying away towards sunset.
These winds do not generallj' extend much below Roberts point,
among the Haro archipelago they become variable and baffling,
while in the main channels of Kosario and Haro the westerly wind
entering the strait of Fuca is deflected to S.W., and vessels running
up these channels with a fair wind almost always find it ahead on
entering the strait of Georgia. During winter there is a good deal
of moderate, calm, and gloomy weather, but gales from S.E. and
S.W. are frequent.

Winds on the coast north of Vancouver island.— The
prevailing winds during the summer on the coast northward of
Vancouver island are from the north-west, preceded during the
earlier summer months by south-westerly winds.

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. I.

Dnrinj? tho wintor months S.E. and S.W. ^vind8 prevail.

(liik'S from the S.E. prevail at all seuHons, ami are more frequent
anil severe than those exjierienced m the coast of Vancouver island.
Tlie summer j^ales art of shorter dnration than those of winter, and
seldom last more than 4S hours. At the fall of the year, gales
from the S.E., lasting for S days, have been experienced.

Thf strength of the summer winds depends greatly upon local
circumstances. Down the channels, which lie in a N.W. and S.E.
direction, with high land on both shores, they frequently blow with
great strength. The wind usiially begins at sunrise, increases in
strength throughout the day until about 3 p.m., and then gradually
declines towards sunset. The nights, as a rule, are calm during the
summer months ; but, if the wind prevail but slightly i'om the
N.W. during the night, it will probably blow hard from that quarter
on th ^ following day.

The barometer stands at about 3G'10 during the prevalence of
N.W. winds. Gales from the south-east are usually preceded by a
falling barometer, but not invariably. A sensatio;- <>i 'copness in
the atmosphere is the usual precursor, and the )>»•;;.!,. , the wet
and dry bulbs, though as a rule not differing greatly upcu this coast,
more closely approximate each other.

If during the summer the barometer fall one-tenth of an inch,
especially if it has been standing at higher than 30*20, a gale from
the south-east is probable.

These gales usually begin at E.S.E., veering to the southward with
a falling barometer ; tho wind remaining at S.E. and S.S.E. for a
long or short period according to the season of the year. With a
rising barometer tho wind shifts to the S.W. with violent squalls,
and then hauling more westerly blows itself cut. A strong S.l'^
gale, of short duration, has been experienced, during the summ ;r,
with the barometer previously registering 30'17 and t> lii:-:
to 30-12.

"Winds in Queen Charlotte islands.— South-east v/inds are

prevalent, and are almost invariably accompanied with thick, rainy
weather ; those from the opposite quarter generally bring tine
weather. The weather is uncertain, and cannot be depended on for
24 hours at a time.

The heaviest rainfall is local, taking place on the wesiPrn
mountains of Queen Charlotte islands. It may often be noted K.at
while heavy rain is falling on tlie mountains the sky iscomparBtUi'^t

Chap. 1.]

WINDS.— CURRENTS.

with

for a

'^ith a

liialls,

S.K,
iTD :r,

liiiC

are

•ainy

tine

for

liern

IK .at

'I,

ck^iir ovof the strait to the eastward, b'ruiii this circuiustance the
north-east part of Graham island is not subject to a heavy rainfall.
Snow occasionally falls in winter.

CURRENTS. — A south-easterly ciirrenl has been found to
prevail on the western coast of Vancouver island more or less
throughout the year, particularly from August to November, pro-
bably in some measure caused by the N.W. winds which blow
almost constantly on the coast during the summer. This current
joining the ebb stream out of Fuca stiwit has been known to set vessels
between 1 and 5 miles an hour to the south-eastward, and during
fogs there is great risk of being drifted on to cape Flattery, or some
of its off-lying dangers ; extreme caution should, therefore^ be
observed when entering the strait at such times, especiallj' near the
full and change of the moon when the tidal streams are at their
strongest.

With winds from the south-eastward in the offing, however, this
southerly set has been checked, and near the coast a set to the north-
ward experienced. In July, 187)^, II. M.S. liepiilst' experienced a
northerly set of one knot an hour and S.E. winds, at IJOU miles
from cape Flattery. H.M.S. Heroine in 1883 also experienced a
current setting in the same direction.

Waterlogged vessels, laden with red wood fi-om (\diforni;i, have
frequently been found stranded on the bi'acli between Barclay
sound and Clayoquot sound.

In January 187-4, a life buoy was lost GO miles S.W. of capo
Flattery, and in February of the same year, about six weeks later,
the same life buoy was picked up on Masset beach, Queen
Charlotte islands.

In 1875, the steamer Pacific was sunk in collision about 30 miles
S.S.W. of cape Flattery, and a great deal of the wreckage was foimd
in the neighbourhooil of Barclay sound, while some of the bodies
were picked up near Beacon hill, Victoria.

The currents are aflCocted by the direction and force of the winds,
and, as in winter, tiie prevailing wind is S.E. to S.W., the tendency
is to produce a northerly set or current.

H.M.S. Pheamnl (18;U) exi)erienced a N.W. set when returning to
Esquimau from the Bering sea.

It is reported by local pilots '■ that a current to N.W. is steady
and well defined on the western coast of Washington and Van-
couver island, and inside the current setting to the S.E. along the
coast.

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. I.

TIDES. — On the coasts and in the channels of British Columbia
there are usually two unequal tides in the lunar day ; the inter-
mediate tide being generally of very small range in comparison with
the larger tide ; and sometimes disappearing altogether, then making
only one tide in the lunar day.

The intermediate tide is sometimes nearly as high as the larger
tide, with a fall of less than one fjot between ; .sometimes as low as
the larger tide, with only a smrdl rise between ; and again occurs
midway between the higher high water or the lower low water ; its
general effect, thus being an apparent stand in the level of the sea
surface for about 8 hours before or after high or low water, or
midway between them.

The range of the tide is much affected by the moon's declination
and parallax ; the position for producing the greatest range being
soon after the moon has passed its extreme north or south declination,
and is at the same time near its greatest parallax ; and for producing
(it 'oa''t range, soon after it has passed the equator, and is at the
sui le near its lowest parallax ; the general effect being that

tides - the greatest range do not necessarily occur at a regular
interval after new or full moon, but rather when the moon is in a
favorable position with regard to its parallax and declination as given
above.

On the western side of Vancouver island the tides are regular ;
flood and ebb of six hours duration, the times of high water on the
full and change at Nootka sound, and at the entrance of Goletas
channel, varying very little, and occurring near noon, the
greatest range 13 feet.

TIDAL STREAMS.— The flood stream seta to the northward
along the outer coast of the continent and Vancouver island. It
enters Juan de Fuca strait at cape Flattery, running with con-
siderable velocity, sometimes 3 or 4 knots, over Duncan and
Duntze rocks ; it then turns sharply into the strait, passing
through the various channels among the Haro archipelago
into the strait of Georgia, and between cape Mudge and cape
Lazo at a distance of from .5 to 20 miles from the former.
According to the phase of the moon and the state of the wind, it is
met by a flood stream from the northward, which, sweeping the
western coast of Vancouver island, enters Goletas channel and Queen
Charlotte sound at its northern extreme, in lat. 51° N., thence southerly
down the narrow waters of Johnstone strait and Discovery passage,

Chap. I.]

TIDRH AND TIDAL STREAMS.

meeting the stream which enters by Juan ele Fuca strait, and reaches
abont midway between the northern and southern extremes of
Vancouver island, or close to the spot where the broad expanse of
the strait of Georgia merges into the narrow channels adjoining it.

At ca])e Flattery the west-going stream commences to run
strongly about 2 hours after high water, full and change ; and
continues for about G hours.

There is no marked irregularity observable in Johnstone strait and
Discovery passage, except the not unusual circumstance that the ebb
stream continues to run to the northward for 2 hours afte.- it is low
water by the shore, the water rising at the same time ; the ebb
stream being of 7 hours duration, the flood about 5 hours. For tides
in Seymour narrows, see page 250.

The ebb stream has always been found to run southward through
the Haro archipelago, and out of Fuca strait for 2.^ hours after it is
low water by the shore, the water rising during that time ; the ebb
is stronger than the flood, and generally two hours longer duration.

Tidal streams in Strait of Georgia.— The tidal streams,
although not nearly so strong as among the Haro archipelago, yet
run with considerable strength, as much as 3 knots, particularly
during the freshets of summer, when Fraser river discharges an
immense volume of fresh water, which takes a southerly direction
over the banks, and almost straight for the mouth of Active pass.
The peculiar milk-coloured water is frequently carried quite across
the strait, and is sometimes seen in the inner channels washing the
shores of Vancouver island ; at other times it reaches the centre of
the channel only, forming a remarkable and most striking contrast
with the deep blue waters of the strait of Georgia.

Tidal streams in Hecate strait.— In Hecate strait the flood
stream comes from the southward. In Dixon entrance, the flood
coming from the westward round North island, sets along the Masset
shore, across Hecate strait for Brown passage, spreading for about
15 miles round Rose point towards cape Ibbetson (Edye passage),
where it meets the flood from the southward ; consequently between
Rose point, cape Ball, cape Ibbetson, and thence south-east 15 or
20 miles, the streams are irregular.

The '"^^^rse and rate of the tidal streams are greatly influenced by
the winds. At full and change they run with great strength. Tim©
of high water over the strait generally is about Oh. 30m.

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. I.

Bttween cape Murray, Percy point, and Zayas island the streams
are strongest and most irniguhir, causing a heavy and confused sea,
so much so, that in l)ad weather it has the appearance of breakers.

CANADIAN UNIFORM SYSTEM OF BUOYAGE.—

Throughout the ports of British Columbia all buoys on the star-
board side of the channel, entering from seaward, are painted red,
and, if numbered, marked with even numbers, and must be left
on the starboard hand when passing in.

All buoys on the port side, entering from seaward are painted
black, with odd numbers, if any, and must be left on the port hand
when passing in.

Buoys painted with red and black horizontal bands will be found
on obstructions or middle grounds, and may be left on either hand.

Buoys painted with white and black vertical stripes will be found
in mid-channel, and must be passed close-to, to avoid danger.

All other distinguishing marks to buoys are in addition to the
foregoing, and indicate particular spots ; a detailed description of
which is given when the mark is first established.

Perches with balls, cages, &c., will, when placed on buoys, be at
turning points, the colour and number indicating on which side they
are to be passed.

Spar buoys will in some cases be surmounted by a ball, which
will invariably be painted red, and will indicate that it is a starboard
buoy, and must be left on the starboard or right hand when entering
a channel or harbour.

The rule for colouring buoys is equally applicable to beacons,
sjandles, and o*^^her day marks, so far as it may be practicable to
carry it out.

In British Columbian waters the buoys are not withdrawn in
winter.

UNITED STATES UNIFORM SYSTEM OF BUOYAGE.

— As a part of the United States is described in this work, it is
mentioned that : the following uniform system of buoyage has
been adopted for the coasts and harbours of the United States : —

Approaching from seaward — all buoys on the starboard side of a
channel are painted red, and if numbered, marked with even numbers,
and should be left on the starboard hand.

Approaching from seaward — all buoys on the port side of a
channel are painted black, with odd numbers, and should be left on
the port hand.

(vhap. I.] UNIFORM BUOYAGE.— STORM SIGNALS. 15

? Bnoys painted red and black, in horizontal stripes, mark obstruc-

, tions, or middle grounds, and may be left on either hand.

Buoys i)ainte(l white and black, in vertical stripes, mark mid-
channel, and should be passed close to, to avoid danger.

All other distinguishing marks to buoys are in addition to the
I foregoing, and indicate particular spots ; a description of which

is as follows : —

I Perches, with balls, cages, &c., will, when placed on buoys, be at

I turning points, the colour and number indicating on which hand

they should be left.

i Different channels in the same bay, sound, river, or harbour will

be marked, as far as practicable, by different descriptions of buoys.

I Principal channels will l)e marked by nun buoys ; secondary

j channels by can l)uoys ; and minor channels bv spar buoys.

I Where there in only one channel, nun buoys, properb coloured and

numbered, are usually placed on the starboard side, and can buoys
on the \)ort side of the channel.

The rule for colouring buoys is applicable to beacons, and other
day-marks, marking the sides of channels. In other j)laces, beacons
i and day-marks will be constructed with special reference t*, the

I background before which they are seen.

UNITED STATES STORM SIGNALS. — A storm
Sigmal. — A red flag (8 feet square) with black centre Q\ feet square)
indicates that the storm is expected to be of marked violence.

A red pennant (') feet hoist and 12 feet fly) displayed with
the flags indicates easterly winds ; that is, from north-east to south,
inclusive, and that the storm centre is approaching. If the pennant
is above the storm signal, winds from the north-east quadrant are
expected ; and if below, winds from south-east quadrant.

A white pennant (5 feet hoist and 12 feet fly) indicates
westerly winds ; that is, from north to south-west, inclusive, and
that the storm centre has passed. If the pennant is above the storm
signal, winds from north-west quadrant are expected ; and if below,
winds from south-west quadrant.

The information signal consists of a red pennant, and

indicates that the displayman haa received information of a storm

•• , covering a limited area, dangerous only for vessels about to sail to

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. I.

certain points. The signal will serve as a notification to ship-
masters that important information will be given tliem upon appli-
cation to the displayman.

No night signals are displayed on the Pacific coast,

KELP will be seen on the surface of the water, growing on nearly
every danger with a bottom of rock or stones, during the summer and
autumn months ; but during the winter and spring this useful
marine plant is not always to be seen. It should be an invariable
rule never to pass through kelp. In general, by keeping clear of kelp
you keep clear of danger, but this must not prevent attention to the
lead, as the rule sometimes fails ; kelp is always a sign of danger, and
unless the spot where it grows has been carefully sounded, it is not
safe for a ship to pass over it. A heavy surge will occasionally tear
the kelp away from rocks ; and a moderate stream will ride it
under water, when it will not be seen. When passing on the side of
a patch of kelp, from which the stems stream away with the current,
care should be taken to give it a wide berth, because* the kelp
showing with a strong tide is on one side of and not over the rocks.
The least water will usually be found in a clear spot in the middle
of a thick patch of fixed kelp.

It is perhaps well to point out that kelp not attached to rock
floats on the water in heaps, whereas kelp attached to rocka streams
away level with the surface, whilst the leaves give an occasional
flap.

INNER PASSAGES.

CAUTION. — When navigating the inner waters of British
Columbia, it should be constantly borne in mind that many of the
main channels and most of the minor passages have only been
roughly examined ; detached boulders from the broken shores,
and pinnacles of rock are still frequently found. Whenever, there-
fore, a broad and clear channel is known to exist, there is no
justification in using, without necessity, one of more doubtful
character, even if there be some saving in distance ; and a ship
should always be maintained in the safest possible position in a
channel, as well as when going in or out of port.

VICTORIA to BURRARD INLET.— The best route from
Victoria to Burrard inlet is south of Trial and Discovery islands,

Chap. T.J

KELP.— PASSAGES.

tlirongli the main channel of Haro strait, and northwanl of Stuart
and Waldron JHhuids into the .strait of Georgia. Only thobe with
good local knowledge should attempt to navigate the inner
channels.

VICTORIA to ALASKA.— From Victoria or Tuget sound it
is usual for vessels to ]tass through Haro str.iit and enter the strait of
Georgia, eastward of Saturna island, or through Active pass (for
steam-vessels). »SVr Caution, on page 1().

Strait of Georgia to Queen Charlotte sound.— Steamers
to Alaska usually coal at Departure bay or Nanaimo ; it is usual to
pass southward of Ballinac islands, and also the Sisters, from
whence a course is shaped for Discovery passage, the only navigable
channel from the gulf of Georgia to the north-west ; vessels may
have to wait for slack tide in Seymour narrows, for which Menzies
bay to th(; southward of the narrows, and Plumper bay to the
northward, will l)e found convenient anchorages.*

Proceed mid-channel through Johnstone passage ; there is a clear
channel both northward and southward of Helmcken island ; the
latter, named Hace channel, is that generally used.

When navigating Broughton strait do not pass more than 2 cables
southward of Cormorant island to clear Nimpkish bank, and the
south-western coast of Haddington island should be rounded within
half a mile to avoid the reef off Ledge point, and care should be
taken when rounding Pulteney i)oint, the west extreme of Malcolm
island, off which foul ground extends more than one mile. From
Broughton sound to Queen Charlotte sound either Goletas or New
channel may be selected.

From Queen Charlotte sound to Dixon entrance the route

usually adopted in steam-ships is by way of Fitzhugh sound, Lama
passage, Seaforth channel, Milbank sound, Finlayson and Grenville
channels, and Chatham sound. The passage to Fitzhugh sound is
between the dangerous Sea Otter group on the west and the rocks
off the entrance to Smith sound, about lat. T)!*^ 20' N. Those from
the westward enter by North passage between Sea Otter group and
Calvert island. Westerly gales send in a heavy swell, and dense
fogs are of frequent occurrence in this vicinity, that too great care
cannot be taken in the navigation.!

Fitzhugh sound is about 40 miles long, averages about 3 miles
wide, and has deep water. When passing from Seaforth channel to

so 11948

• See chart, No. 1,917.
t See charte, Nos. 1,923a and b.

BIITTISTI f'OLTTMIUA.

[Chap. r.

Milbank sound it is usual to pasH three-quarters of a mile northward
of White rocks.

Finlayson channel is about 24 miles long, 2 miles wide, and has
deep water ; Hiekish narrows are 2h caliles wide in the narrowest
part. When nearing Hewitt rock keep the northern shore aboard.
Grenville channel is reueliid through Campania sourd, l)y Squally
or Whale channel, lat. fh\° 20' N. Except when bound up Skeena
river the passage south of Gibson channel island is preferable,
thence by Arthur passage to Chatham sound and to Dixon entrance
and Port Simpson.

Dixon entrance to Cross sound.— The main channels at

present used, and touching at the various points of the Alaska
territory, are by the inland passages, as follows : —

Touching first at Tongass the route then follows the Kevillagigedo
channel, through Tongass narrows to Clarence strait, and by Silklne
strait to Port Wrangell, making detours to visit Port Chester and the
various fishing stations. From Port Wrangell the route continues
through Wrangell strait (which, with local knowledge, is navigable
by vessels drawing 10 feet at lf)w water, it Is well buoyed, but the
navigation is dltllcult), through Frederick sound and Stei)hens
passage to .Juneau and Douglas, in Gastineau channel ; t hence
again by Stephens passage to the west end of Douglas island ; if
bound to the head of Lynn canal pass up Favorite channel.*

If bound to Sitka pass through Saginaw channel, dowii Chatham
strait, and by Peril strait (the latter (»n no account without a pilot).
Vessels sometimes pass out by Summer strait, round caj)e Decision
(hit. 5G° 0' N.), and up Chatham strait, or continue outside ilirectly
to Sitka, or other outside ports.

OCEAN PASSAGES.

VANCOUVER and YOKOHAMA.— Full-powered steam-
vessels. — The tracks reconnnended are as follows : —

From Vancouver to Yokohama, during summer months ; from
Juan de Fuca strait steer to cross the meridian of 140' W. in lat. 51'^ N.,
keeping on that parallel to the 170th meridian, thence steering to
cross 160° E. in lat. 48'^ N., Iftir E. in lat. 4,'JV' N., and to make the
coast of Japan at Kinkuwasan light in about lat. 38*^ 20' X.

During winter months the same track to the IdOth meridian east,
thence steering to cross l.W E. in lat. 44i"N., passing about 50 miles

■

;

6ktf chart, No. 2,431,

Chap. I.]

PAHftAGEft.

the

south-eastwanl of Shikotan (Skotan), and to make the coast of
Japan as before at Kinkuwasan light. Tht'Hi' routes are UHually
northward of the westerly winds, and in tiie track of the cold
westerly current throuf,'hout.

From Yokohama to Vancouver, at all seasons, cross the meridian
of ]r)(F K. in lat. JO' N., U'Ar ]<]. in 4li N., 17(1'^ K. in 47^" N., and
the l.SOth meridian in lat. ID ' N. ; thence keeping on that parallel
to 140" W., and from there steering for the entrance of Juan de Fuca
strait. This route is usually in a warm easterly current throughout.

VANCOUVER to VALPARAISO. — Full-powered
steam routes. — Direct. Distances : — From P]squimalt to Callao,
4,750 miles; to Valparaiso, ;>,1)J0 miles. From San FmnciBCO to
Callao, IV-'iU) miles ; to Valparaiso, 5,1. 'iO miles.

Sail or auxiliary steam.— In winter S.E. and S.W. winds

prevail on the coast of California as far south as about lat. 2.')" N.
and those bound from Vancouver island to Valparaiso at that season
should stand down the coast, keeping at about 100 miles from it
until near the latitude of San Fnmcisco, and thence gradually edge
to the westward so as to pass westward of and in sight of Guadalupe
island, where in all probability the north-east trade wind will be met
with ; then steer to sight Clipperton island, passing westward of it ;
and in about this latitude the north-east trade wind will be lost.

If steam power is available the belt of variable winds and calms,
which at this season on the nn^ridian of 120° is 250 to JJSO miles
wide, should be crossed on a southerly course so as to pick up the
northern edge of the south-east trade winds in about long. 110° W.
(well to windward) ; but if depending on sail alone a vessel will
probably not be able to cross the ecjuator much to windward of
long. 118° W., and every effort should bo made not to cross further
than that to the westward, as the result would be that the vessel
would not weather Elizabeth or Pitcairn islands, in the vicinity
of which light baffling winds from South to S.E. would be
experienced.

The S.E. trade wind at :i!s time of the year will in all
probability be met with between lat. .5° N. and 3° N. Th(^ higher
latitude during the early winter months (November and December),
and the lower latitude towards March, when the ship should be
kept full, making, as nearly as the wind will permit, a due South
(true) course.

SO 11948

&>' chart, No. 2,6S3.

nniTTSTI rOLUMRTA.

[Chill). T.

In about lat. 6" S. th«> tradw wind f^encrully becomes more c .ly
in direction, Hometimes hauling uh far round as K. by N. Cross the
2()th ]r.ir.i\M (S.) in long. 120" or 121° W. in order to pass well
to windward of Ducie island, and standing to the south-east cross
the meridian of f^aster island in about lat. XV S. and the
lOOth meridian in lat. 'M\" S. (^alnis and variable winds will be
experienced in the vicinity of the liOth parallel settling into the
north-west quarter as the vessel getci more to the southward, and on
this account the l(M)th meridian should never be crossed n<^rthward
of lat. ;U')° S. The 4()th parallel should be reached before making
easting, thence steer to pass southward of Juan Fernandez and on
to Val)):iraiso.

In November 1872, H.M.S. Sri///fi went to the paralhd of 41° S.
before making easting, accomplishing a gocnl passage of 4(t days.

Ill SUminer. — In summer a course further west may be pursued,
passing the latitude of San Francisco in about l.^tyw. Tlu-nce a
sailing-vessel should be kept further from the land to avoid the
calms and light variable winds experienced at this season along the
coast of lower California and in the bay of Panama. After meeting
the north-east trade wind in about lat. iiO" N. stand to the southward,
making a south (true) course on the meridian of 12.")° W. not only to
avoid the calms above mentioned, but also the hurricanes which
during August and September are liable to be m' with eastAvard of
that meridian. Occasionally, but rarely, these is are met with

west of long. 125° W.

The north-east trade wind will be lost at this season in lat. 11° or
12° N., and the belt of doldrums will be foxmd to be not so wide as
during the winter months. The southeast trade wind will at this
season be met with in about lat. <S" N., and if, as is most likely to be
the case at the commencement, the wind be well to the southwiird,
stand to the eastward in order to recover some of the ground
lost by keeiting further to the westward in the north-east trades.
Endeavour to cross the equator in from long. 11. S" to ]2(>" W.,
and soon after crossing, the wind will haul more to the eastward,
when stand to the southward to weather Ducie island, and reach the
4()th parallel before making easting, so is to fall in with the north-
westerly winds, as calms and variable Avinds are met Avith north of
that parallel. After passing the meridian of 90° W. haid up for
Juan Fernandez and thence for Valparaiso .

VALPARAISO to VANCOUVEI; —Full-powered steam

routes.— Direct.

See chart, No. 2,683.

Chii|>. I.]

PAHSACiKS.

Sail aud auxiliary steam.— The luwt route to pnrHue '.vh»'n

milking this voyage is the hhiuo at all tiiiioH of tlu* year. Leaving
Valpjiraiw) stand to the north-west wanl pawHing to the eurttwunl of
St. l-'elix, and croHsing the 17th parallel in long. lUr W. After
falling in with the Bouth-eaHt trade wind Bteer to crosB the equator
in al tout 118" W. After falling in with the north-east trade wind
Bteer to ctosh the :20th jtarallel in long. i:i7 W. and the 'MHh parallel
in long. 14(PW. Thence edge away to the eastward, cntSHing the
■10th parallel in long. I'.W W., and make for lat. 17 N., long. 130" W.,
before steering direct for Juan de Fuca strait, (Distance by this
route 7,:ir)0 miles.).

In May autl June the north-east trade wind is often very weak
north of the 20th parallel, and frequently a belt of calm exists
between the 20th and 30th parallels.

PANAMA to VANCOUVER ISLAND.-Steam routes-
Direct. Along the Californian coast and to the northward, steamers
shoidd follow the coast from point to point, as nearly as possible,
always keeping within 15 miles of the land. By this means the
strong north-weLi wind will freipiently be avoided, as calms will
often be found close in with the shore when there is a wind to
seaward

Auxiliary steam. — Vessels with auxiliary steam power bound
from Panama to Vancouver island should stretch oil' on a W. by N.
(true) course (or, until the parallel of 12' N. is gained, a little more
northerly), passing the meridian of Acapuico in about lat. Hi" N.
The eastern limit of the north-east trade wind is uncertain, but it
will generally be met with in about long. lOli" W., /.<'., at about
300 miles from the land. When first falling in with it the W. by N.
course should be maintained, as by steering more to the northward
the trade wind will be found to hang to the north and north-west.
The meridian of 110" W. should be crossed in lat. 14" N., after which
steer to cross the 130th meridian in about lat. 30" N., when steer
northward as far as lat. 40" N., or until the westerly winds are
reached, and thence gi-adually edge away for the port.

Sailing^. — A vessel unaided by steam i)ower will experience
considerable difficulty and delay in getting out of the bay ui
Panama, owing to the light baffling winds and calms which are met
with there at all seasons. Between October and April the prevailing
wind in the gulf is from the northward ; for the remainder of the

.Sir ohart, No. 2,683.

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

LChap. I.

1 '

year the wind hangs more to the westward, and huiil and sea breezes
are felt varied by cahns and occasional 8(iualls from south-west.
Northward of lat. r)° N., between the 8OH1 and llOth meridians, is a
region of calms and light winds varied by sq\ialls of wind atid rain ;
but southward of hvt. 5° N., between the coast of the mainland and
tlie Crahipagos ishmds, Avest of the meridian of 80' W.. tlie wind is
between Houtli and West all the year round, anil, except between the
months of February and June, is fairly strong.

A vessel should, therefore, at all -.easons make the best of her way
to the southward, keeping as nearly as possible on the meridian of
m' W. until lat. T)^ N. is reached, wlien, if the wind will allow,
make a south-west course. Should the wind \ni westward of S.W.
stand to the southward, but if soutiiward of S.W. stand to the
westward, and should the wind be light and variable with rain
make every endeavour to get to the southward. When lat. 2' N. is
reached, a vessel may, between June and .January, stand to the
westward carrying S.W. winds as far as 85° W., after which the
wind will haul to the southward and south-eastward settling into
the south-east trade wind.

Pass northward of the Galapngos islands, keejjing on the parallel
of 2*^' N. until the meriuian of lU;") W. is reached, when edge away
to pass westward of Clii)perton islaiul, in the neighbourhood of
which the north-east trade wind will be met with, when stand to the
north-west to cross the parallel of 20^ N. in long. 120" W., after
which pursue the same course as if bound from Valparaiso.
{See page 20.)

Between January and April, however, it is better to cross the
equator between the Galai)agos islands and the mainland before
standing to the westward. Southward of lat. 1^ N. the wind will
be found to haid to the eastward as the vessel leaves the coast.
At this season ves.sels should keej) to the southward of the equator
until westward of long. 10.')" W., when proceed as before directed.

VANCOUVER to PANAMA. -Full-powered steam.-
Direct.

Sailing". — Sailing vessels making this passage between the months
of December and May, inclusive, when the prevailing winds on the
west coast of Mexico are from the northward, and the current
favourable, should stand down the coast of California, keeping
about 100 miles otF, and at about ir)0 miles off the coast of Mexico,
shaping a course to make the island of Hicaron, about 50 miles

«ir chart, No. 2,683.

to the
after
ijimiso.

088 the

ji'forc

ml will

count.

quator

tod.

iionths
oil the
nirrent
eeping
exico,
miles

Chnp. 1.]

PA.SSACES.

westward from Mariato point, which is a good landfall for vessels
bound to Panama from the westward.

Between the months of June and November, inclusive, when
calms, variable winds, and oftentimes hurricanes prevail on the
west coast of Mexico, sailing vessels should stand well out to sea
after passing San Francisco, shaping a course to cross the equator in
about long. 104° W., thence standing on to the southward, until sure
of reaching Panama on the other (starboard) ta k.

POUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA TO VANCOUVER
ISLAND AND SAN FRANCISCO AND BACK.— Full-
powered steam routes. — Direct as possible, passing south-east-
ward of New Caledonia, and calling at Fiji and Honolulu for coal,
it necessary. Distances; — Sydney to Fiji, l,7iU) nilles; Fiji to
Honolulu, 2,7(50 miles; Honolulu to Ks(iuimalt, 2,;M0 miles; and
Honolulu to San Francioco, 2,0'.10 miles.

The route back is the reverse of the above.

Sail and auxiliary steam routes.—Pass north or south of

New Zealand, or through Cook strait, according to the direction of
the wind on leaving, preferably through Cook strait, if from Sydney
or Bass strait, but south i>f New Zealand if passing south of
Tasmaiiiii. Thence proceed as from New Zealand.

Ou the route back, stand to the south-westward into the N.E. trade,
and thence proceed as direct as possible, crossing the equator in
about 170^ W., and passing westward of the Fiji islands and south-
eastward of New Caledonia.

See chart, No. 2,68;}.

!i ^ I

I '\

CHAPTER II.
"'AN DE FUOA AND HARO STRAITS.

WITH ADMLIALTY INLET. — PUGET SOUND. — EHCiUIMALT HAUBOUH.
— VICTOKTA HARBOUR.— INNER CHANNELS.— DIRECTIONS.

Variation, 22 |° East in 1808.

JUAN DE FUOA STRAIT, formed between the south coast
of Vancouver island and the mainland of Washington territory, has
its entrance between the parallels of 48° 23' N. and 48° 'AG' N., and
on the meridian of 124° 45' W. ; it is liable to all those sudden
vicissitudes of weather common to high northern latitudes ; and in
few parts of the world is the caution and vigilance of the navigator
more called into action than when entering it.*

The breadth of the strait between cape Flattery, its southern point
of entrance, and Boniila point on Vancouver island (its northern), is
i;i miles ; within these points it has a breadth averaging 12 miles
in an Easterly direction for GO miles.

At its eastern part are channels leading northwards to the P.ritish
possessions, and among the Haro archipelago, and southward to those
of the United States, by Admiralty inlet and Puget sound.

The strait in the centre is of great depth, but within 1), miles
of either shore there is, generally, under 40 fathon\s, and on the
northern wide, when 5 miles eastward of port San Juan, 8 to
12 fathoms will be fimnd within one mile of the shore. On both
sides of the strait, are several anchorages or stoi)ping places which
may be taken advantage of by tliose ;iieoting with adverse winds ;
those on the southern side, before reaching the harbours of Admiralty
inlet, lire Neeah and t^allam bays, Port Angeles, New Dungeiiess bay,
Washington harbour, and port Discovery ; on the nortlnTU side,
westward of the Race islands, are Port San .luan, Sooke inlet, and
Becher bay, eastward of which, excellent anciiorage may bi^ always
obtained during westerly winds.

On the northern, or Vancouver island shore, the hills rise gradually
and are densely wooded, but near the coast attain to no great

♦ Str Admiralty charts ; — Vancouver island and adjacent shores of Britiah
Columbia, No. 1,917, scale, »« = 15 of an inch ; and Juan de Fuca atrait, No. l,yil,
scale. "' = U'28 of an Inch.

I !

Chap. II.]

JUAN DB PUCA STRAIT.

1080

il»'8

the

)oth

lich

ikIh ;

ilty

'I'y.

11 le,
iind

ally
reat

itiah

t'levation ; on the southern side are the almost perpetually snow-clail
mountains, known as the Olympian ninge.

RESCUE STATIONS.— Depots, with provisions and other
necessaries for ship-wrecked Mariners, have been established at cape
Beale lighthouse, and Carmanah lightliouse. These two lighthouses
are teleg;aph and signal stations.

Notice boanls have Ix'en erected at intervals between cape Beale
and Port San Juau (about 1;? miles eastward of Carmanah lighthouse),
giving infonuiition, for the use of sliip-wreeked Mariners, respecting
the direction and distance of the nearest lighthouse, and also of the
nearest Indian village where assistance can be obtained. — Sec ((Lso
page 3.

The COAST southward from cape Flattery trends S.s.K.

for 25 miles, the land being mountainous anil thickly wooded. At
the distance of 11 miles are the Flattery rocks, a group of remarkable,
bare, rugged islets, the outer rock lying 2^ miles from the shore.*

At 12 miles from them in the same direction is a remarkable square
white rock, nearly one mile from the shore, which, when the sun's
rays are reflected from it, is particularly ctmspicuous.

UMATILLA REEF LIGHT-VESSEL is moored in 25 fatho.ns,
about 2), miles, S.W. | S., from Umatilla reef, and shows //r , dinjilrir.
elecf ric, fi.rrd irhit'- lights, one from i-ach masthead, each elevated
.55 feet above the sea, and visible in clear weather from a distance
of Ki miles.

The light-vessel is schooner-rigged, with two masts and no bow-
sprit, a funnel lul fog-signai api»aratus between the nuists, ami a
white circulai' gallery at each masthead under the lantern. The
hull is painted red, with I' 'Kitilbc nrfm large black letters on each
side, and 67 in black ligures on ea;;h bow ;md quarter.

Should the electric apparatus be out of order the light-vessel will
still shoAV two fixed white lights, Ijut of less j'ower than the electric
lights.

Fog signal is a stt-am whistle, which gives a blast rverii tliirttf
sefiinds, thus : — blast, l/nvr sminifs ; sileucf, fiiinti/sereit .seoindK.

DESTRUCTION ISLAND is \l mil.s long, narrow, and lies
nearly parallel with tlie coast at one mih from it. It has steep white
diflt'y coast, is over lOH feet high, and covered with grass, but no
trees ; in the channel between it and the shore is a deptli of
12 fathoms.

♦ Si-f Admiralty chart :— C'a|M! Mendocino to Vancouver i^<land. No. 2,631 ; scale
m = 0'07 of an inch.

■

2i*

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

[Chap. II.

LIGHT. — Dfstruftion island light iH ii flashiiifj white light,
showing ixjlfi.s/i fvi'iij ten snonds, clcvatt'd 14^1 fet't tibovc high water,
and should be visible in clear weather 18 miles.

The lighthouse consists of a conical iron tower, SO feet high, and
painted white, upper part black : with two dwellings about 1 HO yards
in u north-east direction, and the fog signal building about 4.'5 yards
in a north-west direction, from it ; the dwellings and fog signal
buildings are painted white, with brown roofs.

The fog signal is a steanj siren, which, iluring thick or foggy
weather, gives blasts oi' tive seconds duration, with intervals oi Jifty-
Jive seconds between the blasts.

CAUTION. — As previously mentioned on page 1(1, seamen are
again cautioned that when navigating the Inner waters of British
Columbia, it should be ctjnstantly borne in mind that many of the
main channels and most of the minor passii^'es have only been
roughly examineil ; detached boulders from the broken shores, and
pinnacles of rock are still frequently found. Whenever, therefore,
a broad and clear channel is known to exist, there is no justification
in using, without necessity, one of more doubtful character, even if
there be some saving in distance ; antl a ship should always be
maintained in the safest possible position in a channel, as well as
when going in or out of port.

SOUTH KRN SHORE OF JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT.

CAPE FLATTERY, or Classet, is a remarkable point of land,
and in clear weather distinctly seen 35 miles, rising gradually from
the sea to a thickly wooded mountain nearly 2,000 feet high, with au
irregular shaped summit, and falling again 3 or 4 miles eastward.
When seen from the southward or south-west it has the appearance
of an island, being separated by low land from hills of the same or
greater elevation, tvhich rise again immediately southward of it.*

Flattery was the name given to this cape by Cook in 1788 ; but
Vancouver, in 1792, says it was known to the natives by the name of
Classet.

On a nearer view, the headland itself, with off-lying rocks over
whicu the sea is almost constantly breaking, presents an uninviMug

• Sir Adniiralty chart. Xo. 1.011, also pliiu of Duncan rock and cape Flattery on
Admiralty chart, No. 2,5ai ; scale, wa=-' inclit-s.

Chap. II.]

CAPE FLATTERY.— DUNCAN ROCK.

I
i

uppeurauce ; it is a rugged aua-woru ciill of no grout eiovatiou, rising
gradually to its more prominent feature, a densely wooded mountain.
From the cape the coast trends eastwanl for 4 miles to Neeah bay,
and there is generally a heavy swell and irregular titles.

Tug — Sff page 184.

LIGHTS.— TatOOSh island, lying half a mile N.W. from cape
Flattery, is an almost perpendicular rocky islet, bare of trees, and
1(X) feet high, with some reefs extending a short distance off its
western siele ; the lighthouse, known to seamen as cape Flattery
light, stands on the summit of the island.

From the above lighthouse (which consists of a keeper's dwelling
of stone, with a white tower rising above it, surmounted by an iron
lantern painted black, its height being (54: feet), is exhibiten a Ji.red
irhite light, elevated 102 feet above the sea, and in clear weather
should be seen ID miles.

xV sector of red light of 7' is shown between the bearings
S. :W° E. and S. :J2" E., covering Duncan and Duntze rocks.

The light is obscured over the land from S. 73° W. to N. 1')" W.,
but eastward of Chibadehl rocks it is not visible west of S. (58° W.

FOff Slgrnal. — A steam fog whistle is sounded for eight seconds, at
intervals oi _fiftii-two ficconds, during thick weather.

Telegraph and signal station.— Vessels can communicate
by the International code of signals, and the station is connected by
telegraph with Port Townsend.

Position.— Lat. 48° 23' 1.^) N., long. 124^ 44' 10" W.

Cape Beale light.— Sec page 315.
Carmanah lislit.~See page 313.

SwiftSUre bank, with a depth of 13 fathoms, is reported to
exist in a position situated about 14^ miles N.W. by W. I \V. from
cape Flattery lighthouse. H.M.S. Sivift.sin'e in 18H9 obtained a
sounding of 20 fathoms in this vicinity, but the position is doubtful.
Natives state that shoaler water exists.

Duncan rook lies one mile N.W. | N. from Tatoosh island ; it
is a few feet above water, but the sea always breaks over it. There
is deep water between it and the island, but do not take the passage,

iSee chart, No. 1,911.

JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT.

[Chap. ir.

! i
il

unless carried by the tidal streams into such a ])o8iti(»n as would
cause danger in endeavouring to avoid it. A shoal of 4 fathoms lies
south-eastward of Duncan rock with Tatt)osh island lighthouse
S. by K. i K., distant 7f cables, and Duncan rock W. by N. ^ N.

Duntze rook, on which is a depth of 3 iathoms, lies about a
(quarter of a mile N.W. from Duncan rock., and the t-ea freijuently
breaks on it. The cross sea which is created in this neighbour-
hood during bad weather strongly resembles heavy breakers,
extending a considerable distance acrose tlie strait.

Direotions. — Those from the south wiiril or westwanl bound for
Juan de Fuca strait, except the coasting' steam- vessels which all
carry pilots, should make cape Flattery ; there is no inducement
to hug the coast, on which a long rolling swoll frequently sets, and
this swell meeting the south-easterly gaies of winter, causes a
confused sea.

The cape and its off^ying rocks shoukl not be approaf/hed within
a distance of at least .'5 miles, as the tidal stream occasionally sets
over Duncan aud Duntze rocks with great velocity (page 12) ; the
currents should also be guarded against (page 11), an additional
reason why these dangers should not be too closely approached.

It is equally necessary when either entering or leaving the strait
to avoid tht; coast of Vancouver island between port San Juan aud
Bonilla point, when there is any appearance of bad weather.

It is recommended to pass at the distance of at least 10 miles from
the coast of the mainland southward of cape Flattery, unless
working to windward against a fine northerly wind, which is
frequently found during summer, when it may be safely approached,
but not closer than 15 miles.

When nearing the strait at night, or in thick weather, be certain
of the latitude ; and as rocks lie some distance off the coast
southwanl of cape Flattery, and it is therefore dangerous to approach,
it is safer to be in error to the northward than to the southward.
The coast of Vancouver is comparatively bold, the bank of
soundings extends a considerable distance from the land, and the
light on cape Beale is visible 19 miles. The current that is r ..dily
found setting across the entrance of the strait to the south-east
should be particularly guarded against. See page 11.

S^r chart, Nu. l.Ull.

Chfip. Ti.]

DTRECTTONS.

of
Ihe

When making tlio strait in bad weather it will bo more desirable
to run in and seek shelter than to remain outside. If the land has
been made either to the southward of cape Flattery or on the
Vancouver island shore within a moderate distance of the entrance,
or if the latitude can be relied upon within 2 or ',\ miles, it will be
advissible to run for the strait. Tiie powerful lijjfht on Tatoosh islaml
will, unless in very thick weather, or ion, be seen, and as soon as a
vessel is actually within the stniit there is eoniparativeiy smooth
water, with suflicient sea room, then run boldly up the centre for
Race light, or if preferred, by the assistance of that on Tatoosh island,
maintain position in the strait.

When Tatoosh island light bears westward of W.S.W., it is
obscured by the land about Neeali I)ay, and Uace island light is
obscured by Heechey liead bearing eastward of K. by N. ; therefore,
when either of these lights are obscured by the land before men-
tioned, the distance from either coast will be accurately judged,
and in the latter case a shij) will be getting too close to the northern
shore. *

When intending to go outside the Race islands, pass the land
about Beechey head at the distance of 2 miles.

Steam-vessels taking Race passage pass Church point at the
distance of about half a mile, and keep the land aboard about that
distance until up with Kentinck island, whtai the latter should be
closed and kept within a (juarter of a mile, or just outside the kelp.

The passage between Bentinck island and the Vancouver coast is
choked with rocks, and stroi g tidal streams set through.

Coming from the westwani with a heavj westerly or north-west
gale, thick weather, and uncertain of the latitude, it would be
l)rudent to "lie to" at not less than ;',() miles from the entrance of
the strait, or on the edge of the bank of soundings. These gales
r'eldom last more than 12 hours, and if they shift towards the south-
west the weather will clear, when bear up for the strait.

With a south-east gale it is recommended to close the land, as
smoother water will be obtained, and the bank of soundings oil!
the Vancouver island shore will indicat*' pretty accurately the
distance from the land. Gales from this <|uarter sometimes con-
tinue in the winter season for iU) hours, and after striking soundings
on the edge of the bank in 1)0 fathoms, and carried them into (10,
put her head S.W., and there will be plenty of room for drift.

-Sr chart, No. 1,911.

JUAN DR FUCA STRAIT.

[Chap. TI.

It is of great importance when making the strait during bad
weather to strike the outer edge of the bank of soundings, as the
ship's distance from the land will then be accurately known. After
running 20 miles eastward the depth increases from 55 to SO and
90 fathoms, which latter dei)thn, if ihv lead has not been previously
kept going, might be mistaken for the outrr edge of the bank.

In a sailing-vessel and one of those dense fogs which sometimes
hang over the entrance of the strait (page 7), do not close the
land, but stand off sufficiently far to avoid l)eing set by the southerly
current too near cape Flattery.

If in a steamer and, having made the land or light on Tatoosh
island, and certain of the position, get the northern or Vancouver
island shore aboard, when, with the assistance of the chart and lead,
feel the way in.

When H or 10 miles eastward of Port San Juan there is anchoi-ing
ground in 12 fathoms one mile from the shore, and if the fog is very
dense a strsftiger should anchor ; it must be remarked, however, that
not unfrequently the weather is clear a few miles within the strait
while the entrance is totally obscured.

NEEAH BAY is formed between Koitlah point and Weaddah
island ; the latter, half a mile long in a N.W. and S.E. diiection, is
narrow and covered with pine trees. Koitlah point is 4 mile?
E.N.E. from the lighthouse on Tatoosh island. The bay offers a
safe and convenient anchorage to those meeting S.W. or S.K. gales
at the entrance of the strait, and is sheltered from W. by H. round
by south to N.E. The western shore is steep and cliffy, but a red"
extends more than one cable off" Koitlah point, and a sand-bank
which dries, extends off a (juarter of a mile from the shore abreast
the cliffs. The head of the bay is a l()w sandy beach, on which the
surf generally breaks. On the eastern side of the bay oft' the south-
west side of Waaddah island, a rocky ledge and shoal water extends
){ cables, and the holding ground is not so good on the island si<le.*

Ligrht. — A^/f./w/ tvhitc lantern light is shown from a white post
on Baaddah (Mee ua) point, IG feet above high water.

Whistle buoy.— A buoy, painted red, with N. B. on it in white
letters, and fitted with an automatic whistle, is moored in about
22 fathoms at the entrance of Neeah bay, with the north end of

* See Adminlty plan of Neeah bay, scale m = 2-0 inches, on chart, No. 1,911.

Chap. Ti.]

NRFAH BAY.— OALLAM RAY.

:^i

rt'iist

the

,Uh-

MKlS

IpORt

Ihite

lont

ll of

Waadclah island S.E., 4 cabhis, and Koitlah point, S.W. by W. ; the
tidal streams set strongly past the buoy.

Anchorage. — A good berth will be found in Neeah bay, in
('» fatlioins sandy bottom, with the outer point of Waaildah island
bearing N.K. by N., and Koitlah point \V. by N. ; a short distance
within this position kelp grows in large patches all over the bay,
and some care is necessary in '(electing a berth. Large sailing-vessels
may anchor in 7 or K fathoms a little outside the above bearings, in
the centre of the bay, with the outer point of the island bearing
N.E. by K.

Sailing-vessels, during gales frtmi south-west or west, "lie to"
under the south shore of the strait inside Neeah bay, in preference
to anchoring in Neeai> l)ay.

Directions. — Leave this bay on any indicatioji of a n»irth-we8t
wind ; it too late, and unable to weather Waaddah island, run between
it and the main witli the assistance of the chart ; the ])a8sage is
H cables wide, and the least water 21 feet ; be careful to avoid the
ledge off the south-west end of Wsiaddah, and in hauling out give
the eastern side of that island a berth of at least a quarter of a
mile.

Vessels have ridden out north-west gales close to the south-east
end of Waaddah in G fathoms, but it is more prudent to get out
iinto the strait at tlie commencement of the gale. D""'"^ strong
westerly or south-west gales, or after they have been blowing ovaside,
a considerable swell rolls into the bay, which renders it at such times
a somewhat disiigreeable though not unsjife anchonige ; small vesstds
may go close in and get smooth water, even among the kelp which
grows in 4 and T) fathoms.

A life-saving: apparatus hii8 been established in Neeah bay.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change in Neeah bay at
Oh. '^'^m. ; springs rise 7.^ feet, neaps rise C;| feet.

CALLAM BAY is 15 miles K. i S. from Net'-ah l)ay, the inter-
vening coast b^'ing nearly straight, and the shore boh'.. The only
remarkable feature is Klahosloh (^Seal rock), l.')0 feet high, lying a
short distance ott' shore at 2 miles eastward of Waaddah island. If
there is an e:>8terly or south-east wind, there is temporary anchorage
and shelter in the centre of the bay in from «S to 1(1 fathoms. Callam

Ste chart, No. l,i)ll.

:^2

JUAN DE PUCA HTRATT.

[Ohap. ir.

J '

bay iB easily rocogiiiHotl by Slip point, itH oaHtern bluff, which is tho
weBtoru termiiiiition <tt' ii bold coiist rid},'!', about 1,000 tVet hiKh.

The COAST from Cullam bay coutiuueH in an easterly direction
for S milcH to Pillar point, so called from its terminating' in a bare
coluMinar-Hliaped rock, soniewhiil remarkable, from its contrast to
the „'eneral characteristics of tlie country (Ihiekly wooded from
summit to water line*), wlitM-e few objects pret-cnt themselves by
which seamen may accurately fix th»Mr positions. Tlu' coast on the
eastern side o<" this point forms a small bij,dit, in which there is a
considerable stream and an Indian villa;,'e, iind then trends E. by N.
for 17 n)iles to Striped peak ; a small river, the I.yre, enters the
strait just (eastward of how point, 7 miles westward from the peak.

Striped peak

■at hi

rka))le fi

•ipoil peak IS rather remarkaDle troni a landslij) occurrinf? down
its face; at 1 [, miles westward from the peak, and one-third of a
mile off the west point of ('rescent bay (merely an indentation) lies
a rock with 15 f«'et over it, and on which the sea breaks at low water.
This rock is marked by a red nun buoy.

FRESHWATER BAY, at :\ miles eastward from Striped penk,
Ix'tween Observatory and Anf,'ele8 points, is neai'ly one mile deep,
and more than 2 miles wide, in an east and west direction, and the
depth varies from (5 to 12 fathoms. Observatory jjoint has several
rocks extending a short distance oft" it ; the western side of the bay
is a high bold shore. Ange' js point, the eastt^rn entrance point, is
low ; the river Elwha flowing through it, forms a delta, and has
caused a l)ank with a depth of water on it varying from 2 fathoms
close in shore, to 10 fathoms at the distance of one mile. There is
anchorage within the line of the points in from (5 to i) fathoms.

PORT ANGELES is 7 miles eastward from the eastern point of
Freshwater bay, the intervening coast forming rather a deep indenta-
tion to the southward, off which as little as '.) fathoms is found nearly
one mile from the shore.

The north side of the port is bounded by one of those low narrow
sand or shingle spits which are a characteristic feature of the country ;
this spit, which is named Kdiz hook or False Dungenes^, is coveied
with coarse grass, and the sea sometimes washes over it. It curves
from a high blufl" in an K.N.E. direction for nearly 15 miles, and
forms a large and gootl harbour. At 2 miles from the shore
14 fathoms will be found N.N.W. from that part of the spit which
joins the mainland ; at night do not go within this depth.

iSee chart, No. 1,911.

[Chap. II.

hich is tho
hi«h.

y direction
<^ in !i bare
contrast to
mkUmI from
niHclvcH l»y
oa.st on the
1 there is a
(Is E. by N.
, enters tlie
the peak.

rrinf? down

'-third of a

Uution) lies

hnv water.

triped peak,

mih' deep,
on, and the
I has several

of the bay
ce point, is
la, and has

1 2 fathoms
There is

loms.

rn point of

'P indenta-

luiid nearly

low narrow

le country ;

lis covered

li curves

iiiles, and

I the shore

[pit which

Ohaj). II.] FRRSHWATRR AND NKW DrNOKNRWH HAYX.

On the north, or rti)it side, the water is deep, varying from 1.') to
IJO fathoms ; but southwanl of a line ilmwii through the centre there
is »)xcellent anchor.ige in fr«)m 7 to 10 fathoms in any part of the port.
The outer or eastern end of the spit is steep-to, and may be rounded
close to, after which the port extends for 2.^ miles in a westerly
dir»»ction, by more than one mile in breadth. Although open to
easterly winds, they do not blow home.

On the southern shore is the town Port Angeles, where a wharf
extends 7tK) feet into the bay, with a T-head KM) feet long, and a
depth of l(»i feet at the end. There are other wharves, alongside
of one of which the depth is 22 feet.

Fresh water is to be obtained from streams on the south side of
the port.

LIGHT. — Ediz hook. — From a square white lighthouse, situated
at about WO feet from the extremity of Ediz hook, is exhibited, at
42 feet above the sea, a /iwi'd w/iih' light, visible in clear weather
12 miles. The lantern is painted black.

Fogr Sigrnal. — During thick or foggy weather, a bell is sounded
once, at intervals of fifteen second,^, from a position 108 yards
N.W. by N. from Ediz hook lighthouse.

Storm and weather signals are shown at Port Angeles. See
page 15.

Tide. — It is high water, full and change, at Ih. Sim. Springs
rise, .5^ feet.

NEW DUNGENESS BAY. -The shore from Port Angeles
gradually curves N.E., and about 8 or 9 miles from Ediz hook,
another long low narrow sand spit covered with grass extends from
the blnft' shore in a general N.N.E. direction for ii^ miles, forming
the north-western side of New Dungeness bay.*

Dungeness shoal of 2 fathoms extends half a mile N.N.E. from the
end of the spit, and a heavy tide rip runs over it at the change of the
stream. A red buoy is moored at the extreme of this shoal.

On the inside, one mile from the eastern extremity, another narrow
sand spit extends 1^ miles southward towards the main shore, forming
a large inner shoal bay with a narrow opening, through which the
water passes as over a rapid ; at low tide abreast this point is a small

* Scr Admiralty chart ; — Admiralty inlet and Puget sound, No. 1,947 ; scale,
m := o-r)2 of an iaoh.

HO U»48 C

JUAN DK PUOA HTRAIT.

[Chap. II.

Htream, on the wPHtorn aiilcof which isahlufT (•() foot hipfh, and ni)on
it iH a lar^'c villas' of the ('lallsiin IndiauH. FrHHh \vat*ir inay Jm*
obtained in abmuhmce at tho above Htreain ; but l>oatH innnt obtain
their supply at b»w tide, and come out when tho tide has Huftioiently
risen.

The shore eastward of tho stream is low, swampy, and covered
"With trees and brush, and off it are tixtensive mud flats, which
uncover at low water for over half a mile, and extend to Wsiiihington
or Hutlds harbour ; ahoal water exists for some distance outtiide
these Hats.

LIGHT.— New Dungreness.— From a conical liffhthous*', the
upper half black, the lower half white, surmounted by a red lantern,
situated at about 2 cables from the extremity of the si)it, is
exhibited, at UM) feet al>ov(' the sea, a Jixed ir/iite liKht, visible in
clear weather IG miles.

Pogr Sigrnal. — During thick or foggy weather, a whistle is sounded
from a position l.')0 yards north-eastward from the lighthouse, in the
following manner: — A blast of six secondx duration, succeeded by an
interval of twelve seconds, then a blast lasting tJiree seconds followed
by an interval of thiity-nine seconds.

Telegraph oable. — A submarine cable extends from New
Dungeness to Clover point (Vancouver island) ; there \3 a small
house on the spit, one mile S.W. of the lighthouse, wih t! e words,
" cable crossing," on it.

Anchorage. — The usual and best anchorage in New Dungeness
bay is to bring the lighthouse to bear N. \ W. half a mile distant, in
8 fathoms, sandy bottom. With the lighthouse bearing N.W. by N.
three-quarters of a mile distant, the same depth and bottom are found ;
from this position a vessel can readily get under weigh and clear the
point. A south-east wind drawing out of the strait blows directly
into this bay, but the bottom will hold any vessel with good ground
tackle ; the only difficulty will be to get the anchors out of the mud
after riding a couple of days to a gale.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at New Dungeness at
3h. 3m. ; springs rise 5 feet.

WASHINGTON HARBOUR.— The coast from New Dunge-
ness trends E.S.E. for nearly 7 miles to Washington harbour.

Set chjirt, No. 1,947.

[Ohap. II.

1, anil upon
er iiiay J>e
innt obtHin
rtuttifitmtly

id covered
iats, which
Vnahington
ice ottUiide

thonsc, the
red lantern,
the rtplt, is
, vittihh' in

e is sonnded
lOuse, in the
eeded by an
ids followed

from New
\s a small
t! e words,

Dungeness
distant, in

|N.W. by N.
are found ;
id clear the

|w8 directly
)od ground
)f the mud

mgeness at.

?w Dunge-
harbour.

Ohaj). IT.] \E\V ntTNOKNKSS.— AOMlRAr.TY INI.KT.

:<:.

The «'ntrj\nce is almost cloHt'd by a Imitr Hiiml spit fxlcndin^j froin tlie
eastern side, leaving' a narri»w cliaiiiicl with only 2 t'ulhoniH, whieh
tleepens within to V,\ fatlionis ; tlierefore, as a harbour, it is of little
iinportanci* wh(*n there are ho many good ones in the neii^'hbourhood,

PORT DISCOVERY, where Vancouver anchored and refitted
his ships, anil from whence he commenced his exploration of these
regions in May 17'.I2, is an extensive inlet trending in a south-easterly
direction for (5 miles, with an averages breadth of 1^ miles ; the
general depth of water is from 20 to lU) fathoms, but an anchorage
may be had on the west side 1^ miles within the entrance in
IT) fathoms, ';lose to the shore, also near the lunul of the port.

A spit ext(!nd8 a short distance oH' Clallam point, the western
l»oint of entrances ; and when working up, the prominent points
should not be closely api)roacheJ, as the soil breaking away from the
neighbouring difVs has formed a bank off most of them.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Discovery at
2h. 30m, ; springs rise 7 feet.

Protection Island li(*s immediately off the entrance of the Port
Discovery, and shelters it from north-west winds. The highest part
is near the western end and is 21.5 feet above the sea, but the fir trees
by which it is covered make it look much higher. The coast is rery
steep, and the eastern part of the island is cultivated.

Dallas bank, on which vessels may anchor in from 4 to 10 fathoms,
extends 2^ miles N.N.W. from the island.

The north-west side of the island is shoal for Ih miles off, and
there is a li-fathoms patch, named Dallas shoal, 2\ miles N.W.
from the north point ; reefs extend from the west, and south points
about one mile, but there are clear deep channels between it and the
main ; that to'the southward being one mile in breadth, and that to
the eastwanl H miles.

A black buoy is moored on the reef, extending from the south-
western end of the island.

Libby rock, with a depth of 11 feet, lies half a mile N.W. of
Middle point ; northward of the rock a red nun buoy, numbered 4, is
moored in S fathoms.

ADMIRALTY INLET.— At 14 miles E.N.E. from New
Dungeness light, is the entrance to Admiralty inlet, between Wilson

Sfe chart, No. 1,947.

SO 11948

C 2

•M\

ADMIRALTY INLET.

[Chap. TL

SM t

point on the sonth and Partrulgo point on the north, the hotter a
remarkiil)h» sloping? cliff of a wliitisli colour; and hen' commences
that extensive and singular sciries of inland navigation, which
penetrates the continent in a general southerly direction for nearly
90 miles. These waters were first explored by Vancouver, -ind have
since undergone a more detailed examination by the United States
Government.*

General description. — Under special names the great body of
water now known to the couiuiercial world under tlie general
designation of Puget sound may be described as a series of vast
interior canals giving unsurpassed facilities for navigation in the
very heart of a prosperous section of the country.

Puget sound, in the broad acceptation of the term, lies between
latitudes iT 3' N. and IS 1 1 N. ; and between longitudes 122' HV W.
and 12;r 10' W.

Admiralty inlet extends in a geneml S.S.K. direction for about
60 miles, to the southern end of Vashon island ; with an average
width of ;V^ miles, and iiumeroiis branches from it on both sides
iorm other straits, channels, bays, and harbours. At 16 miles within
the entrance Hood canal opens out southwanl, and 9 miles further
Possession sound 0))ens northward and runs to the north-westward
behind Whidbey island and leads into Rosario strait through
Deception pass.

At the sonth end of Vashon islar I the Puget sound of Vancouver
commences ; the channels decrease in width to one or 2 miles, but
they ramify by eight principal arms through an area of 22 miles
square. The extreme north-western avm, named Case's inlet, reaches
within 2 miles of the head of Hood canal, and between them lies
comparativtdy low ground and a large lake.

The shores of these inlets are generally bluffs, ranging from 50 to
500 feet in height, and their tops are covered with trees and thick
undergrowth to the very edges. It is ditlieult to recognise the
different points from the sameness in the appearance in the shores.

The depth of v/ater is everywhere great and anchoniges are
ditlieult to obtain near the shore.

The navigation of Puget so\ind should not be attempted without a
pilot unless well acquainteil with the various channels.

* Sfr Admiralty chart :— Ailmiralty inlet and I'mfet soiiml. No. 1.947: w!»le,
m = U'52 inobtM.

Chaji. II.] (;emer/.l descuiption.— wil.sox point.

lorages are

(1 withont a

1,947 ; wjile,

Partridge bank, ii ridge about one mile wide, extends Ii| miles
in a W.N.W. and E.S.E. direction, situated W.N.W. of Partridge
point, its eastern end being IJ miles from the point. The shoalest
part, a small patch of 2| fathoms, lies [\\ miles W. by N, ^ N. from
Partridge point, and 3', miles S.S.E. ^ E. from the lighthouse on
Smith island. Depths of 4 and .') fathoms extend one mile to the
north-westward cf the patch, and the water then deepens to
7 fathoms, this latter tlepth being found at a tlistance of 2^ miles
from Smith island ; to the south-eastward of the patch the depths
are 7 and 1) fathoms.

A black buoy is moored on the north- west nrn edge of the patch of
2^ fathoms.

WILSON POINT.— This point forms the western point of the
entrance to Admiralty ii^^let. It is also the north-western point of
the entrance of Port Townsend.

The high yellow clay clitrs surmounted by forest trend from Port
Discovery to Port Townsend, ..nd reach a height of -iW or 50() feet ;
they are very steep under a hill 250 feet high, about half a mile
westward of Wilson point. This point stretches out towards
Admiralty head and is formed of low sandy hillocks covered with
coarse grass.

Between Middle point and Wilson jioint the 5-fathoms line is less
than a quarter of a mile distant, except near Wilson point, where
it extends half a mile over a very rough, ntcky, and shingly bottom,
with a field of kelp. The kelp tield is well off the point on the
north side of the bight just westward of the low extremity. During
ebb tide a very strong eddy sets eastward ahmg shore from Middle
point, and even as far as Port Discovery.

Vessels working out from Port Townsend, with the strong summer
winds, hold well untler the south-east shore of Wilson point.

LIGHT.— Wilson point.— From the top of the light-keeper's
dwelling (white) situated on Wilson point is exhibited, at an
elevation of .')3 feet above the sea, i,\ fixed irhifr light showing a reft
Jlanh every fwenti/ seconds, which should be seen in clear weather
from a distance of 12 miles.-

Fogr Sigrnal. — a steam-whxstle giving a blast of eight seconds
duration each iniimli' is sounded in thick or foggy weather from
Wilson point.

&>4ch»rt, No. 1,047.

ADMIRALTY JNLET.

[Chap. 11.

Quimper peninsula.— Bet wrou l\»rt Dincoveiy jintl I'orl
TowuBend licH ii i)eninHuhi ii;'er;if,'iu^' :\ miU'H in breiulth and 10 miles
louti. it is undulating land ami has many large farms.

Partridge point is the western i)()»nt «)f Whidby island, antl
tht! eastern boundary of .Jiinn de Fuca strait.

Tht^ seaward slojje is very steep aiul shows large areas of sand and
sandy soil. The coast line is lev,;) on the summit, which is covered
with spruce, lir, and cedar. There ;ire two noticeable cultivated
farms on the shore jibout ){ miles to the northward of the point.
The jMjint is so rounding that it is not easily recognised on coming
from the westward, bat from the south and north it is well marked
and prominent. Its face is comi)osed of yellow sand, which, l)eing
blown up the hill by the strong west winds, has formed a very
peculiar ridge on the outer face of the top. This is bo narrow that
it can hardly be travelled, and in many places it is 3.') feet above the
ground ijiside ; yet being overgrown with bushes the ridge is now
l)ernianent. The highest part of the point is about 2->i^t feet above
high water.

Although the point is (juite bold, yet drops suddenly, that, in
foggy or smoky weather those running by the lead may be uue.v-
pectedly upon a boulder reef which exti'nds half a mile from the
point and is marked by kelp.

Oil' the end of the reef in '> to 10 fathoms the tidal streams are
very str«mg and there are overfalls at the changes.

A red bell buoy is placed in la fathoms about one mile from the
point.

ADMIRALTY HEAD lies H miles E.S.E. from i'ai-tridge
point, and directly oj)po.site the entrance to Port Townsend. It is a
nearly vertical, rocky clill", HO feet high, the sunimit is marked by
the cluster of white lighihouse buildings ; it falls away to the nortli
to low marshy ground and a large lagoon.

Light. — From a light-keeper's dwelling (white) 41 feet high,
situated on Adiniralty head, N.K. by K. distant ;51 miles from Wilson
point, is exhibited, at an elevation of 108 fee above the sea, a
fi.rt'd white light, which sliould )«' visible in clear weather from
a distance of Ili miles.

Position.— Lat. 48- '.♦ i:> N.. long. 122" 40 35 W.

&v oluMTt, Nu. I,il47.

Chap. II.] rARTHrncjK Point. — pokt townhbnd.

.39

reiiius are

Admiralty bay is formed by a sweep of the whore line, forming
a semicircle with a diameter of more than '^ mileH. It is only used
occasionally for anchorage just to the ejistward of the lijjrhthoune,
where the bottom is hard and sandy in irregular ridges, and with
depths of from 15 to 2.5 fathoms. It is an uncomfortable anchorage,
for it is open to the full sweep of the south-easters, and at all times
the current is running out. This current is so strong that even in
the summer winds a vessel rides to it. With the wind from the
southward a vessel would lie in the trough of the sea.

Sailing-vessels should not approach Admiralty head or bay,
l)ecause in calm weather they encounter the strong and irregular
currents near it, or they may be embayed under the ejistern shore.

PORT TOWNSEND is just within the entrance of Admiralty
inlet, now almost universally known as Puget sound, and is a port of
entry for the Puget sound district. It is a safe harbour, l»ut from its
extent it is subject to a disagreeable sea in heavy winds, and with a
strong south-easter, landing is oftentimes impracticable, and the sea
dangerous for boats.*

The shores of the port are mmlerately high cliffs, with sonu-
valleys ; the summits are covered with forest trees, except near the
town.

Rook. — A vessel dniwing 18 feet is reported to have struck on a
rock from which the Custom-house bears N, 52° W. distant I}] cables,

Hudson point is a broad, low gravel spit, stretching out a (juarter
of a mile from the high cliffs of the town Port Townsend. Part of
the town is built on this low point, and the custom-house is but a
short distance from the wharves. A large siiwmill is on the
extremity of the point ; extensive wharves project from the front of
the town into deep water, and lan<ling is readily and safely made.
A (juarter of a mile off these wharves there is a deep channel carry-
ing 10 to 16 fathoms of water, through which the streams run witli
considerable velocity.

Within recent years a tthoal has extended 250 to 300 yards north-
wanl of the point, marked on the outer edge by a spar buoy in
24 feet of water.

Kiiisut or Long harbour penetrates Marrowstone island. At high
water this harbour communicates by a crooked boat channel,
6 miles long, with Oak cove, at the sonthwartl.

»t

* See Admiralty plan :— Fort Townsond and Kiiisut harbour, Nu. I,7tf2 ; scalo,
B H'O inohM.

!■:

t ■

ADMIUALTY INLET.

LIOHT. — A jLved red light is exiiihitml ti'om
Hudson point, elevated 12 feet above the nea.

[Chap. II.
white post on

Kala point, on the western side of the bay, and within 1^ miles
of the head, is a low point. Half a mile southward of Kala point a
small stream, named Chimikim creek, opens between two high, steep
cliffs ; the shoal water lies a quarter of a mile outside this mouth.

Walan point is a very low and marshy projection ou the eastern
side of the bay. Between it and Kala point the bay is one mile
wide, and the depth 14 and 15 fathoms, over soft sticky bottom.

Directions. — Those bound into Fort Townsend from Juan de
Fuca strait must keep clear of the rocky shoal off the northern side
of Wilson point, but as soon as Hudson point is opened by Wilson
point the latter may be passed within 120 yards with a depth of
20 fathoms, hard bottom. When abreast of Wilson point a steamship
should steer S.E. ^ S. to clear the shoal ground north-west of Hu<i8on
point ; but a sailing-vessel may keep a little inside this cjy-irse until
within half a mile of Hudscn point, and then gradually keep away
about a quarter of a mile from the siiore in from 5 to 10 fathoms,
over hard bottom, and as the point open;^ run quite close, with the
summer wind directly offshore, to save making a tack. Keep along
about half a mile to the S.W., par-'-llc! with the city front, and anchor
anywhere off the wharves in from 10 to 12 fathoms, and a quarter of
a mile distant. In winter anchor furthtr out, to clear Hudson point
in getting under way with a south-easter.

When sailing-vessels are coming down the sound bound into this
port with the ebb stream, they should pass Marrowstone i)oint nearly
three-quarters of a mile before heading in for the town, and so avoid
a very strong e<ldy which comes out of the bay along and under the
high shore westward of tliis point. If the wind be light anil the ebb
strong, pass the point closely ; run along the outside of the tide rip,
and try to get upo:i the Mid-channel bank as soon as practicable, to
avoid being set up the sound by the next Hood stream.

In summer, sailing-vessels not empl(»ying tugs will frequently drift
about the entrance for days without a breath of wind and with very
strong streams. In winter, the south-east storms blow with great
violence in this high latitvide, and a vessel must move to an
anchorage under the cliffs of the old military post to get a
comfortable berth, in 10 fathoms, soft bottom.

H
li

Ser chart, No. 1,792.

■^ f'

■; ,';

•

[Chap. II.
itu post ou

in 14 miles
iila point a
high, steep
I mouth.

the eastern
s one mile
jttom.

n .J nan de

•fhern «itle

by Wilson

t depth of

steamship
of Hudson
^•se until
keep away
.0 fathoms,
B, with the
Ceep along
md anchor

(juarter of
dson point

into this

»int nearly

Id rio avoid

under the

rI the ebb

tide rip,
Iticable, to

Intly drift
kvith very
[ith great
i^e to an
to get a

rhap. II.]

rORT TOWNSBND.— NODULE POINT.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, approximately at
'.\h. 49m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps ') feet ; they are, however,
irregular.

Repairs. — Small repairs can be effected to machinery up to
700 I.H.P. ; four tons of inetal can be run at one time ; cylinders of
50 inches and 12 feet long can be cast and bored ; boilers can be
made ; shafting of 12 inches can be turned. Masts and boats can be
built.

Weathe? SigrnalS are shown on the United States system, ^cc
page 15.

MARROWSTONE POINT is a low sandy point, extending
iiOO yards from the bluff, and forms an indentation on its southern
face, where anchorage may be had in 12 fathoms, with an uddy
invariably running northward.

LIGHT. — X fixed red light is shown from a white post and shed
on Marrowstone point, elevated 15 feet above the sea.

Fogr bell sounds a double blow every fifteen seconds.

Craven rook lies close to the shore, about 1.', miles southward of
Marrowstone point.

Bush point is on the eastern shore of Admiralty inlet ; it is low
imd projects half a mile from the general direction of the shore, and
has one or two clumps of trees and bushes, with low ground behind
anil the ground rising therefrom anil densely wooded. There is
deep water close to the point, and anchorage may be 'lad ou the
northern side in 15 fathoms, sandy bottom, but the strefnisare strong
and irregular.*

LIGHT. — A fixed white light, elevated 25 feot above the sea, is
exhibited on Bnsh point.

Nodule point, abreast Bush point, on *ne opposite shore, is a
roimding bluff point, covered with tretrt, 1^ miles North of the
southern end of the island which forms the north-east shore of Oak
bay. Directly off this point there is goo<l anchorage in 12 to
15 fathoms.

•.*r chart, No. 1, 947.

ADMIRALTY INLET.

[Chap. 11.

Oak h&'J opens north-westward and extends nearly to Port
Townsead. li has blutl' shores nearly all around, the south-west
face beiuf,' limestone. When beating out of the inlet with a
favourable stream do not work into the bay for the sake of a long
tack.

Basalt point, the south entrance point of Oak bay, is a rounding
jagged point, covered with trees to the shore line and rising to a
moderate hillock covered with wood.

Klas rock lies a quarter of a mile N. by E. | E. of Basalt point and
the s;ime distance offshore. It is a patch of rocks 17.5 yards in
extent and marked with kelp. There is deep water around this
danger and K't fathoms between it and the shore.

MUTINY BAY, on the eastern side of A.dmiralty inlet, in the
deep indentation between Hush point and Double bluff, has a narrow
bank of 1 1 fathoms in its northern part, which affords good fishing.

Double bluff is a promontory one mile wide and 1^ miles long,
between Mutiny bay on the west and Useless bay on the east. The
cliffs are JKH) to 400 feet in height, and the greater part of the surface
back from the face is covered with trees, but near the water it is
destitute of trees, except one large clurnp, which marks it con-
spicuously in going up the sound.

Useless bay. — On the eastern side of Double bluff is nearly
r> miles broad at the mouth and 2^ miles deep to the north-eastward.
It lies broad open 8.W. The shores are in part bluff and in part
low, with a fringe of marsh nearly around the whole bay. At
the head of the bay there are two long narrow sand spits, behind
which lies Deer lagoon, a large shallow sheet of water, full of marsh
isles and having a shoal outlet between the sand spits. At the eastern
part of this lagoon is the settlement of Useless.

Scatchet head, the south-western point of Whidbey island, is
visible for 25 miles from the southward. ].t is a double-headed
promontory with a length of 6 miles and aa extreme breadth of
2| miles between Useless bay and Possession sound.

The two heads are bold yellow clay cliffs ; the eastern rises about
300 feet above the water, and is covered wit^i wood, and the western
one rises 140 feet or more. The western head has become locally
known as the Fai. 3 Scatchet. Off the base of the cliffs there are
seen great erratic granite boulders.

See chart, \o. 1/J47.

[Chap. II.

Chai). II.]

OAK BAY.— rORT LUDLOW.

4:^

ly to Port

south-west

et with a

of a long

'A rounding
rising to a

point and
> yards in
poimd this

liet, in the
a a narrow
>d iishing.

niles long,
east. The
;he surface
crater it is
cs it con-
is nearly
•eastward.
|d in part
bay. At
|8, behind
of marsh
le eastern

fsland, is

-headed

leadth of

38 about

1 western

locally

lere are

Possession point. — The lower pari in a nearly vertical white
clay cliff ; thu bank rtlopes at an aujjle of 4iV, with a partially broken
whitiHii front, until it reaches I4»> feet elevation. There are a few
scattered trees on the lower part of the slope, and the summit level
is covered with them.

The shore under the eastern side of the head is bordered by a low
narrow beach.

The eastern shore of the entr.mce to l*ossessi<m sound abreast this
head rises from a low narrow beach with decitluous trees on the
lowi-r slope and Oregon pine on the summit. Yellow blutt's show iu
patches through the trees.

Between the two heads there is a shallow bight running back
U miles, nsimed (Jultus bay. It is in part overflowed at high tide,
and then presents tin- appearance of a bay. A sand bank and shoal
'extends nearly ;{ miles to the southward, with the brea<lth of the
heads as a base. Off the eastern head a strong under-current runs
into Possession sound, and a current setting to the westward at all
times of tide.

Off the south side of Possession point, on the line of 3 fathoms,
is a rock awash at the lowest tides. It is about 2.50 yards off the
front of the cliffs.

PORT LUDLOW. — Southward of Basalt point and 2 miles
W.S.W. of Foulweather bluff' is the opening to Port Ludlow on the
western side of the entrance to Hood canal. This bay has a broad
entrance open towards the N.N.E.

The coast is in part low, broken bluff", with a gently rising country
behind, covered with Oregon pine. Inside Sawmill point the bay
affords good anchorage in t» to S fathoms, over soft nmd, for half a
mile to the southward and westward. This small basin is completely
lanillocked, and is protected from gales from every quarter by the
high land and high trees about it.

Tiila point is a bluff' head, covered on top with Oregon pine.
From this point there is a bar of hard sand nearly a <iuart«jr of a
mile wide within the ')-fathoms line, stretching in an outward curve
to Colvos rocks, which lie one-third the distance from Basalt point
to Tala point.

The ;5-fathoms curve stretches nearly half a mile, with a \ndih of
a quarter of a mile, from Tala point to the northward, reaching to
the black buoy ; the bottom is hard sand.

.Sr charts Vo. 1.947.

ADMIRALTY INLKT.

[Chap. 11.

OolvOS rocks are a cluster of three rocks ; the nearest one to
the shore lies nearly half a mile S.E. of Basalt point. It is 25 feet
high and of small extent. There is deep water around the north-
west rock, but a lonj? shoal stretches south-east from the largest.
The bottom around is rock and hard siind. From these rocks there
is a bar of less than ') fathoms reaching in an outward curve towards
Tala point.

There is very shoal ground for 250 yards southward from the
south-east Oolvos rock, and from this there is a long tail of hard
sandy bottom stretching half a mile towards the red buoy.

Abreast the Colvos rocks, and nearly a qtiarter of a mile from the
shore, there is a large rock, named Snake rock, 150 yards in extent
and just awash at high tide. There is a narrow lane of W fathoms
water just inside of it.

Directions. — The deepest channel into Port Ludlow lies outside
Klas rock, and between the inner Colvos rock and Snake rock, where
the channel is 600 yards wide between the 5-fathoms lines, and has
Irt fathoms, over sticky bottom. Thence everything is clear to the
head of the bay, gradually reducing the depth to S and 7 fathoms
inside Saw Mill spit, and having good water under each shore, but
the better water is under the western shore. There is a broad fore-
shore, or low water beach, under the eastern shore.

The usual channel is between the Colvos rocks anil Tala point,
crossing the bar in 4| fathoms, over hard sandy bottom, between the
red and black buoys.

"•ii

FOULWEATHER BLUFF.— This is one of the most notice-
able of the many clitt's in Puget sound. It is the northern extremity
of a peninsula which separates Admiralty inlet from the entrance
to Hood canal. The northern face is nearly vertical sandy clay cliffs
about 225 feet high, and covered on the summit with firs and a very
dense undergrowth. It slopes toward the east to a bluff 40 feet high,
but on the side next to Hood canal the cliff is steep.

A rock awash at the lowest tides lies off the bluff, a little eastward
of the middle of the face, and it fathoms is found outside this danger.
It is intended to place a buoy outside of the rock in 5 fathoms.

Point No Point is low and just above high water, with a gully
and small stream open just at the western part. To the sonthward

Hec uhiurt, No. 1,»47.

rhnp. TT.]

PORT LUnLOW.— PORT MADISON.

tlip shore ih nearly straight for 10 milefl, witii increartiiiK height i<>
tiie clitt'fl, and ji low narrow raai-rthy line under them to Pilot point,
2.^ miles distant. The land behind it is 2(K> or 'Mn) feet high and
moderately wooded. Under the south side of the point there is good
anchorage in 10 fathoms.

LIGHT.— On Point No Point, a Ji.ied white light is exhibited
at an elevation of 27 feet above the sea, and visible in clear weather
from a distance of 10 miles.

The lighthouse is a square wliite tower with a black lantern.

Fog" signal. — A bell is struck every fen seiotuis.

Apple Tree cove lies 6 miles S.E. by S. of Point No Point.
From '» to 12 fathoms, over sticky mud bottom, are found fully half
a mile fnnn the shore, and a depth of tl fathoms is carried well into
the cove. The head of the cove is \i, miles from the j)oint, and
vessels may avoid adverse currents by anchoring on the muddy bank.
The head of the bay is marshy ; no fresh water is obtainable here.

Edmund point.— Directly abreast of Apple Tree cove, on the
east side of the inlet or sound, is Edmund point. It is a low,
rounding point with a lagoon inside it. There is a blufl' to the
southward.

Wells point, south of Edmund point, is low and extends from the
high bluff behind it.

President point and Jefferson point.— On the western sidt-
of the sound, and on the northern side of the entrance to Port
Madison, there is moderately high, l)luff shore, the land rising behind
it and covered with trees. This southern face of Jefferson point is
a low cliff in i)lace8. Stretching off the shore between President
point and Jefferson iK)int for more than half a mile there is a
9-fathoms bank which affords excellent anchorage when drifting with
light airs and having adverse streams. Close under the south side
and extending into ,5 fathoms there is a compact mass of kelp.

PORT MADISON is broad and deep, ranging from So fathoms
at the south-east part to 20 fathoms at the north-west part.

The northern shores of the bay are broken white cliffs and
intervening low beaches. The western shore is moderately low
cliffs, with the white buildings of the Indian reservation at the

Sr-r- chart, No. 1.947.

\> ■

1 I

ADMinATiTY TNLRT.

[Olmp. TT.

<'Htranc»» to Afpito )MiHHa<,'«'. Th«' south HhoroHure broken rliM's, exc«'|>t
iit the Hutraiicf U> Port Miuliwui dock.

Tho millH an; halt' i\ mile iiisi(l<> the iiorth-euBt point of tlif
t-ntrancie, with anij»l'> whaif faciliti«is and moorinj,' doli)hiiiH.

Navigrable depths. — The ehimnel is narrow, and has a deptli of
13 feet. ()utsi(h^ tiie entrance to this Inner port the water deepens
to 1.^ fathoms in h'ss than half a mile, except to the westward, where
there is a lon^ >*pit with oidy 1«'5 t<» IS feet upon it for nearly half a
mile from the shore.

Monroe point. — The south-east i)oint is a low, narrow siind spit,
curving? inward from the outer shore to the westward and merely
outlyinff the cliffs 'i cables.

Very shoal water extends nearly to the .'5-fathoms line, and then
the depth increases to K* fathoms in ;'»(! yards and to 20 fathoms in
2(X) yanls.

LIGHT. — A /i.rcd t'fd light is shown from a white stake on
Monroe spit, !.'>() yards from the mv\ of the spit, at an elevation of
2r) feet above the sea.

BAINBRIDGE ISLAND lies in a deej) bight of Great
I'eninsula, and its eastern coast forms the western shore of Admiralty
inlet abreast West point and Dnwamish bay. It is moilenitely high,
has some high bluffs along the eastern shore, but this is broken by
several indentations, forming anchomges and harbours.

PORT ORCHARD lias its entrance in the south-western part
of Port Madison. This entrance is very narrow and somewhat
crooked, but has from 15 to 4 fathoms in it. \'essels must I'nter
under easy sail and keep the lead going on each side to find the
deepest water. When through give liolin i)oint a berth of nearly
half a mile, to avoid the shoal extending eastward fnmi it. Around
Bolin point. Dogfish bay opens north-west, and near the head (tf the
port, Dye inlet trends northward and westward.

Rioh passag'O, the southern entrance to Port Orchard, is
obstructed by rocks and is difficult of luivigatiou. The winds are
light and variable, and at its narrowest part, where it makes a sharp
turn, the streams are strong.

Utt chart, No. 1,947.

Chap. 11.]

MAniHOX PORT.— KAfJLK FIAFIHOI'R.

)f th.

An iron l)eaoon 18 feet high. Hnrmountetl by a iwrrt'l painted hiacl»
and wiiito in horizontal stripen, stands on Orchard i-ocltH. A r«'d
conical buoy in piaci-d in iUi feet, 4(X> yards Honthward of Orchard
rocks, with Orchanl point S.S.K. ^ K. about ,') cables. The rocks are
covered at high water.

Dock. — The United State.n Government dry dock at Port Orchard
is (JIO ftct louf,' over all, 573.^ on the blocks, IKijj feet wide at the
entrance ; has 30 feet over the sill, and '2^ feet on the blocks.

Skiff point, at 3 miles S.S.E. of Munroe point on the west side
of the inlet, projects fully half a mile into the chaimel. It is low,
and rises regularly to a ridge to the westward ; the blut!" to the
northward is niodcmtely hi>-'li.

Murden cove is jnst under Skirt" point. The north-western
shore is low ; the s(mtheru shore has steep clay clills. The inner
part of the cove hsis shoal water, but inside of the line of the two
points there is anchorage in 10 to 15 fathoms.

Yenioalt point is the southern point of Murden cove. It is a low
point, with gently rising land behind it. The cliffs to the north-
wanl and southward are moderately high and broken. There is
deep water off the point.

EAQLE HARBOUR is a narrow indentation in the eastern
shore of Bainbridge island. At the month the entrance is barely
half a mile wide. The north side of the entrance is Wing point,
very narrow and low.

A long, pebbly beach extends 30(> or 400 yards S.E. from Wing
point, and late surveys have developed a direct connection from this
ledge to Blakely rock, running parallel with the shore. For
three-quarters of a mile from the point on a line to Blakely rock
there is found as little as 2^ fathoms. Outside of this ledge the
bottom drops very smldenly to ."iO fathoms.

When bound into Port Blakely do not haul too close to the shore
nntil within half a mile of lilakely rock.

If large vessels are boimd into Eagle harbour, they would liave to
enter from the southward, close under the shore, and pass tlirough
the narrow but deep channel between the ledge and the shore.

Buoys. — A red nun buoy is moored near the south-east extremity
of Wing point reef, half a mile from the point, and should not be

ADMIRALTY INI.RT.

[Chap. IF.

:il)|>roaoh»><l within 'HM\ yiinlrt. A I)hu;k ciin buoy luarkH the \'i\m' til'
iht' abrupt Haiul npit at Huuth rtitb- ol' harbour t'litrancc,

PORT BLAKELY in a inodt-mtt'ly deep imb^itation on thi-
north Bide of ReHtoration point, trendinij wvHtward nearly one mile.

The uHual outer anchonij^e of I'ort IMakely Ih S.E. by S. of the
north point of the tfiitranct', a little nearer the Houthern shore, in
i;^ fathoms, over sticky bottom. The deepest water in the t-ntrance
is IS fathoms. The inner anchorage is about '.\ cables inside the
north point and rather nearer the southern shore than the northern,
in '.>^ fathoms, over hard bottom. Here the width, under th«'
northern and southern shores, is only JiiM) yards, and that width
decreases further in.

Blakely rook. — in the outer road there is a ledge of rock nearly
'I cables in extent, and a lar<,"' part of it is above water. The middle
and highest ))art is l') feet above water. There is shoal water and
foul gronntl for 2C>i> yards to the northward of the rock, with a bank
of kelp extending into 7 fathoms water around it.

Directions. — On the south side of lUakely rock, there is deep
water close to, with a passage between it and the nortliern part of
Restoration point, nearly half a mile wide ; this passage has
25 fathoms, with sticky bottom. The passage between the north
entrance point and Blakely rock is half a mile wide between the
lO-fathoms lines, and has 2G fathoms, (»ver sticky bottom, so that
vessels from the northward always i)a8s between the rock and the
north entrance point.

The approach from the northward is over the ledge joining Wing
point with Hlakely rock. A little less than half a mile north of
Blakely rock, this ledge can be crossed in 1) fathoms, sandy bottom ;
but thence to Wing point the depth on the ledge tlecreases, and as
little as 2i fathoms is found, with deep water inside. Outsidt* ilie
ledge the depth rapidly increases to .')0 fathoms.

Restoration point is in some respects very peculiar ; no other
point in these waters, except Battery point, presents the wime
formation. For 'AOO yards it is Hat, about 10 feet above high water,
and has one foot depth of soil, covered with grass, over a limestitne
rock upheaved nearly on edge, the direction of the strat^i pointing
toward Battery point, or a little sou tli-east ward of it. Inshore the

ik» eh«n, Me. 1,»47.

lill).

II.]

pfinr ni-\M:i,Y.— WKMT imunt,

liinti I'lHCH rtt«><>|)lv iiltoiit 1(HI ff*>t, lilt' HiiU>H coven><| with ^imhs iititl itH

4iiminii with iir in'c

Around thf whole soiith-i'HHt«'rii fm-H (tf tho

Winj;
l>rth of

)ttutu ;

iimI ilH
|(U- I hi-

lt other

water,
|ie8t()ue
Milting

re the

point theHe peculiaritieH exiHt. On the upper levelH of the high hind
luijiieent iire small lakeu.

From thf extremity of the point a leilj,'e, dry at low water, and

lit ilepth iH
(juarter

named Decatur reef, » xtends int«) the inlet ;5(M( yards, tlit

t» fathoms at l(M> yardn oH' its extremity, and lt» fathoms at

of a mile. Southward of tlie point, anchorap- may l>e had in

I. '» fatluuns, <»ver sticky ItotNun. a «|uarter of a mile from shore, or,

as a rule for lindiinf anchoi-a>;e, hrinu IMakely roek north of the

point, in line jusl over and inside of ii. Kelp e\ists aloni; the

southern face.

Deoatur reet is miu-ked U\ a red iee-buoy in S fathoms, with
Uestonition point W. by N. \ N., distant KM) yards.

Orchard point is the low rocky p(»int al the south side of the
entrance to Hicli pjissaj^'e into l*ort Orchard. Rehind it the land
rises into a modemte hillock with a low neck to the southwiird, and
a cove inside the passat^e to the westward. Ott' this point the water
is deep.

LIGHT. — A fi.i-fd irhih' li^hi is exhiliileil on Orchard point,
elevated *.*'> feet alxive the sea.

Meadow point, nearly opposite Monroe point on the western
shore of the sound, is a small low icfrassy point, with a marshy lajj^oun
iiiBide and hit,'her ground risinp behind.

WEST POINT is a sharp low jjrassy point projectin^j nearly one
mile into the channel.

LIGHT. — On West point -a Jhixhimj \'\^\\\ exhibits trd aiiu white
Hashes alternately, at int.-rvals <»f Ifn sri'mnis. It i.< elevated '27 f»'et
abovi' hijfh water, and visible 10 miles in clear weather.

Fog" Sig'nal. — A steam trumpet f<ives a blast of tivf soands
dnrati«in at intervals of hrenfif-firf si'mtufs.

ShilshOle bay and creek.— between the two latter points Ih
Shilshule bay, and ut the bottom of the Imy Shilshcde creek empties,
draining Union lake ;> miles to the eastward. Locally, this bay i8
known as Salmon bav. The shoal water extends furthest at the

.Vcolwrt. Nu. I,i*47.

SO llUitt

:><•

AhMIIIAl/rV IM.KT.

[ClKip. I

mouth <»f tlu' civfk ; two fwt can In* rurrifW into the mouth of tliir*
rimiiU stream at low water.

Anchoragf may b»' had in ShilrthoU' bay in \'t fathomri, over Hunily
bottom, with WcHt point liKhthouso bearin;j[ South, distant ihree-
quarters oil a mile.

There iH a jjrood anchorag*- in 7 to 10 fathoms about 'iWl yards from
the shoH' between West |)oint and Shilshole creek, an<l good
proteetion from sonth-ensters.

It lias been pro|)osed to exeavate a channel from the sound to
I'liion lake, and thus have ;» safe port in Iresli water.

DUWAMISH BAY.— On the southern side of West point.
Duwaniish bay opens with a width nf ,j^ miles, conlracis rapidly
to i\ miles, and continues with that wi<ltli for "i mih's to the edge
of the extensive Huts at the nioutli of tlic Duwaniish river."

On the southern si<le of the high wooded blulV ctunmencing just
eastwanl of West point there is a \'>\n! hori/tuUal cut. whi<-h is
halfway lu-tween the wnfer and ih' lop; it is a good landmark.
This blnfl" is nametl M.ignolia ItliiH' ; it reaehes nearly KK) feel
elevation and c«uitinues with decr.-asing height for 1), miles Kast to
a moderately wide cuve, dry at low water, named Sniitli cove.

I'ntler the foot of M;ignolia hliitf aii<l nearly half a mile S.K. of its
liighesi bn'uk, there is a lari'- granite erratic i»oidd«'r mside the
low water line, and locall\ kitownas Foin- Milt rock. The broken
bhitr abreast this rock is •.'••0 feet hi^h, ami the iaiul Indiind it rises
to nearly lon feet.

b'riMU the eastern side of Smith ciiVf the shiin- for '.\ miles to
Seatth' is nearly slraiyht ami tiitid> I!. S.K. It is «'omparali\el,\ low,
Itut the land behind rises rapiilly to the lop of the liilge between
this bay and I'liimi lake, the extreme hei).dii bein« U'l leet.

Duwamish rivi-r is a mod»'nite|\ large ."Stream in the Cascade range
of mouiitaiiK. and Minniiig a .'eneral course to the north-west to
Duwamish la\. A tributary Irnm ihi' north drjiins the evtensive
lakex, Washiiiutoti and Samniamish : and in its \alleys and at the
lakes there have been developed extennive deposits of coal and iroti.
The wlude country is well witoded. The great mud Hats at the head
«d' Duwamibh bay are formed fruiu the s«Mlinienls brought down by
this river.

* .Sry Adminiity plan . — H(«ikiil*> harbtmr. .Nn. 1.427 : Muule, mas.'t'O inoluM.

nii:.|.. II.]

DTW \MTSII BA v.— HKATTLK.

r»i

SEATTLE, ill -he nurth-eawi«'iii part of DuwamiHii lx»y, in an
exti'iirtiv*' t«»\vii. Vt'KH«ls t'ttii tilttaiii aii ninds (if supplieH. It
in lliH BMppinj? port for the coal ininen in the vicinity, and larjjfe
(|iiantities are exported. Wheat is largely »'Xj»orted and the lumber
business is evtentiive.

'Pht-re is an extensive systeni of wharves in the extended frontafje
of Seatth', and stoainboats and vessels ^o directly there to discharge
and load. 'Ches** wharves extend into to ;J and 4 fathoms. Vessels
anchorinir otr the town find the iiest lurrountl near the southern part
of the town, where a depth of ir> Im 'iO fathol:|^i ov»m' muddy bottom
is round. JlHi yards outside tin- wharves. It drops ulf suddenly
from l.'» fathoms.

Coal. -Vens'lf are rapidly coaled at the svharves l>y chutes, alon^;-
side which there are depths from IS to 2-^ feet.

of its

e the

lirokeii

it rises

lilfS to
> low,
'tween

range
west to
ti'nsivi-

at the

il iron,
head

AMI liv

Directions. — When a sailing-vessel is getting under way from
the anchoi-av'e off Seattle, the ustuil summer winds eompel iIh' first
lack to lie to the souiliNuird towards the edge of the grt-at mild Hut.
if it i>«- high water this Hat cannot !'«■ distinguished, and the lead
must b»' kept going. When a depth of 1.'') fathoms is struck. >;o
about, for the water shoals to li fathoms very stuldenly.

If tile stream i)e elib, those buuud out of tlu- sound should stand
well into the inlet ; and if bound up the sound should work close
u)ider and around Duwainish head to l'<attery point. If the str«au)
l)e flood, (hose l<ound out of tlie iniet should work under the north
shore ami close (o W<'st point ; if bound up the sound, they should
work under the north shore about :5.^ miles to .Magnolia point or
to the Kour Mile rock, or until they <an fetch well clear of
Mattery point. If calms prevail, the tug is employed to tctw vessels
in or out.

Steam tug's.- The tug s«'rvice throo.^diout the sound is g<»od.

Repairs "an tie efl'eeted to larg<* ma«'hit»ery. Cylinders of
lit) ineheK can lie cast an*i bored ; (II tons of metal can be t-un at
one lime ; shafting ]'l in< lies diaimter at i^^ feet long can be turned.
Masts and l)oats can bt; built.

Tides. -It is high water, full and cliange, at Seattle at 4h. I4ni. ;

splines i'isc 111 feet, neaps S.^ feet.

Ih«ii.

.Vf chart. No. 1.427.

80 lii»4ti

i i

ADMIHALTV IM.IiT.

[Vhwy. 11.

DuWdXnish head in ntefp, about Wi^) feel Iti^ti, iiiul ihe HUiuuiil b
Hpiiiwly coviTtul witii Hu' Ori'^(»n pin*-. Tlie heiich at low wutt-r
exteiidw 1,^ cables iinrthwanl, when tin- Hhoul water is eomimieil lo
the li-fatlioiiiH line, which in .1 rubles from the blufV, the drop to
20 fathoiiiH is within '.'.'iO jardH. Along the east Hide of th'^ bluff the
water in deep close inshore. Trider the eastern hide of the head IH
the town West Seattle, with an extensive sawnMli and wharfage
facilities. Nearly one mile insid*' the head is a sumll settlement
nanted OH'nnnor, within the outer edge of the great flats.

A red bell-l)Uo\ is moored in iW't feiM. with iJuwamirih head
S.S.K. i K. alM.ut ;{ cables.

Battery point. —The south point i.r tlif enlraiur l<t Duwamish
bay is Mattery point, l-'rom the north-westward, just before reaching
West point. Matter} point is seen as a mod»Tately low, bare, nearly
flat-topped iMound. with a sleep did" nearly (•(• feet liii.'li to\var<ls the
water, and a short, low point outside of it, which is the real point.
Insiile of the curiously sliipfd mound there is a low neck with
large straggling pii\e trees, and bt-hind this the hind again rises.

From ihe south-eastward. b(\oiid linec point, the same cliaracler-
isticrt are sten, with oiu- ioni' [)iiii' iiuiik standinu' in the in' lille of
the gently sloping siirfiice of the mound. This (ivc shows n \\ only
the bare trunk ; formerly it was a g«»od mark.

On the north side of Mattery pititit s; vess<l am hoiinir iti '.'<' fathoniB
over riiindy bottom cannot have a ui'«at<i' siope of chain tlum
\\b fathoms. witlKjtit being too close to the shore. The lu-ach is
amooth and very regular, being composed of sand and gravel.

LIGHT.— A h.i-fil irfiif'- light, elfvated \'i feet above high water,
•m a white stake, is exhibiicd on Mattery point.

Williama point is ih»' tirst small, low. sj'iKly ami gravel point,
3 miles from Mattery p«>int. The land riseK rapidly behind it and it
is pine coveri'd. It is tbf north point of haiintleroy cove,

BraC6 point forms the south hide of i-'aumleroy cove. It is a
small, low. sandy, gravelly point, backed by n'oitlly rising ground,
covered wiiii Oregon pine. When running north, before a vesHel
reaches IMilly point, I'race |i<unt is Heen as a moderately high wcxHled
point juHt taslward of Mattery point : the land behimi the first rise
falling a littb* and then rising !.» the eastward.

Sff oh»rt. No. 1.1*47.

Chiip. II.]

HATTKUY POINT. --VA.SHOlf ISLAND.

•aci

Fauntleroy cove.— 'rfiiH Hliuhi indontntion in iM'twetMi WiHiams
point iimi liciice point ; ilu' tiiHtanc«' ajnin of tln^Ht pointH im ii little
over thi'tM'- jUarttTs nt' a milt-. (t«»o(l anc'lioraii^c niiiy l»e hiul hure in
10 anii \2 fathouiH. Frt'sh \val»'r in vatiWs obtuiuftl in iln* vicinity.

Pully point ir* 4] niilfs fntm Urac«' p«unt. It is a low point
with a Hut r«)un<lin}; hilloc-k liohind it, and upon which ritandfl one
large hiK'h tr»'e in the miihlh; an<l two nr three smalU-r ones
HtPiignliiitr on each hide. The extrenilly of the point is wand and
{5'ravei and it piichen sharply olV int«» very deep water, the
.')0-faihoni>4 line lyiiit; but a rdjort diHtance oiitHido, with 120 fathoinn
in initl-channel. There it* deep water on the north and Month sides ;
strong' dtreuinn sweep hy it.

Bloke Island, at the northern entrance to Oolvos pasrtJijjfe, is
unoni one mile in extent, not !iij.'li, hut cdvereil with wood, except at
the ea.stern point, wiiich in low and p»ld)ly. The eantern hide of the
island is low. with .stra^'^^linj; trees, and the land rirtes to near the
western side. There i.n anchor.ige in 17 to 1H fathcms close under
the east point, with bortoni of soft mud.

Allen bank exteixls Inun Hlak«- iHJand, with lesH than
20 h'.lhouis avross to Vashon point at the entrance lo ('nivos paHrtu^e.
The botton-: i^■ vuriable : in Hoine places mud and in others hard
sand. The depiii i.s greater near (he island and decreases to as little
as S\ tathoms one mile \. .J, W. of Vashon point. Thi-" bank hai»
proved of L'reat service lo vesselh lo.><ing the wind and having adverse
streams; the more especially when ilie ("olvos passage was the
channel iiHed by all m-sm-Is.

Vanhon island i> ilo' largest in .\i|rniralt> itdetand Puget sound.
It i- high, with sleep t'oasi, coxered with wood and undergrowth.
Its surface is mstrshy, in many parts i|uiic <>levated. The coast line
of the island i^ 17 miles, and around there is a lieli of kelp in
the latter part of ilic siitnmer and autumn. Iiut it is torn away by
the stormt (»f the winter anil spring.

The easternmost projection of the i-oast of Vashon island is a
curiously sha)>ed peninsula, named .Maury island, ■t^ miles long and
H mile.4 wide, lying at the south-east part of Vashon island. Thiii
)H>ni^i(mla is high and wooded.

.Vriihnre. No. l.t»4:.

IT r

\I»MlltAIiTY rSLRT.

fChap. II

I .

' 1 >

The north-wewi |mri ih connectetl with Vawhon island by u low
fiiindy neck of land ItK) vardH wide. The hijjht at the north end
of this neck is Tramp harbour.

In the earlier j'ears of the navij,'ation of these wuteix by large
Kill lin;r- vessels, Colvos pasHage wiis universally used, but in recent
years the development of Taconia and the use of tugs have ehanged
the whole traMio to the main «'hanne| between Vashon island and the
main short* to the eastward, in this channel the streams ure not
strong, the chances for anchoring are few, and it is someti'.nes calm
while there is a tine l)reeze blowing through Ccdvos passiige.

The main channel on the east side of Vaslion island is the Ih^hi to
w<»rk in with a head wind.

Quartor master harbour, the deep l)ay on the south side of the
neck and iietween Vashon island and Maury island, is IJ), miles long
and over half a mile wide, with '> to 10 fathoms, over gray Hand and
mud at the north e.xtn'inity. This Imy is an excellent shelter at
'I mih's inside tlu- cutrani-e, with good water and good holding
ground. Theri' is ii dock here, Hfr page ."ji».

Vashon point, tlie norrhern point of the island, is a high
rounding bluff, covered witli Oregon ])ine. Oil' the north of N'ashon
island there is good anchorage from about one-third of a mile oH-
shore, with protection fnuii sruith-easters.

Dolphin point is a high blulf, covert-d with Oregon pine to the
base, (ilood anchorage is rejiorted in from 7 to I -I fathoms.

In the bight ))etween this poiiit <!nd Heals point there are three
rocks above water close under the shore. The suutheiMimost is vn
the north-west side of lieals point, an(! is 14 feet above water; the
other tw«» are respectively 7 and t» feet hij.di.

Beals point, at '11, miles from Dolphiii poiiil, is a wooded point,
rising giadually to several hundred feet, but If does not project far
into the channel ; there is deep water elose ott" it.

RobinBOn point is the easiernnu»st proj«-cii(m of .Maury inluiid ;
it stretches well over toward the eastern shore of the channel, whiih
it n'duces in width to2»Miles. The extremity of thespifis ir)(> yardn
outside the trees, with intervening marshy ground, and then a bluff,
which in about Hd feet high, covered on the top with tre«'s. The
blurt" rises to about 7t» feel.

."*•<■ chart, No. i.?«:.

riiiip. II.] (^UAHTKHMASTKH H \ HHorH.— COMMKNrKMKN'i' HAY. *>'►

ilit,

.1;

South (»!" UeytT |)<>int iwu broad opfn bijjriit tiium'tl 'rnimp liurbuiir,
with a vt'v low short' on tht? Houth^rn part ami nearly connected
witli the head of QuartenuaHt»->r harbour. In tliiH bijjht therr \n
aiR'lioraf,'!' in ]'» to IH fatiioins, ovtr liiu' j^niy sand ; this is a ^ood
anchorajft", and tlu'i-f in frenli watt-r,

LIGHT. — A fi.rifl iTt/ lifrlit, t'i<'vati'd Id f»'»'t altove the ««'a, it*
Hxhil)it«^d from a white poHt on Kobinno!) poi>it.

Fog" Sig'nal. — A stfain whistle in sounded xi.r xcntnds Ht interval
of fi f'fi/.fniir srrniifl^.

Brown point iHthe ii(»rth point of the cntraiue io (!oininenceinent
itay. On the outer point io tiie north it is low and H:nivelly with
m'ently rising: wooded tjround iM-iiinti a inarshy spot inside the low
point. \)\i the south fare of the point the siiore rises gradually and
irre^Milarly in while elay cliHs from ;2.'» to 'i(Ml ft-rl hi^h within
half a mile from the point.

Dash point is the low p<»int 1 ,'„ uiiles N. i)y E. of Brown )>oint.

LIGHT. — Xji.ntt irliitf liy:ht is exhibited from a wliite stake on
Hrown |)oint.

COMMENCEMENT BAY.— South of K'obinson point the
width of the inlei is W], miles, with hij,'h ItliilV. wooded shores «»n
both sides : on the north-western shore the blulVh are unl)rokeii , on
the soutli-eiist tlu-y are broken by Hinall streams. At the head of the
bay there is an extensive mud tlai, and i<>\\ marsh land I'ornu'd by
the deposits broU)j:hl lown by the I'uyallup river. This is a laru«'
stream flowing' from the Caneade raniire ami lU'arly parallel wiiii the
hawauiish or White river.'-

ThrouirlKiut the bay the de|)th is irrcat, ran^iiiK from S.S fathoiiih
in I In midille of ihe entraiiee Io llO fathoms elo-e under ejdier nhore,
iiud '.'*• fathom^ elose t<i the <'dj,'e of the mud tIalH, which are dry at
low WHtfr. No .x^n'tial directions are needetl to enter or leave
this bay.

The anchontKe off Tacouia is not \iwA, liecuufe tin- U'ptJj is to(
>?reiit and invrenMes verj ntpidlv ollshore. Tin-re i- /iwid anehoraK«
under the north shore )te^innin^ thi-ee-i{uartei'H of a mile euhiward
of Hrown point ; this anchom^e is well shf Itered front all but the
Kouth-ettHters of winter.

• vv AHTnirnlty |>tuii — Timmhiih l)KrlHiiir. No. IJ'Ji ; immU*. (was.'t'i' iiifhc*.

' ii

A4>

AhMIR.VIiTV 1X1, KT.

[<'hill«. II.

TlifH' ib iiiM'honiK'*^ otf thf wharf at C)l<l Tacuina in 15 fathomn,
coaiw imul and .stonwn, with hrown point N. '»' K., and Dalcn point

N. :>?' w.»

Tides. — The t'tldii's are 8o vry irre^'idar in OoinTnenccraent bay
that to Hteer l)y <;ours«'H in thick \ve;ither are alnutst iiHelesn. There isa
peculiar Hlui of whitiHh water on the surfnce of tlie bay during ebb
tide, and first i|Uarter of tlie Hood ; this rarely leaves the bay and
is said to c«)me from the^dacial waters biouy^ht down by the I'uyallu))
river. When in or <di the entrance t<» thin l)ay the wnow-covered
.Hiinimit of mount Rainier shows distinctly over (lie low u'round at the
hein! of the bay.

Tacoma, <»n ihe s(tuth-weHtern side of the bay, is the terminus of
the Northern I'acific milroad. The principal trade is in wheat, coal,
and lumber. Su|)plieH o( all kinds may be obtained.

Coal. — Vessels coal from alongside wharves, at which the depth
is 2'.\ to ',\'.\ leet at low water. Coal is loaded tor shipment by staithes
at the rate of from 1(M1 to l.'tO tons per hour.

Dook. — In connection with the workshops which are at Tacoma,
a floating dock is moored, in <S fathoms, in Quartermaster harbour on
the north sidi* of the channel. The ilock, <'apable of receiving
vessels of large tonnaire, is Il^'i feet long, l<Mt feet broad, and S(» feet
between side walls, lifting power )S,(HM) tons.

Repairs can 'oeertVcted to large machinery. .Vbout 7 tons of metal
can be run at one time ; cylinders of 'M] inches can be cast ; shafting
of !.'> incheH iliatneter and 21 feet long can be turned ; pipes of
H inches diamet«'r can be bra/ed : masts and boats can be built.
Crane lifts I tons, dtipths alongside S ff«'t, but at very high tidt'
12 feet.

Tides.- -It is liigh water. f\ill and changt •( Ih. i.'im. ; s|trings
I'ise 10), feet, neaps '.• f«'el,

OOLVOS PASSAGE.— Before the general list- of steam-tugs oJi
these waters, and before the development tf Tac(»ma as the terminus
of u tnms-contineiitiil railroad, this passage was the almost invariably
used shij) channel to and from I'uget sound. It is formed by the
western coast of Vashon island and the eastern f>f the Great
peiiiuMulu. The best anchorage is under the eastern shore, near the

Si;- iihurt. No. 1.427.

i
1

Olmp. II.]

TACOMA.— THK X ARI'.»»Wft.

north «'iitraiicf, altoiit I), iiiil«'H t'nun ViiHlinn |K)iii(, in 'i to 10 fiithnniH.
This auchora'^'e is known as fern (;ovf, and the low point forming
the Honthern sh(»re is IVter point.

Tiiere is iisiiailv more wind in this passui,'t' tluin in the broad
passa:;*' eastward of \ashon island., and much stronger stn-anis.
There are no known dan>,'ers in this passage.

Sonihworth point \» low near the water, init riseH t(»a hiffh wooded
i)hit1". It has dei'p watrrclose under its south-east side, but anchoni({e
may be had (»ti the north sidt>.

halco point is the s<nnh-wesit'rn point of Vashon island, wliere
Colvos pa.ssaK'e opens to the southward. The Houtherninost point of
the island is Neill point, which is nearly one mile eastwanl of Daleo
point.

The passa^,'*' lu'tweeii Neill point and Deliance point is known aH
Dalc'o passa^'i-.

The NARROWS. — There is a relatively narrow passage leading;
from the more expansive channels of Admiralty inli't proper to the
narrower l)nt >?reatly r.imitied inlets of l*uj,'«'t sound. Through it
pass all the waters of l*ujfet sound.

Thf avt'ijiKf width oi' th»' Narrows is about three-tjnartcrs of a
niilf ; tin- shores are hi^h, bold, and in some plaees rocky ; the
suuiinil of the dirt's are wooded. Midway through the Narrows the
hi^h lon^' rounding point on tlic wcs; side is Kvans point, and close
under it is a sunken rock with kelp around it and in other patches
aloni: the shore,

Evans rock liesahout i:'>() yards otl' shore, has about I. ^ feet upon
it at ex.reuu' low tides, and the pilots of the steamboats have Hpecial
inarkh for pa.ssin^ close to it. It is btcally known as the " Uoulder."
A.I the extreme low tides of ilie year, about June, this rock sliows
just altove the water for ,i few minutes al the slack.

Tidal Streams. — in mid-cliann»d the re^Milar tlood and ebb
stream are always found to run from a half to inie hour after hif^h
and low water. There are (j:enerally considerable ripH, ^.specially at
springs, with strong swirls, which make the water very rough and
dangerous for snuill lioats, uiore i>artifularly when the winda are
contrary to the streams.

On the east side of the Nariow-* and southward of Defiance jmint
A Htrtuig eddy is found on the flood tide from about abreast of Kvnns

.Sh^churt, No. 1.V47.

5ft

ADMIRALTY INhKT.

[Chap. n.

point to Diitiaiii-i' point. This eddy is nmcli iisnl \>\ sinall HifuiiuM-H
h\u t^TPiit can' must Uv t'xcrcisfd wlu-n closr to Dt'tiaiicr point, if
bound throii;;h Dalco passsa^'c in Tacoma, to iiaiii out ^'radually to
meet the strong' tiood at the poin iiist*-ad of running into it almost
at rij^Iit anodes. Tlu' linr ItetWfun thf Hood and the fddy is wtdl
marked l)y the rip. and as both are Htron^ care is tleniai\dfd.

On the western sidr of thf Narrows, Ix-tween Kvaiis point and
Ui;? harbour, tiien* is a HtroiiK eddy on the «'bl> tide. This ed<ly is
always taken ad vanta>,M' of by steamboats anti small eraft, but the
pilots of boats using this eddy must be careful to keep (dear of the
" Moulder," or Kvans rock. H»d\vet'n Evan^ point and FostUck point
there is slack water very close under the shore during the flood, l»ut
only the smallest craft can take ailvanta>?e of it.

Doflanoe point is the north-esiat point of the northern entrance
to the Narrows. It rises by several steps. Between hijjh and low
water-mark there is a narrow ledj;e or sh»dt' of rock Itare at low
water. The face of this r«)ck is almost perpendicular, with 5 fathoms
nlon^jside, and at 7(1 yards oil" 10 fathoms over rocky bottom.
Above tJiis rocky b-dfje there is a rise of |(> feet, a slope reaching,'
fjtl fi>et hi;,dier, and a thirti rise of 1(M> feel, above which the head is
densely woo.led, and the grountl rises ^^radually inland. Tin* face
of the clitr is too steep for trees, and is a l)ri)^ht yellow ctdour. On
the east side strong edtlies exist around the point on the Hood.

Gig harbour. — On the western sid«' of the Narrows, at the

northern entran«-e. and directly opp«)site DeHanoe point, there is a

small lioat harbour, with a depth id" 10 fet-i in the cntr.ince ami
.'» fathoms inside. The entnince is very narrt)w.

Day island anohoragre. — At ihe s<»uthern entrance to the

Narrciws, on the eastern sidt', there is a small narrow projecting' point

from the eastern shore, which fonnsalittl se du (he north side.

Anchora^t' may lie had in l."> fathoms, liut there are strong,' swirling'
streams which make it an uncoinfortahht Iterth. On tin- southern
side of this little peninsula, and outside the kelp, anclioraue may
also be had, l)ut the streams are stroug. There is a small patch of
kelp, with boulders, close oil Day island.

PUQET SOUND, — This name is ai)plied in its original meaning
for the sake of sul)-(Mviding these waters Up to the Narrows the
channel had been broad, open, and nearly straight ; south of the

See oh»rt. Xo. I,l»7.

<'hjip. Ti.]

vrCrV.V sot'NI*. — STKII.A<'OOM.

ft9

Narrows th** Hhnrt' liii<> of tlu* huiiiid iiiid of th«> iHliUulH in it iininuntK
to '2SH inilt'H, with tin'p \v;tt<>r alomr alinont »'vrry inil«'. 'I'lu' main
Ixxly of tlu' .soiiii"! lie.H i<> th»' wiuthwanl and wi'Htward.

The navivratio.i is very siinph; in i;<>iid wcatlu'r, but in thick and
fof»j(y weathiT it n-ijuin'S a full htcal knowh'd^*' <»t' tlu' strtnims and
th«' |K'culiariti)>H of the echufs from all points passed l)y the steam-
boats. With a knowled^'e of ilie titles the caiitains and pilots run
in fo^^j^y or thiek smoky weiilier ity courses and lime-distant'es, and
vvlieii approacliinu any point tiiey ascertain its distance and Itearinu'
by the echo of their ste.im-wiiistle fi-oin the siiores. No iiiiniile
sailinir direct ions cull id •" Irawn up to take tiie place of tlie local
knowledtre and experience of the pilots, and ^fein'iiil directi(»ns are
only su>,'!;estive in >,'ood weather, for the chart is tlie best jftiide.

Fox Island is P, miles l<mu W.X.W. and K.S.E., with an average
width of one mile. The jtaHSJUje between it and the mainland to
the north is known as Hale passiiye. The norlh-eaHternmost part of
tli(> island is a bri^dit yellow clilf, estimated to be 7(1 feet liiKh, and
tMivered with Orcf^oii pine.

Whollochet bay. — This is a modenttely wide ixiy.opetiin^ into
the north side of Hale passiifr*-. opposite the tniddle of the north
shore of Fox island, and one mile west of Kosdick point, at the
southern entrance of tin- Narrows. Tiie imiiiediale sliures of this
bay are lr>w, risini: to wooib-d hijrh land, and att'ords a ;;ooi| and
sheltered anchoraj^e.

Tollva shoal.— This danyjer, with \,\ feet over it, lies directly
in lineof the southern entnmce to the Narrows. It is one mile from
(jibson point at the south-east part of Fo.\ island, and one mile
from the eastern nniin slutre.

The !>ottom of the shoal nr.i! nronnd it is foul and marked by a
patch of kelp. The tide ri|i upon the shoal is very ^'reat. and with
a little wind it raises a conftised short swell sulficient to swamp a
small boat.

Toliva shoal is marketl on the northern side by a vad and black
nun buoj'.

Steilaooom. — On the eastern shore, '.» miles southward from
Defiance point, in the town Steilacoom, situated upon a blutt". There

.^(•.'hwrt. No. 5.047.

«0

I'UOKT WH'NI).

[Chap. fi.

Ih u wharf for th** fltciuiiboat landiiiff, iind in tipproarliiii^; in ihirk
wtiatlwr the echo of th«' veHMfTrt .steuni-whitille in very >(o»mI.

When ui)proaohin^ frouj the northward keep alonj: under tin-
euHtern Hh«)re to avoid Toliva shoal, and if lioiind ft>r Sttdlaconni,
anchor off the town in la fathonm, over hard itottoin about llMt yards
off 8hor«'. Tije title rip in the channel alireaHt of the town \n
fr4'(|iiontly «idlieient, with a little winti, to swamp a HUiall l)oal.

Sl<'ilac«»oni river in a Hniall stream fniptyint' into the Hoiind one
mile northward of the town, hnt Ih now locally known hh ChaniherH
cr^ek.

Tides. — It ishi^h water, tidl and change, Steilacooui, at 4h. Itini, ;
Bprin^H rise 1 1 feet, neap« i'^ feet.

Ketron Island in narrow, 4 ndlrs lonjr, lying panillel with
the slutre, one mile Honthward of Steilacoom, with a passjige on the
east side named Cormorant pasH. The island is from (iO to KKI f*>«>t
high, with Mteep sides, and is covered with tall Oregon pine.

MoNell island is alMHH '.\ ndles long, east and west, and '2\ milen
wiilc. lictwecn its nortli side an<l the south side of Fox island there
is a (diannel I), miles wide running for some miles into ("arr inlet.
Between the south side ol ilie island and the north side of Anderson
island there is a compaiatively narnjvv i hannel, kr.own as Hahdi
passage. McNeil island is high and wooded.

LIGHT. — Oil ilu' southern «nd of Kagle island, i\ fixed irfiit^
light is exhiltited from an elevation of 'j.'t feet.

Anderson island is moderately high and wootU'd, with deep
water arouml the coast and no known dangers. It is a little o\er
ii miles from Steilacoom and is I miles hmg, north and south, and
ahout '2}, miles hroad. The southern end reatdies well down into the
southern part of the sound ojiposite the mouth of Nis*|uall\ rixer.
Then' are good passages all around the island, with the broadest
towards Xis(|ually, forming Nisipially reach.

Caution.— When rounding the south point of .Vnderson island,
give it a good berth, as foul bottom exists there.

Nisqually reach is between the south end of Anderson island
and NiMpially llatb. The south end of Andernon island opposite the

.Sm ohart.No. I,!)47.

Ciiup. II.]

' 1

>TKII.V('(M>M. -.HOOI»V I'OINT,

Itiink Ik ciilltMl Turku poiui, or l-ylc point ; a \it\\u, nmnilin^,
moi|»'rat«'|y l<iw pniiii. wiili ir»'»'s ctiriiiii^' down ro hiK'i-wiilfr mark ;
and mid«'r the wt'st Hido tluTtt is a hIIj^Iu iii<l«>ntatii)ti ruuni'd
Thompson cov*-, with aiuhoraK** in ;'> nnd G fathonw. Oil Turku
point th«*re ur«* rttruuK tide ripn on tht- Hood.

NiH(nially Hatn arc '.\}, mihn in »'Xt»'nt, W. by S. and K. I»y N., and
about thnM'-<|uart«'rH o!' a iiiilc witlc. They lir off tb»' broad, b»w,
marnby vaUoy ibroujrb which the Nisi|ually river and its nunifiontionH
roHch the sound. Then* is d«'ep water ab)n>j the northern cdt'e of
the Hals, but cspi-eiaily lowards (lie eastern limit.

Nlsqually is .'> mib's Soinh of Sii'ihieoom, on ih«' sttme siib' of
Ihi' sound. Il is at the mouth ot a small stream and at ihe i-astcru
fdiff nt thf i'\i»'nHiv«' Inskip l»ank or Nis(pially Hats.

Nisi|ually landing' is om- mile North of thf Nis(|nally river, wh»'re
the Sij,'nalil(lii'W ereck empties. Ths-ri' is a sawmill on the creek.
This creek is the natiu'al oulk'i (d" the chain of lakes on the prairieH :
one of these lakes, .\merican lake, is several miles lonj;.

Tides. —Il is U\n\i water, full and rhain^e, at N'is((iuilly at
lib. dm. : springs rise IK feet, neajis IT).

Devil's head. —This is a bluir about StI feet above the water, and
covered with trees that r»'ach a height of l(M) fetM. Then* are trecH
under the bliiH" down to the very narrow sand beach. It is the
southern point of the unnamed peninsula between Carr inlr-t on the
east, and (!ase inlef oii the west.

Moody point is the extremity of the promontory between the
broad walerH towards Drayton puKsafre and NiH(jually r"ach, and
the narrow arm of the souml on the west, named Henderson islet.
It is a low. sandy point, with some unpainled shanties under the
trees and bluff, which are inside and behind the low short-. Moody
point is locally known uh Johnson point.

LIGHT. — A fi.nd n'/n'tf li>,'ht, elevated 'i^t feet above hi^di water,
is exhiliited on Mooily Mohnson) point.

Itsami shoal lies one mile from the northernmost extremity of
Moody or .lohiison point, and half a mile from the nearest shore of
HartHteiu' island t<» the west. It is a rocky patch, having '.> feet on it.
with kelp spreailinK out to u <lepth of .'(^ fathomH. There are

.4f^ chart. No. 1.947.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

1.0

I.I

.25

1^ !■■ IIIII2 2

1^ 1^ IIIIIM

1.8

U IIIIM.6

'c^

■^

:^> ,:

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

'£■>. 'VEST MAIN ST»«EET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 873-4S&3

^b'

>r I

C/j

iruKT sor.Ni).

[Chap. u.

10 fathoais between the shoiil and tlie west shore of Moody point
and G fathoms between it and Dicker.son point. ItHami shoal is
marked on the north side by a nun buoy eoh)ured red and bhick in
horizontal stripes, with Johnson point N.E. | E., and Dickerson
point S.S.W. Vessels bound to Olympia should leave it on the port
hand.

Dana passage. — From Itsami shoal the passage is contracted to
about half a mile wide with mid-channel depths of 2t> to 1.'') falhoniK
over coarse gray sand, shells, and gravel, and good water dose to the
siiores. The eastern shore is indented and moderately l(»w, but
covered with Oretton tir : the western shore is formed by the south
side of Hartstene island and is higher tiian the eastern shore. There
are very strong streams during spring tides in this passage. There
is foul bottom close to Brisco ])oint. am) tlie edge of the channel is
steep-to.

BriSCO point is fi<T feet high, wooded, and has good water
close to it on ihe east side, but the iVfathoms line extends ;')(*() yards
south from the point, with a fringe of kelp in 4 fathoms, and with a
narrow, low neck on the north. The channel immediately on the
west side of the i)oint is F'eale pass.

Dofflemyer point is low and cleared on the north, with clifl's
80 feet high to the southward.

LIGHT. — A firrd ifhilr light is exhibited on Dofllemyer })oinl.

Cooper point, at the western side of the entrance to Budd inlet,
projects to the northward ; it is low and sharp and rises to 80 feet in
half mile towards the south. It divides Budd inlet from Eld inlet,
and the 3 fathoms line extends ;?t>0 yards from the point and narrows
the entrance to Eld inlet.

BUDD INLET, at the head of Fuget sound, is ti iniles long, in a
general direction is S.S.E. At 1^ miles northward of Olympia the
inlet is occupied by a mud Hat, of which one-fourth is bare at low
water, and this shoal within the iJ-fathonis' line extends from the
head of the bay under the east shore for 2 miles towards Wepusec
inlet.

The average depth is G fathoms, over a bottom of muil. A stony
patch, in ]>art bare at low water, ami surrounded by hard bottom in

Ser. chart, Xo. 1,947.

t.'hap. il.]

DANA PAHSAGE.— HOOD CANAL.

6?,

one to :') fathoms, lies ii little abreast the bhift" three-quarters of a
mile north of Butler cove. This shoal is marked on its northern edge
by a red buoj-. Many vessels go to the wharf at Olympia at high water
and lie there in the soft mud at low water. Steamboats run up to the
wharves at high water, but if intending to move during the time of
low water they must lie nearly one mile N.W., under the west shore,
where there is a wharf, and whence there is a good road along the
shore to Olympia.

Olympia is the capital of Washington. It has educational
institutions, manufacturing establishments, sawmills, Ac. The
lumber output of tiie country is large, and extensive deposits of coal
have l)een found.

A wharf projects northward from the town through the middle of
the hats, about half a mile beyond the old wharf, into (1 feet water
at the lowest tides. Dredging is in progress.

Tumwater is a village about one mile south of Olympia, on the
l)e Chutes river, whei-e the water-power of the falls is utilised by
mills for various products of manufacture.

LIGHTS. — Two Ji.rcd red lights are shown at Olympia.

Tides. — II is high water, full and change, at 01ymi)ia. at
h\\. 'M)\x\. : springs rise 14 feet.

Directions. — it would be useless tt» attempt to describe the
route betweeii Olympia and Steilacoom, because a pilot or a chart is
absolutely necessary to make the passage. In foggy weather, or in
the dense smoky weather of a dry summer, it is impossible to see a
ship's length ahead, with irregular streams to aild to the dilliculty.
The chart is then almost useless, and a thorough local knowledge of
every mark on the beaches and of the peculiarities of the echo of
the steam-whistle from every clifl' and point are necessary.

HOOD CANAL. — This arm of Admiralty inlet opens 1-4 miles
inside the entrance to the inlet oli" Wilson point, on the western side
of the channel, between Foulweather blutl' and Basalt point on the
weBt.

The shores of the canal are bold, high, and wooded, rising to much
greater heights than anywhere else on the inlet. This is particularly
so on the western shore, whore the west shore of the Dabop bay

ADMIHALTY IiM.KT.

[("hap. II.

attaius iiu elevation of 2,r»(H) feet in less than '2 miles from the water.
These high flanking mountains of Olympus range are named Jupiter
hills.

Hood's head is the island like mass on the western side of Hood
canal, 3 miles inside Foulweather bluff. There is anchorage north-
westward of the head in 15 fathoms, over muddy bottom, at
one-third of a mile from the fllu)re.

Th»' north face of the heail is a very steep bare clitl'. and the south
face is a roundintr, lii^'h. bare clitl". All behind the cliffs is covered
with pine. At the north-east jjoint of the head, a low sandy point
extends !}0(i yanls and terminates in a point ; towards the higher
poijit the ground is marshy. This is Haniutn })oinl, and off it ileep
water is found with strong swirling tides.

PORT GAMBLE is a land-locked bay, 'i\ miles long north and
south, witii a nearly uniform width of half a mile. It narrttws at
the entrance between two htw grassy sand sjjits only IJOO yards ai)art,
and with a channel of 120 yards wide between the ii-fathoms lines.
The deepest water in the bay is '•> fathoms, and it may be sjiid to have
an uniform deptii of ;") fathoms. On the western point of the entrance
is a sawmill, and the buildings reach to the rise of the bluff to the
westward. Tlu' wharves on the western point are built out so that
vessels have deep water between them and East point.

A black can buoy marks the edge of the mud bank on the l•a^tern
side of the channel in 1(5 feet water.

Directions. — When entering under sail, drop in with the early
flood. J^oaded vessels are towed in and out by the tug ; when
without the tug they must warj) out in summer with the last of the
ebb or trust to a light southerly air in the morning, with an ebb
stream. None but small, smartly working vessels can beat out, and
very few of them have done so within channel limits. When in a
small vessel beating out, go out on the ebb.

Inside the sawmill and Indian village point there is good water iu
mid-channel for anchorage. On the east side of the steamboat wharf
there is a depth of 5 to 22 feet, the shoaler water being at the
northern end. On the southern side of the wharf, where the lumber
vessels lie to receive their cargoes, there is a depth of from
21 to 24 feet at k'O feet from the wharf. Wiside the steamboat wharf.

See oh«rt, \o. 1,S47,

<"llil|». Tl.l POUT CA.MBLR. — ItrsKWALIiFI'S UIVKH.

«:.

witli an openint,' to the northward, tliere Iri u ">,'rnliron," upon which
Hinall vessels are taken for re])air or exaniinution. It lias 12 feet
water on it at high tide.

Squamish harbour. — At nearly one mile S.S.W. of Hood's
head, is Termination point, with high wooded land behind it and a
low narrow beach in front. Case sandbank, i)arallel with the west
side, one mile lontr, and nearly half a mile wide, lies within one-
third of a mile of the west shore. There is a »)-t'athonis channel
inside of this shoal and around the north end.

From Tei-minalion point the lO-fathoins line trends South, to the
Sisters rocks covered at half ti<le. Thert> is a depili of 7 fathoms
between them, and good water all around. These rocks are also
known as the S(|iiamish rocks. The north shore of the harbonr is
culled Yulkat bluff.

Seabeck bay. — Southward from T(*rniination and Salsbury
points the canal runs for 12 miles, S. by W., with a general width of
1^ miles, gradually decreasing to the point of the Toandos
peninsula.

The eastern point of Toandos i»eninsula is Hazel point, and under
the eastern shore of this reach and directly abreast Oak head lies
.Seabeck bay. an indentation of one mile in a southerly direction.
.\t its n urow head there is the mouth of a small stream. On the old
charts the projection was called Seabeck point ; on llie recent ones
it is named Misery point.

Oak head is the southernmost projection of Tuandos peninsula. It
is high and abrupt with deep water close under the shore. Fiaher-
raan's bay, just on the eastern side of Oak head, is a long narrow
cove.

Dabop bay has very bold shores, deep wat*'r. and v-ry h'gh hills
(»n the west side. The western arm at the north is named 0"il<^t''i«
bay, and is shallow and marshy at the head, where there is a small
settlement named Quilcene on the left bank of Hig river.

Dusewallips river. — Abreast of Oak head, on the western side
of Dabop bay, the river empties and has formed a Hat delta and a
broad shoal in fnmt. This shoal is *i miles long and half a mile
wide with deep water close u]) to it. Between this shoal and
Tskutsko ])oint. the nearest part of the Toandos peninsula, the width

*r chart, Xo. l.'.u:.

SO 11948

()i;

ADMIRALTY INM'-T.

[Chap. II.

ol" the bay is nearly 2 miles and tiic ilei»tii <»! tlie water is 80 fathoms
over muddy bottom.

Quatsap p(/uit, at 1 m^IIcs S.W. of Oak head, and on the west side of
the canal is a moderately low head, uiidei-the south side of whicdi is a
broad open bay one m\\v wide with an extensive Hat. This bay
receives the Dnckabus rivei', wliich briiiij^s down much detritus.

Hamaliama river empties on the west side of the canal,
]'i miles S.S.W. of Oak liead. Tiiis river ili'ains a large lake
•1 or ") miles behiiul tlie liii^Ii nn)nntains (jver the shore and into thics
lake a larj,'e stream eonies from the Olympian range.

Annas bay is the southernmost part of ITooil canal at the
(ireat ISend. and it receives tlie water (tf Skokomish river, which has
brought down so much seilimcnt that a scpiai'c mile of the bay is a
great sand and mud Mat with ileep water ardiiml the outer edge to the
west and noi-th. Tliere is deej) water lietween the western edge of
this bank and the westeru main shore one mile distant. On the
point at the south side of the shore of the inlet and forming the east
side of Anna?' hay is the villag.- Union <"ity, wiiicli has a road
through to Oakland on llaiinnersley inh t.

The Skokomish is a lar^-e nioiiniain stream coming around the
south-east flank of the 01ym|iiaii mountains. It drains a large lake
named Cushman, hiyh up the thniks of mount KUinor.

AyerS point is the head which forms ihe furthest projection of the
(rreat peninsula from th'^ northward into the eanal at Annas bay.
It is a high rounding jjoint and his deep water close under it.

Si8ter.s point is a high roundin.r bluH' ttn the north shore of the
canal, 4 miles east w.trd of Ayers jtoint. It projects from the noi-th-
ward, and nearly shuts the canal, leaving a ciiiinnel only half a mile
widi', with deep water over irravelly bottom.

Clifton villagre is at the extreme In-id of Hood canal, with a
l.jng sand and mid flat for '1\ miles down the canal. There is a road
thence to O.dcland, another to Lightville, at the head of Case inlet,
and a third tn Seabeek harl»f»ur.

POSSESSION SOUND.~The southern entrance to this now
important and extensive series of brcni'l deep channels lies between
l'os.H'Ssi(m point, tht^ southernmost point of Whidbey island, and

-p>^1.^-,«r^i:.. -...■.

<'li;iii. II.]

ii(K)i) cAVAi,. — rossKssioN sorsit.

rt7

the main shore np])(isite, unmarked by any sjiecial projection or
object. Scatchet head and l^)Hses^^i(ln point liave already been
described on patres 42, 4.'5.

The nortiiern entrance to this sound is the intricate and narrow
Deception pass. The sound receives several important watercourses,
Snohomish river in tlie south-east, Stilla^'uamish river about the
middh', with Skayit river in tiie north-east. It also connects at the
north by tlie Swinomish slon<,di with I'adillit bay, and thence with
Guemes channel and l^eirni<,diain bay.

The dei)th throusrhout the sound is jjreat, except at the deltas ol"
the rivers, which briny down an immense amount of alluvial
material which forms mud Hats. That from the S(|Uonaniish river
lias nearly lijied in across tlie sound and rt'duccd the channel to
one-third of a mile wide with only 4 to (! f'lthoms water. There are
numerous 'Milages and towns on the rivers and shores of the sound,
and beside the traffic by sailinff-vessels, regular communication is
kept up by steamer from Seattle with all the towns and settlements.

The shores present the general features of Puget sound, but the
channels are narrower. There are no known dangers in the
(dianncls. The shores of the deltas of the rivers are low ami muddv
and bt'hind them there is a dense forest and underirrowth.

he
|th-

lile

Lid

Everett (Port Gardner). — The southern part of the sound runs
north from Pospession point for ;'){. miles to abreast KUiot point on the
east, when it wide!is out into a nearly cijcular basin .').\ miles in
iliameter, with Gedney island in the middle ; this basin is locally
known as Port Gardner, although the chart restricts that nanu' to the
s<»uth-east part. This ])Ort receives the Snohomish river in the
north-east part, its lower course comes through a marshy valley
'2 miles wide. Hehind Elliot point is the town ?tIuckilteo ; and
4 miles further along the shore to the north-east is the town Everett,

Gedney island, lying in the mi(hlle of Port (iardner, is I J, miles
long W.N.W. and E.S.E. When seen from Saratoga passage, it shows
a moderately steep blufiC to the west and a low slowly rising blufll' to
the east, both covered Avith Oregon pine.

Tulalip lies on the main shore nearly abreast of Allen point, at
the entrance to Port Susan. The bay is protected by two points, and
somewhat restricted by a shoal extending from the north-west point

Sff chnrt. Xi). 1 .04 7.

SO 1191H

K-2

(SS

ADMIUAIi'lV iMjyr.

[(Miiip. II.

to Lilt' iniildle of tlic o])t'iiiiif^'. Tln' culiami' in oi»t'n to the rtoiitli-
west, and the two points are about one-third of a mil" apart.

Two buoys mark the entrance to thin anchorage. One a black opar
buoy, the other a red spar buoy.

Buoys.— '^P' ill red spar buoys mark the channel over the flats
from Utsaliuly, on the north side of Camano island, to Skapit river.
These buoys are moored in depths of 12 to K't feet at high water, iMul
should be left to the southward.

Suiail red spar buoys mark the channel over the Hats from Utsalady
to Stan wood, Stillaguamish river. 'i'liese buoys art; moored in
tlepths of r.' to l."» ff«'t at high wai'.-r, and should be l(>fi to the
westward.

Six small red s])ar buoys mark the channel over the Hats at the
north end of Port Susan. 'J'hese buoys are moored in depths of
!• to 10 feet at high water, and should be left to the eastward.

Six spar buoys mark the channel leading into Davis slougli, one of
the mouths of the Snoiiomish river.

The entrance to SkauMt river is marked i)y buoys, as is also
La Conner, at the south entrance of Swinomish slough.

SARATOGA PASSAGE is the broad, deep strait, leading from
P(»rt Gardner between Camano island on the east and Whid])ey
island on the west ; fi-cun Camano head to the mills of Utsaiady is
liS miles long. The strait averages 2 miles in width : the shores
are bluflfs covered with Oregon ]iine. but iu)t so densely as before
the sawmills depleted the forests.

Sandy point, on Whidlu-y island, is Tuoderately long, low,
and has no bushes. The blulf behind it I'ises by three steps, with
straggling trees. There is a house at the inner or western end of
the low beach of the ])oint, with a cleared s]>ace on the sloi)ing,
rising grouird, and a white house in the iii>]>er ])art of the clearing.
It is locally kuown as .loe Brown's point.

LIGHT. — A //.//v/ ir/iifr litrht is exhibited from a stake on Santly
point.

East point, on the western side of Saratogjv })assage, (! miles from
Sandy }>«)iut, is a low, grassy spit, backeil by a high blufl' well

,s»7 olmrt. No. LM;s!t,

Chap. II.] SAUATOCA I'AaSACJK.— OAK HAUIUH'lt.

t'.n

wooded : the tops of tlu" trees are eHtimated to Ite 150 IVet ;il>ove the
watei'.

Rocky point in low m die wuter's edge iind ri.ses ;,'riuluiilly to
'<<> Feet ; the trees have been out iiway and scrul) now covers it.
About 100 yards off the point is a rocky islet covered with scrub ; it
is about ')0 yards in extent at low water, anil is then connected with
the point.

Watsak point lies (»n the west side of Saratogi" pussiige, and
westward f)f the point is the beautiful harbour Penn cove, '6h miles
long and one mile wide, with 15 to 7 fathoms water, ami heading
within 1 [, miles of Partridge point; towards the north are Oak
harbour and Duncan ba> ; to the north-eastward, just beyond point
DemocK, is Utsalady. There is ileep water along all these shores
except off Watsak point, where a narrow shoal extends northward
for half a mile. This point is locally known as Snakeland point.

There is a buoy in 4 fathoms about 50 yards off the end of the
spit, whicli has only one fathom upon it at low water.

Polnell point, on Whitlbey island, forms the eastern boundary
«)f I)uiican bay. Between it and Utsalady the Saratoga passage maj'
be said to end at the turnaround Demock point. liOcally, Polnell point
is known as Miller point.

Utsalady is the most important place on Possession sound : it
lies on the north side of (Janiano island, 27 miles fro;u the southern
entrance of the sound. The channel to it throu*h Saratog.i passage
averages 'i miles wide ; tlie water is dee]), the shores are bold, and
there are no known dangers. Vessels are usually towed either way.

Oak harbour and Duncan bay are two bays on Whidbey

island, in the iu)rth-west part of Saratoga passage. There is the
town of Oak harbour at the head of the former. Forbes point is a
Itroad peninsula 1.', miles long, lying between the two bays^ Around
this broad point is shoal water, and buoys have been j)laced to enable
the steamboats to avoid it in foggy and smoky weather.

LIGHTS. — At Oak harbour, a ti-rcd trhife light is exhibited on
the south-east end of Maylor spit, and s.Jl.red red light on the north-
west end.

Sie iiharl, No. 2,iis'.i.

.ll'AN l)K KITA STIIAIT.

("hi»|i. II.

A( La ConutT, n find ir/iif^ lantei-ii liylit is shown from u pile on
wich side of the cliiiniiel, onc-thinl of a mile from Steamboat .sloujrh.
Skaf,'it river. Xfi.n'fl /wi li^fht is shown from a stake at month of
Htilhi;,'iiamish river, and a third uiiilr \\\i\\\ at tiie south foriv of
Stilhiguamish river.

NORTIiKRN SHORE OF .ITAN 1)K FIT("A STRAIT.

PORT SAN JUAN, otiieiaily known as Port Renfrew, is the
lirst anciiora^L' on tlie nortliern shore within the entrance of Juan
de Fuea strait. Thi- opeiiinLT, which is remarkal)h' from seaward
apj)ears as a (U-ep <j;ap lietween two mountain lan^yes ; tiie entrance
is i;5i miles N.N.K. \ E. from cape Fhittery lij>-hthouse.*

The entrance jxjints lie \], miles K. \ S. and W. .V N. from each
other; the port trends iU miles N.K. by N., and is 1] miles wifle,
terminating; in a beach of muddy sand. Gordon river and Coojjer
inlet enter the {toi-t throuj,'h tills l)eacli ; vrry small coasters enter
them towards hipii water, and find de))th and shelter within.

On the western si<le of the [lort some rocks and broken ground
extend for one mile within Owen point, and nearly 2 cables from
the shore ; one rock, awash, lies 5 cal)les X.F. from Owen island,
and 2^ cables from the shore. The hill named Pandora peak tloes
not show as a peak within the port.

There is telephonic communication between the station at the
month of (iorchm river and Victoria. Messages will be transmitted
at fixed tariff rates.

Thei'e is a store, wharf and post office.

Owen point, at the western entrance point, has at about one cable
froM it a low flat rock named Owen island, awash at high water.

Observatory rocks, off the eastern entrance point (San Juan point),
are high i)innacles with two or three trees growing on them, antl
some sniallei' rocks off, the outermost of which lies 1\ cables from
the shore. • At 1 cabh^s within these rocks and I), cables from the
shore is another i-eef partly out of water, named Hammond rocks.

Anchoragre.— The port is open to south-west winds, and a heavy
sea rolls in when a moderate gale is blowing from that direction ;
and though it is possible that a vessel with good ground tackle
would ride out a gale if anchored in the most sheltered part, it is by

Ser plan of I'liri Sun .Tiian : scal«

I inch, on Adiiiiraltv chart. No. 1,!M I.

Chap. 11,1

PORT SAN .ITAN.— SOOKK INLKT.

MO means recoinnit'ndfd to lumaiii with any intlicution of wuch
weather, hut to wei^'li immediately, and if outward hound seek
shelter in Xeeah hay, the ciiirance of whieh lies 1(1.', miU'S S. by W.
from Port San .)iian.

There are deptJis of from (> to 1' fathoms all ovti- Port San .Fiian
the Ijottom fine n>iiddy sand : when within three-(Hiarters of a mile
of the head it shoals to i fathoms, and here in heavy f,'ales the sea
breaks : a flat extends 'A eahhs from the hi-ad. in the outer part of
llie jx.rt there is generally a swell. Good anchorage will be found
about Ij miles from the head in 7 fathoms.

The coast. — I'rom Port San Juan the coast trends cast, aii<l
presents no very remarkable features ; the country is thickly wooded,
and the land rises to a considenible elevation. Providence cove,
accessible only to l)oata, lies :\ miles eastward from San Juan; at
41, miles further east is a stream named Soinbrio r-ver. Jordan
river is iyh miles westward from Sherringham point ; between the
latter and Sombrio river, depths of !Vom 7 to 10 fathoms extend one
mile from the shore ; and off Jordan rivei the latter depth extends
about 2 miles.

Kastward, 4[, miles from Sherringham point, is Otter point ; the
points on this side of the strait are not remarkabh' nor easily
distinguished unless close in shore, some of their extremes are
partially bare of trees. From Otter point, the entrance to Sooke
i: iet is 3^ miles K. iiy X. I N., the intervening coast foi-ming Sooke
bay, in which there is anchorage in line weather at half a mile off
shore in .S fathoms.

SOOKE INLET, the outer enti'ance lo which, Let ween Parsons'
and Company points, is three-quarters of a mile wide.

Navigable depths.— The bar has 14 feet on it at low water.
Within the bar, the entrance l)etween Whiflin spit and Entry ledge
has 7 fathoms, but is (mly 70 yards across, with a sharp turn and
strong tidal streams. Thenc'3 a narrow and tortuous channel,
'21 miles in length, leads to a beautiful land-locked basin, 2 miles in
extent, east and west, and one mile north and south, with a depth
of from (S to It) fathoms all over it.**

Independently, however, of strong tidal streams, and several sharp
turns, to be made when entering, the width of the channel seldom
exceeds half a cable, and is consequently only adapted for coasting

* iSee Admiralty plan of Soolvf iiilcl. Xo. ].'M'' : sr.iilo. w = 1 iiiulus.

.FCAN l»K KUCA STUAIT.

[CMiaii. II.

vesrit'lH or rtiiiall rttt'iiin-vt'HwlH, iiiiU'ss iit ctmsid^'riihh' iiicnnvt>ni»'nco
and l<»ss of tiinr.

Beacons. — I'lin-r i-cd ihtc-Iu's mark tin t-astiTii imI^'i' of ilit'
rlianiifl to Sookf wliarf, ami a hlatk iK-ri-h marks tlie weat side of the
parirta^'f. tlirc.'-(|Uiirterrtof a c-aliU- S.W. Ity \V. J \V. from Trollope point.

Directions. — On tlu* eastern wide of I lie (•i\iran(H' to Sooke inlet is
a copper and Iron mint'. 'I'liere are alrto indications of coal in tiic
district.

WhiMin sjiit is low and irravelly : it must he rounded closely, as
Kntry ledjje liesonlv half a cahle eastward from it. On roiindiny th(>
jtoint dro]i the an(dior at one cahle within, in S fatli(nns.

Anchorage. — There is ancliorajif outsiile in |(> fatlionis, half a
mile oil' the entrance ; or, if lu-cessary, run inside Whiflin spit, where
there is siillicienl sjtace to anchor; care must, however, he taken as
to the depths on the Inir, and to the state of the tide in the entrance
proper, where the ehh stmam at springs runs ah<»ut 15 or 1 knots.

Tides and tidal streams. — it is high water, full and change,
at 2h. llni. During the winter months th^ rise <tt tide in Sooke inlet
is Haiti to l»e 10 feet, and the diurnal ine.iuality heinjf large it apjicars
to he high water during the whole of the day. At the eutriince
the lhj(td and ehh streams run on*- hour after high aiul low water at
the rate of ',\ to 4 knots iluring springs.

Secretary island, 1~<> feet high, small and wooded, lies i cables
8.K. by E. from Possession point, and one mile s<tuth -east ward from
Sooke inlet. There is a depth of 1(1 fathoms between it and the
slM>re, from which it is distant 1 .', cables.

BEGHER BAY. — Heechey head is a wooded dill' forming the
western entrance i»oint of Hecher liay ; ("hurch point being the
eastern : and otf the eastern side are several small wooded islands,
named Hedford islands. At three-quarters of a mile within in a
northerly direction are Wolfe an<l Krazer islands, with some small
islets oH' tliem : l)etween these two islands is the channel 1 cables
wide. Anciior in I<t fathoms, with the centre of Fra/er island
bearing 8.8. W., tlistant a (luarter (d" a ndle.*

Beeher bay cannot be recommended as a good anchorage ; there is
not good shelter with south-westerly winds, and those outward
bound had far better wait a fair wind in Parry bay, 3 miles north-
ward of Race islands.

* ■>>'■ AdinirRlt.v I'laii <if Bochcr and I'odder bay-. Xn. I.OOi; ; ncalp. m = 4 inches.

(Miiip. [I.J

SOOKK INLKT. -RACE FASSACiK.

RACE ISLANDS, a clusicr <»r low. ban" rocks, thf outerninpt
"I wliic'li lies (Mio iiiilo S.K. troiii ln>ntiiu-k ishmd, ncciipy a space
alxmt lialf a mile in extent. (Jrcat l{acc is 1.', cables iu extent ami
'iH feet IukIi ; I'l*' <»iln rs ai'f smaller, a tVw I'ert al»ove iiif,'li water, or
awash. The titlul streams run from .'» to 7 knots, and (hiring had
weather, heavy, danj,'eroiis overfalls, and races occur.

Ill liurlil winds sailini,'- vessels should i,'ive tlies*' islands a ^Mod
hprth, esi)ecially when eastward of thfin. as the ehl) sets .stronjjly
towards them. In IS(iOalar;je vessel was drifted on them hy tho
ehl) stream in a calm, and hecamc a total loss.

LIGHT. — From a stone li^'lithouse, painted in alternate hlack and
white hands, situated on (Jreat Kace island, is exhihited, at an
elevation of IIS feet ahove the sea, a lln.flnnii ir/u'lr lij,'ht, which
shnwH line fliis/t every /I'n si'i'mifls, visihh' in clc > ■ iveather IH niiloH.

Fog signal. — A steam-wiiistle is sounded at intervals of
7:1 scroiii/s during' thick or fogi,'y weather ; tl • duration of \\w bhiHt
heiii^ //iv.' sffutulK.

Ail additional si;jrnal lo he '/wvu in answer to he to<,' sifrnal of any
steam-ves.sei env(do]jed in foj» in .luan de Fiica strait, and to indicate
that the northern portion of that strait is free from foj;, as is often
the case, is esUiblished at Race islands li<,'hthons<\ This signal
consists of a steam whistle, which, under the ahove circumstances,
will <jive four short blasts.

Tides and tidal streams.— it is hi^'h water, full and chan^'e,
at Race islands at iMi. Oni. : ri.se S feet. Th;' streams (in August)
turn with high and low water by the shore.

Rosedale rock, with .") feet over it, lies i caliles S.K. I)y K. from
the (ireat Race, and uneven ground of ."» to (S fathoms extends half a
mile eastward of the rock.

RACE PASSAGE is 1 caldes wide between the Race rocks and
Hentinck island, and has shoal heads of S aud li fathoms, nearly in
mid-channel. This passage may be taken by a steam-vessei ; lint
under ordinary circumstances it is not recommended for a sailing-
vessel, on account of the strength of the tidal streams and races
caused by the irregular rocky nature of the bottom.

S/i chart. No. l.'.tinl,

JT'.AN DK PUCA STRAIT.

[Chill). II.

A case may arise, however, either inward or outward bound, when
havin^T- a stronj? S.E. wind it would be better to run throu<,'h, than to
risk weathering the Great Race by less than l.V miles; if so, the
Bentinck island shore .■should be kept aboard at.a distance of 2 cables, or
just outside the kelp ; '"or the northernmost rock, whicl forms the
southern side of the passai^e, is covered at high water, and the
strongest eddies are found in its neighbourhodd.

Race passfige should not be used by vessels of heavy draught at low
water.

Tide race. — Caution. — Heavy tide races occur along the
northern shore of Juan de Fiica strait from Esqnimalt as far westward
as Reechcy head.

Bentinck island is about lOil feet high, and, like the adjacent
land, covered with pine trees ; its southern and eastern sides are
fringed with kelp. Between it and the mainland is a boat channel,
and coasters acquainted with the locality find shelter at its eastern
entrance ; there are some settlers' houses in the neighbourhood.*

PEDDER BAY lias its entrance immediately northward of
Bentinck island, 2 miles X.N.W. of tlie Great Race rock, between
cape (Silver and William hea I, where its breadthi is three-quarters of
a mile; the inlet takes a W.N.W. direction for 2 miles, narrowing
rapidly, and at half a mile up is only tit for small craft, which may
find good shelter at its head.t

Anchoragre. — ^'essels of any size may anclior in tlie entrance in
7 fathoms, with cape Calver. its southern point, bearing S.E. by S.
distant about half a mile : but though the holding ground is good, it
is open to winds from X.X.K. round by east to S.S.E., and with a
S.E. gale woukl neither be a desirable nor safe anchorage.

Tides and tidal streams.— 'i'he tides are very irregular in this
locality. In Peddei' bay (in October) the tide at high water was
observed to fall about one foot and then to rise again. When the
ebb stream had slackened in the ofhng, the tide i-apidly fell in Pedder
bay. The el)b stream coming round William head is diverted into
Pedder bay and prevents the water from leaving it ; Becher bay is
subject to the same irregularities.

* .See Admiralty charts: — Haro and Rosario straits. No. 2,tjHlM .sc.ile. in = '» inch,
and Haro strait and Middle channel. No. 2,840 ; scale, m =: 1 inch.

+ Src Admiralty plan of BccliiT and Pedder bays. No. l.'.>nfi : scalp, m = I inche«.

('hap. II.]

ItACK FA«SA<iK.— JIOYAL BAY

tit

The stream in the olfuifj runs about 2 hours after high and low
water by the shore. A snutli-west wind frequently prevents the
water from falling at all.

PARRY BA.Y, immediately northward from William head,
affords gooil aueliorage with all westerly winds. Those bound to sea
anil meeting with a strong Avind fi-om this quai-ter are recommended
to return here. Witii a south-east wind there is ample room to
weigh, which a vessel should immediately do, and if not able to
round the Race islands and proceed to sea, run for P^squimalt
liarl)our.

Albert head, the north point of the l)ay, is moderately high, sloping
to the sea, bare of trees at its extreme, but wooded immediately
l)ehind ; a reef lies one cable off it. William head somewhat
resembles it, but is lower.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is in fathoms at from a half to three-
quarters of a mile oft' tin- sindy bea;'ii, with William head bpa'-ing
S.K. by S. about the s:ime distance.

Quarantine station. — The quarantine station for Victoria is
now in Pai-ry bay. The wharf is 480 feet long, with depths of 2") to
'.\0 feet alongside, Two_//.zvy/ nd lights, visiVde 4 miles, are shown
from two posts on William head : when bound foi- the station,
proceed lorthward until these lights are abaft the l)eam, then
westerly nntW they are in line, which defines the anchorage.

ROYAL BAY or ROADS, of wliich All)cri head is the
southern point, and the entrance of Esquimalt harl)uur the northern
limit, is a fine sheet of water '.) miles in extent, aft'ording good
anchorage with all winds which would prevent a vessel from entering
that harbour.*

Anohoragre may be had anywhere within three-quarters of a mile
from the western shore. A good berth is one mile South from
Diintze head, with the entrance open, or the lieacon on Dyke point
just opL'n oi" Inslcip rocks (in the harboui-) ; this latter is also the
leading mark for clearing tlie Scrog/ r.n-ks when steering in or out.

Coghlan rOOk^ on which there is a dei)th of 2 fathoms, lies
:U cables N.N.W. from Albert head ; ami Hf cables E.N.E. from the
islet at the entrance of the lagoon to the westward. It lias deep
water around.

* frr chart. \o. 57«.

7r,

,riA\ T)R PTTCA STUAIT.

[Cha]». n

ESQUIMALT HARBOUR is a safe nnd oxcollent imchnragH
for ships of any si/e, and with the aid of the light on Fisgard island
may be entered at all times. Tt has been the custom to send a boat
to mark the extremity of Duntze head with a light if the night is
very dark.*

(yonstance cove, eastward of a line drawn from Diintze head to
Ashe head, is the anchorage for ships of war.

There is daily communication with Nanaimo by mil. The railway
terminus is situated in Thetis cove, from which there is an extension
to Victoria ; and a short branch runs down to a pier, which has been
built out from the south point of Thetis cove, near the Indian village,
into a depth of 15 feet at low water.

Navigable depths.— The entrance, which bears North, distant
Si miles from the lighthouse on Great Race island, is between
Fisgard island and Duntze head, and is 3 cables wide, opening out
immediately' within to an e.Ktensive harbour having a general depth
of (i fathoms over it, and extending 1} miles N.W. On the eastern
side are Constance cove and Plumper bay, in the former of which
built on Duntze head, are the Government Naval establishments.

At one cable above Dyke point (north point of Plumper bay)
the water shoals to 3 fathoms, and from thetice to the head of the
harbour is a flat with only a few feet on it at low water.

LIGHT. — From a white lighthouse situated on Fisgard island
(a small rocky islet 2^) feet high, and almost connected with the
shore, forming the western entrance point of Ksquimalt harbour), at
an elevation of (17 feet above high water, is exhibited a ^fi.rcd light
which shows irhitc when bearing from N. 2° W. to N, G0° W. ; rert
from N. CO'' W. rhvorigh west to S. S^ K., and white fron S. S"" F. to
S. nd^ E., visible 10 miles in clear weather.

ScrOgrg" rocks lie on the eastern side of tlu' entrance 3 cables
S.S.E, from Duntze head, and cover at thj'ee-(piart('rs flood. Inskip
islands kejjt well oi)en of the head leads clear to the westward of
them ; but the Itcst mark for entering with a leading wind is the
beacon on Dyke point, just open of the rocks otl the western end of
Inskip i'-'uids, l»earing N. by W. J W., which leads in mid-channel.

VillagG rocks. — The shoal, with 4 feet on it, lying south of
Vi'lage rock.s, is marke<l by a red nun bu<»y. This shoal was

* See Admiralty plan of E.squimalt aad Victoria harbours. No. 576 ; seal**,
m — tj inches; also Admiralty plan; — Esquimalt harbour, Xo, l,8J»"« : scale
m = 10 inchus ; Conntanop oovp, Nu. 'u'2 : scale, m = 1>« iuehen.

Cliai-. II.]

KSgriMALT MAUHOUR.

formerly the foundatiuii of tlu' 7" li»'«iil of Foriter's pier, which has
fiilh'U into ilecay, tlit-re lieiug now only a portion of the pier
standing'.

Inskip island. — Pock. — A sunken rock of sinall extent, with
5 feet on it at low water, lies near the southern shore of Plumper
bay, with Dyke point be.icon N.W. by N. ] N., distant ',\ cables ; and
north extreme of Inskip island, K. l>y X. | N. Tt is marked by a
temporary buoy.

There is a depth of 14 feet between this i-ock and Inskip island.

Whale rock, or White rock, with 7 feet on it, lies 2 cables
W. } N. from the outer Inskip ishmd, or nearly midway between il
and the western siiore of the harlmur. Tliis rock is ttf small extent,
and not marked by kelp ; it has a clear ])assafj'e on either side, that to
the eastward bein<j the wider. Yew point, just toucliinj,' the light-
house on Fis,i>ard island, l)earing S. by K. ^^ E., leads nearly one cable
westward; and Yew point in line with Rodd hill S. { E. leads nearly
one cable eastward. The rock is marked by a buoy colotired red and
black in vertical stripes, moored off its soutiiern side.

Dyke point. — A white pyramidal Avooden beacon, 23 feet above
high w^ater, is erected on Dyke point (at the head of (ho harbour).

Anchoragre. — The most convenient anchorage is in Constance
cove, on the eastern side of the harbour, immediately round Diintze
head, the general (le])th being (i fathoms, and the holding ground
good. There is, however, safe anchorage in any part of the harbour,
in not less than 4i fathoms, as far northward as Dyke point.

Thetis cove, in Plumper bay, on the eastern ;;ide of the harbour,
inmiediately north of Constance cove, is a snug anchorage in
4.J; fathoms, with the harbour entrance just shut in by Inskip rocks ;
but vessels jjroceeding above these rocks must take care to avoid
Whale rock.

Moorings and buoys, for the use of H.M. ships, occu])y the central
})art of Constance cove ; and along the northern shore are lesser
moorings for boats and small vessels. One cable otf the dock entrance
are two buoys for docking purposes. And eastward of the town
pier there are other buoys used as moorings for small craft.

The depth at the outer end of Dockyard jetty is IT) feet at low
water.

jS^i- chart, No. l.Sit7«.

JTAX DK Vrv.\ STRAIT.

[Chap. II.

A direct south wind, to wliich .some parts of the harbour are open,
seldom blows, and there is never sntficient swell to render the
anchorage inconvenient.

Observation spot. — Duntze head flagstaff is in lat, 4H^ 25' 49" N.,
long. 123° 2B' W W.

DIRECTIONS. — After rounding Race island lightliouse, distant
Hiniles, the lighthouse on Fisgard island will be seen: a course
N. ^ W. direct for it will clear all dangers, but attention must be
l»aid to the set of the tidal streams.

Tive ebb streaTu runs almost directly from the Haro and ntighbour-
ing straits towards the Race islands, and, unless with a comnu\nding
wind, sailing-vessels should give them a wide berth, !ind steer
N.E. by N. for I? or 4 miles, before bearing up for the harbour. The
Hood sets N.K., and with light winds vessels are liable to be carried
to the eastward, and if near to the Vancouver island shore, they may
be set up the Haro channel, where the water is generally too deep for
anchorage ; therefore, with the flood, the coast of Parry baj' should
be kept aboard if possible, where good anchorage may be had in
moderate weatlier. and with all westerly winds, at less than one mile
fi'om the shore in 10 fathoms.

Whea entering the harbonr under sail with a strong fair wind,
take cai'e to shorten sail in time, a- the space for " rounding-to " is
somewhat limited; and it is desirable to moor if iiuy stay is
intended, as the winds are changeable.

The best time for sailing-vessels to leave the harbour is early in
the morning, when either a calm or light land wind may be
expected ; there is little strength of tide in the harbour, or for
some distance outside, and it sets fairly in and out.

Caution. — Fisgard island should not be ])assed within one calde
distant, as a rock with 7 feet over it lies three- quai'ters of a cable
N.E. from the lighthouse.

By nigrht, when Fisgard island light l)ears N. by W., steer for it.
Keep the white light in full view ; if it becomes dim or shaded, the
shore is being too closely ai)proached, when immediately haul out to
the eastward until it is again distinctly seen ; the two lights (Race
and Fisgard) by their bearings will show how the vessel is being
affected bv the tides.

Cliiip. II.]

KSQriMAI/r HARBOUR.

7".t

The irhite light is iiitemU'il to guide in from seaward, and whih'
visible clears alike the western coast between Race island and
Esi|aiin;ilt, and the off-lying dangers, Hcrogg rocks, and Brotchy
ledge, between Dimtze head and Trial island. The ird light will
be found useful by those bound to Victoria or Esquimalt from the
eastward ; after rounding Trial island it will indicate a vessel's
distance from the shore, and if bound to Esquimalt, a W.S.W. course
will lead a safe distance outsiile Rrotchy ledge, until the light
I'hanges from red to ir/iifc, when it may be steei-ed for, and not
l)efore.

Entering Esquimalt harbour, Fisgard island light should be left
from one to two cables on the jnn-t hand ; when it l)ears
X.W. by W. .', \V. the light changes from ic/iifr to /vy/, and shows
the latter colour within the harbour: and when it l)ears S. by \V.
at a convenient distance, a vessel may anchor in 7 fathoms, or stand
into Constance cove if i)referre(l. The Scrogg rocks on the eastern
side of the entrance of the harbour must be avoided ; they lie
nearly 4 cables E.S.E. from Fisgard island.

Dock. — The graving dock is -i')!) feet long over all, and -430 feel
on the blocks : IJ.') feet wide at the entrance, wich a depth of 2t)^ feet
over the sill at high watei- ordinary spring tides. This dock is closed
l)y a caisson which, if necessary, can be placi'd on the outer side of
the outer invert, giving an additional length to fclie doL-k of 30 feet.

H.M.S. Warsjiiti', drawing 'ill feet, was docked on LSth July IbOl,
the depth on the sill that night was ;28.j feet. See tides, page 12.

The Admiralty have the right of priority of use of the Esquimalt
dock.
There is a marine railway capable of taking up a ship of 2,r)00 tons.

Repairs to large machinery can be effected also to the hull
of iron ships. Two tons of metal can be run at one time ; cylinders
of ijO inches can l)e east and bored ; shafting of inches can be
forged and turneil. a ;5-in. shaft up to 21 feet length; pipes of any
size can be brazed, masts made and boats built.

Sheer legs lift 2."» tons, small crane lifts 2 tons, and 20-ton crane
about to be erected. The wharf is SI? feet long, with a depth of
Itl feet alongside at low water.

Supplies, with the excejttion of fresh beef and bread, must be
obtained from Victoria.

.*r chart, Xo. l.8»7«.

JUAN OK Fl'C.V STRAIT.

[Chui). IJ.

A t'roHli Wiiter service \h laid on al the dock ; the charf^e \h (5(1 cents
per 1,000 ^alionH.

Coal is weighed at the mines and sent down as required.
Vessels of about 25 feet draught can coal alongside Tlietis island
wharf.

Vessels can coal alongside Esquimalt wharf ; on the eastern side
of which there is a depth of 25 feet at low water. Or coal can l»e
taken on board at all times froiu colliers or lighters.

EluCtriC telegrraph,. — Esquimau is in telegraphic communica-
tion with England iliroiigh Canada, by way of Nanainio and Fiurranl
inlet. Also through the United States, by way of Seattle.

Tides. — Al Escjuimalt harbour and in the vicinity there is no
regular establishment. There are two titles in the lunar day foi-
about half of each fortnight, and one tide in each lunar day for the
other half, and this appears to be the case throughout the year.
Springs rise 7 to 10 feet, neaps 5 to 8 feet. S/'o also nage 12.

"Winds. — The strongest and most frequent gales blow from south-
west and south-east, which are leading winds in, but rarely from
N.W. The south-west is a summer wind, generally fresh, and
l)rings tine weather, unless it blows a gale. South-east winds may
be looked for during tlie winter months, or between November and
March, and geut-rally a strong gale once a month with rain and thick
weather. The north-east wind rarely blows with much strength,
and always brings line clear weather.

VICTORIA HARBOUR, 2 miles eastward from Esquimalt,
has its entrance between Ogden and Maclaughlin points. Macaulay
point, a remarkable projection nearly miihvay between th^^ two
harbours, is a bare Hat point about iJO feet high, showing us a yellow
clay cliff, worn by the action of the sea and weather into a rounded
knob ft the extreme. The coast for one mile on either side of this
point is fringed with sunken rocks, and is dangerous for boats in bad
weather, many fatal accidents having occun-^'d.f

Navigable depths. — The entrance to the harbour is shoal,
narrow, and intricate, and with south-west or south-east gales a

•f iSiv Admiralty plan : — Esquimalt and Victoria harbours, No. .">"ti: scale. /// =:
G inch«8 ; also Victoria harbour, No. 1,81I7A ; scale. «/ = 10 inchef.

Chap. 11.]

VICTORIA HARBOUR.

heavy rolliner Hwoll sets on the coast, -vvhicli renders the anchorafjo
outside unsafe. Vessels drawing,' 14 or lo feet may, nnder ordinary
circumstances, enter at high water ; and sliii)s drawing 17 feet have
entered, though only at the top of spring tides.

At the entrance of thf harhour, on the southern side of Shoal
point, there is a wharf which is used l)y the Han Francisco steamers.
The pier is 000 feet in length and has a dei)th of 23 at low water.
Along the eastern side of the harbour in front of the town there are
about 400 yards of fair wharfage, with a depth of from 10 to IG feet
at low water spring tides.

Pilots. — There are pilots attached to the i)ort, who keep a good
look out for vessels off the entrance. Pilotage is compulsory to all
merchant vessels, except coasters.

Pilots are seldom met with below Race rocks ; but between
January and July, in moderate weather, those api)roaching Juan
de Fuca strait, and requiring a pilot, may obtain a man comi)ett;nt
to take them to Royal roads or port Townsend from the schooner's
engaged in the seal fishery ofiC the coast, between cai)e Pifale and
Clayoquot sound, at from 5 to 20 miles from the land.

Sometimes in Neeah bay a pilot may be had if a gini is fired
twice in quick succession. Guns are used by the sealing schooners
in foggy weather, but only once in 10 or 1.') minutes, so that a
gun fired twice in quick succession would not be mistaken.

LIGHTS. — From a white lighthouse 150 feet high, situated on
Berens island (west side of Victoria harbour), is exhibited, at an
elevation of 44 feet above the sea, an oi-citltiiKj ivhife liglit, witli a
period of twenty secomh, thus : — light, Ji/teen .seconds ; eclipse, Jire
se'yjnds ; visible in clear weather 10 miles. It shovs a i-rd sector
over lirotchy ledge, between N. 'M° W. and N. .^l)" W.

Fog" signal. — A bell is rung during thick or foggy weather, in
reply to signals frori those approaching the harbour.

Shoal point spit beacon consists of three piles, i)ainted red,
from the top of which a Ji.red red light is shown, visible in clear
weather 3 miles.

Pin rock beacon consists of three piles, painted black, from
the top of which affixed white light is shown, visible in clear weather
3 miles.

&« chart, No. 1,897*.

80 11948

JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT.

[Cha]). II.

Ah these two beacon lifrhts are not conHtautly watched they cannot
be implicitly relied on.

Brotchy ledge. — About f) cables from Holland point, and in the
fairway to Victoria harbour from the eastward, lies the Hrotchy ledge
with 5 feet on its shoalest part ; it is about one cable in extent
within the r)-fathoms line. The tidal stream, at its maximum
strength, sets towards Brotchy ledge at a rate of about 3 knots
an hour

This shoal is marked by a platform biioy, coloured red and black
ii) horizontal stripes, moored on the shoal. The buoy is occasion-
ally washed away during the heavy winter gales.

Fisgard island lighthouse, north jiari of Brothers island, and
^'^acaulay i)oint in line bearing W. ^ N., leads one cable northward
ot the ledge in 9 fathoms, between it and the shore ; and Fisgard
island lighthouse, just open southward of Brothers island bearing
\V. by N. ^ N., leads 2 cables southward of the ledge in 21 fathoms.

A beiicon with red and white horizontal stripes is in course of
construction on ikotchy ledge. From this beacon an electric light
will be exhibited.

Anchoragre. — When anchoring outside the harbour to wait tide,
or from other causes, do not come within a line between Ogden
and Maclaughlin i)()ints ; this is a good stopping place with off-shore
winds or fine weather, 1)ut is by no means recommended as a safe
anchorage for sailing-vessels during the winter months, when bad
weather comes with little warning.

Beaver rock, situated 250 yards N.E. | PI from Laurel point,
has a depth of 1) feet over it at low water.

Directions. — The entrance to Victoria harbour being only 2 miles
eastward from Esquinialt, the same precautions as regards the tides
{see page 715) must be observed when making for that harbour ;
during daytime Victoria District church, a conspicuous white
building with a spire, standing on an eminence, will be seen
shortly after rounding Race islands, bearing N. by E. ] E. ; it should
be kept just on the starboard bow.

At night or during bad Aveather it is strongly recommended not
to run for this harbour, as it can only be entered at certain stages
of the tide, and the anchorage outside is at such times exposed and

See chart, No. 1 ,897*.

Chap. Ti.]

VICTORIA HARnOUR.

iinaafo, wliile Royal bay, or KHcjuimalt harbour are always available
and safe ; but if it is decided to run for Victoria, it munt be borne in
mind that when Fisprard island li^'ht chanf,'e8 from white to red, a
vessel will be very near the shore.

The channel is buoyed {stee patre 14), but it is necessary for a
stranj^er to take a pilot ; when within, the port is ])ert\'(!tly land-
locked, and vessels may lie in from M to IS feet at low water, but
the harbour accommodation is limited.

Tides. — For all practical i)uri)oses the tides arc the same as at
Esquimalt. See page 80.

VICTORIA, the seat of the government, has a considerable foreign
a!ul coasting trade. The resident population according to the census
taken in ISO I was lOjSll, and the town has made great progress since
ISoS, when it maybe said to have first spming into existence ; it now
covers a large extent of ground, substantial and handsome stone and
brick buildings everywhere replacing the wooden structures iirst
erected. Victoria has excellent educational institutions, hosi)it;ils,
and librarj', and the streets are lighted by the electric light.

Harbour and pilot dues are charged ; and there ar(^ sick mariners'
dues of 2 cents a ton register thrcK^ times a year on vessels of
100 tons and upwards, and once a year on vessels undei- 100 tons.

Instances have been known of shocks of eartlKpiakes being felt at
Victoria.

Between Victoria and Quatsino sound, medical assistance can only
be obtained at Alberni.

Supplies. — Provisions of all kinds may be i)rocured, and water
from a floating tank capable of going outside the harbour.

Coal is weighed at the mines and sent down as required, but a
large quantity is not kept in store. Vessels can coal alongside the
■wharves in the harbour, and also from the wharf on the south side
of Shoal point.

Patent slip. — There are slips on which vessels of 1,000 tons ca i
be hauled up.

*r chart, No. l,8'J7/-».

SO 11948

F 3

8.1

JUAN DE PUCA STRAIT.

[Chap. IT.

Repairs cuu bo oflectt'd to large machinery. There are steam
hiimmera and hithes to turn shafting 10 inches diameter and 20 feet
long ; pipes of any size can be brazed ; cylinders of any diameter up
to 10 tons can be cast and l)ored ; VI tons of metal can be run at one
time. Sheers lift ;'>() tons. Boilers can be made, masts and boats can
be built.

Quarantine. — There is a (quarantine station for persons affected
with infectious diseases ; and a hospital for seamen who are
recommended for admission 1)y masters of vessels that have paid
sick mariners' dues.

The (juarantine station is in Parry bay. The wharf is 480 feet
long, with depths of 2') to 150 feet alongside. See page 75.

Telegrraph..— A submarine telegraph cable crosses Georgia strait
and connects the city with the mainland of British Columbia, and
another crosses Juan de Fuca strait to Washington territory.

Communications. — 'There is steam communication with San
Francisco every five days ; and with Alaska every fortnight
throughout the year ; a tri-weel ly service to the east coast of
Vancouver island, and a daily service to Port Moody, except on
Mondays ; and steamers run daily, except on Sundays, to the ports
in Pnget sound. There is daily communication with Nanaimo by
rail. There is a fortnightly mail service between Victoria, Port
Renfrew, Alberni, Ucluelet, Clayoquot and Ahousat ; and monthly
from Victoria, Hesipiiat, Xootka, Kyutjuot, and Quatsino.

Victoria to Burrard inlet. — The best route from Victoria to
Burrard inlet is south of Trial and Discovery islands, through the
main channel of Haro strait, and northward of Stuart and Waldron
islands into Georgia sti'ait. Only those with good local knowledge
should attempt to navigate the inner channels.

The COAST from Victoria harbour trends easterly for 1^ miles
to Clover point, and is for the most part faced by white sandy cliffs,
from 10 to 80 feet high ; over a sandy beach, and at one cable off,
in many places are rocks and foul ground. Two cables East from
Holland point are Glimpse reefs, which cover at three-quarters
flood

Sir chart, No. 576.

Chap. IT.]

VICTORIA.— TRIAL ISLANDS.

Beacon hill, a gontlc rirtc of the land near the coast, and one
mile P^ast from Victoria harbour, iH 1 10 feet hij,'h, j,M'assy, and no
trees.

Clover point, at 2 miles eastward from the entranct^ to Victoria
harbour, is low, bare of trees, and projecting? ; it is steep-to, ai\d oil"
it strong tide rips form, which are danj^crons to boats. Uoss bay,
eastward of it, is open, bnt sometimes used by small craft waiting
tide.*

Telegrraph.. — The submarine telegra^jh cable connecting
Vancouver island with the United States is laid from Clover point
to New Dungeness.

Foul bay, nearly one mile N.E. from Clover point, is of small
extent and filled with rocks. Oil" its entrance are the Ti'inplar rocks,
with a depth of about 4 feet on them.

Foul point, on the eastern side of Foul bay, is rocky, but the land
at the back of the point rises to a height of "SM) feet, forming a rocky
ridge known as Gonzales hill.

TRIAL ISLANDS, nearly 1^ miles eastward from Clover point,
are two in number, bare and rocky, but they generally appear as one.
The southern or larger island is 80 feet high, and steep-to at its
outer end ; the northern one is low, and from it foul ground extends
some distance. Strong tide ripples ])»evail off the southern island,
especially during the flood, which runs nearly G knots at springs
just outside it.

INNER CHANNELS.— The inner channels leading from Juan
de Fuca strait into the Haro strait are the Enterprise, Mouatt, Mayor,
and Baynes channels, and Hecate and Plumper passages. These
channels should not be used by strangers.*

Enterprise channel, between Trial islands and the Van<'<>uvcr
shore, is tortuous, bnt tiucli used by steam-vessels and coasters
trading to Victoria harbour, as a slight saving of distance is effected,
and less tidal stream experienced than by going southward of the
Trial islands ; it is about one mile long, and half a cable wide, in
the narrowest place, and there are not less than 24 feet water in
the shoalest part.

* tS('i- Admiralty chart : — Inner channels, from .Tuan de Fuca strait to Haro strait.
No. 577 ; scale, m = 6 inches.

JUAN DB PUCA STRAIT.

[CImi). II.

McNeil Imy, uu tho north(*rii mUi of tim chiuinol, eiiRtwiird of Foul
point, is i\ c!il)lfH ill oxtont, with from 2 to tl fiiilioiiis ; uii<l foul
f<rouutl exirttH in itH t'iiHt(;rn part, but the bay is miu-li UHed by Humll
vohhi'Ih waitiiif,' tide. «

Moiuitt riu'f, ill tlio ouHtorn part of tho channel, nearly 2 cablcH off
Hlion«, \h about one cable in extent, and c(»vei'H at (juarti-r Hood ; this
ret'f irt dangerous, as it lies just northward of the fairway. McNeil
farm, just open west of Kitty islet, u l)are ytdlow rock 1 feet
high on the «!aHtern side of McNeil bay, bearing \V. \ N., leads
half a cable southward of Mouutt reef; and Channel point, in line
with the west si<le of the Great Ohaiii islet bearing N. by E. ] K.,
loadb nearly 2 cables eastward of it.

BRODIE ROOK, a patch of ',) fathoms, lies nearly om* mile
N.K. \ N. from tiie summit of south Trial island. Tlu^ northern
point of small Trial island in line with Foul point bearing W.S.W.
leads 1.3 cables northward of Hrodie rock.

Foul i)oint seen between the Trial islands bearing W. j-J S. leads
2.^ cables southward of the rock.

Cadboro point in line with the east extreme of Great Chain island
bearing N. by W. leads 21 cables eastward of the rock.

GONZALES POINT forms the south-east extremity of
Vancouver island. It is low, rocky, bare of trees, and steep-to on
the eastern side.

Oak bay. — From Gonzales i)oint, the A''ancouver shore trends
northward, and at one mile from tlu; i)oiut forms a sandy bay which
affords fair anchorage.

The best ancliorage is northward of Mary Todd islet in the southern
part of the bay. This islet is bare, and about liO feet high ; at
2 cables eastward from it is Emily islet, 4 feet above high water,
and the same distance southward from Emily islet lies Robson reef,
which uncovers at low water.

Cadboro bay, 2 miles northward from Gonzales point, is about
half a mile in extent, and open to south-east ; no sea, however, rises
within it, and there is good anchorage in from 3 to 4 fathoms near
the entrance. The Vancouver shore from Gonzales poii^t to this bay
18 low and lightly timbered with dwarf oak and pine trees.

Sec chart, No. 577.

Chap. II.]

TRIAL ISLANDS.— CHAIN ISLKTS.

Thames Slioal, <»f 2 inthmm, is of Hinull ('Xtent ; it lii-H ntiu-ly
IkJilf ii mile N. by E. ;[ E. from (}t»nz;il('s iM)lnt. Oliamu'l point, in liin'
with the westt'iu nnh) of Crrcat ('hain islot bt'arinj,' X. l»,v K. ] E.,
loads ono ca))ln eastward of this shoal ; and the hi^du'st |i;irt of Trial
island in lino with Gonzak'S point bearing S. ;} W. leads lialt' a cable
westward of it.

Mayor channel, northward of IJon/.ales point, aiid westward of
Chain islets, is about 2 miles Ion*,' in a wiiidiiit,' direction to the
northward, its breadth in tlie nai-rowest part is :» cables, and thn
depths in it vary from <• to i;{ fathoms. The tidal streams seldon
run more than ',) knots throuyh this channel, and it is the one
generally used.

Lee rock, wdiich uncovers at low water springs, lies 1[, cables
W.N.W. from Thames shoal ; it is steep-to on tin- eastern side.
Between this rock and Thames shoal is Mouatt channel, ouo cable
wide.

Fiddle reef, at the north-west extreme ol Mayor channel, and
u])wards of one mile from Gonzales point, is of small extent, and
awash at high water springs.

A beacon, consisting of a white conical structure, surmounted by a
black pole and cage, stands on Fiddle reef.

Todd rock, at H cables W.N.W. from Fiddle reef, in the entrance
to Oak bay, covers at two-thirds ilood.

Lewis reef, at the north-east part of Mayor channel, lies '2f cables
N.W. from Great Chain islet, and coveis at high water. IJctween it
and Chain islets the ground is foul.

A beacon, consisting of a cylindrical stone tower, coloured black,
and surmounted by a cross, stands on Lewis reef.

Chain islets, midway between Discovery island and the
Vancouver shore, are a bare i-ocky group. (Jreat Chain ish^t is about
one cable in extent auti ;')() feet abovt? high water ; it lies at the
south-west Ade of the group.

Spencer ledge, off their eastern side at H cables from the eastern-
most high-water rock, has t> feet on it ; if going through Hecate
passage it requires to be guarded against. Cadboro point, open west-
ward of Channel point N.N.W. I W., leads one cable eastward of

this ledge.

Seti chart, No. 577.

JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT.

[Chap. II.

Caroline reef, at the northern part of the group, and connected to
it by a rocky ledge, is small and covers at quarter flood, but is well
out of the fairway. Foul ground extends upwards of one cable
westward from it.

DISCOVERY ISLAND is 2 miles N.E. from Gonzides point,
at the junction of the Haro and Juan de Fuca straits. It is wooded,
about three-quarters of a mile in extent, and its shores on all sides
are bordered by rocks, extending in some places more than 2 cables
off. Kudlin bay, on its south-east side, is filled with rocks, and
should not be used by any vessel.

A rock with 9 feet over it lies with Seabird point bearing
N. by K. I E., distant 4 cables. Another rock with 15 feet over it
lies close N.N.W. of the above rock.

LIGHT.— From a white lighthouse 47 feet high, situated on the
east extreme of Discovery island, is exhibited, at an elevation of
1»I feet above high water, a fi.vcd white light, visible between the
bearings N. 31° E., through west, and S. 12^ E., visible in clear
weather 15 miles.

Fog" signal. — A steam horn is sounded for 8 seconds followed by
one minute silence.

CHATHAM ISLANDS, north-west of Discovery island, and
separated from it by a narrow boat pass, are of small extent, low,
woodeil, and almost connected with each other at low water ; the
tidal streams set with great strength between them.

Leading point, the south extreme, is a bare rocky islet at high
water ; to the eastward of it is a small boat cove. Channel point,
their west extreme, is also bare and steep-to.

Strong Tide islet, the north-western of Chatham islands, is rocky,
about .50 feet high, and wooded ; its western side forms the eastern
boundary of Baynes channel, and is steep -to.

Refuge cove, on the eastern side of Chatham islands, is small, and
has a depth of 1^ fathoms in the centre; coasters or small craft
entangled among these islets may find shelter in it. Alpha islet,
the easternmost of the group, is bare, and 10 feet above high water ;
only a boat should attempt to go westward, or inside it.

See chart, No. 5<7.

Chap. II.] DISCOVERS ISLANDS. SD

Fulford reef, o cables North from the Chatham islands, is about
one cable in extent, and covers at one-third flood. When using
Baynes channel keep well to the westward to avoid this reef, as the
tidal streams set iri ^gularly in its vicinity.

Hecate and Plumper passafires.—Discovery island is separated
from Chain islets by a passage half a mile wide, forming an
apparently clear channel ; but near the middle of the southern part
lies Centre rock, which has 3 feet over it. There is a passage on
either side of this danger, the western named Hecate, and the eastern
Plumper passage. The latter is wider, but the tidal streams set very
strongly through both of them.

Cadboro point, open westward of Channel point bearing N.N.W. 5 W.,
leads through Hecate passage In mid-channel, westward of Centre
rock.

Baynes channel, between Cadboro point and the Chatham
islands, is one mile long and half a mile wide ; the depths in it are
irregular, and the tidal streams at springs set through it 4 to (5 knots,
strongest along the eastern side.

Five-fathoms shoal, which lies in the centre of the channel, is not
marked by keip. Nearly one cable N.W. from it is another shoal
with 16 feet on it ; it lies 3| cables E.N.E. from Jemmy Jones islet.
To avoid it, keep a little over on either side of mid-channel.

CADBORO POINT, on Vancouver island, at the termination of
the Inner channels, is nearly i) miles North from Gonzales point, and
three-tjuarters of a mile N.W. from the Chatham islands. It is
about .50 feet high, rocky and bare of trees. A small islet lies just
off it, also ii reef which covers ; when passing do not approach the
islet within 2 cables.

The coast wost from Cadboro point to Cadboro l)ay Is low, very
much broken, and there are some off-lying rocks.

Jemmy Jones islet, which is bare and 1.') feet above high
water, lies .3 cables off shore, and 4i cables S. by W. from Cadboro
point ; foul ground extends around it for ujnvards of one cable in
some parts, and none except small craft should go betv^eeu it and the
shore.

See chart, No. 677.

J'^'AN DB FUCA STRAIT.

[Chap. II.

Directions. — Thon<,'h the Inner channels are deep, tliey Hhonld
not be used except by steam- vessels, or by small crafr, unless in
cases of necessity, and a knowledge of the tide is indispensable.

Coasters and small steamers, when taking advantage of them,
generally proceed through Mayor channel. If using this channel,
after passing Gonzales point keep the western side of Great Chain
islet in line with Channel point bearing N. by K. | K. till within
2 cables of the islet, when the north end of Mary Todd island will
be in line with the north i)oint of Harris island and the vessel will
be clear of the Thames shoal, after which steer to the north-west,
i)ringing the highest part of Trial island in line with Gonzales point
bearing S. ;[ W., and Avith that mark on astern, st((er N. § E., which
will lead l)etween Fiddle and Lewis reefs, anil on through Baynes
channel, to Haro strait, taking care, however, to avoid the patch of
10 feet lying close to the Five-fathoms shoal, as this mark leads only
half a cable westward of the patch.

When past Lewis and Fi'iiUe reef, steer N.N.K., and pass out of
Baynes channel between Five-fathoms shoal and Strong Tide islet.

Going through Mouatt channel, which is very narrow and seldom
used, after rounding (Jonzales point one cable distant, bring the
highest part of Trial island in line with the point bearing S, i| W.,
and keeping this mark on astern, and steering N. \ E., will lead
through clear of danger.

Hecate and Plumper passages are nearly straight. If using either
of them, after i)assing either through Enterprise channel, or south-
Avard of Trial islands, bring the leading mai'ks (page 8'.*) on, and keep
them so till uortlnvard of Centre rock, when steer up in mid-channel
between Chain islets and Chatham islands, N.W. by W., towards
Cadboro bay, and through Baynes channel into Haro strait.

Tides and tidal streams.— The high water at full and change
is irregular and much influenced l)y prevailing winds; the greatest
rise and fall of ticU' at Discovery island is \2 feet.

During summer months in these channels, the flood stream
cuu'mences at ILLO a.m., running with great strength till nearly
;5 j).m., after which but little stream is felt till 4 a.m. on the following
day, when the ebb commences and runs strongly till nearly 11 a.m.,
the time of low water bv the shore.

/Set! uhiirt, No. 577.

Chap. IJ.] IXNER CHANNELS, DIRECTIONS, TI 3ES.

CONSTANCE BANK, in Juan do Fuca strait, nearly «> niiloH
S.E. by E. from Fisj,'ard island liju'lithoiise, in upwanls of one mile in
extent, with depths of from 'J to It fathoms, but do not anchor on it
as the bottom is rocky.*

FONTE BANK, known also as Ilein bank, within the (U>pths of
10 fathoms, is al)out 1^ miles in vxUmt ; it lias dejjths of from
iilj to 5 fathoms on it, and lies nearly in the middle of Juan de Fuca
strait, 8 miles K. l)y S. from Discovery island li^'ht. This bank
should be avoided, as there may be less Avater on it tlian shown in
the chart.

HARO STRAIT, the westernmost of the three channels leading
from Juan de Fuca strait into (Jeorgia strait, is boundeil on the
western side by Vancouver island, and its olf-lying smaller islands
and reefs, and on the eastern side by San Juan and Stuart islands,
and trends in a N.W. by N. direction for 1<S miles ; it then turns
sharply to the N.E. round Turn point of Stuart island, for a further
distance of 12 miles, leaving Saturna island to the westward, and
Waldron and Patos islands to the eastward, when it enters Georgia
strait.*

It is for the most part a broad, and for its whole extent a deep
navigable ship channel ; l)ut on account of the reefs which exist in
certain ])artrf, the general absence of steady winds, the scarcity of
anchorages, and, above all, the strengtii and varying lUrection of the
tidal streams, much care and vigilance is necessary in '.s navigation,
and it is far more adapted to steam than to sailing-vofsels.

Besides Haro strait tlius described, there are several channels and
passages branching fronx it by which vessels may enti-r Creorgia
strait ; thus, Swanson cJiannel leads into tht? strait by Active pass,
and the Trincomali and Stuart chaniu'ls by I'ortier pass, or Dodd
narrows.

These channels may be again cnteri'd by smaller omvs ; thus,
Sidney and Cordova channels, on the western side of Haro strait,
lead by Moresby, (lolbourue, and Shute passigcs into Swanson,
Satellite, and Stuart «-liannels, and finally into (ieorgia strait. Tiiese
channels are e*<><'>ntially adapted (o steam Jiavigation, or to coasting
vessels ; they aiford smooth water, and many of them anchorages.

* >Sfi! Admiralty chiirt :— Haro stniit and Middle chaunul, No. 2,840 ; Hoale,
= one inch,

HARO AND GEORGIA STRAITS.

[Ohap. II

Middle bank, lying in the southern entrance of Haro strait,
4 miles E. by N. from Discovery island, and almost in mid-channel,
is a rocky patch about 2 miles in extent each way, and the least
water found on it is 10 fathoms. In bad weather there are heavy
tide ripplings on and in the vicinity of this bank, which are
dangerous to boats or small craft.

Zero rock, one of the principal dangers in the southern part of
Haro strait, lies on the western side of the strait, is about lialf a
cable in extent, and covers at three-quarters flood ; it lies G^ miles
N.W. from Discovery island light.

A rocky patch, part of which nearly uncovers at low water springs,
lies .^^ cables N.N.W. ^ W., from Zero I'ock.

Discovery island light is obscured in the direction of Zero rock,
and westward of it.

The beacon on this rock is the frustum of a cone in stonework
above which rises a pole surmounted by open slat-work in the form
of a triangle, point upwards. The top is 28 feet above high
water.

Kelp reefs, three-quarters of a mile in extent, lie almost in the
centre of Haro strait, 7 miles N.N.W. ^ W. from Discovery island
light. They uncover at low springs.

The eastern edge of the reefs is marked by a stone beacon 20 feet
high, with staff and globe. The buoy previously marking the reefs
has been withdrawn.

Darcy island. — A shoal patch of 3 fathoms lies northward of
Darcy island, with Whale rock and South Dot rock in line.

Unit rock lies three-quarters of a mile E. by N. ^ N. from the
south-east point of Darcy island, and uncovers 2 feet at low
tides.

Bare island well open northward of the south-east point of Sidney
island, bearing N.W. \ W.. leads eastward of Kelp reefs and Unit
rock.

Anchorages. — Although there are harbours in Haro strait and
its tributary channels, the number eligible for sailing-vessels over-
taken by darkness, or an adverse tide, is small.

See chart, No. 2,840.

Chap. II.]

DIRECTIONS.

Between Cormorant bay and the northern entrance of Haro strait,
Plumper sound and Cowlitz bay are the only eligible stopping places
for a sailing-vessel seeking shelter.

Stuart island has two fair harbours, and Roche harbour at the
north-west end of San Juan island is a suitable anchorage for steam-
vessels or small coasters, but no sailing-vessel of moderate tonnage
could enter either under ordinary circumstances without great loss of
time, as well as risk.

CAUTION. — As previously mentioned on pages IC and 2G, seamen
are again cautioned that, when navigating the inner waters of British
Columbia, it should be constantly borne in mind that many of the
main channels and most of the minor passages have only been
roughly examined ; detached boulders from the broken shores and
pinnacles of rock are still frei|uently found. Whenever, therefore,
a broad and clear channel is known to exist, there is no justification
in using, without necessity, one of more doubtful character, even if
there is some saving in distance, and a ship should always be
maintained in the safest possible position in a channel as well as
■when going in or out of port.

DIRECTIONS.— Haro and Georgia straits.— After rounding

Discovery island, distant one mile, steer N.N.W. ^ W., or for
Kellett bluff, a remarkable steep rocky headland. In working up,
when standing westward, tack when the north-west extreme of Low
island comes in line with the south-east point of Sidney island,
which will give the Zero rock a good berth ; but when approaching
the Kelp reefs, Bare island must be kept well open eastward of the
same point to avoid them.

When abreast Kellett bluff, at from half a mile to one mile distant,
a N.W. by N. course will pass the same distance from Turn point of
Stuart island. There are no known dangers oft' this point ; but
whirling eddies and tide ripplings, caused by the meetings of the
streams from so many channels, are generally met with, particularly
on the ebb. A vessel may reach this point with a fresh southerly
wind, but will almost invariably lose it here, until having opened
out Middle channel eastward of San Juan.

After rounding Turn point, a N.E. h N. course for 10 miles leads
to the northern entrance of Haro strait, between the East point of
Saturna and Patos islands. This passage is 2^ miles wide, but iB

Sae chart, No. 2,8^0.

HARO STRATT,

[Chap. II.

Hubjoct to heavy tide ripplin^H and eddies ; when possible pass
throu<,'li tlie centre of it, steering for the white cliffs of point
Robert.

Orcas Nob, well open eastward of Waldron island bearing S.8.E. \ E.,
leads through in mid-channel ; do not bear away westward until the
south end of Sncia is shut in Avith soutli -jnd of Patos island.

At night, after passing between kSaturna and Patos Islands,
maintain a northerly course for about 2 or 3 miles, and then if the
light on Georglna point, at the entrance to Active pass, is not visible,
steer N.W. mitil it is sighted, remembering that this light becomes
obscured when it bears southward of W. h S., and, as whilst it is in
view all (hmgurs on the southern shores of the strait will be
avoided, be careful to keep it In sight and by no means stand south-
ward of the above line of bearing.

The flood stream from Rosario strait, which is met with as soon as
the passage between Orcas and Sucia islands is open, is apt to set a
vessel towards the East point of Haturna, off which and Tumbo
island there is much uneven and broken ground with heavy tide
races. This point should be given a berth of 1^ miles, taking care to
avoid a dangerous rock lying 7^, cables N.N.E. from Race point,
Tumbo island.

The ebb stream sets eastward even before Georgia strait is well
open, and if not likely to woath(T Patos, ])ass between it and Rucia,
where there is a good clear passage of above one mile wide ; if this
passfige is taken, the Patos island shore should be kept rather aboard.
Beware of the Plumper and Clements reefs ; the former lies 1 j- miles
S.W. by S. from the north-west bluff of Sucia island, and has 10 feet
on it ; the latter the sanio distance N.E. .\ N. from the same bluff,
and has 8 feet over it.

When in Georgia strait, from W. by N. to W.N.W. is a fair mid-
channel course. If bound for Eraser river, a N.W. by W. course
from the centre of the channel between Patos island and East
point of Saturna will lead to the Sand heads, a distance of nearly
20 miles. Entering the strait and having passed northward of Patos
island, if the ebb stream is running, a sailing vessel is extremely
liable, unless with a commanding breeze, to be set eastward and
down Rosario channel.

The northern shore of Sucia island should by all means be avoided ;
if Alden bank can be reached it offers a good anchorage while

See chart, No. 2,840.

Chap IT.]

niRBCTIONS. — TIDES.

waiting for a tide. Alden point, tho west point of Patos island, in
line with Monarch head, a bold cliff j* bluff, boaring S.W. h W., leads
over the northern edge of this bank in from (5 to fathoms. {Scr view A
on chart 2,(18'.).) When mount Constitution is in line with the
centre of Matia island, bearing H.S.K. }^ E., a de])th of 1) fathoms may
bo expected, and do not anchor in much less than this depth, as in
the shoaler parts, rocky ground is found ; the least water on the bank
is 2\ fathoms.

Against a foul wind and ebb stream woi'k up on tho northern
shore ; there are no known dangers, little stream when eastward of a
line between Roberts point and Alden bank, and anchorage may always
bo had within one mile of the shore if necessary. Birch and
Scmiahmoo baj'S offer good anchorage, and are easy of access. In
working up Georgia strait the southern shore should never be
approached within 2 miles until westward of Active pass, and
then not within one mile ; the tides sweep strongly along this shore,
and there are several outlying reefs between East i)oint and Active
pass.

As soon aa the strait is entered from the southward, Rol)erts point
will show its eastern part as a bold white-faced cliff, its western as a
low shingle point ; its summit is covered with trees, and it wouhl at
first sight be taken for an island in conse(pience of the land on its
northern side falling rapidly in elevation. After passing northward
of this point, its low-water extreme, or the trees just within it, must
not be brought to bear southwai'd of E. .V S. to avoid Roberts bank,
which extends 5 miles off Eraser river entrance, is steep-to, and
shoals suddenly from 25 to 2 fathoms.

Tidal streams. — The tidal streams set fairly through the main
channel of Haro strait, outside Kel}) reefs, and inside them through
Cordovaand Sidney channels ; passingoutside Kel]) reefs andeastward
of Sidney It^land, a part of the flood stream branches eastward between
San Juan and Stuart islands, and there meeting the flood from
Middle channel, cause heavy races and eddies, so that although there
are deep Avater channels between these islands, they are not recom-
mended for sailing-vessels. In like manner the flood runs N.W.
between the group of islands, northward of Sidney island, and
through Shute and Moresby passages, though the main stream will
be found to run fairly between Stuart and Moresby islands.

See chart, No. 2689.

HARO STRAIT.

[Chap. II.

JOHNSTONE REEF, on which there is a depth of r> or feet,
lies three-quartern of a mile from the sliore, midway between
Cadboro point and Gordon head ; it is of small extent. A rock, on
which is a depth of 2 fathoms, with 11 to 20 fathoms aroimd,
lies 2} cal)les S.S.W. from the south-eastern rock of Johnstone reef,
v'ith Oadboro point bearing S.p].

CORMORANT BAY, between Gordon and Cowitchin heads,
on the western side of Haro strait, is a good stopping-place and easy
of access under most circumstances. It may be entered either to the
southward or northward of Zero rock ; the passage to the southward
is 1^ miles in l)readth, with a depth of 20 fathoms. Mount Douglas,
a remarkable hill G9rt feet high, with its summit bare of trees, rises
immediately over the coast at the head of the bay.

Three shoal patches, with from G to 12 feet water on them, lie from
one to li miles W. h S. from Zero rock, but there is a clear passage
of nearly one mile in width, with 20 fathoms water, between the rock
and the nearest shoal.

The tidal streams are not much felt in Cormorant bay when west-
ward of Zero rock, and the holding ground is good.

This anchorage is exposed to S.E. winds, but a vessel with good
ground tackle will always be perfectly safe.

PLUMPER SOUND. — If necessary to anchor in Haro strait
between Stuart island and the east point of Saturna island, Plumper
sound is recommended as safe and convenient, easy of access with
the wind from any quarter. The entrance lies 5 miles N.N.E. i E.
from Turn point, and an equal distance from Saturna lighthouse.
Blunden (Douglas) island,* close to the shore of Pender island,
with only a boat passage (choked with rocks and kelp) between,
forms the western entrance point ; Monarch or Java head (Saturna
island), a high bold rocky headland, the eastern. There is anchorage
in a moderate depth of water in most parts of it, and little tide is
felt.

The water is too deep for convenient anchorage, the first two
miles being generally from 25 to .'■)0 fathoms, except on the southern
side, where if necessary an anchor may be dropped at a quarter of
a mile from the shore, in from 10 to 12 fathoms.

* It is stated that a local pilot obtained a cast of 22 feet in the tide rip charted at
1^'a miles East from Blunden island. In 1895 a line of sounding was taken over
this spot from H.M.S. Nymphe, when no bottom was obtained at 70 fathoms.

See chart, No. 2,840.

Chap. II.]

PLUMPER SOUND.

At 2 mili'8 within tho drpth ilecreaHos rather suddenly to
10 fathoms, and oxceUoiit anchoraj,'!' may be liad in almost any
part; tho most convoniont is ofl' tlu' t-ntranci' to port Browning on
the southern side in S fathoms, at half a mile from the shore, with
the eastern ))oint of liluuden island just open of the land westward
of it, bearing K. i S.

A rocky patch of small extent, with TO feet on it, and steep-to.
lies on the eastern sid(^ of Phim])er sound, with Oroker jmint
2i| cables E. by S. The western extrenu of Fane islet, in line with
the north-east extreme of Pender island, loads south-westward of tho
patch.

Above i)ort Browning avoid Perry rock, with (> feet on it ; it is
2 cables from the shore, and three-quarters of a mile N.W. by N.
from Razor point.

Port Browning: is on the southern side of IMnmper sound ; it
is one-third of a mile wide, bxat rather less at the entrance. The
depth decreases from 10 fathoms at the entrance to 4 fathoms at its
head, with good holding ground. The best anchorage is in the
centre just above Shark cove, which is a convenient creek, with
4 fathoms in it, on the southern side of the harbour, three-ijuarters
of a mile within the entrance ; here a ship might beach and repair
on a sandy spit.

Shark cove is separated from Bedwell harbour by an isthmus
l.'iO yards wide, across which the natives launch their canoes.

Lyall harbour is in the south-east comer of Plumper sound,
and its southern entrance point, Elliot bluff (cliffy), bears N. i E.
distant 2 miles from the entrance to Port Browning. King isletft
two low rugged islets, with a reef extending nearly one cable of!
their western end, form the northern entrance, which is half a mile
wide. The harbour trends easterly 1| miles, gradually narrowing
and terminating in a sandy beach with a stream of good fresh water
at its head ; the depths decrease regularly from i< to 4 fath(jms.

Crispin rock, with 6 feet on it, is a pinnacle, exactly in the middle
of the harbour, half a mile E. by S. from outer King islet ; there is,
however, a clear passage on either side of it 1^ cables wide, and
when anchoring above it, drop the anchor in 5 fathoms, at half a mile
from the beach at the head of the harbour.

See chart, No. 2,840.

80 1194b

1)8

HAflO STRAIT.

[Cha]). IT.

The anchomgo outsido ('rispin rock is with outer Kiii^r inh^t
ht'iiriii},' N.W. by N., diHtant oiu'-thinl of a mil*', in 7 fathoinH,
iniuldy bottom.

Boot cove, oil the Bouthern Hich; of the harbour, has '.\ fathoujs
water, and is a convenient wpot for re))airinff a vessel ; a small islet
lies off its western entrance jjoint.

Sa.IIluel island, between Saturna and Mayne islands, is almost
connectetl with both, but leaving? two passages by which boats or
even small coasters niiiy |)ass into Geor^nii strait at projjer times
of tide.

Winter cove is between Samncl island and the north-west point of
Saturna. The depths beiiii,' from 2 to '^ fathoms it is only lit for
small vesstds. ('easting vessels might take the passage at slack
watei', or l)oats overtaken in the strait by bad weather might take
shelter under the lee of Belle chain, and enter Plump«'r scmnd by
this pass on the Hood tide.

Water is easily obtainable during the winter or rainy months
from streams in almost any part of Plumper sound. At the head of
Lyall harbour or port Ih-owning, constantly in the former, a certain
([uantity may be procured during the driest months of summer
from .June to August.

NAVY CHANNEL is a continuation of the western part of
Plumper sound, and leads to Georgia strait or Fmser river by Active
pass ; or to Nanaimo, or any of the north-western ports of Vancouver
island.

Conconi reef lies about midway through Navy channel, 1| miles
from Fane island, and nearly 2 cables off the northern shore, and
narrows the strait at that part to one-third of a mile. It is a ledge
of rocks extending in the direction of the channel for more than
one cable, covering at half tide ; and a patch of 2 fathoms extends
nearly 2 cables westward fi'om it. The general depth of water in
the channel is from 20 to ){0 fathoms.

Enterprise reefs are two rocky patches, the westernmost of which
is covered at a quarter flood. The outermost of these reefs lies
one mile W.N.W. from Dinnei- point, the north-west entrance point
of Navy channel. A patch of 2 fathoms lies 2 cables E.S.p]. from
the westernmost rocky patch.

Sfe chart. No. 2.840.

• *

Chap. II.]

PLUMPER SOUND.

Beacon. — A white beacon 22 feet above lnf?h water Btands on
Rnterpriwo reef, near itH western extremity ; to the pyramidal
framework of the beacon are tixeil two disks at right anj^les to each
other.

Directions. — When using Navy cliunnel, keep rather southward
of mid-channel. When bound throupli Trinconiali channel or Active
pass, steer over towards Prevost island until Pelorus point (the east
point of Moresby island) is open of Mouatt point (the west point of
Pender island), bearing S.E. ^ S. ; then haul up N.W. i( N., keeping
the marks just open, which will lead over one-third of a mile to the
westward of Enterprise reefs. Set; View C, on chart No, 2,840.

When Helen point, which is a low bare yellow point, bears
N. by K., or the northern beacon comes well o|)en v/estward of the
southern one, steer for the entrance (»f Active ])ass, or shajje course
up the Trincomali channel.

Tidal streams. — The flood stream 'from the Swanson channel
runs through Navy channel to the eastward, and meets the flood in
Plumper sound, causing a slight ripple at the eastern entrance ;
its strength is upwards of ,T knots.

BEDWELL HARBOUR, the entrance to which lies .Smiles west-
ward from the southern entrance of Plumper sound, is, on account of its
narrow entrance, not so eligible a stopping place for waiting the tide
as the latter ; but for steam-vessels it is a good harbour. Its
narrowest part, which is at the entrance, is a quarter of a mile wide,
but it soon opens out to half a mile, and trends W.N.W. for 2 miles,
with depths of from .5 to 10 fathoms, mud bottom.

The only known danger which does not show is Drew rock, with
10 feet on it, in the centre of the harbour, one-third of a mile from
its head ; there is, however, no necessity to go as far up as this.

The most convenient anchorage is in a bay on the northern shore,
two-thirds of a mile within the entrance, in 8 fathoms, midway
between Hay point and Skull reef ; the latter always shows some
feet above high water.

Gamp bay, between Bedwell harbour and Plumper sound, and
half a mile westward of Blunden island, offers shelter as a stopping
place to small craft, when not convenient for them to work into
either of these ports.

S*e chart, No. 2840.

SO 11948

100

HAno STRAIT.

[Chap. IT.

STUART ISLAND, 3 miien N.W. from the northern part of
San Juan iHland, Ih '.\ uuIvh Umf( in an east and went direction, and
042 feet hif,'h, the HunimitH of the hillH bein^' i)artially bare of trees.

There are two anciionij»t'8 in Stuart inliind, Reid harbour on its
southern Hide, aiid Prevopt harbour on its northern, but botli are
HUiall and intricate for rtaiIinj,'-veHHels hvrjjfer tiian coaHterH. Turn
point, the north-wewt extn-nu' of Stuart inhmd, is a bohl cliffy
bluff.

LIGHT. — Turn point light isy/./vy/ ii'hitr of small i)owt>r, i'xhibited
from a white st^vft" li') feet above high water.

The fog signal house, and the ktn'per's dwtdling, each painted
white with brown roofs, are situated close south-eastward of the
light staff.

"Fog sigrnal. — Turn point fog signal is a Daboll trunii)et, which
during thick or foggy weather gives blasts of tfiree seconds duration,
separated by silent intervals of twenty seven seconds.

Reld harbour. — When entering Reid harbour from the south-
ward, beware of being drawn by the flood stream into the channel
between San .Juan and Stuart islands, where there are sev(*ral
dangers, and the tidal streams are most irregular in their direction.
The south-west side of Stuart island should, therefore, be tirst
closed.

The harbour is one mile N.W. from Spieden bluff (a remarkable
bare grassy point, generally of a yellow colour), the western extreme
of the island of the same name. Gossip island lies in the entrance,
from which a shoal extends 1^ cables W. by N.; leave it on the
starboard hand when entering. The channel is 1| cables wide with
depths of from 4 to .') fathoms. The btbt anchorage is off an Indian
village on the southern side at abouf half a mile within the entrance.

Prevost harbour, on the northern Bide of Stuart island, 1^ miles
eastward from Turn point, has James island lying in the centre of it.
The entrance is westward of this island, between it and Charles
point, and is about 2 cables wide.

Anchor in 6 fathoms as soon as the eastern arm opens out, or run
up the arm into 4^ fathoms ; here it is narrow, but prefectly
sheltered.

^^'^ chart, No. 2,84g,

n
y

C\\ii\f. II.] STUAHT IhI.aKO.— .SlMKDKN t'HANNKL.

Tliorc is MO rthij) piiHsuiri' euHtwunl of .!ainc8 isliind.

101

Johns island li«'rt fiistwanl of ^^tuart islaiifl, Boparatotl from it
'>y a navij^abU' chaiuiel narin^w and n<»t recommtMuled.

Sevenvl islets and rocks, all abovt^ water, extend three-iiuarters'of a
niilo S.K. from tin- eastern (^nd of Johns island ; the flonthenunost
of those are named Cactus islands. Onll reef, 2 feet above high
water, lies half a mile W. ^ N. from Cactns islands ; rocks extend
easterly from it more than one cable.

SPIEDEN ISLAND, lying between San Juan and Stuart
islands, is 2| miles long in an east and west direction, and very
narrow ; its southern side grassy and l)are of trees, its summit and
northern side thickly woodeil ; Green point, its eastern t'xtreme, is a
sloping grassy point.

There is a channel on both sides of Spieden island ; but from the
strength and irregularity of the tidal streams, antl the hidden dangers
which exist in certain parts of them, they cannot be recommended
for sailing-vessels, nor indeed to any vessel without a pilot.

Spieden Oliannel, between Spieden island and San Juan, has a
general W. by S. and E. by N. direction. Sentinel islanil li'?8 in the
western entrance of this channel, it is about loO feet high ; the
passage between it and Spietlen island is more than one cable wide
with a depth of 25 fathoms. When using Spieden channel keep
Spieden island shore aboard, and pass between it and Sentinel island.
There is much less tide here than in the centre of the channel, or on
the San Juan shore. Sentinel rock lies 2 cables W. by N. ^ N., from
the island.

Centre reef is a dangerous patch, awash at low water, lying almost
in the centre of the channel, half a mile S.W. by S. from Sentinel
island. Both the flood stream from Haro strait, and the ebb stream
through Spieden channel set on to the reef ; therefore, when nearing
it, the San Juan shore should be kept aboard, avoiding the shoal
which lies 1^ cables N. by W. \ W. from Bare islet.

Danger shoal has 2 fathoms on it, and lies three-quarters of a mile
S.S.W. I W. from Spieden bluff. Bare islet, a rock about 15 feet
high, lies in the southern part of the channel, one mile E. by N. ^ N.
from Morse island. A shoal patch of 15 feet lies nearly Ij^ cables
N. by W. } W, from the islet ; depths of from 15 to 5 fathoms extend

See cbart, No. 2,840.

102

HARO STRAIT.

[Chap. II.

nearly 'i cables westward from the patch. A black can buoy in
6 fathoms marks the north-west extreme of the shoal ground.

Directions. — Bound eastward through the Spieden channel, pass
about a quarter of a mile northward of Morse island, and then steer
N.E. by E. ^ E. for Green point (the east extreme of Spieden island)
until Sentinel island bears N.N.W. ; the dangers in the western
entrance will then be passed, and a straight course may be steered
through ; bearing in mind that less tide will be found near Spieden
island shore.

Bound westward through this channel, if the passage between
Spieden and Sentinel islands is not taken, the shore of Spieden
island should be kept aboard to avoid the tide races. If Centre reef
is awash, or the kelp on it is seen, pass a quarter of a mile Soi&th of
it, and steer to ptiss the same distance northward of Morse island.
If Centre reef is not seen, take care not to bring Morse island to bear
southward of S.W., until Bare islet bears S.E.

New channel northward of Spieilen island, though narrower
than the one just described, is deep, more free from danger, and the
navigation of it more simple ; the channel is a quarter of a mils wide
between Spieden and Cactus islands, and care should be taken not to
get entangled among the reefs northward of the latter.

The flood stream sets north-eastward among them ; but it also sets
fairly through New channel, and by keeping the Spieden island
shore aboard, there will be no danger of being set to the northward ;
the ebb stream runs south-westward between Spieden and Johns
islands.

SAN JUAN ISLAND, the western coast of which forms for
some distance the eastern boundary of Haro strait, is 13 miles in
length in a N.W. anil S.E. direction, with an average breadth of
about 4 miles. Its western coast is steep and rocky, and affords no
anchorage. Mount Dallas rises abruptly 1,086 feet, but the eastern
side of the island falls in a more gentle slope, and affords a
considerable extent of good land available for agricultural or grazing
purposes.

Towards the southern end, and visible from seaward, are some
white buildings, the farming establishment of the Hudson bay
company ; the south-eastern extreme terminates in a white clay
cliflP, over which rises mount Finlayson to a height of 5.50 feet.

See chart, No, 2,840.

>^f

chap. 11.]

NEW CHANNEL.— KOCH K HARBOUR.

remarkable as iKMnff entirely clear of trees on its southern side,
while it is thickly wooded on the northern. There is a ch-an f»ravel
beach under mount Finlayson, where boats can generally land.

Off the north-west end of San .Juan lies Henry islaml, only
separated from it by a narrow channel 'Mosciuito passivge) ; it might
be easily taken for a part of San Juan, the passage appearing merely
as an indentation in the latter.

Open bay has more the appearance cf a channel than Mosijuito
nasKage. There is no shelter in the l>ay, or anchonige in the passage,
for anything but coasters.

Mosquito passage trends in a northerly direction for l\ miles,
is a little over hall" a mile in I)readtli, and is studdeil with numerous
reefs. Westcott creek branches of! N.E., and affords a haven for
coasters. There is a :2-t'athoms channel through the passage, and into
this creek.

Roche harbour, between San .Juan ami Henry islands, is land-
locked, and half a mile in i-xtent with depths of from <i to S fathoms
over the greater part of it. It must l)e entered from the northward
by others than small craft ; its entrance is somewhat confined, but
not very difficult of access, and it affords good shelter wlu'n w ithir

Tlie l)readth of the entrance between Inman point (Henry island)
and the shore of Pearl island is over 2 cables, but the navigable
channel is contracted to little over half a cable by shoal water which
o.Ktends off' both shores. A stranger must not count on more than
24 feet at low water when rounding in.

Morse island, a small flat cliffy island, about 150 feet high, li».'s a
quarter of a mile W.N.\V. from the north point of Henry island.

I'earl island, about 4 cables long east and west, and li cal)les
broad, and wooded, lies i)i the centre of the passage, forming two
entrances, the eastern of which, however, is bai-reil ; off the noitliern
side of Pearl island is a small islet (Neck) connected to it at low
water.

Scout patch, a dangerous spit projecting from Inman point, has
17 feet on it; and although there is a depth of a fathoms in mid-
channel, great care must be eiercised to avoid this patch by those
drawing over 14 feet.

* ik'e Admiralty plan of lloche harbour mid approachew. No, 602 ; soalo,
w ss 6 inohea,

104

HAUO STIIAIT.

[Chap. IT.

A good anchoragu ih in G fatlioins, witli the western en<l of Pearl
island N.W., distant about a quarter of a mile, and the north i)art of
Henry island just open of it. If working in, remember that a shoal
of 15 feet lies 1^ cables northward from IWe islet.

The time of high water at full and change in Roche harbour is
irregular ; sjirings rise 12 feet.

WALDRON ISLAND lies in the northern entrance of Middle
channel, but as its anchorages are frequently available for vessels
passing to or from H-iro strait, it seems desirable that it should be
described while treating of that neighbourhood.

The island is thickly wooded, moderately high, and clitTy on its
southern and eastern sidei- but falling to the northward, where it
terminates in low sandy points. Disney point, its southern extreme,
is a remarkable, high, stratified bluff.

Cowlitz bay, on the western side of Waldron, between Disney
and Sandy points, affords good anchorage Avith all winds, the depth
of water from '.) to <S fatlioms, and the hoUling ground stiff mud ; it
may be sometimes more desirable for sailing-vessels to anchor here
than to work '2 or ;{ miles up into Plumper sound, particularly for
those coming up Middle channel. If a south-easter is blowing, stand
far enough in to get smooth water under shelter of Disney point ; no
sea, however, to affect a vessel's safety gets up in this bay with any
wind.

Mouatt reef, with a depth of 3 feet on it, lies half a mile
N.W. ^ N. from Disnej* point.

If entering from the southward, Disney point should be kept

within less than half a mile, particularly on the ebb, for as soon

as Douglas or President channel (the continuation of Middle

■'hannel) is opened out, through which the streams set sometimes at

ae rate of 5 knots, a vessel is apt to be set down on Danger rock.

White rook, fronting Cowlitz bay, is 35 feet high, and bare, it
has a sunken reef extending 2 cables N.W. from it.

Danger rock, with 5 feet on it, and on which the kelp is rarely
seen, lies one-third of a mile S.E. by E. ^ E„ from White rock.

Caution. — It is particularly recommended to give these rocks a
wide berth, as with the strong tides, the water is too deep for
anchorage in case of getting entangled among them in light winds.

Sfe chart, No. 2,840.

Chap. II.] WaLdron island.— satUuna isLaSix

105

North bay, on the north-wt-nt side of Waltlroii island, afl'imls
ancliora^'i' ii' S ti> 10 I'athoiiis about a (inartt'i- of a mile oil' shore, Imt
is not by any means such a de.sirable place as (Jowlitz bay, the bank
l)olng rather steep, and the tidal streams more felt.

SATURNA ISLAND and PATOS ISLAND, between whieh
is the iiortlutru entrance to lluro strait ju>.t tlescriljotl, are marked l)y
1 ights.

LIGHTS.— Saturna or East point ligrht is i-rndviiKj whiir,

attaining its greatest brilliancy every tliirtij scrondu, visible l)et\veen
N. :V.»° K., through west, and H. T)')^ E., it is 140 feet above the sea,
and visible in clear weather LS miles.

The lighthouse, painted white, with a red hauern, is s(piare in
shape.

PatOS or Alden point light isjUvd ml of small power.

Fog" signal. — A trum}H't on I'atos point gives blasts of tirn
seconds, f:Alo\viid by a silent interval of eit/hteen seconds.

S:r ohart, No. 2,810.

lOfi

CHAPTER III.

THE WESTERN CHANNELS AND ISLANDS TO
GABRIOLA PASS.

Vai-iatiou 23° to 24° East, in 18D8.

The WESTEPF CHA.NNELS of HARO STRAIT may

hv used with advu i y steam-vesselH or coasters bouinl from

tho southern ports of ouver island to Georgia strait, or to the

districts Saaii'ch, Cowiichin, Nanaimo, and the numerous inter-
mediate harbours ; the advantages over the Haro strait consist in the
strength of tide being less, besides sheltered anchorage being
obtainable in almost all parts ; while in the latter strait the depth of
water is so great that it is impossible to anchor, and sailing-vessels
may frequently l)e set back into Juan de Fuca strait, thus entailing
great delay as well as risk.'*

On the other hand, the western channels are not free from
danger, yet, with the assistance of the chart, and a good look-out
from aloft for kelp, a precaution which should never be neglected,
they may be navigated during daylight with ease and safety.

SIDNEY CHANNEL, between James and Sidney islands, is
the best ; it is nearly one mile wide, with depths of from 14 to
20 fathoms, until near its northern end, where shoal patches with
only () to i) feet water on them, marked by kelp, lie 3 to 5 cables
off the western point of Sidney island.

Whale islet, a small rock feet above high water, lies at the
southern entrance to Sidney channel, and is joined to Sidney island
by a sand spit. Sidney spit, the north-west end of the island, is a
low sandy tongue with a few trees on its extreme. There is gooil
anchorage off this spit in 8 fathoms water.

* i'Sfe Admiralty chart : — Haro and Rosario t^braits, No. 2,tj.S'j ; scale, /// = O.") inches ;
also Admiralty chart : — Haro Htrait and Middle channel, No. 2,840 ; scale, w= I'U
inch.

Chap. III.] SIDNEY CHANNEL.— CORDOVA CHANNEL.

107

A spit, with a depth of 3 fathoms, extends in a northerly direction
from the north-east point of James island. North-westward of the
spit, the depth increases quickly to 5 and 1) fathoms.

A sunken rock, with a depth of 20 feet on it and deep water
around, is situated about one cable from the western coast of Sidney
island, with the beacon at the north-west point of Sidney island
bearing N.N.W. j| W., distant 13^ cables.

' Beacon and buoys. — A beacon consisting of a cone 40 feet high,
surmounted by a pole and cage 10 feet high, the whole coloured
white, has been erected on Sidney spit.

A black spar buoy, shewing 10 feet above water, marks the south-
east extreme of the two 3 fathoms patches west of Darcy island.

A buoy, colo'ired red and black in horizontal bands, is mooretl in
IG feet on the south-eastern of the two rocky patches oil" tiic north-
west part of Sidney island.

Sidney. — The town Sidney is situated on the coast about U, miles
southwaril of Shoal harbour. Shoal ground, with general dei)th«; of
l^ to 4 fathoms, extends about 3 cables in an east and south-t-.h^t
direction from the town. The outer edge of the shoal ground is
marked by two red spar buoys.

Northward of Sidney, a shoal with 'J feet at its outer extreme and
4 to 7 fathoms close eastward, extends about 3 oabh-s from the
coast. From the extreme the wharf at Sidney bears S. by W. ;[ W.
about 3^ cables.

Cordova channel between James island and Vancouvisr island
is a fair passage with little tide ; it is not, however, to be prcferri'd
to Sidney channel, neither is any saving in distance gained by
taking it, and it cannot be recommended for vessels drawing over
14 feet, as the navigable channel at its southern entrance betwei-n
the banks extending off from the south-west bluff of .lames island
and the main island shore is only 3 cables wide, and has a siind
bank over one cable in extent, with 15 feet water on it lying in the
centre of the passage.

A little northward from Cowitchin head, low swamjjy land
extends 2 miles N.N.W., and about a quarter to half a mile oft" the
high land ; shoal water extends from one to 2 cables outside
this flat.

ike obart. No. 2,)i40.

108

HARO StRAlT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [Chap. III.

The southern face of James island is a niodorately high and steep
white chvy cliff, its summit covered with trees ; towards the eastern
part of this clilf arc two remarkable notchi^s on its summit. A bank,
having from one to 3 fatlioms water on it, extends one mile to the
eastward, and nearly iialf a mile to the southward and westward
from the south-west bluff of .James island. A shoal three-quarters
of a mile in extent, haviiifj depths of from li to 3 fathoms on it, lies
south-eastward from the island, the centre of it bears S.E. by E. ^ E.,
ilistant IJ miles from south-west bluff James island.

Directions. — If the i)a8sai,'e inside Discovery and Chatham
islands has been taken, and intending,' to take the Sidney channel ;
when abreast Cadboro point, steer N.N.W., keeping the passage
between that point and Chatham islands open astern, until mount
Tuam (on the southern point of Admiral island) is in line over the
centre between the two remarkable notches on James island bearing
N.W. by W., ,w View D, on chart No. 2,840. This mark will lead
nearly one mile eastward from Zero rock, 3 cables westward from
the 3 fathoms patches off Darcy island, and between thein and the
shoal of 1> feet extending south-eastward from James island.

When Morse island is in line with the south-east point of Sidney
island, bearing N.E. ^ N., alter course to N.N.W., to avoid the shoal
which extends one mile E. by N. ^ N., from south-west bluff of
James island ; pass about 3 cables westward from Whale islet, and
then steer up mid-channel, and avoid the shoal patches oft' the west
end of Sidney island, but not by shutting Whale islet in with Darcy
island, until the end of aidney spit bears North.

If passing outside Discovery and Chatham islands, at about one
mile oft" shoi-e, steer N.W. ^ N., until the leading marks (mount
Tuam in line between the two remarkable notches on James island,
bearing N.W. by W.) are on, when proceed as before directed.

MINERS CHANNEL. — Low and Bare islands are two small
islands lying off the eastern side of Sidney island, and between them
and the latter there is a good passage, half a mile wide, with
8 fathoms least water ; a 3 fathoms patch one cable in extent lies
2^ cables N. by E., from the east point of Sidney island, the southern
entrance of the channel. This channel may prove convenient for
those having passed up Haro strait eastward of Kelp reefs, and
desiring to take the inner channels to Saanich, Cowitchiu, or through
Stuart channel.

See chart, No. 2,840.

Chap. III.] MINRRS rHANNBL.— JONES ISLAND.

109

After pa.ssing Bare irilanJ a cunr.se should bo steered between Sidney
spit and Jones island. Having? passed to the northward of Sidney
island, either by Cordova, Sidney, or Miners channels, the Shute or
Moresby passages may be taken as convenient ; if bound for Saanich
Cowitchin, or through Stuart channel, the former is preferable
while the latter offers a more direct course through the Swanson or
Trincomali channels, or to Fraser river by Active pass.

The eastern side of Sidney island affords good anchorage in
8 fathoms, out of the tide, off a bay S.S.W. from the north end
of Bare island ; the bay is shoal as far out as a line between its
entrance points.

Midway between Low ami Bare ishinds, and on the line, between
their north-west points, is a reef which uncovers ; and a rock which
nearly uncovers lies 4 cables N. ^ W., fix)m the north-west end of
Low island. There is a rock \\ feet above high water bcai'ing
W. by N. I N., distant one-third of a mile from the nortli-west end
of Bare island.

Shute passagre. — To enter this ])assage, after leaving Sidney
spit, pass between Jones island and the Little grouj), then eastward
of Coal island, Knapp and Pym islands, and between Piers and
Portland islands, when the Satellite channel will be enterud, which
leads directly to Saanich, Cowitchin, and the western parts of
Vancouver island. This is a good clear channel, and with the assistance
of the chart may be used with much facility.

Jones island lies two-thirds of a mile North from Sidney spit,
with a clear passage between of from 15 to 20 fathoms ; shoal rocky
ground extends one cable westward from the north-west point of
Jones island, and the tides set with considerable strength (2 to 5 knots)
round this point ; detached rocks extend 2 cables (eastward from
the east end of the island.

Tree, Hill, Domville, Comet, and Goooll islands which lie
in the fairw?v between Sidney and Moresby islands, art moderately
low, and wo< ided, but the passages between them are not recommended
unless to those well acquainted with the navigation of this locality.

North Cod reef is about 2 cables in extent, and covers at a quarter
flood, it lies 4 cables S. ^ E. from the west end of Gooch island.

iSet chart, No. 2,84U.

110

U\nO aTRATT, WKSTKIIN PHANNHTia. [Chap. HI

South 0()(l roof, iilHo about 2 oablos in oxtont, has fi foot on it at
low \vat»>r, it lios 7 cablos S. \ K., from tho wost ond of Oooch
inland ; both roofn aro markod by kolp.

A i)atcli of 2 fathoms, markod by kolp, lios nearly midway
botwoon tho sonthorn ond of Jonos and Donivillo ifllands ; the
passage botwoon (rooch ami Comet ialan<ls is filled with kelp.

The Little group lies two-thinls of a mile W. by N. from .bmes
island. They consist of four rooky islets, one-third of a mile in
extent, east and west, bare of trees, and connect»'(l by ro(^fs ; there is
a ^innl passauro of 12 fathoms water b(>twe»i)i tliom and Jones
island.

Bird islet, lying on the eastern side of Shuto passage, and
two-thirds of a mile N.N.W. from the north point of JonoH island,
is about G feet above high water, and has a cluster of reefs around
it oui' cable in t>xtont, markod by koli) ; between it and Coal island
there is a dear passage (me mile wide, with from 20 to 30 fathoms
water.

Coal island, which helps to form the western side of Shute
passage, lies close off the north-east extreme of the Saanich
peninsula, and immediately at the tMitranco of Shoal harbour ; it is
one mile in extent and thickly wooded.

When working np the passage between Bird islet and Coal island,
a vessel should not stand to the westward of a line joining the east
t'ud of Little group to the east point of Coal island, as a rock which
covers at a quarter flood lies 4 cables W.N.W. from the east end of
the group,

A small patch with 4 fathoms over it, and probably less
marked by kelp, lies one mile -N.E. from the east point of Coal
island, more than three-quarters af a mile N.N.W. ^ W. from Bird
islet, and one-third of a mile S.W. from Yellow islet. When abreast
the east point of Coal island, and distant one-third of a mile, a
W.N.W. course will lead through Shute passjige in mid-channel,
passing eastward of Pym island, off the eastern side of which a
reef which uncovers extends a little more than one cable.

As patches of kelp have been seen extending some distance from
the south side of Pym island, caution must be observed when passing
between that island and Coal island.

'
^

Ste chart, No. 2840.

Chiip. III.] lifTTI.K (;UOiri',— MOItKSUV I'ASHACJK.

Gella reef, whidi Hch Itclwccn I'ym and PortliUid IsIuimIh, must
uIho b(' iivoiilcil. The It'iwt wutcr roiiiid on it \h S I'cct ; it is uiJirkt'il
l)y Ivt'lp, iind l'w» two-tliinla (tl" ;i iiiih* North from tho north point of
Pym ishmd.

Yt'Uow ishmd kept just open northwurd of Snitiiicl ishmd*
boiirinj» K. } S., leads more tlian ont* cable southward of (!elia r»H'f ;
and Heaver i)oint (Admiral island), in line with Steep blufV (l'(»rtland
island), bearing' N. \ W., leads westward of it.

Knapp and Pym islands are small and wooded, lyiuK between
Piers and (Joal islaiuls. 'IMu* passaj,'e between PlorH and Portland
islanils is over one mile in l)readth ; about on*; (lable oil' the
(^astern side of Piers island is a roek always uncovered ; and a nu'f
extends from the western Hide of Knapp island. Having' ))assed
westward lu'tween these islands a vessel is fairly in Sat<'llite
channel.

Cape Keppel, in line with C/owitehan lii^ad, W. | S. southerly,
leads tIiroui,'h Colburne passa<?e ii» (S to 10 fathoms betwec^i the two
buoys.

MORESBY PA.SSAQE.— Vfter ieavin-,' the norihern eml of
Sidney island, the directions for Moresby i)assaj,'e are the same as
th»'S(^ already ^iven for Sliutci passaj,'e, until abreast the east ])oint of
Coal island. From about one-third of a mile olf this point tin;
direct course throu^'h the ])assa!!,'e is N. A W. (Canoe rock beacon
same bearinj,') for 2^ miles, or, until Heaver point is in line with the
easternmost Channel islet in Ganifes harliour, bearing,' N.W. h N., this
mark will lead midway between TurubuU reef, an<l the Canoe rocks,
which extend off. Portland, and Moresby islands, narrowing the
channel at its northern entrance to little ov(m- one-third of a mile.

The Sisters, ofl the eastcirn point of Portland island, are three
rocky islets, about "if) feet hi^dl, have a ftiw stunted ccnlar trees on
their summits, are joined by reefs, and will be immediately
recognised either from the northward or southward.

TurnbuU reef. — Eastward from the Sisters, at more than one-third
of a mile, extends TurnbuU rei^f in a semicircular direction towards
the north-west point of Portland island, and almost joining it ;
2 fathoms is the least water found on its outer edge, and it is marked
by a bank of kelp, which, however (on account of the tide), is not
always visible until close to it.

Sir chart, No. 2,840.

112

HARO HTIIATT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [Chap. Tfl.

Canoe rooks is a (lanircvmiH lodpro oxtcndinpr nearlj- half a mile
W. \ N. from Roof point, tlio iiorth-wost point of Morosby inland ;
tho outer rock of this loilj,'o covors a littlo aftor half flood, ami is
not marked by kelj), though kolp grows botwoon tho point and tho
rock.

A stone beacon 25 feot high, snrmountod by a cross and coloured
black, stands on tho Canoe rocks.

A black can buoy is moored on the rock at the western extreme of
the reef extending from Reef point, Moresby island. Between the
buoy and the point there is a rock with 1^ feet over it.

Directions. — With tho beacon on Canoe rocks visible, the
passage is easy, as the above dangers may be passed as close as
convenient, and there are II fathoms in mid-channel ; but if the
beacon is not visible, which may sometimes happen, then it is
desirable when coming from the southward to borrow on tho
Moresby island shore, passing Seymour point, the western cliffy
point of the island, distant 2 cables.

PREVOST PASSAGE is between Moresby island and tht?
group of smaller islands southward of it.

To those passing up the main stream of Haro strait and bound for
Swanson channel, the easiest aud most direct route is between Stuart
and Moresby islands ; but circumstances of wind or tide may render
it convenient to take Provost passage ; for instance, with light winds
the ship may be set into the passage by the flood, or, if near to
Moresby island, by the ebb tide from the upper part of Haro strait,
which runs here, as it does in all other parts of the channel, from
2^ to 3 hours after low water by the shore, sets westward among the
small islands, and down the ^liners and Sidney channels.

Arach.ne reef. — The 'dangers to be avoided in Prevost passage
are Arachne and Cooper reefs. Arachne reef lies nearly in the
centre of the passage, in a direct line between Fairfax point (the
south-east point of Moresby island) and Tom point (the east point
of Gooch island) ; and 2] miles S.W. by W. ^ W. from Turn point
of Stuart island. This reef covers at a quarter flood, and has a good
deal of kelp on its north-west edge, which, however, is frequently
run under by the tide.

Cooper reef, lying half a mile N.W. by N. from Tom point
(Gooeh island), is marked by kelp, and uncovers at half ebb ; there

See chart, No, 2,840.

tiy

Chn\). TTT.] PREVOST PASSAGE,- SATRIJJTK CUANXEL.

is ii piirtrtufje Olio mil'- w'nli' Ix'twccii it and Ararhnt' hm-I', (Ii.> channt'l
heiiig about tlio same width l)OtW('on tLo latter ami Mon-sby inland,
with dct'i) water.

North part of Portland iHJand, in line willi somii side of Aroresby
island, bearing' \V. i)y N. •,' X., leads northward ol" ('noper and
Araehne reefs.

Yellow islet, n small bare isli't S foot liipfh, lies I.\ miles
S.W. by W. from Fairfax point, and should be passed on the north
Hide to cdear the Hhoal of ',\ fatlion^H whieh extends nt-arly 2 cables

westward from the isld.

SATELLITE CHANNEL is formed by Admiral island on
the north : and Moresby, I'oi-tland, and I'iers islands, and tin'
northern shore of Saanich i)eninsula on tlie soiitii. It leads to
Saanit'h inlet, Cowitehin hai'bour, and by Sansiim narrows to Stuart
channel. It is a ^do(l, dei'|) pa^:siiJ,'(■ with but few danj,'er8, wliitdi
art' not always visililc ; am on},' these arc Shute vvvi' and Patey rock.
The i,'('uci'al breatlth of the channel is one mile, dee]), and the
slreii^'th of tide frnm one to iJ knots.

Shute reef is a led^e less than half a cable in extent, with
two rocks, one of which is covered at S feet Hood, its vicinity bein^'
niarketl by k( Ij). It lies two-thirds of a mile W.S.W., from Harry
})oint, the nortii point of Piers island, and nearly 15 cables
N. by K. I K., i'rom Arbutus, a small islet, with two or three of
the red stemmed arbutus ^'rowinj^' on it, and lyiny half a mile
westward from Piers island.

Patey rock, at the westttrn eiul of Satellitt" channel, is a single
rock, covered at (» l\'et rise, with kelp around it, and is in the wa\ of
vessels working into Saanich iidet or Cowitehin harbour. It lies
two-thirds of a niih- N.X.K. IVom Hatch jioiut, the westernmosi
point of Saanich inlet ; nearly 2 miles N.W. by W. .', \V., from
Coal point, a remarkable nob point, tlu^ south extremi ; " i)eep cove ;
and 3;| miles S,W. by W. .;, W. from Arbutus islet.

Harry })oint oi)en northward of Arbutus islet, bearing X.E. by E.,
leads 15 cables southward of Patey rock ; and the high round summit
of Moresby island, well open northward of Arbutus islet, bearing
E.N.E., leads ;54 cables northward of it.

Srr cbart. No. Z^UK

SO U94H

114

HARO STRAIT, WKHTKRX CHANNKLS. [Ohap. Ill

Cecil rock, with 2 fathoms on it, lies oiH'-thinl of a mih' K.S.E.
from th(^ south point of RuhhoII ishiiid at the entranoo of Fulford
harbour, iintl iiiuHt ])v avoided wluui working' up Satellite channel.

Boatswain bank, on the western side of the i'hanu(d, ofl" the
Vancouver nhore, between Cherry and Hatch ])iiii)ts, affords <,'ood
anchoraf,'e in from I to '.> fathoms, Handy bottom ; the outer eil^'e of
the bank in 10 fathoms is steep-to, it j-xtcnds three-quarters of a mile
K. by N., from Cherry ])oint, and then trends S.S.E., over three-
quarters of a mile; from l\ to 15 cables inside the 10 fathoms line,
the water shoals rai)ldly from ;') to 3 fathoms, the latter depth being
found 1 cables from the shore.

SAANIOH INLET is a det'p indentaticm extendint,' in a nearly
S.S.E, direction for I I n)ih>s, and carrying,' dee]) water to its head,
which terminates in a narrow creek within 1 miles of Ksijuimalt
harbour. A rocky patch, about half a cable in extent north-(M»st
and south-west, witli a least depth of 8 feet on it, lies with tlie
western White rock off Cole bay, bearini,' X. 57" K., distant :2 cables.

TIh' inlet forms the south-east portion of Vancouver island
into a peninsula of about 20 miles long in a N.N.W. and S.S.E.
direction, and Aaryinj,' in breadth from 8 miles at its southern part,
to i) at its northern.

Off the eastern or peninsula side of the inlet there are some good
anchorages, the centre being for the most part deep. Immediately
southward from James i)oint (the north-Avestern point of the
peninsulii), is Deep cove, but no convenient anchorag(!.

NorrlS rock, aAvash at half tide, lies 2 cables S.W. by S. from
James point, with 12 fathoms between it autl the point. When
rounding this point, give it a berth of half a mile.

Union bay, at 2 miles southward from James point affords good
anchorage in 8 or fathoms, half a mile from the beach ; a shoal
bank extends 2 to !? cables from the shore around the baj'. Tlnre is
a stream of fresh water in the south-east corner of the bay.

Cole bay, Ig miles southwanl from Union bay, and immediately
under mount Newton is small, but capable of affording shelter to a
few vessels of moderate size ; oif its north point are White rocks,
two small bare islets. Anchor in the centre of the bay in 8 fathoms,
with White rocks bearing W.S.W. These bays are somewhat open
to S.W. winds, but a gale rarely blows from this quarter, nor from
the proximity of the opposite shore, distant scarcely 3 miles, could
much sea get up.

*<- chart, No. 2,810.

Ohiip. iiT.l sAANrroFr rvrjyr.— cowrrfurv irAnnorn.

lir.

khoivl

re is

itely

to a

jcks,

|oin8,

)pen

trom

louUl

Tod creek Ih 2 uuWh Honthwivrd from Colo bay. Sonanns iHland,
a Hmall wooded inlet, l.')!) feet hif,'h, lies oft its entrance, foul },'rounil
extenda nearly one cable off tlie north-west wide of the inland.

A small islet, and a rock lyinj? one cable north from it, lies in the
entrance to the south-east part of the creek. A short distance inside
it narrows rapidly and winds to the southward and south-east for
lliree-tjuarlers of a mil(>, with a breadth of less than one cable,
carrying,' (1 fathoms nearly to its hea<l.

There is aiu'hora<,'e in the outer i>art of the creek in I.') fathoms.

Squally reach. — From Willis point, the western point of Tod
cre«'k, the inlet known as S(pially reach trends soutii-west for
21 miles, the breadth of tin- arm liei'e beint? three-quarters of a mile,
with no bottom at 1(K> fathoms. Finlayson arm, its eontinualion,
trends S, by K. .', M. for ;> miles, and terminates Saanich inlet.

IJeacon rock, which covers at thre '(piarters ilood, lies one cable,
S.W. if S,, from Elbow point, Finlayson arm. A small ish't named
Dinner, with dectp water ou either side, lies near the head of this
arm, 1.^ c;d)les southward from which there la good anchorage in
[) fathoms. At ',\ cables south from the islet, the arm terminates in
a flat, which dries at low water. Immediately over the head of the
inlet, on the eastern side, Leading peak rises to an elevation of
l,:iiG feet.

Mill creek bay is a fair anchorage, and the only one on the
western side of Saanich inlet ; a bank of sanil and rock which has
only from one to 15 fathoms water on it, extends 12 cables from the
western shore, across the bay ; a large stream flows into the north-
west corner of the bay. A rock, with only (5 to 1) feet water on it,
lies almost in the centre of the bay, a short distance outside the
i] fathoms line, nearly 4 cables S.S.W. | \V. from Ford point.

OOWITCHIN HARBOUR i« - miles westward from cape
Keppel, the" southern extreme of Admiral islantl ; Separation point
(the western point of entrance to Sansum narrows), its northern
enti'ance point, is somewhat remarkable, being the termination of a
high, stony ridje. Cowitchin harbour extends westward from this
point foi- 2 miles, and the general depth in it is 30 fathoms, which
shoals suddenly as the fiat is approached, which dries off for more
than half a mile from the head of the harbour.

Str chart, Xo. 2,8-tO.

SO 11948

116

HARO STRAIT, WESTERN CHANNELS.

[Chap. III.

But for thf lur^'c tnict of j^oorl laiul contained in rowitchin valley,
the i>()rt would scarcely be deaervinj^f of notice, and it is more of a
bay than a harbour. In its north-west end is a c<misiderable river,
tile Quamitclian, which Hows throu;j[h the fertile valley, and is navi-
fjfable for hmkiII boats or canoes for sever.d iiiiles. There is a settlement
here, o!T which is a lon^jf pier (on tiie south sith' of the liarbonr).
Cominj,' from the south-eastward the entrance is easily ('istinguished
by the i)ier and lumber yard, just insi(h> the point on the west side.
Mail steamers call here twi(!e a week.

Snug" creek. — The only convenient aiu'lioi'a,i,'e to he obtained is
in Snug creek, on ihe north sidt^ of t'owitchin harbour, or off the
outer village on the south side, 1] miles within the entrance : in the .
hitter case a vessel must apjjroach the shori' within litth^ more than
one cable, ami anchor cautiously, when 12 fathoms are obtained.

Hnniir creek is a conviMiicnt anchora'.,'<' for smdl cral't or coasters
and oni' or two vessels of modei-ate sizt* mi!j:ht obtain aiidiora.^e and
shelter in it ; it extends in a noi-therly direction for nearly one mile,
and is a (fuarter of a mile in l)r.'adth. Nearly in the miildle of tiie
entrance is a rock which uncovers at low wati-r in the centre of tl)<'
kelj) ; it is about 20 feet in extent, and has J?, fathoms around it.
The westi-rn point of entrance can be passed close as it is bold, and
has 10 fathoms within half a cable of it ; when a ((uarfer of a mile
or le.ss, inside the point, anchor in the centre of the cri-ek in
t) fathoms.

A red spar buoy marks the shoal extentlinu; from tlie eastei-n shore.

SANSUM NARROWS take a g^'iieral northerly direction ♦
between Vancouver and Admiral islands i'oi' () miles, when they lead
into Stuart channtd ; the avera^'e breadth is about half a mile, but at
their narrowest part, abreast liold blull', they are contracted to one-
third of a mile. The high land on both sides renders the wind
generally very unsteady ; from this cause, as well as from the some-
what confined nature of the channel, and the depth of water whicH
prevents anchoring, the Narrows i lunot be recommended except for
steamships or coasting-vessels. There are but few dangers to be
avoiib'd. and the strength of the tides has sehiom been found to
exceed '^ knots, generally much less.

Knteriug Sansum narrows fi-om the southward. Kelp reef, with
9 feet water on it, on the Admiral island shore must be avoiiled. It

I I I

.*&'« ohart, No, 2 6W.

mile
in

sliotv.
'ctinn

but iit

(» OllO-

whul
Hoine-
whic'-
'pt for

to 1)0

unl to

with
eel. It

rilHl). ^"-J SAN.SUM NARHOW.s.— STUART CHANNEL.

ii:

lie.s 2 ciihU'S S.S.W. troiu ;i sin ill islet (..'iosr t(» tin coast, aiul a ([uarter
of a mill- S.W. fi-oiu KutiMue.' point ; it is niirki-d by a red buoy.

Another rocky [)atc'h extends nearly one ••iible off shore fron.! the
uastera side of th" Narrows : it lies one mile N.W, by W. \ \V. from
Kntrance point.

Burial islet, a smali spot used as an Indian buryiny-plaee, lies
on the eastern side of ilu- Narrows, I J, miles above Sei)ar.uion point ;
pass outside it as close as convenient to tlie kelp.

Bold bluff, a smooth iieadland of bare rock, is steep-to ; the
channel here is scarcely one-third of a mile across, llocky ^Tound
marked by kelp extends one ciible otV Ivtdp point on the western
side, almost opposite to Hold bhitf ; northward from these points the
Narrows increase in breadth to nearly one mile.

Burgroyne bay, the enti-ance to which is half a mile eastwanl
from Uold l)lull', is a narrow aii<l rather deep indentation terminating,'
in a sandy liea I ; there is no bottom in the bay under liO fathoms
until within 2 cables of its hftad, when the water shoals suddinly
frcmi JO to 1 fathoms. Anchorage may l)e had if necessary.

MAPLE BAY. — From (Jrave ))oint ihe Narrows take a north-
westerly dii'ection one mile to Ma|)[e bay. lioiildi'r, the southern
entrance point, is remarkaide from a large boulder sttjne staniling at
its low water extreme. Aliliough an inviting looking bay, the water
is too deep for comfortable anchorage, being generally it) fathoms,
and 16 fathoms within one cable of a smooth sandy beach at its
western end.*

Bird's-eye cove, which takes a southerly direction ft)r nearly
one n;de from Boulder point, alfords fair anchorage at its entrance in
about the centre of the cove, in lli fath(»ms, njud bottom, with the
boidder bearing N.E. I N. ; the cove at this part is n a more than
one-third of a mile across ; 2 cables soul ward from this anchoraLre,
shoal water, 2 to ','» fathoms, I'Xtends Ii :ree-([uarters of a cable from
each side of the cove, which is here oidy 'i| cables wide ; coasters
may go ui) mid-channel into 4 or ') fathoms near the head.

Tides. — The rise iit sjjrings in ISrii))le i)uy is 1:2 feet.

STUART CHANNEL.— Sansum narrows extend U miles
northward from Maple bay, when they lead into '^tuart channel, the

* See Admiralty jilan of MapltJ bay on chart, No. 714 ; scale, m ■.- 3 inohci*.

118

HAHO STIIAIT, WI'WI'KRX CJHANNKLS. [Cllilp. 111.

westeninioat ol' tlio ship p.iHsagcs which lit' on the eastern side of
Vancouver island.*

The western side of Stuart channel is formed by the shores
of that island ; its eastern, by the coasts of Admiral, Kui)er,
and Thetis islands ; it extends in a ^'eneral N.W. direction
for nearly 20 miles, when it joins Dodd narrows below Nauaimo.
The f,'eueral breadth of the channel is about 2 miles ; the depth
varies in the southern i)art from (>() to 100 fathoms, in some parts
more, in th<j northern portion from 20 to -iO fathoms ; the principal
dangers are North and Escape reefs, Wliitt' nx-k, and Danger reef.

On the western or Vancouver island shore there are some gootl
harbours, viz., Osborn bay, Chemainus bay, Oyster harbour, and
Kulleet bay ; on the eastern side there are also some anchorages.
Telegraph and Freeily harbours on the western, and Clam bay on the
eastern side of Thetis and Kuper islands.

OSBORN BAY, the southernmost anchorage on the western
side of Htuart channel, may be known l)y Shoal islands, a low
wooded group, extending over \\ miles in a W. by N. | N. direction,
and connected at low water by reefs and mud banks; the south-
easternmost of these islands which helps to form the northern side
of Osborn bay lies a little over 2 miles N.W. by W. from the north-
west entrance point of Sansum narrows. The bay ad'ords good
anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing winds, from the westwaril
and S.E.t

Anchorag'e. — The best anchorage is in 10 fathoms, mud bottom,
at half a mile from the southern head of the bay with the south-
easternmost Shoal island in line with Southey point, bearing N .\ W. ;
and the southern trend of the coast E. by S. .^ S.

The COAST trends W.N.W. for 4 miles from Osborn bay to
Chemainus bay, and is faced by the Shoal islands, and adjacent reefs
and mud flats, for nearly the whole distance ; and vessels should n;;t
approach this shore within lialf a mile ; a rock awasli at high water
lies nearly half a mile N.N.W from the south-easternmost Shoal
island. Thi* northern point of the North Shoal island has a renuirk-
able tlat sandy spit, on which is built an liulian village ; there are no
passages between the small islands northward of this, and the bank
dries ofl: 2 cables at low Avater.

• ^'<' Admiralty chart : — .Strait of 0< tn^na. ahuet \,'So. '>T,t ; scale, m = ()"> inches.
•}• Hir Admiralty plau of Osborn bay ou chart, No. 714 ; scale, m = iJ inches.

Chap. III.] OSBORN BAY.— OYSTER HARBOUR.

119

|n;<t
iittr
lioal
Irk-
no
link

Ihea.

A blii -k spar buoy imirkH the end of the ledge extending north-
westward from the rock, awa.sh at high water, lying ol! Shoal
islandn.

CHEMAINUS BAY will l»e known by a rather remarkable
sharii i)oint (Bare [)<)int) hare at its extreme, which forms its eastern
entr.uico. The bay extends in a southerly direction fur two-tliirds of
a mile, and is one-third of a mile in breadtli, sheltered from all
except N.W. winds. There i.s a timber yard and saw-mill situated
on the west side of tli(> baj', from which spars may be ol)tained for
shipping ; also stores, post office, and railway station.

Bare Point lig-ht is a Ji.i-rd whitr light, (devated 30 feet above
high water, and visil)ie in clear weathei- from a di.stance of 11 miles.
The light is shown from the roof of the keeper's dwelling, the whole
30 feet high, and painted white.

Bird reef, a rocky ledge uncovering at half tide, extends <me cable
from tlie shore, north-westward from the western point of
entrance, and lies half a mile W. l>y S. from liare point.

Anchorage. — Thi-re is convenient anchorage for small vessels off
the siiw-mill, or within a (juarter of a mile of tlu' head of the bay in
8 fathoms ; within this distance the water shoals suddenly from .') to
2 fathoms.

OYSTER HARBOUR is i miles W.X.W. from Chemainus
bay ; the harbour extends in the same ilirection for \ miles, is nearly
one mile wide at the entrance, narrowing gradually within.
Entering from the northward, Cojlin isltt should be given a berth of
2 cables ; at low water the Oyster beils dry 2 ( ables off the south
shore.*

A reef which covers at half tlood extends one cable southward
from the twin islands ; half a mile above this the harbour narrows t<»
a (pxarter of a mile in width ; small vessels may go as far up as the
west end of Long island, where 3 fathoms will be found at low
water.

A good anchorage for a large vessel is one mile inside the entraiice
in It fathoms, miul lM*tioin, with the south-east end of Loiiir isiand
bearing x ,\V'. by W., and east extreme t)f Twin islamls bearing
North ; good auchonige may also be had in l» fathoms, mud bottom,
nearly three-([uarters of a mile further up the harbour.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change in Oyster harbour at
6h. Ora. p.m. ; springs rise 11) feet.

* See Admiralty plau of Oyster harlx^ur on chart, No. 714 ; scale, m = 3 incheu.

120

IfAKO STRAIT, WKSTKIIN CHANNKLS. [Cliiip. III.

KULLEET BAY it< 'il luihs iiorthwunl from tlit- tiitraiK-e
of Oyster harbour, and the Hame distaucu W. by S. from Rt'ef point,
the north-went point of Thetis iahind.

Anohonige may be had in S fathoms at lialf a mile from its head'
on a bank which projects from tlie southern shore, witli Deer point,
at the northern entrance of the bay bearinij N.K., and the soutliern
trend of the coast bearing,' S.K. by K. ; but it is open and cannot be
recommended, unh-ss in fine weather, or witii off-shore winils.

Yellow point, bare and grassy at its extreme, is tlie north point
of Kulleet l)ay ; a rock, nearly awash at low water sprinj,'s, with
a depth of 10 fathoms half a cal)le eastward of it, lii's about 2 cal)les
eastward of Yellow point, in a position with White rock centre
bearinfj; E. by N. .^ N., distant lii,^,, cables.

The COAST, from Yellow point to Round island, at the scuthern
entrance of Uodd narrows, irenils N.W. \ W. for 5 miles. When
working for the narrows, White rock and Danger reef must l)e
avoided. At l.^ miles southward from Hound island is l!oat
h-irboui', at the entrance of which a vessi-l may drop an aiichoi- in
H to 1(1 fathoms if waiting for the tide, thougii there is ei^ually good
anchorage nearer to the narrows.

North reef is a sandstone leilge I'xtending in a north-westerly
and south-easterly direction, as all the reefs in this channel do. It
lies half a mile S. b\ K. .\ K. from the sonth-eai-t i)oint of Tent island.
It is just awash at high water, and therefore easily avoided ; its shoal
part extends for one-third of a mile, in a W.N.W. directicm, steep on
its north and s(tuth sides.

TENT ISLAND, narrow and two-thirds of a mile long, lies olf
the south extreme of Kuper island. One cable olf its south-east
end are two remarkable worn sandstone rocks 8 or 10 feet above
watei', with a passage one-third of a mile wide between them and
North reef.

At nearly 2 cables N.E. I E. from the south-east end of Tent
island is a rock which uncovers 2 feet, and has shoal watei",
2 to ;5 fatlioms exteiivHiig 2 cables around it. When passing eastward
of Tent ishi.id, its eastern shore should )e giviii a berth of half a
mile, as so ne ledges extend off it. There isnoshii' i)assage between
Tent and Kuper islands, there being a depth of only one fathom at
low water.

.Sty' chart, No. 679,

rhap. FH.]

KULLKKT MAY. — I)A\(;KU IlKKF

121

ester ly
o. It
slaud.
shoal

tet'p on

it'H oil
ith-cast

above
'111 and

.f Tent
wati'i",

stwai'd
ludf u

■tween

lom at

Escape reef, ~ ipilcs N.W. byW. from Xoitli I'l'i't', is adanpvroiis
l»ak'h, lU'arly ont'-tliirl of a mdc in extent, in a W.N.W. and K.S. !•;.
direction, wliich cover.-i at a ([narter ilood, and has no kciji to inarlc
its position. It lies nearly half a inile from the west siiorc of Ivuprr
island, ]\ nulos, W. { S. from .b^slin'^- (its south) point, and a littlr
more than half a mile South from Uitri^dit elifl", Kuper island ;
there is a deep channel one-third of a mile wide between it and
Kuper island.

Yellow point just open westward of Scott island, oil' Preedy
hai'bour, bearinjj; N.W. [ W. leads 15 cables westward of the rci-f.
Sandstone rocks oil' the south-east point of Tent island kept open of
that point also lead westward of it.

Alarm rook is scarcely in the track of vessels workiiii,' up
Stuart channel. It lies one cable S. by W. from the south-east point
of Hudson island, approach to Telej^raph harbour. It just covers at
high water, and is connected by a letlge with Hudson island.

False reef lies ?>}, cables W. by N. I X. from Si-ott island, and a
long half mile S.W. }, S., from Crescent point, the north-west point
of Preedy harbour ; it is awash at low water.

White rock, about ;><> yards long, and 1') feet altove high waii'i-,
lies one mile N.N.W, fi-om Reel point, the north-west exli-eme of
Thetis island ; a bank having from 2 to .') I'athoms on it exteiuls
2 cables north-westward from the rock. This rock has a
whitish appearance, and is i-eadily distinguished from a vessel's
deck at a distanc*; of 2 or ii miles. It HJiould not be passed within
2 cables distant, and there is a good passage between it and Thetis
island, giving Reef point a l)ertii of half a mile to avoid a rocky
ledge extending nearly that distance norili westward from it.

Ragged ishmd, a low rocky islet, with a few trees on it, lies
one-third of a mile W.N.W., from Pilkey point, the nori^h end of
Thetis island.

Danger reef, lying one mile N.W. h N. from White rock, and
I5 miles, N.E. by N. from Yellow point, covers a space of half a mile
almost in the ct ntre of the channel. A small portion of it is
generally awash at high water, at which time it is diilicult to make
ont nntil within a short distance of it.

See chart, No. 67t».

' ■«■

1 ,'

122

HARO STRAIT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [CllJip. III.

Directions. — When paHsing thnmyh Stuart chamiol, there i« a
clear passage one mile in breadth between Danger reef and the
Vancouver island shore, and going either up or down the channel.
White rock is kept in line with the north-east extreme of Thetis
island, bearing K.S.E., which leads '^ cables westward of the veef.

Bound southward through Stuart channel from Dodd narrrows,
pass at fron) one to 2 cables eastward of Round island, and steer for
tlie westernmost ragged tree suuimit of Thetis island, S.E. [ ]']., this
course leads in mid-channel, and over half a mile wcstwii.ril from
Danger reef, and White rock ; when the latter bears East, alter
course to S.S.E. for Stuart channel.

There is a clear passage tlu'ee-((uarlers of a mile wide between
White rock and Danger reef, and lialf a mile between the reef and
Tree island, with a dejith of over .'50 fathoms. As White rock and
Tree island are always visible, and Danger reef is generally above
water, there can be no difficulty in either of these i)assage8 to vessels
coming np Trincomali channel.

Vesuvius bay, on the western side of Admiral island, im-
mediately opposite Osborn bay, has deep water, but shoals suddenly
at its head ; if necessary, anchor in 9 fathoms at l.\ cables from the
shore ; but it is not recommended.

There is also anchoi-age for coasters ineitle Idol islet in Houston
jiassage. This islet lies 1| miles K. by N. from the south end of
Tent island, and is 2i cables from Admiral island; with the islet
bearing W. by N., and midway between it and the shore, there is
anchorage in (') fathoms.

Grappler reef, on the eastern siile of Houston passage, is one
cable in extent and uncovers at vt-iy low water. It lies a quarter of
a mile off" the north-west end of Admiral island, and there are
5 fathoms between it and the shore of the island. Passing through
Houston passage, the eastern jjoint of Sansum narrows kept well
open of the points of Admiral island to the northward of it, the
latter bearing S.E. ^ S., leads 2 cables westward t)f the reef, and
when the southern point of Secretary islantl is open of Southey point
bearing N.E. by N., it is cleared to the northward.

A spar buoy, in 7 fathoms, lies on the south-west extreme of
the reef.

See chart, N v. 57"

>. III.

Chup. HI.]

VKSUVIUS MAY.— .\1>MIRAL ISLAM).

)'l

itJ a
the

UllA'l,

'hetis
si'.

rows,
yr I'oi'
., this
from
, alter

'tween
sef and
jk and
above

vessels

ad, im-
uldenly
•om the

ouston

end of

10 islet

there is

is one

arter oi'

ere are

hrough

[pt well

it, the
^ef, and
k- point

TB''.iEQRAPH HARBOUR, on tlie werttsitleoi" Kuper island,
is a snug anchorage, and its entrance is between Hudson ishmd aiitl
Active point, which are half a mile apart. Entering from tlie south-
ward, Escape reef (page 121) must he avoided. If passing inside tiie
reef, the shore of the island should l)e kept aboard within a quarter
of a mile ; if outsidi' or westward of it, then keej) Y*'Uo\v point
(north point of Kulleet bay) just open westward of Scott island,
off Preedy harbour, bearing N.W. j W., until Upriglit clitl" of Kuper
island bears N.K., when a vesst'l will be northwiird of it, and may
steer for the entrance of the harhour. ''

Anchorag^e. — Tliere is good anclKU'age in S fathoms, with the
north-west end of Hudson island bearing W.S.W., and Active point
S.E. ^ S.; or 2 cables further in, iu S fathoms, Al»ovc this, the
harbour contracts to a narrow creek extending one mile N.W., where
coasters may fiml anchorage in 2 to ii fathoms ; the continuation of
this creek easterly separates Kuper from Thetis island, which at low
water are connected. The wharf on the eastern shore has a depth of
n foet alongside the end.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Telegraph harbour at
tJh. Om,; springs rise 10 feet.

Preedy harbour is separated from that just described by a
group of small islands and reefs ; its entrance is northward of them
between Scott island and Ci'escent point of Thetif island, ami is
one-thiril of a mile wide. When entering, the The' is island shore
should be kept well aboard to avoid False reef.

Shoal water extends for H cables oft" the northern sides of Scott
and Dayaum islands.

Anchorage will be found in 7 fathoms, with Crescent point bearing
W.N.W., distant nearly half a mile, and east point of Dayman islantl
bearing S, by W.

SWANSON CHANNEL leads from Ilaro strait north-west-
ward » etween Admiral island on the west and I'ender ishunl on the
east ; passing eastward of l*r»'Vost island it enters Active pass
between Galiano and Mayne islands, and thence into (Jeoi-gia strait ;
northward of Active pass it coiniects with Trincomali channel.

leme of

ADMIRAL ISLAND, separating Stuart from Trincomali and
Swanaon channels, is of consitlerable extent, being nearly 15 miles
in length N.W, and S.E., and varying in breadth from 2 miles at its

* Sev Admiralty plau of Telegraph harbour on chart, No, 7U ; scale, m = 3 inches.

' i{

It'

I !

V2\

HAHO STRAIT, WKSTERN CHANNELS.

[Clliip. III.

iKtrdieni eml t<» (> at its Hontlieni. It has two yodd jttirts, Fiilionl
harbour ou its south-east, and Gaii^'cs liarlxjiir on its castcni sidf.
The soutliorn i)ortion of the island is a jH-ninsula formed Ity (lie
indentations of Fiilford iiarl)oin' and liur^'oyne bay (a valh'y
separating,' (he heads of tiiese poi'ts), composeil of a lofly ridf,'e of
mountains ov(>r '2,000 feet in lu'ii^bt, rising' abruptly frou) all sides;
the summit, mount Bruce, bein^' '1,^V2[) fet-t hif,'h.

Immediately northward of the vaUey, and over ihiryoyiie bay on
its western side, mount liaynt'S rises to an elevation of 1, '.•."»;) feel,
and is very I'cmai'kable, its southern face beiufj; a i)er])endicular
l)rec-ipiei' visible a lon^' distaivce fi'om the southward or eastward.
The Otter ranji^e of somewhat less elevation rii^es northward of mount
Baynes, from whence tli(! island sIo])es away in a wedii'e shape, its
northern termination, Southey itoint, being a sharpi' extreme. The
island is for the most part thickly wooded, but then' is a con-
si(U'rable extent of partially clear land both in the valley at the head
of Fulford harbour and at the northern end of the Isliind, which has
become peopled l)y settlers under the name of 8alt Sjiring district,
from the fact of several salt springs having bi-en discovered.

FULFORD HARBOUR penetrates the south-east side of
Admiral island in a W.N.W. direction for '2h miles. At its entrance
is Hussell islanil, between which and Isabella point, the western
point of the harbour, is the best passage in. Immediately over the
north side of the harbour is HeginaM hill, a stony elevation l)etAveen
700 and SOO feet high.

Cecil rock with 2 fathoms water on it lies one-third of a mile
S.i'L by Vj. 'l E. from the south-west point of Hussell island.

The southern entrance is two-thirds of a mile wide with a
depth of 20 fathoms until abreast North rock ; here the harb(»ur
narrows, and has a general breadth almost to its head of a little less
than half a mile ; the tl^pths decreasing to 1',) and 10 fathoms, and at
)\]f cables from the heail to .') fathoms, when the water shoals rai)iilly
on the edge of the bank which exti^nds about 8 cables from the shore
at the head of the harbour.

North rock is a small rocky islet lying close oil" the north point
of the harbour ; a rock, which covers at a (ptarter flood, lies 2 cables
West from it, and more than V, cables from the shore, so that
strangers entering should keep to the southward of mid-channel
until past it.

Si'e chart, No. 2,840.

IP. III.

ullunl

)y tiK'
valli'V

llf,'l! ol'

sidert ;

l)ay on
:} feel,
(liculiir
■^twiinl.

uionut
ape, its
■. The

a cou-
lie head
lich lias
district,

side of
'Utraiiet-
western
over the
ll)etween

a mile

with a

harbour

little less

i, and al

rapidly

Ihe shore

Chap. III.] piTLFonn H.vRRorn.— oanoes HARBOun.

12,->

so that
l-chauuel

The northern passagre into the harlwur between llnssell island
and Eleanor point, thou^i,'h in places not more than a (juartei-of a mile
wide, is a safe channel of from 14 to 18 fathoms water.

Louisa rock, with one railinm on it, is the only known dan^'cr ;
it lies •-* cablcri from tlir norlhei-n or .Vdmiral island sliorc, with the
west end of Russell island hcai-iuLr S.K. [, S., distant 1 cables, and
North roek W.S.W. the same ilistance ; wiili a leadinL,' wind the
Uussell island shore shouhl lie kept rather aboard.

Anchoragre. — There is j,'ooil anchora^'e in 10 fath(»ms in the
centre of the liarbf)m' with l{e,<j:inald iiill beai'iii',' K.X.I'j.: at the head
of Mie liarlxtm- is a considerablr IVfsli-wati'i- stream, from which
shoal water extends for 'A (•al)les.

GANGES HARBOUR is a safe and conmiodious port for
vessels of any description or si/e, and has two (uitranecs. Its
southern entiMnce, in Swanson ciiannel, lies between Admiral and
Pv.v:c,t islands; I lie northeni entrance is by ("mttaiii passa<,'e. When
enttii'i.;' IVoin the southward, Ciiannei islets may l»e i)assed on either
siile, but by far llie wi<le,st i)assa.','o is to the northward of them ; they
are two small wooded islets, 1 J, miles within Heavt-r })oint, and
2 cables fi-om the shore of Admiral island.

The fair channel into the harb(nir, between Channel and Aeland
islands, is nearly half a mile wide, the depth being 150 fathoms ;
having passed these islands the harl)our is nearly 1^ miles wide, and
the general depth for 2 miles, is from :?<> to ]',) fatlioms.

There are 1\'W (hmgers in tlie harbour, and they are easily avoided.
A rocky patch with one fathom on it lies 2'\ cables W. \ N. from the
west point of the westernmost Aeland islanil, and the same distance
offshore. There is another one-fathom patch which is more in the
tj'ack of vessels; it lies nearly ri miles W. by X. .', N. from the
southernmost Channel islet.

Liddell point, the south-east ('Xtrenie of I'revost ishind, and the
northern entrance point of tin' harbour, has a reel" wliich is covered
at half flood (extending 2 cables eastward from it.

The Aeland islands, two in number, lie to the westward of
Liddell point along the shore of I'revost island, between which and
them there is no shi]) channel.

S(T chart, Xo. 2,«40.

liil

'!i

I2rt

HARO STRATT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [Chlip. III.

Ohain Islands are a prronp of 6 or 7 low narrow islets connected
by reefs, extendiuK from the lieml of the hiirbour in an E.S.E.
direction for U miles. Southward of these islands the ^Toimd is
clear ; but northward of them are scattered reefs, and it is not
recommended to anchor on that side above the outermost island,

Anchorag'e. — Anchor us soon as a de]»th of 10 or 12 fiithoms is
found ; a ^'ood bertli is in 11 fathoms with Peile i)oint, and tlie two
entrance points of Long harbour nearly in lino bearing N.K. by N.,
and the easternmost Chain island W.N.W. If desirable, anchorage
may l>e had in (> fathoms mud, midway between the ('hain islands
and the souih shore, the easternmost island bearing E.N.K., or in a
still snv.gj^^r berth one mile above, off the sandy spit (»n Admiral
island, in 1 or 5 fathoms. This latter berth is recommeiiiU'd for
vessi'ls of moderate size intending to make any stay.

CAPTAIN PASSAGE also leads into Ganges harbour, north-
ward of Prevost island. It is a clear deep passage, one-third of a
mile wide, with (le])ths of from IM> to 4(» fathoms ; and those from
the northward intentling to enter the harbour should always use it.
There is only one known danger, which is well inside Ganges harbour,
and which is almost ecjually in the track of vessels working up by the
soiithei'u i)assage ; it is a small patch of 2 fathoms lying 3i cables
S.W. by W. from the western entrance jioint of Long harbour.
Entering by Captain passage, I'eile point should not be shut in by
the entrance points of Long harbour until the opening between
Prevost and Acland islands is shut in, when this reef will be well
cleared. When working up the southern channel, do not stand so far
eastward when in the neighbourhood of this patch, as to open the
passage between Acland and Prevost islands.

LONG HARBOUR may l)e almost considered as part of Ganges
harbour. It is a long, narrow creek, its general breadth being 2 to
1) cables, and it lic^s to the eastward of (ianges harbour and runs
parallel to it for 21, miles. Its entrance is between two sloping,
rocky points, similar to each other, on the west side of Captain
passage. At a (juarter of a mile inside the entrance is a high, bare
islet, which must be passed on its south side ; and at one mile inside
the entrance there is also another and somewhat similai- island, which
may be passed on either side. Outside these islets the depth is from
14 to 16 fathoms : above them, 4 and 5 fathoms. At the head of the

Si-c chart. No. 2,S40.

Ohivp. iri.l flAPTATN PAWSAOK.— rnRVnST ISIiANn.

l-.>7

creek in a Hunj? place for a h\\\\) to repair, Ac, but as a harbour, it is
only adapted to steam-veBHi'lH or coaHters, and, with the ^ood and
easy anchorai,'o of Gan^'eH liarbour ho elone, there would appear to be
no reason to reeonimend thin eontractcMl and inconv»'nient one.

PREVOST ISLAND, 1\ imr in the centre of Swanson eliann(d.
is nioderatt'ly high, thickly woddcd, and of an irrejjrnlar shape. It is
'A miles lonj,', in a N.W. and S.E. direction, 1] niih'S in breadtli, and
on its southern and western sides it is indented by several bays and
creeks; its northern side is almost a straii;ht clilVy shore.

LIGHT.— Portlock point light is a .//.m/ ir/n'/r li^rht. witii a /w/
sector showing over Knterprise reel', ch'vated 7"i feci above hif,'h
water, and visilih" from a distance nr 10 miles in elear weatlier.

Tlie li,:,'hth(iiist'. 111 I'eet hi,i,'h, is a s(piai'e, pyramidal, wonden lower,
witii I'oom attached, painted wiiite, ianti'i-n reil.

Fog signal. — From a small wooden tower 1^ cables S.K. of the
lighthouse a Ik'II is struck once evei-y lifleen seconds.

Ellen bay, on» the south-east side of I'revost island, between
Liddell and Red islet points, is three-quarters of a mile deep, by one-
third in breadth, uarrowinj^ to 2 cables, on((-third of a mih* from its
head, and affords fair anchoraire with all but south-easterly winds in
10 fathoms, mud bottom. The head of this bay is a grassy, swampy
flat, only one cable wide, separating the bay from the creeks (»n the
western shore. There are two bays luu-thward of p]llcn bay, but too
small to afford any shelter.

Annette and Glenthorne creeks, on the western or (langes

harbour side, are curious, narrow imlentations extending into the
island for one mile in an K. l)y S. direction, and only separated from
each other by a narrow stony ridge. In Glenthorne, the western one,
there are I] fathoms water, the other has 1.', fathoms : they are snug
places for small craft, or to repair a vesst'l.

James bay, on the north-west side of the island, and on east side
of Captain passage, affords fair, but very confined anchorage in
10 fathoms for a vessel of moderate size, sheltered from s(»utherly
winds, but she must get well in, as then' are 18 to 20 fathoms water
in the outer part of the bay.

Si-e chart. Xo. 2,840.

12S

HAIIO STRAIT, WKSTKRN CHANNKLS. [Chil)). TIT.

Hawkins island, a Htnall, ii»fky islot with u t'fw hiiHlu'rt oil it,
licH flosc (ill' ii rt'inarkulilt' wliiif Hlioll-beauh, on die iKirth-eaHt Huiv
of iVcvoHt irtlaiul.

Charles rocks.— Ffom •,» tn ;{.'. caltlcrt W. .', N. rn.in tlM- noiih-
wt'Htccn itoiiii of HawkiiiH inlaml arc (he ('liarlcn rocks, tliri-c smooth-
loppcd rocks, not marked liy kelp, uihI imcovci in;: towanls low-
water.

ACTIVE PASS.— From Discovry island at llir southern
entrance of Uaro strait, to the sanil heads of Kraser river. Iiy tin'
Active ])ass, is jnst !<• miles, and the liiic is almost astrai^dit one, \\y
ad(»ptin^' this ronte, imt only the most dan^'crons iind inconvenient
part of the llaro strait is avoided, viz.. its norlhern entrance altreast
the Kast point of Saturna island and Patos island (wliei'c tint tid«'s
are stron;,' and apt to set a vessel down Rosa.'io strait, or over on the
eastern shore), htit a distance of ncariv 10 miles is saved.

I'Voni I'orllnck poini, the soiiih-easlern iduir of I'ri'vosl island, the
entrance ol Active [ia>> iiears N. I>y W. .', \V. distant lij miles, 'i'he
southern entrance \u>'\\\{ of the ])ass, Helen p<iint, is low, l)are, and of
a \ellowish colour ; ovi'r its northern side rise th»hi^'h, stony hills,
on the southern side of (Jaliano island : ihe enlranco itself does not
liecoiiie very appaicnt until it is ai)proached within one mile.

Aclive j)a8s takes an K.X.K. diroctioji for 1 .J, miles, smd then turns
Xorth for the satne distance, faii'ly into Gc!or.y:ia strait. Th j average
Iii'cadth of the (dianni'l is about one-third of a mile, and its ^'oneral
depth ai)(»ut 20 fathoms : a small rock lies oil' Laura point, on which
there is said to be a de])th of oidy a few feet, and which should,
therefore, not be closely ai)proached : and at a i|uarter of a mile
within the southern «'nti;!nce, and vci'y close oil' the northern shore,
lies a rock whic h uncoxcrs iit half tide.

The ed^'c of the r< ef oil' (iossip island, ai the northern entrance to
the i)ass, is nuirki'd by a i)lack cjin buoy.

Caution. — 'I lie ^n'l'at strt-n^th of Ihe lidcs, to,!,'ether with the
absence of steady winds, renders it unlit for sailin^'-vessels, unless,
indeed, small coasters : for steam- xcsstds of moderate size c(nu-
manding a speed of not less than S knots it is in tiseftd pass ; but it
is advisal)h' for large ships and those dee])ly laden to pass tlirouf?h
at, or near slack water. Sti'on^' contrary under currents and cross
currents have been experienced.

S-r chart. No, :?,*^40.

ll]». III.

oil it,
irtl ni'li'

liullll-

;m«»oth-
•ds low

(HUlu'lMl

liy thi'
nr. r.y
ivcuii'iit
■ ;iliri'ast
lie tiilfS
!• (Ill lli»'

luiul, thf

■e, iiiui <>r

Duy hillH,
(Iocs not

leu turns
iivcriij;o
^reni'tal
)n which
shonhl,
a mih'
I'll short',

tranci' t"

with the

s. uiiU'Ss,

i/A> fOlU-

s ; but it

throufjh

Ind cross

Chap, in.]

ACTIVE PASS, DIRECTIONS.

129

LIGHT. — From a square, white, wooden, li>?ht tower, sltuatod on
Oforyinu point, is exhibited jit an eh'vation of 55 feet above h\n\\
water, a /i.rrd irhi/r li^rht, visibhi between tlie beiirings N. !V.) ' K.,
tlirou^'Ii south, and S. H4° W., and shouhl be seen in cU'ar weather
12 niih'S.

Fog signal. — A steam horn piveg a blast of cif/ht scronfh duration

Position.— The liKhthonse is situated in latitude 48" .')2' 40" N.,
lon^'itude 12;^ 17' 50" W.

Otter bay. — if overtaken by niijht, or waiting,' for tide, Otter bay,
on the west side of Pender island, is a j,'ood 8to))iiin{^-i)Iaee ; it is
one mile North from Mouatt point ; fairanehorage is to be had in the
centre of the bay, in 8 fathoms.

Miners bay, on the south side of Active jiass, where it takes the
sharp turn to the northward, afJ'ords anchora^'e, if neeessiiry ; but a
vessel must fjo close in to j^et 12 fatlionis, and tlutn is barely out of
the whirl of the tide.

Directions. — After eaterinj,' Swanson channel between Admiral
and I'eiider islands steer to pass to the eastward of Prevost island,
and kee)) Pelorus point (the eastern extreme of Moresby island)
ojien of Mouatt point (the western extreme of Pender island)
bearing? S.K, 'j S., which will lead over one-third of a mile westward
of Enterprise reef, and when Helen point bears N. by E., the reef
will be cleared, and the entrance oi the pa>-s may be steered for.

If coming out of Navy channel, between Pender and Mayne
islands, keep over for Prevost island until Pelorus point is open of
Mouatt point ; these two points in line, or just touching;, lead verj'
close on Enterprise reef.

When passing through Active pass to the westward against the
flood, keep rather on the southern shore of the pass, as the stream
sets over towards a rock, which uncovers at half tide, and lies very
close to the northern shore, about a quarter of a mile within the
southern entrance.

When entering or passing out of the northern entrance of Active
pass, the point of Gossip island, on th*^ west, and also (Heorgina point
(north extrem> of Mayne island) on the east, should be given a good

Sfi' chart, No. 2,840.

SO 11948

130

HARO STRAIT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [Chii]). IIT.

bertli ; indeed, the beat dirt'cliona Mhich can ije given are to pass
through in niitl-chaiinel.

Tides and tidal streams. — The li xul stream in Active pans sets
from wcHt to ejist, or Ironi the S\\an>ou channel into Georgia strait ;
and the ehb, in the contrary direction.

The ebb stream is locally rejiorled to c(mimence shortly after high
water and to i-iin until aliout tliice-(|uarli'rs of an hour afti-r the tide
has begun to rise on the shore.

The velocity during si)rings is sometimes? knots; at ordinary tides,
from .'? to ."). In the northern entrance there is sometimes a heavy
tide ripple, caused by a patch of 7 fathoms, and l>y the meeting of
the tide through the )iassuith that in the strait ; as before nu'iitioned,
it l8 recommended to pass through in mid-chann«'l ; no favourable
eddy, or less strength of tide, Avill ))e found on either side, imless
insid«' the keli> which lines the shores.

It is high water, full a'MJ change, at th. Cm.

TRINCOMALI CHANNEL— l.iki- all the Inner chanu.ds
already described, this one must be classed as essentially a channel
for .steam-vt ssels or coasiers; it can only be used with advantage by
those bound to llie eastern jxirls of N'aucouver island southwaril «)f
Nanaimo, or by such as clioosr to • iiier Nanainio itself by llie
contracted puss, l)>idd narrows.

The eastern .-iide of the ehannel is f< lined by the long nairow
islands (ialiano ami Valdis. and tln> westc rn by Admiral, Kiiper, and
Thetis islands, and part of the eastern shore of Vancouver i'ditn<l.
Montague lia"bour on the wcsiern side of (ialiano island is a good
8toi)ping place, also Clam bay on the east side of Thetis islaiui.

Trincomali channel contracts when abr»ast Narrow ishsnd to less
than (uie mile in width, but t be shores are bold on boih sides. On
the shore of (ialiano islnid, one mile N.K. from the south-east point
of Narn)w island, is Hetii-at cove, offering shelter for boats or
anchi)rage for coasters ; an islaml li(>s in the centre of it.

Portier and Gabriola passes, leading into Georgia strait, are
botJi intricate and dangerous, unless to those perfectly actpuiinted
with them, and the titb-s are so strong, and varying in their set,
that they cannot be said to be applicable to the general purposes of
navigation, and few navigators would be jnslilie<l in using them
unless in cases of emergency. (,SVr jjages IH.'V liWi).

Sir ohnrt. No. r.7Jt.

to h'(<s

>. On

]i()int

ats or

lit, aro
iuiutt'd
'ir set,

(»St*H ol"

tliHin

Chap, rir.]

TRINCOMALI CHANNEL.

131

.Montague harbour is between tlie south-east side of Galiano
iwlaiid an<l I'arker ifshuul, and itH entrance, hetween Phillimore point
and Julia island, is 1] n\il»s W.N.W. from the west entrance of
Active pass. Tlie entrance is ahout one calili' wide, but has deep
water. Tliis liaibour, thouirli small, is a sunj,' and secure anchorajjre,
wiili a 1,'eiu ral dt])tli of (i fatlioins, ^<iod lioldin;,' {ground ; several
Indian lo(l<,'es ai'c Ituill on llic sIioits ol tli( l)ay. 'I'lien- is a narrow
passairc noi'tli-westwani troni this liarboiir iiiio the Trinconiaii
channel, the least (U'jttii in which is !» fathoms.

Sevt'iiil s^nall islands cxtt-nd ^V.N.^V. from I'arker island, namely,
Sphinx, Charles. Wise, a)id Twin islands, the latter are tw<t ratlier
remarkal)le rocky islets about 'M) feet hijrh : beiwccu this f^roup and
(Jaliano island is a passaj^'o half a mile widt' with },'ood anchoni^'e in
10 fathoms.

A rock which uncovi-rs at low watei' sprinsrs is reported to lie
2 cables W. by X. \ N., from Twin islands.

Atkins reef lies on the western side of Trincomali channel,
one-third t>\' a mile from the ^hore of Admiral island, and in the
track of the vessels workinir up or down. It is one cable in extent,
and covers at 1 feet rise of tide, its neij^dibourhood bcinj,' marked by
kelp, which, however, is rarely seen when there is any rijtple on the
water Tin; reef lies \\ miles S. .', K. frt)m Twin islands; and one
mile E. by S. from the south-east end of the peninsula which forms
Walker hook. There is a passaife of 111 fatlutms between the reef
auvl Admiral island, and it may l)e passed one cable distant cm the
ouiside.

Walker hook is formed by a peninsula I miles W. by N. ^ N.
from Captain passaf,'e. On its south-east side \h fair anchoraj^e for
small vessels in (I fathoms, but a shoal piiteh marked by kelj)
one-third of a mile in extent, lies from '2 cables to over half a mile
E.N.K. from the south-east point of the i)eninsida ; small vessels may
pass between this shoal and the point in .') fathoms, or ])etween it
and Atkins reef, which is better, and anchor in (i fathoms, 2 cablen
southward from tlu- neck of the peninsida. There is also anchorajife
in 1(1 fathoms northward of the i)eninsula, but do not y;o within the
north point of the hook as it dries a lon^,' way out.

Governor rock, a dan^fenms rocky patch lyim,' almost in the
c(Mitre of Trinconiaii channel, has \ fe«'t on it, is about half a cable

Sri- chart, No. 57'J.

SO 11948

132

HARO STRAIT, WESTERN CHANNELS. [Cbll). HI.

in extent, and thoufjh kelp grows on it, yet it i?, very difficult to
make out until (luite close to. It lies 1| miles W. ^ S. from Twin
islands, and 1:[ miles S.S.W. from Quadra hill. This hill cannot he
mistaken ; it rises from the centre of Galiano island T'jO fe<'t, and a
remarkahle white hasaltic clifT will he seen on the cr'^«* immediately
southward of it. A conical l)lack Luoy is moored on tu ■ eastern
side of this rock.

Walker rock lies two-thirds of a mile North from Governor
rock, and covers at 4 feet rise. It lies ISj miles W. by N. .\ N. from
Twin islands, and 1 J, miles S.W. l»y S. from Quadra hill.

A beacon of stone, (S feet high, surmounted by a staff IH feet high,
with cross pieces at right angles, i)ainted black on east and west sides
and white on north and south, stands on Walker rock.

Directions. — Take the passage southward of Governor rock, or
that between it and Walker rock, or northward of the latter. If
taking the southern passage, after ch'aring Atkins reef, and the shoal
oH' Walker h(»ok ; the coast of Admiral island should be kept aboard
within half a niile, until Quadra hill bi'ars N.K., when steer X.N.W.
over towards (Jaliano island, giving the south-east end of Narrow
island a berth of at least half a mile, as a ret'f extends off it.

The nuu'ks for a mid-channel ccturse are, the north-east point of
Thetis island kept well open of the eastern side of Narrow islanil,
the latter bearing W. by N, i N. ; steer up with these marks on until
Quadra hill bears N.K., taking care not to open the north-east point
of Thetis islaml so mucli of Narrow island as to bring the fornu'r in
line with Hall island, as this would lead on to Walker rock. The
north-east point of Thetis island should be kept just halfway
between the east side of Narrow, and west side of Hall islands ;
these marks are very clear and well tlefined, ami are gt'uerally s»'en
from a long distance.

Houston passage, bttween Kuper island and the western end
of Admiral island, leads from Trincomali into Stuart channel.
Those intending to take it had better pass up southward of Governor
rock. The entrance is between the north-east point of Admiral
island and Narrow and Secretary islands ; the southern side of
Narrow island is fold, several small islets and rocks extend from
one to ;5 cables oH" it ; at 1{ miles K. by S. from Soathty point, a
bank having from 2 to .'< fathoms extends one-third of a mile off the

Sff t'hart, No. .'79.

\x\\\>. lit.

[icult to
[ii Twin
niiot iHf
I't, iin<l a
lodiately
eastern

Jovorunr
N. fniin

Oft hif^'h,
,'t'8t siilcH

• rock, or
alter. H'
the shoal
|)t alxianl
r N.N.W.
1' Narrow
t.
point ol"
w islami,
on until
iHt point
ornu-r in
)ck. Th."
Iiall'wiiy
islands ;
■;ill.\ seen

Htern end
channel,
(lovernor
.Vdniiral
n side of
end from
y point, a
ile off the

Chap. III.]

TRIIiCOMAI-l CHANNEL.

133

shore of Adniinvl ishiml, narrowin;,,' tlie navigable channel between
that island and Narrow island to one-third of a mile.

Portier pass, into (Jeorgia strait, though short (not exceeding
one mile from its southern entrance until fairly in the strait), is
narrow, imd is rendered still more s(t by sunken rocks ; the tidal
streams run from 4 to 7 knots, and overfalls and whirling eiUlies are
always in the northern entrance.

Caution. — In conse(|nence of the numerous dangers existing in
I'ortier j>asfi. Mariners are j.dvised to avoid that passiige.

Tides and tidal streams. — The Hood stream sets from Trin-
comali channel northward into Georgia strait, and the ebb in the
contrary direction. The ebb stream commences from one to 1^ hours
before high water by the shore, and runs for one hour after low
water, or from 7 to S hours.

It is high water, full and change, at iibout 4 p.m., but it is not
very regular. At springs the streams run 4 to 7 knots with
ilangerous whirls and eddies.

CLAM BAY, on the eastern side of Thetis and Kuper islands,
opposite Portier i)ass, is formed by the shores of these two islands
approaching each other; and the continuation of the bay separates
these two islands at high water, when there is a boat channel into
Telegraph harbour (pagt' ISIH on tiieir western side.*

White spit is a remarkable point of broken clam shells, which can
be seen from a long distance, and forms the southern entrance point
of the bay ; immediately southwaril of it is a consiilerable native
lodge ; a reef, having less than one fathom on it in some places,
extends over ',] cables in an K.S.E. direction from White spit point ;
Leech island off the northern point of the bay is a small wooded
islet.

(Vntre reef, with () feet on it, and nuirked l>y kelp, should not bo
aj)proaehed nearer than 1} cables, it lies almost in the centre of the
entrance, nearly ',\ cables X.W. I, W. from White spit, and one-third
of a mile K. by S. from Leech island.

Rocket shoal, on which there is u ilepth of t'l feet, lies nt'arly in
the centre of the bay, with White spit extreme in line with the
highest part of Indian island, bearing K. | S., it is half a cable in
extent, with depths of from 2 to 4 fathoms around it.

* <S"(' Admiralty plan of Clam bay, on ohart No. 714 ; scale, tn = 3 inches.

■SSSi

i '^

1 1

I
'

■li

IIARO hTRAlT, WEHTEHN CHANNELS.

[Chill). 11^-

Directions. — Th** b(>8t passu!?** into Oliim luiy from tlic fastwiinl,
is northwiird of Narrow, Socrcfarv, ;ui<l Indian islands, bctwtH'u tlicm
and Hall island ; aftor passing' Indian island steer in fur White spit
on ii S,W, hcariu},', (^ivinj,' it a Ix'rtli of ojie cable.

Anchorap^ may be had in ('lam bay in ('» fathoms betwi-eii Rocket
shoal and the shore.

Rose islets, five small rocky islets, the northernmost abniit
2<> feet lii^di with a few bushes on it, lies half a mile westward
from the north end of Held island, luit with no shij) i)assa^M' between.
When bound to Clam bay from the northward, pass westward of
these islets.

Yellow Olift' ancliorag'e.— 'riien^ is fair anchoraj,'e on the
western side of Valdes island, 2 miles above I'ortier pass, im-
mediately oif a yellow diil" ; (S fathoms, .sandy b»»ttom, will be
found with the clijl" bcarinj; N.W. by N. distant a ((uarter of a mile.

Jt will also be known by Shinjjile point, a low projection with a
native villaf,'e on its extreme, one-third of a mile W. by N. from the
yellow cliir.

DODD NARROWS.— To steam- vessels of moilerate len,^'tll, that
answer the helm i|ni"k!y, this narrow jjuss otl'eis n(» daiijv- i. The
s(ren,i,'tli of tlie tidal stream at its ^'reatest rush is ovt-r cS knots, tin-
least depth of water, 7 fathojns, and the narrowest part (d" tlie
channel is SO yards wide.

If bound thr()iij,di Dodd narrows from the southward, and liavin;,'
to wait for slack tide, there is fair anchora'^e with l)ut little stream,
westward of Round island in (5 fathoms, midway between it and the
shore.

Percy anchorage on the north side of the Narrows, between
Gabriola and !Mud<,'e islands, is a con\enient place to wait for the
tide.

Directions. — When proceeding,' for Dodd narrows from abreast
Portier i)ass, the most lUrc^ct course is northward of Danger reef,
biUween it and Tree island ; the hitter is a small round wooded islet
lyinf-r oir the south end of De Courcy islands; this pasaago is
two-thirds of ii mile wide, with depths of from 2.') to ;$() fathoms.

Danj^'er reef (paffe 121) should not be approached within one-third
of a mile; if the reef shoidd not be seen it is reconnnended to pass
a quarter of a mile southward of Tree island.

S-f chart. \o. 571».

HI.

illll,
thl-

rcHdt
islet

liinl

1 til US

Chap. III.J DODlJ XAllKOWS. — I'Yl-AltES CHANN'liL.

The p;lrt,sa,^'u botwroii White rode uiul Damrer roof is f^ooil, it is
hall" a mile wide, with tleittliH of t'rotn '2() to 'M) fathoms. White roek
iw I.') feet high, and may he itassed if necessary on either sitle, distaut
2^ cables.

When fjoinj,' northward, keep on the easteri side of Round island ;
after this keep in mid-cduinnel, and attend Ihe steenij?*' quickly and
carefully. When thronj^di the Narrows tiie strenirth of the tide
ceases, and a vessel will I)e in Xortlmmherland chaniu'l, a line wide
passage leading to, and only ') miles from, the anchorage -U Nanaimo.
Dodd narrows are not so easy to pass through from tlu' north as
from the south, as in the former cas<' ti;<' slight hend that has to he
made must be made immediately on enti-ring tlu' narrow part.

False narrows.-- When taking the Narrows from the northward,
be careful not to mistake False narrows, on the nortlieni side of
N(U'thumberlanil channel ; ihoy are much wider than the real pass,
but nearly ilry at low water.

The channel in False narrows is marked by I) single i»ile beacons,
one KjKir buoy, painted red, and two .'<jH(r buoys, painted Idack.

This channel is dangerous ami intricate, and shotild not be
attempted by anyone not thoroughlj' ac([iiaintt'd witii the locality.
The <lepth in the channid marked is about '.) fathoms at high water.

The tides should l)e studied in passing eitln-r way. Do not
attempt it with ilif full rush of the slr<'am ; an hour bffore or after
low water there is ii(» dillictUly to a sleam-vessi'l.

Tides and tidal streams.— ll is high water in Dodd narrow**
at full an I chang*' at ;5h. iiOm. p.m.. and low water at [Hi. 'M)]n. a.m.,
and at that period tin* flood stream commences at low water and runs
about 7 hours. The first of the flood is the best tinte to pass the
Narrows, When leaving Nanaimo and intending to luiss down, be
at the Narrows an hour l)cfore high or low water, as the tides are
nearly an hour earlier there. The i'bb stream sets across the
northern entrance to the Narrows

PYLADES CHANNEL.— Till' De Courcy islands extoid
'l}j miles K.S.K. from Mudge island, whit-h separates the False f n m
I)od<l narrows, and on the northern sidt- of the group, between them
and Vakles island, is Pylades channel, whitdi leads by (Jabriolti pass
into Georgia strait, as well as to tin! entrance of the False narrows.

iite chart, No. 579.

136

HARO STRAIT, WKSTliRN (CHANNELS. [Chiip. III.

The chiimitfl hus an avonige broadth of one milt', with a depth of
lif) fathoma, and at itt» head, near the entrance to the False narrows,
Ih good anchorage in U fathoms, convenient for those waiting for
the tide.

Ruxton passage between the north and middle De Coiircy islands
is half a mile wide.

Gabriola pass, between the south end of (Jabriola islaiul and
tlie north end of Valdes island, is not recommendeil, for it is a
narrow and intricate ciiannel, something of the same character as
Dodd narrows, except that it is a much longer reach ; its narrowest
part is not over 250 yards in brean'th, and the shoalest water is
6 fathoms.

Overhead telegraph wires are stretched across Gabriola pass ;
those having masts over 'M) feet high, should not attempt to pass
under the wires.

The shore end of the telegrapli cable laid from Grey point (con-
necting Vancouver island with the mainland) is landed at Valdes
island, 2^ miles south-east of Gabriola pass. Wires are th«;nce
carried to Nanaimo and Victoria.

Tidal streams. — The tidal streams in Gabriola pass run from
5 to (5 knots.

See chart, No. 57!».

1 k-

! ilti

I. ".7

CHAPTKIi IV.

MIDDLE CHANNEL.— LOPEZ SOUND— OROAS WEST

AND EAST SOUNDS.

Viii-iiition from 2:2.'> to '2:)° Kast in 1S!)S.

MIDDLE CHANNEL is tlie centre of three piiHsii^cs leii<linp
from J mm de Fuca strait iuto that of Geor^'ia, ami it) bouuileil by San
.Juau isiaml on the west, and tlie islands Lope/,, Shaw, and Ureas (»n tlu-
east. Altliouf,'h adapted for steamships of the larjj;est size, the
southern entrance is coulined, and subject to strong' tidal streams,
with a general absence of steady winds ; the wide straits, l\osari(»
and Ilaro, on either side of it, are to be preforreil for sailing-vessels.**

When entering, the danger to 1)6 avoided on the western sid*' is
the Salmon bank, and on the eastern, Wiude rocks, always out of
water. Tlie tidal streams in this entrance set from 15 to 7 knots an
hour, with eildies aiul ripplings ; when within the entrance, there is
far less stream, and Gritliu bay, ollering gooil anchorage, is easily
reached.

LIGHT. — On Cattle point a ti.red while light is exnibited at an
elevation of 1<M> feet above water.

Salmon bank extends i^ miles South from Cattle point, the
south-east extreme of Sau Juau island, a bare point al)out ")(! feet
high, sloping from mount Finlayson, and the h'ast depth fouiul on
it is 10 feet, with rocky patches, marked in summer by kelp ; depths
varying from \ to i) fathoms extend a further distance of three-
quarters of a mile in the same direction.

A black can buoy marks the southern edge of the bank.

Whale rocks, on the eastern side of the entrance, are two black
rocks one cal)le apart, and ."{ or i feet above high water ; a patch
with one fathom on it, on which kelp grows, extends 2 cables S.S E.

* .Sfr Admiralty charts : -Hftrostruii ami Middle chiumel, No. 2,840 ; scale. m=l'0
inch ; also Haru and Uoaurio Htraiia, Nu. 2,i)8<J ; uoale, m = U-5 iiuihes.

I I

-»

- *

I
i I

IB.I ^

l.'W

HylRO AUCHiriaA(J(), MIDDM-: ClIAXNKL. [Cliiili. IV,

from tlii'in, otlu'rwlsu tliey are Hteep-to, but it is not n-coiniiit'iKled
t(» jnisH them nearer than a quarter of a mile, as the tidal streams set
rttroiif^jly over them.

Directions.— Enterinj? Midille ehanni'l, ('attic ixtint rtliould be
jjriven a berth of at least 1] miies. Mount Krie, a remarkable
mountain on Fidaljji) island ],2,')0 feet hij,'h, in line with .lennis point
Itearinj,' N K. by K. \ K. leads 1} miles South of Salmon bank ; when
the entrance to the cliininel is (tpen, bearini,' N.N.W., or wlu'n Goose
island, a small islet on the western side of the entrance, is in lino
with Orcas Nob bearinj,' N.N.W. i, W., steer in for the passa^'c. Orcas
Nob is a remarkable conical hill, with a bare stony summit, 1,104 feet
above the sea, risinj; over the west side of Orcas island.

The bottom in the channel is rocky and irref?ular, varying' in depth
from 1<S to (■>(» fathoms, causing? overfalls and eddies which are ai»t to
turn a ship olf her course unless the helm lie jjiven (juickly to meet
them.

Griffin bay is immediately within the southern entrance of
Middle clianntd. AlthouLrh spacious, yet from the f^reat depth of
water there is but a limited portion of the bay available for anchoraLfe,
and this is in the southern anjL^le, imme(liately off the remarkable
prairie land between two forests of pine trees.*

With all westerly (»r southerly winds (rritlin bay affords ii[ood
shelter ; but with those from North or N.K. it is consilerably
exposed, and landiii.urisdillicult inconseciuence of the htnif Hat which
extends off the beach. These winds, howevei-, are not of frequent
occurrence.

Half-tide rock, just awash at high water, lies 4 cables from the
western shore of the bay. There is another rock which covers at a
quarter Hood, lyinj? one-third of a mile N. i W. from the pier on the
beach.

The best anchorage is in H fathoms, muil bottom, with the
southernmost of the white cliffs on Lopez island well open of
Harbour r;.ick, bearing E. by N. ^ N. ; from this position the water
shoals rapidly towards the shore, and at i\ cables nearer in, there
are only ',i fathoms ; a stranger shouUl drop an anchor tlirectly
12 fathoms is obtained.

North bay, iu the north-west angle of Griffin bay, immediately
under Park hill (a bare grassy eminence about ISO feet hi;,di). affords

* Sir Admiralty chart : — Orifliii bay, Xo. (ill ; scale, m bbH-O inch.

Chill.. IV.]

(illlFFIN HAY.— FIUDAY IIAIUIOUR.

i;;o

fjodd iiiiclior.i^c in rnmi 4 to 10 futhoiiis, iiiiid bottom, with all wimlrt
Itiit thnsi' t'roiii S.K., Id which it is H<niit'\vhat exposed. Tin- iMtltnni
hen" 's more roj,Miliir than in rrrilliii hay, and alloj,'('tlu'r it in pffhaps
a HiiU^'j^'cr ant'horaf,'o.

Anchor in from <■» to ',t fathoms, mud bottom, with the cast poinl
of Dinner island licarin;,' S.S.K. [, K., distant I cables.

Nt'W shoal, in the fairway of tin* entrance to North bay, has ;> feci
over it and is marked by kelp u (juarter of a mile in extent. A sjiai-
buoy, coU)ured in horizontal stripes, is im.ortMl with north extrenje
of Dinner island W. by S. distant (I cables. Those without l(»cal
kuowled|ije are recomnuMuUMl to pass Houthward of the shoal.

Tidea and tidal streams.— The ran-je at the sonthern entram-e
of Middle channel, at full and chanf,'e, is 12 feet ; Itiit lillle stream is
felt at the anchorajjes. With the flood an e<Uly, (d' about (»ne knot
iui hour, sets southward in Grinin bay, and with the ebb in ihe
opposite direction.

Turn island lies nearly ') miles N.W. by N. from the south
entrance of tin- Middle chamiel. Its eastern j.oint, a clilVy blidV,
makes as the extreme of the peninsula which forms the north side of
Grillin bay. Tlu' island should l»e passed at a distance of over half
a mile, particularly f^oinj: northward with the llood ; there is a
channel for boats or small craft between it and the peninsula.

Turn rock lies nearly a (|uarter of a mile N.K. from the islaml, and
covers at hifj^h water, and is marked by an iron spindle, surmounted
by a white ca^e. The tide sets with great stren;,'th over this rock,
and tliose passing up or down the channel are recommended to giv*-
it a good berth.

Friday harbour is rather contined, but oilers good anchorage,
and is easily accessible to steam-vessids or small craft. Hrown
island lies in the entrance, and there is a passage on eitlu'r side
of it.

The passage westward of Brown island is the wider, being
'.\ cables across. In the centre of this entrance there is a rocky patch
of i\^ fathoms.

Anchor in 9 fathoms, mud bottom, with the west cliffy point of
Brown island bearing N.N.E. J E., and the south point of same
island bearing E. h S.

.SVv chart, No. 2,840.

140

HARO ARCIIIPELA(U), MIDDI.I-: CIIAXNKL. [Chap. IV.

Reld rook, the U-ast water on whicli i.s 12 feet, lies in mid-
iliannt'l ; it is marked by kelp, which, however, is somotimes
run under hy the tide. The rock lies ly'„ miles W.X.W. from the
north jmint of Turn isliind, and there is ;i clear deep channel on
either side of it.

A nun buoy, coloured in red and wliite horizontal stripes, marks
this shoal.

Wasp Islands are on the tuisteru side of the channel, between
and amonj; which are several passages leading i)etween Shaw and
Orcas islands, and communicating with the harb«)urs, which deeply
indent the southern coasts of tiie latter.

Rocky bay, on the western side of Middle channel, 4 miles from
Caution point, does not all'ord nuich shelter, antl it is not recom-
mended to use it unless in case of necessity. The small ^island,
O'Neal, lies in tiie ci'ntre of it. There is a depth of 14 fathoms
between the island and San Juan, but the bottom is rocky. A reef,
on which the sea generally breaks, extends U, cables off the
San .hum shore, bearing S.W. by S. from O'Neal island.

Jones island lies in the northern entrance of Middle channel, on
the eastern side, nearly half a mile from Orcas island. The island is
less than one mile in extent, mostly wooded, but its western points
are bare and grassy.

Spring i)a8sage, between Jones island and the west side of Orcas,
saves some distance to a steam-vessel passing up or down Middle
channel, by the Douglas channel. It is one mile in length, 4 cables
in breadth at its narrowest part, with an average depth of
15 fathoms.

Some rocky patches extend one cable off the eastern side of
Jones island ; and a rock which covers at 2 feet flood lies the
same distance north of a small cove on the north-east side of the
island ; a rocky patch, with five fathoms on it, lies 2 cables off
the west side of Orcas island, and Gi cables N.E. by E. from
the north-west end of Jones island ; therefore, it is desirable to pass
through in mid-channel.

Passing up or down Middle channel, the north-east end of
San Juan should be avoided as the tidal streams are strong, and a
sailing-vessel is apt to be drawn into the strong tide-rips and
overfalls in the eastern entrance of Spieden channel.

&f chart, No. 2,840.

Chap. IV.]

REID ROCK.— DOUOLArt fllANNEL.

141

Flattop island, in the northern cntraiicf of MicMIi* chaniit'l,
2 niik's N.W. by W. from .loiu's iHlantl, in out -third of ii iniK' in
leni,'th, woodcil, ami about lOK foot lii^'li. At 2 cabU-H od' itfl
W(fstt>rn sido is a rock nearly one cable in extent and 25 feet above
high water.

DOUQT-A.S CH/^NNEL, also called President ebannel, Ih the
continuatid of Middle cliannel and leads into Ilaro strait, between
Orcas and VValdron islands, 'riiere are other passiiges leailinj; into
the Ilaro strait, viz., westward of Flattoj) island, l)etween it and
Spieden and Stuart islands ; and eastwanl of Fiattoji, between it and
Waldron island. In the former, the confused tide> and eijdies are
liable to enlan<jle :i sailinjjr-veHSel amon^' S])ie(|en and the nei^di-
bonrinf,' frrnups of sinaM islands and rocks ; in the lattt'r. While rf>ck
with its ofT-lyinj; dant,'ors offers serious iin])ediinents to the safe
iiavijjation of the same class of vessels.

If necessary, there ip iem}»orai'y anchorage in 12 fathoms in the
bay, about 4 cables southward of the bill of Orcas.

Directions. — The channel westward of Flattop island is less than
one mile wide at its narrowest })art. Green iK)int of Siiiedeii island
is stee])-to ; a tide-ri)» is generally met with off it. After pa.ssing
Flatto)) island, the channel course is N.W. by N. until Skipjack
island opens of Sandy point (Wahlron island), bearing N. by K. j 10.,
when a course may be shaped t-ither nj) or down Ilaro strait ; wiili
the ebb, be careful not to get set into tlie channel betwe(>n Spicdeti
and Stuart islands.

The channel eastward of Flattop island. l)etween it and Whit«-
rock, is about the same breadth as the one just de.scriln-cl, but
Danger rock, with .'» feet on it, which lies a (piarter of a mile
S.E. by E. from the centre of White rock, must " be carefully
avoided.

After passing Flatto]) island, keep its eastern side just touching
the western point of .Jones island, bearing S.F. !^ K., and it will lead
nearly three-quarters of a mile westward of Danger rock ; whi'ii
Skipjack island opens out northward of Sandy point, bearing
N. by E. ^ E., all the dangers are cleared.

If passing between White rock and Disney point (the high stratified
clifiC oft' Waldron island), the latter should be kept well aboard if the
ebb is running, or a ves.sel is liable to be set on the rock. The west

Srr chart, No. 2,840.

142

HARO AFlCiriPKTiAfiO, MIDDLK CIIANNKL. [Clifip. IV.

I)lnir of Huciii shniiM l>y no iiumms Ix- shut in by tht'Houthi'ni part of
WaMrun inliiiid (tluwi two poiiitH touching' luiul (hr('»'-(|Uiirti'i'H of u
mile ciistwiii'd of I)aii;^t'r rock, hut it muHl he iviiU'inhtTt'il the
ebl) H»'trt stron^'ly down on it), until Moimrch h<'ii(l is well sliut in
with Siindy point, tlic hitter JM-arini,' N.W. I X., steer throu'fh with
these marks on, and when White rock is in line with the west side
of l''lattoi» isliinij, hearin;; S. \ \V., a vessel will l»e clear of all
danj.;vrs, and laav steer eilher up or down Haro strait, ;,'iv'inj,' Sainl.v
point a borth (d' half a mile.

Tidal streams. —'IMmse in sailinur-vesselH workinir throu<rh
Doii^'las ehannrl sliould beware of trettin^' too close o\'«"' on the
Waldr<»n island sh<»re, near Disney point as with calm or lijjrht
winds they would run the risk of beiuLr set l)y the el)b (ui to
Dani^er ro(tk, on which the kclj) is stddom 8eon. lioth Hood and eldi
set fairly throu^di Middle and Donjjlas channtds, at the rate of
2 to 5 knots.

The ebb stream, cominj,' down between East point and I'atoa island,
rttrikes the north point of Waldron island, aiul one part of it, to<,'ether
with the stream between Patos and Sucia islands, jjasses down
Dou^das and Middle channels. The other part sets between the
Skipjack and Waldron island ; thence southerly throuj^di the j,'roups
in the nei^diljoiirhood of Stuart island into Ilaro strait, as well as
down Middle channel. It should be observed that tho ebb stream
continues to run down throu{,'h the whole of tho passaj^'es in tho
archipelago, for 2^ hours after it is low water by the shore, uud the
water has begun to rise.

PATOS ISLAND lies 2:{ miles E.X.K. from East point of
Saturna ; the passage between them being the widest, and at present
most frecjuented, though it is not always the best (rhannel from Ilaro
or Middle chimnels into (Jeorgia strait. I'atos is H miles long in an
east and west direction, narrow, wedge-.shaped, slojjing towards its
western end, and covered with trees. Active cove at its western i^nd
is formeil by a small islet connected at low water, and affords
anc)joi~age for one or two small vessels in 2 fathoms, but a strong
tide-rip at the point renders it difficult for a sjii ling-vessel to enter.

The passage into Georgia strait between Patos and Sucia ishmds,
although considerably narrower than the one just mentioue<l, is for
several reasons at times to be preferred, especially for vessel.s passing

See chart, No. 2,689.

rhap. TV.]

VXTOH ISLAND.— STTPI A ISLAND.

lin

throii^'h Miildlf fliiimit'l or for sailiii^'-vi'ssclrt with a N.W, wind.
Tlic tidal strt'ains aro not ho Htronjr, iiion' rt'^'iilar, and Hft tnoi-*'
fairly tliro\ij,'h ; tiio |>asHai,'o i.^ I [ inih'H wide, and iH almost frco from
tide-rijm.

LIGHT.— Patos or Alden point light is ji.ml nd of Hmall
itowt'r.

Fogr Sigrnal. — A trnmiu't yives l)larttH of li('i) xfi'ntiih duration,
foliowt'd by a silont inti'rval of eit/ftfi'rn srcondfi.

Directions. — If intondinf,' to tako the paHwaKi* ln'twct n Patos and
Sucia ishuulH, oither up or tlown, an oxctdlent mark for t-U-arin*,' tin-
IMumptT and (JIcmcntH ruefH (dangerous patches lyinj; southwanl
and northward from Sucia) is to keej) the remarkable round summit
of Stuart island (CA'i fei^t hi^'h) just open westward of Skipjack
island, the westernmost wooded island north of Waldron, bearing'
S.W. i S.; this leads well clear of both the reefs, and the same marks
would lead across Alden ])ank in 4 fathoms.

If taking' the i)assaf,'e from the Middle or I )ttuj,das channels, keep
the whilc-fiHTd dills of H(tl)crts point well open wesiwarij of I'atos
island, the dills iteariu",' N.X.W. .', W., until the marks bt-fore

ilescr;

beil

[ire on, when steer thniu^'h the p;issa^n

rlilli

If the ebl» stream is

running', il is better to keep the I'atos ishmd shore altoard ; Iti fathoms
will be fouinl on the Sucia shore, but il is not recommended to
anchor unless positively necesdarv.

if staiulin^' north-eastward, Clark island, op«'n of the east eiul of
Matia, or I'tillin islet, the former bearinj,' K.S.K., will lead eastward
ot Clements reef.

SUOIA ISLA.ND is indented on its eastern side i»y bays and
inlets ; Sucia hai-b(Uir, the lar^'est of these, all'ords fair anchoraf,'e.
The island is from 2(K) to 1500 feet hiv:h, thickly covered with i)ines,
and its western side a series of steep wooded blull's.

Plumper reef, or West bank, with 10 feet on it, lies 1{ miles
S.W. by S. from Lawson blufF, tlu' hi^diest north-west point of Sucia
island. There is a deep i)assa{,'e between Plumper reef and Suoia
island, but it is not recommended.

Clements reef, on which tht're is a depth of K feet, lies H miles
N.K. I N. from Lawson bluil". Some rocky patches covering at hi>;h
water, and marked l)y kelp, lie between Clements reef and Kwiuf?

Scr nhnrt, No. 2,«»S0.

1 n m m

\i\

■i.

111 HARO AUCniPPJT-A(!0. MIOOLK CHANNRL. [Chil]). IV.

iMJunil, ;in<l it is n<»t siifc to pans lu'tw-fcii tlu'in. Then' i.< ii deep
cliaiiiici aliout dill' milt' wide bctwci'ii Siiiia ami Matia.

('h'lnciitH nt'l' iH inarkrd hy a ri"l iiiin Itimy at a <|iiartt'r of a milt'
iiorth-eaHtward of tb«' n-t't".

Directions.— Kntcrii'.},' Sucia liarlionr from tin" nortliward, steer
for it, with the west iii)iiii of ( Marie island in line with I'ulHn islet,
about S.K. Ity K.. which leads lietween Ald<n l)anl< and (Menu-nts
reef : wlien Kwi(i\' island hears S.W. l»y S., alter course to iihout
South, ^'ivii'ir the jioint of the islaml a l)erth of at least !? eahles, to
avoid some rocky patches which extend '* cahles S.K. fr(un it. When
the hariioiir is wtdl open steer up the centre W. .', S.; it is hetier to
keep the southern or Wall ishmd shore r.ilher alioard. as it is (juite
steep, ami there arc some reel's extending; niic cidde off the north
shore.

Anchor in the ecnire in 7 or N fathoms, niud hottom. If inteiidint,'
to stay it is ilesiralde to moor, as the harbour is small for a latere
veHsel ; it alfi'i'ils yood shelter from westerly winds; with those
from south-east some swell sets in l)ut never sunicieiit to render the
anehoraL'e unt.ife.

If eiiterii!;,' from |)ou,i,das (dianmd, keep Orcas Hill just tomdiinj,'
the south blulf of Waldron islaml, beariiif,' S.W. i S.; this leads wtdl

west wai'i

I of I'arker reef.

if bound (o Sueia hsirbour f roni Kosario sti-.iit, pusH on either side
of Harnes, C'.ark, and Matia islands iis eonvi-nient ; if northward <tf
the latter, as soon as the harbour is open, steer for it, kt'ei»inj,' the
southern. side iilioar(l its liefore directed, do not staiiil so far westward
as to shut in the north j»art of Sinclair islaml \vith Lawrence point,
in t rder to avoid J'arkt'r reel'.

: 8,

Parker reef lies in the passa^'e between Siicia and Orcas islands;
at low water it uncovers a (juarter of a mile of rock and sand, but its
eastern end always shows its rocky summit w liicli is just awasluit hi^'h
water. It lies '21 miles N.K. :} K. from Nob point (Orcas Mill). There
is a j)assa>,'e on both sides of the reef ; that north wiiivl betwei-n it and
SiK'ia is one mile wide, with depths from ;{') to ."),') fathoms; that
southward, between it and Orcas, is half a mile wide, with deptha
from (1 to S fathoms, but ii slranwer is recommended not to use it, as
the points of Orcas at this part run otV shoul.

S-e chart. No. U.ttSW.

Chap. IV.]

8UCIA HAnnOUR.— LOPEZ IHLAND.

145

If tho uorthern iKiHsaf,'*' \h jihoiI, tho north part of Skipjack iHlaml,
ki'pt in lino with tht; south oxtronu' di' IViuh^r islanil bearinj^ W.S W.,
leadH well clt-ar of I'iirkor nu-f. A part of tho ebb Htreain, tfettin<,j
down bt'tweon Siu-ia and Matia irtlamlrt, nniH wt-stward Htron{,'ly over
I'arkcr reef, and thr'»u},'h tin- chaiiiit'ls on both sidcrt of it ; the lloou
rtt'tH in till! contrary direction.

A patch of '.) fathoms lies a (juarU-r of ;i mile W.S.W. fritin Parker
n-t'f, witli 1 to r> fathoms cxtcndiiij,' onc-tliird of a niilo from its
west side.

Matia Island, about <»ne mile eastwai-d from Sueia, is about one
mile in e.xtent, east and west ; on its SMUtbern side an .sevt nil boat
coves. Close olf its eastern extreme is Pullin islet, oil which a Hat
rock extends 1.^ cables.

Skipjack and Pengruin islands an- .small islamls lyinp close
(»IV the north side ol Wuldron island ; the fornu'r is considerably the
larj^er, and is wooded ; the latter is small, i,'r;issy, and bare of tnn'H.
A reef which covers, and is markeil by kelp, lies between the two,
but bc'tween thi.-: re«'f and Skipj.ick island there is a narrow passjige
t)f .S fathoms. The liilal streams, Intwever, set stronj,dy b<?tween the
islands, and it is not rccommendt-d ; neither, for the same rea.son, is
the pa.ssa^^'e between them and Wuldnm island iinlt-ss to tllo^>e
thoroiif^'hly ac'iuainted with the navigation.

LOPEZ ISLAND, the southernmost island (»n the eastern side
of Middle ehaniiel, is '.• miles loni,', N.N.W. and S.S.IO., and '.\ mih's
wide, thickly wooileil, iiut dill'ers from all the otlur islands of the
archipelajjo in bein;^ much lower and almost Hat, except at i(H
northern and so'.'thern extremes, where tdevations occur of ii few
hundred feet, li i southern side is mm-li indented by Icijs ami
crei'ks, w';U(;ij, however, from their exjiosed positi(m and rocky nuture,
cannot be reckoned on as anelioraijfs,

Maokaye harbour, on (he s.iuth coast of Lope/, island, "I miles
eastward of the iiitrance to Mi Idle clianni-l, is entered bi'tween
.lennis {loint on tiie south, and \a)\\<^ and ( harles islands on the
no''lh ; from the latter it takes an t-asterly direction for one mile, and
and then trends southward for a short «!iatance, terminaiim,' ii. a low
sjindy beach. In the entrance lliert' are tlepths «)f from M to
12 fathoms, muddy l)ottom, but with the prevailinK south-westerly
win»U the anchora;,'.' is a mnul dtial ex|iostd ; with northerly or

Hev oluurt, No. 2,UtfU.

BO 11W»

; I

146

HARO ARCHIPELAOO, MIDDLK CHANNEL, [Chap. IV.

easterly windn there would be fair anehftniffe. Ooasters or Hmall
vesHelH (Invwin^ 12 ft't't may get sheittT in the Houtli bight ; .Icmiis
point Mhotihl bo pasHed at about '.) cabli's distant ; the anciionigc in
\\ inih'H from it.

With Honlli-wt'slrrly winds tlic coast and islan.ls on tli'- tastt'rn
side of Middh' channel entrance, between VV'jjah' rocks and .U-nnis
point, Hhoiiid b(* avoided, as tiien a consiileral)le sea sets in ; and
when passing the coaat between Jennis point and cai)e Colville, it is
th'sirable to keep one mile off shore, at) Home straggling rocks exist,
which will be tn-ated <d' under liie head of llosario stniit.

Shark reef, on the western side of Lop.'/ island, immediately
within Middle channel, and halt" a mile northward of White <lin',
consists of two rocks awash at low water, extending a little over one
cable olf shor>', and must be avoided wheii working up the channel.
Large vessels working up are recommended not to approach nearer
than a ijuarter of a mile.

Careen creek, <>ii the west side (tf Lopez island, is 1 miles fron>
the south entrance of Middle channel, and its entrsvnce lies 'i mili's
K. \ N. from Turn island. The western enlriince point is a low
ttiiiuly si)it, close nuind which there are :' fathoms water, and on it a
vessel might, in |)erfect shtdter, lu' beached and n'paireil with much
facility ; the creek terminates in a large salt lagoon.

Uprig^ht channel, st'itaniting Lop»'z from Shaw island, is a deep
passage, leading from Middb^ channel tu the sounds Orcas and Lopex,
and by several ))as8ages into Kosari** str.iit. The narrowt»st part is
scarcely 2 cables wide.

Flat point is a low shingle or saiuly point, with grass and small
btishes on it, steep-to.

C.moi* island is fring«Ml by kel|), and a rock marked l»y kel;. lies
<uie cable South of it.s south point. The tidal streams i're not
considerable in Upright channel, seldom over ',) knots, an*l it is in all
res|)ects a sjife passage.

Anchorage may be had in (i <ir 7 fathoms in Indian cove, westward
of ('anoe island, with Flat point in line with the south )>oint of Canoe
island ; the luily precaution neo-Ksary is to avoid the rock off the
.south point of the island.

Shoal bay, close eastwanl of Fpright hill, extends S.S.K. one
mile to its head, and is separated from False bay in Lope/ sound l>y

.*<< chart, No. 2,ttH9.

3. TV.

iKO in

ist<'rn

; IIU«1

e, it irt

exiHt,

iliiitt'ly
,. clilV,
\i>r (»n«*
liiiniu'l.
nt';ir»'r

t'rt from
■2 mili'H

(»n it u
h much

Lopt'/M
t i>iirt in

nd unuill

h..!';. Ii*''<
M-f not
IS ill iili

,>'«t\VHr*l
lot* Civmif
oil" tlM^

I).Vj. one
kouml by

Chap. IV.] MACKAYE HARHOm.— LOPKZ SOUND.

147

a low neck of land one eablo acrosH. Although aMparently a con-
HidcrahU' shi'ut of wuttT, the anchoriim) for lan.t' vcsaeln is much
liiuiti'd by a shoal which extends more tlian half way across from
just within the point of Upri,<?ht hill towards th<' eastern point of th<»
hay ; the shoiil tlieu extends ii|i the hay In its head, leaving tho
^r»'ater half on the western side, with uo more than from 2 to
'.\ fathoms at low water.

The best anchorage for largo vessels is in S fathoms with Upright
})oiiit (the west p<)int of tho bay) in line with tlie east point of Shaw
ishmd, beariii;,' \V. •{ N., one cable inside this position tlu'ro are
i fathoms; the lioliling ground is good.

LOPEZ SOUND, on the eastern side of Lopez island, extends
H.S.K, for V, miles, lis eastern side is formed jtartly by Loih'z and
partly by Decatur and lUakely islands, lying pandlel with it ; and
between these ishnuls, as well as northward of the latter, are paswiges
h-ading into Rosario strait. The average l)read<h ol the sound is
nearly 1), miles, and there is a convenient depili of water for
anchorag*' in almost every part of it.

Middle btnk, on which thee are not less than ;} fathoms, is half
a mile in exte;>t north and south, 2 cables east and west, and liea
almost in the cei tre of th»' soup.J, its north end being a nuarter of a
mile S.S.K. fron the south end of Frost island, lietween Middle
bank and Housto i island there is anchonige in any ))art of the sound
in from '> to 7 fiatioms, nnid bottom.

Just abn'ast Maury paswige (l)etween tiie south end of Decatur a?id
th(^ north-east point of L< jje/), the water th'epens to KJ antl
ir> fathoms, and this depth ih maintained for I.^ miles, or as far na
Crown islet, a small steep rovky Ish't on the eastern side, within one
mile of the head of the sound.

Tidal streams. —Tliere is hiit little stream of tidi" felt in Lopez
sound, unless in the immediate :.fighb(»urhood of the narrow passiiges
from Kosario stmit.

Entrance shoal, with 1 fathoms <m it, ami marked by kelp, lies
1\ miles X.K. l>y K. { K. from I'pright point, and half a mile from
the shore of lilakely islaiul ; there is deep water on either side
of it.

.S,r chart. No. 2,68»,

SO lli)48

*r~"

I i

I iil

148 HARO ARCHIPELAOO, MIDDLE CHANNEL. [Chap. IV.

False bay (also callod Swifts ]);iy) Ih on the west side of the
sound, one niile from Sh(Kil b.iy. A shoiil, of 2 fathoins, i'xt(MidH
from tlio ccntnj of Falst! bay, and connects with the small island
Arbutii.s, lyinj? in its entrance, and renders it un/it for anehorajs'e
except for small vessels ; but vessels may anchor in H fathoms south-
ward of Arbutus, between it and Frost island.

Half-tide rook, coverinj; at half flood, and not marked by kelp,
is in the track of vessels enterin;,'. It lies threi'-tpiarters of a mile
S.K. by K. }, Vj. from St'paration point. It is better to pass eastward
of it, wluin it is not visible ; tlie point <if Uijrif^ht hill kepi junt
open of Kei>aration point, bearin,' \V. by N. } N., uniil the clay clilf
of Gravel spit is in line with the east point of Arbutus island,
bearing,' S. by K., will lead ch-ar of it.

Fr03t island, lialf a mile loiii,' north and south, lies close off
fJravcd spit on the west side of the sotnid ; it is wo idcd, iind its
western side ji steep cliff, bi'twe.'U whieli and the spit end ile-re is a
narrow chantud with a di'pth of ') f'allioms.

Black aad Crown islets.— Hlack islets are a ridfje of steep
ro;'ky islets, lyin-,' within and across tlie entrance of Maury passajje ;
at 2 cables S. by W. from the southernmost of these ish^ts Is a rock
which covei-s at (juarter flood. There is a p.issa<,'o of S and l) fathoms
on either side of (!rown islet, and anclioraj^e above* it in ;') or
(i fathoms, but do not proceed far above, as at one-third of a mile it
shoals to one antl 2 fathoms, and dri«'S for a considerabh* distance
from the lieiid of the sound ; then! is also ^,'00.1 anchora^^e in .'> fathoms
in the lii^dil, n'l-stward of Cn wn islet.

Passin;^ up the sound between Crown islet and the western shore a
rocky i)itch of 2 fathoms must bi- avoided ; it lies a (luartes" of a
mile W. by N. from Orown islet, and 1 cables from the western .shon!
of the sound ; (here ai'e 12 fathoms close to it, and ileep water in the
passajjfe on either side of il.

THATCHER PA. -SAGE. b»'tw.en Hlakelyand Decatur islands,
is the widest and most convenient i»assa;ie into Lope/ sound from
Uosario str.iit ; it is 1 J, miles in le::{;fth, and its narrowest part 4 cables
wide, with a f,'eneral depth of frotn 20 to 2.') fath<nns.

The tidal streams in 'riiaichei- pas.say:e run from 2 lo I knots.

Lawson rock, lyin^r almost in the centre of the eastern nntranco,
co.er« at 2 feet flood. It lies I cables N.W. by N., from Fauiuleiov

Srr chart, No. 2,(i«{>.

Cliaj). IV.] THATCllKU AND «)r.STnUCTION PA.SSAiiBS.

V.)

point, i'lii'i-t' [h :i good piwrtii^ ^ on rithcr side of tlu' roclt, but that to
tho HoutiiWiird is the Itotler.

The Hoiithorn I'df^o, of LiiWHon rot-k is niarlictl by a can Imoy,
painted nnl and l>lack in hori/.ontal stripow.

Directions. — Kntcrin/,' Thatdicr passa^'c from tlu- souliiward, if
tho Hood is runnini,', the south siion' sliouid In- kcjit pretty elose
aboard, jw until well within the i)asria{4;e it st^ts ujt towanls LawHon
rock.

When the ])arisajjr<' between Decatur and James islands is shut in
by Faiuitleroy jioint, a vessid will be just westward or inside tho
rock.

Those enterihf^' by ThiiUher passage, and drawing (»ver IS feet,
should avoid the Middh^ bank by keipiiig llie soiilii sliore altoard
within 2 ca))les ; White roek in line with the smith point of lUakv iy
island leads over the tail of the shoal in '2^) f«'et.

The flood stream sets from Hosario strait through Tliateher passage
both up and down the sf)UiKl ; a slight stream of Hood also enters the
souiul from tlu' northward.

Maury passage, between Decatm- island and ihe north-east jioinl
of Lopu/, is the southernmost entnince to the sound from UoKirio
strait. It is scarcely 2 eaI)l(^H wide at the entrance, with a ilepth of
12 fathoms; the Black islets lie across the westttrn entrance, and it is
necessary to keep to the southwanl, between (Iwui ind L<ii»i'/,.

OBSTRUCTION PASSAGES. -Ol)structii.u ishmd lies i.. the
centre of tho channtd, between the north ptiint of lUakily and the
south-east |)oint of Orcas island, and the passages o\. either side of it
form safe and convenient ceinmunieation, by l'i»righl eliaiiiiel,
betwtH-n tlu' Middle channel and liosario stiiiit ; they likewise lead
from Uos{iri<t strait to Orcas anil Lopez sounds. These jesses are
more adapte«l to steam than sjiilingve>xls, although tlu-re would be
no dillieidty with a leading wind and fair tides. Small vi-ssels would
tind no dilliculty if the tides wei\> prt)perly taken advantage of.

LIGHTS. — A tiered white light is e.vhibited from a po.st on the
north -oast point, »nd a fixed red light from the south-west extrojue
of Obstruetiou island.

North Obstruction pass is about 1 1 miles long, its average
breadth 2 cables, the narrowest |>u.rt (less than two cables) occurring

d$c duurt, No. 2,uay.

F"^

150

IIAUO AUCHIPELAOO, MlUDLB CHANNEL, [Chilp. IV.

i-l

just lifter making thu bciul ; tlio fjoneral depth iB from S to 11 I'iitlioins.
Ill coiiHcqucnce of the b<'ii<l in this chiinnel it hiw more th»! appear-
aiico of a bay, when seen from eitiier entrance. The east end of
Obstruction island shouhl not be approaciied nearer than one cable,
as shelving rocks extend a short distance off it ; the best course for a
Htotimer is to keep in mid-channel.

South ObStruotion pass, though narrower than the North, is
the better of the two, as it is not more than three-tiuarters of a mile
in length, and is strai«^ht N.K. and S.W. Its narrowest pi»rt is one
cable wide ; the depth much the same as in the northern pass. On
the south side of the eastern entrance two rocks exten»l off Hlakely
island, the inner bt'ing always above high water ; the outer, a long
black rock, is nearly a (quarter of a mile off shore, is just awash at
high water, and is marked by an iron spindle surmounted byu whito
barrel.

Entering from Rosario strait, the pass should be brought well open
bearing H.W. before approaching it nearer than half a mile ; in like
manner wlmn passiu',? into Rosario strait, it the black rock is not
seen, a N.E. course should be maintained until at that distance from
the east<'rn entnuice. When the west i)oint of Hurrows island opens
eastward of the east point of Hlakely island, bearing S.E., a v«'ssel
will be half a mile eastward of any dangers, Tiie south side of the
pass appears like a round wooded island, in conseipience of the land
falling abruptly behiml it, where there are two lagoons.

Tidal streams. — The tlood stream in both parses sets westward
from Rosario strait, and the el)b eastward ; the latter runs f(»r lU'arly
two hours after it is low water by the shore ; the strength varies
from '2 to f) knots.

SHAW ISLAND is much of the siime character as Lope/,,
though considerably snuiUer, being about ',) mih'S in extent ; between
it and Orcas island lie the ^Vasp group, among which are several
pass;i^'es leading to Orcas and hope/ sounds, and into Ro.sario stniit.

WASP ISLANDS, ii^' in nuuilier, bt-sidt's sum.' sniailfr isbis
ami rocks, lie on the eastern side of Middle channel, between Shaw
ami Orcas islands.

Yellow island, the westernmost of the group, is rather
remarkable from its colour, grassy and nearly bare of trees, the

.*r chart, No. 2,68'J

Chill). IV.]

WASP ISLANDS AND TASSAOKS.

151

rtMUiiinik'i' of tb<' jfroup ^)^•iM^' woodi'd ; from itH wi'st uiid a rtiiiuly
Hpit exteiidH oiio cabU', hiiviiij,' at its extrome a rock which dries at
h)\v' water, and aromid whicli kelj) grows ; this point Bhoiiid 1ki
avoided when passing up or th)wn Middh* channel.

Brown and Reef Islands lie northward <»f Vell(»w islami ; off
the western side of the latter a reef extends more than one cable and
several rocks surrounded by kelp extend over one e.ihle off the west
side «)f Hrown island. A depth of 1 fathoms is reported t«) lie
between Hrown and Reef islands.

Wasp p.issage le,ids throu.,'h this group to Oreas sound and
Hosario strait. With the assistance of the chart, a steaui-vessel would
tind but little tlilUciilty in jjissim,' throu,'h it, thuii'jrh the passiige
by Upright cluumel is to be preferred.

Crane island, on the northern side of Wasp passige, is wooded,
and much larger than either of the Wasp gronj).

l*ol(? passage northward of Cran«^ island is so narrow (l.'»(l feet)
that it appears joined to Orcas ; this channel is only fit for boats.

LIGHT. — A .//./•«/ red light is e-xhibited from a pile on tlu- north
shore of Pole pass.

Nob islet is a remarkable round islet, 5t) feet higli, with two or
three bushes on its summit ; it lies just westward of Cliff island.

Directions. — Passing between lilrown and Heef islands, where
the channel is nearly a (juarter of a miie wide, with a general depth
of ',) fathoms, and a pat( h of 4 fathoms nearly mid-channel, ISird
rock (awash at high water) may be passed on either side ; the wider
l)assagt( is eastward of it, between it and Crane island, where the
channel is a ijuarter of a mile across, and has a dttpth of l.'> fathoms.

After passing Bird rock steer southward of ('nine island, between
it and ('liff island and thence between Crane island and the north end
of Shaw islaml.

.Vpproaching the east end of Crane island, the elianiiel nairuurt lo
one «Ml»le. 'I'lie steep elilVv coast of Sliaw island mii -( Mnu be kept
aboard to av(»i»l Passage rock, which lies 1^ i-abh-s eastward of
Passage island. Nob islet, just touching the florlh end of (Miff
island, and just open southward of the south side of Crane island,
leads onv cable H(uith of I'assjige rock, which is coveri'd at '2 feet
rise.

See chart, No. 2,68U.

^f^

152

IIAIU) AllOHlIM':LA(iO, MIUDLK CIIANNKIi. [('llilp. IV.

Wliuu Urciis iiolj is over tlir iuutkw parttia^'n Ik'Iwi'c.i DouI)!-
iriliiiuls and (Ik^ west .shori- of VV^^st soiiiitl, bnariii'^ N.N.W. ,f W. a
vcsHt'l is eastward of Passaj,'!} rook, and may steer up West souii'l, or
eastward for East sound, »u' Itosario strait. Passing out of West
sound the sumo marks are etjually ^ood ; steer ilown just westward
of IJrokeii point (a iiimarkable cliU'y peninsula on the iiortli side of
Hii'aw island) until they are in line, wlien steer for them, f^ivin^,' the
south side of Crane island a moderate berth, and passing out of
Wasp channel, as before directed for entering it.

If desired, pass into Wasp channel southward of Yellow island,
between it and Low island (a small islet), thence northward of
Nol) ish^t, and us before directed, between Crane and (Jlilf
islands.

There is another passage into Wasp channel southward of ('lill'
island, between it and Neck point, the remarkable western o.xtreme
of Shaw island. The lireadth between them is one cable, but there
is a patch of 4 fathoms, with kelp on it, in the centre »d" the jiassage.
If taking this channel there is a reef Ijing S.W. \ S., and o.xtending
more than a (quarter of a mile from the south-west end of Olill"
island ; this reef is sometimes covered.

Those two latter passa.res are llu' shortest into Wasj) channel for
Vessels from the southward. Tho oyo will bo found the best guide ;
a good look-out is vocessary, and to a stoam-vessol there is no
dilliculty.

Tidal streams. — Vhe Hood stream sets west in the eastern
entranc(( of Wasp channel, but in tho western entrance the Hood from
tho Mitldle chaniud jtartiallj' sots eastward, anil causes some ripplings
among the islands, which may be mistaken for shoal water.

Norttl passag'e.— This clear deep channel leading to Deer
harbour, tlu' westernmost port in Orcas island, is between Stoop point
and reef island. It is neaiiy a«iuartt'r of a mile wide, and the danger
to avoid is the reef oil" tiie west side of the latter island. A patch of
2 fathoms lies nearly one cable S.W. by W. from the north-west
point of Hrown island.

ORCAS ISLAND is the most extensive in Ilaro archipelago,
and contains tho tinost harbours. It is mountainous and in most
parts thickly wooded, altho'.igh in tho valleys there is a consid-.^able

.*yv ohart, No. 2,08'J.

Ohap. IV.]

Wasp channel.— dkbr hauiiouu.

portion of hiiul iiviiiliibU' for af^riruihinil purposoH, utid iKirtiiilly clear
of timber. Its Houtliorn Hiili^ in rtinj^ularly indoiitetl by iloop sountls,
which in some places aimortt divide the iali'Tiu ; this in invrticularly
the case in the Eirtt sound, s.'parate I only from Georf,'ia strait by a
low neck of land one mile across. On the eastern si le of this sound
mount Con.stitution rises to an elevation of 2,r.'() feet, wooded to its
summit. On tlm west side is the Turtle back, a lonj,' wooded ran),'e
l,t)i>l) feet hi,!,'h, and west of it, risin-,' immediately over the nea, is the
Hin;,'ular bare-top cone known as Orcasnob, a remarkable object when
seen either from the north or south.

Deer harbour and We.st and East .sounds are on the south side of
tlie island ; but on the western and northern sides there is no
convenient anchorage. A vessel might droj) an anchor, if
necc8.sary, southward of tlie Hill of Orcas (a remarkable projecting
bare point, with a nob on its extreme), where 12 fathoms will be
found within one cable of dm shore ; a small vessel might also
anchor in 4^ fathoms, just inside Freeman islet, u small islet in the
bay two-thirds of a mile southward of the Hill.

The north coast is precipitous, excejjt between the Hill and
Thompson point, a distance of 2i miles; here occurs the low laml
at the head of East sound, and the i)oints are shelving, with large
boulder stones extending some distance oil" ; immediately oil this
part of the coast is Parker reef.

Thompson point is bare and clifTy ; from it the coast forms a
hligiit curve easterly to l/.iwrenee p )int, dislant iJ mile.s.

Lawrence point, the sloping termination of the high range of
mount Constitution, is the eastern extreme of Orcas island ; on its
northern side it is a steep and almost perpendicular olid', and from
it the coast turns abruptly souihwartl, forming the western sitle of
lio.sjirio strait.

( y:

DEER HARBOUR, the westt-nnno.st of the three jtorts of
Orcas island, is conveniently enl( n'd from the Middle channel by
North passage, or between the latter and Hrown islan<l. The harbour
is one mile long in a norih and south direction, and about the same
breadth at its southern end ; it narrows, however, rapidly, and
terminates in a shoal creek, and fresh water streams fed from a
lake. Fawn islet Tub oft' the steep clifly shore of the west side of
the harbour.

lieo uhart, No. 2,68U.

151

haho AnciiiPELAoo, midjjlk channel. [CImi). IV.

IWdwofii Fiiwn iwlyt hiuI the woHttTii Hhore i.s u jKiHrtii^o one culilc
\vl<lo with 1> t'athoniH. A reef extt^iuls from the north m\e of Cmne
iHhinil ; if working' u|) the liarhour, do not HtanU ho far eantwanl aH
to Hhiit in the i-aHl end of Clitr island behind the wewt end of Cmne
iHhmd ; tliirt will k-ad nutre than one eahh' clear of the reef.

Anchorage. — A eonvenlent berth iw in 7 fatliomn, innd, half-way
between Kawn iHlet and the eaHtern Hhore, or a .snnt,' anchorage, in
.') fatlioniH, will ])e fonnd a qnarter of a mile northward of the iwlet.

WEST ORCAS SOUND may be entered from Miihlle channel,
elthi'r by Wasp or Uitri;,dit pasHaf^'eH already deseribed (hcc l)a^'e 14<»),
or from lionario strait by eitlier of the Obstruction passes {hi'c pajfe 1-1*.)).
Ilaviiif,' entered by Wasp paflsa;,'e, cleared I'assii^'e rock, ami beinj? »»ll'
]5roken point, West sound will be (tpen N.W. \ N, for more than
2 miles, with Orcas nob immediately over the head of it. The sound
is about three-quurterH of ii mile broad, with depths of from 10 to
It) fathoms.

Anchorag'e may be had in any i)art above Double islands, which
lie close oir its western shore, half a mile N.W. from l?roken point,
but thti snuggest anchonigo, and the best for vessole intending to
make any stay, is either in White Heach bay, on the eastern shore,
or in Massacre bay at the north-west head of the sounil.

There is good anchonige in I) fathoms, with Sheep islet bearing
N.E. i N.

Massacre bay is the continuation of the head of West sound,
l)ctwcen llaula and Indian points, and the anchorage is nearly one
mile above White Heach bay. Harbour rock, covering at one-third
Hood, lies almost in the centre of the Ixiy, between the two entrance
points, one-third of a mile W. | S. from Ilaida point ; it may be
passed on either side in a depth of 9 fathoms. If to the eastward,
Ilaida point should be kv\)t Avithin U cables ; if to the westward,
the eastern did'y part of Urokeii point, and the eastern side (»f Double
islands kept in line bearing S.K. [, S., leads nearly one cable westward
(»f the r»)ck ; when Indian point bears South, good anehoragi- will
be found in the centre of the bay in <S fathoms, mud bottom.

HARNEY CHANNEL, between Orcas and Shaw islands, con-
nects the West and East sounds of Orcas. It commences at Broken

Sac chuil, Nu. 2,()bl*.

. I

Chap. IV.]

ORCAH HOUND.

point, jiml takt'fl iin oantrrly tlircction for ',\ milt-H, when it »'ntt<M
rprij^ht cliannt'I between Foster and Haukiii ixiintH ; tlie former Ik
a low Hlopin^^ green point, the Houthern termination of the peninHuhi
which Hepanites the two Honnd.s ; tlie hitter iH the eastern hhif!"
woo(1«mI point of Sliaw irtiand. The lU'pth of water in this channel
varies from 20 to ItO fathoms, and its avera/^'e Itreiidtii is half a mile,
though it narrows for a short distance ahout its centre tu a (quarter uf
a mile.

The north side of Harney channel is a series of small lnys with
shingle beaches, and there is a deep covo two-thirds of a mile west
of Foster i)oint ; just westward of this cove, and N.W. from llankin
point, is a rocky patch which lies more than one jublo oil" shore, and
covers at half tlood.

Camp cove is immediately northwanl of Foster point ; it is a
convenient cove for boats, or a sm;dl vessel might anehov tlu're in
ti fathoms ; there is a good stream of fresh water running into it.

Shagr rook, also called High Water rock, lies more than one
cable from the shore, half a mile north-eastward from Foster jtoint ;
it is awash at high water, and iti marked by an iron spindle sur-
mounted by a white barrel.

Blind bay is on the s(»uth shore, midway between Uroken and
Hankin })oints. A small round islet partially wooded lies in the
centre of the entrance, and a reef covering at high water extends
from its western point, almost choking the entrance on that side, but
leaving a narrow ]);issage close to the islet ; a rock covering at a
quarter tUtod also lies oil' the esistern side of the islet, leaving a
channel of .') fathoms almost equally narrow on that side, so that the
biiy is only eligible for coasters, which should keep the island close
aboard when entering ; the eastern wide is the better.

Anchorage in 4 or f) fathoms may be h;id with the islet bearing
N.N.W., distant '2 cables.

EAST ORCAS SOUND. -Knt. Tin- this suimd by I'pri-dit
channel, or through llu^ Wasp passagi'S and Harney clianiul, w Inn
abreast Upright hill, its entrance will be easily made out. H' by the
OI)Struction passes, as soon as a vessel is at their western entrance,
the whole length of the sound will be open bearing N.W. ), W. ;
remarkable conical hills, over 1,000 feet high, rise on both sides of

See ohurt, No. 2,C»1*.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

If 1^ i^
' ui lino

I. ,,

1.8

1.25 1.4

1.6

6" —

►

Hiotographic

Sciences
Corporation

33 WkST MAIN STRICT

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) e '2-4503

vl^
^^^^4

C/x

156

HARO ARCHIPELAGO, MIDDLE CHANNEL.

[Chiip. IV.
Tho

tho entrunc.!, wliich is between Diainoud au»l Stockade points
general depth ol' watjr in the sound ia 15 fathoms.

StOCkadG bay, on the eastern side of the entrance to the sound,
nearly one mile North of Stockade point (the north-western entrance
i:oint of North Obstruction pass) affords anchv;rage in H fathoms, at
about 3 cables from the shore ; with a strong S.W. wind some swell
sets into this anchorage ; there is a good stream of fresh water
running into the bay.

Green bank, on the western side, immediately opposite Stockade
bay, is a bank of sand extending half-way across the sound ; on it
there are depths of from 5 to {) fathoms, with one patch of i fathoms,
and a vessel might anchor on it if necessary, as btiing more convenient
than the deep water immediately off it. The best anchorage is in
(5 fathoms ut half a mile North of Diamond point, with a small green
islet, which liep just off a white shell beach, bearing West, distant
about i cables.

Cascade bay, on the eastern side of the sound, 2 miles N.W. of
Stockade bay, is formed by a small hook of land facing the S.E.
Anchorage may be had at 1^ cables from the beach in 10 fathoms ;
but it would not be a desirable place with a south-easterly wind.

A large stream falls by a cascade into the above bay, and it would
be a convenient place at which to water a ship.

Fishiag' and Ship bays. — Fishing bay, the westernmost of the
two bays at the head of the sound, has good anchorage in 10 fathoms,
with Arbutas point, the cliffy extreme of the jutting peninsula
before nu'ntioned, bearing N.E., midway between it and the west
Bide of the sound.

Ship bay, eastward of Arbutus point, runs off shoal for 2 cables,
or nearly to the extreme of the point ; but it affords good shelter,
perhaps better than Fishing bay. There is good anchorage in
9 fathoms, mud bottom, with Arbutus point bearing W, by N.,
distant 3 cables.

See chart, No. 2,681).

I i

157

CHAPTER V.

ROSARIO STRAIT AND SHORES OF GEORGIA

STRAIT.

Varialum 22^ to 2;r Kust, in 180S.

ROSARIO STRAIT is the easternmost and ono of the principal
channels leading from Juan de Fnca strait into that of (Jeorgia. Its
southern entrance is betwoen Lop 3Z and Fidalgo islands, an.l from
thence its general direction is from N.N.W. to N.W. for 2;") miles,
when it enters the latter strait. Its western shores are formed by
Lopez, Decatur, Blakidy, and Orcas islands ; its eastern by Fidalgo,
Cypress, Sinclair, and Lummi islands, as well as by the mainland.*

Rosario strait has several smiller channels which branch eastward,
and lead between islands to the United States settlements in Belling-
ham b.xy, or by a more circuitous route into Georgia strait ; among
the prinoipil of these chmnels are Guemes, Bellingliam, and
Lummi. T'lo greatest bre.i Ith of the strait is ') miles at its southern
entrance ; the narrowest is about the centre, between Blakely and
Cypress islands, where it is less than 1^ miles ; the depth varies from
25 to 45 fathoms, occasionally deeper.

The principal dingers are the Bird and B^dle rocks, which lie
almost in the centre of the strait, i miles within the southern
entrance. There arj several anchorages avail ible for vessels delayed
by the tides or other causes ; Davis bay on the eastern side of
Lopez island, 3 miles within the southern entrance ; Burrows bay,
immediately opposite it under mount Krie o.i the west side of
Fidalgo islan 1 ; Ship harbjur or Guomes ch.in.i.d ; and Strawberry
bay, on the western side of Cypress islind, are th.^ principal.

Buoys. — A red nun buoy marks the north-east extreme of the
i^hoal extending from Shannon or Ship point.

Buoys are ils) uDored to mirk the shoal ext'uding from Frances
point and the south end of the rocky patch betw^>en that point and
Eliza island.

j!i

• St* Admiralty chart :— Ilaro and Rosario straits, No. 2,68J> ; scale, vi = 0*5 inches.

15S

UOSARIO STRAIT.

[Chap. V.

ThoHO entorinf? Jnan do Fuca strait, and bound to any of the ports
of I'uget sound, or up Rosario strait, oithor by day or night, should
make New Dungjuess light, which is (59 miles from the light at
Talitosh islantl (wv; p. 27), and then Smith or T^lunt island.

Tidal StreaolS. — The stnMiu-; in Uosario strait ai'e strung, from
3 to 7 knots in the narower parts.

SMITH or BLUNT ISLAND lies almost in the centre of the
entcrn end of Jum d.' Fiio.i sti-ait, 1:5 miles N.N.K. J, K. from New
Dungeness, and (! miles South from the entrance of Rosario sti-ait.
It is about lialf a mile in Irngth, clifFy at its western end, and
;')() feet high ; a large kelp patch extends 1.', miles from the western
cxlri'ine, whicli sliould be avoided ; therc^ are (5 fathoms on its outer
(ulge. From the eastern end of the island, which is low, a sand
spit extends three-quarters of a mile N.E., partially covi^ed at high
water ; on the north side of this spit there is anchorage in 5 fathoms,
sandy bottom, about half a mile from the shore, but no vessel should
lie here with any appearance of bad weather.

Beacon. — A beacon has been erected on Minor island, at the
extremitj' of the spit extending from the eastern end of Smith or
Blunt island.

LIGHT. —On the summit of Smith or Blunt island, near the
west end, is a lighthouse painted white, with a black lantern, from
which, at an elevation of DO feet above the sea, is exhibited a
Jlaaliing white light every half minute, visible in clear weather
from a distance of 15 miles.

Tidal stream. — The ebb stream here, as in the narrower straits,
runs from 2 to 2.t hours after low water.

Directions. — Having made Smith island, which those bound
from sea up Rosario channels should do on about a N.E. \, E. bearing,
it may be passed on either side ; but to the northward appears most
convenient. When Dungeness lighthouse bears S. by W. keep it on
that bearing, astern, steering N. by E., which leads midway between
Smith island and the Fonte bank, lying <S miles W. }j S. from it, on
which the least water yet found is )U fathoms.

When the lighthouse on Smith island bears E. by S. a vessel
will be northward of the patch, and a course may be steered for

.S»e oki. , Wo. 2,689.

Chap, v.]

SMITH ISLAND.— DAVIDSON ROCK.

159

the entrance of the strait, which, however, shouKl not be entered
at night, until there is a liyht on Bir.l or Ik'ilo rocks, unless by
those perfectly actjuaintod with the n;ivigalion, :ind the state of the
tide.

If passintrsouthwiinl of Smith island, rem 'nib 'r to avuid Partridj^'e
bank, the least water on which, '2[ fathoms, is :>.', miles W. by N. .\ N.
from Partridge i>oint.

Those from the southern parts of Vancouver island, bound up
Rosario strait, sliould pass nortliward of Hmitli island, avoiding
Salmon bank, with 10 feet over it, o.f tiie soutli end of San .Juan,
and Davidson rock olf Colville island. I\[ount Erie (on Fidalgo
island) in line: with Jennis ])!>iiit, bearing X.K. by K. \ K., leads
Ij miles South of the former, ami it is not reijomineiided to pass
the southern side of Lopez island at less than one mile distant,
which will ensure clearing ihe latter ; moreover, llio coast is rocky,
and the Hood stream sets on to it. There are several indei^tations,
with sandy beaches, on the south side of Lopez, wliicii, although
offering shelter for boats, are not recomnionded as anchorages for
vessels.

Cape Oolville, or Watmouth head, the south-eastern extreme
of Lopez island, is the western entrance point of Rosirio strait ;
Watmouth hill, flat-tojjped, and about l.')() feet high, rises immeiliatidy
over it.

Oolville island, small, and bare of trees, about 40 feet high,
lies one mile S.S.W. from the cape ; close to the cape, and appearing
from most points of view a part of it, is Castle island, a high
precipitous rock. Entering the strait, Colville island should be given
a berth of one mile.

Davidson rook, on which is a depth of 4 feet, and occasionally
uncovering at low springs, lies a little more than I? cables East
from the east end of Colville islanl, and nearly one mile South
from the caps itself; kdp grows ab )ut the rock, but the patch is
so small that it is dilUcalt to mike out. A bl lok can buoy. No. 1,
in 2(1 feet, marks Davidson rock.

Kellett island, or cape St. Marj', kept open of the extreme of
cape Colville, beiring N.N.W., lea Is half a mile eastward of the
rock, and Eagle point (San Juan) kept open of the south end of
Lopez island, bearing W. ] N., leads one mile southward of it.

See chart, No. 2,689.

160

ROSARIO STRAIT.

[Chap. V.

Kellett island is a small tlat-topped islet, covered with grass.
lying immediately northward, and close off the low extreni'j of
cape Colville.

Cape St. Mary, the next point northward of cape Colville,
and a little more than one mile from it, forms the southern point
of Davis bay.

Kellett or Hulah ledge, with one fathom on it, and marked by
kelp, lies 3 cables N.E. by N. from cape St. Mary ; there is a deep
passage between it and the cape. When passing outside it, give
the cape a berth of over half a mile.

Davis bay, also called Shoal bay, affords good and convenient
anchorage in moderate depths. After rounding Kellett ledge, stand
westward into the bay, and anchor in fathoms, mud bottom, a little
more than half a mile from the shore, with capo St. Mary bearing
S.E. by S. ; inside this the water shoals rather suddenly to 2^ and
3 fathoms. A kelp patch, on which there is shoal water, lies one mile
N. by W. from the cape.

There is anchorage in from 4 to 8 fathoms anywhere within
one mile of the east coast of Lopez and Decatur islands, from a little
northward of cape St, Mary, as far north as the white cliff of
Decatur island, avoiding the kelp patches just mentioned, or while
the Bird rock bears anything northward of East, and but little tide
will be felt.

With the Maury passage open, bearing West, there is good
anchorage, at from half a mile to one mile from the shore, in
from 6 to 8 fathoms.

BURROWS BAY, on the eastern side of the entrance to Rosario
strait, is well marked by mount Erie, a remarkable conical hill, rising
1,300 feet immediately over it, at one mile from the coast. The bay
is sheltered from westerly and south-westerly winds by Burrows and
Allan islands, and affords good anchorage to vessels wind or tide
bound.

LIGHT. — A fixed white light is exhibited from the end of the
wharf in Burrows bay.

Williamson rock, 22 feet above high water, lies in the southern
entrance of the bay, half a mile south of Allan island.

^■1 i

See ohart, No. 2,680.

Chap, v.]

BUBROWS BAY.— DECEPTION PASS.

ir.1

good
re. in

losano

rising

|ie bay

fa and
Ir tide

)f the

Lthern

Dennis rock. — There is a deep channel half ii milt wide
between Williamson rock and Allan ishmd, but those taking it. or
working up westward of the latter island, must avoid Dennis rock,
which has 2 feet on it at low water and rarely uncovers. It lies
nearly (5 cables N.W. by W. from Williamson rock, and the same
distance W.S.W. from the south end of Allan island.

Anchoragre may be hafl in <» fathoms, with the passage between
Barrows and Allan islands open, l)earin<,' W.H.W., half a mile from
Young island ; but the most sheltered anchorage is in 12 fathoms at
the north head of the bay, half a mile from the eastern shore of
Burrows island, with tlie passagi' shut in, and Young islaml liearing
S. l)y W. .', W. : if, however, only a temporary anchorage is desired,
the former will be found the most convenient.

Directions. — The best entratice, which is one mile wide, is
eastward of Williamson rock, b«^tween it and Fidalgo island.
The eastern shore of the liay is shoal for ;j cables off the beach, and
in one spot a bouhler, awash at low water, lies nearly 4 cables otl". and
nearly l.V miles E. by N. h N. from the south point of Allan island.

Those from the northward may enter Burrows bay by the passage
northward of Burrows island, or between the latter and Allan island ;
they are about an equal breadth, a little over 2 cables wide at their
narrowest part, and lie nearly east and west ; the latter is the
straighter.

Tidal streams. — The ebb stream sets to the eastward into both
passages, at the rate of 3 to 4 knots during springs.

DECEPTION PASS.— At 2 miles southward of the .south
entrance to Burrows bay is a narrow channel separating Fidalgo from
Whidbey island, and communicating with Admiralty inlet and
Puget sound ; but it is only eligible for such small vessels or
steamers commanded by those well acquainted with the locality.
The tidal streams set through it with great velocity.

LIGHT. — A Ji.ird u-hUr ligiit is exhil)ited from the south-west
extreme of Fidalg<i island.

LawSOn reef, on which there is a depth of 2^,' fathoms, is a
ledge of small extent lying 1 ,';, miles S.W. by W. ), W. from the West
point of Deception island at th<' entrance to Deception i)ass. A hiU

Sff rhart. \o. '2.r.S!l.

SO 11948

: 3

D i

ir.2

ROSA H TO STRAIT.

[Chap. V

t/uiiif, piiintcd red tvnd lilack in horizontal strii^'S, marks the pant'.M'n
wide of the reef.

Bird rock, lyinj? almost in the centre of l^fsario strait, nearly
4 miles N. V > from cape Co^ville, is composed of three detached
rocks close tofjether, the southernmost beinj; the larjjest, and ^0 feet
above high water. There is deep water closer to it, hut on account of
the strong tidal streams, sailing-vessels working uit or down, paiticn-
larly during light winds, are recommended to give it a berth of half
a mile.

There is an equally good passage on either side of the rock ;
that to the eastward is the wider (2 miles across) ; to the westward
it is one mile wide, with somewhat less tide. Hy taking the lattt'i-
channel with a leading wind, a stranger will more easily avoid Belle
rock ; i)assing Bird rock at a convenient distance, steer just outside,
or to the eastward of James island, until the i)assage l)etween fTuemes
and Fidalgo islands is open.

Belle rock, the most serious danger in lht> Hosario strait, oidy
uncovers near low water, and the tidal streams set over it from
2 to .') knots. It lies (! cables N. l>y ¥,. | E. from the Bird rock, and
in the passage between them are dei)ths of <S to 2(1 fatlioms. Seamen,
however, are recommended not to pass between them exce})t in
cases of necessity. The rock is marked on its north-west side by a
black can-shaped buoy.

Belle rock is easily avoided by day ; if passing to the eastward of
it, keep LawTcnce point, (the eastern ])oijit of Orcas island), in line
with Tide point (tlie western extreme of Cypress island), bearing
N.N.W., which will lead half a mile clear of it ; wlien the passage
between Guemes and Fidalgo islands is just open, a vessel will be
more than one mile to the northward of it.

If taking the channel westw^ird of Bird rock, keep that rock Wv 11
eastward of cape Colville until fruemes channel is open. The great
danger of the Belle rock to a sailing-vessel is being left with a light
wind in the centre of the strait, as the water is dee]> to ex])ec1 an
anchor holding in so strong a tideway.

James island, almost divided in the centre, is a remarkable
saddle island with a double summit, 2o() feet high, lying close oft" the
east side of Decatur island.

»•/• chart. No. 2,689.

Chap, v.] DRC'RPTTON PASS.— BKLLTNGHAM CHANNKh.

\h:\

in
iv a

(1 of

line

u-ini?

1 hv

w. 11
ijji'eal
light

•1 an

ablo
the

White and Black rooks are tlirue-quarterri of ii mi If ;4,art.
and lie off the nouth-east coast of lihikely island. White rock, tin
southernmost, is Id feet above high water and a little more than a
tiuarter of a mile from the shore at the eastern entrance of Thatcher
passage.

Black rock, 14 feet high, lies three-quarters of a mile N.K. by X.
from White rock, and half a mile from Blakely island ; there is a
deep channel between these rocks, as als»» between them and Blakely
island.

An iron perch, "20 feet high, surmounted liy a barrel, painted black
and white in horizontal stripes, stands on the highest part of the
rock.

BELLINGHAM CHANNEL, between Guemes and Cypress
islands, is al)out iU miles long and three-quarters of a mile wide in
its narrowest part, between East point and Guemes island. Abreast
the northern end of Guemes island, which is ?. steep IduflC named
Clark point and on the western side of the channel, are several small,
high, wooded islets, named the Cone islets. Should the wind be
light and the tide flood, pass close to Clark point to avoid being set
past Sinclair island.

Guemes Ohannel, south of Guemes island, leads into Padilla
bay and eastward of the island to Bellingham bay. At the western
entrance, ou the southern shore, is Ship harbour.

City of Seattle rock, with a least depth of '.) feet, lies on the south
side of the channel. A red nun buoy, in 14 feet, lies 155 yards E.S.E.
of the rock, with the south point of Guemes island X.W. by W. i W.,
and the wharf at Anacortes N.E. § N.

LIGHT. — A /i.red whUe light is exhibited on March point,
Fidalgo bay.

Directions. — With strong flood tide and clear weather vessels
pass through Guemes channel instead of through Bellingham
channel. The usual route is through Bellingliam channel and
northward of Vendovi island.

With ebb tide small vessels use Hale passage. With flood tide
pass between Viti rocks and Carter jioint, then across to the north-
ward of Orcas island, passing between the island and i'arker reef.

tkr chart. No. 2,ri89.

so 11948

1 1

i I

', ^ •

i
I « }

i •■ i "

■I t

I t'rt

UOSAUK/ STRAIT.

[rillil.. V

BELLINQHAM BAY.— 'Llw >,'ciit ml ilirt'c-ii<»n of this hay is
iiurfli anil soiitli ; it is 4 miles in widtii and U inilt-s lniii,', inflndin*,'
t li(! hroad flats at cither end. In the north-eastern eorner of the bay
are the vilhifjes Bellinj,'hain, Selione, and Whateoni. 'I'lu're are coal
mines near these villajjfes, hut the amount of eoal is not f^reat and the
quality is poor. Half a mile from the shore thiu-e is j,'ood anehorau'e
in 4 fathoms, soft sticky bottom. Tlndcrlyin-j: this soft liottom there
is a stratum of sandstone, which i)revents the anchor from holding,
and ves.selri draj? with south-easters, which bl<tw stivtnudy u]) the bay
and raise a rouf,'h sea.

A l)ouIder, with 8 feet over it, lies about midway between France's
point and Eliza island A n-d ai;d i)hi('k buoy is mooreil near its
southern edf?e.

A buoy, coloured black and red in horizontal stripes, moored in
IH feet about one c!il)le oH" shore, marks the position of Starr rock,
situated l/„ miles S. l»y W. from the mouth of Whatcom creek.
There is a depth of 4 feet over the rock.

LIGHT. — \Ji.mf ir/iitf li^ht is exhibited on the cdtfe of the bluff
at William point.

CYPRESS ISLAND, north-westAvard of Fidal^'o, forms a
])ortion of the eastern side of Rosario strait. It is 4 miles loiif,'. by
about :2 in bi'eadth, and 1,52.') feet high, it is thickly wooded with
pine, and white cedar trees ; on its northern extreme, a remarkable
bare, rocky cone rises immediately over the sea to 720 feet. A reef of
boulder stones, some of which uncover, with kelp jyrowiny' about
them, extends half a mile oft' Reef jioint, the south-wost point of the
island ; the outer boulder covers at lialf flood : it is marked by a
black buoy.

lietween Cypress and Blakcly islands is the narrowest pirt of
llosario strait, being 1.^ miles across, and here the tidal streams during
s^ 'ings occasionally run between (> and 7 knots.

Strawberry bay, on the western side of Cypress island, will be
known by the small island of the same name, which lies immediatedy
otf it, l.j miles N.W. from Heef point, and protects the l)ay from the
westward ; it is rather a confined anchorage, and at certain times of
tide w<»uld be difficult of entrance to a sailing-vessel.

'riif bay is exposed to 8.S.H winds, which, however, do not fre-
t|iieniiy i)low : from S.E. it is sludtered, and there is no reason to

Sf<' clmrt. \o 2.r.s>,i

Chap. V.J

UKLMNCHAM IIA Y. -SISCI, A I U ISI.WI).

I (..J

>ut

riui

l»'iy

ll'iv

(iouht l)iM that, with ^'ood i,'r(»im(l tackh', a \fsst'l woiihl i'i<le oiu tm,\
;!alf. ThtTi' is a pasfsa^'f (M" Id fatlioiiirt imrthwafd ht'twcfii Straw-
Iti'iTV and ("ypr('.>*s irthiiitls ; ami in the t-vciit of j)artiii^' or Hlijtpiiij;,
run throii^'h this pas.saj,H', and talvi- shelttT in Hiirhor Si'niiahinoo
l«iys.

In a sailiu^'-vi'ssfi do not attempt lo enter tlu' l)ay durinj,"- the
strt'nf.'th ol' ilu' tidi-, iinK-ss witli a conunandinj,'' l>rt'»'Zt', and
rt'nifinlu'r that tlie ti(U'S set with trrrat sin-nyth aj^'ainst tlie points ol'
Strawherry island ; it was rt'inaikcil that, while the ehh was ninniii),'
stronf.'ly in Uosario strait, which it eontiiuies to do for 21 hours after
low wator, a stream of Hood set to tlu' northward throii;;h Straw-
herry hay, as soon as it was h>w water hy the shore.

Anchor alioiit '.') cables from the aandy bight of the bay, with the
north bluff of Strawberry islaml bearing W.X.W., and the south
poitit of this island S.W. by IS., this is the best berth, in 7 fathoms,
good holding ground, and nearly out of the tide, which sets with
considerable strength inside Strawberry island.

There is a belt of flat marsh-land in Strawberry bay, through
which several streams of good water run from the mountains.

Rock islet, a small rounil islet covered with trees, lying nearly
'2 cables northward oi' the north eiid of Typress island, has its shores
scattered with large bonldei- stones. There is a passage of 9 fathoms
water between it and Cypress island ; I)ut the ebb stream sets with
j^ioat strength to the southward, and. indeed, close round the wewtern
points of the latter island.

Cypress reef, lying otie-third of a mile W. I S. from Hock islet,
is a dangerous rocky patch, covering at half flood, with kelp growing
about it. James island kept open of Tide |)oint, the west point of
Cypress island, hearing S. -J K., leads westward of the reef.

SINCLAIR ISLAND, ihickly wooded, and comparatively low,
lies north-east WMril of (Cypress island, with a ileep passage, of nearly
one mile wide, between them, leading to Bellingham channel.
Shelving rocks project a short distance ott' its western shores.

Boulder or Panama reef, u dangerous shoal, extends nearly
half a mile in a W.N.W. direction off the north-west extreme of
Sinclair island, some parts of it uncovering at half tide ; a large
boulder stands on the inner part of the reef. Great quantities of

St'f- chart. Nil. -'.i>8'.'.

I 1

i 1

K I

' 1. ,t
i

il M

ici;

KOHARIO STRAIT.

[(.'hup. V.

kelp ^'^^^v in ihe lU'iKiil'oiirhond, hut it in .sonu'tiiucrt rim mitliT by
the tide or concwilotl l)y the ripple ; tlicrc art- tl fathoinn t'lorte to the
odi^o of tho kelp.

By keeping,' CyprenH cone oju'ii wt-stwiird of Uoi-k islet, or the
Htniit iM^tweeii CypresH luid HIakeij isliiiids well open, leaiU weritw.ird
of this reef.

A red nun buoy in moored nortiiwiird of the reef.

PeapodS aro two HnudI rocky islets, bare of trees, lyiu),' half a mile
from tlie \\«'stcni shore of Kosario strait, and from 1| to nearly
2 miles southward from Lawrence ])oint. They are three-(|uarters
of a mile apart in a N.X.K and S.S.W. direction, the northernmost
])einf,' tin' hirj,'er and hi«,'lier. A little westward of a line drawn
between them is a rock which just covers at hijfh water.

Metwfeen I'eapod islets and Obstruction pass, there is consiilenibiy
less tide than in the main stream of the stiiiit, and if necessary a
vessel may drop anchor within half a mile of (lu shore iu about
16 fathoma.

LawrenCB point, the eastern extreme of Orcas, is a louj; sloping;
point, the termination of the ridge of mount (Constitution ; imme-
diately on its uorth sith' it rises in high, almost perpendicular cliffs,
and trends westward, falling back for l\ miles in a somewhat deep
bight, which is rocky, a k' is unsheltered.

Anchorage may be had, if necessary, on the eastern side of Rosario
strait, within one mile of the shore in 1") fathoms, between Sandy
and Whitehorn points, northward of Lunmii island.

Tidal streams. — After passing northward of Lawrence point,
the ebb streaut sets to the eastward between Orcas and the small
islands to the northward of it as well as to the S.p]. through the
northei-n entrance of the strait : wdien in the vicinity of Alden bank,
or about »S miles N.W. of Lawrence point, the strength of the streams
sensibly decrease, and while eastward of a line between this bank
and Roberts point, a vessel will be entirely out of the strong streams
of the archipelago and of Georgia strait ; it is recommended iluring
the ebb stream to work up on this shore.

LUMMI ISLAND is S miles long and very narrow. (;)u its
south-western side it is high and precipitous, a remarkable double
mountain rising 1,5(50 feet abruptly from the sea ; a small high
double i-ocky islet lies close off the shore, :\ miles from its southern

ikr chart, No. i',<5)S'J,

('Imp. v.]

Sr.NCl.Alll ISI.VNI).— MM.MI ISLAM).

1»H

rio

hit,

Vclll

the

,nk,

mis

ink

mis

fmt;

its
am

lM)iMt ; I'lnil ground t'Xtciids tVom its iinrtli-ut'st pniiit ; ami at alxmt
S caltlt's S.S.W. [, \V. t'iDiii ("lifter point, its s.Mitli-i'ast point, lies V^iti
rock. A n-ef extomls .'» cables tnini this rock in an E. by S. din'ction.
A r(»rl< witli a (Ifi)tli of \'l t'ect lies half a tiiile W.N.W, from
Mi(lj,'K'y point, the north point of Ihi' ishmd. A nun buoy, with
l)lack and red horizontal stripes, lies westwiiril «d' the rock.

Kuinini bay opens north-east ward of Jjniiini island, and is backed
by marshy ;,'r(tnnd. Into it by several months [innimi river empties.
The main eiii ranee of the river in the north part of the bay ciin only
be reaeh"d b\ boats at lii^di tide. Sanily point, the north entrance
l>oint of the bay, is low and grassy with a few bnshes upon it.

Lig'ht. — A fi.ird irhifr light is exhibited on Lummi point, thi-
iioi'th-east extreme of the isl.md.

Hale passage, east of hnmmi ishiiul, loinH'cts with Hellingham
bay. The northern einraiiee to the piisstige, tl\n I'-cjuarters of ;i mile
eastward of Midgley point, is btirreil 1>\ v lidge of 2] fathoms.
Towiirds the southern entrance the spit an* tward of Frtincis point is
marked by a ivd nun buoy, and ii rec! sjjar 1 uoy marks the spit
exten ling south-east of Frances point.

A shoal t>f '.t feet lies about midwiiy bi tween Frances point :'!i(l
Eliza islantl, and is marked by a ivil and lilack horizontally striped
buoy on the southern edgi'.

Clark and Barnes islands are two small wooded islands,

'2 miles N.W. from Lawrence point , two smaller iak-ts, the SiHters,
ban- of trees, and a high rock lie immediately S.E. of Clark island.
There is a narrow channel with a depth of :^(> fathoms between Clark
and Harnes islands, which a vessel may take if necessary.

The tidal streams set strongly about the Sisters, and the I)e8t and
most direct channel is between Clark and Lummi islands. When
taking this cluuuiel the north point of Lummi island should not be
ap])roached within one mile, as shoal and bnjkeii ground extends for
some distance otl it : Sinclair ishmd kept jnst open westward of the
n(n'th-west point of Lummi island leads westward of this foul grounil
in 15 fathoms, and when the east end of Matia island, or Putfin islet
close off it, is in line witli the north-west point (Bill of Orcas)
bearing S.W. | W., a vessel will be northward of it.

Matia island, o miles W.N.W. 'rom Clark island, is one mile in
length east and west, moderately high and wooded, and has uomo

Hee chart, No. 2,<i8'J.

I (is

HOHAKIO HTHAIT.

[Chap. V.

covert oil ilrt rtoiitheru s'kU' iittlordiiig rthelter tor boatH ; close ott" it«
east point irt PalKii islet, and exteiuling a short distance eaatward
of the islet is a flat rock which covers. Those bound throuiJ^h
Rosario strait are recomnieudeil to pass eastward of Matia.

ALDEN BANK, 3 miles in extent north and south, one mile
east and west, lies in the centre of the northern entrance of Rosario
strait : its Honthern limit is 2 miles North of Matia island.

The ilepth on this bank varies from '2\ to 7 fatiionis, the bottom
is in some parts rocky, with patches of kelp ;,'rowing on it ; in other
parts it is sandy, and oilers a convenient anchora|,'e when Itecalmed
or waiting for tide. It tm^uently happens that having passed north-
ward between East point and Patos island, a vessel meets the ebb
stream, and is carried to the eastward ; in such a case it would be
desirable to anchor in 7 or S fathoms on Alden bank, and thus
prevent being set down Rosario strait.

A can buoy, painted red anil black in horizontal stripes, is iiiooretl
near the shoalest part of the bank.

Those passing uj) or down are recommendecl to pass on the eastern
side of the bank.

Whitehorn point is a remarkal)le bold bluff about 150 feet
high, its face showing as a steep white clay cliff. It is the
southern point of Birch bay, aiul is '.• miles N.W. from the north
point of Lummi island.

BIRCH BAY is between Whitehorn point anil Birch point
or South bluff": the latter, which is a nu)der<itely high rounding
point, forms the north entrance point of the bay ; some large
boulder stones stand a short distance off it, and should not be
roiiniled al a less distance ilian half a mile. The bay trends N.E.
for 2}j miles, and is nearly 2 miles wide at one mile inside the
entrance points ; the head of the bay dries off a considerable
distance at low water, and the 3 fathom line extends 1^ miles
off' shoi-e in the centre of the bay ; it is open to winds from
8.8. W. to West. The holding ground is good, and with 8. E. gales
it affords excellent shelter. A good berth is, in 4 fathoms, with
Whitehorn point bearing South, distant one mile ; the water shoals
gradually from 14 fathoms at one mile off to 6 fathoms betweeu
the entrance points ; inside this line, 4 fathoms only will be
found for a further distance of one mile towards the head of the bay.

Nrr chart. No. ;M>89.

Cliiii). v.]

ALDEN BANK. — DHAYTOX HARBOUR.

J tilt

SEMIAHMOO BAY, between South and North bluffy, affords
Huod auchoni^e in from (> to 8 fathoms, at about li to 2 miles outside
Drayton harbour entrance ; a tjooil berth is iu (> fathoms, mud
bottom, with South bluff bearing S. by E., and Tongue point bearing
K. by X. This is always good anchorage, unless with a heavy S.W.
gale, when vessels might take shelter in Drayton liarbour.*

Fishing stakes fringe the shore, some extend into 11 fathoms and
ai-e marked by a iv/ii/e light.

An iron buoy lies with Seniiahm(»o post light X. by K., distant
one-third of a mile.

LIGHT. — X ticed rid light is exhibited on a cluster of piles in
i\ feet water close to the steep sand bank, in the turn of the channel
leading to Blaine.

Supplies. — Wild fowl frequent this anchonigo in considerable
numbers during the winter months.

DRAYTON HARBOUR, at :}J, miles X. by H. from South
Iduff, is formed l)y a remarkable b>w narrow spit over one mile long.
The spit is covered with grass and drift timber, and a few pine trees
grow on it.*

Directions. — Outside Tongue spit a Ijank extends a considerable
ilistance, do not approach tlie spit within three-quarters of a mile
until its extreme point bears E. \ X., when it may l)e steered for
and passed close-to. There is a depth of t fathoms at low water,
in the fairway, at three-quarters of a mile outside the entrance ; the
channel is narrow, and no one unac({uainted with the locality should
enter before placing boats or poles on the edges of the shoals ; when
within, it opens into a cunsiderable sheet of water, but it is for the
most part shoal.

Anchorage. — The anchorage is in from 7 to 10 fathoms ; it is
[)erfectl\ sheltereil, and affords room for .'i or 4 large vessels, as well
as sever..l small ones, ami on the inside of the spit a vessel might be
beached for repairs. The only landing at low water is at the spit
end, which is steep-to.

Tidea. — It is high water, full and change, at Drayton harbour at
2h. p m. ; springs range 14 feet.

* >'''• Adiniraity plan of Spinialimoo hay and Drayton harbour, Xo. 2.t>V7 ; loale,
III = 4 iuolios.

170

ROHARIO STRAIT.

[Chap. V,

BOUNDARY BAY is lirtwrcn liobcrts poim on the west,
and Nortli hlntt" or Kwo mais point (»n the east, which beai' S,W. \ S.
and N.K. !, X. from eucli other, and are 7 niih's apart. 'Hhv hay
extends i)i a northerly direction for nearly 7 niiles, and is only
separated from the south bank of Ki-aser river by a low delta n niiles
across, intersected by streams ami swamps ; it is very shallow and
dries oft" '^ miles at low water, the ed^e of the bank in ;} fathoms
"Water, extends 4?, miles off the whole of the north shore of the bay.

Do not stand so far northward as to l)rin<,'' the whiti' bluH' of
Roberts point to bear southward of S.W. by W.

Fishinfj; stakes frin^'e the shore, some extend into 11 fathoms,
and are marked by ;i ir/ii/i' li>,dit.

Roberts point is the tei-mination of a remarkable promontory
which stretches southerly from the ilelia of Kraser rivei- ; the eastern
pttint of the promontoi-y is a remai-kable white diti, :2(M» feet hij^h, its
summit crowned with trees: from it the land jjriailually falls west-
wanl an<l terminates in Kol)erts spit, a low shingle point, within
which is a small sjjace of level clear laml.

From the spit the coast tivnds X.N.W. with blutl' shores of
moderate height for '.)l miles, when it merges into the swampy delta
of the Fraser. Fi'om most points of view, and particularly from the
southward, Uoberts i)oint i)resents the api)eanmce of an islam 1 ;
shoal water and rocky irregular bottom, on which kelp grows in
summer, extends for more than one mile E.S.E. from the point, and
it is recommended to give it a good berth.

Boundary mark.— There is a granite monument :2.') feet high
erected on the summit of the Boundary blufl, which is oidy just
visible from the anchorage on account of the trees ; it marks the
boundary between the British and United States possessions, or the
lyth parallel of north latitude.

Anohoragre will be found on either sitle of the promontory ;
eastward in '.• fathoms, sandy bottom, with the extreme of White
clifl' bearing W.S.W. distant 1 J, miles. Westward of the spit there
is fair anchorage in S fathoms, good holding ground, with the spit
extreme distant one mile. l)earing S.E. by K. }, E. ; ilo not anchor
further northward.

Directions. — Feel your way cautiously by the lead into this
anchorage ; the l)ank is very steep outside, and shoals suddenly
within.

inr chart, Xo. l',G8y.

Chap, v.]

BOUNDARY BAY. — ROBERTS BANK.

171

Do not lie at the western anchorage with strong soxitherly or
westerly winds, but shift round to the eastern, or ti> Semiahnioo
bay, and give Roberts point a berth of 2 nides in rounding ; neither
of the anchorages at Iloberts point can be considered as more than
stopping places, and during winter, l)e preparetl to weigh at short
warning.

ROBERTS BANK, formed by the alluvial tleposits of Fraser
river, extends from Roberts spit W. l)y N. for 1>5 miles, to the Sand
heads, at this point is .') miles from the shore ; it then takes a
N.N.W. directi(m for a further distance of 12 miles, joining Grey
|)oint. The portion of the bank northward of Fraser river is nanu'd
Sturgeon bank ; it is steep-to, there being dei»tlis of from 70 to
tiO fathoms at one mile from its edgi', shoaling suddenly to 20, and
then to 2 fathoms.

Two black beacons, 12 feet above high water, mark the edge of
Roberts bank, and two similar beacons mark the edge of Sturgeon
bank.

GEORGIA STRAIT.— Having passed out of .luan de Fuea
strait by either of the channels before described, when north-
westward of a line <lrawn between Fast ixtint of Satuinia island and
Whitehorn point (mainland) a vessel may be considered in Georgia
strait.*

CAUTION.— Buoys and beacons.— In conse(iuenc»^ of the
steejmess of the shores and rapidity of tidal streams, buoys and
beacons in Georgia strait are liable to be swept away, and shmild
not therefore be implicitly relied on.

General remarks. — To those bound from sea, or from any of
the southern ports of Vancouver island to Georgia strait, Haro channel
is preferable, while to reach the same destination from Admiralty
inlet or Puget sountl, Rosario strait is the most direct and desirable.
Having traversed either channel, the promontory (tf Roberts point
will be seen, ajipearing as an island.

The dangers to be avoidetl when working through Georgia strait are,
on the northern shore, Roberts and Sturgeon banks ; and on the
southern, the neighbourhood of East point, and Tumbo island, anil
the coasts of Saturna and Mayne islands, until beyond thi' entrance
of Active pass. A chain of reefs and rocky islets lie parallel with

■ Sir Admiralty charts
Oo inch.

-Strait of ticurgia. Vos. .'73 .ind 580 ; sonic, m ^

i'-

}■

(}K()R(Jr.\ STRAIT,

[('Imp. V

this rthorr, in places exleiuliuji nearly oiie mile oil'; ami tiie Ixtttoni
iis rocky and irregular, with strong tides.

Extending one mile K.N.E. lioni the east end of Tiimbo islantl is a
ledge of foul, rocky ground, over which there arc very heavy tide-
rips, and dangerous overfalls. A large black conical buoy, in
12 fathoms, mai'ks the extirme of the reef, with Kast point S. ^ W.,
distant 1,1 miles. Ai)out KMI feet inshore of the buoy is a small
patch of 2 fathoms, sui)poscd to be remains of the wreck of the ship
John li(>si'»felt.

At 7^ cables N.N.E. from Hacc point is a rocky patch of 5 fathoms,
about 400 yanis in extent, and at about 2(10 yards to the north-
westward of this patch there is a rock with only 11 feet water on it.
Orcas Nob kept well open eastward of the east point cf Waldron
island, bearing S.S.E. } K., leads in tlie fairway between Saturna and
Patos islands, 1 j miles eastward of the rock ; and Toe point (Patos
island), in line with tlu' north extreme of 8i;cia island, bearing E. -J, S.,
leads nearly three-quarters of a mile to the northward of it.

A sunken rock, nuirked by kelp, with a depth of 2 feet on it and
irregular soundings around, is situated 1{, cables E. by S. from Eilith
point, north coast of Miiyne island.

Ct.Ution. — As before observed (page U4j, when possible, pass
midway between Saturna and Patos islands; on m* account give the
East point of Tumbo island a berth of less than li miles, and it is
recommended not to iipproiich the northern shores of the islands
lying between Haro strait and Active jjiiss, within a distance of
2 miles ; and it is strongly urged to adhere strictly to this advice.

The light on Georgina point, at the entrance to Active pass, becomes
obscured when bearing westward of W. ^ S. ; aiivl it should be borne
in mind that dui'ing the iiight while this light is in sight all the
dangers oil' the northern shores of ihe above inlands will be
avoided.

It should also be remembered that the ebb sets H.W., through
Active pass, and that tide nices occur in its northern entrance.
Itoberts bank is easily avoid* d.

The extreme of Roberts spit, or the tangent of the high trees
immediately within it, should not be brought to bear to the south-
ward of East ; if the weather is thick, when o(^ fathoms is struck, a
vessel will be getting very near the edge.

.V( chHi't, >'o. 'ifi^^.

C'hiip. v.]

CVrTlON.— FRASKIl RTVEH.

173

The tidal streams, iiltli<)n<,'h not nearly HO stronjf rtH among the
Ilaro arcliipplajjo, yet run with considcralile stron<;th (8 knot8\
particularly dnrin<jr the fn\shots of summer, when Fraser river
discharges an immense volume of fresh water, which takes a
southerly direction over the h.uik;? almost srr,ii'4:ht for Active piss.
The peculiar milky-coloured water is frequently carried quite across
the strait, and is sometimes seen in the inner channels along the
shores of Vancouver island : at other times it reaches the centre of
the channel only, forming a remarkable ami most striking contrast
with the deej) blue waters of Georgia strait.

B(dow the mouth of Kraser river, the stream is rather the stronger
on the southern shore. On the northern side, within the line
between Roberts and Sandy jjoints, scarcely any stream is felt ; and
vessels will gain by working up on that shore, where good anchorage
can also be found, if necessary.

Allowance must be matle for the tides : this is not dithcult when
after having ■.>nce entered (ieorgia strait l)y daylight, and noted
which stream was r-unning. In the centre of the strait above
Saturna and Patos islands, the sti-ength of the stream varies from
one to ',\ knots, seldom more, unless close to the southern shores,
which are swept l)y the rai)id stream out of (ral»ri(da, I'ortier, and
Active passes.

North- v.-est ward of the mouth <tf Fraser river there is still less
stream and plenty of sea room, the l)rea<lth of the strait being nearly
15 miles.

FRASER RIVER, in point of magnitude and commercial
importance, is second only to Columbia river on the north-west coast
of America. In its freedom from risk of life and shipwreck, it
possesses infinite advantages oA-er any other river on the coast, and
the cause of this immunity from the dangers and inconveniences to
which all great rivei-s emptying on an exposed coast are subject,
is sulKciently obvious. A shtdtered strait, scarcely 1.") miles across,
receives its waters ; and the neighbouring island Vancouver serves as
a natural breakwater, preventing ihe possibility of any sea arising
whicl\ would prove dangerous to ve-isels even of the smallest class,
unless they ground."

The river, with its numerous tributaries, has its rise in the Rocky
mountains, between iOO and ")()() miles from the coast in a northerly

* Set Admiralty ehart : — Frnsev river aiul Burrard inlet. No. 1,922; loale.
;// = one Inch.

174

GEORGIA STRIAT.

[Chap. V

(liri'ction, whence it forces its way in torrents and rapids, thronjjh
one of tho many ^reat parallel valleys which intersect this rep^ion,
confined by ^'i^'antic niountains, with larjje tracts of country, rich in
agricultural resources on either side of them, until it reaches the
town of Hope, which is about 80 miles by the windings of the river,
in an easterly direction from its entrance.

Above the city of Lytton, which stands at the fork or confluence
of Fraser and Thompson rivers, .5') miles above Hoj)e, many rich
deltas occur, or as they are termed by the miners, bars, and among
these known as the wet digging's, crold was first 'liscovered in Kritish
Columbia.

Midway between Langley and Hope, Harrison river falls into the
Fraser, and by it and a long chain of lakes extending in a general
N.W. direction a comparatively easy route has been established, by
which the upper Fraser is reached at a point just below Bridge river,
in the heart of the gold regions. (.'onsideral)le attention has l)een
attracted to the sul]thur (temperature 1(!1 Fahr. ) springs of Harriscni
river.

Navigable depths. — The old channel, southward of the Sand
head lighthouse, is entirely closi^d. The entrance to the present
channel is 1| miles north-westward of the lighthouse, and as dams
and training walls have been erected, it is considered probable that
the direction of and depth in the channel will be maintained. As
changes may occur, the following information and directions should
be used with caution.

The least depth to be passed over between Georgia strait and New
Westminster is about 12 feet at low water and 22 feet at high water
springs, situated southward of English's cannery, about oL miles
within the entrance.

Vessels of 14 feet draught can proceed as high as Langley with
ease, provided they have or are assisted by steam power and are
acquainted with the existing deep-water channel, which, it should be
I'emembered, is subject to change. It must be remembered, however,
that \e tidal streams of Georgia strait sweep across the channel of
the entrance, and to those in a large ship it is recommended to enter
or leave with the last cjuarter of the flood.

Steamers of light draught reach Hope, and even the town Yale,
1.') miles above it, during from six to nine months of the year. In
June, July, and August, the melting of the snow causes so rapid a

See chart, No. 1,922.

Ohnp. V.J

PRASRR HTVRR.

173

tlownward stream fh i "^^'

■ " '"'!« fro,,, ,h, Hv,.r-.. n,„ ' ! ' """ '■"'""'■'• '"" l^'"«'
'» ""r l,eo„m,., „ ,,„„„, "^^ ' > •" ' ,„™ ,„„r. , but a, L„„p,„.

rh" .'*i..h i„ ,„ f„„„„.« , ,,.:'.,';'" '""■'■ •■■;"v.,i.„„v a„.

LIGHT -F,. '"'■" •' •"""»■

a 'l-la,,,,. „, ,. ,„i,„ I'^h'. v,s„„,. i,, ,,„„. ^.^^^^^^^ ^,^^2

, Fog- bell._i)„,i„,, thick ,„. f

R'«e and fan Of the river - Ti, ■

- tHet above ,t., ]„„.e.., lov,.] , ,h„ ,, - ' "" '"'""■'' I is ,„,-|,a|„

Ma.v the wa,..,. ,,,,., , ' '" 'h.- ..,„, „,- „„„

■'"ly o,. ,„i,|,„e of A„.„^, „'."""« """"atio,,. ,„„„ ,„„,„;'

-■.-;i.^tt:;c:^;:•:;r:'™-":-'^^^^

f™n the ,ai,l,He to t|,o e„,| of r *■"•

-P<«ml„.,, October, „„d Nov™ , 'i' 'T '—'»"'-^"y »,r„„„

-Uhe strength of the et",;"^.:"'':'',™"-': ''-''■ '<> .-eh ll ""

'ainer.s

ope,

176

OEOROIA STRAIT.

[Chap. V.

praotioable nt all. The sna^fl or drift trees which become imbetlded
in the river also form a serioiiH obstacle to iiavijjation at this season.
In April the steamers commence again to run ; in June, July, and
August the rapidity of the current is the great ol)stacle, but these
high-pressure vessels, commanding a speed of 11 and 12 knots,
frequently accomplish the voyage, though at much risk.

Buoys and beacons. — A black beac(m with ball lies 7 cables
S.W. bv W. from the lighthouse. A voi\ bell buov lies half a
mile south-west of the rivei- entrance. A beacon is ])laced on
Old North sand head S. by 1']. U, miles from the lifjhthouse ; and
the western edge of Hturgeon bank is similarly marked by twn
beacons N.N.W. distant 4 miles, and 7.\ miles respectively from
the lighthouse. These beacons are each a cluster of three })iles
surmounted by a cross ; they are coloured black, and the positions
are approximate.

The channel into the river is shewn by red buoys on the south
side, and black buoys on the north. A beacon is placed on the east
side of Westham island, on the south bank of the river, li\ miles
within Garry point ; and two small spar buoys mark the sides of the
channel (Woodward slough) eastward (tf the beacon.

Tides gaugres avu i)laced on the northern side of the entnince
channel abreast No. t> black buoy, a.id oii the east side of Annacis
island, nearly one mile from the north end.

Directions. — Coming from the northward. Passage island at the
entrance of Howe sound, kept in line, or just open eastwaid of
a remarkable peak on Anvil island within the sound, bearing'
N. by W. I W., leads H miles clear of the edge of the Hturgeon bank.

Having made the Sand-head lighthouse, and the bell buoy,
steer for the entrance, and enter the channel, leaving the black
buoys within close on the port hand, and the red buoys close on
the starboard hand, up to Garry point. Keep within one cable of
that point, and of the shore eastwai-d, nearly as far as English's
cannery, which is al)out *.) cables eastward of Garry point. Then
bring that cannery to bear N.N.W. astern, and with it on that
bearing cross over to the Westham island bank, keeping about one
cable off up to the beacon on that island. Thence alter course to the
eastward and pass between the two small si)ar buoys at the entrance
of Woodward's slough. Steer in mid-channel, rather on the
northern side of the river, through Woodward's slough and (iraves-
end reach ; thence southward of Annacis island, keeping towards

iScf chart, No. 1.022,

Chaj). v.] FUASBR RIVER.— NKW WKSTMINSTER.

i <

the south shore through the first bentl, then in mid-channel to New
Westminster.

Tides. — It is hif?h water at full antl change at Fraser river
entrance at oh. (hn., si)rings rise 7 to 10 feet.

The time of high water is about 2 to 3 liours hxter at New
Westminster tlmn at the entrance of tiie river, and tin- rise and fall
da(! to ti(hvl causes at springs, is (i feet, anil at Langley scarcely
perceptil)le. There are nearly always two tides in the lunar day.

The state of the weather in Georgia strait, the rains, and the
amount of water in the river, alfect the tides Vessels will stddon
swing to the flood stream until October, the change of ti(h^ at other
times Iteing shewn by a decrease in strength of the ebb or down
stream. In September (he ebl) has been observed to run 3 or I knots,
and the flood ih knots, the water being (piitt^ frt'sh.

Ice. — On 1st January 1891 the ice in the river off New Westminster
was 4 inches thick.

New Westminster stands on the north or right bank of Fraser
river, just above the jnnctiim of North Fork, and 1.") miles in a
general north-easterly dii-ection from the entrance proper. It
occupies a commanding and well chosen position, Ijeing within a i
easy distance of the entrance, and having great facilities for
wharfage along its water frontage, a good depth of water, and
excellent anchorage.

Vessels moor abreast New Westminster in mid-channel, where the
depth is ()^ to 7 fathoms, sand and mud bottom.

The river bank is somewhat precipitous in places, and the country
at the back is like all the lower parts of Fraser river (unices, indeeil,
in the immediate neighbourhood of the entrance, where it is SAvampy
grass land, subject to inundation during the freshets of summer),
densely wooded ; a considerable clearing, however, of the timber has
taken place in the vicinity of the town, which assumes a
prominent and thriving aspect. It has several public buildings of
note, including a very good hos])ital, and large canneries.

The site of the former military establishment, one mile above New
Westminster, is a most picturesque spot, commanding an uninter-
rupted view of the Queen's reach, a broad, dee]), and magnificent

Sff chart. Xo. I,!t22.

SO 11948

178

GEORGIA STIIAIT.

[Chap. V.

sheet of water. From it to port Mooly (iit the head of Rnrranl inlet,
and a rftatioii of the Canadian Pacific Itailwiiy) tiie distance in 4 miles
in a nortli ilircction ; si'Vcral <,'0(»il roadn exist between the two places,
and a l)rancli railway line has been constructed between port ^[ooily
and New Westininstia- ; also a \va^'i,'on road to the outer (Vancouver)
harbour of the inh^t. Livtu-pooi, on the south Hitle of the river
opposite New Westminster, is connected with Seattle by railway.
The poi)ulatiou of New Westminster in 1894 was about 8.000.

Supplies of all descriptions are readily obtained, and salmon in
abundance in the season. There are not many facilities for repairs
to shipping and machinery.

Coal can be obtained. About 500 tons are usually kept in stock,
but any (quantity can be procured at a short notice. Vessels can coal
from barges, or they can go alongside a wharf, which extends into a
depth of 20 feet at low water.

Pitt river. — At ."> miles eastward of New Westminster is the
entrance to Pitt river, which trends in a general direction from
N.N. 10. to N.K. for 28 miles, terminating in two remai-kable lakes
enclosed between almost i)erpenilicular monntains, and navigable
(for those that can pass tie railway bridge) to the iiead for
vessels of 11 fi'et draught, the dei)tli in i)laces being far too great for
anchorage. A large tract of low grass land lies on both sides of the
entrance of the river, which, however, is generally overflowed, or
partially so, during (5 weeks of summcT.

Derby or New Langley.— The landing place at fort Langley,
is 12 miles above New Westminster in an easterly direction, on the
south or opposite side of the river ; the channel between is deep, and
there are no impediments to navigation. This spot was first selected
as the cai)ital, and as a town site it is unobjectionable, having a
considerable tract of good cleared land in its neighbourhood, and all
the requirements of a commercial port ; the depth of water here
is 10 fathoms. Vessels may proceed with ease 7 miles beyond
Langley ; the navigation then becomes somewhat intricate, and
the current too rapid for any vessels but steamers of light draught
and great power.

North Fork is another entrance to the Fraser, navigable for
vessels of light draught at high water, and is generally used by the
natives ])roceeding to or from Rurrard inlet. Its junction with the

Sec chart, No. 1,'J22.

Chap, v.]

PHASER RIVER.— HURRA RD INLET.

]V,)

main stroam occurs iinmcdialely below New WoHtminstcr, from
whonco it rniiH in a wc-ttci-lj- diri'dion, anil enters Georgia strait
tliroui^h Sturi,'('on baiiVc, about .") miles nortliward of the Sajid heads ;
a largo low i)ai'tially woodeil island (Sea island) lies in its entrance,
anil si)lits the channel into two arms.

In many i)arts of North Fork the water is deep, in holes, and the
bottom irrccrular ; It can only be considered a boat cliannel.

BURRARD INLET is the first fjreat harbour which indents the
shoreo of IJritish Columbia north of the 19th parallel. Its entrance
is between Grey jjoint on the south and Atkinson point on the north.*

Grey j)oint, a loiiij wooded promontory terminatinf; in a rounded
bluflf, is very eonspicuous from the soutliward, while Jiowen island,
which lies at the entrance of Ilowe sound, and may also be said to
form the northern boundary of the inlet, is very renuirkabh; ; its
hif,'h, round, and almost bare summit, mount (iardner, roachinj,' an
elevation of 2,471) feet, is easily recognised from any jjoint of view.
Passage island, small, but j)rominent, lies in the eastern passage of
Howe sound, midway l^etween Bowen island and Atkinson point,
and is an excellent mark from the southward.

Burrard inlet differs from most of the great sounds of this coast in
being comjjaratively easy of access to steam-vessels of any si/e or
class, and in the convenient depth t)f water for anchorage which may
be fonnd in almost every part of it ; its close proximity to Fraser
river, with the great facilities for consliiicting roads between the
two places, and its having become the terminus of the Pacific and
Canadian Railway, likwise add considerably to its importance. It is
divided into three distinct harbours, viz., English bay or the outer
anchorage ; Vancouver (fomnally called Coal harbour), cibove the
First narrows ; and port Moody at the head of the eastern arm of
the inlet.

LIGHT. — From a square wooden lighthouse situated on Atkinson
point is exhibited, at an elevation of 0') feet abovt^ high water, a
revolving white light, attaining its greatest brilliancy ereri/ minutf,
visible in clear weather 14 miles. The light is obscured when
bearing eastward of N. 72'^ K.

Fogr sig^nal. — A horn gives a blast of six seconds duration at
intervals of .58 seconds.

* &'c Admiralty plan : — Burrard inlet. ""Vo. !>22 ; scale, m = 2'U inches.
RO 11948 M2

r.EORfJIA STRAIT, IJUUUARI) INLliT.

[Chai). V.

Pilots. — A Hinjill pilot VfHHi'l iirtiiiilly ctuIhcs btftwotui point Grey
and i)oiiit AtlciiiHoii, or will be at aiK'lior iii'ur Sitaniwh hank, or in
Skunk cove half a mile eastward of Atkinson point li^'lithonsu.

ENGLISH BAY is more lliaii :» miles in breadth at the entrance
between (irey and Atkinson points, whieli bear from each other
N.N.W. anil S.S.K., and has the same breadth for nearly its entire
len^'tli or almost -1 miles.

The head of Kw^Wnh l)ay on tln^ south shore ttinninates in a shoal
arm named False creek ; on the north shore it leads by First
narrows to I'urrard inlet. The yreat volume of water which
dischar^'es itself from tin- upper parts of the inlet ihrongh these
narrows has scoui'ed out a deep (diannid on ihv north side of the
outer anchorafjfe.

Spanish bank contracts tln^ entrance in some measure, it is
composed of hard saml, and is dry at low Avater ; its t^d^'e is steep-to,
and when covered its existence W(»nld not l)e suspected ; there is no
rii)plc on it unless with stronj,' westerly winds, and then only near
low water.

A i>ile beacon with red ball stands on the extreme northern edge of
the bank, this beacon dries at low water; and a red can buoy,
surmounted by a staff and ca^i', is moored in JO fathoms, west' rd
of the bank.

Anchorage. — There is '^i)(>d anchorage in English bay in
(5 fathoms, still mud bottom, at about half a mile from the south shore
of the bay (oil" Indian lints), \\ith wt'st extreme of Prospect point
bearing N. by E. J, E., and lighthouse on Atkinson point W. by N. ij N. ;
this anchorage is well protected from wi'sterly winds by Spanish
bank ; anchorage may also be had further to the eastward, if
desired.

If intending to pass above the narrows, attend to the tides, and a
stranger will do well to anchor in English bay before proceeding
further u^).

Tides. — In English bay it is high water, full and change, at
7h. Om. ; springs rise 13 feet, neaps 11 feet. During the winter
months from September to March there is what is locally called a
"short run out" during the day, and a "long run out "at night.
The tide is consequently high during the day, and low at night.
The duration of the short run out is from i} to 4 hours, that of the
long 7 to '.) hours. This is entirely reversed during the summer
months, wheii it is hi'jfh water during the night, and low water

Sec chart, No. 922.

riia]). v.]

:N(;Msn bay— firmt natuiowh.

ISI

• luring,' tlic diiy. Tlu' liilt-H iirc very comiiliciitcil, iinil caiMiot lu'
(leiu'iidt'il on, except ;it lull iind chiin,t,'«' of tlie mnou.

FIRST NARROWS <•!■ Lioirs iiMr mv on th.> north side of the
inlet, where tlie lii'fiidtli of tlieeliiinnel Is not more limn 1.', ciihleh
with ii d(*i)th of from 10 to ]'2 fiithonirt ; to ii wtriin<,'er the entnuuHi
in not t'iiriily made out until close in.

Directions. — A llal composeil of shinyle and houldei- stones,
coverinj,' with the early Hood, extends from one to ;> ca])les olV tho
north HJiore, so tliat Prospect point must he kept pretty close aboard,
rather loss than one eahle.

In a sailin^'-Hhip a knowledj^'e of the locality is necessary, as well
as a connnanding ln-eeze, and tlu' nan-ows should never be attempted
with the full stren<,Mh of the stream ; and you must be (juick and
careful with the helm. Even for a steam-vessel the strength of the
streams in First narrows necessitates unusual care.

The narrow part of the chuimel is half a mile 'n length, when it
gradually oi)ens out from 2 cables to half a mile, which is tin*
breadth abreast Brockton point. Wlu-n past the narrowest part, the
south shore should be kept aboard within 2 Ciibles until abn-ast
Brockton point. A spar l)Uoy, painted red, i.i moored in .'i fathoms,
at the edge of the bank on the s(,uth sidc^ of First narrows, with
I'lockton point lighthouse beai'ing E. | S., distant 1 cables. Three
beacons mark the edge of the I)ank, which ilries at low water, on
the northern side of the narrows.

Two white masts, each iU) feet high, stand on 13i ockton point, the
eastern one snrmounteil by a triangle ; the rear mast bearing S. 72' E.,
distant 105 feet, from the front mast.

Two white masts, each 20 feet high and surmounted by a tlrum,
stand on the shore southward of I'arthia shoal.

The beacons on Brockton point in line, bearing S. 72° E., lead in a
least dejith of .');}^ fathoms soutliward of Parthia shoal, from a position
with (me of the beactms (20 feet high, with drum, as above mentioned)
abeam or bearing about S. 18° W. until the other beacon u-' abeam.

When the tidal streams are running with any strength, there are
eddies in First narrows, and it is neces-viry to exercise caution,
especially with heavy draught vessels, in passnig through. A
stranger should not enter the narrows unacquainted Avith the state
of the tide.

See chart, No. 922.

t i'ii
1 1

182

(iEOROIA STRAIT, IJURRARI3 INLET.

[Chap. V.

Parthia shoal lios iu juitl-cliinmol noi-th-wostwanl o!; IJrockton
point, its extent, within the r)-i"atiu>ms line, is '^h cables long, east
and west, and 1^ cables broad, and the least water is iH fathoms neiir
the east end. A second bank oi: 25 feet, with 7 fathoms between,
lies one cal)le north-eastward of Parthia shoal. The passage for
large vessels is southward of the shoals with (shoul I the beacons
be down) the chimney of the sugar relinery iu line with Brockton
point E. by S. ] S. ; passing Brockton point at a distance of
200 yards.

Burnaby shoal, about 2 cables iu extent, with 9 feet on it, lies
3|- cables E. ] N. from Brockton [)oint ; the kelp, however, is
frequently not seen until close to. It is marked on its north-eastern
edge by a red spar buoj', moored with eastern extreme of Brockton
point West, distant i5 cables.

Tides. — The Htri'ugth of the; tide in the narrowest part of the First
narrows is from 4 to 8 knots. It is high water, full and change, at
7h. ; rise I'i feet.

VANCOUVER HARBOUR, the anchorage inside First
narrows, is a bight formed by the land falling back from Brockton
point ; midway between Vancouver town and Hastings mill,
Whiting bank extends IJ cables from the shore, with 2|- fathoms on
its outer edge.*

LIGHT. — On Brockton point a Jixed white and red light is
exhibited on a mast, at an elevation of 51 feet above high water.
The red sector is shown between S. 83° W. and N. 07" W. (30°).

Fo§r Sigrnal. — A bell is struck once every 25 seconds.

Vancouvei', a rapidly increasing town, is situated on the eastern
Bide of Vancouver harbour ; it is the terminus of the Canadian
Pacitic Railway, and trains leave daily for Montreal. It is in
telegraphic communication Avith Vancouver island and Montreal.
There are excellent facilities for beaching vessels.

The depths alongside the Cau.idian Pacific Railway wharf are
24 to 2(5 feet at low water.

The pier, half a cable eastward of Buckland point, has a depth
alongside it at low water of 24 feet.

See Admiraltv plan : — Vancouver harbour, No. 922 ; scale, m = 4'0 inches.

Chap, v.] BUURAUD INLET.— VANCOUVER HARBOUR.

i8:i

At Ha8tinf,'s saw-mill tliere are several piers with a depth of
25 feet alongside the largest .

The popnlatioi. in 1801, numbered i;?,r)8r).

Communications. — There is regular steam eommnnication
between Vancouver town and .Japan, China, Sandwieh islands, New
Zealand, Australia, San Francisco, and ports in Puget sound in
connection with the C!anadian Pacific Railway ; and mails for
Australia, China, and Japan are conveyed by this routi'. The
steamers from China coal at Vancouver from a hulk ; thev call at
Esquimau.

There is railway communication with New Westminster.

Supplies. — Wood and coal are retidily procured. Water is
obtained from the princijjal wharves. The city is supplied witli
water from Capilano creek on the northern shore ; the main pi])e
crosses First narrows from the eastern mouth of the cri'ck.

Tides. — From observations, obtained at the Canadian Paciiic
railway v.harf, in April, May, and June, it was II.W.F. & C. at
7 hours; on ti'is day the rise was Jl feel. The greatest range
however, \iz., IIJ feet, was observed from 2 to 4 days after full anil
change of tho moon. The neap rise, usually occurring from
'.) to 11 days after full and change, was 11 feet, and range 7 feet.
At point Atkinson high and low water are about three-quarters of an
hour earlier, and at port Moody a quarter of an hour later than at
Vancouver. The streams, both Hood and ebb, in First and Second
narrows turn at high and low water by the shore.

The above observations shew a large diurnal inequality, which
affects the high waters from a few inches to 4^ feet, and the low
waters a few inches to 9^ feet. Two tides of unequal range usually
occur in the 24 hours as follows : — Higher high water, hightir low
water, lower high water, lower low water. The greatest range
follows the moon's maximum declination. The tide has the
peculiarity of rising to nearly the sauH' level at the liiglur high
waters whether it be at springs or neaps, where;is tlie level of the
low waters varies in the usual manner. In summer the higher tides
occur at night, and in winter during the day.

Moodyville. — At Moody ville, on the north shore, there is a
steam saw-mill, also a gridiron 180 feet long and 40 feet wide,
capable at spring tides of taking a vessel drawing 12 feet ; alongside

See ohiurt, No, 922.

■'I

184

flEOUUTA HTRAIT, BURRARD INLET.

[Chap. V.

it is ii siiiiill wiurf. Steam I'oi'ry huiils ply bjtwuuu this pliice cind
the several other settlements in Burranl inlet.

Hastingrs, a small villa,i,fe situated on the south side of the inlet
is 3 miles eastward from Vancouver, and is connected with New
Westminster by a road 1) miles lon^'. It is much frequented during
the summer months.

Anchorage. — The best anchoi-age iu Vancouver harbour is in
the south-east corner iu from 10 to 12 fathoms, mud, with the north
extreme of the piers at Hastinsjfs mill bearing E. by N., and the
landing stage at Vancouver town (i long floating stage) bearing
South. This position is out of the influence of the strong tidal
streams.

Coal is obtained from Nanaimo and neighbouring ports, and the
amount kept in stock is uncertain.

TugT- — A powerful steam tug is available for iowiug vessels
between Juan de Fuca strait and Burrard inlet.

Second narrows are similar to the First ; a l)(ink of the same
description, but more extensive, is caused by the deposit brought
down from the high mountains by the numerous streams which
flow into the inlet on the north side. This bank is dry at low water,
and the breadth of the deep channel, at the narrowest part and for
half a mile on either side of it, varies from 1^ to 2 cables, with a
depth of from 10 to 20 fathoms. The channel, however, is straight,
and the tidal streams which run from 15 to 7 knots set fairlv through
it. The only directions necessary are to keep the south shore close
aboard, and steer from point to i)oint without going far into the
bights which indent the coast on either side of the narrowest part.
The great strength of the streams cease when half a mile from the
narrowest part of either narrows.

A submarini' telegraph cable ci'osses Second narrows in the
narrowest part, marked by three posts placed on the mud flat ; and
the outer of these being on the southern edge of the flat is a good
guide for the deep water channel.

'^ORT MOODY.— The entrance to this snug harbour is 1 jniles
eastward from Second narrows, at the head of the eastern arm of
the inlet. It is 3 miles in length, and varies in breadth from one-
third to half a mile, except at its entrance, where it is only 2 cables

.Sir chart, No. 922.

Chiip. v.]

PORT MOODY. — NORTH ARM.

185

across : there aro no known (lan<r('rs, ami tliert' is an uuil'orni deptli
of water, with good holding ground. The port takes a N.E. by E.
direction for nearly 2 miles, and then E. by S. for one mile,
terminating in a muddy tlat at its head, which reaches within 15 miles
of the banks of Pitt river, and about i miles from the siti' of the
military camp at New Westminster, on the Frasi'r, Wharfage
accommodation for vessels of large tonnage is provided, the depth
alongside which is )U» feet at low water.

Anchorag'e.— The best anchorage is in tiie widest part of the
harbour just before reaching the arm which turns E. I>y S., in
from 5 to G fathoms. Abreast the turning point, and on the nortii
shore, a bank dries off for nearly 2 cables at low water.

NORTH ARM, i> miles eastward of Second narrows, branclu-s
in a general northerly direction for 11 miles, it is entirely
different in its character from other portions of the inlet. The dei)lh
varies from .jO to 110 fathoms, and it is enclosed on both sides by
ragged mountains rising from 2,000 to r),Ot)0 feet almost pei-pi-n-
dicularly, and down the steep sides of which the melting snow
in summer forces its way in j'oaming cascades, rendering the
surface water in the inlet lielow nearly fresh.

There is scarcely sufficient level lanil in this arm to pitch a
tent, nor is there any anchorage except in Bedwell bay, a narrow
creek 2 miles within the entrance, on the eastern ■'■Iiore, where
7 to '.> fathoms are foxind near its head. North arm is ji early one
mile wide at the entrance, biat one mile within, it is contracted
to a little over 2 cables, when it shortly opens out again, and
maintains an average breadth of two-thirds of a mile as far as
Croker island. There is a settlement on North arm named Richmontl
and there are salmon canneries there.

Tupper rock, in the approach to liedwell bay, is of small extent
with deep water around, and having 10 feet over it at low water.
The rock lies 15 cables N.E. :{ N. from Jug island, and is very
dangerous to vessels entering Beilweli bay.

Croker island is one mile from the head of the arm, and on
both sides of it there are deep l)ut narrow channels ; that to the
eastward is the wider. The head terminates in a delta of swampy
rushes, throiigh which some rapid streams hnd their way into the
inlet from a deep and narrow gorge in a N.N.W. direction.

.S"(' chart, No. 'J22.

18fi

GEORGIA STRAIT.

[Chap. V.

SOUTHERN SHORE OF GEORGIA STRAIT.

GABRIOLA REEFS, a dangerous cluster of rocks, covering
II space of nearly I J, miles, some of which cover at half flood, and
others havlnjjf only a few feet water over them, lie 2 miles olf the
oasti^rn point of Gahriola island. There is a passage inside the reefs,
but it is not recommended. Nanoose or Notch hill just open of
Ik^rry point (the north-east point of Gabriola island), liearing W. h S.,
leads one mile northward of them.*

Thrasher rock, lying about 2 cables seaward from the northern end
of the Gabriola reefs, is a detached rock which dries 1^ feet in the
kelp which marks the neighbourhood. There is a depth 11 fathoms
within one cable of the rock on its seaward side, and betweeii it and
the Gabriola reefs there appeared to be a depth of about 5 fathoms
over a rocky bottom.

Berry point bearing W. ^ S. (well open of Flattop point), leads
about one mile northward of Gabriola reefs and Thi'asher rock. The
entrance points of Portier pass just touching on a S.S.E. | E. bearing,
leads more than 1^ miles eastward of the reefs.

Buoy. — A black can buoy, surmiunted by a spindle and cage, is
moored in 11^ fathoms, one cable N.E. from Thrasher rock.

Caution. — Westward of Flattop island the shore of Gabriola is
bohl until near Berry point and Entrance island, when it should not
be approached withni a long half mile ; foul ground extends for
some distance eastward from the point of the island.

ENTRANCE ISLAND lies half a mile N.N.E., from Berry
point, it is rocky, 'M feet high, formed of sandstone, bare of trees,
but has some vegetation on it. Thosi' j)assing up the strait bound
for Nanaimo should rf»und tliis island ; there is a deep passage
between it and Berry point named Forwood channel, a little more
than 2 cables in breadth, which steam-vessels or small craft may
use ; but the south anil west sides of Entrance island must be
avoided, as reefs and broken ground extend 2 cables off them.

LIGHT. — From a square, white, lighthouse situated on Entrance
island, is exhibited, at 05 feet above high water, a fi.ved white light,

• Ser Admiralty ohart :— Strait of Georgia, Sheet 1, No. 57!) ; uoale, w = 0'6 of an
inoh.

Chap, v.] GABRIOLA RKEF!^.— PAIilWAY CHANNEL.

1S7

with />v/ soctor betweiMi Wont ami N. 8IJ'^ W,, over Cabiiohi rtnds.
Obseuri'd by laud when bearing' northward of N. SIJ" W. The Vv^ht
shoukl be seen in clear weather from a diritance of 14 miles.

Fog" Sig'nal. — A steam horn i/ives blasts of 8 seconds with sileiit
intervals of 4.") seconds.

Position.— Lat 4!f 12' 45 N., long. 12:\ 48 .j(>" W.

FAIRWAY CHANNEL, l)etweeu the shore of (iabriola and
Lighthouse island, is the most direct for vessels entering from the
southward or eastward.*

LightllOUSe island is a smooth-topped grassy sandstone island,
ii cables in extent north and south, about 39 feet high, 15 miles
W. by S. ^ S. from Entrance island. A ledge of rocks, 4 cables
long in a north and south direction, lies to the eastward of Light-
house island ; with the north end 2^ cables E.N.E. from the south
point of this island, and the south end 4^ cables S.E. by E. from
the same point ; the least depth on this ledge is 7 feet on its
northern edge, and 21 feet on its southern. The ledge is generally
covered with streaming kelp, and has a channel of 7 fathoms
between it and the island. The southern end of the reef is markcil
by a red can buoy in i) fathoms, with the south end of the island
N.W. by W. I W., distant ."i cables. Lighthouse island is locally
named Snake island.

Directions. — Having entered Georgia strait, between East point
of Saturna and Patos island, a W.N.W. course for 38 miles will
lead nearly 1} miles outside Gabriola reefs, and abreast Entrance
island, the latter bearing S.W. distant 5 miles. When proceeding
through Fairway channel, if northward of mid-channel, keep a look-
out for the kelp on Lighthouse island ledgi- ; when Lighthouse
islanil bears N.W. steer S. | W., which leads to the entrance of
Nanaimo harbour, ilistant a little over 2 miles.

Strangers should be careful not to mistake Northumberland
channel for it, which lies in a S.S.E. direction from Lighthouse
island, between the high cliffy west coast of Gabriola island and
Sharp point, a remarkable narrow projection on the main, and off
which, at the distance of half a cable, is a rock which uncovers.

* iSi-r Admiralty plan: — Nanaimo harbour and Departure bay, No. 2,612; scale,
m := 4 iuohes.

i t,

! ,jj

" 1

i ■

188

GEORGIA HTRAIT, SOUTHEKN SHORE.

[Chap. V.

Hiiviuf,' i)asse(l between Lij^'htliousc and Oabriola islands, there
in a good working,' space of Vj miles in breadth, between Gabriola
on the east, and Newcastle and Protection islands on the west, but
the water is too dee}) for anchorage. The shores of the latter
islands should nc»t be aiJ])roachetl within a quarter of a mile, as
shoal rocky ledges extend off them. Having bi'ought Gallows point

(the southern extreme of Protection sland) to bear S.W.
town will come in view.

W., the

A vessel may anchor if necessary with the high-water mark of
Gallows point bearing "W.N.W., distant a (juarter of a mile, which
will be in the Fairway of the entrance, but it is difficult for a sailing
vessel to pick up a berth hero v/ith a strong breeze, as the space for
anchorage is confined.

NANAIMO HARBOUR (on Vancouver island) is formed by
Protection island (lying at a little over half a mile off shore) to the
eastward, and Newcastle island to the northward ; this latter island
approaching the shore of Vancouver to within a distance of 1^ cables,
and forming a narrow strait afll'ording communication with Departure
bay to the northward.*

The entrance to the harbour lies between Gallows point on the
north side and a bank of mud on the south side. A rocky ledge
extends for li cables on all sides of the point, and in summer is
marked by kelp ; a large boulder stands on the ledge off the point,
distant V)i) yards, and covers before high water. The south side of
the channel is the northeni edge of the great shallow bay to the
southward, which although it does not <iuite dry in this part, has
only 2 or ?i feet on it at low water, and is steep-to. The harbour
thence opens out, and when the banks are covered, gives the idea of
being a large sheet of water, but the deep part is limited.

Buoys, and beacons. — A wharf projects 150 yards from the
western part of Gallows point, into 24 feet water ; two mooring
buoys lie about half a cable off the cross-head of the wharf. The
following now mark the channels into the harbour : — Gallows point
buoy. No. 2, is reil with staff and disc. On the south side of the
channel are two black buoys with staves and top nuu"ks, Nos. 15 and ;">,
marking the shoal water off Nanaimo flats. On the south end of
Middle bank is No. 0, red with staff' and cage ; and a red spar buoy
near the edge of the bank. On the north end of the bank, a black
beacon, from which a whitf light is exhibited.

* Sir. Admiralty plan of Nanaimo harbour. No. 673 ; scale, w» =i 12 inchcB; also
Xanaiino harbour and Departure bay, No. 2,512 ; scale, m = 4 inches.

Chap, v.]

NANAIMO HARBOUR.

180

A beacon of masonry, 14 feet high, Hurmounted by a staff and
hittice-Avork ball, the whole pjiinted black and showing 10 feet above
water, has been erected on Heacon rock, Nanaimo, in lieu of the
black buoy previously marking that rock.

A beacon, consisting of )} piles painteil black, disi)lays a ral
light at a height of 10 feet above high water, and is situated on the
south side of the channel, about 2 cables S.S.E. from (xallows point.
The black buoy previously moored in this jjosition has been
withdrawn.

Southward of Satellite reef and marking the north side of North
chann(d is No. 4 buoy, red with staff and cage. Carpenter's rock,
off the town, is marked by a black buoy witliout distingui.'^hing
mark ; and a black buoy. No. 9, with "staff and triangle, is moored
on the edge of the flat extending off Mill stream. Then' are also
two mooring buoys off the coal Avharves at Grave point.

The positions and shapes of the l)uoys are liable to l)e changed,
and are therefore not to be depended on.

The town of Nanaimo contains about 4,()()0 inhabitants, but it
is being c(mtinually a(Med to by immigration. Extensive colliery
works are in full operation, and the country around possesses
exceptional natural facilities. Steamers call here from San Francisco,
Portland, and Alaska, as well as from Victoria and coast i)orts, and
there is communication with Victoria by rail.

Nanaimo is connected with Victoria and New Westminster by
electric telegraph. The wharf accommodation is excellent.

Provision is made for sick seamen, who are either admitted to
the Nanaimo hospital, or transferred to the marine hospital at
Victoria.

A steam ferry runs between Nanaimo and Departure bay.

Middle bank, 2 cables long in a northerly direction, and half a
cable broad, lies in the centre of the harbour, and has a depth of only
ii feet on it in places.

Beacon rock lies nearly one cable off shore abreast the northern
pier.

NiCOl rock has been removed by dredging. A tide gauge station,
on piles, stands near the site of the rock.

St-e chart. No. 57;!.

190

GEORGIA STRAIT, SOUTHERN SHOdE. [ChiVp. V

Directions. — Tlie jail, on the western side of Newcastle island
passage, is conspicuous.

Two narrow winding,' channels, the North and South, lead into the
Usual anchorage, which is close oH: the town, and westward of the
Mlddl(M)ank ; both are buoyed in the vicinity of the latter, but no
strit'\<':«'r should enter either channel without a pilot.

North channel lies l)etween the Middle bank (to the soutinvard)
and the south e ^ :e of the Satellite reef. South channel, though of
sulficient depth for large vessels, has a somewhat sharp turn at its
western end, but is very convenient for sailing-vessels leaving with
a northerly wind, wlien th(n' would ho obliged to warp out of the
North channel.

Anchor close off the town in .') fathoms, midway between the north
edge of Middle bank and Heacon rock. Vessels can go alongside the
wharves.

A small creek on the north side of Douglas coal wharf afl'ords
excellent facilities for beaching a vessel, and is frequently resorted
to for that pur])Ose.

Supplier. — Heef anil mutton may be procured, and the country
around al)ounds in wild fowl and deer.

Ship stores can be obtained : but material necessary for refitting a
vessel must be jn-ocured frtun Victoria,. The facilities for repairing a
ship's hull and machinery are limited, but small work connected with
the latter might be executed at the machine shops.

Coal. — The mines of Nanaimo produce a fair bituminous coal,
which answers well for steaming purposes. It is lighter by about
10 per cent, than Welsh coal, and its consmnption proportionately
i-apid.

Two or more steamers can be coaled at the same time ; the depth
alongside the wharf at low wati'r being from If) to 25 feet.

The quantity of coal usually maintained on hand is 5,0(X) tons
Vessels can coal from lighters alongside at all times.

Newcastle island also produces large quantities, and the mines
there are being rather extensively worked.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Nanaimo harbour
about f) p.m., and the range of tide is sometimes 1-1 feet, which is as
much as is met with anywhere on the coast, rendering this a most

■?

Srr chart, No. B73.

Chap, v.] NANAIMO HAUIJOUU.— DKrAUTURK HAY.

191

eligible spot for the construction of docks, for which it offerH
peciiliiir facilities. This gre.vt ran^'e of tide only occurs ut midnif^ht
ilurinj,' winter, and in the daytime in summer. The superior and
inferior tidfs exist hero as they do at Esiiuimalt and anionif tiie
Ilaro archipt'laj,'*).

DEPARTURE BAY.— From Nanaimo tin- Ion:,' narrow channel
or arm between Newcastle island and the main leads in a N.W.
direction to Departure bay. It is l.\ miles in lenj^'th, and one cable
in breadth, with 12 feet at low water, except on a rock wliirh has
only 2 feet water on it lying in the centre, 2^ cables N.W. by W. h W.
from Reef point ; this rock is marked by a black buoy. Vessels of
1') or 1(5 feet draught may enter Departure bay l)y this channel at
suitable times of tide, ])Ut large vessels must enirr noi-lliward of
Newcastle island.*

Tho northern entrance to Departure bay is between Boulder point,
the steep clifty north point of Newcastle island, and Jesse island, a
small island to tin; northward of it, anil lies 2 miles S.W. h W. from
Lighthouse island ; it is 15 cables wide and there is a depth of
20 fathoms in it. Very little less than this depth will be found in
any part of the Ijay, and it is not nearly so sheltered as Nanaimo
harbour. When coming from tlie northward, care must l)e taken to
avoid the reef which extends more than 1^ cables from Hoi-swell
bluff, the north entrance point of the bay. Fresh Av'ater can be
obtained.

Goal. — The coal wharves in the south corner of the bay are, New
Vancouver Company's pier with 37 and )V^ feet alongside the cross
heads, and East Wellington wharf, with 27 feet. The three wharves
on the north-west side, inside Double island, have depths of 27, 2U
and 24 feet respectively.

Three warping buoys have been placed for the convenience of
vessels about to coal.

Black rocks generally show four lieads, but at low water appear
as one rock. There is a small rock with G feet over it ;")(> yards west
of the westernmost Black rock, with 4 fathoms close-to.

Buoys. — The buoys in the bay and approaches are. No. 8, red
with staff and ball, marking the reef off Newcastle island on the
south-east side of the bay ; three mooring buoys oft' the wharves

• Sfi- Ad;airalty plan of Nanaimo harbour and Departure bay, Xo. 2,512 ; scale
711 Ks 4 inches.

1U2

(IhJOHCJIA .STRAIT, SOrTHKUN SMOUK.

[riiiii.. V.

inside Donblo island ; rvd can, at edge of the shoal on the north
shore inside IJIiick rocks ; blade can, eastward of the reef ofT Jesse
island ; red can, in (i fathoms oil" Ilorswell blnll' reef; black spar, on
south siile of West rocks ; and a red Hpur buoy at the eastern edge of
Clarke rock.

Horswell bluff. — An isolated bonlder, of very small (extent,
with 2 i'eet over it at extreme low water, lies on the ')-fatlioms line
three-quarters of a cable oil' shore, with the blutl' N. by W., and the
western point of Jesse island S.W. by S.

Directions. — Wlien intending to load with coals bring the sleep
north i)oint of Newcastle island to l)ear N. by K., and anchor in not
less than IH fathoms oil' the coal mini', 2 cables from the shore (or
make fast to the mooring buoy until ready to haul alongside the
wharf) ; the bank runs u]) steej) within the above dei)th, and shoals
from 12 to 2 fathoms. T^nless anchored well out, a vessel is liable,
with N.W. winds, to tail on the bank ; and ships are not
recommended to lii' here after they have got tlieir cargo in. A
stranger should take a pilot for the coaling station in Departure bay,
either from outside oi- in Nanaimo harbour.

The passage from the northern wharves between Double island
and Black rocks is safe. That northward of and between Black
rocks and the red buoy is also used, but care must be taken to keep
a little northward after passing the easternmost rock in order to
avoid the 2 fathoms off their east end.

Middle channel, over one mile wide, lies between Lighthouse
and Five Finger islands ; it has a depth of (SO fathoms. Passing
through the centre of it, a S.S.E. course leads for Nanaimo harbour,
between Protection island and Sharj) pftint.

Five Fing-er island is a bare rugged islet 48 feet high, of about
the same dimensions as T-.ighthouse island, lint of trap formation,
instead of sanilstone ; the five hummocks on it resemble knuckles
more than fingers.

West rocks.— Four cables S.S.W. from Five Finger islanil are
three smaller islets of similar character and formation, with some
rocks about them, which uncover. These islets and rocks occupy a
space of half a mile in a W.N.W. and E.S.E. direction ; there is a
])assage 3 cables wide between them and Five linger island witli

Sir chart. \o. 2,") 12.

^•Iliip. v.] DKI'AUTI'RK HA Y.— NOnTHFMnKFU< ANh CHANNKL. VX',

irro^'iilar rocky l)ott«iiii, ilu' tlfpilis xaryiiij,' rmm '.' in Xt I'litlioiiipt :
it iH not ivconnnt'inUMl, Imt, if iiHcd, Fivi* Kinv'*'!' iHliiiitl t^hoiil*! !)♦•
kept iihoanl.

Inner channel, 1 cahlcs in Itreadth, lit-s between the above islets
and the 8h(»re of (lie main, untl In'iiif; more dii-cct, is convenient for
steamers or Hmail craft bound to or from the northward; tlw mid-
ehaunel course throutrh it is X.W. Almost in the centre of (his
channel are the Clarke r<»cks, which dry 4 feet at low Wiiter. A red
buoy is moored on these rocks.

NORTHUMBERLAND CHANNEL, before menliom-d
as lyiiif,' between Sharp point and the western shore (»f (iabrioia
island, runs in a S.K. direction for I,', miles, and (hen Kas( for
*i miles, when it enters the D«»dd and False narrows, the former
on the south side of Mud^'e island, the latter on the n(»rth : a rock
which uncovers extends half a cable off the extreme of Sharp point.
False narrows are shoal with no ship passa^'e, but there is excelN'nt
anchorage in IVrcy i»ay at their western entrance, in from 7 (o
10 fathoms, where vessels may lie to wait the ti<le throu^di Dodd
mirrows.

A submarine electric cable crosses Northumberland channel three-
quarters of a mile westward of Dodd luirrows.

Dodd narrows have been already described (])ai.'«' I'M) from th«^
southward ; they communicate with the inner channels leading; to
the southern ports, and save a distance of "2(1 miles in the passafje
from Nanaimo to Victoria or Ksquimalt, and they are conse<|uently
freciueuted l>y boats, small vessels, an<l sometimes by .steam-vessels
(d" considerable si/c ac({uaiuted with the locality. Strangers are not
i'ec(»mmended to use them. Coming' down Northumberland

channel, look out for the narrow entrance on the south side, an<l
when it bears S.K. steer for it : the tidal streams run at their strcui^'esl
S knots, and there is a very short interval of slack water ; the breadth
in the narrowest part is SO yards. The tides in Dodd narrows are
about one hour earlier than at Nanaimo, therefore a vessel intendiufjf
to pass <lown should be at the narrows an hour l)efore hifjli water at
that place, if Sf>iug through with the first of the ebb : <»r at two
hours before low water if with the last of it.

!■;:

,Vr chart. So. «71».

SO na<.«<

It) I

CHAPTKIf VI.

GEORGIA STRAIT, FROM NANAIMO HARBOUR
AND BURRARD INLET, TO GAPE MUDGE AND
BUTE INLET.

Vartatiox. ".H Kiist, in IS'.»S.

GEORGIA STRAIT, as ulrcMdy (il)si'i'v.'(l. cninint'nrcs :it tlu-
iKirtlicni end of llic Hiiin iirciiiiii'liivu. iimi rxtfiuls in ii LrciuTal
W.N.W. (Iin'cti(ni to fi\]u' Mii(I},m', ;i (lisiiiiict' n\' I lit miles. 'rinTf
arc many liiii'l>oni's, botli on tlic Vjincoiiv t-r anil inntintMital sliucfs ;
and Ht'veral iHlandn. sonic of considcrahlc si/c. form otlicr channels,
all of which arc naviirablc.'"'

The iivcra^'c width of the main strait westward of Xanuimo isaltoni
1< miles, tliniinishinj,' at its narrowest part, bctwecti Las(|neti and the
ISallinac islands, to .") miles. Th«' fifcneral licpth of watci- is i,'rcat,
fre(|iiently over ;2(>0 fathoms. 'I'lie tides arc not stroma, and hctween
Nanaimoand Mudfjc tluMv arc few dan^'ers in l!ic wa\ of ships nasi-
uatiiif; the strait.

The smaller channels (»n the continental shore arc Malasjjina strait
and Sabine channel, the former Ivinj,' between the c<intincnt and
Texada island, the other separating' Texatla from Lascjueti island.

On the Vancouver shore is P)allinac channel, lyin<^' westwanl nf
the islands of the same name ; also Tianibcrt channel and Itaynes
sound, the former between Hornby and Henman islands, and the
hitter dividing both from Vanconvci' islami.

Tides and tidal streams.— The meeting of the tides takes iilace
Ix^twci'n ca|)e Mudf>:e and cajjc La/.o : that is to say, the Hood
enterinjif by .Tiian dc Fuca strait meets that entci-inf,' by the north
end of Vancouver island, within '20 miles of the former cape,
tjenerally much nearer, but varying according to the ))hases of the

^Ser Adniiriilty cliaii : — Strait of (it'orK'iii. slieet I, No. .")"'.» ; si-rili'. m ~ n-" t,( ;iii
iucU : also sheet 'J. No. .")Sii ; s(';i]e, vi = ii',"! of im iiicli.

I,-.

flmp. vr.]

NANOOSK II \Kitoru.

I'.t:.

nuiiiii itiul tilt' stutf ))(' the winds; aiul at tlu- |)oiiit <>{' iiitMiiii^' a
<!»)nHi»U'nil»k' ract- (torni'M, whit-li woulil !»«• (Ianj,'t'i(Mis in ImaiH : tlu'ri-
18 ^?eiu*rally wiich a men al tlio »'Uti-,iiu'i' of Disinvt-ry pasMjiifr. ll
is liij?li water, full and chauj^o, at i-ape Miulf,'*- ami tapf LaA«» al
about 'ih. 'MUn., and thr ixiimfi' during ordinary sprin^'H i^ fntiu
12 to U tVet. At tln' entrance of tlu* paHrtii^f*' during? springs the tidal
rttn'aniK attain a velocity of 4 t(» (I knots an hour, ilie tlood, i<r
easterly sireani, beiiijLr the stronj,'er.

Winds. — The |)revailin<,' siiininer wiiul in (re(»i<;ia strait is from
N.W., or the same as on the outside coast, and between May and
September it blows strong; an<l steady, c(»mmencint( about '.) a.m. and
dyinj,' away towards sunset, Tliese winds do not fjenerally extend
much below Roberts point, anions' the Haro archipela<,'o they become
variable and batllin^', while in the main channels of Wosario ami
Ilaro the westerly wind entering the strait of Fnca is deflected to
S.W., and vessels running up these channels with a fair wind will
almost always lind it ahead on entering (ieorgia stifiil. Durintr
winter there i.« a good deal of moderate, calm, and gloomy weather,
Init gales from S.K. and S.W. are frequent.

NANOOSE HARBOUR, at 8 miles westward from Nanaimo,
is easily recognised liy Nanoose or Notch hill, a remarkable hill
i\2i't feet high, immediately over its north side, showing as a double
ornotcdi peak from the southward ; the harbour trends ;> miles W.S.W.
The entrance between Maud*' island anil Pdiinden point is ihree-
<|uarters of a mile wide, and the width of the harbour varies between
.'i cables and over one mile. '

liCaving Nanaimo harbour, and passing out by either channel
(Mi<ldle channel to be preferred), or l»eing at from a half to one mile
northward from Five Finger island, aW. by S. course, or straight for
Nanoose hill, leads for the entrance of the harliour, distant 7 miles.

Winchelsea and Ada islands, a grouj) of small woodeii islands,

lie (»tt' the north |)oint of Nanoose harbour.

Maude island, small, woo<led, and about 100 feet high, is the
stuithernmost of the gn»up, and lies three-quarters of a mile K.N.K.
from the north point of the harbour. When working in stand,
pretty close to it and to F>lunden point, but when inside the lattei-. a

* ik'u Adnuniltv plan ol Nandose harbour mi Shet-t ot IMaiis. No. ."iSO ; scale,
in ^ ;} inohef.

SO ll\t4t<

IDG

liKOFldlA STIIAIT. SOUTHKaX SHOHK. [(Mlill). VI.

rtjvnd-baiik dr'u's for :i cdiislilt'nilili' distiivcc otV :il low wutor, iind the
south siKtre sh«»tild not he iijjproaclicd within a (juarti-r ol" a mile.

EntrailC3 rock, 2 feet abovo lii<j:h watt'!-, lies 1\' mik'S W.S.W".
from l>linid(>n ])oint, cxtciidiiif,' off a Mat on the south side, almost into
(hf middle of the harboui-, and coiiti-aetin^' the width of tlie ))assa^»'
lo ;i cables ; witliin this, the harbour opens out to nearly one mile in
width, lei'minalinj^ at 1} miles in a siioal mud Mat, whieii dries al
low water more than halt' a mile, and where (|uantities of oysters art*
found.

A sunken rock, with a de|)th of l.i ftet on it at low water, is
situated in the entrance to Nanoose har])oin', in a ])osilion with (lie
centre (»f Entrance rock bearinir S. .', W., distant '1\ caliles.

'I'here is a dei)tli of 4 fat iioms close east ward of liie alxtve rock i
and a rock with a de))th of .") fathoms (»n it, situated l-]. I»y N. .'i N..
distant '1 cables, fi-om the ]'.) feet rock.

North rock, on tlie north shore, lies nearly '1 cables from (he
shore, and has a de])th of ;') feet on the outer' ]iart.

Directions. — When midway b(!lween ^Maude 'sland and Ulunden
l)oint, (he fair course in is W.S.W. When tlufeast point (d" Soulhcy
Island is shut in i)y the north entrance jxiint, Xonii rock will be
jtassed, and the north short; should be kept rather aboaid. Knti-ance
rock should in no case be jjassed nearer than one cable, and if working.;
in, beware of (he N<tr(h rock, and the saml-liauk alrcaily mentioned
as extending oil' (he south shore, and whicli siretches also for a
(piarter of a mile westward fi-oni entranc*.' rock.

No convenient anchora^'c in less than IS fathonjs will be found,
until well ujt (((Wards the liead. When Nanoose hill boars Norih,
anchor in l.'i fathoms in the centre of the harbour, oi-asnei.r to eitln-r
shore as desired. It is a spacious anchoraire, and well sheltered from
all winds.

There is a convenient nook with a steep shinirle beach, where a
vessel might belaid for re))airs if necessary, on the norlli side, one
mile from the head.

Supplies. — Orouse are to be got here, beef in any (piantily,
and fresh water may be (d»Tained fj-oni a eov(> al the head on the
north side.

i<rf rlljirl. \<1. 'iH:,.

<'li;il». Vl.J NANOOSI-; llAKHori!. — nvMil.NAC ISLANDS.

III?

Tides. — It is lii^'li w.itcr, lull ami fli<inj.;i', in XaiioofSf liarltuiir, al
•"> p. 111. : springs raii,tro Jofet't.

The COAST ^'<>i- i; iniifs westward (if Naiioosf is triiif,'tMl with
iimiifnms sinaii islands and rfd's. the );' :t'r j^tMU'rally marked l>v
kelp. The ftiitcrmDsi of (liein, WinchelHo.i and Veo ishmds, extend
between one and '1 miles from the land.

Small ves-ifls may find goo I shelter in Sciiooner eove at 1.', miles
wehiwaidof :Ii, north point of XanMisi' harlioiir. 'IMiere is a roei<
awash nearly in the i;entre of the entr.iuce, but nearer to tho north
point.

Grey rock, bare. 12 feet al)ove liigh water, an<l rather remarkable.
lies 2 eai)!e-! K.X.K. from the east end of Wintdielsea groui».

Utidder reef, with one fathom on it, liesa (piarler of a mile S.K. ,', K.
i'r(»m Grey roek. and has very little ki'lp on it This vvi-i must i)e
avoided by those bound westward from Xaiioose harbour, and the
S.K. end of the Wincdieisea islands should be given a berth of at least
half u mile.

Yeo and Gerald islands li«' westward from the Wiuchelsea.
group, and are smiller. Tiiey nray l>e safely passed to the northward,
at the distance of half a mile.

■re a

one

the

BALLINAO ISLANDS, two in numl)er, are larger than the
groups just describe 1, ajid lie '2\ miles oil" shore. They are about
::'')(l f(!et high ; the northernmost has only two or three trees on it,
and its summit terminates in a sharji, bare nippU- : the sonthernmf»st
is woodi'd. They have the api»earanei' of being one islainl seen from
all [toints, being on'.'.' separated by a narrow passage which at the
eastern entranee i,* less than one eable wide, l)ut opens out within,
and fornix a sheltered cove with ..neiiorage for small vessels in
S fathoms, elnse to its southern samly i>eaeh ; on ihe west siile thi>
(diannel is almost elo.Ned, and there is no passage into it. The islands
are steep and bold on all sides, and are consjiieuous after passing
westward of Xanaiimt.

Ballinao channel, southward of the islands of the same name,
is a safe, clear passage, 1| miles in width at its luirrowest part
(abreast Gerald island).

.Sr i-liiirl. No. "mII.

i:i

<;i;or,(;iA strait, southkrn shoiik. [Chap. vt.

Tk Hl.'iiniiTV, (■(ia,-t*'Vri, or vi-sselrt with a fair wind, Miilliiiac channt'l
i8 ivcftintiM'inlt'd. Tiarj,'»' sail in;,'- vessels with a foul wiiiTi -.v<miM find
if an advantufie to niaice hnif,' hoards, and pass norfhwanl of the
islands through the main strait.

Cottam reef has 21 fathoms on it, and is treneraily marked hr
kelp ; if lies on the southern side, and \\ miles S.S.W. } W. from the
highest part of north Uallinae island. The northernmost of the
Winehelsea islands kept ojjen of Veo islands i)earing H. i S. kwls
well northward of the reef.

North-west bay, ■'» miles westward from N'anoose, is mueh
exposeil to N,W. winds and the water in it is V(>ry deep : a eon-
siderahle stream flows ini'» the hay af its w«>stern enfr.mce.

Mlstalien island, low, vooded, an<l half a mile lontr, lit'H I'Ins*'
off its northern entranee point, and 'i.', miles S.W. J, S. from the north
Rallinac islantl.

The COAST.— From Xorth-west bay the land trends, with a
slight indentation, nearly West for 11' miles to Deunr.m and Hornby
islands, and to the southern entranees of Haynes sound and I/imbert
rhannel. This stretch of coast jjresents no remarkable feature,
woodeil bhitl's, of moderate height, terminating in sandy or shingle
points, ofT which for a very short distance the water is shoal.

The land between Nanoitse and Comox district, a distance ol
'H miles, is undulating, and of a moderate height, from the sea-coast
to the base of tlie mountain ranges, a distaiu-e of about i miles, and
although generally denstdy wooded near to the sea, is lightly timbered
a short distance inland, with some patches (»f prairie land.

Qualicum river disembogues ;5(> mi'.es westward froiii Xanaimo,
and .'> nules eastward from the eastern entrance of Baynen s<nind. It
•^ a small stream, only noticeable as aH'ording shelter to canoes or
t)oats within its entrance, and as being the terminus of the trail
between the head waters of Marclay sou ml and the eastern coast of
the island, a distance of only V.\ miles in a direct line,

A black can buoy is moored in 5 fathoms, about one-third (tf a mile
northward of the river entraiure.

Home lake, from which this stream has its somv «:>, is iii miles
S. bv W. from the river entrance.

•Sr cliart. No. TiSn,

ClKip. \ I.]

('()|"r.\.M liKKI'". -It.WNKS SOIM).

(^iiitlitiim l);iy is a sli;:lit iiidtMilatidii of tlic coast, iiiiiiit'iliatt'ly
wi'stwani of the i'i\cr, w her*' vitv fair aiidiorairc will Im- fouiul in
S or III fallioiiis, at tlu't'i.'-([Uatters of a mile from tlio slioic, with the
fast point of lloriiity island licarinj^' N. .', W. : tlu' holdiny <j:iM)iinil is
i.'oo(l, anil nortJH'rly winds whii-li would makf it a Um- short' schhini
Mow witii any strenf>'th. i'roiii N.W. winds it is in a ^M'cat nicasiiro
slicltiTtMl by till' islands, iiiit with thosr from S,K. a consiiU'raldc sea
will i,Tt iij), tlioiiLih tlu'i'f would lie plenty of room, and with j^Miod
;,'roinid taekic no danirer of driftiiiu-.

'I'he n)oiiniain raniics wesiwai'd of Naiiaimo are of consideral)!!'
lieitrlii, and very strikinj^- in their general features and varied ont-
liiies; most eonspieiioiis anioiiLrst them, and midway bet ween Harelay
sound and ihr east coast, rises mouni Arrowsmith to a heijiht of
.">,',i7l! feet, its remai'kal'le summit terminating^ in. thr''<' sharp well-
deiined peaks, rarely tree from snow.

DENMAN and HORNBY ISLANDS lie immdiately otv the

loasi, i) I miles westward from Nanaimn : the former is '.• miles long
in a \V. N.W. ilireiiion. or jiaralKI with the coast, and has an averaj,'e
width of "J n;:!"s, iis hiyliesl elfsailou iieiny about iHO feet, and
wooded.

Hornby island is about I miles across in e\ery direction ; over its
we.steni side rises rather aliitipily mount (ieollrey. a i'emarkable tlat-
top hill. ],(t7(') fei I high, sloping gradually down on the east side and
terminating in a low. Itare, i:rassy point : on the eastern shh' is
Trilxine bay, allordiiiL; yood amliorage. On both these islands there
is a considerable ((uanliiy of good land, particularly on the latter.

Denman island is separated from the mainland by a gooil i)assage
ailed IJaynt's sound, atid llornliy island from Dennum by Lambert

'hanncl. There is more tide fi'lt in the channel than in the sound ;

in the foi-mer its rate is sometimes "J kmUs, the (IikmI coming from the

soMth-eastwanl. The prevailing windsare north-westei'ly, therefore,
••r sailing-vi'ssels from the southward, the main strait east of Jlornhy

island is to be preferred.

l/ighthoiises are in coinsr oj erection at the soiith-eitst end of

henmau island, from which h-ading lights will be shown to clear

the shoal ground (di Maple point.

BAYNES SOUND, sej)arating Dt'nmaii island from the inain-
laml, is a narro<\ sheet of water IS miles long, with an aventge
I'avigaide width of i>\er half a mih'. and with a genei-a' depth of

.S/v chart. \i.. :.S(I.

c '

f.
«

•2iX)

(iKOKKiA STRAIT, SOUTHKHN SIIOKK,

[Chai

». VI.

IriMii 2(» to •,'() fatlioiiiH, so that, W iit'ceHsarv, an aticlinr niav Ih^
• Intppt'd ill any jiart ; there are. iKiwevcr. two very fair anrhora^es,
Fanny bay on the «outli or main siile. and Henry l>ay on tite north
or ishmd Hide. At 14 miles from the eastern entrance <■? tlie sound
is port AM<,'Usta. into wliieh th)\vs Courtcnay rivt-r, oi.e of th«' htrj^t-st
streams in Vancouver island, and in this immediu'e neif,dil)ourliood
is a hirge extent of {^ood clear grass land.

The exit into (iectrgia strait by the nortli-west |»ar' of the s»»iind,
bt'twceii llie north end of l)«>nman island and ca|»t' Lazo. is nearly
I wo miles in wiilth, but a remarkable bridge or bar of sand, scattered
with large st<»nes, (xt ends the whole way across, itnd at low water
there is as little as S feet on it : during summer it is thickly
covered Mitli kelji, wijicli never altogether disH])l)ears. The bar
is very narrow, and is always smooth : towards high water,
vessels of 19 feel draught, by carefully paying attention to the
leading marks and ; nay safely pass either into or out of the

f?trait Ity this channel.

Yellow island is small and bare, 8<> feet high, ami geiu'rally (»f
a yellow colour. It lies close off the south-east point of Denman
island, is conspicuous, may be seen fur several miles, and is a good
object to steer for coming from the eastward, as it forms the eastern
entrance jioint of the sound. Between Yellow island and Denman
island there is no passage, the sjiace Iteiiig oi-cupied by a stony
ridge.

LIGHT. — A squat c' white building with a red lantern stands on
Yellow island, from which is exhibiteil at 12<> feet above high water
a !/rtni/) fhixliiiKj ir/iifr light. It shows three flashes, eclipses of
!.'» seconds intervening, followed by an edijise of l)<> .seconds. Visible
s !award in all directions, except where obscm'ed by trees and high
land of Denman and Hornby islands.

Buoys and beacons.— A beacon, showing J»; feet above high
water, stands in a dejKli of ]}> feet at the northern extreme of Maple
point bank ; this beacon consists of three piles, siirmounteil by two
circular white discs, <»i>e showing to seawartl, the other towards the
channel alireast the beacoti. Tin- red nun buoy li.l). No. 1 marking
the western extreme of Heef Hlutl" reef, Denman island, is moored in
a depth of (5 fithoms. and a red mm buoy R.IJ. Xo.**i is moored in
S fathoms off the west spit of IJeef KhilV. .V l>eacon, exactly similar

Si ohiirt. No. o«o.

VI.

Cliap. VI,]

HAYNFiS SOUND. DIRKC'l'lONS.

•iol

ill t'onii iiml colour to tin* M.iplt' point bearon lnMon- (li'is* ril>t'»l, ih
fivctt'd in a dfjjtli ol" l*-i feet iit the edije (»f the shonl ground oM
Hane Hut. A red ispar buoy is moored in a depth of "21 feet at the
extreme of the reef off Vilhige point. Denmaii island.

A l)eaeon. showing l(> feet above hij,'h water, stands in a th'pth of
IS feet, at the extremity of Union spit, I), miles north-westward of
Rase Hat : this beacon consists of a sin<jle j)ije. surmounted by a
l)lack circular disc. A beacon, showiii!,' \'2 feet abovt hij.'h water,
to)>'''''ting of a single pile suniiounted by a black ball of open lattic"
work, is in '21 fathoms on the I'astern edge of (inissy |)oint bank.
On the south-western edge of (ioose si)it stands a pyrjimidal beacon,
surmounted by a triangle, and 152 feet liigh ; the base is cidoured
black anil the top yellow.

The ]»assage across Kelp bar, iietweeii White spit and White blulV,
is marked by two red beacons in '.\\ fathoms, bearing from each
other N. by K. }, K. and S. by W. i W. distant 1,»;<H» feet apart:
eacli beacon is a single pile, with a small lattice work triangle on
the Jiead 1^ feet above high water. The marks foi- crossing the bin-
are two white-washed planks, each nailed diagonally to a liH-e : when
in line, S. by W. I W., they form a St. Andrew cross and lead over
the bar in 12 feet, a little south-eastward of the beacons.

Maple point, which forms the western entrance point, is also
very conspicuous ; it lies J ), miles S.W. by W. from \ellow island,
and is low and covered with maples, which in form and foliagt,'
bear a remarkal)le contrast to the pine, the prevailing feature,
l)articularly in autumn and winter, when the leaf assumes a bright
yellow t)r orange colour.

A sand-spit, which ilries at low water, and is rather steep-to,
extends one-third of a mile North from Maple point, and the
iJ-fathoms line is the same distance from the shore as far eastward as
(^ualicum l^ay ; therefore, neither the coast nor the point should be
a]>])roached within that distance.

If desired, there is good anchorage outside, in ('» fathoms, with
Yellow island in line with Norris reef bearing N.E. .j X., and Maple
point W.S.W. distant three-quarters of a mile.

Directions. — Entering Bay""' sound by the south-eastern
channel, some care is necessary to avoid a shoal sand-spit extending
otl Maple point on the south side, marked by a beacon. To clear

Srr charts. Ni.s. 580, 5s:..

so*?

('V'OR(;iA STRAIT, SOIttHHKX .SHORK. [Clliip. M.

M}i|>h> l);iiik Yt'llow ishiml li'/Iit slioiild imt lie l»ri>u;jlil In hear imrtli-
WHftl of K. l>y N. .', X. : and wlicn passiiiir llonilty islaml, tlif lij^lit
Itcarin^' S.W. leads clear (if the ivid's soiitliwai'd and nartlwaid of dial
island.

ImTuediaUdy opposite on Deimiau island, N'.W. from Majjle point,
is Ki^ef bluH", a hi,!,di (day (dilf, wiili a Itare .i,'rassy slope : olV tliisfdilV,
for ::* cables, extend some rocky patches i Kelp reef i. marked hy a red
spur buoy, which narrows t lie width of the eiiiraiice Ix-iween iIkiii
anfl Mai)le point spil lo somethinir over '.\ cables. Wli-ii eiuei-iiiir, il
is nronimendcd to steer in nearly mid-cli mnel, or with the low
extn'ine of Ktnd" l)ltitt' in line with the low pan of Ship point of
Fanny bay liearin^' W. .', N., until Maple [loinl bears South, or mounl
Tretneton is in line with, or just shut in by lioyle poini, the s(Uith-
east extreme of Denman isliiid bcariiiL! K.X.K.. then steer W.S.W.,
keeping these marks on astern, which will lead midway between
Maple point spit ami the patches ofl' the north shore.

.Nfount Tremeton, the summit of ]ias(|Ueti island, is a very
remarkable bare, castellated knob, L,!*.')!) feet hi^h. When .Maple
point bears H. by S., the tirsl reach of the sound will be well open,
and Base flat, a low >;fassy point on the w»'st side of Fanny ])ay, Avill
be seen open of Ship point ; then steer n\) mid-channel about W.N.W.
Shi]) point, with the land one mile east of it, shows as two bold
W(K»ded bluft's, which should not be approaidied within 2 cables.

The southern side of the sound between Majile point and Fanny
bay for about i miles is low, and shoal water extends for a consider-
able distance oti' it : it is recointnended not to stand so far over on
this side as altogether to shut in Base flat by the bluti's of Ship point
just mentioned.

Deep bay. — Maple jioint fnuu the extremity of the trees turns
W.S.W. for half a mile, and forms a low sandy si)it : westward of
this is Deep l)ay, in which the depth varies from l."> lo :2(> fathoms,
irregular bottom, but sandy. It is a small and not very desiralile
anchorage, and as the shoal e.xtends oti' the back of the spit for its
whole length to the distance of one-third of a mile, the extreme ol
it, which is steep-to, cannot be steered for until it bears S.K. : if
intending to anchor, the best lierth is in 11 to 1(1 fathoms aboui
n, cables East of the spit, and near the centre of the bay.

Anchorage in BVJ, fathoms will also be found by shutting oui
Yellow island lighthouse iiy the (dumji next to the main l»o(ly (d
trees on Maple point.

Srr chart. No. 58",

chap, vr.]

BAYNKS SOUXn, UNION WHAWJ'.

20:^

Fanny bay, «m tht southern sid*- <»f tlu> .s(»mul, 4 luilt's noith-
weflt from Maple point, affords a j^'ood though soiut'wiiat liniitpd
anchorage. Ii;i8e Hat, the delta oi a considerahh- stream, having its
rise in the lieaufort range of mountains, forms its western point ;
and Ship point, a bohl wooden bluH", its eastern. Kntering from the
eastward, give Ship point, and the coast of th«' peninsula immediately
eastwanl of it, a berth of a ({uarter of a mile.

Anchor in I'i or 13 fathoms in the middle of the iv.ty, with Ship
point distant a short lialf mile and in line with the Kecf bluff,
bearing K. I S., which latter will appear as the south-east extreme
of Dennum island.

The "astern part of the bay dries entirely at low water, and a sandy
flat extends a consiilerable distance (»lf around the shores, therefore
some caution is necessary in anchoring. Small vessels may staml in
to S fathoms, from which depth it shoals very suddenly oti' Hase flat ;
a sand-bank dries for more tlian ',) cables at low water.

Village point, on Denman island, with a large native settlement
on it, is remarkable : it is '2 miles N.W. from Fanny bay, and a sand-
spit extends a short distance off it : northward of the sandspit is a
good anchorage in K) fathoms, known as Vachie. Care must betaken
to avoid the reef, ofl: the sandspit : it is marked by a red spar buoy.

Union wharf and anchorag-e on the western side of the soun<l,
1 1 miles above Yellow island, has facilities f»»r loading with cirM
lw(» vessels at a time. The southern arm of the wharf exteinls itito
♦) fathoms ; the head of the northern arm, known as the Cargo jetty,
is in 4 fathoms. The wharves are connected by railway with the
Union mine ; the output is about (!(►(► tons a day. A mooring l)uoy
lies one cable off the wharves.

Tlier*' is good anchorage, in lOorll fathoms, mud, off the southern
end of th(' wharf. A limited s"pi»]y of beef, vegetables, and bread,
may be obtained here and at port Augusta.

Henry bay. — Denman island, towards its north-west end, falls
away into a remarkable wedge shape, terminating in a singular sharp
l)eak-shaped ex^^reme, called Heak point ; the hollow of this beak, on
the north-wes, side of the island, forms Henry bay, which is nearly
t» miles from Fanny bay, and is a safe and ctmvenient anchorage,
thfuigh, like the latter, it is somewhat limited in size. The shores

<;K(>m;i A sTKArT, s<»i tHkun smoUi;. [('1i;i|). vi.

itrc iiiiMloniU'ly lii^^li anil woddcil ; its wrstciii exlifiiic is ;i low Imi
Hl«'t^|) «liii»^'li' spit, Willi itric or two trt'cs on it, an<l a cltsif Ix-acli o|
llif sarnt' cliaracU'V cxti-ntlH all uroiiiul the bay.

Tlie lioklin^^ ground is v«ry yood, and tlic anidioragf in '.• or
l(> fathoms in the centra (d" the hay, with the wcslcni shiiifjlc |ioini
hoarin^' N.W., when a i-cniackahh' cluinp of iiccs on Sandy island
will Im' just (.pi'ii wcstwai'd of il ; here a vt-ssid will li»; a ijuartcr ol
a mill' I'rom the ln*ac*h, wlu'rf a (•onsid<'raltlc native villaL,'f is Iniilt.
'I'lic Indians rosort to this hay in larfj;*- numbers during summer to
tish.

Sandy island. — From UeaU point a series of san<l-baiik's, some id'
lluMii above water, otiiers eov<(i'ed, extend in a N.W. diieetion for a
little more than 2 miles. Saiuly island, the lar^jest ol" I hem, is two-
thirds of a mile from the ])oiut, and (! feet above liij;li water, with
large boulder stones dispersed over it : there is ii good boat jKissage
through at half tide.

White spit. — Two-thirdsof a mile north-west from Sandy island
is \Vhi» "Spit, which almost coxers, ami is very remarkable from the
nuiuber (d' clam shells collected on it, giving it an ajtpearance of a
white sandy beach ; it is connected with Sandy island at very low
tides.

Kelp bar. — The end of the shoal, which occasionally dries in
patches, extends two-thirds of a mile north-west from White spit,
and from it commences the remarkable Kelp bar, or l)ridge before
mentioned (page 201), which connects Denman island with the lantl
about cape Lazo, distant nearly 2 miles. The bar is comp(»seil of
sand, interspersed with large boulders, which can be seen at low
water ; great (lUantities of kelj) grow on it during summer, and it is
rarely entirely without it. It is luirrow in the centre — not above
'.\ cables — and with a depth of l.'t feet at low water. '^I'lie western
edge of this bar is steep, shoaling suddei\ly, and vessels working in
the X.W. through IJaynes sonnd should not staml so far eastward as
to shut in a remarkable single tree on the shingle si)it of Heak jtoint
behinil the clump of trees on Sandy island, or avoid bringing White
))lutl" (which is 2^^ miles southward from cape La/o ami is very
conspicuous) westward of N.W., and when within one mile of it,
westward of N.N.W.

•Srr chart. No. 5^5.

Chap, vr.]

u.vYNKs souxn. roHT Arui'STA.

io:.

To croHS the Kolp bar over its narrowest part and in tlu' (l»'»'p«^st
water, stand 'Ih miles throu^'h tin- sound, n(irti\-w«'st ward I'roni
llt'iu'V l»ay, until the Iciidinj,' marks on the rcmarkahlt' whitf Ih'UcIi
(on tile western shore, ;> miles West from Heak point) are in line
l>earin« S. by W. [. W.f.'^w pajre "iOl ), then steer out bohlly N. by K. }, K..
oronadireet course from one lieacon to the other; two or three
easts of ir» feet will lie struck at low water, b\it it will immediately
de«4)en to ."», I, and shortly l'> fathoms. The white beaeh may
be distiiietly s'/eu at ii or 1 uiiles distant, but when entering,', until
it is elearly made out, and the beae<»ns on the bar are visibb'
(.svv init,'e "201 ), eape La/o should no! be broujjrht northward uf
X.X.VV^, nor the clump (d' trees ttii Sandy island ciistwaril of S.S.K.

PORT AUGUSTA, in the north-west corner of liaynes sound.
althou<,di appearintr t(t be a lar<,'e sheet (»f water at hiirh tide, has
its upper part entirely tilled up by a nuul Mat, which almost dri^•^
at low tides, and is formed l»y Courtenay river, which Hows into it.''

The settlement Comox has a wooden |)ier on the north shore with
a depth of IS feet alon^'side the end, and at about one mile oH', is
a lluds<tn's bay store and an Indian villairc. Some Knjilisli and
Scfilcli farmers are settled in the iici!,'hbuurhond.

Oil wells have recently been discovered in the vicinity td' port
Au^'usta.

Caution. — Some local magnetic disturbance has been diiservcd
hefe, uboiit "i.', in excess of the varialiuii. bill it d<ies iio( appear In
exleiid lievond the port.

Goose spit, a r 'markable idboAV-shaped tonj^ue of land, projects
III the southward and westward from White blulf ; it is yrassy, with
uiie or two hillocks, and bare of trees, with the exception <if two
.--idilary small cliimi)s. Goose s})it forms the northern entrance
piiiiit of thi' port, and is marked by a beacon ',V1 feet hiyh.

Grassy point, the southern entrance point, is very low and
swaiiii»y, the dtdta of ii considerable stream ; oil" it, at low water,
sand anil boulders dry for 'I cables, and the water slioals suddenlv
from 1(1 to one fathom at the distance of I cables, leavin>> a width
of less than one mile l)etw(>en the entrance points. For beacon
>■■>•'• pa^'e 201 .

Directions. — (ioose spir, is steep-t<» at its western end, but shoal
water extends :> caWes off its southern face ; and if workinf^ in, the
low weHtern extreme nuist not be brou«,'ht southward of West. Steer

Srt' plan (if purl Aii<jii-<ta on Ailinirally fliari. N'o, ."iS.') : scjile. in — ;t incht^H,

•.'(M*.

iiRORCIA NTRAIT, SOrTHKRN SHORK. [rilill>. ^''•

in We8t, |mH8in^ a quarlrr of a mile from tlit' spit, ami antlioiiii^' in
U\ or 1 1 fatlionjH, nun! hotloni. when it ItearH N.K. distant iJ or 4 cal»l«'s.
A littlf morr tiian lialf a mile westward from tlie spit the w.iicr
sh(»als suddenly from 7 fathoms hi a few feet.

Hounding the spit end, whieli n)av lie done very close, a deep
fove extends one mile to the eastward, oi- close u|) to White l>luff ;
its upper half <lries at low wati'r. Ixit there is snn^r anehoraye in its
outer part, in 11 fathoms, with the spit end hearing S.K. i»y S..
distant 2 cables. This is an excellent place during a S.K. gale,
though no sea to s])eak of could get uj) in any part of p<»rt Augusta.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in port Augusta, at
.Ml. Om. ; sj)rings rise I'l feet.

Oourtenay river is a deej) and rajtid mountain stream, hul, on
account of falls and other obstructi»»ns, is only navigable for a leu
miles for boats aiul canoes ; it litis lis rise in nioinii Washington,
from whence it Hows in an K.S.K. direction, having a considerablt-
extent of rich grass country on either sid«', lightly tind»erfd with
maple and pine, and in some parts entirely clear. The rivt-r is full
of salmon tind trotit at the summer season ; the river is bridged
over.

Mount Washingrton is renuirkable, and rises to \i\^) feet : it is
th«' westernmost of a range !(• miles in length, terminating in monni
lieecher to the east ; to the soutliward and westward of it are several
high motmtain ranges and jieaks from 4,(Ml(l to 7.(Hlt) feet above tin-
sea, the highest being covered with stiow all the year round. IJetwci-n
the former and the Heaufort range to the south-east is P>eilforil valley,
through which Hows the I'nntluch, a stream falling into the Coiirte-
)iay 2 or '.) miles above the head of ])ort Atigusta.

The Beaufort range rises (m the western side of Haynes sound, 7 or
S miles from the coast, and stretches 12 miles in ii W.N.W. and
E.S.K. direction, varying in elevation from A,')! Id to ,"),1(M) feet : they
are very remarkable, presenting 7 or K distinct peaks, whicdi are rarely
free from snow.

This range, together with mount Washington, form the ejistern
boundary of the great central valley and chain of lakes which extend
througli the length of Vancouver islaiul from the head of Harclay
sound.

Set- chart. No. .'580.

plmi). VT.] I'OHT Arcil'STA. — I.AMHKTl'r CHANS'KI,.

207

LAMBERT CHANNEL, Ik'I\v<'<ii Dfiiinitn and Hornby isliuuls,
is a safe i)aHsaf,'e (i inilcs in lt'n;,'tli in a W.N'.W. ami X.W. ilirt'ction.
It is one mile widi' at its southern ciitranff. jfradiiaily incrj'usin^' to
till' north-west as it opens into (reory:ia strait : the general (lei»tli is
from 'i.'i to itii fathoms, shoaliiiy: to 111 on either side within 'i eahles
of the shore.

The eastern sid( ol LanilHri channel, hetween Norman point and
Shiii;,de spit, a distaiiee of ".' miles, has two },'roiips of meks which
eover at hi^'h water extending' nearly 'I cables oil', and tlie shore
should not lie a|)proached within a (piarttM* of a mile : on these rocks
the sea ^'eiieially breaks when there is any wind. and they are marked
liy kelp in summer.

Norris rock, on the eastern side, is of considerable extent at low
tide, liut at hii,di, a mere jKitch (i feet abrtve water; it lies 1.1 miles
N.l'l. .', X. from Yellow island, and three-quarters of a mile K. .', S.
from Norman point, the eastern entrance poii\t of the channel : from
the latter p(»int some reefs ami fotd ^'ronnd extend nearly 4 cabb-s
towards Norris rock, leaving' a narrow passaf^e <d' S fathoniH piviiy
close t(» the latter, iuit it is not rec<»mmeiub'd.

Shing^le spit is a remarkalde low point <)n tlie east«'rn side of the
channel, 'i miles W. by N. }, N.. from Norman point : shoal water
extends ofl" its extreme, which sliouM lie iriven a berth of om- cable ;
lemjiorary anchora<,'e will be f<iund on either side of it, according; lo
the wind : to the northward, in ll\ fathoms, at less than 1 cables from
the shore : to the sotitluvard, in '.• or 10 fathoms : but one jiatcli of the
rocks which cover, before mentioned, lies 4 cables K.S.K. from tin-
spit end. On the western side, tlu-re is anchoray*'.

Konias blnfl" is a bold wooded heailland, the north-east poiiU of
Deiiman island, from whence the coast trends westward and termi-
nates at 'A miles in l>eak point. This stretch of land issh»dvin<;. with
kelp patches and shallow water cxtendiin,' some distance oil', and
should be jjfivt'ii a berth of half a mile : imleed, after pa^• 'ng Komas
blnfl", a ijrood limit in standing' westwanl is Shingle spii <•■'. Horidjy
island in line with the south-east jioint of Denman island bearing
S.K. j E. ; it is better not to stand so far westward as to open oni the
channel between these two points, iti order to avoid the shoal ground
in the neighbourhood of Sandy islami ami the eastern side of Kelp
bar ; these marks are very prominent, and answer equally for those
bound through Lambert oliannel from the northward.

S-,' chart. No. f>SO,

<jKom;iA KTHAiT, sorrHKiix MHORK. L<'hai>. VI.

oil' tlio north end of Ilornlty island \n a roniiirk:il)l«» IxMildcr rock,
7 or H IVct lii(.'li, with sniiiUeront'S neurit ; do not ii|>])roiu-h ihenhore
in thirt neiphhourhood within a Ion;,' half a mile, at which tliHtatice
are duptliH of from 7 t(t 10 fathoms.

Tribune bay, on thp Houth-east side f»f Hornby island, afl'ords
;.;ood anchora^'e with all hut easterly or south-easterly winils, to
whi-h it is exposed. It is easy to enter or to loave, and con'.eiiienlly
situated as a stojtpin^' i)lace for vessels bound either way, beiniLr
;'».') miles west of Naiuiimo, and Id eastward of cape .Mud>.'e and the
entnmce of DiHcovery passii,i,'e.'*

The eastern t'lid of Hornby islaml terminates in a rather remarkable
point (St. .I(din), t,'rassy, and bare of trees. Of!" it. in an K.S.K.
direction, are '2 or 11 small low islets. Some reefs on whit h the sea
generally breaks extend nearly half a mile outside the islets ; these
should be ^iven a wide berth, and it is n<»l recommended to puss
nearer than half a mile to the north-east coast of Hornby island. The
entrance of Tribune bay is one mile west of St. .iohii point ; iis
eastern shores are bold and ditly, its western low and shelving, with
shallow water, and reefs extending a considerable distance off them.

Nash bank, the outermost of these <langers, is a ot»e-fathom rocky
patch, which must be carefully avoided. It extends nearly on(^ mile
K. by S. from Dunlo]) imlnt. There is no jjassage between it and
Dunloj) ))oint.

Norris rock kej)! in line with Yellow island, bearing S.W. h S..
leads '.\ cables south of it, in It fathoms ; and when the centre of the
white sandy beach at the head of the bay bears W.N.W., steer in for
it, which will lead the same distance east of the reef. Yellow isl.ind
just open south of Norris rock, bearing S.W. j S.. leads half .i mile
south of the reefs off St. .John point.

With a loading wiml it is recommended to pass the eastern side of
the bay within a short half mile, and to steer for the white sandy
beach as soon as it is open, anchoring with theeastern blutf of th'.^ i)av
bearing K. by N. I N., '^ or 4 cables from the eastern shore, i i
'.t fathoms, ssmdy bottom; this berth will enable ves.-els to lea\e
conveniently on the ap})r<tach itf a S K. wind, whi(di they should
always do. There is anchorage, if desired, in i fathoms, much
«;|orter in.

CAPE LAZO bears W.N.W., distant lit miles from the easter.i
enti of Hornby. It is a remarkable salient point about -i'tii feet

* ."vr )tl«i> <'f 'i'liliiniK liiiv <in Ailiniifilty chart. No. "iSO : s le, «<=: •,'•(» iii(rli(.i,

>ir

Ohai), ^'O

(APR I.AZO.— CAPK MITOr.K,

•200

lii^'li, flat and j,'ni8rty on i(H rtunnnit, hut woocUmI lu'hinil, and falling'
ahniptly to the sea in yellow clay dill's. Altli()ii<,'h a bold-lookinj,'
headland, shoal water ext«*nds a considerable distance off, and it is
recommended not to approach its eastern and south-east sides Jiearer
than 2 miles, as only 4.^ fathoms uneven l)ottt)m is t'ound at the
distance of 1^ luiletj. Lar^'e boulder stones dry oil for half a mile at
low water.

OYSTER BAY.— From cape F.azo the coast trends W.N.W., is
moderately hi^di, '.nd sliffhtly indented with boulder beaches, which
makes boat latidin^ attended with danj,'er unless it is very calm
weather. At the distance of 1,') miles is Kuhushan point, the s<»uthern
extreme of a large but not very deep indentation named Oyster bay ;
it is a very low extreme. The trees, svhicli might in thick weather
be taken f(»r the outer part of the point, begin iJOO yardu within it.
Shelter j)oint, nearly 4 miles N.W. by W. \ W. from Kuiiushan, is its
northern extreme.

A reef, which aflfords consideral)le protection from N.W. winds,
extends half a mile eastward from Shelter point. The entrance to
Discovery passage is 4 miles aorth-wes. ward from Oyster bay.

Anohoragre. — There is fair anchorage u 10 or 12 fathoms in this
bay for those waiting wind or tide. A good berth is a little nit)re
than half a mile from the shore with Mitlenatch island bearing
N.E. ^ E., and the highest part of cape Mudge just open of the low
extreme of Shelter point bearing N.W. by N.

CAPE MUDGE is one of those peculiar headlands so frequently
met with on this coast, and resembles Roberts p(»int and cape l.azo,
except that the yellow clay clitf which forms its face is more covered
with vegetation. The cape is between 200 and iJOO feet high, Hat,
and wooded on its summit, falling to the westward as it enters
Discovery passage with a low boulder point ; the high land of Valdes
island appears behind it from the south-eastward.

A boulder beach extends from it eastward, and at 2 miles in this
direction the depth is not more than ;» fathoms. The edge of this
shoal is fringed with kelp during summer, anil is generally well
defined by a tidal line, and sometimes heavy tide rips, which ii is
recommended not to stand into. Between cape Mudge and Willow-
point the tide rips at flood are dangerous to small craft in blowing

S, r chart. \o. .*>Su.

SO 1 11948

210

(;eor<;ia stiiait, northern shore. [Chap. vi.

weather. The western h)w piirt of cape Mud;(e should not be hronj^ht
to bear westward of W.N.W. when entering; or leaving' Discovery
passage.

Cape Miulge is situated in latitude 41)'^ W,^ o5' N., longitude
125^ VV 0" W.

Tidal stream. — The first of the flood stream setii strongly to the
eastward, over the shoal ground south-eastward of cape Mudge.

Sisters islets are two small black rocks 17 feet above high water,
S.W. by S. from the west point of Lasqneti, with Stevens passage, a
deep- water channel over one mile wide between them and Flat islands.
The Sisters should not be approached too close in calm or light
winds, as the tide sets straight past them.

X Iilack pyramidal beacon, 42 feet high, is erected on the eastern,
and largest of the three islets forming the group.

Gillies bay, ItH miles N. | W. from St. .John point, and 2 miles
north-west from the Mouatt islets, a small group, which lie nearly
out* mile from the shore, is easily recognised l)y a remarkable white
patch on its northern point, which is seen for many mih'S, and shows
as two distinct white spots. An anchor may be dropped at a quarter
of a mile from the beach in 12 fathoms, l)ut it is only a stopping
place.

Caution. — When standing westward towards the Denman island
shore Lambert channel should not bo opened out between the soutli-
east end of the island and Shingle spit, nor should cape I^a/,o be
approached nearer than 2 miles.

NORTHERN SHORK OF THE STRAIT OF GEORGIA.

HOWE SOUND, immediately adjoining Ourrard inlet (page 171))
on the n<»rth, is an extensive sheet of water, the general depth being
very great, while there are but few anchorages. It is almost entirely
hemmed in by rttgged and precipitous mountains rising abruptly
from the water's edge to elevations of from 4,(>(K) to 6,(K)0 feet ; there
is no available land for the settler, and although a river of ccmsider-
able size, the Squawmisht, navigable for boatn, flows into its head, it
leads by no useful or even practicable route into the interior of (he
country.*

* Siy Admiralty charts :— Strait of Georpria, sheet 1, No. r)71t ; scale, m = 0-6 of an
inch ; al'vo sheet 2, .\o. 680 j scale, m = U."i of an inch.

(Jhiip. VJ.]

HOWK SOUND, D|}{KCTION>.

Jll

The entmnce is betwctMi Atkinson point i^sfi' piif^e 1710' ^^'^" nortli
point of Burnml inlet, and (towit point, nearly 1"J luiles apart, 'i'lu-
sound penetrates the continent in a nort)ierly direction for '20 miles,
and although of such considerable width for nearly 12 miles of its
length, yet it is choked by some large and numerous smaller islands,
between which are several ship passages.

Bowen island, the largest and easternmost, lying at the entrance,
is remarkable, mount Gardner, rising to 2,47i) feet, being round,
smooth, and })artially bare, unmistakably pointing out the entrance
from any direction ; the island is 7 miles in length in a northerly
direction, and more than '.) miles in width.

Queen Charlotte channel, tli'' easternmost passage into Howe
sound, is between Howt-n island and Atkinson point ; i'assage island,
only iialf a mile long, but very prominent from the southward, stands
in the centre of the channel, and on l)oth sides of it is a ileep-waler
))assage ; that to the west. 1 .1 miles in width, is the l»etter. A tiib'-
rip is fre(juejitly met with otf Atkinson ])oint caused by the meeting
of the ebb streams from the sound and l^urrard inlet.

Snugr cove. — At J :| miles northward of Passage island, and on the
eastern shore, is White Clifl" point, and ojjposite, on the Howen island
coii8t, distant IV miles, is a double-headed cove. Snug cove, llu!
southern of these, though narrow, affords excellent anchorage to small
craft in 1) fathoms, sheltered from all winels.

Deep cove, the northern, is larger, but with a S.K. wind, when
anchorage would be most required, a swell would set in. After
passing White Cliff point the width of the channel increases to
2\ miles, and '^ miles to the northward is Bowyer island.

White rock is a small I)ut remarkable islet 3(5 feet high ; some rocks
which cover at high water extenil a quarter of a mile N.N.W. and
S.S.E. from it.

Centre island lies midway between it and the south point of Anvil
island.

Directions. — If bound to port Graves, which is the principal
anchorage in the sound, pass westwanl of Howyer island betwet'u
it and Hood point. From Hood point, Hope jtoint '>ears W. \ S.
distant !1 miles, and after rounding it, a North course leads into tiie
harlxmr.

Srr ohttrt, No. TiTll.

SO 11948

(> 2

212

OKORGIA STRAIT, NORTHKRN SHORE. [f'hai). VI.

Bound up the sound by Queen Charlotte channel, a N.N.W. course
leads in mid-channel ; pass eastward of White rock, Centre island,
and Anvil island, through Montagu channel.

Anvil island is '.) inlles lon^,, and the summit, Leading peak,
2,7 H\ feet high, is very remarkable, resembling the horn of an anvil
pftinteil upwards. From almost all parts of Georgia strait this peak
appears as a most prominent object.

Anchorage. — The sound carries its depth to the head, and shoals
from 100 fathoms suddenly to 2 fathoms ; the latter depth is close to
the mud at Jie head of the sound, which is so soft, that supjjosing a
vessel to anchor, she would be certain to drag on shorts with any
wind up the sound.

Anchorage may be ol>tained off a waterfall on the eastern side of
the sound in 20 fathoms, about 2 cables from the shore and one mile
from the entrance of the Sijuawniisht river, with Watts inner point
bearing S.W. by S.

Oolling'WOOd channel is the most direct route to port Graves.
At the entrance both shores are steep and bold ; the channel takes a
northerly direction, and is for -i miles about one mile wide, the
general depth varying from 50 to 100 fathoms.

A rock which dries 2 feet at very low spring titles lies iSf miles
S.S.W. from Hutt island.

Worlcombe island is the outermost of the small islands, half a mile
long, east and west, and very narrow. Passage rock lies almost mid-
way between Worlcombe and Pasley islands, and covers at half-tide,
it lies 3^ cables W.N.W. from the eastern point of Worlcombe islanil,
and when working in (»r out, do not stand westward, between Worl-
combe and Pasley islands, as to shut in the western points of White
and Hagged islands behind the low east point of Pasley island. Keats
islar.d is 3 miles long, moderately high, with a bare ciiflty isummii
near its centre.

Barfleur passagre, westward of the central group of small islands,
is a saf«' mhip channel. Working in, it is better not to approach nearer
than a (luarier of a mile to Popham island, and the two smaller ones
north of it. The passages bet" een the small islands are not
recommended,

A rock, on which the sea breaks at low water, lies 1^ cables North
from the north point of Popham island.

ikr chart, No, 67».

Chnp. VI,] COLLING WOOD CH A NNKL.— PLUMPER COVPJ.

213

Shoal channel, the westernmost entrant to Howe scund, is
convenient for those coming from the westward, and h^ads to Plumper
cove, t snug anchorage on the north-west side of Keats ishmd.*

The south i)oint of Keats island, which forms the eastern point of
entrance to the channel, has, lying close off it. Home island, a small
but prominent and thickly-wooded island. From a short distance
northward from this island a bar of sand and shingle extends ijuite
across the channel to the steep cliffs of the mainland ; the dei)th of
water on it varies from 7 to IH feet. When entering, keep rather over
to the mainland side about 2 cables from it.

Observation i)oint in line with the north end of South Shelter
island, or just showing to the westward of it, bearing N.N.E. jj K.,
leads ON <^r the bar in 2^ fathoms ; but vessels drawing more than
8 feet are recommended not to attempt Shoal channel at low water.

Two rocks, both drying )\ feet at low water springs, and lying
N. by W. I W. and S. by E. ^ E., distant nearly one cable from each
other, lie near Steep bluff.

♦From the northern rock the summit of Stony hill, Keats islaml,
bears K.N.K., distant l^^*, miles ; centre of Home island S.S.E. ^ E. ;
and extremity of wharf at Gibson's landing W. ^ N., distant
2|'o cables.

Pending the construction of a beacon, a sm;ill spar buoy has been
placed to mark the outer rock, which dries 'A feet, ami is situated
2^ cables eastward of Gibson's landing.

A rocky spit extends from the shore under conspicuous cone, from
the extreme Shelter ishind summi' bears S.E. ^ S. distant K cables,
and the outer end of the pier at O.osons landing S.S.W. ^ W.

Plumper cove. — immediately alter cr<.->ing the bar of Shoal
channel the water deepens to 20 fathoms, an<l two smull islets,
partially wooded, aud almost joined at low water, will be seen one
mile N.N.E. ; between them and the shore of Keats islantl is Phuiiper
cove, which is perfectly sheltered from all winds, as, however hard it
may be blowing outside, it is genen^lly a calm here. If wishing to
enter, pass round the north end of the islets.*

Anchor in S fathoms in the centre of the cove. There is room to
lie at -ingle anchor, but it is recommended to moor, dr )pj)ing the
outer anchor in 10 fathoms when the north end of tue islets bear

• St'r plan of Shoal chanual aud Plumper ouve on Adniirnlty chart, No. 5><5 ; scale
m ar 3 inohf*.

•1!

2 14

CKOIKirA STltAlT, NORTHp:RN shore. [Chiip. VI.

West, iiiid running up the centre of the cove, drop the inner one in
(5 fiitlioniH ; there is only room for one large vessel, but several small
ones could find shelter. Thornborough channel ia a continuation of
iShoal channel, and leads up the western side of the sound, between
Ganibier island and the main.

It is high water, full and change, in Plumper cove at noon ; springs
rise 12 feet.

Port Graves, the easternmost of the three bays on the south side
of (lainliier island, is the principal iinchorage in Howe sound. It is
about .S miles from the entranct', and may be reached with great
facility by either of the channels already described ; its entrance will
not, however, l)e very apparent to a stranger until closing Hope
point.*

Hutt island, scarcely half a mile long, but very high and remai-kable,
lies close oil" the north-west side of Bo wen island, and is a good guide
to the port when entering by t-ither of the western channels : from it
Hojje point Ijears N. by W., distant 1.^ miles ; keep the Hope point
shore aboard on the starboard hand.

Directions. — On the wesurn shore, three-quarters of a mile inside
the ciitraiue, a shinglf spit extenils out for a shi»rt distance, which
shoidd be given a berth, as shoal water extends half a cal)le oH' it ;
when past this spit there is anchorage anywhere in 10 fathoms, but
liair a mile or more inside it, in 7 fathoms, is the best bertli. When
entri-ing by Shoal channel, and bound for port Graves, after passing
IMumper cove steer N.K. until near Hope point, and see the harbour
open, in order not to mistake either of the western bays for it.

it is higii water, full and change, in port Gnives at noon ; springs
risi' 12 feet.

The COAST from Gower point trends \V. ^ S. for IS miles to the
entrance of Malaspina strait. White islet, a bare rock .')! feet high,
lies 1!, miles from the shore, (J miles westward from Gower point,
and is I'emarkablo, always showing very white.

Rock point, — The point next westward of Gower point is named
l?ock point ; a boulder reef extends half a mile from the shore just
eastward of the point.

Trail bay.— At 1 miles N.W. from White islet is Trail bay. There
is a very marked c rop in the land at the head of this bay, across

* s'k' plan of Port Graves on Admiralty chart, Xo. oS.". : suale. w — :» iiiuhex.

Chiip. VI.]

HOWE SOUND.— liASgUKTF ISLAND.

215

whioh, by a portage of half a mile, the natives carry their canoes
into Seechelt arm, one of the many arms of Jervis inlet.

Anchora^^e may l>e obtained off the vilhvg*' in Trail bay, al)rea8t a
bluff in the north-east corner, in about 15 fathoms. The Indians
(Seechelt) are under the care of the R.C. mission, and their chapel is a
conspicuous object from seaward.

Trail islets, lour in number, lie a little more than half a mile off'
the western end of this bay, and if necessary small vessels may drop
an anchor inside them in 12 or 1)5 fathoms. There is a rock which
ilries at low water N.W. from the western Trail island 2 cables off
the mainland coast.

TEXADA ISLAND is 27 miles in length, with an average wi tit li
of 1 miles. Throughout its whole length stretches a ridge of ruggeil
trap mountains, wootled generally to the summit ; at the southern
end mount Shephertl reaches a height of 2,90(5 feet ; towards the
northern end the range decreases in elevati()n, but there is scarcely
an acre of land tit for cultivation throughout the island. Its shores
are steep and bold on all sides, and the land rises abruptly, except at
the north extreme, good limestone is founel at the north end of the
island.

Qilles bay, the only anchorage, and that merely a stopping place,
is on the south-west side.

UpwOOd point, the south extreme of Texada island, is rugged
and precipitous ; stunted pines grow between the crevices of the bare
trap rock ; the land behind is more thickly Wv-xxled. Almost immedi-
ately over it rises mount Dick, a very remarkable hump-shaped hill,
1,13G feet high. A rock which covers lies 2 cables off the point.

LASQUETI ISLAND is 9 miles long, with an average wiilth
of over 2 miles ; mount Tremeton is a singular turret-shaped summit,
1,051) feet high, rising neariy in its centre. On its southern side are
several boat coves.

Tucker bay, on the north side of Lasqueti, is a very fair anchorage.
Entering from the westw.ird, it will 1)8 readily known by a group of
small wooded islands which form its eastern aide ; its western point
is sloping, somewhat remarkable, and partially bare of trees. The
water shoals rather suddenly from J50 to 16 fathoms.*

* See plan of Tucker bay on Admiralty chart. No. 579 ; soale, m = :< inches.

216

(Jt;oH(tlA STKAIT, NOKTHKUX SHOUE. [Chap. VI.

The anchor<if,'e is in 14 fathoms, with tlw outermoHt iiiul western-
most of the small islands bearing N.N.K. and the west point of the
bay W. by N. ^ N., which will be within a (juartei- of a mile of the
shore. With a strong N.W. wind and tiood tide, the bay, though safe,
Wduld not be a comfortable anchorage ; from the eastward, sailing-
vessels wt)uld find some ditliculty in reaching it in consequeuce of
the prevailing N.W. winds and the narrowness of the channel at that
end.

Small vessels may anchor in the sonth-east corner, inside the small
island on the south shore in (5 or 7 fathoms, sheltered from -vlmost
any wind.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Tucker bay at
7h. 'M)m. ; springs rise IG feet.

Sang^ter island, half a mile long, lies one mile S.S.W. from
Young i»oint, the eastern extreme of Lasqueti. There is a deep
l)assage of 7(1 fathoms between the two, but a rocky ledge with shoal
water on it extends off the western point of Sangster island.

Seal rocks, which cover at half tide, lie a little more than one mile
W. ii N. from the western point of Sangster island, and it is not
recommended to })ass between the island and the rocks. .Jenkins
island lies 15 miles westward from Sangster, and close to the south
shore of Lasijueti. Sea Egg rocks, ahvays uncovered, lie 15 cables ott'
the west end of .lenkins island. False bay, at 3 miles westward from
.Jenkins island, and the same distance N.K. by E. fnmi the Sisters
islets, is a deep bight but which is not recommended as an anchorage,
though small vessels would lind shelter in its north-west corner in
7 fathoms.

Stevens passagre, lietween Sisters islets and Lasqueti, is ujjwards
of one mile wide. Flat islands, <m its eastern side, should l)e given
a berth of a quarter of a mile, as shoubl also Hare islvmds, a small
group lying oH' the north-west end of Lasc^ueti.

Sabine channel, lietween Texada and hasqueti islands, is agootl
ship passage 1) miles long, in nearly an east and west direction, with
very deep water ; it is 3 miles wide at the western end, but several
high conical islands lying oft" the north-east side of Lasqueti contract
the width at the eastern end, in some parts to three-quarters of a mile.
Theie is also a narrow but deep channel, Hull passage, to the south-
ward ot these islands, by keeping close along the Lasqueti shore.

Stv chart, No. 579.

('hill». VI, J LAHyUKTl ISLAND.— .MALASI'INA STRAIT.

217

The titlalstreaiurt tlifoUf,'li Sjibiuc chiium'l run '2 kuotH lui hour, the
tl(»od rimiiin^' westward, the ebb eustwiird.

MALASPINA STRAIT is a wide navigalde channel, separating'
Texada island from the mainhind. its general direction is W.N.W.
for iW miles, when it again enters Georgia strait between Marshall
point and Harwood island ; its southern entrance lies between
U])wood point and the western of the Thormanby islands, and is
4 miles in width. The Texada shore is bold, and almost straight for
its whole length, fronted by narrow shingle or boulder beaches.

Thormanby islands, two in number, about '){)0 feet high, almost
joined, anil upwards of 2 miles in extent, form the south-east entrance
point of Malasinna .strait. Lying close to the mainland, these islands
appear as part of it, terminating at their north-west point in a steep
clay cliff, off which, at low water, dries a boulder point. Hhoal water
extends from this point north-west for about 4 cables, and a bank
with not more than 5 fathoms on it borilers the northern side of the
western island for ){ cables to one mile.

From the north point of the eastern island, Tattenham ledge
extends half a mile north-west ; this ledge uncovers at the inner part,
and has 4 fathoms water on the outer.

Welcome pass, separating Thormanby islands from the main, is
a deep but narrow channel, about one mih- in length, and as sunken
rocks exist in its east entrance, it should be usetl with great caution.
A rock, which dries 1) feet at low spring tide, lies with Bare islet
bearing S. 4(5' W., ;'> cables ; there is deep water between the rock
aud Thormaaby island. An(»tlier rock, which shows only at very low
tides, lies near mid-channel, with (lowlland point bearing N. 59° W.,
distant 1 |V, miles, eastward of the rock the depth is IS fathoms.

Welcome point is the rounded point K.N. E. of Merry island ; oft" it
a shoal extends for '.\ cables. A spar buoy, painted red, is moored in
(i fathoms, with north-west point of Merry island bearing S. 75' W.,
distant nearly J ,'„ miles.

Buccaneer bay, formed by the junction of the two Thormanby
islands, on their north-west side, exten<ls in a south-east direction for
over one mile, and affords good and sheltered anchorage at its head
in 15 fathoms.*

Caution must be observed when entering, as shoal water extends
for fully half a mile from the northern shore of both islands on both
sides of the entrance. A rock, which dries at low water springs, and

'See Plan of Buccaneer bay on Adniiralty charl. No. 579 ; itoale, m = 8 imohes.

218

(iKoRiJlA STUAIT, NOUTHEKN «HOHE. [Chilp. VI.

Oil which the Hteiim-vesael Klla While Htruok, lios on tho Honth
wcrttcrn nidf of Tiittenham h.'djje, with Derby point S.E. by E. about
\\\ cabk'H.

Tattenham ledf^e will bo avoided l)y keeping the onter of the
Surry islands in liiu^ with Wolf i>oint and the centre of the beach at
the head of the bay, ))earing S.S.E. '} E.

Secret cove. — At one mile northward of the entrance to liucca-
iieer bay is tiie entrance to Secret cove, formed between Turnat,'ain
island and the shore of the mainhind. The channel in, between
fieorge i)oint (the south-east end of Turnagain islaml) and Entrance
island to the eastward, is half a cable wide with depths of from
7 to 11 fathoms in it. Half a cable S.W. by S. from the west end of
Entrance islaud is a rocky patch which covers at three-quarters Hood ;
it will be cleared Dy keeping Whitt; rock (2 tent high) inside the
harbour on its west shore, just open of the north-west points of
Entrance island, bearing N.N.E. ^ E.

When past Entrance island, anchonige may be taken up as con-
venient in 7 to 1) fathoms, midway between that island and Echo
island.

Rocky patch. — From Secret cove the coast, which trends north-
west, is bold-to for 4 miles, at which distance a rocky patch of
considerable extent lies one mile S.E. by E. from Francis point, and
extends nearly the same distance parallel to the shore. The least
water found on this patch was 7 fathoms, but less may probably
e.xist.

Bargain harbour is a small harbour with depths of .5 and 6
fathoms in it. The entrance lies between the Whitesione islands
(lying abont 3 cables south-eivst from Francis point) and the islets
oft" the shore to the eastward, the largest of which are Flat (the
southern) and Green islets. By keeping in mid-channel the harbour
may be safely entered.

The head of Bargain harbour communicates with Pender harbour
by a narrow passage, which is available for boats at high water.

JERVIS INLET is one of the most considerable of those
numerous and remarkable arms of the sea which indent the continent
of America from the parallel of Juan de Fuca strait as far as lat. 60° N.;
it extends by winding reaches in a northerly direction for more than
•lO miles, whih* its width rarely exceeds 1^ miles, and in most places
is even less.

.S^'^ chart. No. T^TiK

Cliaji. VI.] MALASPIXA HTRAIT.— PKN'DKH UAHHOUIl

2r.i

It is hemiiHMl in on all siiles by inuuntiiinri of tln' most ruf,'f,'e(l iintl
stii|)pn(lou8 character, rising' from its almost periH'ntlicular shores to
lM'i«,'htH of TMliM) to H.OilO tVet. The hardy pine, which flourishes
where no other tree can find soil to sustain life, h(»Ms but a feeble jind
uncertain tenure here ; and it is not uncommon t(» sei' whole
mountain siiles denuded by the blasts of winter, or the still more
certain destruction of the avalanche which accompanies the thaw o(
summer.

Apunemnon channel, after runnin<x l)etwe«'n Nelson island aiui the
uuiin in a f,'eneral northerly direction for '.• miles, joins the main
I'haunel of the inlet ; its avera^'e width is little more than half a mile,
the tides run from one to 3 knots, the depth of water varies from
't{) to 100 fathoms, and it affords no anchorage.

Nelson rock. — When entering by the western passiige, or coming
from the westward along the shore of Nelson island, avoid Nelson
r(»ck, which covers at quarter flood ; it lies one mil(! S.W.by \V. ^W.
from Fearney point, is steep around, and unless the rock is visible it
is recommended to pass outside or southward of it.

PENDER HARBOUR is the only anchorage with a moderate
depth of water to be found in the neighbourhood of Jervis iidet, but
its entrance is so encumbered by islands as to render it difficult of
access to any but steam or coasting vessels.*

When coming from .Jervis inlet by Agamemnon channel, the
passage between Ohannel islets and I'earson island to the south-west,
and Norman point to the north-east is the most convenient, but
coming from any other direction it would be better to use either the
one between Pearson island and Channel islets, or that l)etween the
former island and Martin island ; the latter is to be preferred.

Williams and Charles islands lie innnediately across the entrance,
forming three channels ; that to the northward between Williams
island and the main (Henry point) is not one cable in width, but it is
the best and has a depth of 20 fathoms.

A rock, which covers at three-quarters Hood, lies nion* than half a
cable N.N.W. from the east point of Charles island.

A pinnacle rock, with 4 to 8 fathoms close aroimtl, which dries at
extreme low water, lies with the west extreme of Martin island
S.S.E. I E. distant 3J cables ; and the north extreme of Pearson island
W. |S.

^I'M

* >Sen plan of Pender harbour on Admintlty uhart. No. 586 ; msalv. m ^'S inches.

220

(iKOJUJIA STHAIT. NORTHERN SHORE. [Chap. VI.

Halt' a ciiblt^ unrtli-t^ast of Martin island iH a larm'e rock, awaHli at
high water. There iH also a rovk, which dries just after hi>,'h water,
on the edge of the rihoal extending one-third of a cable north-west
from WilliamH ishind.

Skardon iHhuids, two in number, lie 2^ cables eautward from
WillianiH island ; pass on either side of them and steer up the harbour,
which is ovt'r a (juarter of a mile in width, and the depth will soon
decrease to 12 fathf»ms. One mile within the entrance, a peninsula
extends southward from the northern shore ; pass between its southern
point and Mary islantl.

AnchoragTB' — Anchor in Gerrans bay, a quarter of a mile south-
ward of the i)eninsula, in r»or7 fathoms; there is also good anchorage
in Garden bay, just eastward of the peninsula, and abreast an Indian
village, in i) or ',5 fathoms. The latter is the more suitable for a large
shij). Pend'.-r harbour extends three-quarters of a mile above Garden
bay by a very narrow passage with only 2 fathoms in it, and then
opens out with a depth of 7 fathoms.

The depth in the middle of the narrow passage leading into Gun-
boat bay, the eastern part of the harbour, is only 1^ fathoms. The
tidal stream sets strongly through, and at low water the passage is
contracted by shelving shores.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Per ier harbour at
6h. Om. ; springs rise 12 to 14 feet.

The western entrance to Jervls Inlet is between Alexander

point, the south extreme of Hardy island, on the east, and Scotch Fir
point on the west. The points are not remarkable, but the ojjening
is easily made out ; it is nearly 2 miles in width, and takes for a short
distance a N.N.W. direction. Scotch Fir point is rocky, and has two
small islets lying close westward of it, which, like the point itself,
are covered with stunted pines. Hardy island lies close to and is
nearly connected with Nelson island ; Blind bay between them is
useless, and its entrance choked by small islands.

Rocks, with depths of 3 and 4 fathoms, are reported to lie E. by S.
distant 1^ and 2\ miles from cape Cockburn about half a mile off
shore.

Thunder bay, formed on the western side 1 ^ miles above Scotch
Fir point, is one of the few places in Jervis inlet where a vessel may

Ser chart. No. 579.

Chiip. VI.]

.IRRVIS IVLKT.

'i'il

drop an anchor, and beintr near tlu' entrance in likely to prove con-
venient. The bay is about half a mile deej*, with a sandy beach at
its head, off which 17 fathoms will be found ; iianiediattdy outside it
then' are 30 fathoms, and the lead then drops suddeidy to a fjreat
depth.

Hotham sound, a wide oi)eninK, trends, N.N. W., terniinatin),' at the
distance of 7 miles in a double-headed bay ; the water in every i)art
of it is too deep for anchoraf?e.

Nelson island, in the middle of the entrance to Jervis inlet, is
10 miles lon^' in a northerly direction, and about 4 or '» miles wide ;
its shores are much broken and indented by several l)ays, in none of
which, however, can anchoni^'e lie obtained in ci>nsequence of the
^reat depth. The island is mountainous, ranj^inir from r)(IO tn
l,r)(MI feet in heij^ht. (Jape Cockburn. its south point, is of while
granite, about SO or DO feet hif^h, covered with a few dwarf pines ; a
rock lies one cable south from it.

Captain island, north of Nelson island, and separated from it l)y a
narrow passajfe, is about one mile in extent, rocky, and steep-to.

One Tree islet, off the east side of the inlet, 1] miles north-east
from Captain island, is small, and has a single tree on its summit,
which is very conspicuous ; its height is about 50 feet. A rock awash
at low water lies one cable off its east side ; just within it, on the east
shore, is a bight where a coasting vessel niay droj) an anchor.

Prince of Wales reach. — Dark cove, on the west side of Jervis
inlet, within the Sydney islets, is 2 miles North from Captain island,
and 12 miles from the entrance. The cove Is only about 2 cables in
extent, but affords a snug anchoi-age in 1') fathoms ; a vessel of con-
siderable si/e could moor within it. There is a (dear deep passage
one cable wide into this cove on both sieles of Sydney islets.

Vancouver bay, on the east side of the inlet, li* miles from the
entrance, is about half a mile in extent. From its head, which is
low, a considerable valley extends to the eastward, but the shores on
both sides are craggy and precipitous, and the bay is too deejt to
att'oni anchorage, there being tJO fathoms within one cable (»f the
bank, which extends a short distance from its head.

Princess Royal reach. — Deserted bay, also on the east side of
Jervis inlet, at the termination of Princess Royal reach, and about

ate chart, No. 57S>.

•i')'}

(SKOIKilA STIIAIT, NolJTHRIlN SMOllK, [('\v.\\>. VI.

117 miloH from tlu> (Mitmncc, in Hiuiill, and uflonlH an indiflVrent
anchoni>,'(' in itn .nwtorn part near the \ww\ in about 1(5 fathoms,
t^xportiMl to wewt and H(»uth-W('Htt*rly windH. A valloy extendri from
tlio head of tho hay to the north-cant, tlirouf,'h which ti trail runs to
th(( liiloot't laltcH on the Frascr river, and in much frccjuented by the
nativcH in tlic summer scaHon.

Queens reach. — The head of .Ii rvis inh>t terminateH in a patch
of h»w Hwanipy lan<l throu^'ii wliich How some Hmail Htream«, and a
bank dricH oil' alxtut one calde ; it does not all'ord any anchoriifjfe,
then* bein;,' :2'> latlioms within half a cabht of the outer edfjfe of the
bank. A remarkable peiak, motmt Victoria, rincH 2 milert north of the
water'n edfj[e to a heif^'ht of 7,4r)2 feet, and is a very conspicnoiiH
object on approaching the liead of the inh't.

At the head of Jervis inlet then* is a valley J)y which the Indiana
ifo to ClahooHc (Desolation sound) in two days.

Princess Louisa inlet, on the east side of Jervis inlet, ') miles below
the lunid, is narrow, and about 4 tniles lonj,' in an K.N.K. direction ;
it is connected by a narrow gc)rfj[e to the nuiin inlet, which at low tide
becomes almost a waterfall, renderin<,' it impossible for boats to enter
(txcept at hif,'h water ; inside, like .Jervis inlet, it is deep, and the
mountiiins cm both sides rise to 7,()00 and (S,()(K) feet.

Seechelt arm, th*; entrance to which is on the east side of Jervis
inlet, one mile north of Agamemnon channel, is an extensive arm of
the sea, penetrating the land for 17 miles in a south-easterly direction.
On the east side of the arm, at a distance of 7 and 11 miles from .ts
entrance, are two smaller branches, Narrows arm and Salmon arm,
extending to the north-eastward for upwards of 10 miles.

The arm at 3 miles within its entrance contracts in breadth to less
than one-third of a mile, and is partially choked up with rocks and
small islands, which preventing in a great measure the free ingress
and egress of the tide, cause most furious and dangerous rapids, the
roar of which may be heard for several miles. These rapids prevent
any vessel, or even boat, from entering the arm, except for a short
time after high and low water, when the title slackens for a very
limited period ; it would, however, be hazardous for any vessel,
except a very small one, to attempt to enter at any tinu*, although
there is a passage with from 4 to 7 fathoms between the islands and
the south or peninsula shore.

iSti^ churt, No. 57i<.

Cllill*. VI.J .SKKtllKI/r AllM.— IIAIIWOOU ISLAM*.

The HhoreH of tlu' arm, except near Uh south part or li«'a<l, arc h'lKh
ail* I rocky, and in the Hiiintin'r Hfasmi the naiivcsiatph ;rrcat <|naiititii>s
of Hiilinoii there.

Tides and tidal streams. — li in hi^'h water at full and chancre
in .lerviH inlet at (! hours, the rise and fall heini; a))oiii I ( feet ;
within the Seechelt arm the lis ■ and fall seldom exceeds <» or 7 feet.

Tli»' tidal streams are, except near the «'iitraiice of Seechelt arm,
weak and irref,Milar and inliueiued liy winds.

HARWOOD ISLAND, off the west eiilrance to Malasi>iiia strait,
l\ miles from the continental shore and ahont ii miles north-west
from point Marshall, is 2J, miles loiif,' in a northerly direction.
U miles wide, from I'lO to "iOO feel hiKh. Hat, and thickly wooded.
It is bordered l»y a sandy beach, and at its north jmint is a low triiissy
spit. There is deep water between the island and the shore.

Re})j'cca islet, lyinj,' midway Ix'tween point Marshall and Ilarwood
island, is of small extent, and .'> feet above hi<,'h water.

I'.are islet, one mih' W.S.W. from the south end of Ilarwood island,
is a bare, yellow, cliffy rock, about 2 cables in extent, and :»l) feet
abovi' hijifh water.

The COAST.— Westward from .lervis inlet, the north shore of
Malasi)ina strait, takes a westerly direction for 11 miles, terminating'
at (irief point ; for a considerable distance inland it is low, and
bordered by a sjindy beach.*

Fnmi Grief point the north or continental shore of Geor},'ia strait,
trends W.N.W. for nearly 20 miles almost straifjfht to Sarah point, the
south-east entrance point of Desolation sound. Throu<,'hout the
whole distance the coast does not rise more than HIM) or (KHI feet, and
is but slifjhtly indented. There is a fresh-water stream of con-
siderable size 4 miles West of Grief ])oint, communicatinj,', at about
,2 miles from th«' shore, with a lake which extends some -lit miles
n<»rthward towards the head of Toba inlet.

At one mile further westward a vessel may anchor in line weather
for night or tide at a distance of ',\ or 4 cables off shore iiear the coast
abreast Harwood island in 12 to 13 fathoms. AnchoraKc must be
taken up with caution as flats extend a considerable distance olf shore.
When anchoring do not shut in the north shore of Suvary island.

.Srr chart, No. 580.

!>4

OEOnCJIA STUAIT, XORTHKRV SHORE.

[niiap. vr.

:; !

Navijjfiitinff aloiif? this ooiiHt bctwi'on ftricf and Sarah points, a vesucl
will avoid danjjfer by kc'epiiif; not nioro than half a mile off shore as
fur art Hurtado point, and pa.srtinj,' northward of Harwood and Savary
ih>land8. When past Hurtado point, steer more westward, and pass
southward or westward of the White, Double, and Powell islets.

Sliammon and IiUnd are settlements on the mainland, the
former north-east of Harwood island, the latter, at which there is a
post office, in lat. 49° 51)' N., long. 124" 49' W.

SAVARY ISLAND, nearly (5 miles W.N.W. from Harwood
island and one mile from the continental shore, is 4 miles long in a
W.S.W, direction, and less than one mile wide. A sandy beach
with huge scattered boulders surrounds it, and extends a considerable
distance off its north and west sides, which should not be approached
nearer tlian half a mile : these boulders extend a greater distance
from the south side of the island, which side, therefore, should not
))e closed nearer than three-cjuarters of a mile. The height of
the island varies from fSO to 120 feet, and the south side is faced by
some remarkable white «'uidy cliffs, very conspicuous from the south-
east ; its east (sxtreme is a granite clift', steej)-to. There are several
clear grassy patches on the island, but the soil is poor and sandy. A
sandy bar or ledge, of one to 2 fathoms water, extends from its west
point to Hernando i.sland.

A reef extending about 5 cables W.N.W, and E.S.E., with a breadth
of 2^ cables, the boulders on which dry at low water, is reported,
with the south .*st extreme of Savary island about N. 5°,E., distant
'.\ miles. The position is doubtful. All the water inside a lino from
Bare island towards the west point of Savary island is said to be foul.

Hurtado point, on the main abreast Savary island, is about
2.'')() feet high, bohl and clilTy. There are ;i7 fathonrs water in mid-
channel l)etween it and the island.

Mystery rook, 2f miles S.E. h E. from tlie east end of Savary
island, is a patch which uncovers 4 feet at low water. From the rock
shoal patches of from one to !{ fathoms extend towards the east end
of Savary islan<l. When navigating this locality observe great caution
when going between Savary and Harwooil islands, but by keeping
within half a mile of the continental shore, and also by keeping Grief
point open to the northward of the north extreme of Harwood island,
this danger will be avoided.

.Sre oliurt, No. :>tH).

Chap. VI. J SAVARY ISLAND, — HKFINANDO [SF.AXD.

•)•)■

Ragged islands, lyins,' clns.' to a-id |)anillt'l with tlu> continental
.■'horc, arc a rocky Lrronp of small islamls :*.', miles lonj; ami .'{ cabUis
wide ; their south-east pari isahoiit *J,', miles north-west from Hurtado
jmint, and somo rocks extend 1 cahles from th«Mr north-west extreme.

White islet, one milt S,W. from Ha.Lr^'eil islands, is a very remark-
alile, hare, white ",'ranite rock, ahoiit 7() feet high. A rock which
uncovers at low water lies one cahle eastward from it.

I)oiii)le islet.s, half a mile West from tli<' north-west part of the
Ha.<,'f,'cil groiiji, :ii-t' sin;'.ll. and alt<»nt '.*i> feet lii!j:Ii, witii a single tree on
each of their summits.

Powell islets, one mile north-west from Double islets, are iwo in
ni!ml>er, small, ahont '.H* feet high, and covered with a few stunted
hushes and trees; the westernmost islet is steep-toon its north and
west sides.

Sarah point, at "JK mihs W.X.W. of Malaspina strait, may he
called til." north-west entrance ]>oint of (Jeorgia strait. It is a
ronnde(|, rocky point, sloping gra<lually to the sea ♦"rom a height of
ahout 7.'i(> feet, at a short distance within it. The coast here turns
sharjtly round to the eastward into ^[alaspina inlf^t,

Sandi ])oint is situated in latitude ")(> ;{' In N„ longitude
I24°r>'J W.

Mitlenatch island li«'s Itl miles N,\V. from lape I.azo, is half a
mile in extent, !i(Mt fi'ct high, hare and ]>eakcd. Hetween it and tin-
Vancouver island shore, distant nearly (I mile>, is the fairchainud t<i
cape Mudge and Hiscovei-y passage. Shoal water extends ahout half
a mile northward of Mitlenatch island.

Sentry shoal, within the limits of the 10 fathoms line, extends
]), miles X.W. and S.K. , the least th-pth found heing 5 fathotn.s, from
which the summit of Mitlenatch island ln-ars N. iWl \V,. distant
2,'„ miles.

HERNANDO ISLAND, 2 miles West fiom ^Sa\al•y islan.l, is
about 2 miles in extent, flat, thickly wooded, and from l2(Mo 17(>f"et
high. A ledge composed of sand and huge hoidders extends two-
thirds of a mile from its south-east point, and then- is only a depth
of 1| fiithoms in the chaniM'l l)etwecn it and Savary island. From
the west side some rocks extend olf ujtwards of 2 cahles in many
places, and it should not he approached nearer than half a mile in
passing.

A dangerous rock, which ilries at low spring tid»-s, lies thr»'e-
quarters of a calile olf Hidalgo point, ;ind there is no passage
between.

!«tO Ili^H

S>-r ohftrt, Xo. 5««i,

mimmmmmm

226

UBORGIA STRAIT, MOllTUt'RN SHORE. [Chap. VI.

Stag" bay, <>ii the north Hide of IL^riumdu, udords anchox'sige in
J 2 to 1.') fathoms at a diHtauce of about 2 cahK-s' leuij^thsofl' whore, aud
irt usi'ful as a stopping place for vessels bound to Bute iiih't or
.Desolation sound. Thei'e is a small fresh-water stream in the east
part of the bay.

Tong'ue point, tlie north-west extreme of Ilernand" 'nd of Staj;
bay, is a low sharp sandy point or spi;, covered with a few trees.
Vessels should anchor at about thnH'-(iuarters of a mlli! from tliis
point, witii tlie east i)ari (»f Twins islands bearinLr N. by W,

Baker passagre, 'o tln^ uorthwartl ol Hernando island and
leadinf,' from the strait of (rcorfiriii to the entrance of Desolation
sound, is alxuit :5 miles lonj,' in a north-easterly direction, and one
mile wide in the narrowest part, being bounded on the north side by
(fortes and Twins islamls.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hakt-r passage at
(ill. Oin. ; springs rise 12 to 14 feet.

Twins islands, about U, miles North from Hernando, are two
rocky islaufls connected by a sandy beach at low water, covering an
exti'Ut 2 mile;- long in a north-westerly direction, and alxnit ou<^ mile
l)r(»ad. The northernmost Twin is IIM) feet high, rising to an almost
bare summit in the centre ; the southern one is about ;5(l(> feet, and
on i)oth of them arc numerous indicatimis of iron and co[)per ores.
N«me but small craft sh<add go north of these islands. Some small
islets lie a short ilistance o(V their north side.

Centre rock, which covers at a ((uarter Hood, is in tlie mi(hlle i>f the
passage between Twins and ('(U-tes islands.

To avoid the ledge off Kei'f point Uhe south extreme of Cortes
island), when entering l>ak»'r passage, bring Tongue point on a N.E.
bearing, and steer for it, passing about oik* cable off, then keep
midway between Hernando and the Twins.

Hlind cret'lc, on the east side of C<»rtes island, ][, miles North from
Twins islands, is a basin of about 1 cables in extent, with from 7 to
9 fathoms water; there is, howescr, i)\ the entrance, a rock which
covers at a ijuarter flood, rendering the place useless as an anchorage.

Three islets, lying half a mile olT the entrance of IJlind creek, are
three bari' white rocks about (»(• feel high, almost eonnecteil at low
water ; there is a dejith of 27 fathoms ut 2 cables eastward from
them.

S>-f chart. No. o80.

rhu]). VI.]

STAfi BAY— SCjUlRREL COVK.

227

LEWIS CHANNEL, oil" tho ontrances to Desolation Honnd
Ix'twtM'M Cortos and lifilotida islands, rnns nearly slraiu^'it upwards of
12 luilos N.W., and varies in l)readth from one mile to ',\ eahles ; its
shores arc p'nerallv roeky, low in tlie south part, hut rising' gradually
to the north-west.

Turn point, the south-west entrance point of this ehaiiiiel and tht>
ea.st <'.\-treine of Cortes island, is ahout llK) ft>et hi.s^h, rocky, and
covered with a few stunleil trees ; and elo-^e in slune northward of
the ))oint are two islatuls forming a small l)oat cove.

At C miles from the south entrance to Lewis channel, Teakerno arm
])enetratt's Uedonda island 4 miles in an K.N.K. direction, hut is too
deep to afford anchoi'ai,'e, except for small craft near its head, and
close to the south side of (Mitrance.

Tidal Streams. — In Lewis channel the streams are weak and
irre^'iilar. seldom exceedint; 2 knots, and are itdluenced ijy the
winds.

SQUIRREL COVE, on the west side of Lewis channel, 4.^ miles
frv)m Turn jmini, is a small land-locked hasin of (ito 7 fathoms water,
with room for a vessel of considerahle size to lie at sini,'le anchor. It
is entered hy a narrow pa.ssage ahout V.V.^ f<'et wide, with ') fatlioms
water, on the west side of the islaml (I'rotection island) in the
enlrtmce, which jirotects the cove from tin- southward. The shores
are moderately high, and though much hroken, very i»icttires(|Ue and
fertile in appearar.ce. To the uorfhward of, and connected at high
water with the cove, is a long narrow lagoon, stretching to the north-
west nearly across Cortes island.**

S(jiiirrel cove can only he entered hy steamers, or sailing-vessels
with a fair wimh and the (•|\arl is the hesi guide.

Tide. — If is high waitr, full and cliange, in Sipiirnd cove at
')h. dm. ; springs rise 12 fi.'et.

Boulder point, *he south-east eiitranc*' point, is low, and nuiy he
t'asily known hy a large hoiihler on its west side ; ii rock, which
covers, lies nearly one cuhle south from it, hut the point may he
roi.in(U'd at a distance of 2 eahles.

Northwar<l from Sr|iiirrel cove the west side of Lewis channel
hecouicij more rock}, and gradually increases in height ; it takes a

* "Sr plan of S((nirr<il rovr on Arlmlrnlty ••liiiit. N'«i .'so : -cak-, m = .'< miles.
S0 1194H Pa

'^'f'> (SBORGIA STRAIT, NORTHERN SHORK. [Oliiip. VI,

nortlu'Hy directiou for one mile to .lunction point, iiiid then trends
to the north-west for 7 miles, the channel ending at Bullock bluff,
the north extreme of Cortes inland.

At ;{.^ miles from Junction ])oint the d(>ptlis in tlie channel shoal
to 27 ami IM) fathoms, and a vessel may anchor in about IS fachoms at
<ui(' caV)lefrom the west shore. Vancouver's shii)s anchored hero in
ll'.^'ri while cxploriu!,' this part of the coast.

MALASPINA INLET, l.\ miles K.N.K. from Sarah point,
penetrates the eontinc-it S miles in a S.K. by K. .', M. direction ; it has
oni' ijDod harbour, and several arms, at tlie head of some of which
there is anchorage. The inlet at its entrance between Georgina point
and Zepliiue head, the west ))oinl of (xill'onl peninsula, is I cables
wide, which is its general width, until abrt'ast Scott point <in the
northern siil ', a distance of 2 miles, when it is C(»ntra(;te I to "icai)les ;
this portion of the inlet, however, is so studded with islands and
rocks an to considerably narrow the navigable ehauuel. The deiiths
in it vary from 'M) fathoms to (5 fathoms.

At Seott point tile inlet for three-i|uar;ers <if a miU^ takes an easu-iiy
direction, and then betweeii Hillingdon point and th.' north end of
Coode peninsula widens out to one mile and again turns to the south-
eastward for 2\ mii.?s, and, undi-r the name of Okeover -.irm,
continues in the .same direction btr a furthtU' distauci' of 'i\ ii»iles,
the width gradually decreasing to 'Mj cabh's. To the eastward of
Coode peninsula tlu* water becomes very deej), but at the beginning'
of Okeover arm it shoals to 40 fathoms, ami gradually to 5 and
G fathoms at nearlj- 2 cables from its head.

Freke anchorage, in 12 or 11 fathoms, is at the head of Okeover
arm, about 3 cables from the e<lt.'e of the flat that extends 2 cables
from the head of the aru\, just al>.n-e Lucy rock, which lies very close
to the south-western shore.

Josephine islands, about three-(|nartors of a mile within the
entrance of Malas|)ina inlet, with a i)assage on l)oth sides, are two in
number and almost joining »'ach (tther ; thenorth-v 'stern <tiu' is very
small, the other is about I}, cables long in the direcaon of the inlet.
an<l not more than half a cable wide. The i)assjige between them
and the south-western shore is tuie cable in width, and is to be
j>referred.

.Sfv chart. No. "isii.

('hup. VI.] MALA.'^PINA INLET.— LAXCKI.OT AIJM.

>).)()

('.ivi-mlisli roi'k, ;i\v;ish, ;mi| iiiarki-d l»y kolp, lii-s If, ciilili's K. Iiy N.
from the suiitli east cinl of .Foscpliiin' islands, aiiil i.s a ilaiigiT that
niiisl lie avoiilfil when passiiifx i'ast\var(l ul' those ishnids.

Gross islet, distant I }, caiih-s iVoui tlie northern shore of t!ie ndet,
and 2:1 «^';i''lt'M K.S.K. from Josophhie ishmds, Tics on the noriheni
side of the channel ; it is small, not more tlum half a cable in extent.

ROSetta rook, the prineij)al daiiv'tir In eiilerin^r i^Ealaspiiia inlet,
is awash, and lies nearly one cable l?i. by W. from Cross isli-t.

Thorp island lies close to the s mtherii shore of the Inlet "2.1 cables
S. by K. ;, E. from .losephiue islanvls, a rock awash lies about half a
cable south-eastward from it.

Neville islet is very small and lies close to tlu- northern shore
nearly half a mile K.S.M. from cross i.slet.

Cochrane islands, a gn.np of several small islets extending
;^ cables in a north-west and south-east din'cli(»n, li»' 2 cables from
the south shore of the inlet, and southward from Neville islet. These
islands should not be approached too closely, and there is a patch
with )? fathoms on it about one cable from their western end.

Lion rock, surrouiuled by kelp, lies '2 cablis S.F. from Selina
point, the south extreme of Gifford peninsula, and 2 cables eastward
of Coode peninsula.

Trevenon bay, one of the arms of Malasjiina iidet and 2}, miles
from its entrance, runs S.K. I»y K. I K. for 1| miles, and at its
head is imly sei)arated from Penrose bay by a narrow neck of hind
',\ cables broad, (^tl' the south-east extremity of ('o(»de peidnsula,
distant (me cable, is Houndary rock. The entrance to Trevenon bay
is half a mile south-east from Scott |)oint ; the avenifire wi<lth is less
than a (piarter of a mile, the depth varyin;^ from 2'> fathoms to
4 fathoms at 2 caides from the head. Off the north-west entrance
point of the bay lies the small island Alton, aliuut one cable
from the sliore.

Lancelot arm branches otlat S»dina point sharply N. Ity \V. and
extends in that direction for '.\ miles ; its head is only divided from
Portajje cove (Desolation sound) by a low neck of land not niurdi
more than half a cable across, forming Uill'onl peninsula, rising

Sff chart, No. 680.

2;jo

• IKOKUIA STIlAiT, NOITHKRN SIIOllK. [C'lmp. VI.

abruptly ti\i'r I'orui^'.' cove lo a lu-ij^'lit of 1,001) ici-t, ami liaviiiL' |»ari
of the nortlicni «horo «tf Malaspiua inlet for its Ikwc, wIh-it it is imt
inort' than half tlu' heij,'lit. The arm luaiiituiurt an uveraj,'*' width of
♦J cal)h's until near its hcail, wlit-rt) it is only 'i.', cahl.'s wiilc. In the
southern i>art of liaiR-clot arm the water is very ilt't'p, hut at ahoul
thrt't'-(jnar(«'rs of a mih* from Selina point until half a mih' from the
head the (h^pths vary from ;50 to 'M fathoms, and then shoul to
17 fathoms and gradually to 11 fathoms.

Vessels of motleruto size may anchor in Wootten 'oay, aljout (»ne
cable from the head of Lancelot arm in 12 fathoms water.

Isabel bay, aliout l:^ miles from Selina point, on the west shore
of Lancelot arm, is about '2 cables in ext»'Jit, and all'ords aiiehonifire
for eoastera in from 10 to 12 fathoms. Mary and I'olly islands lie in
the eiitr.mce.

Thors cove, on the eastern shore of Lancelot arm, li, miles
North of Ilillingdon point, the east entrance point of the arm, extends
in an K.N, K. direction for il cables with from I'i to '» fathoms. A
coaster might drop an anchor in (his cove in about 10 fathoms. At
»me cable off Sebastian point, the nctrth entrance point of Thors cove,
is Thynne island.

TheodOSla arm has its entrance at about one mile from the head
of Ijiincelot arm, and exten.ds in a N.K. direction for i i miles with
a moderate dejjth of water ami a widtli of '.\ cables, l)ut the entrance
to it is so very narrow and elutked with rocks, as to n-nder it for all
practical j)uri)oses, useless.

Grace harbour, on the iKtrtln-rn side of Malaspina inlet, alxiut
2}, miles from Zephine head, has its entrance between Scott and Moss
points, which are about one cable apart in an K.N.K. direction. The
harbour extt^ids about one mile N. by K. i K., ami is divided at ilu^
head l)y a jutting point into IJarlands and Carberry bays. Two cables
within the entrance points a small island lies nearly in (he middle of
the channel ; there is a passage on both sides of it, but the western
one is only suitable for boats. At 1 cables above the island the
harbour for a short distance contracts to half a cable, and then opens
to the width of '2\ cables.

Directions. — Having entered Malaspina inlet midway between
Georginii point and Zephine head, keep over towards Holland point

.Srr chart, No. :i8»t.

Chap. VI.] MALASPINA INLET.— DESOLATION SOIJX

231

until the c'hiiiiiit'l on the Himlhi'ni .side of Josi'ithiiic islitiuls uju'iis out,
and tht-n stei^r boldly throiij,di it uitli (NK-hruno isliind.s nearly ahead
(the coin's.' will he S.K, hy K. .!, K.). Kc-p the extreme of the land
near Zeithino head aixnit midway hetwrcu ( lie south .side ol' .losephiiu-
islands and the south shore, if anything' rather lu-an-r the latter,
which will lead between Uosetta roekand the roek oil" Tiiorp island ;
when \(*ville islet Ix'ars K. '{ X. steer towards it for a short distance,
to avoid the 3-fathoms patch off roehrane islands, until tin- north-
west Cochrane island Ijears S.S.K,, when alter course to round Scott
point distant one cable and steer up the harbour mid-channel,
})assing eastward of the small island lyin^' 2 cal)les within
the entrance. A shoal patch on which, however, the least water is
4 fathoms, lies 2 cables south-east from Scott i)oint.

The best anchorafj^e is in about lO fathoms, I}, cables northward of
the small island, abreast Ka kae kae village.

Tides. — The tidal streams at the entrance of Malaspina inlet run
about 2 knots. It is hi^di water fidl and change at .'ih. Oia. ; si»rin<,'s
rise 12 feet, and neai)s '.) feet.

Kinghorn island, ofl" the south entrance to Desolation sound,
is about 2 miles in circumference, and from KK) to 5(HJ feet high ; it
is cliffy and steep-to on the south-west side.

Station island, abont 1) cables in extent and 270 feet high, lies
2^ cables N.M.E. from the north point of Kinghorn island ; two small
islets lie between.

t V,

Mink island, nearly midway between Redonda island and the
main, is three-cjuarters of a mile long, one-third of a mile wide, aiul
700 feet high. A short distance from its north-east t'i\d are IJroken
islands.

DESOLATION SOUND, between the south-east shore of the
western Redonda island and Miidv island, has too great a depth for
anchorage. At half a mile N.E. from Mink islaml is Otter island,
only separated from the main l)y a very narrow passage.

Deep bay. — Hold head, the western entrance point of Deep l)ay,
lies one mile East from the S(»uth point of Otter island ; three small
islets lie S.W. by S. from it, the outer one, Grey islet, being distant
•4 cables. The entrance to Det)p bay is about 3 cables wide, which

.*A.r chart, No. r>«0.

i
i

2H2

(JKOItCFA STIIAIT. NOUTIIKIIN SIIOIIK. fOhiip VI.

width it iijaiiitiiiiirt to ils liisul, a ilistiUUM- ol' iicurly ohm mile, with ii
genenii northerly direction.

The iinchoraye Hpiice is confined, l)ut small vessels can anchor
in a cove at its north-west corner in 1<) fathoms. When entering' from
the northward pass between Otter and lirol<en islands and westward
of Grey islet ; from the westward the channel is clear.

To the northward of Otter island there are small islands
lyiiif,' in pairs, Mori,Mn and Melville islands bein;,' to the southward.
and Mary and Kveleif,di islands to the northward, ^[elville and ]\Iai'y
are the westernmost, the former, which is t.')(t feet hijjh, lu-inj; tiie
lar^,'eHt of the s''otip, and the latter the smallest. At half a mile
W. by N. from the south end of Morgati island there is a rock which
is just awash at high water.

Prideaux haven, situated '.) miles north-eastward from Mink
island in the N.K. part of Desolati(m sound, affords good and sheltered
anchoriig«\ The entrance between the east shore of Kveleigii island
and the Oriel rocks is <S.') yards wide, with a depth of 4 fathoms. The
anchorage is in the westt'rn i)art of the haven in 7 to !• fathoms.
Melanie covi-, the eastern part of the haven, is ent«'red by a narrow
channel about half a cable wide, opening out inside to one cable in
width with 4 to (J fathoms.*

It is high water, full and change, in Prideaux haven, at 5h. Om. ;
springs rise 12 feet.

Homfray channel. —North-eastward from Desolation sound is
Ilonifray channel, 15 miles in length, leading to Toba inlet, and
westward through Pryce chaiuiel to Bute inlet. Homfray channel
has deep water throughout.

Waddington channel, leading from Desolation sound north-
westward l)etween the two lieclonda islands, is about one mile wide
at its southern entrance, gradually narrowing to aboiit one cable at its
northern.

At three-quarters of a mile south of Marylebone point (the south-
west entrance point of Waddington channel ) there is a remarkable
white patch.

Pendrll sound. — At ;i miles north-west from Horace point, the
south-eastern entnvuce point of Waddington channel, I'endril sound

* .Sr plan of Trideuux huvoii on Adiiurultj' chart, No. .')i<o ; gcule, w = SS iuchea.

Chap. VI.] DKSOr.ATIHN SOPN'O. — St'TtI, ( .• VNNKI.

233

l»riiiii.li«'s oil' to I li" iiortliwiinl ; it rxifiids ti mil«'s with iiti ;»\(>n»<.'''
width of tlin'('-((uaftt'i'rt of a inilo. and iv>arly dividcH *'aM Ivcdoinla
island into two paftn ; it has no anohoraijo.

Walsh COVG, hi'twt^en thf (fOi's;t'"^ ishmds and the wcstt-ni shotf
of \Vaddinf,'ton chaniud, atl'ofds anch(»iMi,'(' in 12 to I I iathonis in
mid-channel, t

Toba inlet fxltMids in a j,'tMunMl north-tMsti-rly ilircction foi-
ls inih'H ffoin thti northern end of Ilonifray chanm'l. At ilr^ciitraii.c
lit' Channel ami l)oiil)lo islands, eacli li>l> feet hie;!!, leaviii:: a channel
of over one iniU' in width between them; the inh't is here nearly
2 milos wide, j^radually narrowing; to one mile wide at its head. A
fair berth is in about 20 fathoms, oil" the Hats, in the north-west corner
of the head of the inlet. Care must be observed when comiiifr to an
anehor as the water sh(»als rapidly alongside the Hats, the water beiiij,'
of a milky colour .i.Tonls no ^'uido as to its depth. There is a small
villam'e (Clalu)ose Indians) on the banks of the eutfteru of the two
streams which tlow into the head of the inlet.

SUTIL CHANNEL.— This »'xteusivecluuuie|, whieh h-ads fi i

the western part of Georgia strait to the entrances of Toba and Unte
inlets, is bouudeil on the east side by Cortes, and on the west by
Valdes and Kead islands. It is 1') miles lonj,' in a northerly direction,
and at its entr-ance is tJ miles wide, (lecreasing to one mile wide in
the northern part.

There are s«'ver,il yood anchorau'es on both shores, tv,'n of whieh.
Drew harbour (on the west) and Carrinirton bay on th(* east shore of
the chauuel, are easy of access to all vesstds, and useful as stopping;
places.

The tidal streams in Sutil channel are weak, s»ddom exceedinv
2 knots; the tlood stream sets to the northward from (teorfria
strait ; it is high wr.ter, full and change, at t! hotirs, ami the rise and
fall is 12 feet.

CORTES ISLAND.— The west side of this island, which forms
the eastern boundary of Sutil channel, is for the most part low, anil
indented by several bays and creeks, in many of which good
auchonige may be found.

t '*'<' plan of WalHh cove on Aduiiralty ohurt. Xo. 580 j scale, w = 20 inohex.

'S.W t'.KOnr.W STHAFT, NOUTIIKHN HHOHK. iTliii)). VI.

Reel" point, its south cxtiimt', lias 11 IimIj,'!' cMiiijMtscd of siiiitl,
bouMcrH t'xtt'inlin^' thrt'e-(|iiiii'lt'rs of a mile Irom it ami which cov«'i'
ai thn'f-(|iiartt'rs Hood ; oil' its miirr cdyft' an- (i fathoms. Thf fiiitt-r
I'Xtn'iiiity is marked l)y a rt'd can buoy ; tin- outer «'dt,'t' of flic reef is
just inside this hiioy.

Fmm l?o('f point thi- west coast of Cortes islaml triiitds in a northerly
direction for '.\\ miU's. is Hat, from SO to l.'»0 \vrl lii^di, and bordered
Ity a sai'dy beach extending,' upwards (d" '2 caliles oil' in some
parts ; it ifterwards turns in a westerly direction, becominLT r<»cky
and broken, with a few ish'ts a short ilistance oil it in some places.

Manson bay is on Cortes island, eastward of Mary island. I'here
is a i)ost ollice here.

"Whaleton bay, <»ii the west coast (d' Cortes island, has a post
ollice and wliarf. In tlu' middle of the entrance is a daiif^'erous rock.

GORGE HARBOUR, the entranct> to whi(di is on the west
side of Cortes island, 4.J, miles N.N. \V. from Hetd' point, is 2 miles
lonjj: in a westerly direction, and oiw mile broad at the widest i)art,
all'ordinj,' f,'o<id amdioraj^'e in to 1'2 fathoms. The entrance to it is
throuf,'h a narrow ^'orfj:e nearly half a mile loiifj, bounded on both
sides by stei'p clifl's al)out 2(K» fc^et hi^h, ainl is less than Id yards
wide in some phices, with (I fath«»ms in the Hhoalesl part ; the tidal
streams set throu^di it at fron) '.\ to \ knots. At the inner end of tlie
(lorfje is Tide islet, 2ti feet hifjh, lyin^' nearly in the middle of the
chamiel ; the passafjre is to the westward of it. There are several
small islands inside the harbour, and the sliores arc rocky, varyinjjf in
heijjht from KHI to :'i(M> feet.'

Guide islets, just south of the entrance, art' useful in indicating;
it, being two small, bare, yellow-topped islets about :.'(lfeet hif,di, and
consi)icuoU8 from the south-east. They are steep-to, ;ind there is a
clear passage on tdther side of them into Gorge harbour.

Bee islets, within the harbour, 15 cables north-west froni the
entrance, are two small bare rocks about oiu- cable apart, and (! feet
above high water.

Brown island, in the middle of the harbour, about '.\ cabh's
N. by E. from the entrance, is nearly one mile in circumference, and
thickly timbered. It is about 150 feet high, and the shores are
rocky.

* See plan of Oorf e harbour on Admiralty chart, No. o8U, scale, m := 3 inohea.

rha|.. VI.]

L'OllTKS IfiLANl).— noUKK HARHOl'H.

2.%

Ring" island, it t about mif cahlf tasi I'min Untwii, ami 70 IVrl
hi^'li, is uooilt'il. but iiiucli smaller ; Xfw rock, wliirli loNtTs at a
i|iiart«>r Hood, lits m-arly out' cal'lc east Irom it, ami should beavoidfd.
Then' ar«' two small islands, Stove and I'ill, eacdi i'lO I'cri liijjli and
il oultk'H apart, lyii)^,' flortf to the sliocc in the iioithein part of the
harl)our. Neck islet, 20 feet hif.'h, lies oil" a Hiuall covi' in the mmuIi-
eu«t corner of the harbour.

Anchoragre — The best and most convenient anchoi'ji<,'e in (Jor^'e
harboisr is in the w'st part, alxml half a mile from the entrance, in
12 fati.oiuH.

There Ih also f,'ood anchora;,"' between l{ in:,' island and the north-
east part of the harboin- m from 7 to I) fathoms.

Directions. — Entering (JorK'e harbour, which can only be ilone
in a steam-vessei after passint,' Guide islets, stt-er boldly up the^'orju'e
or entrance, ami t; ke can-, on iieariiii,' its north i»art, l(» pas> Itetweeu
Ti<le islet and the west shore, the passaf^i' east of the islet beinj;: shoal,
when \aul to the north-west, pass on either side of the 15ee ish'ts, and
anchor in from 10 to 12 fathoms, muddy bottom, one or 2 cables
westward from them. Proceeding' to the eastern part, after i»assin>,'
Tide islet, keep m the northward, and roumlin^' the w»'st side of
Brown island at one cabli- distant, ami passim,' the nctrth side id it
ami Uinj^ island, anchor midway between the latter and the mirth-
east eml of thi' harbour in from 7 to lo fathoi -. If retpiirintr to
water, this anch<tra^e is more convenietit ; i)iit loaxnid the New rock
do not ^o to the southward of King island.

Mary island, on the east side of Sntil channel alioiu ',\ mile>
N.W. liy W. [, W. from K»'ef point, is of a round shape, about t» miles
in circumference, and frt)in ',10 to J 20 feet high ; its shores are bordered
by u sandy beach scatti-red with hugt' i)oulders.

Boulder reef, e.vteuding upwards of one mile S.S.K. from its south
point, is a ledtre about 2 cal)les wide, which covers at high water.

From the north part of Mary islaml Shark sand-spit extemls
in a northerly direction to within one cal»le of Cortes island. There
are <S fathoms in the passagt' between the spit end and Cortes island.
Camp island, ofl the west extreme of Cortes island, and 7 miles from
Reef point, is of small e.xtent, 1(M) to 200 feet high, and wooded.
Plunger pass, between Camp and Cortes islamls, is about 3 cablet)
wide, and deep. Centre islet, two cables west from Camji island, is
bare, and about 12 feet above high water.

Stf chart, No. ">»U.

'SM

(JKOimiA STRAIT. NfiRTHRRX MFfORR. [C'liap. VI.

OiirrinK'ton bay, "n tin- iiorili-\v«'Hr Hiiloof Cortfh, hIhuh '.) imlfH
I'roin ('t'litrt' ixlt't, is one inil<' ilccp in un i-iistcrlv direction, iilxuil
;{ ciililrs will*', iinti all'nnlH aiiflHHM^'i' jit '.\ ciihlfs from itn Im'shI in iVom
7 to 1 1 fiiltiMinH, Alon^ itrt north Kiil(> an* sonn- Hinall islets, ami a
I'ock which nncovcfH at low water, hut if intemlinir ('» anchor in the
l>ay, keep ahoiit one cahic from the south shore, wliicli will clear all
(hiUger. At the head of the hiiy is a lar^*' salt-water lagoon.

Von Donop creek, the entrance of which is ;'»[, miles from
Centre islet, is lon<,' and narrow, |)eneti"iting Cortes isluiid in a Houth-
easterly direction for npwanis of '.\ miles. There is ^'ood anchoraue
in .*) to li fathoms near its heail, hut the entrance hein^r only iiii yards
wide in some places, with 'M, fathoms in one spot, do not use it as a
sto]>pinfj phice, for Carriu^ton iwiy in much more couvfuit'iit and easy
of accoHH.

VALDES ISLAND- From cape Mudfje, the south extreme (»f
ValdcH island and the south-wesl entrance ])oint of Sutil channel (sfr
l)af,'o ;2(H)), a l)ank extends in a south-easterly direction for nearly
2 miles, and until w«'ll insid«' the channel the cape should not he
ap)iroached within that distance. The coast of Valdcs turns sharply
round the cape N.N.W., trending in a straight direction for ').j miles,
and bordered the wholo distance Ity a beach extending off upwards
of one cable in nmny i)arts. The land is Hat, and heavily timbered,
but appeal's very fertile.

Drew harbour, on the east side of Vaides island, I) miles from
cHi)e Mudge, is about one mile deep, .'5 to I cables wide, and rendered
perfectly secure and land-locked by Rebecca spit, a narrow strip of
land ('» to S feet high and open wooded, whiidi forms its eastern
boundary ; its shores are low, and bordered by a sandy beach. ^*

The anchorage, in 1> to !.'» fatlu»nis, s;indy bottom, at half a mile
from its head, is the best in Sutil channel.

Heriot islet, lying north-west of the entrance, is about ^'50 feet
high, rocky, of small extent, and separated from Valden by a narrow
boat pass. In the bay to the south wanl of it is fair anchorage, and
fresh water may be procured ; the depths, however, in the entrance
to it are irregular.

If intending to anchor in Drew harl)our, round the north i)art of
Rebecca spit at a distance of about one cable, proceed up the harbour

* Sir plan of Druw hurbuur ua Admiralty ohart, No. 680 ; BOftle, m = S inches.

Chap. VI.]

VALUKM IfJLANM).— UKAU l«LAXU.

In mid-chaniifl, smd iinchor iit sibniu half a milt' from itn h»wl in \!t

to '.( fiitlioius. 'IMi<> cast sill*' of l{i'))«'C(M Hpit nIioiiM iioI Ix* ap|trourluMl
witliin '2 cablts.

HyaolnthO bay, "n Valdcs islaml. U milfs iiortli-wt'Ht of I)r«'\v
harlMHir, is uf small cxtfiil, with sumc li! tn „'!> fathomH \viit»'r, luit
iilVofilH no aii<'hoi';ij,'i' ; a small mck 1 li'ft alnivf hiu'li wati-r lii-s in
the iniildlf III III*' ciili-aiicr.

Open bay, lialf a milr north fi-om llyacinthf hiiy, and HcpiU-atcd
from it l)y a roi-ky point, is half a mile in I'xtt'iit, with from 10 to
\'2 fathoms water: but as the hotloni is rcicky. and the hay open to
the south-east, a vcsst'l should not anchor there.

Breton islets, ll> IVet hi;,'h and extending' npwardri of one mile
S.K. from the north pari of Ojten hay,ar(>Htnall,and from the outer one,
whicii is wooded, a vi'i'i' extends ',\ eahles, covering at a (|uarter
flood.

HOSKYN INLET, f..rmed h.tweeii [{.-ad ;.nd Valdes islan.ls,
JH 7 miles loiif,' in a northerly direction, with an avera^'e hreatlth
of two-thirds of a mih- ; the sliores are hroken and rocky, with soint'
small islands off tiie south entrance and alonir the east side, and
there is no anehora^'e within il, excejn f(»r small craft. 'I'his inlet
contracts at its northern end to a very narrow i)assaj,'e leading' into
Drew pass, hut as it is choketl with rocks and tlries at low water,
connectinj,' Read and Vahles islands, the only exit is l»y the southern
ontnince.

Village bay, on the west side of this iidet, jusi within the
entrance, is about (me mile dcej) and one-third of a mile wide, with
from 12 to 21 fathoms water, but afVonls no irooil amdmraire ; thert*
IB a larf,'e village at its head.

READ ISLAND, bordering,' the west side uf the north-west
par*" of Sutil channel, is '.• miles lonj,' in a northerly direction, and
from one to ',\ miles broad ; its southern pari is low, but rises
fjfradually to the northward to l.tiOS feet ; the shores are rocky,
steep-to. an<l niuch imlenttnl, especially on the east siile near the
middle. Viiier ]K)int, its south extri'iue, 7 miles north from cape
MudKe, is bare and about H) feet above high water. Tlu- east side of
Read island to the nortiiward of the I'cnii islands is rocky.

S>-'- chart, No. 680.

2;<H

OKOR«:iA STRAIT.

[f'lmi). VI.

Burdwood bay, on the east side of Read iHland, 2 miles from
Viner point, is alxiiit oin- mile wide, 2 to '.\ cablen deep, and containr;
several small islets. There are \'2 fadionis water at a short distance
oir shore, in its nortli and soutii parts, where a vessel may stop in
line weather, hut llie hay is open to the south and east.

Evans bay, the next inlet on the east side of Head island, to the
northward of Ihirdwood hay, is alioiil ',\ miles loni,' in a northerly
direction, 1.^ miles wide ul the enlranee, and hranehes oil' in two
Mar>'ow arms near its head ; its shores are roeky anil mueh hrokeii.
and (here is no anchorai,'e exeei)t in Bird cove, on the west shore,
where small eraft may linil sludter. Frederic point, the north-east
point tif entrance to the hay. is liold, and may he approached to within
one eahle.

Hill island, just ouisiile the entrance to Kvans hay, is of small
extent, hut conspicuous: its summit heiny: I'.lo feet hitrh, the coast
is rocky.

Penn islands, lour in nir.iil)er, n»'ar the middle of Sutil
channel, northward of Kvans hay, cover an extent about l\ miles
lou!/ and one mile wide ; they are rooky, covered with stunted trees,
and their ^'reat est elevation is about '27(1 feet. Do not ventureamonj?
them.

A rock awash lies SO yards X. '),'>' K. from the north p<»int of the
eastern island.

Directions. — Knierinf,' Siuil channel from (Jeorfjfia strait, pass
half a mile on either side of Miilenatch island : when past Miihtnatch
island kc-jf it on a S.K. by K. bearing.', ami steer N.W. by W. till the
south i)art of Mary island l)ears X.K. by N. : a vessel will tlu'ti
be clear of the I'xuilder reef. 'I'lience, steering; about X.N.W. or
X.W. by X., and passinir aliout a i|uarter of a mile westward of Centre
islet, steel- up mitl-eliannel, eastward of I'eiin islands.

A Vi'ssel may beat thronj^di this channel, luit till past the danjjers
in the south part it wonhl not lie prudent to m-ar the south-west sides
of (Jorttvs and Mary islands within \}, miles when standing,' «'ast ward ;
and when slandin^r towards cape Mudj^'e dn not approach it within
'i miles, or brinij Mitlenatch tn the eastward of K. by H. .\ S., until
the cape b"ais S.W'.. when a vessel may stand to within half a mile
of the Valdes shore, if intending' to anchoi', Drew harbour and

.'<'■< .'harf . N*o. 580.

Chap. VI.] SUTIL CHANXKL. -CALM CHAXNKL.

230

Carriiiy:toM hay arc easy of access for any class mI" vcssi-l, ami an* but
little out 111" the rt'^^'ular track.

CALM CHANNEL, north of Lewis ami Sutil chauiu-ls, leailinvr
from liiein to Hiite inlet, is '.• luih'S loii^' in a X.W. hy W. dirt'ciiou,
ami ahout one mile hroad ; its sliores rise ahrnptly to a yrent heiyh'
and the tidal stri'atns are weak except in the north-west pan.

Calm channel is not well adapteil for any vesstds ixi-ept sleamers
as there is i,'t'n<-rally hut little wind, and no anchori^re.

The channfls known as Hoh- in tix- Wall, and Okishollow. ai'f no;
recommendeil, they are encnmben'd l»y roekn and rapids ; small
sti'amcrs, however, use ihem to reach the lo^jtrimr eauip a! W'yait.

Tides. — It i> liitrh w.ner, full and chan;.'e, in ('aim ehaunid at
7h. <>m. ; spring's rise 11 teet. In .Sur>,'e narrown at t'di., a]>!'inKH rise
]'l feet, and the streams run from 7 to '.t knots.

Rendezvous Islands, three in numher. which lie on its W"sl
sid»' near the south jiiri, eovir an extent ;> miles lony in a W.N.W.
direction, and aiiout half a mile wid«' : the eastern island is il.Vl feet,
till' middle iidl) feel, and the western t'ldl feet hi^'h.

Drew |iass is a deep p;issa>;e heiweeii the Rendezvous isl; nds and
the north part of Ucad island ; and lietween the mi ldt<' ami eastern-
moHt Inlands is ii small s|iot with fnun 7 (<» l.'» fathoms water, where
a small cntft may anchor.

It is hi^'h water, full and change, at the KendexvoUH islands at
Th. dm. ; spriu;^ rise I I feet.

Raza island, l\in>:at the northern entranci' to Sutil «diannel, is
i\ miles litUi^ ikorlii and south, and '.' miles \n ide east and west,
und ll,d'id feel hij.'h ; a portion of iis south side, whi(di foriuK the
northern side of Calm clianmd, is clifVy.

North passau'c, lui the west side of Wa/.a iHlaml, coiumunicat«'H with
Hamsay arm wiiiih indents I'le roniineui in a n<>r<iiei'|\ <!ireclion
for 7 miles and has deep wad r.

Deer |lass:k^M>, heiweeii U'a/a a!id Uedoiida islands, i miles lonu and
\]j miles wide, connects I'ryce channel with Sutil chiuni';.

Stuart Island, at the norlhein li rminalion of Calm ( h; iind, and
in the entrance )»f Mute inlet, is alMnii I miles in extent, of an
Uiuhtlatinix Hurface, rising; in s<unc parts to cSno mid l.nno tVet. lis

.s'c r'niirf Nil. ."isii

;ilo

(iEUlHiiA rt'lKAIT.

\i'U.i\>. VI.

1 ;

■ii

111!

!;f

coawt is ifx^ky ; iiiiil tlu' titlal sliviiiiiH Ht't fltronKly rouml its north
;m<l \v«'St sith's, l>iit ihcro is a «'lt'ar passage into Miitf iiiii't caHtwartl
of it, nearly <»in' mile wide, in wliicli very littli- stream is t'elt.

BUTE INLET.— This extensive arm <>\' the sea, which j»eMvtP:\t('s
llie eniitinent fur nearly lo miles in ii wiuiliii;? conrs' to the nortli-
ward, presents many similar feidiires to .larvis iiilei i |iaj,'e "ilS), the
;,'enpral hrtsiilth \aryiiij,' from one i<> 'i miles, and the siinres on
liolh siiles rising' alirnptlx and almost jjreeipitoiisly in nian.\ plaees
to stupendous mountains Irom ."».tMl(i to .S,(MM» frtt hiiirh, wliose
summits are t,'enerally <'overeirAiili snow all the year rouml. Ai
the head are two extensive valleys, oue iK'neti'atiiif,' norih-wesl and
the oilier south-east, from whieh llow streams; the one lo the wrsi-
ward, is railed liy tli<' natives I!(.malko river.

Oll'these rivers some saml-hanks extiMid a short distance, alloniin;.'
indiU'ei-eni ;iU(horaj,'es ne.ir llieii- oifter t'llges ; Ittii llie soundings
iverywhert' else in the iidet are very deep. The water lor some
distaiire Inun the In-ad i-; nearly Iresh, ami •)! a milky white
appearance ; in the summer months there is a constaiii outset,
vaiying in sireiiglh from one to 2 knots.

Tides. In r>iiie inlet it is hiirh water at ("di. dm., and the rise and
fall varies fr I',' to I I feet.

Arran rapids, ;ti the intranci uf r.uie inlet on the west side,
lielweeii Stiiait islaiul and tlu' c(»utineni. are one cable wide in the
narrowest part. The streams rush through with gn'iit .Htnngth,
7 to '.• knots (the llooil from ih' westward), ami it is very hazardous
for a Vessel to go tlirouirh.

Orl'ord bay, on the east side of the inh'i, r.» miles from the
entrance, in td' small extent, with il,'» fathoms (d«ti<M- to the cdg(> of the
hank, which extends from the head. A small veswel may use it a^ a
stopping place.

Wadding-ton harbour, ii tiie head ..f the inlet, i.eing in fact

its lermination, is ah<m( ".' mih-s in extent, and aMords very indiU'ereiit
anchor.ige oil' the i dye of (he hatiks, exieiid iiig front the lloma'ko
and Southgate river.-> and oil itH cant shore ; th«w hanks are n'lxtrted
to I'rcfpientlv ' liaiige, Kxcept in the vicinity of the rivers the hind
rises almost precipitouisly to |,(M'<I and .'i.tMMl ffct, is H'ost sterile and

ChiH). VI,] UlTTK INLET.—CARDKRt) (IIAN'M-II,.

•241

rocky, ooven^l witli rttimt«Ml piiu's, Tlic Ixsi aiu-lntnif^'c is lu-ar ihn
iiortJi part, about 'lalf a mih' oil' Hliorc, in l.'> t'atlioniH, hut it 'm
t'XportiMl to tlu' Houih-wi'Ht,antl ntronj,' wiiidw froPi tiiis tiuurter \\(»u!il
make tho Hiichoraye unplrartant, if not uu.siifc.*

It Ih higli water, full and cliaM^'c, in \VatliUns,'ton liarhour at
tJh. Oin. ; H|)riti{^'w rise IIJ feet.

Homalko river enters Waildiufrton harbour tui the 'vent Hide,
and is a mreain <»f conHidi^raltie extent, \vindin>jr to the norlh-woHt
ihroui^h a lari^'c vitlui.v. At th»* entrance is a bar with i»niy one to
2 feel water over it at low tide, but within, tin- water deepens to one
ami ;{ fiithoniH : tin- breadth varies from 50 to 'itMl yards, and llie
rivr is navi^'Hl)le for boats and small steamers several miU's. The
shores for 2 miles from the entrance ar»' low and swampy, covereil
with willows, but further up on the western side the laml rises
I or .") feet above hij^h watcr,and apjiears very fertile, ihou^fh heavily
tiinber»d ; the oppositi' si«le is steep aiul rocky ; in summer months
I he current runs '> knots out of the riv«'r.

From the sources of the Homalko river there is u route to the
V'old-iniuin^ rej^ions in the fur nctrth of Hritish (.'oliimbia.

Direotions. — To navi^'atc Mule inlet but few directions are
re»juirH(l,- it 'ntendiiif,' to anchor in Waddinjyton harbour, when m-arinj?
it, steer for ith north jart, atuiiorini^r at about three-quarters of a mile
oil" the head in I') fath;»uis, anilalxMit IJcaldes from the hi;,'h northern
shore; the anclior should be droj)peil immediately I') fathoms are
obtained, as th« bottom shoals rapidly.

SailiiiH:- vessels enterinf^ or leavinj,' the iidt-t should ket'p close to
the (tastern shore, or the eb'o tide may take them throu^'h the Arrun
i~ii|iid8 to the westward.

OARDERO CHANNEL, communicating' by Nodahs chanmd
witli hiscovery puss;i^e and .iolmsione strait, winds in a j,'enenil east
and west direction for [[\ miles, with an average width of one mile at
the euHtern Jiart, but only half a mile in the western ; its shores are
(ftmeruUv rocky and tnotinta'noiis, and the chann*-l is stutlded with
numerous small islands, aitd it is not without dan^'ers. the water in
most purtH, hovv»>ver, bein^ very deep.

Htujirt itsland lies iicroHH the eastern entrance of ("ardero channel,
almost blockinii; it, but leaving narrow passages both to the north-

* Sif plan of \N iMldiii^i'liiii hiiriinni- mi .Vdiiiirulty ctiart. .No. r>si) ; Miuilf, m =
U' inehfiH.

SU II MM

(iBOROIA STRAIT.

[Chftl). VI.

ward and southward ; the former, Arrau nipidH (w pafre 240), owing
to itH narrownt'Hs and the ntrenffth of the tidt', wliich ruHhes tlirough
it at tlio niti^ of from 7 to IJ Itnots, iw not nuvi^nil)]*' t'xci'i)t at ^rwit
rink ; tho latter, half a mile wide, is also not recommended, as at ilH
northern end the tide runs directly at right angles to a vesBel's course
at the rate of from (J to 7 knots.

At 21 miles within the entrance Dent inland causi'S further obstruc-
tion l»y contracting the chiinnel to ',\ cal)les, which narrow passage is
fidl of dangerous r.ii)idrt, overfalls, and whirlixtols, with the proha-
l)ility of the t-xistenc*' of sunken rocks; therefor** it cannot he
considered Siife or prudent to t-nter or leavt- Cardero channel by its
eastern entrance, and it is advised to carefully avoid that part of it
which is eastward <»f Ih-nt island.

A. rock, which nearly dries, lies a (juarter of a cable off shore, half
a mile \V«'st from .lohns point, and southward of Chauue island.

A sunken rock lies about a quarter of a mile S.W. from the southern
j)rojection of Stcu'p point, west side of Stuart island.

There is no passjige northward of the small island lying K. J N.,
distant 7 eal)les from (Jreene point ; rocks which dry at low water lie
between that island and the islands a (piarter of a mile eastward of it.
Southward of these rocks there are rapids, but these are stated to be
ilaugerouH at any time of tide.

Anohoragres. — ('anlero channel has but few j)laces that afford
anchonige. Iliekley bay on the north side of Thurlow island, anil
nearly opposite (o I'hilipps arm, isa))out W cables in e.xtent with from
}(i to 21 fathoms water, and lu'ar its heail (! fathoms. Vct;sels may
alfio bring up in l.'i fathoms in Crawford anchorage inside the
Erasmus islands on the north shon' of Thurlow island, 1^ miles
N.E. by K. from Mayne passage.

Mayne passage, '.\}, mih-s eastward of Loughborough iniet, and
also on the north side of Thurlow island, aH'onls sludter in f;om 1> to
1') fathotns water. This passage braiuhes off to the southward and
westward, pr<d)ably (communicating with .Jnhnstojje strait, but it has
only been partially examined ; it is, however, reportetl to be a gooil
clear chaimel.

Caution. — When bound from Ihite inlet to the north-westward,
vessels should proceed to the eiiHtwaitl of VaUleHaml K«'ad islands l)y
the Calm and Siitil clianmds, romul cape Mu<ige, uinl through

iSff chart, No. '.80.

< Imp. VI.J CARDKIIO CFIANNKL.— LorcHHOnorcJII INLKT.

24:<

Diw'nvf'i'y piiHrttj^f. luul ii<»t attcmjit to sliorton the diHtanco Ijv uhIu^
OanltTo {haniicl.

Tidal streams, — Tlu" stnaiuH in Canlcin c'lmniu'l run at t\\v nitf
of from one to :l knots in llu' wt'Htcrn part, incrraKin^to ii and 4 knots
castwanl of Xodalcs clianiu'l ; Ix'twccn Dent island and iiuM'a«t»'rn
••ntraiu'f til til*' inlt't tJH'V run with urcat ra])iility, cHpt'cially in thf
narrow passage hctwccn Dciit ami Valdt'S islands wiiich, as Ix-forc
ol)sorv('(|, is full of whirlpools and overfalls.

Frederick arm l)ran('lu's northward from Cardcro diannol,
(tpltosil(> Hall point, and «'xt('nds about llmM- miles in that direction*
shualinj,' ^rradually at its licail towards a stream whieh here enters the
inlet tlowin^r from a shiel of water extending: sonu' distance to tlu'
northward, and known as the Estero basin.

The Hats usually found extending' a eonsider.ible distance from
tho shore at the head of most of the numer<ius inlets or liords, and
which are invariably stei'|)-to, oiily extend a very short distance oil'
shore at the head of Freilerick arm, ami are not so steep-to, and it,
therefore, ajjpears to ;dford a better anchor.i^'e than any cd' the other
inlets on ihe mainland, bein^' only exposed to tin- southward.
Anchoni^je may be had at a reasonable distance from the shore.

Phillpi^S arm, lylnLj immediately westward of Frederick arm,
extends about .') miles in a N'.N'.K. direction, shoaling' gradually oil"
the Hats at its head.

LOUGHBOROUGH INLET penetrates the continent for
17 miles in a imrtherly ilireeiitui ; it has much (he same chanicter-
iHtics as most o|' ihf arms that indei t the north-west coast of North
.Vmerica, beimr almost hemm<>d in by precipitous mountains rising
abruptly fnun the hhore, and haviiifs' creat depth of water with but
little anehor;4,'e. At the entrance beiweeji Styles and iirismiind
points, at iis junction with Carderoand Chancelhu- channels, the inlet
is iibotit S cable^ wide, which is the avennje width to within about one
mile from the head, when it opens out to I . j miles.

VV«»m the entrance the inb't extends north for tl miles as far as
Cosby jMiitit, whieh projects from the west side, its direction for
7 mill's in then N. by W. }, W.. turninK' <i' 'I'owry h«'atl into (?o<»per
rt-iiih, which taki's a ireiitle curve beiueen X.K. ami North for I miles
to th<> heM<i, torminatin^ in Fruser imd Mcliri«le LuySv vvhicii uru

SI ) 1 I ♦••'»

^W uhort, No. 5»U.

lil

2(4

CKfHUWA STRAIT.

[Oha]). VI.

8<>p!ii*sit«Ml by l*»ti pciiiit jiittiitK <»ut in the coMtri'. Tin- latter Imy
un'onlH uiichoni^'e in alxtut ;:.'.') fathoniH at ',\ vuXAm fruin the uhore ; in
the former the water iH very deep until close in.

Sidney bay, "2}, miles South from Cosby point on the went shoro,
and t»i niih'S north from Styles point, extends about three-(iuarter«
of ii mile to the westward and is about (me cable wide, attording
aiichoniKe for coaHters near its head in IG fathoms.

Beaver creek, on the w«'Ht shore of Longhboroufjh iidet, I milps
within the entnince, extends "2 miles in a south-westerly directi<m,
varyinj,' from one to '.) cid)leH wide, and shoaling ^nitlually towards
it.s head, where <,'oo<l and sheltere*! anchoni>;e nuiy be obtained in
7 fath(»ms ; anchoni^e may also be (tbtained in about J.') fathoms in
mid-channel westward of (Joiit islands. Do not pass n«)rthward of
Goitt islamls (lyiii^' half a mile within the entmnce), as the> are
connecteil to the nortli shore by a flat which dries at low water,
(lood water nuiy be oi>tained from a stream at tlie hea<l of tlie creek,
and firewood (cedar) nuiy be cut for steaming purposes."

Tides. — The tidal streams in lioughborough inlet are not strong,
seldom exceeding a rate of from one to Ii knots an hour. It is
high water, full and change, in Meaver creek at .'Wi. (hn. ; springs rise
IG feet.

• Sff plan of IWvpr creek on Xdmirivlty oliart. N'o. ."(80 ; scale, vi = Hu in(>he».

'ill

{

)
1

24i>

CHAPTER VII.

FROM GEORGIA STRAIT WESTWARD TO CAPE
SOOTT AND THE SOOTT ISLANDS.

£1

Variation 24° E. in 1898.

DISCOVERY PASSAGE, formed between th*- west side of
Valdt'H iHland and the Vancouver coaHt, ih the only nafe navigable
outlet from the nortli part of Cfeorgia strait to tlie N.W. Its lengtli
in a N.W. and S.K. direction from cape Mudge to Chatham point in
2A^ uiileH, and itH average breadth a little more than one mile ; but
at Seymour narrows it contnicts to less than half a mile. Its shores,
southward (d' the narrows, are moderately high and apparently
fertile, but northward of theui steej), rugged, and mountainous.*

For steamers, the navigation of the inner waters between cape
Mudge and the I'acific is very simple, the only caution recjuired
being to steer mid-channel; if the weather l)e fine, except in the
vicinity of the Ninijikish river, Holmeken island, and Seymour
narrows, these waters nuiy be navigated as well by night as during
the day, the shores being so high on either side as to be easily
defined.

If in a ssii ling-vessel, unless tlu* wind Ih^ fair and likely to remain
so, it would be preferable to anchor for the night, as the wind usually
falls after sunset, especially during summer months.

Water in generally so plentiful that at every valley or beach a
stream will be found.

Supplies. — Whenever a vessel stops, the luitives will generally
bring alongside deer, grouse, salmon, rock cod, and other fish in
moderate (|uantities, selling them at reasonable prices. Blankets,
shirts of the most common description, knives, l)«ads, powder, shot,
tobacco, ami rod paint are very useful to barter with. To men-of-war
they are usually very civil, but crews of coasters and merchant

• See Admiralty chart :— Strait of Georgia, sheet 2, No. 5«0 ; -^cale, w = oft of aii
inch.

»r

21fi

CKOlUitA STIIAIT TO CAPK SCOTT.

[Cliap. VII.

) *

vcshpIh HhonM wiitch thctn vi;,'ilantly, as tlicy an- cuimiii!^' ami
trcachcrouH (('H|ifcially lU'ar the iiortlicrn parts dl' VamouviT
iHlund), having cai)lurt'(l several small i-uaslfis ami iminlcrtMl their
crewH.

Tides and tidal streams.— S(»ulli wan l nl' ScynK.iir narrows
tlic strcaiiiH run i'roni 1 to (i Uiiols at spring's, ami turn at lilLrli and
low wat»>r liy tim slntrc. At tlu^ s(»iitlu)rri I'ntranc*-, m-ar cape MmlKf
iind between it ami Willow point, heavy rae«'s or tide rijis raije diirinj.,'
the Ihtoil, which would he dan;,'eroiis to small vessels in l>lowin;,'
weather. It is hif,'h water, lull and change, at r»h. ;»(>m„ and tlie rise
aDd fall is al>out IL feel.

Northward of Httymour uarniws tim tidal streams are comparatively
slack ; they run from 1.^ to 2}, hours after higli ami low water.

For tidoH in Seymour narrows, str pape 2i)0.

Quathiaski cove.— ('Sipc Mudi^e, with the hank oil' it to the
8outh-(>ast, have been already described (aw page l^d'.l). From it Ihe
west side of Valdes island takes a north-westerly direction, and at
till) distance of li miles is a small indentation named Quathiaciki cove,
bordered by a sandy beach. The cove, which is about li cables lon^r
in ii N.W. and S.K. direction, and nowhere half a mile wide, is only
Ht for steamt-rs or small craft, and only affords room for one vessel
to moor ir» its south-east, and another in its northern part ; tim
formtT is recommended, about one or 2 cables S.K. from (Jroiise
island, in 10 fathon»s, well sheltereil from all winds. Tho tidal
streams sot slightly thntugh the cove, but sweep strongly past tlie
entrance.*

Tho land betwe<'n cape Miidgo and (Quathiaski cove is about
I(K) feet high, flat, and fertile; an Indian village (d" consi<lerable
extent stands midway between the two places.

Grouse island, in the centre of the cove, Ib small and moderately
high ; a shoal extends for two-thirds of a cable oil' its south-east
point, which ought to be gnarded against when I'utering.

If intending to anchor in t^tiathlaski cove, enter south of (ir«)USe
island (paying careful attention to the tides), and keep well over
towards the st)Uth shore until inside. In the middle of ih(( ch,inn(d
north of Uruuse island is a shoal with only a depth of 3 futhums
un it.

S,r chart, No. ".80.
* S/'f plan of Quathiaski cove on Achui: \lty ulwirt, No, '.J.Offr ; 80»lo, m =:i inches.

Chap. VII.]

DIHCOVEUY PASHA(;K.

247

Moor midway lujtwcen tho Hoiith-caHt point fif Oronso iflland and
i\w oppoHitc Hhoro, in from 7 to 10 fatlioniH. If nect'HHJiry a vchwI
may proc»'*Ml to tlu' n(»rtli part of tiin cove iiiHiiU* firoiisu iHland, and
atu-lior in Jrom 7 to 1) CathoniH. Careful attention to tho ludni IB
important.

GowUand harbour, about .'» miloH N.W. from capo Mntl>?f, Ih
upwanlH of L'.\ milcH lonj,' in a N.W. and S.K. direction, and from a
(piartrr to two-thir(l(< of a miK' broad. Tlu' HhorcH an* rnf.'R<>d, and
there are Hevend rocks and ialandH within it. St«'ep iHland, otV the
entnmce, iH about KM) feet hif,'h, 4 caMeH l<m>,' N.W. and S.E., and
one cable wide ; the weHtern Hi(h* Ih clilly. (lowlland island in about
ono milo lon^,' and a ipjarter of a mile wide, hif,'h and rutfj,'ed, with a
hill at both endH, the Honthern one being nearly KH) feet high.*

Entrance bank lies nearly aenmn th»* entrance to the harbour, and
partly drieH at low water ; it ih <!ompoH«>d of siinil, beinj? t caltlen in
lenjith N.W. ami S.K., and one cabh- broad ; there Ih a clear pasHii^e
on l)<)th HideH of it, with not Ichh than 4 fathomu ; itn Houth end, in
;i falh<)mH, is (mo cable North from Vif,Mlant point, the north-wont
extreme of flowUand inland.

If entering; Oowlland harbour from tho southward rouml Hteep
inland at about (me cable, and h* .i* E.N.E. for Vijfilaiit point, which
is Hteep-to, and ouf,'ht to be rounded at less than half ;i cable t(» avoid
Kntrance bank. Ilaviiifj passcil the point, anchor in .') to 7 fathoms,
muddy bottom, at about 2 caltlcH Kant iVom it, or proceed further
Houth-east, where more extended anchor.ipe will be fouiul. Tho
passage south of Ciowlland island is choked with rocks.

If coming from the north-west, when Vigilant point bears East,
stoer for it, jiassing it as before directed.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Oowlland harbour at
.'i.DO p.m. ; springs rise II [(Hit.

Tho tidal streams rnn s^viftly between Steejiand Oowlland inlands,
and cauticm is necessary when entering the harbour.

Maud island. — From (lowlland harbour to Seymour narrows tho
coast takes a W.N.W. direction, being steep-to, high, and rugged.
Maud island, tho south-east point of tho narrows, is small, about
;W) feet high, and there is a boat i)a8sage betwe»!n it and V^ildes
island ; Yellow islet lies 4 cables E.N.E. from it.

' 'i

i >

'Set Plan of Oowlland harbour, on AdmiraUy chart, No. 2,067 ; Moalo, m = W inches.

24R

(JKolClilA STKAIT TO CAPK StioTT.

[Chap. VII.

"Willow point ( VaiK-ouvj-r irtlaiitl), I In- K<»ntli-WfHt |M)iiit nl
DiHfovi'ry paHHa^'e, lirs nearly '2 inih'H S. liy \V. from <ap«' Miit|>,M'.
It in low, cnv»T«Ml with wilhtw hiiHhcH, and oil' it a saiitlHtoiu' l«'(lp«'
HXti'inIs N.K. lor nearly ){ caliU'H. WIhmi passing tlio jMynf <ln not
ap|iroa<'h it within halt a mile. From \Vill(»w point a low coast treiidH
north-wcHt for 7 miles to Orange point, and is bordered the whole
dlHtance by a Handy i)eaeh.

Oranfire point is bare ami round, of a redilish ('(dour, not iiidike
tlie top of an oran^'e. A boulder spit extends li cables N.W. I»y N.
from Oran^je point, its outer limit bein^,' marked by kelp in I falhonis.
About I.', miles S.E. from ()ranj,'e point is the entrance of the
(*ampbell river, a iar/jfe stream of fresh water, navlf,'al»le for some
distance by boats or cano(*s.

Dunoan bay, of which ()ran>,'e point is the east extreme, is about
half a mile deep, and aH'ords ^'ood ant lionise in 14 to 7 fathoms,
sand, well out of the tidt*, anil sheltered from all except N.W. winds.
There is a broad sandy beach at the head of the bay, through which
a stream of water flows. ThiB bay is easy of acc»'BS.*

.V j,'oo(| position to anchor is at fr(»ni ',\ to ■'» cables \V. .^ S. from
Oranj,'e point, in from 7 to I J fathoms.

Warspite rock is a danKenms pinnacle nearly midway between
()ranj,'c and K.ice jKiints on the west shoro of Discovery passa;^'e.
The rock, witli I feet on it at low water sprinj; tides, ris«'S above a
pati'h about S(l yards in extent within the '(-fathoms lim'. The
dan>,'er i;t sicep-io on its north and east sides, and iietween it and the
shore are li to <S t'alhoms. The position is at times marked by kelp,
but with the tidal stream stronj,', the kelp is run under ai\d camiot
l»e seen. It lies with Middle point bearing' S.W. distant 1.^ caldes,
and llace point N.W. ■; W.

Race point, rocky and ban- of trees, lyin;,' about il miles N.W.
from Duncan l>a\, is bold and steep-to. The tidal streams run jnist
it witli j.!reat ve|(»city, and, during' the flo(»d stream, the ovt-rfalls off
it are very (hmgerous for boats.

MENZIES BAY has hilhert(» i)een little imjuented, chiefly from
the presumed dillicully of entering or leaving the bay whilst the
stream is ruiniing strongly in SeymoiM' narrows.!

.Srv olinrt, \o. ."iSO.

• .Sir jiliui itC Dmioiih Imi.v oh Adiiiirully (;liurt. No. iVts : hchIo, /« =20 iuoiieh.

t \r |iiuii of MiMizifs liiiy, Xo. filtS ; sculc, m = 8 luchuH.

< '

Chap, VII.]

DISCOVKUV l"\SSA(iK.

'249

l)»'tVii(l<'r sh(»iil, ill till' cent n- of ilir Itay, Iiuh of lat»' yearn t'Xt«'ntl«'i|
(-niiHiilfi'iil)ly, closing ihf siiiitliiTiM-liiitiii*! (i> ships ul' liciivy ilniii^lit.
'riic iiortlicni cliaiiiH-l has a dfpth <>t li, t'athoiiis at low watt-r, aiitl
iH thrt'«>-tpiartoi'H of a nihlc widn hrtwt'fu tlu- '.\ fathoms lines, aii<l
si'Venil rocky patt-hns fxist oil' varioim points, 'rhcre is fxct'lleiit
aiich()ra^'<j iiiHide of l)«*feiitlci- siioal in from .'i to 7 fathoms, >;oo<l
liotitiii^ Kfoiiixlf iiixl >><' fiirrciit. A nutrc eoiivi'iiiciil aiichoraf^'f whcti
only wiiitinj; for tide is oil' Trout river in .'> to ('» fathoms, wliere
there is n<» iiUMnivenieme from the tiilc or swirls, an<l is to he
pref»*rretl to Duiiean l»ay.

Whon entering, and t lie Ht ream is running' strongly, ^et into the
slack water al>oiit the middle of the hay, and xivin^ Htephenson
point ii >(()od l)erth, keep close alon^ the hi;,'h land, on the north-eust
side of the hay, and when ahreast a cimspicuoiis ^iU'vn ravine with u
larye t,'ray honldiM*, yoti are in the narrowest part, and should not he
more than half a cahle from the shore, whii-li is steep-to ; as soon as
this hi^dil is pause<l, haul out and anchor as convenient.

lU'Hides the two rivers, there is t^ood fresh waH'r in Nymph cove.

Tidal streams.— When a stntn;,' Hood is running' in the narrows,
thy voliiino of water rushes past Wilfred point, and striking' on u
jioint midway hetween Hace and lluntin^ford points, the stronger
stream k^^'H towards the race, the other follows the coast tolluntin^'ford
point, where it is dellectud and lost in the iniddh* of the bay.

With a stroll^' ebb the ed>,'e of ^the stream from Kace jMiiiit strikeH
ii|)on Stephenson point, but without much force, that running' west-
wanl Iteing lost almost immediali'ly. There is no swirl to speak of
inHide a concave line drawn betwtfcn Kace and Stephenson points.

SEYMOUR NARROWS, at lo.", mil.'s N.W. by W. from cape
Mu<1kh, is a narrow strait altoiit 1.^, miles lon^, and only from '.\ to
') cables wide, the shores »»n both sitles beinj,' hi^'li, rugf,'ed, ami
Hteep-to.*

The narrows are danj^erous fo.- lar^e vessels diiriny the stren>,'th
of either stream, and it is recomim'iided to only enter at or near
slack water, and to keep the eastern shore aboard in order to avoid
Hippie rock. The strictest attention to the steerage is essential.

It is stated on g<»od authority that ii vessel steaming at the rate of
13 knots has been unable to make headway, and even to l)e set ba<'k,
while attem))ting the narrows during spring tides ; also, that during
the south-going stream an eddy sets N.W., close to the cliflH on
the western shore, which those having good local knowledge have
taken advantage of.

9«

; f

• He« Admiralty plan of Seymour narrown, No. 638 ; scale, m = 20 inohes.

^ i

IMAGE EVALUATSON
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

is.

£?,

1.0

I.I

1.8

1.25 |||U |,,6

•4 6" '

►

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

€^

e3 WEST MAIN STREET

WESSSR.N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

''^'f

*" ^ w

■ i ".:

250

GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

[Chap. VII.

Coming from the southward, Duncan bay and Menzies bay are
convenient anchorages for awaiting slack water at Seymour narrows.

Northward of the narrows, Discovery passage takes a north-
westerly direction for 12 miles to Chatham point, the shores becoming
more high and rugged than before. On the eastern shore are several
bays or openings, but, with the exception of Plumper bay, are too deep
to afford anchorage : the western shore is nearly straight, and near
Chatham point are Otter cove and Elk bay, both affording anchorage.

Ripple rock. — A c^^i gerous rock, about 1^ cables in extent, in a
N.N.W. and S.S E. direction, with a depth of 2J fathoms on it, lies
nearly in the centre of Seymour narrows, but rather on the western
side. Its shoalest part lies .3 cables S.S.W. h W. from the north-west
point of Maud island, and nearly 2 cables from the nearest land of
Wilfred point ; it is near the position of the heaviest tide race.

Tides and tidal streams. — It is high water, full and change,
in Seymour narrows, about 4h. Om., springs rise about 12 feet. In
April a small diurnal inequality of height was observed at high
water, but at low water there was usually an inequality of 6 to
8 feet.

The south-going stream begins from 15 to liO minutes after low
water, and runs until high water, or about 10 minutes after it. The
duration of slack water after both streams is generally 10 to
20 minutes, but sometimes there is no slack. The north-going
stream begins from 15 to 80 minutes after high water, and runs until
low water, or about 10 minutes after it.

In the narrows, both streams attain a rate of 10 knots at springs ;
south-eastward of Maud island the rate is 5 knots.

It must be noted that although in the summer the times of high
and low water, and the turns of the streams are tolerably regular,
in the winter or during bad weather they cannot be predicted with
any certainty.

Plumper bay, on the Valdes island shore half a mile north from
Seymour narrows, is about two-thirds of a mile deep, and the same
in width, affording anchorage in from 14 to 9 fathoms, near its south-
east part, easy of access, well sheltered, and out of the tide. If
unable to proceed through the narrows in consequence of the tide,
Plumper bay becomes a very convenient stopping place, and no
directions are necessary for entering it.*

* See plan of Plumper bay on Admiralty ohart, No. 338 ; scale, m =3 2*0 inches.

Chap. VII.] DISCOVERY PASSAGE,— HEYMOU 11 NARROWS.

251

The titliil streams and eddies in Plumper bay ; if anchored far ont
are sometimes strong, causing a vi'ssel to surge heavily on her
cables. Caution must be used when anchoring, for a rock lies one
cable ofl; shore in the south-east part of the bay.

Deep Water bay, separatetl from Plumper bay l)y the peninsula
of Separation head, is about one mile ileep, and half a mile broad,
but too deep for anchorage.

Granite point is a high white granite bluff on the eastern shore
of Discovery passage, at 1) miles N.W. by N. from Seymour narrows.
On both sides of the point is an opening, the southern one extending
eastward for nearly '^ miles, and containing several islands. At
2 cables N.W. from Granite point is a rock with only 9 feet water
on it.

III

OkishollOW channel, immediately northward of Granite point,
divides Valdes island and joins Hoskyn inlet at Surge narrows.
Seven miles from Granite point, an arm, locally ktiown as Hole in
the Wall, branches off to the north-east into Bute inlet, 2 miles
below Stuart island ; in this arm the tidal streams are rapid,
7 to [) knots. These passages are unsurveyed and should not be
attempted. They are used by small local steam vessels calling at
the logging camp in Wyatt bay. It is high water, full and change,
at Surge narrows, at G hours ; springs rise 12 feet.

Elk bay, on the west side of Discovery passage, at 9 miles N.W.
from Seymour narrows, is about Ih miles broad and three-quarters of
a mile deep. It affords indifferent anchorage, in 14 to 15 fathoms,
about one-third of a mile from the head, and exposed to northerly
winds ; Otter point, its so\ithern extreme, slopes gradually to the sea,
with a small shingle beach running oft".

A rock which covers at half flood lies 1^ cables off" shore, three-
(^uarters of a mile N.W. from Elk bay.

Otter cove, on the west side of Discovery passage, 15^ miles from
Otter point and just south of Chatham point, is a small but snug
anchorage, sheltered from all winds by Limestone island (about
100 feet high), in the centre of the entrance. Snag rock v/ith only
2 feet water on it lies one cable E.N.E. from Limestone island.*

* iSiY' plan of Otter cove ou Admiralty chart, 2s'u. Mi) ; ucale, m( = 3 incheit.

2:)2

GKOUGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

[Chap. vn.

If iiitentling to anchor in Otter cove, pass north of Limestone
(Ijewis) island, ai)d anchor midway between it and the head of the
cove,, in from 10 to 6 fathoms ; a large vessel should moor.

The passagi' south of Limestone island is choked with kelp, the
least water obtained was 4 fathoms, but there is probably less.

The time of high ' /ater, full and change, in Otter cove is uncertain.

Ohatliam point, a low rocky point, nearly 24 miles from cape
Mudge, is the north-west extreme of Discovery passage, and also
separates it from Johnston strait. Discovery passage is here 1^ miles
wiile. Chatham point is situated in latitude .')0°20' 30" N., longitude
12.')° 28' 40" W.

Beaver rock, awash at low water, lies 2 cables N.E. from the
north extreme of Chatham point ; in rounding the point, the shore
should not be approi»ched nearer than half a mile. A rock, some-
times marked by kelp, with a depth of about 1.5 feet on it at low
water, lies 4 cables off Chatham point, with Beaver rock S.W. | S.
about 2 cables ; and eastern extreme of Chatham point S. if E.
Between the point and Nodales channel are several strong eddies or
tide rips.

The point on Valdes island, opposite Chatham point, has a nearly
bare steep rocky face, not much higher than Chatham point.

Directions. — Northward of Seymour narrows, the tidal streams
being weaker (i5 to ') knots), proceed in mid-channel. Chatha.n
point should not be approached nearer than half a mile. Plumper
bay, as before mentioned, affords good anchorage if waiting for the
tide to proceed through Seymour narrows from the northward.

NODALES CHANNEL is 8 miles long in a N. by E. direction
between Thurlow and Valdes islands, and leading into Cardero
channel ; its western entrance, which is upwards of one mile wide,
with deep water, is 1^ miles N.E. by N. from Chatham point ; there
are some tide rips off it.

Hemming' bay. — In Hemming bay, on the west side of Nodales
channel, a rock of small extent with a depth of 6 feet, and not
marked by kelp, lies nearly in the middle of the bay, about W.S.W.
4 cables from the northern Lee islet. The water in the bay outside
the rock is deep ; between the rock and the head are 17 fathoms.

Sit cJiart, No. .'iHU.

Chap, VII.] DISCOVERY PASSAOE.— .lOirNSTONR STRAIT.

253

Hardingre island, :<00 feet high, about thi-ee-quarters of a niHe
long and a (quarter of a mile wide, is about one uiile W. by N. from
the entrance to Cameleon harbour, with a passage on botii sides.
Young passage, to the southward, is a quarter of a mile wide, and
Burgess passage, to the northward, half a mile ; there is detq) water
in both.

MaycOCk rock. — Three-quarters <tf a mile W. ^ S. from the
Bouth entrance point of Cameleon harbour, and (5 cables W. by S.
from Bruce point, is Maycock rock, with one fathom on it. The
shore to the eastward ol" this rock for half a mile has foul ground
marked with kelp extending from it one cable.

Cameleon harbour on the south-east shore of Nodales channel
(Valdes island) is about oie mile deei) in an K.S.K. direction, and has
an average widtii of I? cables. Theenti-ance, between Bruce point on
the north shore and a small islet oft" the south shore, is less than
2 cables wide, and caution must be observed in rounding Bruce
point in order to avoid Douglas rock lying half a cable ofl' it. It is
advisable to keep well outside the kelp when entering.*

Anchorage, sheltered from all winds, in from 8 to 10 fathoms, may
be obtained at 2 cables from the head. The lead should l)e ke])t
going quickly in approaching the head as the flat which extends
nearly 200 yards from it is steep-to.

It is high water, full and change, in Cameleon harbour at ."ih. Om. ;
springs rise 16 feet, neaps IH feet.

JOHNSTONE STRAIT, whicli separates the north-east side of
Vancouver island from the mainland, is comprised between
Chatham point and Beaver cove, being about 55 miles in length
W. by N. and E. by S., with a varying breadth of one to 2 miles.
The shore on both sides is high and rugged, more especially the
southern, which may be said to be a continuous mountain range,
rising, almost abruptly from the sea, the summits of which vary from
2,000 to 5,000 feet in height, some of the higher ones being snow-
clad all the year round. f

There are no anchorages whatever along the south shr re, but there
are several on the northern, viz., Vere cove, Knox, Blinkinsop, and

* Sfo plan of Cameleon harbour on Admiralty chart, No. 580 ; scale, m =-^
B inched,

t .*•'■'' Admiralty chart of •Tohti'itone and Rronsrhton straits and Queen Charlotte
•ound, No. 581 ; scale, m = 0"i of un inch.

I- :■ I

254

(iEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT.

[Chap. VII.

Forward bays, as well as ports Harvey antl Neville, all of which,
except the latter, b'^ing easily accessible to sailing-vessels.

Bauza cove, one mile east of Beaver cove, is a small deep bight,
and affords no anchorage ; some small islets lie in its entrance.

Ripple shoal consists of three pinnacle rocks on a shoal about
one mile long E. h N. and W. ^ S., on which the least depth is
10 feet, from which Eden point bears N. 42° E. distant Ifg miles.
A can buoy with red and black horizontal stripes marks the eastern
side in G fathoms. Si'e page 202.

Tides and tidal streams. — Every wliere in Johnstone strait it is
high water, full and change, at Oh. 30m., and the rise and fall of tide
is from 15 to 17 feet. The streams run from 2 to 2h hours after
high and low water by the shore, and except in the vicinity of
Helmcken island and eastward of Knox bay, they are not strong. In
the former place they run from 3 to G knots, and in the latter
2 to 4 knots ; but in other parts of ihe strait they seldom exceed
one to 3 knots per hour. Near Helmcken island are several heavy
tide rips, which in blowing weather would be dangerous to boats or
small craft ; and just west of Chatham point is an overfall producing
a considerable swell at times.

ThurlOW islands are on the north side of Johnstone strait,
westward of Nodales channel ; their south side, which borders the
strait, is rocky and about l'^ miles long in a westerly direction ; the
eastern half is indented by several bays, off which lie some small
islands.

These islands are mountainous, rising to elevations of from
1,400 to more than 2,000 feet ; mount Eldon, near the centre of the
islands northward of Pender islands, wooded and squai-e-topped, and
quite isolated, is remarkable, and 2,011 feet high.

Knox bay, on the south side of Thurlow island, and 7 miles
westward of Chatham point, is two-thirds of a mile deep and about
the same in width, affording anchorage in from 15 to 17 fathoms at
2 cables from the head, off the edge of the bank, which is steep-to.
The anchorage is well protected from east or westerly winds, but it
ought only to be used as a stepping place for the night or tide, as

See chart, No. 581. ~~~

Chap. VII.]

JOHXSTONE STRAIT. — TIDES.

255

from the stoepness of the liank a vessel would touch if a southerly
wind sprang up. Off it^ south-west point foul ground extends for
nearly one cable. If intending to anchor, steer for the head of the
bay, and anchor immediately IG fathoms are obtained.

It is high water, full and change, in Knox bay at Uh. ; springs rise
16 feet, reaps 12 feet.

Pender islailds, between Knox bay and Nodales channel, are
very rugged and barren, the lai-gest being 150 feet high ; foul ground
exists to the east and west of them for nearly half a mile, and their
south side should not be approached nearer than 2 cables. The tidal
streams set strongly between them.

Eden point, the southern entrance point of Chancellor channel
and the north-west extreme of Thurlow, is bold and cliffy ; half
a mile south-east of it is a small bay, too deep to afford anchorage,
except for small craft.

Ripple point, on the south or Vancouver shore of the strait,
tl miles West from Chatham point, it; steep-to, and between it and
Knox bay are some heavy tide rips in blowing weather.

Gamp point, 9^ miles W. by S. h S. from Ripple point, slopes
gradually to the sea ; a rockj- beach extends a short distance off it ;
and half a mile N.E. of it is Rijjple shoal, with from 7 to 9 fathoms,
marked by keip, about 3 cables in extent, with deep water around it.
(See page 254.)

On the line from Eden point to Camp point peak, and close to the
Vancouver shore, lies a rock covered at high water.

Salmon bay, 4^ miles westward from Camp point, at high water
appears of considerable extent, but affords no anchorage, the bank,
which runs oft" half a mile from its head, being too steep. A river of
considerable extent flows into this bay, and is said to be navigable
for canoes several miles inland. At this place is the only break in
the mountain range on the south shore, and a valley of considerable
extent stretcher away to the south-east, in the centre of which
appears a remarkable bare summit.

Helmoken island, lying 3 miles westward of Thurlow island,
in the centre of the strait, is 1^ miles long east and west, and about
half a mile wide, with a clear channel of the same width on both

See chart, No. 581.

2n{]

CKOT^OTA STRAIT TO C.VPR SCOTT.

[Olmj). VIT.

sides of it. Tlie island is alinnt 150 to 200 feet hi^h, with a rnf?^ed
coast line, and several small islets lie close off its north-east shore.

Speaker rock, which covers at a quarter flood, lies 2| cables N.E.
from its eastern point, and is in the way of vessels using Current
passapre.

Race prssp je, southward ol Helmcken island, is half a mile wide,
but deep ; the tidal streams set strongly through it (as much as
6 knots at si)rings), and there are some heavy tide rips in its eastern
})art. This is the passage generally used.

Current passage, to the northward of Helmcken, is about half a
mile wide, and deej), the tide l)eing as strong as in Race passage.

CHANCELLOR CHANNEL, which is H miles long and
connects with f'ardero channel, lies along the north shore of Thurlow
island, and has its entrance between Kden point (the west extreme
of Thurlow island) and the south shore of Hardwick(* island ; it is
half a mile wide A kelp i)atch is shown on the chart nearly in
mid-channel, or three-(iuarters of a mile East of Darcy point. The
depth of water over the patch is not known, and it should be
avoided.

WELLBORE CHANNEL, separating the north-east side of
Hardwicke island from the mainland, the entrance to which from
Chancellor channel is nearly Ji miles north-east of Eden point, takes a
W.N.W. direction for 4 miles, communicating with Forward harbour,
Topaze harbour, and Sunderland channel. At its entrance is
Bulkeley island ; pass eastward of it, and keep the eastern shore
aboard to avoid some rocks which lie off the shore of Hardwicke
island.

Tidal streams. — The tidal streams in Wellbore channel run
with great velocity, often attaining at springs a rate of over 7 knots
an hour.

Forward harbour, on the eastern side of "Wellbore channel, the
entrance to which between Louisa and Horace points is only a little
over one cable wide, extends nearly 15 miles in a north-east direction,
and though the entrance is narrow, its freedom from obstruction
renders it easily accessible to vessels of moderate size. Its shores
are steep-to, but the water being of moderate depth over its whole
extent (12 to 15 fathoms), anchorage may be taken up in any part of
it, if requisite. At its head a flat dries out 2^ cables at low water,
and two small streams flow into it.*

* act- Admiralty plan of Forward harbour, No. 630 ; pcale, «/ =:4'0 inches.

Chap. VII.] CHANCELLOR t'HANNKL.— TOPAZE HARBOUR.

257

For half a iniJe within the entrance the iwissage is from one to
2 cables wide, with depths of 8 to 12 fathoms, but at that distance,
the harbour opens and varies from ;5| to f) cables in width.

Anchorage may, as already mentioned, be taken up anywhere, but
the best position is in Douglas bay, on the north shore, just round
Mills point, in from 6 to 10 fathoms.

It is high water, full and change, in Forward harbour at 3h. Om. ;
springs rise IC feet, neaps 11^ feet.

Bessborougrll bay, an open indentation on the north shore of
Wellbore channel half a mile north-west of the entrance to Forward
harbour, affords no anchorage, owing to the great depth of water
in it.

SUNDERLAND CHANNEL.— The entrance, which is subject
to he;, -y tide rips, lies between Fanny reef and the shore near
Blinklnsop bay ; Sunderland channel is a clear navigable channel
extruding over (I miles in a north-east direction to the entrance to
Topaze harbour. Except at its entrance, where it is less than one
mile wif'e, it is over a mile in width. Seymour and Poyntz islands
lie in mid-channel, the latter near the junction of Sunderland channel
with Wellbore channel {see page 250), The depths shoal gradually
from 50 fathoms at tht entrance, to 22 fathoms north of Poyntz
island ; but there is a deep run of water in that locality and along
the shore south of the two islands above mentioned.

Tidal streams. — The tidal streams in Sunderland channel are
not strong, attaining a velocity of only from a half to 1^ knots an
hour.

TOPAZE HARBOUR, the continuation of Sunderland channel,
is, from its entrance (7 cables wide) between Murray island on the
east, and the shore under Geneste Cone (1,400 feet high), on the west,
nearly 5 miles long in a north-east direction, and nearly one mile
wide, gradually narrowing, however, at its head to half a mile in
width. Over the whole of this harbour there is an uniform depth
of 13 fathoms until within half a mile of its head. On the north
side, 1^ miles within the entrance, is Jackson bay, a narrow bight
extending 1| miles in a north-west direction but shoal at nearly a
mile from its head.

At the head of Topaze harbour are mounts Drummond and
Berkeley, 3,273 and 3,987 feet high respectively.

Anchorage may be obtained, well sheltered, in either Jackson bay
or at the head of the harbour, in 10 fathoms.

SO 11948

See chart, No. 58L

258

GEORGIA STRAIT TO CAPE SCOTT. [Chap. Vll.

Tides.— It 18 hifjfh water, full and change, in Topa/e harbour at
'Ml. dm. ; springs rise 1(1 feet, neaps 11^ feet.

Hardwicke island is high and rugged, and the south shore
Rteep-to, except near its south-west extremity, where Karl ledge runs
oir for 3 cables, only uncovering at low water.

York island, high round and about half a mile in diameter, and
anoHier small low islet half a mile westward of it lie off the west
jioint of Hardwicke, and outside them, at the distance of one-third
of a mile, is Fanny reef, which covers or is awash at high water ;
between the reef and north shore there are some heavy tide rips.

Blinkinsop bay, ~.V miles N.W. of Hardwicke island, and
2:) miles from Chatham point, is about 1^ miles deep, and half a mile
wide ; its shores are high, and from the head a bank dries out at low
water for nearly one mile.

Outer rock, which has a depth of 7 feet on it at low water, lies
with the summit of Jesse island bearing S.W. by W. ^ W., distant
9 cables ; and mount Hardy (2G12) N.W. | W. A rock awash lies
E. ^ S., distant four-tenths of a cable, from Outer rock, and there is
a depth of 1^ fathoms between the rock awash and the shore to the
north-eastward.

A rock marked by kelp, on which there is a depth of 4 fathoms,
lies one cable N.W. by W. from Tuna point, the east entrance point.

This bay affords good anchorage, in 10 to 12 fathoms, about one-
third of a mile N.E. from its south-west point, well sheltered and
easy of access. The only direction required is to keep in mid-
channel, avoiding the above-mentioned rock, and anchor on obtaining
12 fathoms, as the bank is rather steep.

Jesse island, lying about 2 cables off the shore, nearly half a mile
S.W. of Blinkinsop bay, is small and steep-to.

PORT NEVILLE trends north-easterly for 7 miles, varying
from a quarter to one mile in breadth. It affords a spacious and
secure anchorage, but in consequence of Channel rock, lying near the
middle of its entrance, great caution is required. Its shores, except
near the eastern side of entrance and head, are high, sloping gradually
to the shore.*

The entrance is between Milly island and Ransom point (off which
is a small rock), thence the channel into port Neville is IJ miles
long, and about 3 cables wide, running in a northerly direction ; the

Sre chart, No. 681.
♦ See Admiralty plan of port Neville, No, fi30 ; tcalo, j» s= 4"0 inehee.

Chap. VII.] JOHVSTOXR strait.— port NEVILLE. •?,'»•)

depths In it vary from ;') lathnms, shoaling' to 2^ fathoms in the nortli

l>art. Th« best paHHUge is on the wt^stern side of Channel rock, there ■

being about l5 feet at h)w water ; the passage eastward of it has \,

only 12 feet. The depth of water in the port varies from ('» to |i

9 fathoms, with a muddy bottom. |

Channel rock, of small extent and very dangerous, having only jj

4 feet over it, lies in mid-channel 3^ cables S.W. .V S. from Houlder ■I

point, so that unless specially require to enter this port, tlie anchorage 'i

of port Harvey, and Blenkinsop bays, which are at no great distance *[

from its vicinity, ought to bo preferred, being both secure and easy ij
of access.

Boulder point, the north-east point of the channel, is low, with a
stony beach round it ; a shoal extends off it northward and eastward
for .') cables, with 1^ fathoms in some parts.

Robbers Nob is a remarkable low grassy point on the north side of |

the i)ort, about one mile from Boulder point. ||j

Shoal creek, at the head of port Neville, is ahout 2 miles long, ';

narrow, and not recommended, as its entrance is only one cable •:

wide, with a rock in the middle ; from its head a mud flat extends j

off nearly one mile. I

Anohoragre. — The best anchorage is about half a mile south-west I

of the Nob in G or 7 fathoms. Temporary anchorage for a night I

may also be had at the outer part of the entrance, but the soundings |,

decrease very suddenly when abreast Milly island. 'j

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in port Neville at
Oh. 30m.; springs rise 17 feet, neaps 12 feet ; the stream runs from
one to 2 knots at the entrance. j

Stimpson reef. — At 4 miles W. by S. ^ S. from the entrance of ^

port Neville, and a quarter of a mile off shore, lies Stimpson reef, ;

which covers at half flood.

PORT HARVEY indents the coast in a northerly direction for
4 miles, with a breadth varying from a quarter to three-quarters of a
mile, and affords good and well-sheltered anchorage in 7 to 9 fathoms, J

muddy bottom, at half a mile from its head. There are several j

small islets (Mist) within it, and the shores are rugged ; from its i

head swampy ground extends north-east, and to the north-west is a
narrow gorge which partly fills at high water and joins Knight
inlet.*

Set; chart, No. 581.
♦ *«• Admiralty plan of Port Harvey, No. tl34 ; scale, m = 4-0 inches.

a0 11tf48 R2

I ^'

2»50

aUOROIA HTRAIT TO CAPK SCOTT.

[rhan. vri.

Broken islands, ofT the oast Hide of tlu> entrance, are low
rngged, and of Hinall extent ; foul ground extends from them in a
northerly direction for three-ijuarters of a mile ; a boat paatMige exists
eastward of them.

Havannah channel, the entrance of which is 1^ miles north
of Broken islands, runs in a north-easterly direction from the east
Bide of port Harvey, connecting it with Call creek. Its length is
about 4 miles, and its breadth varies from one-liidf to one mile ; the
shores are high and much broken, and the depths in mid-channel
vary from 9 to ')() fathoms. There are several islands within it,
which lie mostly in mid-chaniu'l. PIull island, the largest, is three-
quarters of a mile long, and half a mile broad.

Boughey bay, in the south-east part of Havannah channel, is about
one mile deep in a southerly direction, and half a mile broad ; a
vessel may anchor in this bay at half a mile from the head, in from
10 to 14 fathoms, but the passage to it has not been sufficiently
examined to recommend its being used as an anchorage.

Browning rock, in the north part of Havannah channel, about one-
third of a mile north of Hull island, has only 12 i^et over it, ajul lies
nearly in the fairway of the channel to Call creek ; there is an
apparently clear passage westward of it.

Caution. — As the soundings are uneven and the bottom rocky
west and north-west of Hull island, great care should be used in
navigating this channel near that neighbourhood.

Call creek, the eastern termination of the inlet leading from
Havannah channel, is of considerable extent, its length in a north-
easterly direction being 12 miles, and its breadth varying from a half
to 1^ miles ; the shores on either side are high and precipitous,
rising abruptly to mountains from 1,(X)0 to 4,70() feet in height. The
head terminates in a low swamp, and a valley extends north-east
from it.

There is no anchorage whatever except near its entrance, on the
north side amongst the Warren islands, where from 6 to 14 fathoms
will be found. These islands, four in number, and small, are half a
mile from the entrance ; they are parallel to the shore from one to
2 cables off it. A vessel may anchor between the two southern
islands in from 6 to 10 fathoms.

See chart, No. 581.

Chap. VII.] JOHNMTONK STRAIT.— FORWOOD BAY.

261

Chatham channel, the east part of which coinniencos at Root
point, the north-went extreme of Havannah channel, trends west-
wards, connecting these waters with Knight inlet ; itrt breadth as far
as surveyed varies from 2 to 3 cables, the depth in mid-channel is
4 fathoms. It is not recommended to use this channel nntil further
explored, as only 4 miles of it have at present been examined.

Directions. — If intending to anchor in port Harvey, keep in
mid-channel till within the Mist islands, when the anchonige opens
out ; anchor in 7 fathoms in the middle of the harbour, at about
half a mile from the head.

The anchorages in Boughey bay, Havannah channel, and among
the Warren islands on the shore of Call creek, are secure ; but the
passages to them, though probably deep, have not been sulficiently
examined to give directions for entering them.

Tides. — It is high water, full and - ii nge, in port Harvey at
Oh. 30m. ; springs rise 10 feet.

Escape reef, lying 2 miles W ' y S. ^ 8. from Broken islands,
md half a mile off the north shore of Joh/istone strait, is about one
cable in extent, has 4 ftet least water on It, and is marked by kelp in
the summer. This reef, which has deep water around it> is in the
track of vessels entering port Harvey from the westward ; to avoid it,
keep in the middle of the strait till the entrance of the port comes
well open, bearing N.N.E. or N. by E., when steer in for it.

Forward hay, 3 miles W.S.W. from port Harvey, is about
IJ miles broad, and three-quarters of a mile deep, with a small islet
30 feet high off its south-west point ; its shores are moderately high,
and a bank extends nearly 3 cables from its head.

This bay affords good anchorage, in 14 to 10 fathoms, off the edge
of the bank, at about two-thirds of a mile N.E. of its south-west
point, well sheltered from all except south-easterly winds, and even
these send in no sea ; it is easy of access for any class of vessel, and
a very good stopping place.

Caution. — Entering it from the eastward guard against the Escape
reef.

Boat harbour. — From Forward bay, the northern shore of
Johnstone strait becomes cotP.paratively low, and trends W. by S. for

r 1

St-e cbiurt, Nu. bUl.

262

(lEOROlA STRAIT TO CAl'B SCOTT.

[Chap. Vll.

15 miles to Weynton i)aHi:«ifj:e, at the termination of the Htrait. Hoat
harbour, a small cove affording shelter to boats, is 6 miles westward
of Forward bay.

HANSON rnd CRAOROFT ISLANDS. —Between Boat
harlK)ur and Weynton passiige the shores of Cracroft island are low
and rocky. The island is about 15 miles long ; and off its south west
part, at the distance of half a mile from the shore, and 2^ miles east
from Blakeney passage, are the Sophia ialcts, of small extent.
Hanson island is separated from Cracroft by a passage one mile wide ;
its south side is 3 miles long, and off its south-west point are some
rocks extending 2 or 3 cables westward.

Growler cove indents the west end of Cracroft island in an
K.N.K. direction for three-quarters of a mile, with a width of about
1^ cables, and from 20 to 5 fathoms water. At the head a Hat runs
out for a short distance.

Directions. — For a steamer, or sailing-vessel with a fair wind,
the navigation of Johnstone strait is perfectly easy, it being only
requisite to keep in mid-channel, except when nearing Helmcken
island from the eastward ; when Eden point opens of the south-west
Ijoint of Thurlow island, keep to the northward until the south
extreme of Hardwicke island is seen open of Helmcken island,
bearing S. 78° W. ; steer for this until the next point eastward of
Eden point on the north side of Thurlow island is seen open of
Eden point, and the point one mile westward of Camp point bears
S.W. by S., when alter course to the southward (avoiding Speaker
rock) and keej) in mid-channel in the passage south of Helmcken
island.

If wishing to anchor for the night, Vere cove, Knox, Blinkinsop, anil
Forward bays, and port Harvey on the northern side, afford good
anchorage, and are, with the present Admiralty charts, easy of access.

BROUGHTON STRAIT, which connects Queen Charlotte
sound with Johnstone strait, is upwards of 14 miles in length, east
and west, the breadth varying from 1 miles at the east, to one mile
at the west entrance. Its southern shore is formed by Vancouver
island, and the northern by the south side of Malcolm island, and
both, except near Beaver cove, are low. There are several islands,
rocks, and shoals in the eastern part ; but there is a clear navigable
passage along the southern side half a mile wide in the narrowest
place.

Sec ohai-l, Xo. 681.

Ohaj). VII.]

DROUGHTOX STRAIT.— TIDKS.

263

There are several anchorages along both sides of the strait, available
as stopping places, — Alert bay, on the south shore of Cormorant
island ; port McNeill on the Vancouver shore ; and Mitchell and
Rough bays on the south side of Malcolm island. Nimpkish river,
which disembogues on the south shore o£ the strait, is a stream of
considerable size.

Tides and tidal streams. — In Broughton strait it is high
water, full and change, at Oh. 'AOm. ; the rise and fall being 14 or
15 feet. In the navigable channel the streams run from one to
4 knots, but in the Race and Weynton passages 3 to 5 knots, turning
everywhere about 2 hours after high and low water by the shore.

Beaver cove, at the south-east extreme of Broughton strait,
extends upwards of one mile in a southerly direction, and is half a
mile wide ; its shores are high, and the depth is too great for
anchorage. Mount Holdsworth, a remarkable conical peak, 3,040 feet
high, and very conspicuous from the eastward, rises 3 miles S.W. of
the cove.*

Nimpkish river, which flows into a shallow bay on the south
shore, 5 miles westward of Beaver cove, is upwards of one cable wide
at the entrance ; a bank dries off it for ne-.rly one mile, leaving a
narrow winding channel with about 5 feet water, into the river.*

Nimpkish river is navigable by a steam launch, at low water for
about half a mile from the mouth, a rapid then stopping further
progress ; at high water the rapid is quiet and a launch can reach
one mile higher. A red buoy, in 3 fathoms, marks the northern
extreme of Nimpkish bank opposite Alert bay.

On the north bank of the Nimpkish, at the entrance, is a small
plateau of grassy land, on which are the ruins 'of the large native
village Cheslakee. The river flows through a broad valley bounded
by high mountains for a distance of about 6 miles, and then enters
lake Karmutsen, an extensive sheet of water 12 miles long.

It is high water, full and change, at Nimpkish river at Oh. 30m. ;
springs rise 14 feet.

Green islet, off the outer edge of this bank, is about 4 feet above
high water, and is small and bare ; a rocky ledge which uncovers at
low water, extends half a mile East from Green islet, and there is

* See Admiralty sheet of plans, No. 2,U67 ; soale, in s= 3 inuhes.

264

GEORGIA STtlAlT TO CAPE SCOTT.

[Chap. VII.

also a rock at the same distance West from it. When navigating the
strait, this islet should not be approached within 3 cables.

Port MoNeill, on the south side of Broughton strait, about
K) miles West from Beaver cove, runs in W.S.W. for 2 miles, is three-
quarters of a mile broad, and affords a good, well-sheltered anchorage
in 6 to fathoms. Its shores are low, and bordered by a sandy
beach, which extends three-quarters of a mile from the head. From
Ledge point, the north point of entrance, a narrow ledge, with from
3 to 5 fathoms on it, extends 1^ miles E.N.E. towards Haddington
island ; kelp grows over this ledge in summer. A red buoy is
moored in 5 fathoms off the eastern extreme of the ledge.

Eel reef, lying 9 cables S.S.W. from Ledge point, and about
2 cables off the south shore of the port, covers at three-quarters
flood.

When leaving and bound westward, stand eastward until within
half a mile of Haddington island before hauling to the northward
round Ledge point.

Pearse Islands, in the centre of Broughton strait, at its eastern
entrance, are a group of small low islands, with some rocks and reefs
extending half a mile north-west, and nearly one mile south-east
from them.

Blakeney passagre, between Hanson island on the west and the
west extremes of Cracrof t and Harbledown islands on the east, varies
in width from one mile to half a mile. It connects Johnstone strait
with Blacktish sound. The strength of the tidal streams in it is
from 2 to 5 knots.

Weynton passagre, between Hanson and Pearse islands, is aboul,
IJ miles wide, with depths in mid-channel varying from 40 to
60 fathoms. J'he shores on both sides are very much broken into
rocks Hiid small islands ; the tidal streams rush through at the rate
of from 5 to 6 knots ; and unless wishing to anchor in Mitchell bay,
it should not be used.

icace passagre, between Pearse and Cormorant islands, is two-
thirds of a mile wide, but a rock lies in mid-channel at its south
part. The tides set at the rate of from 3 to 6 knots through the
passage, and it is dangerous.

Hee chart, No. 5S1.

Chap. Vll.J BROUGHTON STRAIT.— ALERT BAY.

265

Oormorant island lies in the centre of Rroughton strait, west
of Pearse islands. It is abont 150 feet high, 2^ miles long, east and
wpst, three-vquarters of a mile wide, and bordered by a sandy beach.
Gordon point, its south-east extreme, is 2^ miles W. by N. from
Beaver cove. .^ small patch of 4 fathoms marked by kelp lies
1^ miles W. by S. from Leonard point, the north-west point of
Oormorant island.

Alert bay, on the south side of Cormorant island, is nearly one
mile wide, and half a mile deep, affording a good and well-sheltered
anchorage in from t) to 9 fathoms, muddy bottom ; it is easy of
access. There is an establishment here for tinning salmon caught in
the Nimpkish river ; and a pier, at the extremity of which there is
a depth of about 12 feet, extends from the north-eastern shore of
this bay.*

There is also a mission established, and quite a large Indian village,
comprising most of the former inhabitants of Cheslakee.

Yellow bluff, the south-west point of the bay, may be recognii ad
by a remarkable yellow cliff at the extreme of the point.

It is high water, full and change, in Alert bay at Oh. 30m. ; springs
rise 15 feet.

Haddington island, 7 miles West of Beaver cove, in the centre
of Broughton strait, is small ; its south and west sides are steep-to,
but from the northern shore a bar, with as little as 6 feet water in
some parts, connects it with Malcolm island.

Between Haddington island and the ledge running off from the
north point of port McNeil is a passage three-quarters of a mile wide,
with not less than 7 fathoms water in mid-channel.

MALCOLM ISLAND, which forms the north side of Broughton
•strait, is 13J miles long W.S.W. and E.N.E., with an average breadth
of nearly 2 miles ; the shores are generally low, a sandy beach
extending off a short distance from them. On its south side are
Mitchell and Rough bays, in which vessels may anchor in 6 or
8 fathoms. Donegal head, its east point, is high, cliffy, bordered by
a beach, and the tide runs strongly in its vicinity. Dickenson point,
on the south side of the island, 7 miles westward from Donegal
head, is connected to Haddington island by a bar, with only 6 feet
on it in some parts.

* iSi'e plan of Alert bay on Admiralty chart. No. 2.067 ; scale, w =■ 8 inches.

26»;

QUEEN CHARLOTTI'] SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

Trinity bay, on the north .side of Malcolm island between Lizard
and iioulder pointa, is an open bay 21 miles wide and one mile deep.
Between the points of the bay the water shoals i steeply from
10 fathoms to a ledge having 10 fathoms on its outer edge, but which
again shoals rapidly, and is covered with kelp.

Anchorage may, with care, be picked up on the outer edge of this
ledge, in 7 fathoms, with Lizard point bearing E. by N. and Black
blutf S.W. by W. ; but it is exposed to winds from the westward,
between North and S.W.

Kelp patch. — Foul ground marked by kelp extends half a mile
oil: the western side of Malcolm island ; and I3 milos W.N.W. from
Pulteney point, its south-west extreme, is a shoal patch of 4^ fathoms,
also marked by kelp.

Directions. — Passing through Broughton strait from the eastward,
when abreast Beaver cove, in mid-channel, a W. ^ S. course, to pass
not more than 2 cables south of Cormorant island, will keep a vessel
clear to the northward of Nimpkish bank, and when the west point
of Cormorant island bears N. by E. she will be westward of it ; then
steer to round the south-west point of Haddington island within a
((uarter of a mile, to avoid the ledge off Ledge point, and when the
north shore of (Jonnorant island opens of Haddington island bearing
E. by N. I N., steer out of he strait in mid-channel. None, except
small craft, should go northward of Haddington inland.

Those in sailing-vessels would lind it tedious to beat through this
strait, and as there are several dangers it is not recommended to
do so.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND is an extensive arm of tlie
sea, connecting the inner waters north of Vancouver island with
the Pacific. Its length is upwards of 30 miles, running in an easterly
direction, and its breadth varies from 10 to 20 miles, being bounded
on the north by the shores of the mainland of British Columbia, and
on the south by the north shore of Vancouver island. In the north
and north-east parts are innumerable rocks and islands ; but along
its southern sides are two broad and navigable channels to or from
the Pacific*

Broughton strait enters this sound at its south-east part. From
thence to Thomas point the coast of Vancouver trends W. by N. for

♦ Sec oharw Nos 581. 582

Cliap. VII.]

liUAVBR HAUBOUK.

207

1) miles, and i« low ; it is bordered the whole distance by ii beach
composed of sand and boulders, and foul ground marked by kelp
extends off it, from a quarter to half a mile.

If intending to enter Beaver harbour from the eastward, do not
approach this shore within one mile till near Tliomas point ; and
as but very few soundings have been obtained in thie part of Queen
(Charlotte sound, if beating to windward, great caution ought to be
observed when standing to the northward.

Su quash anohoragre.— At 7 miles West from port McNeill, the
south shore of Queen Charlotte sound is bordered by shoal groutd
extending 4 cables off, and on which anchorage may be had in from
2^ to 4 fathoms. Care, however, must be observed when anchoring
here, as reefs which dry at low water and shoal patches lie scattered
about.*

It is high water, full and change, at Su quash anchorage at
Oh. 30m. ; springs rise 16 feet.

BEAVER HARBOUR, on the south side of the sound, 9 miles
westward of Broughton strait, is 3 miles wide at the entrance and
2 miles deep. The harbour is protected by several islands lying
across, and within the entrance ; its shores are low, and from the
south shore a bank extends 3 or 4 cables ; a short distance inland
from its western side are seven remarkable hills, varying in height
from 400 to 640 feet. There is good anchorage in the south and west
parts of the harbour, but north-easterly winds send in a heavy sea,
rendering it impossible to land in ships' boats on the south shore
for days together.!

Thomas point, the south-east extreme of the harbour, is low and
rocky ; some rocks lie upwards of 2 cables off it to the westward.
Moffat rock, H cables westward of Thomas point, is 3 cables off shore,
just at the outer edge of the bank, and uncovers at low water.

Deer island, two-thirds of a mile North of Thomas point, is about
H miles in circumference, wooded, and about 240 feet high ; its
shores are rocky, and extending nearly 4 cables off its north-west
part is a reef marked by kelp, with 9 feet water over it. Eagle
island lies close off its south-east point, with a small rock, 15 feet
high, not more than a quarter of a cable from its southern
extremity.

* See plan of Su qua.- anchorage on Admiralty chart, No. 581 ; scale, in =
U inches,
t ike Admiralty plan of Beaver harbuur, Nu. 2,007 ; ucale, in = ij iachou.

:ii

268

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

Twin rock lieB midway between Round and Peel islands ; a reef
extends for more than one cable from its east and south ends, the
latter being nearly connected with the shoal extending from the
north end of Deer island.

Ro md island, half a mile N. by E. of Deer island, is small, but
high, and conspicuous from the eastward. Peel island, 200 feet
high, in the north part of Beaver harbour, is three-quarters of a
mile long S.W. and N.E., about one-third of a mile broad, and
Ijetween it and the west shore of the harbour is Daedalus passage
2 cables wide in the narrowest part, with 17 fathoms water ; at
4 cables north of it are the Charlie islets, small, and two in number.

A rock, marked by kelp, with a depth of 5 feet on it at low water,
lies with the northern point of Round island bearing W. by N. ^ N.,
distant l^^^ cables. There is a depth of 2 fathoms, also marked by
kelp, distiint half a cable S.S.W. from the rock.

Cattle islands, which lie in the middle of the harbour, are small
and connected with each other at low water, and at 1| cables, N.N.W.
of the islands, there is a shoal of '^ fathoms.

At 1^ cables south of them is Shell islet, the observation spot
on its top is in lat. 50° 42' 36" N., long. 127^ 25' 7 " W. ; a reef
awash at high water lies one cable south of it.

Cormorant rock, lying one-third of a mile off the western
shore of the harbour, and nearly half a mile West of Shell islet,
covers at high water, and has from 4 to 6 fathoms close-to ; mid-
way between this rock and Cattle islands is a shoal patch of
i)^ fathoms.

Dillon point, the north-west extreme of the harbour, and
separating it from Hardy bay, is bold and rocky ; some small islets
lie to the south-east of it close in shore.

Directions. — Beaver harbour is easy of access to sailing-vessels
as well as steamers. There are three passages into it, but the
southern between Thomas point and Deer island is the best, and
generally used. This channel is wide enough for a vessel to beat
through ; and the only caution required in entering it, is not to
-ound Thomas point nearer than 2 cables in order to avoid the
rocks off its north-west part, after passing which steer for Shell
islet.

If 3ntering the harbour by Dsedalus passage, steer in mid-channel ;
passing between Cormorant rock and the 3^ fathoms shoal 1^ cables
eastward of it. A sailing-vessel could not easily work through it,

See chart, No. 2,Uti7.

Chap. VIT.] BEAVER HARBOUR.— BARONET rAS.SAOE.

2*59

however, as the breadth abreast Peel island contracts to about
li cables.

Anchor in 10 to 12 fathoms about 2 cables south-east from Shell
islet, with Thomas point East, or E. by N. Good anchorage in from
6 to fathoms, and better sheltered from all w inds, may be obtained
westward of the Cattle islands : but in rounding Shell islet give it a
berth of about 2 cables to avoid the reef south of it.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Beaver harbour at
Oh. 30m. ; springs rise 15|, neaps 1 1^ feet.

Hardy bay, westward of Beaver harbour, separated from it by
Dillon point, indents the coast in a southerly direction for 4 miles ;
it terminates in a narrow creek 1} miles long, and 2 to 4 cables
broad, with a sand-bank extending off its head for three-quarters of
a mile. The shores of the bay are ragged, and off the west side,
near the head, are some outlying rocks.

There is no anchorage, except in the small creek at the hea<l,
which is difficult of access, and should not be used by a stranger.

Masterman islands, off the north-east point of the bay, about three-
quarters of a mile from the shore, are small, wooded, and four in
number ; foul ground exists between them and the shore.

The eastern shores of Queen Charlotte sound consist of
an archipelago (Broughton archipelago of Vancouver), 12 miles in
length, extending from Hanson island {nee page 262) on the south, to
the entrance to Fife sound on the north. Between the numerous
islands, islets, and rocks which form this archipelago, are many
narrow channels leading to the entrances of extensive chasm-like
inlets, in which the water is of great depth, and the shores rise in
almost sheer precipices to a height of from 5,000 to 6,000 feet, and
further inland to stupendous peaks, clad in perpetual snow. Down
the barren, rugged sides of these mountains rush numberless cataract^',
caused by the melting snow. The intense dreariness and gloom in
these inlets, and the .ilmost entire absence of life, cause them to
present a most unnatural and weird aspect.

Baronet passagre. — From Blakeney passage {ftee page 264) along
the north shore of Cracroft island, between it and Harbledown island,
is a narrow channel 6 miles long, known as Baronet passage. At this
distance it splits into several small passages, lying between many
small islands, islets, and rocks, the navigation of which must be
undertaken with considerable caution.

Sft chart, No. 5.S1.

•?70

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Ohap. VTT.

Kelp rockf< lie just within the entrance to Baronet passage, on the
north shore, and extend over 2 cables oft" shore in some places, two
of them uncovering at low water 8 and 3 feet respectively ; they
loav»^ a channel 1^ cables wide along the south shore in which is
a depth of 10 fathoms. From here the passage is clear as far an
Channel island, 4 miles from the entrance, and maintains an
uniform depth of 8 fathoms. The channel on either side of Channel
island is less than one cable wide, that to the northward being the
deeper.

Steamer passage, between the islands above mentioned as lying
<) iniles from the entrance to Baronet passage, is one cable wide, with
depths of 10 to ir> fathoms in it. Great care must be observed when
passing through Steamer passage, as a dangerous rock, awash at low
water, lies a little over 2 cables N.N.W. of it.

Clio channel, the continuation of Baronet passage, to the north-east
along the north side of Cracroft island, between it and Turnour
island, and communicating with Knight inlat, is 7 miles long,
Negro rock (awash at low water), lies in the fairway half a mile
S.W. by W. from Sambo point, and to avoid which the south-east
shore of Turnour island should be kept aboard at about 2^ cables
distai\t.

Lagoon cove, a small sheltered nook on the north side of Double
islands, 2 miles S.E. of the junction of Clio channel with Knight
inlet, affords anchorage for a small vessel in 10 fathoms. When
entering, pass in mid-channel between the north shore of Double
islands and a small round island northward of them, but do so with
caution. From the head of Lagoon cove a chain of lakes connect the
cove with port Harvey {see page 259).

Harbledown island, forming the northern shore of Baronet
passage, is G^ miles long, in an E.N.E. and W.S.W. direction, and
'] miles across at its broadest part, its highest elevation (over Baronet
passage) being 1,240 feet.

Parson bay, on the west side of Harbledown island, is 1^ miles
deep, and three-quarters of a mile wide, shoaling gradually from
30 fathoms just inside the entrance to 14 fathoms at its head.
Anchorage may be obtained in the south-east corner, well sheltered
from all but westerly winds blowing down Blackfish sound, in which
direction it is open.

See chart, No. 581.

Cliap. VII.] BARONRT PASSAGE.— FAHEWKLL HARROm.

•271

Compton island, three-quarters of a mile lonj? east anil west, is
JWO feet high, and is separated from Harbledown island by White
Beach passage. Berry island, north-east of Compton island, is nearly
one mile long and forms the east side of Farewell harbour. Lewis
island is separated from Berry island by Villa<;e passage ; it is
2^ miles long, and forms the north side of Farewell harbour, and the
entrance to Knight inlet lies along its northern shore.

BLACKFISH SOUND, between the north shore of Hanson
island and Swanson island, has an average width of li miles, and
leads from Queen Charlotte sound into Parson bay and Blakeney
passage to the south-east, and to Farewell harbour and White Beach
passage to the northward.

Swanson island, forming the north shore of Blackfish sound, is
2^ miles long, east and west, and one mile wide, with regular bold
shores, and only one or two small indentations. Harbour cone, at
its east end, is 510 feet high. Numerous small islets and reefs lie
off the north shore of the island for nearly one mile.

Freshwater bay, on the south side of Swanson island, about 4 cables
westward of the southern entrance into Farewell harbour, affords
anchorage for small vessels in G fathoms, but it is exposed to
southerly winds.*

Farewell harbour is a snug anchorage for a small vessel, half a
mile across in every direction. Its approaches, however, both from
the northward and southward, are only half a cable wide, that to the
northward from the main entrance to Knight inlet being obstructed
by the Twilight reefs and several islets lying half a mile outside it.
Entering through North passage, Charles point (the west entrance
point), kept touching Maggy point (the southern point of North
passage on the eastern shore), bearing S.S.E., clears the Twilight
reefs, passing eastward of them.*

The southern entrance, named West passage, between Punt rock
and Apples island (lying close to the shore of Swanson island), and
the Star islands lying off the north-west shore of Compton island,
leads out of Blackfish sound and must be approached with caution,
as shoal ground extends 2 cables in a south-west direction from the
latter islands, having on its extreme a depth of 4 fathoms, leaving a
passage to the east of Punt rock only half a cable wide.

Twilight rock, awash at high water, lies 7 cables N.W. by N. from
Charles point, and 2 cables W. ^ N. from it is Chick reef, one ca de

* See plan of Farewell harbour on Admiralty chart. No. 681 ; scale, 7» = 2*5 inohea;

272

QUKBN CHARLOTTK SOUND.

[Chap. VI T.

in extent, and drying 4 feet. To the wefltwanl of the above dangers
18 a group of Hinall islets and reefs extending along the whole of the
north shore of Swanson island nearly one mile from it.

The southern entrance, which should only be taken by a small
vessel, should bo approached on a N.E. | N. bearing, passing three-
quarters of a cable from Bare rock (10 feet high) at the east side of
Freshwater bay, 2h cables S.W. from Punt rock ; on this bearing
Stripe island, a small island on the north shore of the harbour,
should be seen midway between Apples and Star islands. When
abreast of Apples island haul gradually to the eastward and anchor
in 18 fathoms in the middle of the harbour, with north point of
Star island bearing W. by S. .^ S., and Maggy point N. by W. ^ W.,
distant 1^ cables from Compton island.

If it can be clearly made out, the north extreme of Kamux island
open a little north of the north-west Star island, bearing N.E., will
clear the shoal ground extending south-west of the Star islands.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Farewell harbour at
Ih. ; springs rise 15 feet, neaps H feet.

Villa§re passage, between Lewis and Berry islands, is a narrow
but apparently clear channoi Ij cables wide, leading out from the
north-east part of Farewell harbour, north of the Carey group, to
Native anchonvge.

White Beach passagre, between Compton island and the north-
west point of Harbledown island, is in its narrowest part only
80 yards across, and must be used with great caution. This passage
also leads up through Indian passage, south of the Carey group, to
Native anchorage.

Villagre island, 3 miles long and 787 feet high, is situated
2 miles eastward of Lewis island, and is bounded on the north by
Knight inlet and separated from Tumour island on the south-east
by Canoe passage. The space between Lewis island and Village
island is occupied by the Indian islands. A narrow pass, Elliot
passage, leads into Knight inlet, between the easternmost of these
islands and Village island.

At the south-west end of Village island is MamalilacuUa village,
and at the mouth of a small bay to the south-eastward of it, at the
entrance to Canoe passage, is Native anchorage, with from 7 to

aieti chart, No. 5Sl.

(•Im)). Vri-l UlwVCKI'MSH SOUND.— KNir;HT INT.KT.

-m

S fiillioiDK. Hiiil islaiiils, two siiiull isl*>ts, li«> to tlic rtuiitliwa of it,
find (MiinM and (Veil islets to llu" westward.

Carey group, if< n clia'm of several small islands lyinj,' to th«
southward of tlu' Indian islands, and stretehin^' across from Herry
ifiland to Tumour ialand, a distance of 3 nxiles.

Tumour island is 9 miles lon^' E.N.K. and W.S.W., and at iti
centre '^ miles wide, narrowin;,' towards its extremitit's ; at its
eastern end it is 1,580 feet hif?h. It is s-.-parated from Harbledown
island on the south by Beware passaj,'e, Clio ehanntd ninninj? alonj?
its south-east side, and Kni^jflit inlet alonj; its north-west sidt', the
juncti(m of these two passaj^es takiuLf ])lacc at liatt bluff, its
north-east point.

Beware passage, lying between the north-east shore of
Harbledown island and the south-\/t^st shore of Turnour island,
leads from Native aiidioragc e;istw.ii'.l into Clio eh inn;'!. Vessels
cannot pass tlnvtuj^h it Into Clio channel, owin^' to a Itai-rier of islets
and rocks across it, at one niile from its junction with that channel.
An Indian villaj^e (Karlukwei'S) is situated on 'I'njiionr island at the
eastern entraiu-e to Beware passage.

Canoe passage is a narrow pass leadinjjf from Native anchorage
ahmg the south-east shore of Village island, l)etween it and Turnour
island. At "2 miles uj) it is comidetely closed at low water by a
stony barrier which dries across, jiud it is only available for canoes
at high water.

KNIGHT INLET.— Main entrance to this inlet, whi^i is one

of the most extensive of the sea canals o!" British Columbia, lies
northward of Swanson, Lewis, and Village islands, between them
and Midsummer island and several smaller islaudn and rocks lies
'Sh miles E.N.K. from Donegal h'ead, the east extreme of Malcolm
island, and may be easily recognised by White Cliff islands, a ch liu
of small islets of a whitisli colour situated on the northern side of
the pas.sage into the inli't. The enti-ancr- betwetui Wedge island
on the north, and the n(»rth-west shore of Swanson island on the
south, is ;^ cables wide, but further east Twilight reefs and Clock
rook must be avoided ; the former is l| miles, ami the latter .') miles
from Wedge island. These dangers should be passed to the north-
ward, and .Jumble island, lying between them, to the southward.

Srt: cluvrt. >"o. r)S|.

SO II 'J IS

274

QURKN CHAItliOTTK HOUND.

[CMmp. VI f

after which » mi(l-('lii(imfl courHc Hlioultl lu' pn'scrved until wiHt of
Lixly iHJaiKlH.

Thp ontrancp propor to Kul>,'lit inlet, hot wt'Pii Wurr hliiff on the
south anti Slopo point on tht« nortli, \n tliree-tiuarters of a mile wiile,
and !)}s niiles from Wedgp ishvnd. From thence the inlet trends in a
fjenend K.N.K. ilirection for X\ miles, and then turns 8U(Uleidy to
the northward for 2(5\ miles to its termination, with an average
width throughout of I i miles. The shores of the inlet are generally
hold, and formed hy high mountains rising i)recipitously trom the
water's edge, and (h>\vii the sides of which rush miny eatanicts
produced by the dissolving snow.

The water is everywhere deep, except at a spot about 7 miles
eastward of Sargeaunt passage, where a rocky ridge was found to
extend across the inlet, and on which there are heavy overfalls, but
no less de])th than 2'.\ fathoms was obtained.

There are but few i)laces that afford anchorage ; port Klizabeth on
the north shore, and filendale cove on the south being the only two
that may be considered available. At 11.^ miles east of Slope point.
Tribune channel branches off to the northAvard.

Tidal streams. — The tidal streams at the entrance to Knight
inlet run at the rate of from one to )\ kn(»ts.

Wedgre island, a small round island two cables in exi t, lies
vU cables N.N.W. of the north-west shore of Swanson island, the
channel into Knight inlet lying between them ; it may be boldly
steered for, passing in mid-channel between Wedge island and the
small islets lying close to the shore of Swanson island. Surge rocks
are a small group of rocky islets lying 3 cables X.N.E. from Wedge
island.

White Cliff islands.— From Wedge island a line of small islets,
named White (Miff islands, extends over one mile in a N.W. ^ N.
direction witli patches of shoal water between. A rock awash at
high water lies nearly one cable north-westward from the northern
islet.

These islands by their colour, as indicated by their name, form a
very conspicuous object, and woxild be most useful for a stranger to
identify the entrance to the main channel of the inlet.

The southern White Cliff island is situated in latitude 50^ 38' 40" N.,
longitude 126° 44' 2(1" W.

iSir chart, \o, 5S],

cimi*. ^'"1

KMCHT (M.KT.

•>7.'

Midsummer island, s«'i»;ir,il'mK' Kniv'ln inlt't f'n.ni Spring'
passHp', is tl'i(* I'tMt liiLrli, ii milt's InH',', uixl mik' mil'' w iilf. Owl
iHlund, on*- inilo in Ini^Mli, oast aii*! wvnt, ami aliinit half u mile
broad, lies oil' tlw west t-ntl of MiilsiniiintT islaml, with a narrow
|);issajf« (Providence pasnij,'*') between iheni. I'assa^'e islet is a small
round islet, about miilway between Surye rocks and Owl island.
From the northern ish^t of the White ClifT islands another channel
leads into Knij^'ht inlet on either side of Pas a^'o ish't.

Jumble island is half a mile Ion;; (east and west), and lies
'I miles K.N.E. from \Ved},'e island. On its west side is Xi^'ht islet,
and off its east point, lie the three small liush islets. When within
2 cables of Night islet haul eastward tn pass at that distanc*' south-
ward of it. Jumble island, and the Hush islets.

Indian islands lie on the south side of Kiiij,'ht inlet, between
liewis and Villajje islands. Hetween them are several small
channels leading t«» Native anchorage (sri> page 272), Itut only the
easternmost, Klliol passage, is navigable, and that only by small
vessels.

OlOOk rook, which covers at half-flood, liec 2), cables Nortli of
the easternmost of the Indian islands, and is especially dangentus to
vessels going through Elliot passage. Tct ci;-ar it keep the coast of
Village island aboard 2 cables distant.

Passing up or down Knight inlet, (Mock rock may lie safely
passe<l by kee])ing licading point (on the north shore) in line
wi h Hippie blufl' (the n<M'th extreme <if Village island) bearing
N.K. by E. ^ E.

Ridgre islands lie on the north side of Knight inlet between the
east end of Midsummer island and the south-west shore of (lilford
island, at the entrance (from Knight inlet ) of Spring passage.

A rock which dries 8 feet at low water, lies 3 cables from the shore
of (iilford island ; it is, however, out of the fairw.iy of vessels
passing up and down Knight inlet, but shoulil be carefully avoided
by those passing through Spring passage. Chop bay i^ a small bight
on the north side of Knight inlet (jpposite Ripjjle bluff.

Tide rip. — Heavy tide rips occur off Ripple bluff, and between
it and Leading point, on the opposite shore, the tidal streams run at
a rate of from 2 to 3 knots an hour.

.•"i'l- chart. No. .'iSI.

SO nit4s

S-J

270

QUKKN CHARliOTTK ISLAND.

[Chap. VIT.

Lady islands, situated :5 miloH north-eaHtwanl of Leading point,
the largest of which is one mile long, but narrow, with ^Jeveral small
islets lying off their west extn^me, consist of two islands with deep
water on both sides of them.

PORT ELIZABETH.— North-westward of the Lady islands a
large bight bi-anches oH" north-west, curving round vo the south-west
and opening out at its head, forming a sheltered anchorage named
port Elizabeth, about one mile in extent ; but which is, however,
somewhat ctmtracted by two small islands lying in the middle.

Duck cove, south-west of these Hniall islands, f(n-ms the termination
of the port, a Hat dries off its head nearly half a mile.

Anchorage may be taken up as convenient in the southern jjart of
the port in from 9 to 4 fathoms ; the latter di'i)ths being found south
of the eastern island, midway between it and the shore.

Chatham channel, on the south side of the inlet, ;ii miles east-
ward of the Lady islands, has its entrance between White Nob point
(Minstrel island) and Littleton point, where it is over one mile wide
Thence the channel takes a south-easterly direction, and gradually
contracting in width and shoaling, it, at 4 miles from the entrance,
joins the head of Havannah channel.

Cutter creek, a narrow bight on the east shore of Chatham
channel 1| miles deep, in a north-east direction, terminating in
marshy land bordered by a sand-flat, would afford anchorage to a
omall vessel in (I fathoms, but caution must be observed when
ent;M'ing, as a small islet (Block islet) lies in mid-channel at the
entrance, leaving a passage less than (me cable wide on each side of
it, that to the south being the better.

Shewell island, lying on the north side of Knight inlet, 2 miles
from the entrance to Chatham chann^d, is 1^ miles long (north-easi
and south-west) and 2Sn feet high : it lies at the southern entrance
to Tribune channel, which it divides into Clapp and Nickoll
])assages.

Viscount island, forming the eastern side of the southern
entrance to Tribune channel, is 1,050 feet high, '.t miles long north
and south, and one mile wide.

>Vf chart. No. 5«I.

Chap. VII.] KNIGHT INLET.— PORT HLIZABKTH.

277

Sargeaunt passage ( Furnish), one milo eaat of Nic'koll paai»age,
2] miles long, is a narrow pass on the east side of Viscount island,
and communicates with Tribune channel.

It is high water, full and change, in Sargeaunt passage at Ih. Om. ;
springs rise 15i feet, neaps 12 feet.

Tsa ko nu cove, on the south side of the inlet round Protection
point, is probably too deep for anchorage.

Hoeya sound, on the north shore of Knight inlet, 7 miles from
Protection point, is a bight ludf a mile wide, indenting the coast in a
N.E. by E. direction. There are depths of more than -lO fathoms over
the greater part of the sound, but it shoals suddenly to ;'> fathoms
at 1.J cables from its head.

Prominent point, on the south shore of Knight inlet, opposite
the entrance to Hoeya sound, has a rocky ridge of less water than in
the centre of the inlet, extending northward from it, on which there
are heavy overfalls ; the least depth obtained during the survey was
2'd fathoms.

Glendale cove (Kiokh), on the south shore of the inlet, im-
mediately eastward of Macdoiudd point, takes a S.S.E. direction for
l;j miles, and is three-quarters of a mile wide at its entrance. It
ilries about half its length, anil the water in the remaining part is
deep.

A river flows into the head of Glenciale cove from a sheet of water
one mile distant, nametl Tom Browne lake, about 5 miles long, which
extends nearly to the head of Topaze harbour.

Anchorage may, with care, be taken up in the soutii-east corner in
2JJ fathoms, with the right extreme of Observation point in line with
Rapid hill, and a large boulder on the west side in line with the
junction of Flora and MaedonaUl ridges, but the bank is very
steep-to.

Glacier. — On the east shore, at 14 miles from the head, over a
gully, under (ilacier peak, there is a remarkable glacier a short
distance fn-m tiu' sea. Anchorage was (i-ied for, but no Itottom was
obtained at one cable from the shore witli It) f ithoms of line.

Mount Blair, immediately over the head of the inlet, attains an
altitude of 0,550 feet.

Ik'v chart, No. jt>l.

QVEES CFlAHIiOTTK S^orM).

[Chap. Vlt.

Wall ijhih la '. — At 1], miles fniiu llic lioad of Knifj^lit "mlel <»ii
the west slioie. afrordrt the only place where hu anchor could l)e
dropped, and Ijy securing to the trees by a hawser, in a depth of
;5(l fathoms dose to the south shore, on west side of the bay.

SPRING PASSAGE, between the south-west end of (Jilford
islaml ami the north shore of Midsummer island, leading from
Retreat passage into Knight iidet, is about half a mile wide, but at
the eastern end the channel is contracted by Broken islands to a
width of 15 cables ; the i)assage being to the north of these islands.

RETREAT PASSAGE, an entrance to winch lies between
House and Sedge islands, extends in a northerly direction, between
lion wick and Gilforil islands, for tl miles. Along the shore of
Jionwick island, which is bold-to, it is a clear navigable passage ;
but the eastern shore is skirted by several small islands, islets, and
rocks, between which a vessel should not pass.

(Seabreeze island is the dargest and southernmost of these islands.
Whale rock, 3 feet high, lies 4 cables north-east irom Seabreeze
island, nearly midway between it and Yellow rock at the entrance to
Health bay.

Health bay, on the eastern shore, a l)ight one mile deep in a
south-east direction, may, however, l>e safely entered Ijy passing in
mid-channel between the soiith end of Sail island (which lies oif
the entrance) and Yellow rock, '^h cables south of it, or midway
between the latter and the shore, when convenient anchorage in
H to 10 fathoms may be obtained. A nairow i)assage in the north-
east corner of the bay communicates with a lagoon.

GrebG cove, a iiarrow bight, one to 2 cables broatl, on the west
shore, extends one mile in a W.S.W. direction, shoaling gradually
from IS fathoms oil' its entrance, to (l iathoms al its head. Camj»
bay, on the east shore opposite Grebe cove, is too snuill, and has too
great a depth of water in it, foi- anchoring in.

Tliere is a clear channel east of the Fox islands up to the entrance
of Cramer passage, passing midway between the eastern islet of the
chain and Solitary island.

CRAMER PASSAGE, between the south-east shore of Baker
island and nortii-wesi shore of (ifilford island, leading from Ketreat
passage north-eastward into Fife sound ami to Shoal harbour, is a

•Vc L-liiirt. No. "iSl.

chap. VI I. i liKTREAT PASSAOK.— BOXWICK ISLAND.

279

mivigubh' t'lmiinol, 2 i-ablt's wide at its southern entrance. A sunken
rock lies 1 j cableH West from Powell point, the north-east entrance
point of the passage.

At the northern entrance, at 1 i cables from the west shore, is a
sand patch, about 2 cables in extent, with from 1) to 1(5 fathoms on
it. By preserving a mid-channel course the passage may be boldly
taken.

8hoal harbour, on the east sliore of Cramer passage, is a narrow
inlet 1] miles long (east and west), to which access is gained by a
channel 150 yards across from shore to shore, in some parts less than
40 yards wide between the IJ-fathoms lines, and in which there is a
depth of only llij fathoms. It is only safely available for small
coasting vessels, and with local knowledge.

It is high water, full and change, in Shoal harbour at Ih. ; springs
rise 15 feet, neaps 10 feet.

BONWIOK ISLAND is ;> miles long (north and south), and
2 miles across, its highest part being about 770 feet. Off its south-
west end, north of Sedge, Start, and High islands, it is skirted by
numerous small islets and rocks, between which, near the shore of
Bonwick island, sheltered anchorage may be found.

Fog: islands are a small group lying off" the shore of Bonwick
island, on the south siile of the entrance to Arrow passage. Kveiiing
rocks and the ledger extending W.S.W. from Cove island, lie half a
mile soutlnvard of them.

Dusky cove, the anchorage above referreel to, affords anchorage
in r» to 8 fathoms, about one cable eastward of Cove island, the
largest of the islets. It is entered by a passage one cable wide
between ledges of rock (which extend in patcli»'s iialf a mile W.S.W.
from Cove island) and a ciuiin of islets to the southward. (Jare must
be o)»served, when entei-ing, to uvoid the reefs, which may be cleared
by keeping the north }>oint of the small Leading island at the head
of the cove in line with the north extreme of South ishind, bearing
E. hy N. .V N.*

The westernmost of the reel's above uiciiti(»ne(l (Kvening rocks)
covers at t) feet rise, and Ledge rock, the outer of the islets on the
south side of the channel, is only I? feet above high water. Tmp and
South islands lie eastward of Ledge rock, the former being 25 feet

high.

* Sfe plan of Dusky cove on Adniiinllv uh»it. No. ."iXl ; hohIc, hi ■ '2'o inches,

UUEEX CHAin-OTTE SOUND.

[Chap. Vll.

It is high water, full uiid change, in Dusky cove at Ih. (»m. ;
springs rise 111 feet.

Horse rock, awash at low water, is a dangerous rock lying oil'
the north side of the entrance to Aitow passage, 8 caldes W. J, S.
from the westernmost Fog island, and i) cables S.S.E. from the Coach
islands.

ARROW PASSAGE, l>etween I'unwick island to the s»»uti)-
e ist, and Hudson and .Mars islands on tlie north-west, is a navigable
channel. Having passed Horse rock, the passage may be boldly
passed through in mid-channel, and if necessary, pass westward of
Fox islands, and roumling the northern islet of that group at
1^ cables, pass between it and Steep island and enter Cramer
passage.

The Coach isjlands are a group of several small islands lying on the
north side of the entrance to Arrow passage : they extend over a
distance of three-quarters of a mile from the south-west end of
Hudson island. This island, on the north side of Arrow passage,
north-east of the Coach islands, is one mile long, and 'M, cables
))road. Mars island, 2| miles long, and three-quarters of a mile
wide, lies close to, and north-eastward of Hudson island. Spiller
passage, between it and Hudson island, leads out north-Avest amongst
the islets on the south-west side of Eden island, and into Trainer and
Philips passages.

SUNDAY HARBOUR is a small l»ut sheltered anchorage
all'ording refuge for small vessels. The western i-ntrance is between
Hcrub island and Huston island (a small islet lying 2 cables north of
it ). Half a niik^ in, the channel contracts to less than one cable
betweon Narrows island and Island point, between which is a ridge
with 4), fathoms on it, deepening again to 7 fathoms. There is a
passage out to the eastward leading into Spiller passage.'*

Crib island, forming the north-west shore of Sunday harbom*, is
1} miles long, and half a mile Avide at its broadest part.

Anchorage should be taken up in mid-channel as convenient, but
at not more than .'5 cables from the Narrows, in .5 fathoms, Avith
Hush point bearing N. o F., and north point of Kale islaml shut in
with Island point.

&r jtlun <>{ Siiu'liij' liiirljouron AiliuinUty chart, No. .'.si ; sii\\\v, m - :ij iuolics

Chap. VII.]

ARHONV PASSAClh;.— FIFE SOUND.

•ix\

It is liiffli water, full ami cliaii.i^c, in Siimlay liarliour at Ui. ;
springs rise KJ feet.

Eden island, forming the suuth-eurttern shore of the entrance to
Fife sound, is about 4 miles long E.N.E. and W.S.W., anil l[, miles
broad, and has some smaller islands and rocks otl its western end.
Its south-west shore is a little more than half a mile northwai'd of
Crib island, and the passage between them is divided, by a gro\i[)
of islets lying in the centre, into two passages, that to the northward
named Trainer, and that to the southward Philips passage.

Marsden islands are a group of five islets lying eastward of the
two passages ; south wartl of them, towards Spiller passage, ai'e several
other islets and i-ocks ; but north-we t and north of them there is a
clear channel to the north-east leading into .Joe cove (Kden island)
and Misty passage, and thence northward through Blunilen and Old
passages, on either side of Insect island, into Fife sound, south of the
Benjamin group. These passages are, however, very narrow, anil
shoal in places, and are not navigable except by small coasters.

Tracey island, 1 J, miles long, and three-quarters of a mile wide
in its bntadest ])art, lies betw'een tiie east emls of Kden and Mars
islands. Between it and Eden ishuul is Misty passage. Monday
anchorage, between Tracey island and Mars island, is a sheltered
position affording secure anchorage midway between the shores of
the above islands in about 8 fathoms.

Baker island, forming part of the southern shore of Fife sound
and the western side of Cramer passage, is situated eastward of
Eden island, the triangular-shaped island named Insect lying
between them. It is l,'.)i<it feet high, 4] miles long E.N.E. and
W.S.W., and l^ miles broad.

FIFE SOUND, bounded on the north by Broughton island, and
on the south by Eden, Insect, and Baker islands, and the Benjamin
group lying to the northward of them, and leading from Queen
Charlotte sound to Hutlej and Tribune channels and Kingcome inlet,
extends in a general N.E. and E.N.E. direction for 8 miles, v/hen the
Burdwood group divides it into two channels (Raleigh and Hornet
passages) leading into Tribune channel ; it has an average breadth of
over one mile.

S:v chiut. No, jSl.

282

(jl liRN (JMAUliOTTK SOUND.

[Chap. Ml.

Fife snmid, hctWHeii IViicrte pt'iiiiisula and the lUirdvvood group,
at S miles Iroiii its eiitraiieo, turns suddenly to the westward and
joins PiMiphrase passage, which connects it with Sutlej channel
and Kingcome inlet.

The entrance from Queen Charlotte sound, between Duff island
(south shore) and the entrance to CuUen harl)our (north shore), may
l)e boldly steered for, passing at about half a mile south-east of Gore
rock (4 feet high), which lies -bout one mile westward of the
t'ntrance.

Foster island, the summit of which forms a i'emarka])le cone
a.l)<)ut '270 feet high, lies al)out ') miles S.W. by S. from the entrance
of Fife sound. Olf its south side are the Twin islets (Oo feet high),
and off the north side is a patch of kelp, which )nay possibly overlie
a rocky danger. The Twin islets lie 2i miles >i.N.E. ^ E. from
Lizard point, the north-east entrance point of Trinity bay (Malcolm
island). The channel between is named George passage.

Penfold island, tjr» feet high, covered with trees, and small, lies
\}j miles eastward of Foster island ; the channel between Foster and
Tenfold has not Ijeen examined.

Holford islands, lying 2 miles N. by K. from Foster island,
consist of two sniull islands, covered with trees, the tops of which
are from ](IU to 2* M) feet high. From the western island, a reef which
uncovei's ;{ feet at low water, extends one-third of a mile Avestward,
and the islands in this direction should I)e given a berth of one mile.
Salmon channel is between Foster island and Holford islands, in which
a mid-channel course should be kejjt.

CULLEN HARBOUR, on the soulii side of Mroughton island,
ai tlie eiitnuiee to Fife sound, extends ul^out 7 cables in a N.N.W.
direction. Its eiitiauee betwt't n Nelly island and the shore west-
ward of Gordon i)oint is less than one cable wide, and, when
entering, care should l)c taken to keep exactly in mid-channel.
Inside, the harbour ojjens out to ;} cables wide, with depths of from
4 to (S fathoms.*

At the heatl of the harbour, on the west side, a narrow boat passage,
through which the tide runs with great strength, leads into Booker
lagoon.

* » Plan of CuUcn liurbouroii .^dii'iralty chart, No. 571 ; scale, m = ti iuchcs.

chap. VII.]

FIFK SOUND.— VI NEU SOUND.

:.'s:>,

Anchoragre may he ha-l, w.'ll sIiiIi.'ihmI, in ,") talliniiis, samly
iHttlom, at 1 2 cables 8. by E. from Davidsou island at the head of the
harbour.

Tides. — it is hiyh water, full and cliauj;'.', in CiiUcn liarboiir at
noon ; sprinj^s rine 16 feet, neaps lU feet.

Deep harbour, on lh«- north side of Fife sound, 7 miles within
the entrance, is formed by a narrow inlet in IVarsc peninsula. At
its entrance is .Iumi»er island, 2 cal)les eastward of wliicii, and just
north of two small islets, is a reef, leavinji; a clear i)assage, 2 cables
wide, along the north shore. The depths in the harltour vary
from 14 to 157 fathoms ; but anchorage may be found oil' a small
bight on the south shore, in IS fathoms, at '.) cables soutli-westwaril
of the narrow entrance to the bight which forms the head of the
harbour.

Benjamill grroup, consisting of three islands and several smaller
islets and rocks, lie ott' the south shore of Fife inlet, opposite Deep
harbour. Indian passage, the narrow channel lying between them
and the south shore, has a shoal patch of 1!, fathoms in it, and though
otherwise apparently clear of danger, should not be attempted.

Rugrgred island, lying l), miles eastward of Gull rock 'at the
eastern extreme of the Benjamin grotip), has a rocky patch extending
J o cables from its north-west side.

Pym rock, which uncovers 2 feet at low water, and is stee[)-to,
is a dangerous patch lying in the way of vessels entering Cramer
passage. ^

Viner sound, on the .south-eastern shore of Fife sound, about
;'• miles north-east of Hugged island, gradually narrows from oiu'
mile at (he enti'ance to 2 cables wide at the head, from which a lumk,
drying at low water, extends half a mile. Anchorage may be had in
10 fathoms at about three-quarters of a mile from its head, abreast
an Old Indian village.

Burdwood group lies off the entrance to Viner sound. The largest,
which is the north-western one, is 700 feet high. Do not pass
between them.

It is high water, full and change, in Viner sound al ih. Onx.
springs rise 1.") feet, neaps 10 feet.

•St' chart, No. ')X\.

'.'H4

(iUEEN OHARLOTTK SOUNn.

[(.'hap. VII.

Simoom sound, the futraiuf to wliicli is 1} inilt'ri N.W. from tlif
Hardwood ^m'ou]) l)et\veen Deep Sea blutf on the east, and Folhird
point on th«' we.st, extendn l.\ miles N.N.E, aiui then turns suddenly
to West, which direction it maintains for nearly '2 miles as far as
Curtis point, wliere the widtli decreases from half a mile to 2 cables,
and the inlet bends to the south-west, expanding to a width of half a
mile at its head, which is only separated by a narrow neck of land
from 120 to 150 feet wide from Shawl bay, an indentation on the
east side of Sutlej channel, and forming Wishart peninsula.

The width oi SinH)om sound at the entrance is one-third of a mile,
and on the eastern side, one mile from Deep Sea bluff, is the small
islet l^iouisa. The water is dee}), but where the sound turns to the
westward it slioals to 40 and gradually to 20 fathcmis, and south-
westward of Curtis point in O'Bi'ien bay, decreases to 11 fathoms.

Raleigh passage, northward of the Burdwood group, connects
Tribune channel with Fife sound and Sutlej channel ; there is also
a passage to the southwaril of the grouj) called Hornet passage.
There is deep water in both these passages, but the former is the
widei" and the more direct.

TRIBUNE CHANNEL extends in a north-east direction for
10 miles ; it then takes a south-easterly and easterly direction for
') nailes to the entrance of Thompson sound ; thence it turns to the
southward for 7 miles, communicating with Knight inlet (see
page 273).

Kwatsi bay, on the north shore of Tribune channel, about
8 miles eastward of the Burdwood group, indents the coast for al)out
2 miles in a northerly direction. The water in the southern part is
very deep, but shoals at half a mile from the head of the bay to
2(S fathoms, and gradually to 1)5 fathoms.

Wall ka na bay, on the south shore, opposite to Kwatsi bay, indents
the shore of Gilford island in a south-westerly direction for nearly
2 miles, varying from 2 to i cables in width ; the depth at about
one mile within the entrance being ;i2 fathoms, and near the head
18 fathoms.

Bond sound, which indents the north shore, extends 3 miles, and
has an aver.ige widtli of nearly one mile. Owing to the great depth
of water, it affords no anchorage, there being 30 fathoms close

Scf ohart, No. 581.

Chap. VII.] TUIUrNK CHANNKL.— MUOUUHTON ISLANf).

2H.'»

along«ido tlu' ininl Icmk ut its head, tliron^'li which somo wtrcains
enter the sound.

Thompson sound, <> )niU'S Houth-oaHtward ol' lioiul sound,
extends in a north-east direction for 5 miles, its entrance bein^' on
the east shore opposite Trafford point, where Tribune channel turns
to the southward. At the head of the sound is SackvilU' island, and
the Kakweiken river flows into the sound northward of it. Ik'tween
Saekville island and the nuid Hat off the river, the dcjiths shoal, but
rather steeply ; anchoraf,'e, however, might with ease be picked uj) in
the north-east corner, in 12 fathoms.

Humphrey rock, Avith ;} fathoms water on it, lies nearly in the
centre of the southern part of Tribune channel, abreast Hambcr point,
the west salient point of Viscount island, and 2 miles to the north-
ward of the north-east point of She well island.

Gilford island, the lar^'est of the islands formini,' till' archii)elai,'o
(m the eastern shore of Queen Charlotte sound, is IS/, miles lonjj in a
north-east and south-west direction, and 11 miles wide at its north-
east end, gradually decreasing to 2 miles near its south-west extreme
(Bare hill). Gilford island is considerably elevated, the highest parts
being near the north-east end, where mount Head rises to a height of
4,820 feet ; mount James, near the centre, is 2,()7() feet high. The
south-west part of the island, however, is not so lofty, the hills over
Rare hill point not being more than '.•2") feet high ; but round its
eastern, southern, and northern shores mountains ranging from 2,(I()()
to l,f»CK) feet high rise almost precipitously from the coast.

Evangeline rock, which dries at low water, lies about 1.^ cables
W.N.W. from White point on the north-west side of the island.

BROUGHTON ISLAND, which forms the north-west shore
of Fife sound, and the southern and western shore of Sutlcj channel,
is 15 miles long in an east and west direction, and (i miles wide at
its western end, gradually tajiering to one mile Avide at its eastern
extreme. The island is much indented, the largest inlet, Greenway
sound, nearly separating the island into two j)arts ; and a canoe
l)assage also leads from Greenway sound to Carter bay, at the west
point of the island, thus detaching the northern part of Broughton
island, which is, therefore, really another island. The hills on
Broughton island are not so lofty as those of the mainland contiguous

.S^^ chart, No. 581.

•>«»;

«^TTRK\ CHAUI.OTTK SOUN'D.

[rhap. vn.

to it, the lii.i,'hfsl pwikrt bciu},' moniit ISrowiu', 1,7 I '» Ift't.mi the north
shore (»f Gn't'invay houiuI, and Quoin or Stoiicy mountain, IJtW tVct
hi^h over the ciitrant'o to D«M>i) harbour; tlic rcniainini,' hill ranj/fH
viiryinfj; from (!(ii> to l,(KHt ft'ot in ht'ij,'hl.

Dobbin l)iiy ami Cockatrice bay alFord no anchorat^c.

Polkingrhorne islands lie off the coaat at the entrance to Welln
jtass ; the lar^'est irtland, IW feet high, being over one mile iu length
in u N.W. and S.E. direction, but only about 2 cables wide, and is
distant from Rroughton island li miles. Ft)nl ground extends for
some distance from the east side of this group, and it should not be
ai)proiU'lied within a distance of half a mile.

Caution. — Vessels jjissing between the l^)lkin'jrhorne islands,
Vincent, and Percy islands, should do so with great caution, and
should not attempt to piss between the latter island and Dickson
island.

Carter bay is formed between Dickson island and Broughton
island, on the east shore of Wells pass ; the water in it is deep.

WELLS PASS is the entrance to Sutlej channel from Queen
Cliarlotte sound. From the entrance between lioyles point and
Percy island, the pass extends .') miles in a N.N.E. direction to its
junction with Patrick passage, Grappler s(»und, and Drury inlet.
The width at the southern part, between Dickson island and Popple-
well point, is only half a mile, widening gradually to one mile at
I he northern end.

Ommaney islet, about 120 feet high, is the westernmost of tlie
islets lying in Wells pass ; its south and south-east sides are
surrounded by kelp to a distance of about 2 cables, amongst which
are rocks drying at low water. The passage into Wells pass is west
ward of Ommaney islet, which narrows the navigable channel to a
width of 4 cables. When entering Wells pass and approaching
Ommaney islet, keep the highe.^t peak of Numas islands (lying ofl"
the entrance) just open of Boyles point until Ommaney islet is well
shut in under Dickson island ; whence steer to pass in mid-channel
between the islet and James point.

SUTLEJ CHA.NNEL from its entrance (Wells pass) takes a
N.N.Fi. direction for nearly 5 miles, varying from three-quarters to

See chart, No, 581.

Chap. VII.]

WKIil.S PASK— THACKV HARBOUR.

•,'K7

on«i milo In liroadtli. At that diKtancc it tnrnw to tlic eastward
throujfh Patrick pasrtajje between Atkinwoii and Kiunaird inlands,
and thence Houtli-castward lor (» uiiU's to tlie »Miiran«e lo (in'oiiway
sound, whence it takes a j,'eneral K.S.K. direct iou throu^'ii PuhU'v and
Sharp passages (on either side of the Stackhouse island), to its
junction with Penphrase passage {nee page 2S1>) and Kingcome inlet.
It is a deep channel throughout, and there is no known inipediiuent
to safe navigation by maintaining a mid-channel course.

TRAOEY HARBOUR, on the eastern shore of Sutlej channel
(Broughton island), nearly '.) miles within Wells pass, is at its
entrance between Lambert island (on the north) and Mauve islet,
4 cables wide, but it soon narrows from 2i to 1.^ cables, maintaining
that width for a little over one mile in an east direction ; the harbour
then opens out and forms two bights at its head, Napier bay, tlie
northern, being 2h cables broad. The only known danger is tlie
reef skirting Star rock (which lies on the n(»rth shore about half-way
through the narrow portion of the harbour).*

Anchoragre, completely sheltered, may be ol)tained in from ('» to
7 fathoms in Napier bay, «tr abreast Freshwater cove, at about
2 cables E.S.E. of Star rock, in Id fathoms, mud l)ottom.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in 'I'racey harbour at
noon ; springs rise UJ feet, neaps rise IH feet.

Lambert island, on the north side of the ejitrance to Tracey
harbour, is 2/, cables long and 2 cables wide, and li.">() feet high ;
immediately to the eastward of it is Wolf cove, extentling -I cables
in a north-easterly direction with a width of 2 cables at the
entrance, gradually narrowing to one cable ; it, however, atfonls no
anchorage.

Atkinson island, 715 feet high, lies close off the north-west
shore of Broughton island, at 2 miles northward of the entrance to
Tracey harbour; some islets extend off its south-west point. Do
not attempt to pass between it and Broughton islajid.

Surgeon islands, a group of small islets close together. He half a
mile West of Atkinson island at the entrance to Patrick i)assage.

Einnaird island, 080 feet high and l^ miles long, liis on the
east side of Grappler sound, with Dunsany passage on the east and
Patrick passage on the south.

.Srr plan of Tracey harbour on Admiralty chart. No. 571 ; suale. m=:G*0 inchps.

•>HS

• M'KRN (JHAKMHTK SOT'ND.

[Ohll]*. VII.

Qreenway sound, <>m i\w H(mth hIiokc <>I" Snilcj cliaiiiu'l, '> milcH
onHtWf'rd (»r I'atriok pansiif;*', lias doep wat^r throuj?li(»iit itH entire
extent, and aftordn no anchoraj^'e ; inside itH entntnce are Cecil and
Maude islets, ISO and If)!) fet^t hi^rli.

CYPRESS HARBOUR, in Hluiri) passage, 2h miles eastward
of the entranei' to (ireenway soinul, extends about one uiik' south ;
the up|)er half, however, is botii narrow and shallow. The entrance
between Donald head (on the east side) and Woods ))oint is 2 cables
wide, but the navif:fal)le channel is only a little over one cable wide ;
the harltour tlu-n ojx'ns, and is from 'i to 4 cables across, the depths
varying from !'.• fathoms in mid-channel to (5 fathoms abreast Berry
cove.*

Fox rock, awash at high water, lies in the entrance, and is the
outer part of a reef which extends one cable East from Woods point.

Anchoragre. — (Jood anchorage may be obtained on the west side
1 cables from Woods ])oint in t! fathoms, mud bottom, oft" T^erry cove,
at one cable N.E. by X from Tree islet. The land southward of the
anchorage, between the iiead of Berry cove and Botl'ey jjoint, is
fringed with large cyi)ress trees. A stream of fresh water flows int(»
Berry cove.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Cypress harbour at
noon ; springs rise l(i feet, neaps U.j feet.

Stackhouse island, (J'.'O feet high, is about half a mile in extent,
and lies in the middle of Sutlej channel abreast the entrance to
Cyjiress harbour. Sharp passage to the southward of it, and Pasley
l)assage to the northward, are both half a mile wide.

Magin islands, three small islands from 120 to 180 feet high, lie
one mile northward of Stackhouse island, and half a mile froni the
west shore, a small rock, awash at hij 'i water, lying between.

Tidal streams in Sutlej chanurl v-.m at the rate of from one
to ',\ knots.

KINGCOME INLET, at its entrance, is 2 miles wide, but the
navigable channel between the Magin islands (lying off the west
shore) and Bradley point (the west point of Gregor)' island) is
contracted to 1] miles in width. Its termination on the northern

* Sec plan of CyprosM Imrbonr, on Admiralty chart, .Vo. 571 ; scnlo. w = (lO inches.

Chap. vr4,] kinocomb ihht.— pbnpiikask passage.

289

Hhoru iH a ^>w marshy \Aa\i\, dotted with patches of Hcrnb an<l
Btnnlt'il trees, and bordered by a flat tvf soft mud and sand 1 1 miles
wide, which oxtemls half a mile from the shore. This Hut in
Hteep-to.

The northern shores of this inlot are bordered by snow -clad jx'aks
of .'ijODO to (!,(K)0 i'i'kH in height, which are conspicuous from yiieeii
Charlotte sound ; the suuthern shore iw not (juife so lofty, the ranj^e
varying from li,U(Mt to 4,U()0 feet. Kingconu- mountains, ;'),(]()() feet
high, rise over the head of this inlet, being 2 miles inland in an
easterly direction.

Anchoragre. — Kingcome inlet, in regard to the great dei)tli of
■water, presents the same features as most of tlie chasm-like fiords on
this coast. Anchorage, however, may be obtained in J«S fathoms, oil'
a small cove, near two small bight.s, at li miles S.S.E. of the head of
the inlet.

"Wakem.an sound, on the northern shore of Kingcome inlet,
branches oft" N.N.W. at (5 miles from the entrance, in which direction
it extends for a distance of .5 miles, terminating in a low marshy
plain, uotted with patches of scrub and stunted trees, through whicli
several streams flow, bringing down from the high ranges inland the
melting snow, and causing the water for one mile from the head of
the sound to be perfectly fresh at low water, and of a dull milky
colour. At its head is an Indian village. The water is too deep for
anchorage.

Belleisle sound, on the south shore of Kingcome inlet, at
3 miles E.S.E. from the entrance to Wakeman sound, has its
entrance through a narrow pass which lies south of the small
Edmond islands. The inlet takes a S.E. direction for about one
mile, and then suddenly turns to the S.W. for a further distance of
3 miles ; it, however, from its great depth of water, affords no
anchorage,

Penphrase passagre, connecting Stitlej channel and Kingcome
inlet with Fife sound and Tribune channel, is about 2;} miles long
E. by N., and W. by S. The west entrance l»etween Hayes and
Vigis points is one mile wide, but the width of the passage decreases
to 2| cables abreast of Trivett island. About one cable East from
Trivett island is a shoal patch of 3 fathoms.

See chart, No. 581.

SO 11948

')<

'.)()

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chiip. VII.

Niclioll.s island lies just inside tiio wo^it entnince on tho south sido
of I he chiuuiol. A rock awash at hnv water lies 1} cables westward
oi' tho west point of NichoUs island.

DRURY INLET.— Bet\ve(Mi Pandora lu.'ad and the shore to
the southward is the entrance to Drury inlet, which is hen^
only one cable wide, with a depth of L") fathoms in it ; just outside
(eastward) the entrance is Morris islanil, which should bo passed on
the north side, and the northern shore should be closed to avoid a
reef (marked bj' kelp in tho season) lying on the south shore, half-
way between M(UTis island and the narrowest part of the entrance.

Over the greater part of Drury inlet the depth is less than
25 fathoms, and it is nowhere so deep as most of these inland
channels ; in width it varies from one cable to one mile, the latter
being its width throughout the greater part of llu^ inlet; but at one
place, Stuart narrows, l| miles within the entrance, two islets (each
connected to the shore by reefs) leave a passage of only I }, cables
between them, and this is further ol)structed by a dangerous rock,
which uncovers ."> feet at low water, lying directly in the fairway
betwet-n the two islets. Through these narrows the tidal streams
during springs attain a v "locily of f) knots an hour.

Passing up Drury inlet, the shores of which have an average
height of less than 1,000 feet, at one mile froni Stuart narrows,
Leche island is seen lying in mid-channel, and may be i)assed on
either sitie ; here the inlet opens out to the southward, t'oruiing
Richmond bay, in which are several islets. At a little over one mile
westward of Leche island is Ligar island, 150 feet high, having at
one cable east of its south point a dangerous sunken rock, uncovering
5 feet at low- water springs.

Voak rock, another dangerous rock, awash at low-water spring
tides, lies W cables N.N.W. i W. from Ligar island, with deep water
between.

Sir Everard islands, on the south shore, 1 J. miles westward of
Ligar island, form a chain extending in a N.W. direction, with rocks
between them, a clear channel lying between them and Hooper
island to the northward.

Blount rock, 8 feet above high water, lies closer to the south shoie
half a mile to the westward of Sir Kverard islands.

Sir chart. No. r>H|.

A>;,

Chap. VII.] DRURY INLBT.— fiRAPPLRR SOITXD.

291

JenniS bay, on the north sliore, abreast the Sir Kverard iwlaiids,
wouM afford aiichoraj^'e for a small vessel ; when onteriii',', pass east-
ward of Hooper island lying at the entrance, and aiidior in the
centre of the bay in 7 to 10 fathoms.

Centre rock, a dangerous sunki-n njcic, uncovtiring (S feet at
low- watt r springs, lies in the niiddhi of Dniry iniet 1 ,',, miles West
of the northern of the Sir Kverard islands ; it is stet![)-to around,
and vessels will clear it l)y keeping at 2 cables from either shore.

Muirhead islands. — At 2\ miles westward of ('entre rock, the
inlet l)ecomes studded with small islands, having deep channels
betv,',;"' them, and extending ovc-r a distance of 2 miles. The
easternmost of these is Wilson island, 120 feet higii ; Keitli island,
also I'iO feet high, lii'S :2 cables westward of it, and the Muirhead
islands, three in number, extending one mile iu an east and west
direction, are situated one cal)ie westward of the latter. The west
Muirhead island is the largest and 2^)5 fet^t high.

Between this grouj) and tlie south shore the space is occu[tied I)y
nunu'ruus small islands, but tln^e is a clear channel along tlu' nortii
side of the group ; westward of these, however, the water slnjals
rapidly, there being only 2 to ;5 fathoms in Sutherlantl bay at the
head of Drury iidet. A densely woodt'd valley extends across the
peninsula in a south-west direction to the outer c(nist of Queen
Charlotte sound.

Actseon sound, which branehrs off from the uoitii side of
Drury inlet abreast the west Muirhea'l island, is so blocked at its
entrance by islets and rocks as to render it only available to l)oats.

GRAPPLER SOUND.— West <.f l^atrick passage between
Kinnaird island and Pandora head, is the entrance to another
inlet which continues in a northerly direction for four miles, and is
known a^ Grappler sound. From it several smaller bights l)rancli
oit un botu sides, tliose on the east commmiicating w jlli liopetown
and Kenneth passages, north and south of Watson island. The
depths in the s<»und range from 20 to iiO fathoms, Init are shoaler in
Claydon and Carriden bays on the west shore. At the entrance to
the former a reef Mes nearly in mid-channel, aud a reef also e.vtenrls
i), cables from Linlithgow point, on tjie north shore of the entrance
to the latter.

.Sf'e chart, No. 5.>l.

SO 11048

292

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

Bucking-ham, Haramersley, and Hanbury islands Uo on

tlu' iioiili sidf of Kinnainl island lit the entrance to Hopetown
passage, the iirst being the hirgest and l$()() feet high.

Dunsany passage, heading from Grappler sound to the entrance
to IIopetowM passage and south-eastward into Suth-j channel, east of
Kinnaird island, is apparently clear of dangers, with the exception of
a reef, which covers at high water springs, lying off the north shore
at the entrance to Hopetown passage.

Hopetown passagre can only be used by boats, which can pass
the barrier of rocks (that extend right across the i)a9sage at li| miles
from the entrance) at high water, and can thence proceed into
Mackenzie soiind.

Kennethi passag-e, leading from the head of Grappler sound
round the nortli side of >Vatson island, is 15^ miles long, and com-
municates with Mackenzie sound at its junction with Hopetown
l)assage. About one mile from its entrance (which is only a little
over one cable broad) from Grapp.jr sound it widens considerably, ?
bight, named Turnbull cove, extending one mile in a W.N.W,
direction ; but half a mile further eastward the passage contracts to
?) cables between Alexander and Tessie ])oints, and thence several
islands, islets and rocks obstruct the passage, rendering its naviga-
tion dangerous.

Mackenzie sound, from the east point of Watson island, extends
\\ miles K.N.M, gnidiially narrowing towards its head at the foot of
nionnt Stephens {."),t)(i5 feet high), where it becomes a mere chasm,
and shoaling in the same direction from 25 to lU fathoms.

BOYLES POINT, the western entrance point of Wells pass and
the southern point of the peninsula formed by Drury inlet, has
three small islets lying close off it, thj outer of which is only 4 feet
above high water. Over and on each side of the point are undulating
hills of about .")00 feet high, rising gradually inland to mount
Wynyard (about 1,200 feet high).

lV)yles point is situated iu latitude ."iO' 48' oO' N., longitude
127= r 40" W.

Lewis rocks, a small cluster, 4 feet to JiO feet above high water,
lie one mile W.S.W. from liuyles point, with rijcks awash and foul
ground extending 7 cables southward from them.

S; chart, No. 581.

Chap. VII.] GRAPPLER SOUND.— BLUXDEX HARBOUR.

293

Numas islands, the largest of which is U, inih's long oast and
west, lie 4 miles S.S.W. from I^oyles point ; the largest is IM feet
high, and off its western extreme is Staples islet, 24- feet high. These
form an excellent landmark. liabouchere cliannel, between Numas
islands and the Lewis rocks, is over 2 miles wide. The tidal streams
run at the rate of from one to '^ knots through this cliannel.

Rayner group consists of four or five small islands, 120 to
150 feet high, lying close to the shore eastward of Blunden harbour.
The southern edge of the group is fringed with sunken rocks, and
they should not be approached in that direction nearer than half a
mile. Masses of kelp surround these islands in the season, and skirt
the shore towards Blunden harbour.

Gillot rock, 2 feet above high water, is tlie easternmost of the
dangers lying to the southward of the Rayner group.

Black rock, 7 feet above high-water springs, is the westernmost of
the dangers in the vicinity of Rayner group.

BLUNDEN HARBOUR, on the north shore of Queen Charlotte
sound, 12 miles westward of Wells pass, is formed between several
iolands. The entrance between Shelf point, the east (extreme of
Rol)inson island (120 feet high), and Barren rock, a small rock
12 feet high, i.^ 2.\ cables wide ; but a reef (marked by kelp) extends
lil cables South from th^ latter, and another reef extends the same
distance E.N.E. from Burgess island (100 feet high), a small island
lying close to the shore )H cables S.S.W. from Shelf l)()in^ thus
rendering the channel somewhat tortuous.*

Anchorag'e may be obtained in 4 fathoms, mud bottom, in the
western part of the harbour, at 2 cables S.W. of the southern of the
two Bonwick islands, which are joined to the shore and to each other
at low water.

Directions. — When entering Blunden harl)our, which is only
available for vessels of moderate size, bring Shelf point to ))ear
N.W. i| N., when it will be just open of Charles point (on the east
sliore), and steer in on these marks and keep in mid-channel.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Blunden harboiir at
noon ; springs rise 10 feet, neaps rise 11. ^j feet.

* iSor plan of Bliuulen harbour on Admiralty chart, No. 57' ; scale, w( = (i iuchc".

294

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VTI.

Browning" islands, 2\ miles W.S.W. from the entrance to
Blunden harbour, are a small group, the largest being 2| cables long
and about 200 feet high. A dangerous rock, which dries 3 feet at
low-water springs, lies 3 cables E.S.E. from the east extreme of the
largest of the Browning islands ; therefore, give those iciiands a oerth
of one mile when passing.

Stuart point, 1^ miles W. by N. from the Drowning islands, has
some rocky islets off it ; and 3 cables E. h S. from Stuart point, in
the centre of a bay between the point and Browning islands, is a
patch of 2 fathoms.

Leading hill, 570 feet high, is situated close over the coast 1^ miles
W. by N. ^ N. from Stuart point. Robertson and Jeanette islands,
the latter 100 f(!et high, lie close off the shore under Leading hill.
Round island, a little over half a cable in extent, the tops of the
trees being 100 " - it altove the water, lies G cables S. by W. from
Jeanette island.

Millar group consists of a chain of small islands extending over
2 miles W. by N. )j N. and E. by S. ^ S. at 4 cables southward of
Round island, between which and the group vessels should not pass.
The tops of the trees on the highest island of the group are from 150
to 200 feet above the sea.

At 3 cable.s W. by N. h N. from the western island of the grouj) is
David rock with 12 feet water on it.

Mary rook, a dangerous rock lying vS cables S.E. by E. | E. from
the south end of the Millar group, is, however, generally visible, it
being awash at high water. When passing through North channel
from the soutli -eastward, ai)i)roach it with Round island bearing
W. by N., and do not bring the island to bear northward of that
bearing until the east end of the Millar group bears W.S.W., when
alter course for mid-channel between Round island and Jeanette
island.

The Deserters islands are a group of islands, islets and rocks,
the largest of which is nearly 2 miles in length, lying 1| miles south-
ward of the Millar group. The Walker group {see i)age 308) is
situated westward of the Deserters, separated from them by Shelter
pass.

iSee charts, Nos. 581, 582.

Ohai). VII.J BROWNING ISLANDS.— noIlTll CHANNEL.

295

RIPPLE PASSAGE, between the Millar group and the
Deserters islands, has several dangerous rocks in it, and should there-
fore not be used except in an emergency, and then (»nly at low water
(when nearly all the dangers show) and with the greatest caution.*

Sun rock, the most dangerous of these rocks, owing to its locality
and only being apparent during bad weather, when the sea breaks on
it, lies 8 cables S.W. ^ W. from the westernmost islet of the Millar
group.

Twin rocks, 10 feet above high water, are two small rocks lying
f) cables north-east of McLeod island. Heavy overfalls are met with
northward and westward of the Twins. Richard islet, 25 feet above
high water, and bare, lies 7 cables N.E. from the Twins ; it should
not be approached within one cable. Barry islet lies one mile
S.E. by E. ^ E. from Richard islet ; it is bare, and 45 feet above high
water. Echo islets, a small group lying 8 cables South of Barry islet,
extend over half a mile N.W. and S.E. At 3 cables off their north-
west end is George reef ; it lies three-quarters of a mile S.W. from
Barry islet.

NORTH CHANNEL into Queen Charlotte sound extends close
along the shore of the mainland from Bremner island off Buccleuch
point to between Jeanette island and the Millar grouj) (above
described), passing between White and Mayor islands on the north,
and North rock on the south {see page 309), and at half a mile south-
ward of Rogers, Dickenson, and Harris islets ; thence past Bold blull',
and midway between Wentworth rock and Wallace islands.

To clear North rock, passing northward of it, keep Harris islet
just open south of the south extreme of Jeanette island bearing
E. by S. i S.

Shelter bay trends easterly for nearly 2 miles, forming two
bights at its head. The entrance between the Wallace islands and
the shore to the northward is 4 cables wide, but the bay is encum-
bered with rocks in its most sheltered i)art, and could only b«! made
use of as an anchorage by those possessing local knowledge. In a
small bay north of Wallace islands there is good landing for boats,
and there is also good landing for boats in south-easterly winds, in
a bight 15 cables west of the point forming the north-west entrance
to Shelter bay.

• See Admiralty chart : — Goletas channel to Quatsino sound, No. 582 ; scale,
w = 0-6 of ftji inch.

296

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

Annie rocks, IP feet above high water, are bare rocks, lying
3 cables off the coast 1\ miles West of the eutrauce to Shelter bay.

WentWOrth rook, 10 feet above high water, lies l^ miles
S.W. I W. from the Wallace islands ; it should be given a berth of
half a milo in all directions.

Southgrate group lies close off the coast .3 miles westward of
Shelter bay. Bold bluff, the south-oast island of the group, has rocky
l^atches off its east end. The shore of the mainland abreast Bold
bluff falls back to the N.N.W. for a distance of G miles, the southern
part being skirted by several small off-lying islets and rocks, ex-
tending ;') miles westward of chis group, the positions of which are
best seen by the chart.

Murray labyrintll is the name given to the many channels
which lie between a grou}) of several islands, islets, and rocks lying
off the south coast of Branham island, 2 miles N.N.W. from the
Southgate group,

Branham Island, 3^ miles long (east and west) and 2.^ miles
broad, lies off the coast of the mainland, and together with the Fox
islands forms the southern shore of Slingsby channel. Nina hill, on
the south side of the island, is r)00 feet high. Skull cove, indenting
the island to the eastward of Nina hill, affords good shelter for
boats.

Schooner passage, between the east shore of Branham island
and the mainland, is - narrow pass having an average width of one
cable in a N.N.W. direction for a distance of 2| miles : it is, however,
at <me place obstructed by a rock lying in mid-channel, which leaves
a passage only 80 yards wide between it and the shore of Branham
island. Schooner i)assage communicates with Slingsby channel, at
one mile southward of the Nak wak to rapids.

The tidal streams in Schooner passage run at the rate of from 2 to
5 knots.

Mayor Island, a small wooded island, l.\ cables in extent, and
90 feet high, lies If^ miles W.N.W. from the Emily group. A rock
awash at low water lies 2 cables East from it.

Scr chart, No. 582.

Chap. VII,] NORTH CHANNEL.— SLINGSBY CHANNEL.

207

White island, small, bare, and 48 feet high, lies 1.V miles
W. by N. ^ N. from Mayor island. Morphy rock, which covers at
three-quarters flood, lies G cables N.E. by E. h E. from White island,
and 3^ cables S, by W. \ W. from McEwan point, the south-west
extreme of Branham island.

Fox islands, the western of which, 37') feet high, is H miles
long (north-east and south-west), and the eastern half a mile long,
lie off the western end of IJranham island, and form the south shore
of the outer part of Slingsby channel.

SLINGSBY CHANNEL, on the northern shore of Queen
Charlotte sound, 7 miles south-eastward of cape Caution, leading to
Seymour and Belize inlets, is .5 miles in length N.E. by E. h E., with
an average breadth of 3 cables, between Outer narrows and
Nak wak to rapids.

It is high water, full and change, in Slingsby channel at 2h. 20m. ;
springs rise 11 feet, neaps range 5 feet.

Outer narrows. — At three-quarters of a mile within the entrance
(between Dalkeith and Lascelles points) the channel contracts to
only one cable in width, with no bottom at 40 fathoms. With the
wind blowing in, i.e., between West and South, the sea breaks across
the entrance, and in the narrowest part, even during calms, the water
is much agitated.

Tidal streams. — In these narrows the flood stream runs 2h hours
after high water by the shore ; at springs the velocity is from o to
9 knots, at neaps from 4 to tl knots, the change of stream occurring
after only about 15 minutes slack water. The ebb stream runs
2^ hours after low water by the shore, attaining, at springs, a velocity
of 10 knots, and at neaps from 5 to 7 knc .s.

Nak wak to rapids (Kah tsis ilia), at the eastern end of Slingsby
channel (communicating with Seymour inlet), are 2 cables wide,
but in the centre of the rapids is Turret island, SO feet high, against
which the tide rushes with great fury. The channel westward of
Turret islet has a rock in it with only 2 fathoms water on it ; that to
the eastvard has depths of from 6 to 11 fathoms.

The flood stream commences 2^ hours after low water by the shore
in Slingsby channel (see above), and runs (with a velocity at springs

See chart, No. 582.

298

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

of 12 to If) knots) from 2 to 2] hours after high water, or until it is
high water at Seymour inlet ; after an interval of 10 minutes alack
water the ebb commences anil runs until 2 to 3 hours after low
water in Slingsby channel, attended by very heavy and dangerous
overfalls, and attaining a velocity at springs of 20 knots.

Directions. — Steam-vessels may enter Slingsby channel from the
westward thronf,'h the Outer narrows in fine weather, at or near
slack water, and proceed to Trradwell bay, 4 miles within the
entrance on the north shore, where anchorage will be found in from
9 to 15 fathoms, avoiding the shoal of 2^ fathoms situated southwards
of the centre of the bay.

If it be necessary to proceed through Nak wak to rapids, the turn
of the stream should be most carefully Avatched, so that the vessel
may with certainty make the passage during the only 10 minutes of
slack water, for at no other time would it be possible to do so with
any degree of safety.

These narrows, however, should only be used by a vessel on
emergency and after acquiring some practical knowledge, by passing
th: vugh at slack water in a boat. It is also imperative that the tides
should be previously watched from Treadwell bay.

Small canoes pass from Slingsby channel into Seymour inlet at
half tide through a very narrow passage on the north shore inside
the small island forming the north point of the narrows.

Treadwell bay, on the north shore of Slingsby channel, is
formed by the channel widening to 8| cables and forming a bight in
which lie the Anchor islands (a group consisting of several islands),
leaving a sheltered space 2^ cables in extent between the north coast
of the largest island and the shore. The largest Anchor island is
half a mile long east and west, and 220 feet high. The depth of
water in the bay varies from 7 to 12 fathoms, but near the centre,
rather over to the south side, there is a shoal spot with from 4 to
2.\-fathoms on it. The bay affords shelter free fron; tidal streams.
Large ships should moor.

Entering Treadwell bay, give the south-eastern Anchor islands
(Current point) a berth of Vj cables, and having rounded them, keep
the shore of the mainland aboard.

Soo chart, No. 682.

Chap. VIT.] SLINOSBY CHANNEL.— SEYMOUn INLET.

29y

Anchor as convenient in 10 to 12 Cuthomrt northward of the
2i fathoms patch, before mentioned.

It is high water, full and change, in Treadwell bay at Oh. 30m. ;
springs rise 11 feet, nea\m 5 feet.

Caution rock, which u.icovera (C) feet) at low-water springs, is
a dangerous rock lying in che fairway south-eastward of the Anchor
islands, and 1^ cables from the south shore of Slingsby channel. To
avoid it, keep the south shore aboard at less than one cable distant.

NUGENT SOUND.— From Nak wak to nipids a branch half
a mile wide trends E.H.E. about one mile ; here it divides into two,
one branch continuing E.S.E., and the other (Nugent sound) E.N.E.
for 11 miles. Nugent sound in some places is only 2 cables across,
but it has deep water throughout, and is navigable, though there is
no anchorage in it.*

SEYMOUR INLET.— The other branch, from Margaret point
at the entrance to Nugent sound, trends E.S.E. for G miles, with dee})
Water in mid-channel. On the north shore is Charlotte bay, and on
the south Ellis bay, both, however, unavailable as an anchorage. At the
above distance, on the north shore, is the entrance to Seymour inlet,
several islets lying just within it. A narrow pass of shallower water
with depths of 1 and 10 fathoms continues for 3 miles E.S.E.
Wa wattle bay lies between the entrances to tliese two arms, and
extends one mile E.N.E. with depths of from 23 to 18 fathoms.

Seymour inlet, from its entrance to the head of Salmon arm, is
25 miles long, varying from three-quarters to 1^ miles in width, and
maintains a depth of over 40 fathoms throughout to within

2 or 3 cables of the shore at its head. There are several indentations
on both shores, the largest being Maunsell bay on the north shore ;
none, however, afford an anchorage.

At 3 miles eastward of Maunsell bay are Eclipse narrows, where
the tidal streams run with great strength, and no bottom could be
obtained at 12 fathoms ; these narrows lead to Salmon arm and
Frederick sound, the latter extending 5 miles S.E., the former

3 miles N.E.

*Sc'c Admiralty charts : — Johnstone and Broughton straits, No. 581 ; scale, m — 0-5
of an inch ; also Vancouver island, No. 1,917 ; scale, m = 0'15 of an inch.

300

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII,

Suhnon arm tt'rmiiiates at the fuui, of Perpendicula'* mountain,
r),(IO() foot hif^li. Ta altz, an Indian winter villaj^e, is Hituated on the
Hliorc at itH head.

The cont'nuation of Seymour inlet northward of Eclipse narrows
terminatoH at (5 miles, a river tlowinj,' into it at its head, on which is
situated a winter village of the Wa watl Indians.

BELIZE INLET.— From Nak wak to rapids, another branch,
3 cables wide, takes a westerly direction for 3 miles to Mij,'non point,
where it suddenly turns E.N.P]. for 24 miles, with an average width
of h{df a mile, and with deep water throughout ; it lies between
high ranges, 3,000 to 4,000 feet high. From the head of Belize inlet
to Maunstill bay, on the northern side of Seymour inlet, there is,
according to Indian reports, a portage about 2h miles long.*

Lassiter bay, at the head of the continuation of the inlet,
between Harvell and Mignon points in a westerly direction, forms
* two small bights, with some few islets and rocks in it, but the water
is inconveniently deep for anchorage.

Mereworth sound. — At 5 miles eastward of Mignon point, on
the north shore, is the entrance to Mereworth sound, another similar
inlet branching off to the northward, in which direction it continues
for 4 miles, and then suddenly turning to the eastward for G miles,
maintaining deep water throughout. Flat rock. Square and Round
islands, lie on the west shore at the entrance to Mereworth sound,
with deep water around.

Strachan bay, at H miles from the entrance to Mereworth sound,
on the western shore, is the entrance to a small Inlet which takes a
westerly direction for H miles, and has depths of 40 to IG fathoms.
Village bay, on the opposite shore, abreast Strachan bay, is a small
bay with two islets off its north point, and depths of 19 to
22 fathoms in it. Westerman bay is a small bight 1^ miles long in a
northerly direction, with from 30 to 20 fathoms water over it, except
at its head, wliere it suddenly shoals to 3i fathoms at 4 cables from
the shore. The entrance to Westerman bay is 2 miles westward of
the entrance to Mereworth sound.

Alison sound. — At about 10 miles eastward from the entrance
to Mereworth sound, on the north shore of Belize inlet, is the
entrance to Alison sound, another narrow branch which, like

* See Admiralty chart : — Vancouver island, No. 1,917.

Chap. VII.] DELIZK INLET.— (iOLETAS CHANNEL.

301

Mcroworth sound, firnt takes a northerly direction (for ',\ miles) and
then smldenly turns eastward fur ;} n\iles, linally turning »<:n\n to
the northwanl for a further distance of 2 miles, to lis head. At
about 2 miU^s from the entrance Alison sound is only about
I'*')!) yards wide ; here, in the middle of the passa^je, is a small islet
(Obstruction ish't) having' a i)assa),'e on either side nf it I.Vt yards
wide, with a depth of 10 fathoms in it.

BKEMNER ISLET, ')8 feet high and covered with grass, lies
1^ miles W. ^ N. from Lascelles point, and half a mile distant from
the shore.

QOLETAS CHANNEL, which runs along the north shore of
Vancouver island, is 22 miles long east and west, with a breadth
varying from one to 2| miles. Its shores are high, rugged, and
ste<3p-to, except in the western part, and may be generally approached
to abfuit a quarter of a mile ; the northern side is composed of a
group of islands (tlie principal of which are Galiano and Hope
islands), mostly small, through which are several navigable
passages.*

There are four anchorages in the channel, viz., Shushartie bay on
the south side ; port Alexander, Shadwell passage, and Bull harbour
on the north side ; and all, with the exception of the latter, are easily
accessible to sailing-vessels.

Duval point, on the south side at the eastern entrance of the channel,
is 1.5 miles West of Broughton strait, or in lat. 50" 4G' 10" N.,
long. 127° :50' 0" W.

Navigable depths.— The depths throughout the channel to the
west entrance are deep, varying from 190 to 80 fathoms, but
there the bottom suddenly rises from 40 to 7 and 9, and in one part
to less than 3 fathoms, forming Nahwhitti bar, stretching completely
across the channel, and in a great measure preventing any heavy sea
rising inside it during westerly gales.

Tides and tidal streams.— It is high water, full and change,
in the Goletas channel at Oh. 30m., and the rise and fall varies from
12 to 14 feet. The tidal streams in the east part <■ ' r't channel run
from one to 3 knots, but near the west entrance, in the vicinity of

* Ste Admiralty chart of West eud of Vancouver island (Goletes channel to
Q^atsino sound), No. 5S2 ; scale, m — 0-5 of an inch : also Admiralty plan of
Goletas channel, No. 555 ; scale, m = 2 inches.

302

gUEEN CHAULOTTE SOUND.

[C'hup. VII.

the Niihwhitti l)ar, they are much stronger (2 to 5 knotw), turning
Hhortly uft((r high and low water l)y the nhort'.

SHUSHARTIE BAY.— From Duval point tiitt noutli uliorc of
(iok'tas cliaiint'l trends westward If) nilk'H to Sliurtluirtio bay. This
bay is aljoiii half a mile in extent, and its shores are high, except at
the head, from which a sandl)ank extends mort^ tlian 2 cables.
There is a very limited but fairly sheltered anchorage just inside the
north-oast jxiint of the bay, in about liJ fathoms, at one cable oil"
shore, but from tin* steepness of the bank it should only be
considenul as a stopping place.*

Dillon rook, which covers at a quarter flood lies 1^ cables West
from Ilalstead island, which lies close off the east point of the bay,
and is in the way of vessels entering from the eastward.

Directions. — If entering Shushartie bay from the eastward, and
Dillon rock be covered, do not steer in for the anchorage till the
easternmost peak of the Shushartie saddle (a remarkal)le double-
to])})eil mountain 1,1)00 feet high situated south of the bay) is seen in
the centre of the bay bearing S. ;[ E., when proceed in with tliat
mark on, which leads westward of ]3illon rock ; wiien the north-
east i)oint of bay l)ears 1']. by N. h N., the vessel will be clear south
of it, and should steer for the eastern shore.

Entering from the westward keej) the western shore aboard till
Ilalstead island bears E. by N. h N., when steer in as before directed.

Anchor immediately 14 fathoms are obtained, as the bank is steep
which will be at about one cable off it, with the extremes of the bay
bearing N.E. and N.W. by W.

Shingrle point, 2 miles west of Shushartie bay, is low ; a beach
runs otl' it a short distance ; westward of this point it is difficult to
land, except in fair weather.

CAPE OOMMERELL, 22 miles West of Duval point, Is the
northernmost point of Vancouver island, and the south point of the
west entrance to Goletas channel. The cape is low, and some
rocks extend off it for nearly 2 cables ; eastwanl of it the coast forms
a large bay 3 miles wide and about one mile deep, with from 25 to
(! fathoms rocky bottom, and not in any way adapted for anchoring.
The shoal part of Nahwhitti bar, on which there is as lit.le as

* iScf Admiraltv plan of Shiishaitie baj, No. 2,067 ; scale, m = 3 inches.

Clmp. VII.] (lOLKTAS OHANNKl..— CHHI.STIK PASSAdK.

'MK)

2\ fiitlioius, oxtiMnlri iiortli-WfrttWiinl from tlii' uurit point of this liiij' ;
it irt m;irko(l by kolp iin»l luunod Tjilirill reufs. Wt'Hor irtl«'t H foot
lii^li li»-S in tho woHtoni part of tlio buy, ilistant a (iiiartcr of a iiiilo
from tho Hhoro. Thero is lui Iiiiliao village on tlxo oant side of tlio
capo.

Cape Coiunioroll is situatud in latitudo ')()^ .')2' 15')' N., longitiido
12H° 3' 0" W.

GORDON GROUP oonsists of a number of small islands
i^xtondiiig in an east and wost direction for ft milos, ami i)or(loring
the north part of the oast entrance of Golotas ehannol. Tlioy are
high and stocp-to, and on the eastern or Doyle island is .Miles con»', a
remarkal)le hill i'xSO foot high. Their eastern extreme is '2 miles
North of Duval point.

Duncan island, one mile South of the (jordon grouj), is about
one mile in circumference, and IJOO feet high.

Noble islets, iU) foot high, lie 1), miles West from Duncan
islanil, lu^tween wliieh and t\w group it is not advisable for a largo
vessel to go.

lUyth islet, 20 feet higli, lies 7 cables eastward of Noble islets ; and
Mouatt rock with 7 feet over it lies '21 cables N.N.W. of Hlyth islet,

Balaklava island, '21 miles lon-r north-west and south-east, and
from iialf a mile (o one mile wide, and with three peaks, lies
betweers the (icmlon group and (laliano island, fomiing (Miristie
anil Hrowning |)assages. A small rock 4 feet high, suri-ounded l)y
kelp, lies one cal>le 8outh of the south-eastern Lucan islamls. Raglan
point, the north-west point of Balaklava island, has a bnlge extending
2\ cables from it ; and half a mile N.W. from the point are the
Cardigan rocks, t» feet high, with ('roker rock J.J cables N.E. from
them. These rocks are surrounded by kol]).

Christie passage, between the west side of the Gordon group
and Halaklava island, is half a mile wide ; some shoal patches with
from one to 15 +'athoms on them lie Ijj cables from the east shore of
Halaklava island, and (I to 7 cables S.K. by 8. from Scarlett point ;
between them and the island is George island. The tidal streams
run from one to 3 knots through it, the Hood to the southward.

If intending to go through this j)assage from Goletas channel, a
large vessel should enter it westwar*.! of the N<ible islets.

ike chart, No. 55.5.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Cliap. VII.

Brownini? passage, West of Balaklava island, botween it and
Oaliuno island, runs in a north-westerly direction. Its length is
about ;} miles, its breadth in the irarrowest j)art 2 cables, and a rock,
which covers at three-<juarterfi flood, lies on the west side of the
channel about threo-<iHarters of a cable from Galiano island. A reef
and foul ground marked by kelp extends l.\ cables from Balaklava
island, just opposite the above-mentioned rock, and this is the
narrowest part of the channel, which is deep. The tidal streams
are weak in this channel.

GALIANO ISLAND, the hirgest of the islands on the north
side of Goletas channel, is nearly 8 miles long, and .'U miles broad.
Mount Lemon, a remarkable })eak of conical shape 1,!2()0 feet high,
rises near its south-west part, and Magin saddle consisting of two
peaks, 700 and 800 feet high, is situated at less than one mile from the
west extreme of the island.

The south side of Gnliano island is high, steep-to, and cliffy ; at
4^ miles West from Boxer point is a small cove which Avould afford
shelter to email craft froju westerly winds.

Port Alexander, on the west side of Browning channel, in
Galiano island, trends N.W. for li miles, with a general breadth of
about 4 cables ; there is a small islet in the middle of it, half a mile
from the entrance, and another close off Boxer point on the west side
of the entrance.

This port is easy of access to steamers and sailing-vessels with a
fair wind, and affords good anchorage in 12 to 13 fathoms, at half a
mile from its head, well sheltered from all except south-easterly
winds.

SHADWELL PASSAGE, between Galiano and Hope islands,
is 3^ miles long in a northerly direction, and its breadth varies fr-om
a half to 1^ miles ; foul ground extends nearly half a mile from the
shore between Turn point and cape .Tames.

Shadwell passage may be used by steamers, or sailing-ve&sels with
a fair wind ; it would hardly be j)rudent to beat a large vessel through
it, as there is generally a heavy swell and strong tide in the north
}»art. It is the passage usually taken bv small vi'ssels when bound
north from the inner waters. .SVv Bate passage, piige liOa.

St chart. No. 566.

Chap. Vtl.] GOLETAS CHANNBL.—BATE PASSAGE.

305

?
n

A vessel may anchor about 2 or 3 cables north-west of Centra
island, sheltereil from all except northerly wimls. The tidal streams
set from 2 to 4^ knots.

Vansittart island is one mile lonLr, and thr(>e-qnarters of a mile
wide, anil 2G0 feet high ; west of it are some rocks and small islets
extending (I cables off it ; and half a mile from the north point are
two wooded islets 70 feet high named Nicolas islands.

Willes island, 20S feet high, is at the south-east part of the pawsage
clos«! to GuliiUio island ; a quarter of a milt; S.E. of it is a small low
islet, named Slave islaml.

Centre island, in the middle of the passage, and .5 cal)les S.W.
from Vansittart island, is small ; but there is a passage on either side
of it ; thai to the westward, however. Is much obstructed by Suwanee
rock, which dries 4 feet at low-water spring tides, and lies one cable
\V."by S. -J S. from the high-water mark of Centre island, rendering
the passage west of that island unsafe.

One Tree islet, 4 cables West of Vansittart, is small, about 40 feet
high, and has a single tree on its summit, which is very conspicuous
when seen from the northward, and of great use in identifying the
l^assage; but between it and Vansittart island are rocks and foul
ground. Breaker reef, the outer of the dangers extending N.W.
from Vansittart island, lies half a mile N. by W. ^ W. from One Tree
islet.

Turn point lies 2 miles N.f]. of Heath point about midway between
it and cape James ; it is backed by a hill lUK) feet high.

Cape James, the north west extreme of Shadwell passage, 2 miles
N.N.W. from Turn point, is a rocky bluff '.tO feet high ; some rocks
extend off it to the southward for a short distance. The capo should
at all times be given a berth of at least half a mile.

Tidal streams. —The tlooil stream runs to the southward tlirough
Shadwell passage at the rati' of about 4i knots, whiNt the ebb, in the
northern part, sets 2 knots in the contrary direction ; southward of
Centre island, however, it runsasenong as the flood. Tide rips exist
between Centre and Vansittart islands.

Bate passagre, eastward of Vansittart island, is deeper, and
perha])8 for a sailing-ship or stranger it would be easier to navigate

See chart, No. 555.

SO 11948

306

QUEEN CHARLOTTK SOUND.

[Chap. VTT.

! ;

than Shadwell passage ; if proceeding through it, keep in miil-
channal. Commanders of vessels that do not steer well iire recom-
mended to use Rate paaiage instead of Shad well passage.

Hope island, the we. ^mmoat of the group which forms the
north side of Goletas chaimel, is (5 miles long, east and west, and its
greatest breadth is 3| miles ; the sea breaks heavily along its north
and west sides, and off Mexicana point (the western extreme) a reef
extends 3 cables.

BULL HARBOUR is on the south side of Hope island, 2 mih-s
from the western entrance of Goletas channel. Though small, iliis
harbour affords a very secure landlocked anchorage. It runs
northerly for l.\ miles.*

Indian island, 1^ cablet' North of the narrowest part of the entrance,
is small, but completely shuts in the harbdur, leaving a passage to it
on the eastern side one cable wide ; between the island and ilie west
shore there is only a deptli of II feet.

To enter Bull harbour, stt-er nj) in mid-chaimel, jniss East of Indian
island, and moor immediately the vessel is imrthward of it, anchors
north and south. Only steamers or small sailing-vessels shouUl use
this anchorage. There is only room for one or two vessels of
moderate size to lie moored.

Tides. — 't is high water, at full and change, in Dull harbour at
Oh. ;JOm. ; springs rise Vih feet.

NAHWHITTI BAR, or ledge, stretching across the west
entrance of the Goletas channel, is of sandstone formation, and on
the eastern edge rises suddenly from 40 to 9 fathoms, the depth
increasing very gradually to the westward. Its breadth within the
lO-fathoms line is from one to nearly .'{ miles, it being broadest at
the .south part, where are several sijoal spots. On tiio western i'ih^i'
of the bar the tidal streams run from 2 toy knots. In heuvy westerly
gsiles the sea breaks across the Goletas ciiainicl at this bar.

Tatnall reefs, with 2^^ and .'U fathoms on tliem, li»' en *he b;ir
I] miles from thi* south shoi-e : ntirthward of thege jratehes the depths
vary from (! lo '.) fathoms

Directions. — IJonnd westward through Goletas channel, steer in
mid-ehannel, or within half a mile of either shore, until west of Bull

I 1

Sir plan of Bull harbour on Admtnilty chart, No. 2,007 ; Kcule, vi —■■ '\ iuches.

Chap. VII.] OOLETAS CHANNEL.— NEW CHANNEL.

307

harbour, after which keep Roxor point open of Lemon i)oint bearinj?
K, f X., until Mi'xifuna point boars N. by K.. when a vessel will be
V eatward of the Naliwhitti bar.

Tn a sailincr-ship beating tlirouf?h the channel, keep south of Duncan
and Noble islands ; elsewhere, until west of Hull harbour, the shores
on both sides may be ai)i)ro,u'heil to witliin atjuarter of a mile ; when
standing' southward, wes. of Hull harbour, tack when Shinfj;le and
Lemon points are in line bearintr K. by N., and do not ap])roach
nearer than half a mile towards Mexicana point, as there is generally
a heavy swell setting in on it, and the ground is uneven.

When crossing the bar in the deepest water, if the weather be clear,
mount liemon, a high conical peak, should appear nearly midway
between Shingle point and Heath point on the opposite shore, or
nothing to the southward of midway between them.

If obliged t(t anchor for the night, or tide, Shushartie bay, though
small, is easy of access, the only danger being Dillon rock of! its east
point {srr |)age 'MYl). Port Alexandi-r and Shadwell passage, along
the M(»rth short", arc also, with a fair wind, easy of acci'ss to sailing-
vessels, and the latter is preferable, tx'ing more roomy with better
hiiiding ground.

NEW CHANNEL, northward of (Joletas chaiuiel, is alxuit
V2}i miles long, anil has a breauth varying from U to 1 miles.

(Jenerally, a heavy swell sets through New channel from the west-
ward, and, with the exception that there is more room for a large
vt'iiisel to work in or out than in Goletas channel, thiTe is no reason
to use it in prefennce to the ' tier, unless, if running in before a
hi^avy westerly gale, the sea w«n' breaUing acntss the west entrance
of Goletas channel at the Nahwhiiti l»ar.

Crane Islets are 'M) fi-et high, and steep-to, there being i (H) fathoms
one cable distant. They lie ii^ miles westward of Doyle island, and
about ;i cables north of (lordon group. Hoyle island. 1 1 milts west
from Crane islets, and half a mile North of llurs .-.land (^(iordon
group), is small.

Grey rock, which covers at a (juarter flood, lies half a niih' N.W.
from Hoyle islait:', and is dangerous to vessels beating through this
che-'nel. The best mark to clear this rock is to keep the Crane
ish ts just touching the nt>rth side of Gordon group bearing
K. by H. l S., which leads nearly half a mile North of it.

.5iir ohartH, Nob. '>'»'>, 582.

SO 1194.S

308

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. VII.

Walker group is composed of several small islets and rocks
covering an extent of tJ miles in a westerly direction, and 2 miles
broad ; the hif^hest and western (Kent island) is about '620 "feet
above the sea. There are several small creeks and bights, which
would afford shelter to boats, or even small craft ; along their south
side some rocks extend a short distance off.

White rock lies 2 miles W.S.W. from Castle point ; it is 4 feet
above high water. Between White rock and Boyle island a strong
ti'.le race usually prevails. Jiagged reef, a cluster of rocks 4 feet
high and 4 cables in extent, lies (5 cables northward of the west end
of Kent island. Nye rock, off the soutli end of Schooner passage,
at the Avest part of the grouj), c(tvers at high water ; it lies 2] miles
W. i N. from White rock : large vessi'ls should not stand inside it to
the northward.

Redfern island, the south-western of Walker group, is about half
a mile long, and a quarter of a mile wide ; half a mile south-east of
it are some rocks just above high water, as also to the north-west ;
its south side should not be approached wiihin 2 cables. IVosser
rock, 2 miles W. by N. ;| N. from Hedfern island, is small, about
2 feet above high water.

Bright islet is 100 feet high ; half a mile N.E. by N. from it
lies a reef which covers at high water, and one mile E. by N. i N.
lies Herbert island, with a reef lying between.

Pine island, at the north-west part of New channel, about one
mile in circumference, bold, wooded, and al)out 2r)0 feet high, is
conspicuous from th(^ westward.

Tree islets, some small islets, which are also wooded, lie half a
mile N.E. from Pine island.

STORM ISLANDS, in the centre of Queen Charlotte sound,
2Jr miles northward of Pine island, are a narrow chain of islets
extentling 2 miles east and west, and form a most useful land-mark
when crossing Queen (^liarlofte sound. The tops of the tre«'S are
about l.')0 to 200 feet above liigh water. An Indian fishing village is
situated on one of the grouj), near the east end. Reid ishuul the
ea.sternmost of the Storm islands, on the noi-th side of Sealed pa.ssage,
is about ;5(H) yiirds long E.N.E. and W.S.W., and 150 yanls broad,
having a rock abov^ water half a cable off its west end. Naiad islet

See charts, Nos. 556, 582.

Chap. VII,]

WALKKR (JROUr.— CAPE SCOTt.

309

ire

h('

lil,

is bare unci 4S feet high ; it lies half u mile N.E. i N. from Ut'iil
island.

Sunken rock, on which the sea breaks in bad weather, lies
about 5 miles N.E. of Shadwell passjige ; from the centre of the rock,
Hrij,'ht island bjars S.E. by E., distant Iv^ miles, and Pine island,
West Ih miles.

Se?.''Gd. passage, ") miles northward of Shadwell passage,
between I'ine island and the lUorm islands, is about '21, miles wide.
This passage should not be attempted. Blind reef, on which the sea
breaks in heavy weather, e.vtends nearly across Sealed i)assage, and
closes it to navigation ; close to the western edge of Blind reef there
are 17 to 10 fathoms, rocky bottom.

South rock, awash at low water, lies almut 1;{ miles north-eastward
from Blind reef; from the centre of this rock, I'ine island bears
S.W. by S., distant .'5] miles nearly. Middle rock, on which the sea
nearlj' always breaks, is covered at three-cjuarters flood, anil lies one
mile N. by W. from South rock.

North rock, on which the sea nearly always breaks, is awash at
high water, and lies three-quarters of a mile N.E. from Middle rock.

The COAST from cape Commerell (page 1502), the north-west
point of Vancouver island, takes a south-west direction for Iti miles
to cape Scott. It is rather low, but rises at a distance inland to hills
<S00 anil 1,000 feet high ; it is indented by several bays, which,
however, are too open to afford any shelter, except from southerly
winils ; foul ground extends off in some places more than one mile.

Hecate rock, lying 1^ miles W. by S. from cape Commerell, and
three-(juarters of a mile off' shore, covers at three quarters Hood, arul
the sea breaks heavily over it. Lemon point ((Jaliano island) just
open of or touching Shingle point (Vancouver island) bearing E. by N.,
leads three-quarters of a mile northward of it.

CAPE SCOTT, the extreme north-west point of Vancouver island,
is a small promontory about 500 feet high, connected to the island by
a low sandy neck about one cable wide ; some rocks extend West
from it f(ir more than half a mile.

There is a bay on both sides of the neck, which would afford
anchorage to boats or small craft in tine weather only ; close to its
south-west extreme is a small creek among the rocks, diilicult of

See uharta, No8. 555, 582.

-If

310

QUEEN CHAllLOTTE SOUND.

[Char. VII.

access, hut, once within it, boats may get shelter in southerly gales ;
unless acquainted with the locality, it would, however, be hardly
prudent to venture it in bad weather.

Caution. — When navigating between cape Commerell and cape
Scott, do not approach the shore within 1\ miles.

Tidal Streams. — At cape Scott the flood stream comes from
the southward, and rounding the cape sets into Goletas channel, its
strength varying from one to 3 knots.

Scott channel, between cape Scott and Cox island, is .oj miles
wide. It is a safe navigable channel for any class of vestel, the only
known dangers in it being the rocks extending nearly on" mile West
from cape Scott. There are some heavy tide rips near itt-: east and
west sides, but a largy vessel may beat through with safety, 'acking
when upwards of one mile off cape Scott, or half a mile of Cox
island.

Scott islands, live in number, with some adjacent smaller islets,
extend nearly 20 miles West from cape Scott. There are wide
passivges between the western islands, but as no souiulings have been
obtained in them, and strong tide rips and overfalls have invariably
been observed raging there, no vessel should venture among or
through them, unless compelled to do so.

Cox island, 1,047 feet high, the easternmost and largest of the
group, is about 2i miles in extent, with iron-bound rocky shores and
several off -lying dangers. Lanz islanil, separated from Cox island by
a passage half a mile wide, is upwards of 2 miles long, and one mile
broad ; its shores, like Cox island, are rocky, and it rises near the
centre 1,177 feet above the sea ; both the islands are wooded. In tine
weather with southerly winds a vessel may drop an anchor north-
ward of Cox ishuul in 11 fathoms, but at all times it is a neighbour-
hood to be avoided.

East Haycock, a small islet 80 feet high, is 2^ miles S.W. from l*inz
island ; it is covered with a few stunted trees. Some small islets
extend a short distance N.W. of it. West Haycock, .') miles W. ] S.
from East Haycock, is small and rocky, about 180 feet high. Some
small islets extend upwards of one mile S.W. of it, foul ground
existing around them for half a mile.

Hec chart, No. 581.

Chap. VII.]

SCOTT CAPE AND ISLANDS.

511

Triangh' island, thf western inoHt of the f^roiip, 2r» miles \V. l)y S.
from cape Scott, is HSO feet hiffh, about one mile in extent, and diflers
from the other ishinds in beinjf very precipitous and bare of trees,
and has a remarkable gap in its summit ; a ledge or reef extends one
mile north-west of it.

Caution.— When navigating near the Scott islands, it is recon;-
mended to give them a goo«l oiling, especially in a sailing-vessel, as
the tidal streams set very strongly through the passages between
tliem.

;U2

CHAPTER VIII.

WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND, FROM
JUAN DE FUG A STRAIT TO SYDNEY INLET.

Variation, 23° East in 1898.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION.— The outer or western coast of
Vancouver island is eoniprised between Bonilla point, at the entrance
of Juan de Fuca strait, and cape Scott, the north-west extreme of the
island, a distance of upwards of 200 miles. Its general direction is
W.N.W. and E.S.E., but the coast is broken into deep inlets, the
principal of which, Barclay, Clayoquot, Nootka, Kyuquot, and
Quatsino sounds.*

The coast is mostly low and rocky, but rises immediately to
mountains of considerable height. It is fringed l)y numerous rocks
and hidden dangers, especially near the entrances of the sounds, and
the exercise of great caution and vigilance will bo necessary on the
part of the navigator to avoid them, even with the Admiralty charts.

Caution. — On no occasion, therefore, except where otherwise
stated in the following pages, should a stranger attempt to enter any of
the harbours or anchorages during night or thick weather, but rather
keep a good offing until circumhtances are favourable ; and when
about to make the coast, it cannot be too strongly impressed on the
mariner to take every opportunity of ascertaining his vessel's position
by astronomical observations, as fogs and thick weather come on very
suddenly at all times of the year, more especially in summer and
autumn months ; and tiie current generally sets south-east, at rosstlie
entrance to Juan de Fuca strait {see page 11). The use «)f the lead is
strictly enjoined.

Tides and tidal streams.— AH along the. outer or West coast
of Vancouver island it may be said to be high vntc*- at full and
change when the moon crosses the meridian, viz., at noon and

♦ See Admiralty chart of Vancouver ialand, Xo. 1,1)17 ; aciile, w = 0'15 of an inch.

Chap. VIII.]

CARMANAH LIGHT.

31:^

midnight, tho tide showing considorabio rogiikirity as compared
with tho inner waters, tho greatost riso and fall being everywhere
about 12 feet. There are two high and low waters in the 24 hours all
the year round. In summer months the superior high water is at
miilnight, and in winter months at noon.

Tho Hood stream ai)pears to st't along the coa.st to the; north-west,
anil the el)b to the south-east ; neither are of great strength, except
in the vicinity of Juan de Fuca strait and the Scott islands.

Telephonic communication has bi;en established between
Victoria, Vancouver island, ami the following stations on the
northern side of Juan de Fuca strait, Fort San Juan, at tho mouth of
Gordon river ; Carmanah lighthouse ; and Cape Beale lighthouse.

Messages will be transmitted from the stations at tixed tariif rates.

The COAST from port San Juan (page 70) trends 10 miles in a
wes'erly direction to l?onilla point, rising gradually to elmations
from 1 ,000 to 2,000 feet. 15onilla i)oint, the north entrance point of
Juan de Fuca strait, is 12 miles N.N.W. from cape Flattery ; the
point slopes gradually to the sea, and a reef extends half a mile from
it. This point should bo given a berth of not less than li miles. A
consi)icuous house stands half a mile eastward of it.*

Four miles westwaril of the entrance of Nitinat lake is a
remarkable waterfall, callotl l)y the natives Tsusiat, which may be
seen at a good distance, even in thick weather, when it would hell)
to identify a vessel's position, l)eing the only watei-fall on this part
of the coast.

CARMANAH LIGHT is a <jr(,ni> jlnshhnj white light cvmj
ininutc, showing tlireo JlasUex with intervals of JiJ'tecn seconds
between their points of greatest brilliancy, followed by an interval
ot thirti/ seconds, during the greater part of which the light is
eclipsed. It is elevated 1715 feet above high water, and should be
visible in clear weather from a distance of 1'.' miles.

The lighthouse, !(> feet high, is a wooden structure, and Avith the
dwelling attached, is painted white, lantern retl.

Position.— Lat. 4.S°;{t;' ;{2' N., long. 124° 4!". lO w.

Carmanah fog* signal is a horn, workeil by steam and eoin-
presaed air, giving one blast of six seconds duration every half
minute.

* See Admiralty chart :— Sydney inlet to Nitinat, No. 684 ; scale, 7«=:0'5 of an
inch.

ni4

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chup. Vlll.

The I'oj,' sij,'ii;il statinii. coiistnu'tt'd of wood, iiiid jKiinttMl white,
with iinpiiintctl sliiiii,'le hm)!', is sitiiiiti-tl Imiiicdiatfly in front of, iiinl
ii llttU' Itt'low, tin- lif,'litliou8i'. It fiici'H S. ))y E. [, K. ; tlie horns
(which are in iluplii-atc) urc 12;') feet ul)()ve hi^'h water.

A Hi^ntil wtution in addition to the fog iiorn, for tiie piu'ijose of
enabling paisHing steain-voHHels to coniniunieate during fogH, is
ertla))liHiieil at C:irni mah lighthouse. This signal cojisists of a steam
whistle, and passing vessels may communicate by whistle sounils,
using tlie Morse or Continental telegraphic codes.

The signal and rescue station at Carmanah lighthou.se, with
which vessels may communicate by means of the International
code of signals, is under the following rules and regulations : —

Vessels exhibiting their ilistinctive numliers will have their names
transmitteii to Victoria, for publication only, free of charge.

DespatchcK to or from vessels within signalling distance, by flags
of the Internatioual code, will be duly delivered as addressed, at
turifl rates.

Despatches will be charged for at the regular telephone rates, but
no charge will be made for signalling between the flag station and
vessels at sea.

Despatches may be delivereil in cypher, by special request,
otherwise they will be transmitted in ordinary language.

A ilejjot of pi'ovisions and other necessaries for shipwrecked
persons is maintained at the lighthouse.

Nitinat lake, the entrance to which is narrow and shoal, is
7 miles westward of Konilla point. The lake is of considerable size,
extending to the northward. There are one to 2 fathoms in the
entrance, and the sea generally breaks heavily across it in bad
weather.

Pachena bay, 20 miles westwanl of Bonilla point, is nearly
2 miles deep in a northerly direction, and half a mile wide, with
from .") to G fathoms water, but as it is open to the southward and
south-vest, and there is usually a heavy swell setting into it, no
vessel should anchor there. At its head, on the west side, is a stream
where boats can get in and Hnd shelter in bad weather.

Set ohart, No. 584.

Ohiip, VIII.]

BARCLAY SOUND.

mr)

Sea-bird islet, oil tlm emniiun- of thi- Imy, is butv, about 10 I't'ft
iil»ovo WiittT, and of hiimII I'xteiU. Tlic two rooks ofl' the islft Vw
K. Ity S. g S. iK'iU-ly liiilf a iiiilo ; ami S. by \V. '^ W. Iialf a luili'.
Till' latter is awanli at lil;,'!! wator. TluTi' is no s;if«' passiu^e inslion-
of Si'a-binl islet, and it shoiiM not be approached within 1^ miles.

BARCLAY SOUND, an extensive arm of tlu; sea, IlO miles
west.vanl of the eiitrancc of Juan de F'lica strait, is upwards of
14 n-iles wide at its entrance, and thou^'h encumbered l)y numerctus
islands it maintains this breadtii for nearly 12 mihs iidand, when it
separates into several narrow inlets or canals, the i)rincipal of which,
the Alberni canal, extentls 2'.\ miles in a northerly direction, its head
reachin<j within 14 miles of the eastern or inner coast of Vancouver
island. Off the entrance, and in the southern parts of the sound, are
innumerable rocks and islands, with several navigable channels
betwi'eii them, which, however, ought to be used with great caution
by a stranger. The shores are low, except in the northern part
and among the canals, when they become high, rugged, and
mountainous.*

CAPE BEALE, the south-east entrance point of IJarclay t'ound,
and of the Eastern channel, is lid miles N.W. by W, \ W. from the
lighthouse on Tatoosh island. It is a bold rocky point, 120 feet high
(the tops of the trees being 300 feet abuve high water), and some
rocks extend off it. from 2 to 4 cables.

The lighthouse is in telegraphic communication with the light-
house at Carmanah, 8an Juan, and Victoria ; it is also a rescue
station for shipwrecked persons.

LIGHT. — Situated on a small islet at the extremity of cape IJi-ale,
is a square lighthouse of a light stone colour 42 feet in height,
from which is exhibited, at an idevation of ITS feet above the sea, a
Jiashinii irhilr light, every hdlf iiiiiiii/'', and should be visiliK- in
clear weather 11) miles. A ml sector is shown over Channel and
Western reefs, l)etweon the bearings East and S.S.E.

Position.— Latitude 48° 47 20' N., longitude 125^ 13' 30" W.

Caution. — The light should not be brought lo ijear eastward of
E. i X, so as to avoid the foul ground which extends off the entrances
to Barclay sound.

* Hee Admiralty plan of Barclay aouud, No. 5'J2, scale h(^ 165 inches.

31f)

VANCOUVER IBLANt), WKST (!OAST. [('hap. VIII.

Tides. — It iH lut,'li wator, t'ull ami cluiiiK*', in Biircliiy riuuiid lit
nuun, uml tiic riHu and fall in ulmut 12 feut.

Eastern cl nnel ol' Mart-lay simml, is 1:2 Jiiiii'.s Un\<i in a N.N.E.
(lireution, and itH bnadtli \,iiio8 from nui' to I), mili's. Iht whori'S art*
low and ru^rj,'tMl, cxcciit in ilu' nortli part, wliicli liecoini-H hij,')!.
TliiTt' are Hevi'ral danj,''i'rs witliiii it ; viz,, (he rockn ofl capo IJeaki
and Channt'l rocks at the Houthcru i)art. and tiic Foj,' rock oil" the
eatit aide of Tzaartoos island,

Bamfield creek. — At 4 milfs from cape IValf, oil till' cast side
of Kastcrn channel, is the entrance to tw(» creeks, the soutln-rn of
wiilch extends Ij miles in a soutlierl}' direction, with a hreatlth of
from one to '2 cables ; tliere is room for a vessel to moor at a short
distance from its head in G fathoms. A narrow passai,'e, ,'50 yards
wide, with () feet at low water, runs from tiie head to an inner liasin,
which is one mile l"»iif?» mid has from 2 to 1 fathoms.

On (he west side of the creek, '^ cables north of Burlo island, a
narrow led^o of rock, with iJ to 4 feet over it, i)rojects ni-arly into the
middle of the pas8af,'e. The track or trail leading to cajie Bealo
lighthouse begins on the western side of the head of the inner basin,
and is shewn by a boaril nailed to the trunk of a large tree and
marked "To cape Heale lighthouse."

Grappler creek, the northern arm, ex.teuds two-thirds of a mile
eastward from the entrance of I3amtleld creek, being about 40 yarda
wide, witii from <S to 10 fathoms, after which it takes a northerly
direction for one mile and becomes very shoal. Both these creeks
aiford gooil sheltered anchorage to small craft.

Kelp bay, 5;} miles from cape locale, is two-thirds of a mile wide,
a tjuarter of a mile deep, and aH'ords a fairly-sheltered anchorage in
from G to 14 fathoms. Its shores are low, and a rock which covers at
one-third Hood lies one cable north of its south entrance point, and
there is a small islet at its north jioint, which shows a conspicuous
white mark ; f(jul ground, marked by kelj), exists in the north part of
the bay.

If intending to anchor in this bay, give the entrance p(»ints a berth
of 2 cables, and anchor in its south i)art in (! or 14 fathoms, with the
entrance points bearing S,W. by W. and N. by E. This anchorage is
easy of access, but the bottom is irregular.

See chart, No. 592.

Chap. VIII.]

BARCLAY HOUND.

317

Mark Islet, "^ milts Irom cape IVale, and ono cublo off the east
Hide oi' the ell iiiiifl, is small, wotMlt'ij, ami i-oiispic-iioiiH troiii th(>
(■ntraiK'c of Miitdltt tlianm-l ; iIh* short- hftwfcii it and Kelp hay
is nt'arly strai^,dit, ami may ht* approadii'd to a distancf t)l' 2 cahles.

NumukamiS bay, '.' mih-s from capt* Hfah-. at till' north-fast
l)art ttl' Eastt'i'i) channt'l, is 11 mih-s wide and 1 J, miles th-t-p ; itsshon-s
rist- gradually to nionntains from l.iMMl tt» :2,<Hl() I't-t-t lii;,di. Krom tho
c-ontri' td" its lu'a<l Saiita valh-y t'xtt-nds eastward, a stream of con-
siilerahlo si/e flowinv' from it into tlu^ hay. In tin- centre of the hay
are the San .lost'- and Ret-f ish-ts, of small t-xtent, and low ; fmm the
Houth p(»int td" tin- lattt-r it let a n-t-f t-xtt-mls om- eahle.

Tln-i I- is no aiu'horaf^i- except in Christie l>ay, in its sonlli cDrner,
when- there are from K* to (5 fathnms at a distance of 1 J, cahles from
the shore. The sliores of Nnmiikamis bay arc- stet-p-to, t-xct-pt olV
Sarita valh-y, wliere a saml-hank extends half a inih-.

Poetl nook, in the stnith pari of Numnkainis hay, about one ndle
within its st)iith-west ptjint, is a landlockeil i»asin,aliout ;> cal>!t-s loni;
and 2 cabh-s wide, with 7 fathoms watt-r. The eiiti-anct- to it is
nearly straight, one cabh- lon^', ami l.">0 feet wide, with 7 fathoms
in the shoalest part.

Turn island, at the north-east point of the Eastern chamn-l, and
dividing it from the All»erni canal is small and wooded, ami
separated by a narrow boat pass from the east shore. At ont--third
of a mile sonth of it is a narrow creek, ',) cables long ami half a
cable wide, with from 1* to 12 fathoms, available for small craft.

Ship islet, at the south-west point of the eastern channt-l."2 miles
N.W. h N., from capt- Ik-ale, is 1(H) ft-et high, rocky and hart-.

DEER ISLANDS t-xtend N.N.E. and S.S.W. for 10 miles, with
a breadth varying from om; to 2 nules. They are low, and of
inconsidt-rabic size, excejjt the northern (Tzaartoos islamlj, which is
1,(>2G fet-t high in parts, and of consiih-rable extent. There is t)nly
(me navigable passage thnmgh tht-m, the Satellite pass, between
Helby ami Hill islands.

King island, the southernmost of these islands, is from 'MM.) to
4()0 feet high, about one mile long and half a niih- broad ; its shores
are very rugged and broken, with rocks extt-nding from one to

*f chart, No. 592.

:ii8

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WK'^ T COAST. [Chap. VTTT.

2 cablt'H off. This island is srpiiratod from Ship islet by a ijassii^o
on»'-tliinl of a mile wid*-, hut then* is a rock in ^ho middh' of it,
wliioli i« awash at hiph water.

Channel rocks, on the west side of the channel, '.) cahles east of
Kill;!,' island, and one mile K.N.E. from Ship islet, are about (me
cable in »'xtent, and cover at half lood ; there are 10 to 12 faUioms
at one cable eastward of them, and the sea ^'cnerally breaks over
them ; they must be carefully avoided.

Diana island, ."{'»(> to 400 feet hif?h, separated from Kin^' island
by a i)assa^'e full of rocks, is about 1} miles lonj,-, and threeMpiarters
of a mile broad ; its shores are rocky. Taylor islet, .')0 feet hi<?h,
lies II cables S.S.W. i, \V. from its south-east point,

Todd rock. — At 2 cables fntm the east side of Diana island is
Todd rock, which covers at lii^di water, with I? fathoms eastward
of it.

Helby island, the next island northwai'd of Diana, has off its
north side Knt ranee anclioraf.'e, a small l)nt wejl-sheltt-red anchoratje
in from li to '.» fathoms, easy of access from either the Eastern or
Middle channels, an., very convenient as a stojijiing place for vessels
entering' or leavinj,' Barclay .sounil."

Self point, at the east end of Helby islanil, appears like an islet
and is conspicuous at night, the neck joining it to Helby island
being very low.

Wizard islet, to the northward of the anchonige, is small, about
S feet high, !*.» I bare. It is about l caldes North of Helby island,
and those intending to anchor should do so about one cable S.W. of
the islet in tl fathoms.

Hill island, two-thirds of a mile north of Helby island, is small,
with a summit of moderate height at its s(tutliern end. At a (quarter
of a mile South of it is a j)atcli of iU fathoms, marked by kelp, and
there are several snuill islets and rocks oil its east and west sides.

Robbers island, separated from Hill island by a j)aB8age full of
rocks, is 2 miles long anil one ndle broad at its widest part. It \h
low, and sti't'p-to <»n the easler;i side, and between it and T/aartoos
island is a small laml-locked basin of 5 to 7 fathoms water, but almost
inaccessible in consequence of the many rocks at its entrance.

Ar chart, No. itii'2,
* Sr )>lait of Entrance auuhoraxe on Aihuirulty c)mrt, No. *>S4 ; ncuIo, vi = 3 inchcii.

Chap. VIIT.] RARCLAY SOUND.— ALBERNT CANAL.

319

TzaartOOS or Copper Island, tho northcrnmortt of the Deer
iHliii'ulH, isl), miles loiij,' in ii X.X.K. (Urcction, and lA miies l)roa(l.
It is hifjher ihiin tlie other "islamls, rising,' in many i)art8 to 800 antl
itrt summit to l,i>"2t) feet ; its t^astern siile, excejjt in the vicinity of
Sproat bay, is stee|)-to. Limestone of a fine *iuality is to be found
in its nortlirrn i>;irl, and there are several indications of copp«>r and.
iron ores.

Sproat buy, on the east side of Tzaartoos ishmd, is al>out half a
mile wide and 2 cables deep. In its centre are two small ish'ts, and
between them and the southern side of the bay a vessel nuiy anchor
in from U to 1.') fatlioms. licadinfj Idufl", situated just south of the
bay, is a steep point 40r> feet hi>;h, and consj)icuous f;om tlie entrance
of the Eastern channel.

Fogr rock, lyinj; about 2 cables East of Sproat bay, is of small
extent, with only !• feet <»ver it, and st«'ep-to around. This dauijer
is in the track of vessels usinu: Sproat bay, and re(|uires caution to
rtvoid it, lutt b('in<>' nuirked by kelj) in the s])rin;.'.

The east si<le <tf Hill island open o!' Leadini,' blulf bearinjj
S.W. ;{ S. leads south-east of Fo<j mck, and the west side of Nob
jjoint well open east of I/imestone point \. ] W. leads well east-
ward of it.

Nob point, the south-west entrance point of Alb(>rni canal, at»d
north-west point of Eastern channel, is about half a mile northward
of T/.aartoos island, ami nearly \',\ miles from cape I'eale. It is a
remarkable clilfy projecting,' point 47.') feet hifjrh, steep-to on itss(U)th
and east sides.

ALBERNI CANAL,atthe north-east part of Harclay sound, runs
in a winding' northerly direction for 22 mib's, with a breadth
varying' from 2 cables to oin" mile, and terminates in a line capacious
anchora^fe at its head ; the shores on either side are rocky and
ruf^'^ed, rising abruptly from the sea to mountains 2,(KI0 and
.■l,(HHI fe»'t hifrb : at the head, however, llu' '.and beconu's low and
fertile, a lari^e extent beinj^ (it for cultivation. .V setthunent aiul
hir^e s!»w mills are estaldished there, and cptantities of timber
exporli'd. There is also a salmoit fishery."

San Mateo bay, on the east side of the canal, \\ miles north of
Turn }»oiut, is three-(|uarters of a mile wide, and one jiiile deep ; its

.Sf'r iihart, No. ri84 .

:52()

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIIT,

Bhores am liigh. A rock, \r,irt of which dries 'A to 4 ftu't at low wat»>r,
with de})ths of 15 to iJ feel exIeiKkiiij,' a (jiiartcr of a eabie (southward,
ileepeuint,' to 7 fathoms betwem it and tlie south shore of the hay,
and dee}) water near in otlier (lirections, is bitnated near the head
of Han Mateo hay, witli Hanton island centre bearinj,' N.W. I»y W.,
distant 2;^^ cableH.

Mutine point, midway between Mateo bay and Turn island, is
rocky. A sunken rock, with a dt'pth of 8 fe«'t on it a' low water, and
7 to (S fathoms close arounil, lies about one cable ollshore, northward
of Mutine iH)iut, with Turn island north point bearintir S.S.W.,
distant '>.^ cables. A berth of 2 cables siiould be i^iven in passint,'.

.lust Honth of this ))oint is Crickitt bay, not recojnmended.
Itithcnlon bay is reported to be aj»ood anchora^'e, on clay bottom, but
it is deep ; at the head of tlu; bay a small flat dries at low water.

UOHUCKLESIT HARBOUR, on the west side ..f Alberni
canal, '2 miles within N<d) point, is '.) miles lonjj; in a westerly
direction, and its averaf,'e l)readth is about half a mile ; the nortli
shore is hijjh, rising f,'radnally to mountains of 2,(M)0 and .'5,tHi(l feet,
but the south shores anil heatl are low. 'J'here are two secure
anchorajjes. Green cove at the entrance, and Snuj; basin at the head,
with from D to l.'i fathoms water. Litnestoiie of a very fine (juality is
to be ])rocnred at tho head of the harbour.*

Green cove, just within the entrance, on the nortli side of tho
harbour, affords a snu},', well-sheltered anchorajje, in froni l> to
14 fathoms, Ilarlwur island, oft its south side, and completely
land-locking the anchorage in that tlirection, is of small extent, with
a clear deep passaj^e on either side into the aiu'horaf^e ; a rock lies
half a cable off its south-east poini.

This anchorafije is convenient as a stoppinp; place for vessels bound
to or from Stamp harbour at the head <»f \lberni canal.

Steamer passa;.,'e, on the east side of Harbour island, is 2 cables
lonj,', ami about l.'>() yards wide in the nurrowt si part, with nol less
than 9 fathoms, but it should oidy he u.sed by steam-vessels, or
sailing-ships with a fair wind.

Ship passage, north of Harbour island, is 4 cables long, and
2 cables wide, with from 1 1 to 2(» fath-iiis, and available for sailing-
ships unable to enter or leave Green cove by Sti-amer passage.

'Sec plan of Uohucklesit harbour on Admiralty chart, No. 584 ; scale, m = 3 inches.

Chap. VIII.] BARCLAY SOUND.— ALBERNI CANAL.

321

Snug" basin, on the north sitle of tho head of Ucliucklesit harbour,
half a mile loiij^ in a northerly direction, about 2 cabU-s broad, is well
adapted for relittinj^ or re))airing a ship, and affords anchoraj,'*! in 12 to
14 fathoms ; but the entrance, thou},'h deep, is only l.'iO feet wide.

Water. — On the north shore, one mile from Green cove, is a large
stream of fresh water, with a bank extending a short distance off it.

Nahmint bay, on the west side of Alberni canal, 10 miles within
its entnince, is about half a mile in extent, with froivi 19 to 20 fathoms
water, and may be used as a stoi)ping place, if working down the canal ;
a large stream disembogues at its head.

First narrows, 13 miles from the entrance of the canal, are

3 cables wide at low water, steep-to on the west side, with 26 fathoms
in mid-channel ; if passing through them at high water, keep well
over to the western shore.

Second narrows, 18 miles from the entrance, are 2 cables wide
at low water, steep-to on the east side ; the west side dries out one
cable at low water. The dei>th in mid-channel is 40 fathoms ; and
in going through them a vessel ought to k^ep well over on tho eastern
aide.

STAMP HARBOUR, at the head of Alberni canal, is a capacious
and secure anchorage, 2 miles in length, and varying in breadtli from

4 cables to one mile. Its western shore is high and rocky. l)Ut the
eastern side and head are iow and fertile, with a quantity of clear
level land.*

Somass river, a stream of considerable size, flows into the head of
the harbour, and is navigable for canoes seveml miles ; it has its
source in a chain of extensive lakes in the interi»»r of Vancouver
island, and the quantity of water discharged from it is so great that
there i« a constant current out of the canal, often exceeding one knot
in strength. The town Alberni is a settlement about 1.^ miles up tho
river.

"Navlgrable depths. — Steam-vessels not more than 1.50 feet in
length and of 10 feet draught can reach the town wharf at high water,
where there is a depth of 13 feet at low water.

Somass river has black beacons on the west side, and red beacons
on the east side of the channel. The least depth at the entrance is
3 feet ; (he chaimel deepens to 9 f>'et within.

* Sfc plan of Stamp harbour, toalu, m a> 3 5 inuhot, on ohiuir Nu. 684.
SO lli)«8 X

322

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. Vlll.

Observatory islet, in the centre of the harbour, is a small bare
rock about 6 feet above high water ; some rocks extiiud half a cable
north of it.

Sheep islet, in the north-west part of the harbour, and 6 cables
from Observatorj' islet, is wooded, and connected to the head of the
harbour at low water by a sand-bank.

Anchorage. — The anchorage in the harbour is excellent between
Observatory islet and the old wharf, in depths of from 12 to
7 fathoms.

Supplies. — Game is plentiful, and there is excellent fishing in the
river and lakes. Fresh beef, vegetables, and fruit are plentiful and
cheap.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Stamp harbour,
at Oh. ; springs rise 12 feet.

Directions for Barclay sound.— Entering Barclay sound
through Eastern channel, cape Beale, may be i3a8ily recognised from
the south-east, by the lighthouse and by the islands west of it.
When approaching or rounding the cape do not come livsarer than
half a mile to avoid the rocks off it, bring Leading bluff (T/.aartoos
island) to bear N. by E. | E., when steer up the Eastern channel with
that mark on, which will lead clear of the rocks off the west side of
cap© Beale, and east of Channel rocks.

When the north point of Ship island is in line with south point of
King island bearing S.W. by W., the vessel will be well north of the
latter, and may than steer up mid-channel about N.N.E. ; on nearitig
Leading bluff, keep the east side of Hill island open south of it bear-
ing S.W. ^ S., to pass east of Fog rock, until the west side of iVob
point comes open east of Limestone point bearing N. ^ W., when steer
up in mid-channel.

If bound to Stamp harbour, after entering Alberni canal keep in
mid-channel, except when passing through the First and Second
narrows {nee page 321), and anchor on the eastern side of the harbour
with the bearings already given.

After entering Alberni canal, a strong southerly wind will generally
be experienced, blowing home to the head ; it, however, usually falls
a little during the night.

See oharta, Nok 584, 092.

Chap. VIII.]

BARCLAY SOUND, DIRBCTIONS.

323

iVob

If beating into the Eastern channel (which should only be done by
small or quick working vessels). As a rule, when standing towards
the east shore do not approach within 2 cal)les, and after passing the
Channel rocks, keep outside of the line of Deer islands.

Anohoragres. — If necessary to anchor. Entrance anchorage in the
De«r group, just north of Holby island, is recommended, being secure,
and easy of access from either Easfern or Middle channels. Kelp,
Sproat, Christie, and Nahmii>t bays, also Green cove, are easy of
access, and may be used as stopping places.

Middle channel, the 'argest passage into Barclay sound, is
apwards of 12 miles long N.N.E., and ',\ miles wide in the narrowest
part, being bounded on either side by numerous small islands and
rocks. The depths within it vary from 150 to 54 fathoms, and off its
entrance are three dangers, viz., Western reef, Channel reef, and
Danger rock, which only break in heavy weather, and require great
caution to avoid. In southerly or south-westerly gales there is
generally a very heavj sea in this channel. Swiss Boy island just
open west of P^ntrance island bearing N.N.E. (northerly) leads
half a mile East of Danger rock ; Mark islet open north of Ragged
islet bearing N.E. leads three-quarters of a mile West of it, and the
same distance East of Channel reef ; and Sail rock in sight west of
Storm island bearing N.W. by W. ^ W. leads south of it and Channel
reef.

Danger rock, in the south-east part of the entrance to Middle
channel, 3^ miles W. ^ N. from cape Heale, and 2^ miles
S.W. by W. ^ W. from Ship iskt, is of small extent. There are
from 22 to 40 fathoms at a distance of 2 cables around it.

Channel reef lies near the centre of the entrance to Middle
channel, 3^ milen W. ^ S. from Ship islet, and 1^ miles W.N.W. from
Danger rock. It is about one cable in extent, and uncovers at low
water.

Western reef lies in the south-west part of the entrance to Middle
channel, 5^ miles W. J S. from Ship islet, and one mile south of the
Broken group. It is about one cable in extent, awash at low -.vater,
and should not be ai)proached within half a mile.

Entrance island, at the south-east part of Middle chi'anel, and
nearly one mile W.N.W. from Ship islet, is of small extent, and
wooded ; the tops of the trees being 350 feet above high water. It

See cluurt, No. 592.

SO 11948

•^

?.24

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. THI.

is Bteep-to and cliffy on the Routh and west aides ; a quarter of a
mile north-east of it is Loach iblet and some off-lying rocks.

Hecate passage, leading into Middle channel between entrance
island and Danger rock, is 2 miles wide, and is tha best way to
enter Middle channel in thick weather, '»r from tha southward
or eastward.

Shark pass, between Entrance and Ship islands, is two-thirds of
a mile wide, and may be used by steamers or sailing-vessels with a
fair wind.

Dodger cove. — Between Diana and King islands are two small
islands (Hains and Seppings) connected to each other by a reef.
Dodger cove, on the east side of Middle channel, is situated between
these islands and Diana islan^l, and is a narrow creek about two-
thirds of a mile long and one cable wide, with several rocks and
small islets off its entrance. It affords good shelter to coasters or
small craft at its head, where are from 2^ to 3 fathoms water, but it
should not be attempiotl by a stranger, as the entrance along the
south side of Diana island is rather intricate.

Dodger cove is frequented between January and July, especially
in bud weather, by the vessels engaged in the seal fishery.

SATELLITE PASS, 3 miles from Entrance island, lies between
Helby and Hill islands, connecting the Eastern and Middle channels.
It is about one mile long and half a mile wide ; the depths in the
middle varying from 9 to 22 fathoms, but 3 cables south of Hill
island on the north side of the pass is a shoal patch of 3^ fathoms,
marked by kelp ; Loading bluff open of the east side of Hill island
bearing N.E. by N. leads to the south-etist of this shoal. Do not
attempt to pass between Ragged island and Helby island.

If bound to Alberni canal, after having entereil Middle channel,
proceed through this pass into the Eastern channel and on to the
inlet through the latter, keeping about one or 2 cables north of
Ragged, Helby, and Wizard islands.

Village rooks, lying on the east side of Middle channel, 6 miles
from Entrance island, and one-third of a mile from the north-west
point of Robbers island, are 2 cables in extent, nearly awash at low
water, and the sea usually breaks on them in heavy weather ; they
should not be ai)proached within a quarter of a mile.

See chart, No. 692.

Chap. VIII.] BARCLAY SOUND, MIDDLE CHANNEL.

325

Chain Islands, on the east-side of Middle channel, are a chain
of small islets and rocks nearly 4 miles long in a northerly direction.
They lie parallel to the west side of Tzaartoos island, being separated
from it by a passage three-quarters of a mile wide, but filled with
rocks, and through which no vessel should attempt to pass.

Swiss-boy island, the southernmost of this group, is small and
cliffy. Bull rock, 2 cai)les West of it, is of small extent, and has lesis
than 2 fathoms on it, and breaks in bad weather.

Caution. — Do not approach the western side of Chain islands
within half a mile, except when rounding their north part.

Junction passage, at 'he north-east part of Middle channel
connecting it with Alberni canal and Eastern channel, lies north of
the Chain and Tzaartoos islands. It is 2 miles long in an easterly
direction, and about one-third of a mile wide.

On the north side of the passage is Rainy bay, about 1^ miles in
extent ; but there are several rocks and small islets within it, the
shores are rugged and broken, and the water too deep to afford
anchorage. Ecoole village is sitviated on Seddall island W. by N. } N.
from Nob point ; the wharf can only be used by very small craft.

Northward of this bay, and connected to it by a very narrow boat
pass, is Useless arm, a large sheet of water with from 9 to 20 fathoms,
not accessible to vessels.

BROKEN GROUP, which forms the boundary of Middle
channel along th« west side, is composed of a number of small
islands and rocks, covering a space upwards of 6 miles long and
4 wide. They are low and the principal ones wooded, the largest
being about one mile in extent ; there are several passages through
them, and a good anchorage (Island harbour") in their north-east
part, but as a rule no stranger should venture among them or
approach within half a mile, as the depths are irregular, and other
rocks may exist besides those known.

Redonda, the south-east island of this group, lies 4^ miles W. i, N
from Ship islet. It is small, wooded, and of a round shape ; some
rocks extend 3 cables off its south-east point, and half a mile E.N.E.
of it is a reef which covers at half-flood. Between Redonda island
and Channel reef is a passage one mile wide, with from 11) to
33 fathoms, but it should not be attempted by a stranger.

Seechttl No. 692.

386

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIII.

Vlllagre island, the largest of the group, is 1\ miles North of
Redonda, and upwards of one mile in extent ; the east side is bold
and cliffy. On its north side is a village of considerable size, where
landing may be effected in almost any weather. Off its west side
are Beveral small islets and rocks, around which is Port Efliingham,
a good and safe anchorage ; when passing into the inner basin,
which is perfectly landlocked, and has good holding ground, care
should be exercised when passing the island. There is good fresh
■water at a small stream in the inner anchorage. It is much used by
sealing schooners in preference to Dodger cove.

Coaster channel, which runs through Broken group, north of
Village island, is about 4 miles long, and from half a mile to one
mile wide, and has depths of from 10 to 24 fathoms in it ; but as
there are several rocks within it, this channel should not be attempted
by a stranger.

A sunken rock lies in Coaster channel 3 cables N.W. ^ N. from the
north end of Grassy island.

A rock, with a depth of 4 fathoms on it, lies in Coaster channel,
with Puffin islet summit bearing N.N.E. l E., distant 4 cables. A
rock, awash at low water springs, lies eastward of Owens island,
with Puffin island summit bearing N.W. by W., distant SJ cables.

Village reef, in the east part of Coaster channel, half a mile north
of Village island, is small, and 4 feet above high water.

A rock, with a depth of 7 feet on it, and marked by kelp, lies in
the entrance to the bay on the north-west side of Village island, in a
position with 40-feet rock bearing N.N.W., distant 1\ cables.

Island harbour, formed by several rocks and islands, in the
north-east part of Broken group. Puzzle and Gibraltar islands on the
north, and Mullins and Keith islands, on the west, at 5 miles from
the entrance to Middle channel, is a good, well-sheltered anchorage,
about half a mile in extent, with from 10 to 14 fathoms ; and there
are two good passages into it from Middle channel.*

Maud rock, awash, lies 1| cables S.W. by W. from the west
extreme of Mullins island, and a shoal extends E.N.E. from Marchant
island, on which there is a dei)th of 9 feet at 1^ cables from the
island.

Shoal water extends eastward from the rock (above water), charted
1| cables East of Turtle island, having a depth of 9 feet at 1^ cables
E. by S. from the rock above mentioned.

*ilS^0 pUn of Island harbour on Admiralty ohart, No. 684 ; ncaU, m = ft inchea.

Chap. VIII.] BARCLAY SOUND, 8BCHART CH ANNUL.

.^27

A cluster of rocks, which dries 2 to 3 feet, lies in the position of
the 3 fathoms, charted northward of Keith sland.

Protection island, 250 to 300 feet high, is two-thirds of a mile
long, narrow, and its coast is rugged and broken. Observation
islet, 30 feet high, and another small islet south of it, lie half a
cable from the middle of the south side of Protection island.

Elbow rocks, which cover at two-thirds flood, lie H cables N.N.K.
from Elbow island, between it and Protection island, and are steop-to
on all sides.

Pinnace rock, 3 cables East of Elbow island, almost in the fairway
of the South entrance, only breaks in heavy weather, and is dangerous.
Channel rock, in the middle of Harbour entrance, 4 cables from its
east end, is of small extent, with 9 feet on it at low water.

No one should attempt to enter this harbour without the chart,
unless thoroughly acquainted with the place ; and it should only be
entered by sailing-vessels with a fair wind.

The best anchorage is near the centre of the harbour, about 2 cables
west of the north-west end of Protection island, in from 10 to
12 fathoms, protected from the northward and from the westward
by Puzzle, Keith, and Mullins islands.

It is high water at full and change in Island harbour at noon ;
springs rise 12 feet.

Nettle island, the north-east island of Broken group, is nearly
one mile in extent, steep-to off its north side, but east and west of it
islets and rocks extend half a mile. Swale rock, at half a mile East
of the eastern point of Nettle island, is a small bare rock 8 feet above
high water, which is very conspicuous from Middle channel.

Seohart channel, north of Broken group, connects Western and
Middle channels. It is a winding channel 5 miles long, and about
half a mile wide. A rock that uncovers at low-water springs lies
2i cables S.W. f S. from Sechart village, and 1^ cables N.W. | N.
from the westernmost of the Hundred islands.

Capstan island, 3 miles from the east entrance and nearly in the
middle of this channel, is small, and the southernmost of a number
of small islands extending nearly one mile from the north shore ; a
rock lies half a cable south of it. North-westward of these islets is

£!r« chart, No. S»2.

328

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIII.

the extensive villu^e Sechart, off which a vessel may anchor a quarter
of a mile from the shore in 11 fathoms.

Eastward of Canoe island in the approach to Anderson's wharf,
rocks extend from the eastern shore of the i)aHs:ige to nearly mid-
channel. Anderson's wharf is 200 feet lon>?, and has a depth of
18 feet water at the outer end.

Northward of Sechart channel the west side of Middle cliannel is
bounded by two Narrow islands about 2 miles in lenf,'th, and separated
from the mainland by a narrow boat pass ; they should not be
a!>proached nearer than half a mile.

Bird JSletS, two small, bare, conspicuous rocks, lie almost in the
centre of the north part of Middle channel, 9 miles from the entrance ;
the southern islet is ii") feet, and the northern lU) feet above high
water ; some rocks, which cover, extend one cable northward and
westward of them.

Efflngham inlet, in the north-west part of Middle channel, is
narrow, and about 8 miles long ; its shores on both sides are high
and rocky, and there is no anchorage. A sunknn rock lies i^ cables
N.E. from the north end of Webster island, and nearly one cable
from the east shore of Ellingham inlet.

Vernon bay, one mile East of Ellingham inlet, at the head of
Middle channel, is ni)wards of one mile in extent, open to the south-
ward, and too deep to afford anchorage ; its shores are liigh and
rocky. At '^ cables S.E. from i'almer point, the south-west extreme
of Vernon bay, is Edward rock, 15 feet above high water, and 2 cables
off the eastern shore of the bay ; just within i\>f* PTi+raKea is a ytef
awash at high water.

Western channel, leading into Rarclay sound westward of
Broken group, between it and fJreat bank, is about 4 miles long, and
from one to 2 miles l)road. Sail rock, lying off the south-west part
of Hrokon group, is a bare rock like a sail, rising 100 feet above the
sea, and very conspicuous ; northward of it arr some low islets and
rocks extending from the south-west island of the group ; and on
the east side of Western channel foul ground projects in some places
half a mile off.

Black rock, at the south-west part of Western channel, 3^ miles
S.W. by W. ^ W. from Sail rock, is 10 feet above high water, and
small ; si>me rocks which break extend 2 cables east of it. Great
Bear islet, 30 feet high, lies 1^ miles N.N.E. from Black rock ; about

See chart, No. 592.

Chap. VIII.] BARCLAY SOUND, WESTERN CHANNEL.

329

• iith-

aiid

I'oine

ibk'S

A vet

of
and

tho
and

on
aces

IlilCH

and
Jreat
bout

h«lf a cable off its east end there is a rock awash. Channel rock at
tho south-east extreme of tho Groat bank, on tho west side of the
Western channel, is l.") feet above hijjh water, bare, and stee])-to on
its eastern side. From (,'hannel rock a reef extends IJ cables
N. by W., upon w Inch the sea breaks at low water.

Great bank is, within the lO-fathoms edge, 2^ miles long, and its
greatest breadth is l\ miles; on tho shoalest parts, near tho north and
Bouth-west ends, are from 3 to 4 fathoms, over which in heavy gales
tho sea breaks. Shag rock, 8 feet above high water, on the eastern
fli'le of the cliannel, 2\ miles N. J W. from Sail rock, and half a mile
T^ st of tho Broken group, is small and bare, and foul ground exists
one caljle from it.

Round island, near the middle of the north part of the channel,
',)\ miles N. by W. from Sail rock, is small, but 200 feet high.

Qowllanu, Table, and Castle islets, at the northern termina-
tion of Western channel, are small, but steep-to on their south sides.
At 2 cables N.W. of Table islet is a rock, awash at high water, and
ha.f a mile N.E. from it is a patch 3 cables in extent, with from 4 to
7 fathoms ; the best passage into Toquart harbour ai)pears to be east-
ward of these islets. A rock, which dries 9 feet, lies about three-
quarters of a cable eastward of Gowlland islet, and a rock, awash at
low water, lies one cable North from the island.

Directions. — Western channel, though ^vide, should only be
used by steam-vessels or sailing-vessels with a fair wind, and not
then unless bound to Tocjuart harbour, in the north-western part of
Barclay sound. When entering, give Sail and Black rocks a berth of
half a mile, and steer up in mid-channel, passing half a mile West of
Round island.

By keeping Castle islet well open westward of Round island,
bearing North, will lead between the reefs.

Peacock channel, through the north-west part of Broken group, is
about 3 miles long, and nearly one mile wide. A rock lies nearly in
the centre of the channel midway between Dodd and Pender islands.
It has 4 feet water on it, anil lies 4^ cables S. by W, J W. from the
south end of Pender island. Galley rock, on the east »ide of Peacock
channel, 1§ miles within the west entrance, and 2 cables west of
Puzzle island, uncovers at low water.

See chart, No. 593.

330

VAiNXOUVER iSLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIII.

Mayne bay, northward of Lyall point, is 2 miles lonj? and one
mile deep. Its HhoreH, except near the north part, are low and
Bteop-to, and there ih no anchorage except in itH south-east corner,
where there is a limited area with 14 fathoms at about 2 cables
off-Hhore.

Stopper islands, lyin>? half a mile West of Mayne bay, are about
1^ miles in extent, wooded, and 200 feet hi^'h ; the rocks extend
from 2 to 3 cables off their cast and west sides. I^arkins island liea
close off their west side ; a reef awash at high waiter extends
2\ cables N.N.W. from its north end. Richard rock, 4 cables
eastward of Stopper islands, is steep-to on the east side. Do not
pass between this rock and the islands. Hermit islet, 3 cables North
of Stopper islands, at the north-west point of David channel, is low ;
at 2 cables N.W. by W. from it is a small wooded islet, about 50 feet
high to the tops of the trees ; a rock lies close to its south-west side.

Toquart harbour, in the north-west comer of Barclay sound, is
about 1^ miles in extent, and well sheltered from all winds by
Stoi)per islands. Its shores are low and steep-to, except from the
head, where Black patch, a shoal with 9 feet on its outer part, extends
out nearly half a mile.

Image island, lying 3 cables off shore in the north-east part of the
harbour, is small, and northwest of it is an excellent anchorage in
from 11 to 12 fathoms. Pipestem inlet, extending upwards of
5 miles N.E. from Toquart harbour, has depths of 19 to 37 fathoms,
but affords no anchorage whatever ; its shores are rocky, and rise
abrui)tly to 1,000 and 2,000 feet above the sea ; at its head is a
small patch of swampy ground, with some fresh-water streams
flowing through it.

Entering Toquart harbour by David channel, after passing Lyall
point, steer well into Mayne bay, to avoid Richard rock ; when
Hermit islet comes well open of the Stopper islands, steer for the
harbour, passing midway between the Sisters and Stopper islands,
and eastward of Hermit islet ; anchor in 14 fathoms, with Image
island bearing N.E. by N., and Hermit islet S.E., or proceed further
northward and anchor in 11 or 12 fathoms.

Ship Ohannel, between the Vancouver coast and Great bank,
southward of Forbes island, leads into the Ucluelet arm, and is
4 miles long N.N.E. and S.S.W., two-thirds of a mile broad in its
narrowest part. Double island, at its south-east part, is of small

See chart, No. 692.

Chap. VIII.] UARCLAY SOUND, UCLUKLBT ARM.

331

oxtont, Bteep-to on the wt'Ht side, but from tho Houth and oast sides
foul ground extrndn upwards of half a nuie. Kulp islot, 6 cables
N.W. of Doul^le island, on tho opposite tsidu of tho chaunel, is low
and bare ; kelp extends 2 cables South of it.

Ugrly channel, eastward of shelter islands, is bounded on both
sides by rocks and reefs, and, though probably deep, it has not been
Burticiently examined to recommend its being used by a stranger.
Starlight reefs, at its south-east part, are a cluster of rocks about
7 cables in extent, some above high water; in bad weather the sea
breaks heavily over them. Look-out island, on the west side of
Ugly channel, is well wooded, of small extent, and about l.'iO feet
high ; at 3 cables South of it is Humphries reef, a patch of recks
2 cables in extent, and G cables North of it lies a bare rock 6 feet
above high water,

UOLXJELET ARM, just within tho south-west part of Barclay
sound, extends 5^ miles N.W. by W. Its south shore is low, and the
northern shore rises gradually to a flat-top range of considerable
height, the south-east shoulder of which, mount Ozzard, 2,270 high,
is conspicuous from the south-east.

The depths in this arm vary from 4 to 8 fathoms, and there is
secure and well-sheltereil anchorage between Sutton rock and Channel
island. Care should be taken when entering this arm, as there are
several sunken rocks near the shore.

There are stores and post oflice at Ucluelet.

Shelter islands, upwards of half a mile S.K. of the entrance, are
small islets and rocks about one mile long and 3 cables wide, which
completely shelter the arm from the sea. Centre reef, 3 cables west-
wanl of their northern part, is of small extent, and about 3 feei, above
high water. Aljjha passage, between Centre reef and Shelter islands,
is 2 cables wide at its narrowest part, with depths of from 11 to
14 fathoms. There is, however, sjiid to be a sunken rock in this
passage, and it should, therefore, not be used.

Carolina channel, westward of Centre reef, appears to be the best
for a stranger to use if entering the Ucluelet arm from seaward, but
in heavy weather, when there is a long swell from seaward rolling in
the entrance often appears to be an unbroken line of surf.

A small pinnacle rock, with a depth of 6 feet on it, with 4^ to
5 fathoms between it and the shore, and G^ fathoms close eastward,
marked by seaweed but not kelp, lies nearly half a cable from the

See ohut, No. b'i'i.

332

VANCOUVBR ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIII.

Bouthorn entrance point intu Stewart bay, with Native islet bearin/sf
N.W. ^ W., distant 4J cables.

A rock, with a (l«'pth of .') f<'<»t on it, and 3.1 fathoms close to on its
northern Hide, lies with Nutive islet bearing N.N.W. I W., distant
4J cables.

A rocky patch, marked by kelp, with a depth of 5 fathoms on it,
is situated with Ampiiit^ite point bearing \V. g S,, distant IJJ cables.

A rocky patch, marked by kelp, with a deptli of 1^ fathoms on it,
is hituatod with islet (.W ft.) on south-west side of Round island
bearing W. J S., distant 1| cables.

A rock, which dries 2 to 3 feet, with 4 fathoms close-to on its
nrrthern side, lies about half a cable from the northern coast of
Ronnd island, with Native islet bearing N.W. J N., distant 5J cables.

Stewart bay, on the north side, half a mile within the entrance, is
2 cables deep, and half a milo wide. In its centre is a rock awash
at high water, and the bay is too shallow to afford anchorage except
to a coaster ; there is a nativt) village of considerable size in its west
l)art, off which some small rocks extend about half a cable.

A rock, with '2] fathoms on it, lies with wharf in bay (m south side
of entrance bearing S. g W., distant 3 cables ; and Native islet
N.W. I W.

A rock, with 3 feet water, marked by kelp and eel grass, lies nearly
three-quarters of a cable off the first point north-west of the Indian
village abreast Leading \unni There are 2 J fathoms close around,
and the depth increases (piickly to 7 fathoms in the fairway.

Channel Islet, in the middle of the arm about 2 miles within
the entrance, and one mile past Leading point, is small. There is a
cleur passage north of the islet with 7 fathoms, but only 2 fathoms
on its south side ; at 2 cables N.W. Ijy W. from the islet lies a small
rock abov«^ high water, steep-to on all sides, except the south-east,
from wliioli a sluial with 2^ fathoms water ext«'ndrt one cable. To
tiie westward of Channel islet the arm beeomes wider, allording good
anchorage in 4 to 7 fathoms, over a space one mile long and
half a mile wide.

Sutton rook consists of two rocks, each of small extent, lying
93 yards apart in a N.W. ^ W. and S.K. I K. directicm. The southern
rock, '.\ cables S.E. by E. J E. from Channel island, has 7 feet on it,
the northern one lu feet. A spar buoy coloured red «nd black in
horizontal stripes is moored on the shoalust of the rocks.

Se/i ohart, No. 5>3.

Chap. VIII.] UCLUELBT AIIM.— CLATOQUOT SOUND.

333

llllTU

oil itj
■k iu

A little more than one cable N.E. of Sutton rock, and 30 feet from
low water mark, is a narrow rocky lodge 40 feet in length, which
dries 2 feet.

Direotions. — Several chaniieln lead into Ucluelet arm, with
apparently deep water through them, but there are ho nnny ' .oks
and dangers in their vicinity that great vigilance is recommended,
and it wouhl hardly be advisable to enter without a pilot ; should it,
however, be necessary to do so, steer for Amphitrite pomt, and when
about 2 cables from it, proceed eastward through the Carolina
channel, keeping about 2 cables off its west shore to avoid Centre
reef. Pass Round island, distant one cable, and steer W.N. W. up the
arm, keojjing well over to the south shore ; pass Leading point within
half a cable to avoid the rocks abreast of it on tiie north side, and
anchor midway between "^utton rock and Channel islet, in 6 to
9 fathoms ; or proceed further westward, where a more extended
anchorage will l)e found, taking care to pass north of Channel islet.

WRECK BAY, I miles westward of Amphitrite point, is nearly
3 miles wide, and ono mile deep, with the small islet Horencia in
the centre ; there are several rocks in the bay, and it is totally unlit
for anchorage.*

Long bay, H miles westward of Amphitrite point, is 7 miles wide
and upwards of one mile deep, with from 8 to 11 fathoms between
the entrance points ; there are several rocks in it, and no vessel
should anclKtr here ; at its H<uith-eaHt point, just within the reefs,
good shelter for boats will be found in all weathers. Schooner cove,
in the north-west part of the bay, is of small extent, with 2 fathoms
water ; it would afforil good shelter to a coaster or small vessel.
Portland point, the north-west extreme of Long l)ay, is high and
abrupt, with some small rocks and islets around it, at a distance of
half a mile. Gowlland rocks, 1^ miles W.S.W. from Portland point,
•xrv of small extent, bare, and from 10 to 1') feet above high water;
they should not be api)roached nearer than ono mile.

Caution. — When navigating between Barclay, and Clayoquot
sounds, do not approach tha shore within 2 miles.

CLAYOQUOT SOUND comprises a number of inlets, covering
an area 30 miles long, and 10 broad. The entrance to it is fringed
by numerous dangerous rocks, which require caution to avoid ;

* Ste Admiralty ohart :~Syduoy inlet to Natiukt, No. 684 ; scale, m a 0*6 uf iaob.

334

VANCOUVRn TSMND, WB8T COAST. [Chap. VIII.

it lies between Cox and Sliarp points, bearing? from each other
W. by N. } N., and E. by S. J H., diHtant 21 miloH.

There are Hovoral channels into the iiuu'r watern of thin sound, bnt
with the exception of Ship channel tlu-y Hhould not be attempted by
a Btnmper.

Tides. — It is hij,'h wat^T, full and chan^f, in Clayo(iuot sound at
noon, the rise and fall bi'injf about 12 feet.

Cox point, at the south-east extreme of ('hiyo(juot sound, is
rocky, and Var;j;a.M cone, a remarkable summit, •ilJ2 feet hiK'h, rises
just within the point, and is very conspicmms from the westwarL

Tomplar channel is a winding i>aB8a^'e al)out t miles long in a
N.N.W. direction, with an avorago breadth of half a mile. The
soundings vary from S to 10 fathoms in its entmnce, to 3J fathoms in
its shoaleat part near the north end, and a shoal bank lies in Uio
middle abreast Wakennenish island ; in hea%y v/catlier thesea breaks
across the channt-1. No vessel dniwing more than 12 feet should
attempt to enter the sound by this cluumol, and not even then
without a pilot, as it is very intricate, and no directions can be given.
False bay, just northward of Cox point, is about half a mil*' in extent,
open to the south-west, and unfit for anchorage ; its shore are low
and sandy.

Wakennenish island, on the west siile of tlu* channel, one mile
from Lennard iidand, is about 2(H) feet high ; at its south point is
K cha diets, a large Indian village, generally occupied by the natives
during the summer fishing season.

Htnbbs island, 2 cables west of Round island, lias a snnd bank
extending one mile northward of it, the extrem*- of which is marked
by a black can buoy.

Broken channel, betwein Wakennenish and Vargas islands,
westward of the former, is upwards of 2 miles long, and half a mile
wide in it.s narrowest part, with from (' to If) fathoms water ; several
rocks lie oir i*s entraiic*', and on both sides; the tidal strL^anis run
through from 2 to 5 knots, and no one should use it without a pilot.

McKay reof, lying off the ontrance, 4 miles W. by N. from Cox
point, is of Hinall extent, 5 to HI feet above high water, and the seu
generally breaks heavily over it. Passage rock, which covers at high
water, lies two-thirds of a mile North of McKay reef.

Vai*B:as island, on the west side of Broken channel, is 1^ niile«
long, and 4,^ miles wide at its broadest part, 'md its snrface is low

See ohMTt, No. D84.

Chap. VIII.] CLAYOgUOT SOUND, SHIP CHANNEL.

335

ami umluliUiiiK ; "'^ ♦'»« ea.st(>ni side near the middle \h Kelwmart. a
native villaj?*'. Hhiiulcn iHhmd, wi'stward of 0|)on bay, in oi Hmall
sizo ; numnDUB rccfn aru Hcatterud about tliis locality.

SHIP CHANNEL, wentwanl ol" Var',aH island, between it and a
nuiiibfr of small islands and rocks, is the only passa^'e into
Cliiyo(|Uot sound which should b»» attempted by a stran^'T, it is
5 miles lon^,' and from three-quarters to 1.) miles wide. The ilepthB
in the south part vary from 20 to'2'.l fathoms, decreanini,' to r)|j fatluuus
in tht^ shoalest part near tlu^ north end ; the tidal streams set throu^'h
it at from one to 2 knots. Hare island is small, 40 feet high in the
centre, and forms a jjood mark for identifying Ship channel ; a rock
on whi<'h the spa breaks lies f) caldes K. by H. from it ; also, a rock on
which the uea breaks lies about half a mile W. by S. f^(^m the
summit of iian- island.

Plover reeft, on the eastern Bide of the channel half a mile
N.W. froni Jlare island, are of Ciinsiderable <fxt«nt, stretching one
mile from the western side of Hlunden island ; some parts are (5 feet
above high water, and there are f) fathoms at 2 cables West of th**m.

Sea Otter rook, 2 milts W. by N. fnwn Hare islet, ia very
small, ♦') feet above high wal<'r, and Uiere are .'> fatlntniB doso-tu, oil"
its cast side. A rock upon which the sea breaks lies about a tjuarter
of a inile eastward <»f Sea Otter rock. Shark reefp, some of which
cov-'er, others (5 and Id feet above high water, lie 2 miles N.I5. ij N.
from St i Otter roik ; they are about 3 cables in <*xtent, and should
net be a >proaclu'd nearer thiiii 2 cables on their Bouth and east Hides.
Lawrencj islands, on the west side, 2^ miles from Sea Otter rock,
are Kiv.uii, low, and wooded ; but steep-to on the eaut side.

Bartlett Island, half a mile westward of Lawrence islands, in
low and \s()od«^d ; it,< shores are much broken, and a number of rocks
t'xtetid for a (juarler to half a mile on all sides of it, and the island
should not bo appn .ichetl within the latter distance. Twin islets,
4 miles from S««i Otter rock, are low, but wooded, and connected at
low water ; kelp extends one cable South of them.

Heoate passaj-re, north-east of and connecting Ship channel
with the inner watern of ('layo(|Uot sound, Ib 'A miles long and
upwards of one mile wiile ; there are several rocks on both itH
shores. an<l a sand bank iu its centre, but to the southward of the
bank along the north coast of Vargatt is ti clear paHsage with nut lesH
than .'>^ fathoms.

men cluMrt, No. fttt4.

■^5HHI

336

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. VIII.

■ i

i I

Half-tide rock, 2 cables from Varpas iHJand, is of small extent,
and covers at half flood. Hobbs isltst open West of Burffess islet
bearinj,' S. by W. } W. leads 2 cables West of it : and the Twins in
line with the north-west Whaler island bearing W. by S. leada
2 cables north of it, and sonth of North bank.

Oat-face mountains, fronting Ship channel, are a remarkable
flftt-toj) range i\,'Mi) feet high, with some patchtts of clilf and whitG
bare rock in about the middle of their south siile. They are v»'ry
conspicuous from seaward.

Ahousat village with stores and post office is now moved to Flores
island half a mile north of Base point.

Deep pass, between two islands at the north-oast part of Hecate
passage, is about 3 cables limg and 1^ cables wide, with 9 fathoms
water, and is the best channel leading fr«»m IltK-ate passage into the
inner waters. The tidal streams sot at the rate of frouj 2 to IJ knots
through it.

Hecate bay, 2 miles North from Deep pass, on the west shore, ia
6 cables wide and 3 caliles deep, with from D to 10 fathoms; it is
one of the best anchorages within the sound, being easy of access
and well sholten-d. There is a stream of fresh water in the middle
of the bay, very convenient for watering.

Cypress bay, 4 miles North from Deep pass, is nearly 2 miles in
extent, with from 12 to 2(5 fathoms over it. On the east and west
sides the shores are low, but are high on the north. Mussel rock
lies 1 cables olT the east shore <»f the bay jmuJ half a mile N.N.W. jj W.
from tlio east extreme. It is of small extent, and covers at threo-
quarlors flood. Calm creek, in the norih-eaKt i>iu't of Cypress bay, is
6 cablet, long in the same direction, with from 4 to l) fatiioms, l)ut
the entrance to it being narrow, with only 2 faihoms water, it is
unelesB for anchorage, except to small craft.

Thero is good anchorage in Cypress bay in 12 fathoms near Its
north part, at half a mile from the shore ; and though it is open to
the southward, no sea rifles.

Meares Island, within the eastern part of Clayoquot sound, is
6 miles in extent in a iu)rtherly and 7 miles in an easterly direction.
The coast, except on the north side, is high and rugged, and thero

Stt chart, No. 684,

ciiiip. \ni.] (LAVtM^i'oT s')i\i>. MKhWKM, soi\ii. ;5;;7

;iif riovfi-al iiii>iiiit.\inK on th«> ea«t aiitl wcHt nidcH npwanlH of
'?,(MH» fVet !il)(»ve tin- h«^ii ; one on tlic hittor «ii|«', nann'(l I,(»iif I'nii*',
an isolated couioal m'«nntain, in 2,;52r) feet liijrh,nn(l vt-ry conHiucuous
from Hi-avvanl near the eiiiranct of Sliip channol. |)iHa))|)ointiaent
inl«'t runs nearly through iho inlanil from tin- south side to north,
and then- are swveral other hichtnand l),iyK. < "|jiyo»|iiot settlement is
on the ^oiiih-wesl extreme of the islMtei.

Deception channel, n eomiuuation of Mn»ken ehaiiii'. !, Iietween
Meart-s anil N'argas islandb, is ahont !> miles lon^ north ami south,
and half a mile w ide, with irri>;,Milar depths of from .'• u> '.Ml fathoms.

There are several rocks in its north-wehi |»;>rt : and a larp- sand-
Itank. whieli partly dries at low water, extends from Var(;as island
.ilonj,' its west side for in'iirly 2 miles, redueini.'' the deep part of the
pasHaife to aluiut '.\ euldes. The tidal streatn setH at from 2 to T) knots
throu^'h this ehaiiMel, and a stranv,'er should not attempt its navi^'a-
fion. Local steam-vessels and those havinw loeal knowledjre use it,
keejiiny close alonfj the north sliort .

Ritchie buy, on the north-west side of Meares island, 2 miles
easiwaid of Deep pass, is one mile wide, half a mile deep, ami all'ordH
anchora^;!' in .')!, to III fathoms at 2 ciiMes ofV its eastern sitle. 'I'lie
shores of the l)ay iire rocky. Yellow hank, which lies almost athwart
the entrance of this hay, is about ihree-t^uarters of a 'iiile in extent,
and has '.\ feel on the sho.ihfst part.

If wishing' to anchor in Ijitchie ha>, and oomiii)? from Deep pass,
proi red eaHtwanl to pass altout ono oalile North of Kohert point, and
keeping the s{im« distance oil' the .south siiore, steer into the bay,
anchoring in •'» '»'■ 7 fathoms about 2 cables from it^ east side, with
the exirenies l>earin>/ North and S.W. ^ W. : enterin^^' from the
norlhwanl, steer n)iil\vay hetweeii Sar.innc island and tlie n»»rtii
point of the l»uy.

Bedwell sound, the entrance to whicli is l.J, miles Kast from
Cypress Iki\ , is 1 miles l«>n>.' and one mile broad till within 2 miles
iif Its head, wln-n ii lonlnici* to ;{ caliles : the shores are Id^'h and
ruu'tred. risinu on tlie east -nle to sharp ja^r^ed penks from 2,()(Ht to
l.-ltKM'cel above the sea. At its head is a small patch nf low swiunpy
land, and :i valley fr»»«ii which Hear river, a stream <if ( onHiii-rable
si/e, tbiWN into the ii«»nnd The depths in the sound vary froiK 3o to
4r> fathoms, and there is im ancliorajre whatever within it.

N'f oliari. No. ."'St

80 IIIHs

;i;$s

VANCOrVHR iSI.AVn. WKST COAST. [fhap. VIII.

I .

.'1

Race narrows, t-aHt of M«Ml\vt*ll houiuI, an* li niih'H long, and al)ont
2 cal)h's wide in tho narrowfst part ; the tidal HtrramB s«'t throngh
lh«'rn at 3 to 4 knotn, the flood from tlic wM'Htward, and iImtc arc

10 fatlioiiiH in tilt' Hlio!ii«>Ht part of mid-fliannt-l. Hijiplf inh'tH, off
the caHt t'lilranoc to Riicc narrows, arc al>ont 'J(> fed hitrh, Hrnali and
covered with IhihIh'S ; there are Hoinc strong' tid(> ripK around thcni.

Warn bay, to the cawtwanl of Haec narntws and one mile from
the north-ciiKt part of Mcarew inland, is upwards of 'i miles Jonj,', and
about tliree-»|uartcrs of a mile wide; the shores on liftth sides arc
hlifh, hut h»\\ at the liead, from whence issue several streams, and a
sand-bank dries out upwards of oiu- cable. The depths in the buy
arc irre^'ular, varying' from .'!• lo S lathoms, l)ut a vessel may anchor
about ;» cables off shore nciir the west side of the hea<l of the bay in

11 to |('i fathoms.

Fortune channel, between the cast side of Mcares island and
the nniin, is 't miles long, north and south, and varies in breadth
from !5 cables to I } miles ; its slmres arc high, aiid there are sevenil
ofl-lying rocks (»n its west side near the mithlle. '{'he east shore of
the channel from Warn bay to Deception pass is rocky, and indented
liy several small bays which afford n«» aiuhoiage.

Mosquito harbour, on the east Hide of Mt'ares island, iH mirrow,
and about 2 miles long; there are several rocks and Hinall islets otf
its entraiu'c, but it affords good anchorage insidt' in from 4 to
7 fathoms; the entrance is 1,', calilcs wide, with 11 f'atlioms, ami tlie
harbour is easily entered by a steamer.

Ilankin rock lies 'i.'t cai)lcs south-west of I'lover ]ioint, ami in the
tmck of vessels entering Mosquito harliour : it is marked by ki-lp,
and there arc '2',\ fatiiouis midway between it and the point.

Wood islan<ls, in ilic middle df the enti",incc. nearly half a mile
west of l'ln\cr point, are small, and some rocks lie a short distance
of!" their south jtart, iiut there is a char |iassai;i' intu the hnrbour on
iiotii sides «d (hem, with 7 fathoms water.

lUackbeiiy islets, in the centre of the harbour ;iml three-iiuarters
of a mile from the entrance, are small, but steep-to. there being
I fathoms within om* ruble of them.

When entering Mos(|uito harboiii-, rouml I'lover point one cable
distant to avoid the Ilankin rock, and keep nnilway between WocmI
inhuulH and the east shore, anchoring in alxnit 7 fathoms, oue-thinl

.Sit chart. .No. i'lSl

'ii

III

('||ji|i. VlfJ.] ( l,.iV<H/lOT sol'NIi. imnWMNi; I'.v^sAfSK.

;»:'.'.•

in th«-
•y kflp,

nart»Ts
liciuK

of a mile Month of tlio ISI:u-kh«-rry inJi'tH ; a vt*HK«'l may **y\Wv wrKtwanl
of (hi' Wood ishnuls l>y k<-«>|iin(f midway hftwt'cn th.'in and the Hhon-.

Deception pass, at the south extntmu of Fortuuf chnnnt'l and
coiuH'ctinj,' it witli Tdino inlot and llrownin^; passa^i", in a winding
channt'l al)i)Ut 1), niih-s lonj,' and 2 cahh'H wiile ; tin' dcjithrt vary
from ](• to '.'(• radioniH, and th»' tidal strt'aiuH wt witli r(»nHid«'ral»lt'
sin'n>.'ih lhri»ni,'h ii. On \tn wi'st sido i-^ a narrow treck lialf a milo
lon^ wit'i from S to '.> fatliomx, and in (hr middle of tin- pass i^ a
small iHlci.

Totlno inlet, in ih«' t-aMteni part <d' ('layo(|ii(it sound, is altoul
l<l milfH loni;. and varies in hrcadth from a half to 1[, miles; tin
shores are hlirh ami rocky, indented on the west wide l»y s(»me lar)^e
creeks. The depths vary from 22 to I'lS fathoms, and tiiere is no
anchorau'e, exci'pt near the entrance on the west side.

Island cove, lialf a mile West of Warn island, is of small extent,
with from H to jO fat hoi:. s in the middle, and com|i|fiely landlocked;
a small island lies ofV the eniraiice, with a clear passaire one rahle
wide on either side of it into the c«tve.

(lunner harliour. on the wi-st side of the inlei, just north of Warn
island, is 1), miles lon^'. hut narrow : a small islel lies in its centre,
alioul half a mile north of the entrance, and hetween them a vesHe]
may find ptod anchoi-.ip- in ahoin Id fathoms : the harbour ItecomuH
shoal towards the head.

Tmnquil creek, on the west side of the inlet \\ miles north from
Warn island, in narrow, and npwanlsof one milelon^' ; its shores are
liiirh and rocky, and the creek is too deep for iinchoraj;e.

hetween Trauiiuil creek ami Warii idaml, alonj; the west shore. are
several small rocky islets, e (tending from "i to ;{ lahles oM

Deer treek, one mile lont; and a t|uarter of a mile hroad. has an
inconvenient dcpili for anchoratre, there licin^' from '2'i to 'J'.t fathoms
inside it.

Browning: passage, ^'n the south siile of Meares island,
connecting' Totino inlet with Templar channel, is .'> miles lon^' in a
westerly direction, and less than hall a mile hroad. lis east end is
only \\ t-aliles wi<le, unti off the west entrance there are several
rocks, and no stran^'er, except with a sinull vessel, should attempt it.
The dc|tths in it vary from I to 12 fathoms, and the tidal streams set
through at a rate of 2 to i Koois, the liooil siieani froiii tin westward.

.V/ chnrt. .Vn. -tM.

SO ntf4M

:'.l<>

VAN'<'orvKH isi,\Ni>. wvm'V coast. [("nnj* vni.

A ntok, witi) ii (In))tli of S f»M>( on ii. 1.^ to '» fatlioinH to ilu' north-
ward, and 2 to 4 fathi»mH to tin- Hoiithward. is Hiiuiitcd noftliward of
tho JHh'ts itt tlu' ciiHtorn end of Mrownin;; piisHa</f. 'V\w fairway is on

tho northern sid<' of llic i k, and cairit's a dt'|itli nf .'» fallioinH. A

r«'d spar ])tioy marks tin' rock.

Tho jiassii^'c southward of th»^ ish>ts it is n'cotnnifndcd in profcr-
«>noo to tliat lo thi' noriliwanl.

North Channol, lo ilic westward u\ ship tiianii'l, and scparaifd
from it i)V a niiiniifr <d' ^uiali islands and rocl\S, iios aloiiK (hf soiilh-
«-asl sldi- of Khtrt's ishind in a nortii-t^aHlfrix dii-fcpon. It is t inih-s
ioii^r, half a iniif widf in tht- narrowest part, and tho dt-pths in it
vary from 7 to 17 fathoms : hotli sid«-s of tlic (diainirl ari* Itordt-riMJ
liy itmiiiiifraldr rocks, ami a stranj^cr is not i-'cointncndcd to use it,
as it has not iiccn clostdy cxainiiicd ; tln> sea ^'ciiffally iir»'al<s iica\ ily
alon^r Itoth sides of its outer part.

FlorOS island, in ilie w. -stern part of ( 'layiMjiKr, sound, iietweeii
North channel and Sydney inlet, is m-arly 7 miles in extent : it Is
low on the south anil east sides, lull hiudi mi the north and west,
riHinj; in some places to ;'.IMII> feet : the shores are riiL'ired and
hroken. and there are several oll-lyiny ro-ks aloinr its south and west
sides ; as a rule its <uiter part <lu>uld not lie appi-oaeiied iH'arer than
2 miles.

North arm, hetween tlie i-ast sides of Klorcs island and the main,
is altoui S miles hui^j in a S.K. by S. direction, and nearly one mile
hroiid. Its western shores are hiyli, Imt decreas.s gradually tn the
southward: the depths arc very i,'reat in llic north pari,liut tiny shoal
rapidly to the southward, win ir a xcssi-l uia.\ amhor in from
.'> to S fathoms ahrcasi Uasi- )toini.

Matilda creek, on the west side of Nnith arm. ahreasi the eiilran

oiij,' III a S..S.

to Ilerhert arm, is I [ miles I

with from Id to 'i."» fathoms. Inn iis'Ichs as an amdiori

Cl'

dircctiiui. \er\ narrow.

Herbert arm, ihe entrance to which is on ihe east side <»f Nuitli
arm, alioiil ".' miles fnuii ihesuuili eiiiranet nl the lattei, is',' miles
lon^r, in a iioiilierlv directiuu, an 1 its a\erai>e l>readth is about
one mile. The shores art; mounlainous, and iiMieh broken,

Mawiieii li.iy. on the south side of entrance to lierliert arm, ami
ahoul 1.1, miles S.K. of Cone island, is of small extent, and all'ords
aiudntraue in l.'» fathoms, near the centre; eiuer it in mid-channel.

White Pine OOVe, on the east sid»'of Herbert arm. nearly 15 miles
Ifom the entrance, is small, with a bank extenilinu from the head ;

.Viv ohftri. .Nil. '.iM.

('Ii;i|t. VIU.] CI.AVogl «»T S(HM). SVhVKY IM.KT,

:ui

lllillll,

t' mile

to tlic

■\ sliual

fniMi

N'nltll

iiiilfs

illiollt

II, nii<l
itlDrds
iiii>l.

miles
li«'ilil ;

a small vi'hh«*I iiiiiy aiicliMr cluHr to the ft\m- nf this hunk in ulioui
|l> t'atlioMiH: caiv, Imwovt'i*, slioiijil Ih- taken to avnid a shoal of
',\ fatlmnis Ivin^' uliuoHt in niiil-chanin-i, at alimit 7 i*ul)lfs from the
ht'iui i>\ tilt! (oxo.

Directions. —Kntrriny^ (Mayoiputt sc.un.l l»y Ship chiuuu'l (which

latter w ill casilv In- i o;,'iiisci| liy Maff island, St-a Otter foek, and a

I'einai'kahle ^iiininit inland, the Lunu cone*), i-nund either liaru
island or S.a Otter rnek at the disianee ot" half a mile, and siver up
the ehaniiel with the south point of Lawrence island and the Twins
islets in line with the iiorih siimmii of the ('at-fac«> mountains
bearin)^' N.N'.K." Keep the ahove-mentionetl mark on till within
half a mile of the Shark reefs, when liani more to the eastward for
the West extreme of N'ar^'as island, which tnay he rounded at a
distance of '.\ cables. If jioinj; on through llecaic pas «i),'e (^pa^'c '.VXt)
itUo Hecate hay, to clear Malf-tide i<ick keep ilohhs islet open \v«8t
of Ittir^'est) ish't l)t>arin^ S. by W. j \V. until the Twins coiuo in line
with the west Whaler island hearinjr W . by S.. \vh**n steor up the
passage with that mark on astern, which will hiid north of lialf-tidu
rock and south of the North hank. When past the latter, steer
lhroiif,'h Deep pass, and aiu'hor in Hecate hay mid\fay Ix-tween its
entrance points in !• or l<t fathoms.

During' heavy south-westerly ;.'ide.s iIh- st-a is siid to break rij,'ht
across Ship channel, between hawrence and Hobbs islamlK.

Caution. — .\lthou;,'h there aif >everal apparently deep channels

itito ('layo<|iiol soninl, they arc. with tl xception of Ship( hannel, so

tortuous and filled with roeks, that n;> stranger should attempt to
enter b,\ any except the latter, and not b\ it unless h.ivin;.' the latest
.\i|inii*alt\ chart of the .Kound if the weather be clear, it will lie
easy to '•eco;,'nise Ship channel, bin if in doubt, there will he littl«f
ditliciilty found iti proeiirin;; a native oil' the entrance of siinicient
intelli^'ence to pilot a \esstd in.

Intendiiii; to navitrate the inner u ai<rs of tin >oinid. which can
only bo done by a steamer or small craft, (be cliari will be found the
bcHt jruide.

SYDNEY INLET, westward <.f ClaviMmot sound, is 1(» niiles
lonj,' in a N.N.W. dir»'ctioii. an<l varies in breatltli from a half to
one mile. Its entrance is 'M, miles X.W. by N. from Uafael point,
between the west side of Klores island and the mainland of
Vancouver : al 4 inileR from the head are two sinall branches about

.■<" clmrl. No. .'St.
" X. Virw !• nil Ailinii'Mltr ohnri, .No, .">»«4,

VANnnVKK IHI.WK. VTKsr roAKT. [('h;i|i. VIM.

^1*^

".' iniirs ill li'iiiftli, one i-xtfiidinu' imrili ihf otluT Houth-wrst ; tln'
Hh«»ruH iirt' liiKli iukI rii>;^rfil, rirtiiiu ahniptly from iIm' hi'u lo !i,(KK>
and '.\,(HH) fi>t>(. Tlw ih-pth in iUv vuivunw in l.'i t'litlioiiiH, incr«Miriiiik'
f^rudiially tnwanlH thi' Im'uiI.

Refug'e cove, junt wrHt of sharp piiiiu, and H<>piirat«'d t'ntiii
Sydiii-y iiih't hy a luirrow pniitisiila, oxtfiids I.', inilcrt in a
N.N.W. dinclitiii, iw Inun one to :.' calilcH wide, and all'ordH j,'ood
anrliora;.;)* in t in .'» raihoniHal half a iiiili* witliiii the t-nlrancf, well
Hlicltfri'd and H)<<-iiri> froiii all winds, llloll^|| a|tparonily oprii to
Ihc K.S.K.»

Tint riitranre in narrow, and .it 2 ritltlfs iiiMid*- Sharp point and
aitoiit oiitt (■al>lu Iroiii tlio lUHlrrn Hhor*> is a rock having' only '.' fwi
on it at low wal«-r. 'I'liin lock licH Hli^'lillY raslward of the t'aii\va,\,
1)111 a f^'ood luok out is n*-«'crtsary, us it is not always inark)Ml liy ktdp.

CanOO roef, lyin^' just somh-wcst I'roin the fiitran*-*' and thri-*--
(juartffs of a inih- S.NV. I»y W. from Sharp poiut, is 'I fcul above iiip;h
water, Init stt-rp-to on tin' south and west sides.

Directions. — Knit-rin^' Uifnijf (ovf from st-awmd, l)riii>f tlm
t'litraiH-t' or Sharp point to lit-ar N.N.W. J, VV., and sl«'i'r for it, so as
to pass OIK- cahli' West of thf point : ihtn k>'*'p in mid-* haniD-l, or
rather nearer the western slmre, tit a\oid the '.* feit rotk, having
passed which keep close to the eastern shore and anchor in t,> or
.'• fathoiiiH, ahoni 7 or S cables within tin- entrance.

A sailin^j-vessel, if einliayed near this part of the ctiasi, would lind
saft'ty and shelter in lUdu^^e «"ove.

Shelter arm lu-anches otr from the east side of Sydney inlet
N.K., alon^' the north side of Klores island for ( miles, and then
N.K. hy N. for nearl\ the same <listancc, terminatiiif,' in a narrow
cr«M-k at the lieud.

The shores of Shelter arm are higli, prt-cipitous, and stee|»to ; thff
tidal Htreams run from one to *.' knots throii)r|i it, the tinod stream
from the west wanl.

Steamei- cove is the only anchnra^^e i inditVerent ) in it, just .' miles
within the entrance on the north side of l*'lorus island ; it is a small
lii^'ht w lierc a vessel may anchor in 17 to P.* fathoms, passinu on
either side of the islet at its untraii.**.

Uocky pass is narrow, alioiit 1 .-{ miles lon^, in an cast and west
direction, l)ut tilled with rocks, so that no vessel could kuI throu^'h
it; the tide runs irregularly throii^di, hut seldom exceeds 4 knots.

iSrc chHrt. No. .'isl.
Sii pinii i>( !{• lu(;<' co\o till A(liiiirnli.> elinii. No. .i'*! ; -caU-, m s= .Itiinchi-

.\u

CHAITKU IX.

WEST COAST OF VANCOUVER ISLAND, FROM
CLAYOQUOT SOUND TO CAPE SCOTT.

Vakiatiox, '2\ :'.(> K. Ill LS'.ts.

HESQUIAT HARBOUR, s milcH wt-Hiwaitl i.f th<> w.-st pun nl'
('ln\iH|iiiii siiiiiiil, is litniic'l :ii tin- Ixittnin (»!' llic l>;i\ on ilif cast diilt*
• >r Ksli'vaii poiin. It is I iiiiifs loii;^ in a N.N.W. iliiMtrtion, ami
iipwanlH of '2 iiiilfs wiiit* at tlu* (tiitraiuf, opi-iiiim out a lillli- iiiriiilt>,
liilt on Hearing the Inail ii coiiti-.icis to li-ss tliar. mih* iiiij*-. Tlir
(icptliH within the liarliniir vary fntni t tn S fatlinins, aiiti th(«r«« Ih ii
^(lod an<l Hrciir*' ancli<tra^M> in 7 or S tatlioniH at half a mile from tli«'
hi'atl."

llt'siiuiiit IK a Utrnv Imlian \illa);c, ami has a Uoiiiaii ('alhnlic
mission fslahlishnifnt. 'I'lic store is alMuil oim* iiiih- iiorthwanl ol tin-
viihiK'' "II tlif wcsd'in slioH'. TIh' am'lioi-a|i4<< nm'il liy the si-aitTs is
oil thr stoi-f, oil till- villa^'c it is too rockv.

The bar. — Aciuss lin- inliiiiio-. ImIucih IliMjiiiai liiiill ami
Ksloviin point, is a l>ar or Ii'iIri', ahoiii '.\ c-abh's witlc, with from '.\ to
') fathoms water over it, which in a urt-M ineasiin' prevents the sea
from Sill ill',' home into the hirli.tiir. Kelp jfrows more or less all
over the aiiehorau'*' in :> ileptli of '> fathoms.

Hesqulat bluff is a i«iiiarkai)le, low, wood.il point, wilii a
shin^'le heaeli ai'onml it ; a reef, which eo\ersal a i|iiart< r llooil, lies
half a mile S.W. from it.

The shores of the harlioiir are mostly low ami v.ooileil, ami within
the entraime, at a distance of *i cahU-H, eh?ar of <liiiiK<'r. On the west
Hlih' of the hay near Ksti-vaii point are several imliciitions of coal,
ami the lami is a|)parently fertile.

• Srr AMiniraliy chart :—l')H|M>riin/u In fliiviH(Ujt rMiiiiid, Nti. .'iH'.i ; miuU;. «( = (••,(
'if All iiu'li. AImi, |ilnn <<| ||rM|uiul Iiiii'Ikmii' om suih' rliurt ; xcftlc. ni = I'.'i iiiuliCK.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET {MT-3)

f/.

1.0

I.I

11.25

IfriM IIM
IJ^IIIM

1^ ^ IIIIIM

1.8

U III.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

-.i.r WEST MAIN STREET

»MEBSrEt<,N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

"^^^^

"^^ ^4^f^

)

<r ... 4l^

i/j

VAN(MH'VKH l.SliAND, WRST ("OAST.

[("ha|.. I\.

Boat basin is a suiall covh with -1 fathoms at tiio head of UeHquiat
liarboiir (»ii thi' tMst sido : thoiv in a lar^'f fresh-water stream there,
and vesselH u'av obtain wood and w.iter with great facility.

;

I [

Directions. — Hestjuiat harbour is easy of access to sailiufj-vessels,
even with a foul wind. The notch of Leading mountain in line witii
East Entrance i)oint (not Hesquiat i^luff), bearing N.X.W., leads
over the l)ar in 4.\ fathoms at low water. Knterin<,' either from
the east or west yive the outer shores of the harbour a berth of more
than half a mile, till past the bar ; anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms near
the centre of the harbour, about half a mile from its head.

In strong south or nouth-westerly gales the sea breaks heavily over
the bar, but the anchorage is ahvays safe, and landing is at all times
practicable in Boat basin.

Tides. — It is liigh water, full and change, in Hesquiat harbour at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

ESTEVAN POINT, li) miles W. :^ N. from Rafael point, is a
low, wooded and projecting point, bordered by a sandy beach, strewed
with huge boulders. A ledge extends nearly one mile oil its south-
west side. Hole in the Wall, the houth part of the point, may In-
easily known by a remarkable gap in the trees at its extreme, which
is conspicuous from the south-west.

When rounding the west part of Estevan point, it would not lie
prudent to approach the shore within 2 miles.

From this point the coast takes a N.N.W. direction for 8 miles to
Escalante point at the entrance of Nootka sound, and is low, foul
ground existing off it for some distance.

Estevan point is situated in latitude 45)^ :i'2' N., longitude
12G° 32' W.

Sunday rock lies Ij miles distant from the shore, and nearly
',\ miles W. } N. frojn Hole in the Wall, the i)ilch of the point ; within
the ledge good shelter will be found for boats in all weathers.

NOOTKA SOUND, called King (ieorge sound by the celebrated
navigator. Captain James Cook, in 1778, was of considerable political
importance in former years, is a large sheet of water upwards of

.Vr chart. No. M9.

Chap. IX.]

li.STKVAN roiNT. — NOUTKA .SOI'ND.

.'Uf)

ri miles in extent, containiuj^ several islands, and from its north side
three narrow arms [)enetrate tiic land for distances of IS, 7, and
14 miles respectively. Its entrance is 5 miles wide between Maqiiinna
and Escalante i)oints, which bear \V. by N. and E. by S. from each
other ; at the entrance the shores are low, and have several oil-lying
dangers, but inside the sound they i)ecome high, rugged, and
precipitous.*

In fine weather, tlu^ natives will be met with in canoes, in con-
siderable numbers on the banks, Hshing for halil)ut, which are
very i)lentiful along this coast.

There are four anchorages in the sounti, two of which. Friendly
cove and Plumper harbour on the east siile of Nootka island, are
small though easy of acct;ss to steam-vessels ; the formei' is one, and
the latter 7 miles within tiu' entrance : the others in the Tlupana
arm, though well sheltered, are more inconvenient, being 13 and
16 miles from the entrance.

Aspect. — From seaward the appearance of the land near the
entrance of the sound offers to the navigator many striking features
which in fine weather render it almost impossible to he mistaken ;
the low land of Kstevan and Maquinna points at the entrance, with
the breakers oH' them, the Xootka cone at the east point of Nootka
island, and if coming from the South or S.S.W., Conuma peak, a
remarkable steeple-shaped mountain, 4,8(S1» feet high (page !Ui)), is a
mo.1t conspicuous feature.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Nootka sound, at
noon, and the rise and fall is about 12 feet ; the tidal streams are
everywhere inconsiderable.

Escalante point, the eastern entrance point of the sound, is low
and rocky ; some s-nall islets, and rocks generally above high water,
extend oh' it in a westerly direction for upwards of one mile, but
they are steep-to on their outer edge. At their outer end is a rock
only uitcovering at low water.

From Escalante i)oint to Hurilwood point at the narrowest part of
entrance on the east side, the coast, which still keeps a N.N.W.
direction for 3 miles, is bordered by several otf-lying rocks, and
should not be approached within one mile until close to the latter
point.

* .Ute Admiralty pltiii :— Nooika .■iouiirl. No. l.lMf. ; i»calf. m = I'u incheii.

1'!

:u(i

VAKConVEIl ISLAND, WKST COAST.

[Cllilp. IX.

I <;

Maquiniia point, the went ('Utmnce point of the sound, is low
and wooded, and at its extreme is a remarkable burt'-topi)ed conical
rock about (50 or 70 feet hi??h ; some rocks extend 15 cables ott" it in an
easterly (' irection, aL«o alonj,' the coast from it to the tsastward nearly
as far as the entrance of Friendly cove, and the shore should not be
a])))roached near«'r than three-quarters of u mile, till near the latter
place.

Bajo reef, *! miles S.W. by W. I W. from Maijuinua point and
2f miles distant from the shore, is about '2 cables in extent, and the sea
only l)reaks on it in heavy Aveather. This reef is the only known
hidden danger outside the sound, and is dangerous to vessels
enteringjit from the westward. Yuquot point, the east extreme of
Nootka island, kept open east of Maquinna point, bearing N.E. } E.,
leads U miles south-east of it ; and Bight cone (a remarkable hill
on the south side of Nootka island) kept well open west of Bajo
point bearing N. by W., leads 1| miles west of the reef.

FRIENDLY COVE, at the east extreme of Nootka island, just
within the narrowest part of the entrance to the sound and about
2i miles north-east of Maquimia point, is al)out 2 cables in extent
and sheltered from the sea by several small rocky islets on its south-
east side. The entrance, one cable wide, is from the north-east.
The shores on both sides of the cove are rocky and about (50 feel
high on the north side, but at the head is a small space of clear,
cultivated flat land, around which in the summer the natives build
au (>xtensive village (Yuquot). There is a store at the northern
end of the village.'*

Anchoragre in Friendly cove, in from r> to fathoms, is (»f small
extent, aflording oidy room for one vessel of tnoderate size to li(^
moored in the middle, though several small ones would find shelter

Directions. — If ilesiring to anchor in Friendly cove, round
Observation islet, the east entrance point, close to, and if in a large
vessel moor with anchors S.S.W. and N.N.E., letting go the first
immediately on entering the cove. Sailing-vessels, unless with a
fair wind, would find some ditficulty in entering ; and if unable to
shoot in, it would be preferable to warp or i)roceed further up the
sound to Plumper harbour.

iVr plan of Friendly cove on Admirnliv chart. No. MMfi : scale, w = II '8 inchrs

HggjBuy

rhap. IX.] XOOTKA SOUXl). PLUMI'KH HARBOUR.

Supplies. — Fresh water in nuaixtity cannot Ije procur**! at
Frien«lly cove, or nearer than Marvinas baj' ; but fish an<I «l«-<«-r mar
generally be obtained in large quantities from the native*.

Marvinas bay. — The west shore of Nootkasoun<l from Fri«-ndly
cove trends in a X.N.W. direetion for about (1 miles to the em ranee of
the Keudrick ar:\ and Tahsis canal ; it is rocky, and near the s»>nth
l»art some islets lie parallel to it, extending for nearly 2 milt-*, distant
about '.\ cables from the short'. There are two small crvvks with
entrances too narrow for a vessel to enter : the northernmo?! of th»>m
nameil by the Spaniards BoCii del Infiei-no, lies abreast the VK^nh part
of the above-mentioned islands, and 1 } miles from Friea«lly cove.
Marvinas bay, 4 miles N.N.W. from Frientlly cove, on the ea<i side
of Xootka island, is of small extent and open to the souihwarvl ; it
only atFords anchorage to a coaster.

Water. — There are large fresh-water streams at the head ♦>f
Marvinas bay, and just south of it, convenient for watering.

Kendrick arm, at the west end of Xootka sound l»etw«-fn N»»>iki>.
and Narrow islands, is about .') miles long in a uunh-wo^^ifriy
direction, and half a mile wide, connected at the north part by a
luirrow boat pass to the Tahsis canal ; on the west side, 2 mil«? fri>m
itj5 south i«rt, is Plumper harbour, easy of access, and well «h<elier»>l.
Northward of this harbour the shores of the arm on V^oih <idt* aiv
rocky, terminating in two narrow creeks at the head, u»el<t-»ss. for
purposes of navigation.

PLUMPER HARBOUR, on the west side of Kemlrick arm,
and G miles from Friendly cove, ifa a small bay indenting the east
side of Nootka island, about .'5 cables in extent and affnrJiniir gooil
anchorage in 12 fathoms. It is protected on the east side by two
small wooded islets from 'M) to 40 feet high ; on the west side the
shore is rather swampy, and there are several fresh-wau-r streams.

Anchoragre. — Tiiere is a clear i)assage into the harlxiur between
the two islets, or to the northward of the north one, which may !)e
rounded at the distance of one cable, and there is mo'ii for a vessel
to lie at single anchor inside ; it is the best anchonig.^ in the sound,
the only drawback being its distance from the entrance.

Tahsis canal, the entrance to which is at the north-we#t |«r4 of
Nootka sound, about 6 miles from Friendly cove, is a long narrow

.*vv chiut. Xo. l,;il(j.

1 :i;

:i48

VA^fCorVKR ISLAM), WKST COAST.

[Chaii. Ik.

arm of th*- s>««. m^irly rttraii,'lit, mid 11 miles loiifr in a X.NV. In i^.
direc-ti<tu : iht *hr>r*f!4 arf- monntaiiiout?, lot-ky, ami steej) to, auii tb^'r*'
is no am'b<>raiffitr in it. In many parts this canal is only '2 cabl^'f-
wide, but it J*t*«>m*» j^radually liruaiU'r at the lu-ad, where i^ a lar4re
stream, and aL^jia consideruMe villa^^e, to which the nativeK rewort
during' the !>aium»rr nt;a.son for salmon, which are caiij,'ht here in
^^reat plentv.

At ]<>[, miJ'e* from i:he entrance of the canal <tn the west side, and
separating lli^e n»>rth point of Nootka island from the main uf
Vancouver i>ibn'l. are the T;'.hsis narrows, one cable wide, witlj
2^} fathoms m Ae »:eutre ; they c(»nnect Esi)eranza inlet with the
Tahsis canal : nhe iLdai streams run weakly through them, the flood
from the wesatwanl.

At tljH <ntr<iiii(Cie(^lf Tahsis canal is a small island with a defir jiaBsaffe
about one eablie wfile on both sides of it.

Bligrh island. lyinsr in the centre of Nootka sound, is the lartrent
island in it. l-^ie^^ abonr 4^ miles long in a northerly direction, and
2 miles wi(le ii. ihi^ northern part ; its shores are rocky, and indented
by creeks on ih*- ■(♦•rathern side. Its south extreme is a long ir. tto-u
point about ^I mifiw* north-^-ast of the entrance to the sound, and off
its south and wetn siden are a number of islands extending uj»Avard»;
of one mile frotm it, all steep-to on their outer edges, but amonjr
which no ve*^l *h»>ald venture. The south part of the i.sland it
rather low, bai di rii.-»es in the north and west parts to l,U3n and
l,20<t feet.

Resolution c-ovur. m the aouth-east point of this island, just within
the entrance of ahe Zrieiarre channel, is only deserving of notice ah
the spot where Cai|>tdin Cook refitted his ships in Vpril 177S : it is
only a slight Wmll in che coast, with a deep and rocky b<»ttotn. an<l
inconvenient for aiii».-ht>rd£re. being also op«n to the south-west.

Junction island, lying about mid'^vay between the soutb-«asi
point of N'arrvw L:^Eand and west siile of lUigh island, is about
half a mile lonir aui*! '2'A> feet high : a small islet lies close otT it*;
north-west side anJ another on the opposite side. The channel lies
to th« west and ntrrth of .lunction island, and no vessel should
pass between th^e laiser -uid Bligh island.

Zuciarte channel, between the east shore of Nootka sound and
Bligh iHland,ii9aiiioot 't mites long in a northerly direction, and upwardt^

Vr chart. Xo. 191 n.

Chap. IX.]

NOOTKA SOCND.— TK[,UI'A\.\ ARM.

;')iy

of half a mile wi.le in tlif narrowest part; its shores are liigh, au<l
the depths within tht.- channel varying from S(^ to lOO fathoms.

Guaquina, or Muclialat arm, extends 17 miles in an E.N.E.
direction from the north-east part of Xootka sound, and varies in
breadth from a quarter to ui)ward8 of one mile. It is bouniled on
both sides by mountains from 2,<>fH» to 4,(»0() feet hiph, and presents
simihii- features to the inlets before described alont,' this coast,
terminatiii^' in low land at the head, throu;/li which a small stream
flows into the inlet : there is no anchorage whatever within this arm
except foi- coasters.

One and a half miles within the entrance is Gore island, which is
narrow, and ab(»ut 'A miles loni,', in an K.X.K. direction : thei'e
is a clear, deej) passage on i-itht-r side of it, the soutiiern one
being less thiui one cable wide at the east part, Tlie laiul rises in
the centre to 1,2<>(> feet. slo](iiig gradually to each end ; its shores are
rocky.

On ihe north side of this ai-m, 14 miles within th«' entrance, is an
extensive valley, through which flows a large stream, named the
(rold river, indications of that metal having been ilisco\ered there ;
the land in the vicinity of tiiis stream is lightly timbered and very
fertile ; a small vessel may enter it at high water.

The Muchalat Indians have a village at the mouth of Gold river.

TLUPANA ARM, the entrance to which is in the north part of
Xootka sound, is altout 7 miles long in a northerly direction, branch-
ing off at the head in two smaller arms extending to the tiorth-west
and north-east, the former about A miles, the latter 2 miles long, and
each terminating in low land. Its shores are high and rocky, and
the depths in it vary from S(l to 1U(I fathoms ; there are two anchorages
one at Deserted creek on tiie west side, and the other at Head bay.
the termination of the north-west branch.

The mountains at the north part of this arm are the highest in the
sound, many being from 4,00(J to ."),000 feet above the sea: Conuma
peak, rising 7 miles north-east from the head, is 4,889 feet high, and
of a steeple shape.

Deserted creek, on the west side of the arm 3 miles within the
entrance, is 2 miles long in a v>esterly direction and about 2 or
3 cables wide ; a vessel may anchor in 12 to 14 fathoms at one third
of a mile from its head. Island bay, a small cove on its north-east

See chart. No. I.yi6,

VAXCOT'VKU laiiANI), WKST COAST. [Chap. IX.

* ■ 1 '

Hide, just within the entranct', hiiH an islet in tlie centre, to the
westward of which is room for a vessel to anchor in 12 fathoms.

At the southern extreme of the promontory separating' the two
branches at tlie head of Tlupana arm is Perpendicular bluff, a
remarkable precipice of considerable heiiifht.

Head bay, the termination of the western branch of the Tlupana
arm, ir, nearly one mile lonp in a westerly direction, a))Out 4 cables
wide, and affords anchorafje in from M to 1(1 fathoms at the tlistance
of ;i or 4 cables from its head. .\t the entrance on the north side
are three small islets about ',) or 4 feet above hij,di water, the inner
one connected to the shore by a beach at low water ; l)etween these
islets and Perpendicular bluff is a small bay, where a vessel may
anchor in from It) to 18 fathoms.

Directions. — Entering Nootka sound from the southward, after
rounding' Kstevan point steer about N.N.W. for the entrance, which
will be easily made out by the rocks off Escalante and Maquinna
points ; keep about 2 miles off the eastern shore till })ast Escalante
point, when steer up mid-channel into the sound. If bound to
Friendly cove haul over to the west side of entrance for Yuquot
point, which may be approached within a distance of one cable, and
rounding it sharply, anchor or moor, as most convenient, in Friendly
cove in from .5 to 1^ fathoms.

If bound to Plumper harbour, after passing Yuquot point keep
about half a mile from the north-east side of Nootka island, on a
N.N.W. or N. by W, course for .5 miles to the entrance of the
Kendrick arm, when steer up the latter in mid-channtd till abreast
Plumper harbour, which may be entered by passing between Bold
and Pass islets on its east side, or going to the northward of the
former ; anchor in 11 to 12 fathoms near the centre of the harbour.

Should it be desired to anchor in any of the anchorages within the
Tlupana arm, steer as before directed till within half a mile of the
entrance to the Kendrick arm, when haul to the north-east, p?"s to
the westward of Junction and Bligh islands, and steer up the
Tlupana arm, in mid-channel, or close to on either shore. Deserted
creek and Head bay may be entered without difficulty.

Entering Nootka sound from the westward, on nearing Bajo })oint
do not approach the south shore of Nootka island within 4 miles, or
shut in Bight cone with Bajo point bearing N. by W., until Yuciuot

See chart, No. l,ni«.

Cluip. IX.] XOOTKA SOL'ND, IMRKCTIONS. ',\b\

point opt'118 eaHt of Maqiiinnii poiut bearing N.K. J E., which will
clear the IJajo reef ; a veesei may then steer for the entrance of the
sound, about N.E. by K., not ai)proachin;^' the shore betwei n
Maquinna and Yuquot points nearer than one mile, until abreast
the latter, after which proceed up the sound as before directed.

If beatinpr into Nootka sound, when standing' to tlie westward,
kecj) Yuqnot jjoint o])en east of Ma(|uinna point bearing,' N.E. ] K.,
which will keep a vessel well clear to tlie eastward of I'.ajo reef ; in
standing,' to the eastward do not approacti Kscalanti' i)oint within
U miles, nor Itrin;^ Burdwood ])oint to liear northward of X. by K.
until abreast it, when standinj,' towards Matpiinnu anil Vu(|U'tt
points on the west side, avoid brin^Mnf: the latter to bear to the
eastward of N.N.E. until abreast it.

Nootka sound is easier of access than any other place on the whole
of the t est coast of Vancouver island, the entrance bein^' nearly
'i miles wide in ihe narrowest part ; and by attendinj,' to the above
directions any sailintr-vessel may beat in or out of the sound. If,
and provided with a chart, the nifjht be clear, it may be entered
withoui .isk by bringing the entrance to bear N.N. E., and in a
steamer but little difliculty would be experienced in picking' up the
anchorages of Friendly cove and Plumper harbour.

NOOTKA ISLAND, which bounds the west side of Nootka
sound, is of considerable extent, being 1,') miles long in a northerly
and 20 miles iii a westerly direction. Its south, or outer shore is low,
rising gradually inland 1,.')00 and 2,900 feet above the sea, and has a
beautiful and fertile appearance ; it is bordered by a sandy beach
nearly the whole distance, and the sea breaks heavily along it.*

Bajo point, (J miles west from Maquinna point, is low and rocky.
A ledge named the Inner Bajo reef extends l;f miles from it in a
southerly direction; and the Bajo reef (sre page ;J4(I) lies 2| miles
S.S.E. from it.

Westward of Bajo point the coast takes a W.N.W. direction for
10 miles to Ferrer point, and is slightly indented. Bight cone, a
remarkable summit, .o40 feet high, rises 3 miles N.N.W. ^ W. from
Bajo point, and is about one mile inland.

When navigating along the south side of Nootka island west of the
Bajo reef, it would not be prudent to approach the shore within

tS<-c chart. No. M-'J.

VAN('0|TVK|{ ISLAM). W KST COAST

[Cliai.. IX.

,E'

2 niilt.'s, until near Fci-n-r iioint, ihoni,'li tlinrc an' tut known oiitlyinj,'
(langerH.

NUCHATLITZ INLET, on tlie north-west wide of Nootka
islimd, about IS miles \V. liy N. i'roin tin- cntriinco to Xootka sound,
is f'l miles lon^' in a north-eastei-ly direction, and 3 miles wide at
entrance, narrow intr towards the head ; its shon'S are hitrh and roeky,
and nniih Itroken into ei'eeks and small i»ays ; oM' the eniranee, and
wilhiii are several dan;,M'rs. The depths in the inlet vary from .'» to
17 fathon»s, and there are two i,'(»od anchoi'a},'t's, port han{,'t"ortl <)n
the north side, and Mary basin at the head ; but owinjjr to the
dangers oil" the entrance of the iiUet, ihey are both rather- dillii iilt of
accesa. * -

Caution. — None but small vessels should attempt to beat into
this inlet, as there is jfenerally a heavy sea at the entrance, and no
8tran;,'er should attem))t to enter ludess the leading,' mark is easily
distinguished.

Ferrer point, the south entrance jioint of the inlet, is low and
rocky ; thei-e is a dei)th of II fathoms at "i cal)les from ii, ami
half a mile eastward of the ])oint is North-west cone, a very remarkable
conical hill '^hO feet high, which proves a very useful guide to this
locality from the westward.

Danger rock, lying in the south part of the entrance, upwards
of one mile N.W. ^ W. from Ferrer point, is the worst danger, as it
is of very small extent, and the sea only breaks on it in heavy
weather ; it is steeji-to on all sides, there being IJ fathoms close to
it. The ])est passage into the inlet is between this rock and Ferrer
point.

Mark hill, at the head of inlet, in line witli the north part of Fitz
island, bearing N.H J, F., leads south of this rock midway between it
arid Ferrer point, and through the fairway into the inlet,

Nuchatlitz reef, in the centre of the entrance and one-third of
a mile north of Danger rock, is about three-quarters of a mile long in
an E.N.F. and W.S.W. direction, and one cable wide. The sea
generally breaks on this reef, and at its eastern extremity is a small
rock awash at high water ; there is a passage between it and Danger
>*ock, and also apparently northwaril of it, but neither should be
attempted by a stranger, as no leading marks can be given for them.

* iSei- Admiralty plan: — Esperanza ami Xiiuharlits; inlets. No, 5Ha; scale
m:=2'0 inches.

Chap. IX.]

NUCIIATLITZ INLET.

353

South reef, nearly 2 cables in extent and covering at three-
quarters flood, lies just within the entrance on the south side, one
mile N.E. by N. from Ferrer point, and about 3 cables distant from
the shore.

Mark hill, in line with the north summit of Fitz island, bearing
N.E. ^ E., leads 2 cables north of this reef.

Louie creek, just inside South reef, is shoal, and nearly one mile
in extent ; there are several rocks oil' its (entrance, and no vessel
should enter it : to the eastward of the creek the south shore of
Nuchatlitz inlet is rocky.

Fitz island, in the centre of the inlet, and 3 miles from the
entrance, is of small extent, low, rugged, and covered with a few
stunted pine trees, the tops of which are about 100 feet above the
sea. At half a mile West of it is Bar island, small and 20 feet high ;
between the rock and Fitz island foul ground exists. Hare rock, of
small extent, and 12 feet above high water, lies three-quarters of a
mile S.W. of Fitz island.

Mary basin, the termination of the inlet, is of considerable
extent, and completely landlocked by Lord island, which lies across
the inlet at the south-west i)art of the basir The depths ijisiiU; the
basin vary from 5 to 9 fathoms, and the entrance on the north side of
Lord island appears clear of danger, but it has not been sufficiently
examined to recommend its being used V)y a stranger.

Eastward of Mary basin, and connected to it by a narrow pass
50 yards wide, with from 7 to 9 athoms, is Inner basin, a sheet of
water upwards of 3 miles long in ti.: easterly direction, with from
20 to 39 fathoms, and apparently useless as an anchorage.

Port Langford, on the north side of Nuchatlitz inlet, 2 miles
within the entrance, is about 1| miles long in a north-westerly
direction, and varies in breadth from a quarter to half a mile. The
depths in it vary from 5 to 8 fathoms, and it affords a secure and
well-sheltered anchorage in about (5 fathoms, muddy bottom, at half
a mile from the head. The east shore of the port is high, rising to
Mt. Rosa 2,553 feet above high water, but the western shore is much
lower ; both are rocky.

Colwood islet, at the south-west extreme of the entrance, is
email, and bare, 20 feet high, and nearly half a mile off shore ;

See chart, No. 689.

SO 11948

354

VANCOUVETl ISLAND, WRflT COAST.

[Chap. IX.

' I I-

;!; *r

i' iM

inside it, and to tlio westward round tho nortli entrance point of
Nucliiitlitz inlet, are innumerable rockH antl small islets, among
which no vessel should venture.

Helmont point, the east entrance point into port Langford, is
two-thirds of a mile N.K. \ K. from Colwood islet ; it is low, and a
rock uncovers at one cable west of it.

Directions. — Kutering Nuchatlitz inlet from the southward
bring Ferrer point on a N. by W. bearing, and steer to pass half a
mile west of it ; and when Mark hill comes in line with the north
part of Fitz island N.E. ^ E., haul in for the entrance on that mark,
which will lead in clear of Danger rock and South reef. When
Ferrer point bears South, a vessel will be inside the rock, and may
steer N.N.E. for the entrance to port Langford ; pass midway between
Colwood islet and Belmont point, and proceed up the port in mid-
channel, anchoring in ") or 6 fathoms, at half a mile from the head.

Approaching the port from the westward, keep an oiling of 4 or
5 miles till Ferrer point bears East, when steer for it on that bearing
till the leading mark for the channel (Mark hill in line with the
north part of Fitz island N.E. § E.) comes on, when proceed as
before directed to the anchorage in port Langford.

Intending to enter Mary basin (which is not however recom-
mended), when pt'.st Ferrer point keep the leading mark on till
abreast Louie creek, then steer a little to the eastward, passing about
one cable south of Fitz island and Bare rock (south-west of it) ;
when past the former steer N.E. by E. ^ E. until the west point of
Lord island bears N. by E., which will clear the shoal extending half
a mile to the southward from Benson point, and then, on approaching
Lord island, borrow a little towards the north shore and enter Mary
basin to the westw.i.rd of the island and the small islet north-west
of it ; when abreast the latter haul more to the eastward and anchor
in from 5 to 6 fathoms near the middle of the basin.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Nuchatlitz inlet at
noon ; springs rise about 12 feet.

ESPERANZA INLET, the entrance to which lies between the
north-west side of Nootka island and the main land of Vancouver
island, 122 miles W. by N. | N. from the lighthouse on Tatoosh
island, is about 16 miles long in a winding north-easterly direction.

See chart, No. 589.

ill

Chap. IX.] NUCFIATLITZ INLKT.— KSPRRANZA INLET.

ass

with an avera^^o breadth of about one mile, narrowing: at the heafl,
and ooniiPctcd by a narrow jnisfl (TahsiH narrows) to tho Tahsis
canal in Nootka sound.*

The entrance, thou<?li wide, contains several danporH ; inside the
shores rise on both sides to mountains of consideral)le heiEfht. The
southern shore is indented by three bays of moderate extent, which,
however, afl'ord no anchoratife ; and from the northern one three arms
of considerable len<?th penetrate the Vancouver shore for several
miles in a N.X.W. direction. I'ort Kliza, in th(^ western arm, has
tho only anchorage in tho inlot.

Middle channel, the widest and best into Esperanza inlet, is
3 miles long in a northerly direction, and njjwards of one mile wide
in the narrowest i)art. Its entrance lies '.\ miles W.N.W. from
Ferrer ])oint, between Hlind reef. Needle rock, and a number of
small islets extending off the north-wesL j)oint of Nootka island on
the east, and Middle reef and Black rock on liie west ; a part of the
former is always above water.

Blind reef, at the south-east ext, .ue of the channel, :{ miles
\ Ti'. ^ W. from Ferrer point, is abcut 2 cables iu extent, and the sea
only breaks on it in bad weather; one cable Nortli of it is a small
rock, and at a distance of 2 cables from its south and west sid*. a are
depths of 13 to 19 fathoms^

Pin rock, of small extent, awash at low water, lies two-thirds of a
mile East from J51ind reef.

Needle rock, which is of small extent, lies two-thirds of a mile
North of the Blind reef, and has from 14 to lo fathoms at 2 cables
west of it.

Middle reef, at the south-west entrance point of Middle channel,
is about 3 cables long in a northerly directiim, and one cable wide.
The sea generally breaks on this reef, and at its south extreme is a
small rock 4 feet above high water ; there are from .'> to 20 fathoms
at the distance of one cable on all sides of it ; its south part lies
4 miles N.W. by W. ^ W. from Ferrer point.

lieading hill in line with Black rock bearing N. by W. leads
through, the fairway of Middle channel two-thirds of a mile west of

• iSee Admiralty plan : — Esperanza and Nuchatlitz inlets No. 589 ; scale, w=2 o
inches.

SO 11948 Z

356

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

»; I

1 i

Blind reef, one mile west of Needle rock, and half a mile east of
Middle reef.

North channel leads into Esperanza inlet west of Middle reef,
between it and the dangers off the south-east point of Catala island.
It is about ore-third of a mile wide, and upwaMs of 2 miles long.

Black rock in line with Double island bearing N. by E. ^ E.
leads in through the fairway of North channel clear of Middle
reef.

CATALA ISLAND, 5^ miles N.W. | W. from Ferrer point, on
the west side of the entrance to Esperanza inlet, is about 1| miles
long in a westerly direction, and one mile wide in its broadest part.
It is wooded and from 150 to 200 feet high, its shores are rocky, and
several dangers exist at a considerable distance off it on all sides ; its
north side is separated from the Vancouver shore by a passage half a
mile wide, named Rolling roadstead, and a vessel may find a
tolerably secure anchorage there in from 4 to 6 fathoms, though
generally a swell prevails in it.

The Twins, two small islets connected with each other at low
water, lie off the south jioint of Catala island, and foul ground
extends nearly 1^ miles south from them, terminating in Low rock
6 feet above high water.

Black rock, which lies 4 cables S.E. from the east point of
Catala, is a small bare rock 20 feet above high water ; foul ground
exists between it and Catala, and also one cable south of it ; do not
approach its eastern side nearer than 2 cables, nor attempt to pass
westward of it.

Entrance reef, about 3 cables north of the east point of Catala
island at the eastern part of Rolling roadstead, is of small extent, and
covers at half flood.

Arnold rock, half a mile north from Entrance reef, and about
2 cables distant from the opposite shore, is awash at high water ;
midway between these rocks are 6^ fathoms, and in the roadstead
from 4 to 6 fathoms. The outer rocks off the north-west part of
Catala island, open north of the low grassy point at the north side of
the latter, bearing W. by S., leads into Rolling roadstead, midway
between the Arnold rock and Entrance reef.

See chart, No. 589.

Chap. IX.]

ESPBRANZA INLET, PORT ELIZA.

357

Half a mile inshore, and overlooking the north-east part of Rolling
roadstead, is Leading hill, 1,104 feet above the sea ; it is of conical
shape, and conspicuous from the entrance to Middle channel.

Double island lies half a mile from the west shore at the inner
and narrowest part of the entrance to Esperanza inlet. It is of small
extent, and wooded ; a number of rocks exist between it and the
shore.

Flower islet, on the opposite shore, one mile E.S.E, from Double
island and half a mile from the north-west point of Nootka island,
is small and bare, and is the northernmost of the islets off Nootka
island between the entrances of Nuchatlitz and Esperanza inlets-
At 2 cables S.W. from it is a small rock 2 feet above high water.

Eastward of Elower islet the south shore of Esperanza inlet takes
a winding irregular outline to the E.N.E., is everywhere steep-to '
and rises gradually to mountains 2,000 and 3,000 feet high. There
are three bays, all too deep for anchorage ; in the western one, which
is just within the entrance, are several small islets.

Centre island, half a mile off the south shore, and about 1| miles
north-east of Flower islet, is about three-quarters of a mile long in
an east and west direction, and of moderate height ; its shores are
rocky.

Hecate channel, near the head of the inlet, is 4^ miles long in
a winding direction to the eastward, and its average breadth is about
6 cables. The western end is 8 miles from the entrance of Esperanza
inlet ; and the eastern (Tahsis narrows) is about one cable wide,
with 28 fathoms, connecting this channel with the Tahsis canal in
Nootka sound ; the shores are high and rocky.

i. I

PORT ELIZA, the entrance to which is on the north side of
Esperanza inlet, one mile north-east of Double island, is a narrow
arm 5^ miles long in a N.W. direction, its breadth varying from
2 to 4 cables ; the shores are high, and there are some rocks and
email islands in the entrance, and along the eastern shore. There is
good anchorage in from 14 to 15 fathoms at half a mile from the
head, and also in Queen's cove, which is upwards of one mile within
the entrance on the east side.

8ee chart, No. 589.

358

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST. [Chap. IX

l!iH

The head terminates in a small patch of low swampy land, through
which flow two fresh-water streams, and off it a bank dries one cable
at low water.

The passage into port Eliza is through Birthday channel, eastward
of Harbour island, and is 2 cables wide in the narrowest part.

Harbour island, in the centre of the entrance, is about 4 cables
in extent, wooded, and of moderate height. Between Harbour
island and the west shore lies False channel, which has irregular
soundings, and in its south part are two rocks which cover at half
flood.

Fairway island, on th« east side of Birthday channel, and
4 cables east from Harbour island, is of small extent, and covered
with a few stunted trees ; some rocks extend a short ilistance off
around it, the eastern ones being about (j feet above high water.

Channel reef, half a mile N.N.W. of Harbour island, in the
middle of port Eliza, is about one cable in extent, and covers at
three-quarters flood.

Queen's cove, on the east side of the port, about Ih miles from
the entrance, is 5 cables long, and 2 cables wide, but at the entrance
the width is contracted to half a cable by a small island, which at low
water is connected to the eastern side of the cove. The channel lies
to the westward of the island.*

The cove affords room for a large vessel to lie moored in the centre
in from G to 7 fathoms. Its shores are high and rocky, and it is
completely land-locked, but it is easy of access for a steamer ; a large
sailing-vessel would, however, be most likely obliged to warp in ;
there is a fresh- water stream of considerable size on the west side of
its head, very convenient for watering.

ESPINOSA ARM, the entrance to which is 2 miles north-east
of port Eliza, is 8 miles long in a N.N.W. direction, and its average
breadth is half a mile. The soundings within it are deep, and it
affords no anchorage ; at the entrance, on the west side, are some
small islets, and a rock which uncovers. This inlet presents similar
xeatures to the oiher inlets along the coast, being bounded by high,
rocky, rugged shores, and terminating in low land at the head. At
4 miles within the entrance, on the east side, is a narrow branch or

* See plan of Queen's cove on Admiralty chart, No. 689 ; scale, in= 30 inches.

Chap. IX,]

ESPERANZA INLET, DIRECTIONS.

369

low

lies

fork extending 3 miles north-east to its head, which is separated by
a narrow neck 3 cables wide from the Zeballos arm, forming a
peninsula of considerable size to the southward. The entrance to
this narrow branch is choked up with rocks.

ZEBALLOL ARM, the entrance to which lies 10 miles within
the inlet, at the west end of Hecate channel, is about 6 miles long in
a winding direction to the north-west, and about two-thirds of a milo
wide ; similar to Espinosa arm, it offers no anchorage whatever, and
is of no use to the navigator.

Directions. — A stranger entering Esperanza inlet from the south-
ward, through the Middle channel, and intending to anchor in port
Eliza, should pass Ferrer point at a distance of about 3 miles, and
keep on a northerly course till nearing the entrance to Middle
channel, when steer to bring Leading hill in line with Black rock
bearing N. by W., which will lead through the fairway, and clear of
the dangers on both sides of the channel. When the south point of
Catala island bears W.N.W., a vessel will be inside the dangers at
the entrance, and should steer about N.N.E. for the entrance to
port Eliza.

When entering the port steer through Birthday channel, passing
one cable east of Harbour island ; when past the east point of the
latter, keep about N.W. by N. for the entrance to Queen's cove, or
further over to the eastern shore, to avoid Channel reef ; when
entering the cove, pass west of the island at its entrance and moor.

If going to the head of port Eliza, keep on as before directed till
within one cable of Queen's cove, when haul sharply to the west-
ward, keeping about one cable from the east shore, till Fairway
island comes in line with the east point of Harbour island bearing
S.E. by E., when the vessel will be past Channel reef, and may steer
up the port in mid-channel, anchoring near the centre, about 4 or
5 cables from the head, in 15 or 16 fathoms.

No large sailing-vessel should attempt to enter port Eliza unless
with a steady fair wind.

Entering Esperanza inlet from the westward, keep an oflBng of
2^ or 3 miles from Catala island (if Kyuquot hill be made out, by
keeping it open west of Tat chu point N.W. by W., a vessel will be
well clear of any dangers off Catala island), till Double island comes
in line with Black rock bearing N. by E. | E., and enter the inlet

See chart, No. 689.

360

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap, IX.

i:i'

through th« North channel with this mark on, which will lead in.
When the Twins islets bear N.W. by W., haul more to the eastward,
passing a quarter of a mile outside the Mid and Black rocks, and
steer for port Eliza as before directed.

If the weather be clear and the marks can be made out, both North
and Middle channels are equally good, the latter being wide enough
for a vessel to beat through, though it would be hazardous for a
stranger to attempt, as no turning marks can be given.

Generally a heavy swell prevails off the entrance to Nuchatlitz
and Esperanza inlets, and no sailing-vessel should ai.empt to enter,
or leave either of them, unless with a steady fair, or leading wind.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in 7j]speranza inlet, at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

The COAST, westward of Catala island to Tat chu point, takes a
westerly direction for upwards of 3 miles, is indented by two small
sandy bays, and bordered by a number of rocks, some of which
extend nearly 2 miles off shore. Tat chu point is cliffy ; some rocks
lie a short distance to the southward of it, and there is a native
village of considerable size at half a mile east of it. Eliza dome, a
remarkable mountain, 2,819 feet above the sea, rises 1^ miles N.N, W.
of the point, and is very conspicuous from seawai-d.*

From Tat chu point tlir* coast turns W.N.W, for 7 miles to the
entrance of Kyuquot sound, and is indented by several small bays,
in some parts of which boats may find shelter.

BARRIER ISLANDS.— At 2 miles westward of Tat chu point
is the commencement of a chain of small islands and reefs bordering
the coast of Vancouver island for nearly 20 miles in a westerly direction
to the entrance of Ou ou kinsh inlet. They extend in some parts as
far as 5 miles off shore, and through them are two kno"wn navigable
channels, the Kyuquot and Halibut, leading to anchorages ; the former
channel leads into Kyuquot sound, and the latter into Clan ninick
harbour ; but as a rule no stranger should venture in the channels
among these islands, unless the weather be clear, or without a pilot.

In thick weather do not stand nearer the Barrier islands than into
a depth of 40 fathoms.

* See Admiralty chart : — Quatsino to Esperanza, No. 683 ; scale, wt ^ 0'5 of an
inch.

Chap. IX.] ESPERANZA INLET.— KYUQUOT SOUXD.

361

Higrhest island, one of the Barrier group, Ijing 2 miles south of
Union inland, is a remarkable bare rock 98 feet high, and uaeful in
identifying the Kyuquot channel.

KYUQUOT SOUND, the eastern entrance to which is 12 miles
from Esperanza inlet, is a large broken sheet of water penetrating
from the coast to a distance of 14 or 15 miles inland in two largb
arms, and several smaller ones. Union island, 1,484 feel high, lying
at the entrance, forms on either side of it a channel into the sound,
the eastern one only being fit for large vessels ; there are several
islands within, mostly small ; its shores are mostly rocky and very
much broken, rising to high mountains, 2,000 and 4,00(« feet abo v,
the sea.*

There are three anchorages, Narrowgut and Easy creeks, and Fair
harbour, the two latter being of considerable size, but are 13 and
10 miles respectively from the entrance ; tlie former, though very
small, is 5 miles within the sound.

K3ruiiU0t clianiiel leads into the sound through the Barrier
islands, and eastward of Union island. It is nearly straight, about
5 miles long in an N.N.E. direction, and about three-<juaners of a
mile wide.

East Entrance reef, one of the Barrier group lying at the south-
east extreme of the channel, is about 2 cables in extent and 4 feet
alx»ve high water ; no vessel should stand inside it, nor, when
entering the channel, round the reef nearer than half a mile.

Ruggred point, the east entrance point to Kyuquot sound, is
tpwards of 2 miles north of East Entrance reef ; it is rugged and
ocky, but steep-to on the west side ; between it and East Entrance
lef are a number of rocks, among which no vessel should venture.
Tie east side of the channel northward of this point is slightly
iilented and steep-to, to the termination of the channel.

V"est recks, at the south-west extreme of Kyuquot chaimel and
2 iiles N.W, \ W. from East Entrance reef, are two in number, the
higifr being 50 feet above high water ; some rocks which cover at a
quat^r flood extend half a mile S.E. from them, with 20 fathoms close
to thf outer edge. When navigating the channel do not approach
West )ck8 within two-thirds of a mile.

.' ,

* •• Admiralty plan ;■ -Kyuquot sound, No. 717 ; scale, m ^ 18

^62

VAXCOCVER ISLAND, WEST COAST,

[Chap. II. -

White Cliff head, the sonth-east extreme of Union island, is
one mile N.E. by X. of West rocks, and abreast Rugged point ; it is
about 7(1 feet hig^h, facet 1 to the southward by a remarkable white
cliff. Half a mile X.N.W. of the head is Kyuquot hill, remarkable,
740 feet high, bsiire of trees on its east side, and very conspicuouB
from seaward.

Chatchannel point, the north-west extreme of Kyuquot channel
and the east poioj of Union island, is a low rocky point with a
remarkable nob Jasn inside it : a rock which covers at a quarter flood
lies 2 cables ea!<t of it, and the point should not be rounded nearer
than half a mile.

Leadingr island, ju;*t northward of Kyuquot channel, and nearly
3^ miles from \\*hile Cliff head, is about l\ miles long in an east and
west direction, half a mib; wide, and rises near the centre to a hill
480 feet high, wiak-h, when kept midway between White Cliff head
and Rugged ]xAni. X. by E. | E., leads into the sound through the
fairway of Kyuquot channel.

Blind entrance leads into Kyuquot sound westward of Union
island, forming a narrow tortuous channel with some rocks in the
outer part ; it shonM not be entered by a stranger, though coasters
often enter the ec»iimd by this channel, but no directions can be given
for navigating it,

Narrowgrut creek, in the south-east part of the sound, about
1^ miles from tht- i-ermination of the Kyuquot channel, is 1^ milef
long in an E. by X, direction, but is less than one cable wide juf
inside the entrance, 'live depths in it vary from IG to 8 fathom,
and there is only jost room for a small vessel to moor ; the shors
are high, and the creek easy of access to a steam-vessel. A stream->f
considerable size runs into the head of the creek, from wb'ch a hdk
extends 3 cables.

Shingle point, at the entrance to the creek on the north sic, is
oordered by a sandy beach, and has 9 fathoms close-to.

Deep inlet, at H miles north from Narrowgut creek, is*^hout
3 miles long in an E.X.E. direction, but affords no anchorage on its
north side, at the entrance, is a remarkable high precipice.

See dbart, No. 717.

Chap. IX.]

KYUQUOT SOUND.

363

Ho hoae island, nearly in the centro of the sound, half a mile
north of Union island, is about 2 miles hmg in a north-easterly
direction, upwards of one mile wide, and about C)00 feet high ; its
shores are rocky. On its north-east side is Dixie cove, where a small
craft may anchor in G fathoms completely land-locked.

Pinnace channel, between Ho hoae island and the east shore of
the sound, is about '^ miles long in a northerly direction, and half a
mile wide.

TAHSISH ARM, in the northern part of the sound, has ita
entrance .5 miles from the termination of Kyuquot channel. It is
6 miles long in a winding direction to the northward, and its shores,
except at the head, are high and rugged ; the hea<l terminates in low
swampy land, through which flows a considerable stream, off which a
bank dries one cable ; and there is a small village at the mouth of
the stream ; on the east side, 2 miles below the head, is a similar
stream, off which a bank extends about 2 cables.

Fair harbour, on the east side of Tahsish arm, is 2^ miles in
length in a N.E. by E. direction, from 3 to 4 cables wide, and affords
anchorage near either end in from 13 to 11 fathoms ; its shores,
generally, are high, and steep ; at its head a bank dries off for one
cable. The western end of the harbour is formed by a low, narrow
neck about one cable wide at low water, connecting an island to the
mainland of Vancouver, and separating the harbour from Pinnace
channel.

The entrance lies on the north side of this island, is nearly one
mile long, and from one to 2 cables wide, with some small islets on
its north side, the depths in it being very irregular, varying from .') to
20 fathoms ; when entering keep the south shore pretty close aboard,
but take care to avoid a rock which lies on that shore about half-way
in. A patch of 9 feet lies abreast it, and therefore considerable
caution must be observed. This harbour can be entered by steam-
vessels, or sailing-vessels with a fair wind.

Some rocks, the outer one of which covers, lie .3 cables westward
from the entrance to Fair harbour, about one cable distant from the
shore.

Moketas island, in the north part of the sound, between the
entrance to the Tahsish and Kokshittle arms, is about 2 miles long,
and one mile wide, rocky, about 4U0 feet high, its east and west sides

i li

>■ ^

\ I

See chart, No. 717.

364

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX

11 1

being steep-to. At one cable from its north shore, near the centre,
is a sunken rock, and on its south-east side lie Channel rocks, a small
patch about 3 feet above high water ; they, however, are steep-to.

The passage between Moketas island and the north shore of the
sound is ,3 cables wide in the narrowest part, with from 14 to
38 fathoms in mid-channel ; if using it, keep well over to the north
side.

Kokshittle arm. the entrance of which is in the north-west part
of the sound, about 6 miles from Kyuquot channel, is upwards of
8 miles long in a north-westerly direction, and about one mile wide
at the entrance, narrowing gradually towards the head ; its shores
are rocky, and of a broken outline, with several small islets oflE them.
The depths in it vary from 20 to 80 fathoms, shoaling gradually
towards the head. A very good anchorage, the best in the sound, ia
on its west side at 4 miles from the entrance. The head of the arm
terminates in low swampy land, through which flows a small stream,
and a bank extends off about 2 cables.

Just within the entrance, on the east side, is a small cove with
4 fathoms in the centre, available for small craft.

Easy creek, the anchorage before referred to on the west side of
Kokshittle arm, and 13 miles from the entrance of the sound, is
about 2 miles long in an E.S.E. direction, turning sharply round
from its entrance and running in this direction parallel to the inlet,
being separated from it by a narrow rocky peninsula. It is 4 cables
wide at the entrance, narrowing gradually to the head ; the depths
in it vary from 12 to 20 fathoms, and there is good anchorage from
half a mile within the entrance to the head. The shores are rocky, of
moderate height, steep-to on the north side, but from the south a
sand-bank dries off in some parts nearly one cable. The best
anchorage is one mile within the entrance, in from 13 to 16 fathoms,
about one or 2 cables from the north shore ; when entering keep
near the aorth shore.

On the opposite side of the arm, abreast Easy creek, is a village
and a stream of considerable size, off which a bank dries out about
2 cables.

GbamiSS bay, on the west side of Kyuquot sound, about one mile
from the north part of Blind entrance, is nearly half a mile in extent,
but affords no anchorage, the water being too deep.

See chart, No, 717.

Chap. IX.]

KYUQUOT SOUND, DIRECTIONS.

365

Direotions. — No sailing-vessel should attempt to enter Kyuquot
sound, unless with a steady fair, or leading wind, as generally a
heavy swell prevails outside, which in a light wind would render
the position critical ; and no stranger should attempt to venture in,
unless the weather is clear, and the leading mark for the channel
can be easily made out.

Entering the sound by the Kyuquot channel, which is the only
one a stranger should use, keep a good oiling, till the entrance of the
channel is made out, (White cliff head, and Kyuquot hill at the
south-east point of Union island, which have been before described,
are very consjncuous, and will identify the channel,) when bring
the summit of Leading island midway between Chatchannel and
Rugged points bearing N. by E. § E., and steer up the channel with
that mark on ; when nearing Chatchannel point, give it a berth of at
least 4 cables to avoid .the rock which lies off it. If bound to
Narrowgut creek pass eastward of Leading island, and keeping about
one cable from the south shore, enter the creek in mid-channel, and
moor when inside.

If bound to Fair harbour, keep as before directed till near Leading
island ; pass to the westward of this island, and proceed up to the
northward through Pinnace channel, keeping about one cable or so
from either shore, on to the entrance of Tahsish arm. On nearing
Fair harbour keep from 2 to 3 cables from the east side of the arm
till the entrance bears E.S.E., when steer for it on that bearing,
keeping close over to the south shore {sec page ;{(j3) till inside, and
anchor in the middle, about half a mile from the east end, in
11 fathoms.

Bound to Easy creek, pass westward of Leading, Ho hoae and
Moketas islands ; enter the Kokshittle arm in mid channel, and pro-
ceeding up it for a distance of 4 miles will bring a vessel abreast the
creek, which may be entered in mid-channel ; anchor in from 13 to
IG fathoms, about one mile within the entrance, and from one
to 2 cables from the shore.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change in Kyuquot sound at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

CLAN NINICK HARBOUR, on the Vancouver shore, 3 miles
westward of Kyuquot sound, is about one mile long in a westerly
direction, half a mile wide, and affords good anchorage, in from 7 to

See chart, No. 717.

366

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WRKT COAST. [Chap. IX.

10 fathoms, at half a mile from tho head, from which a sand-bank
extends 2 cables ; its shores are mostly low, and there are some rocks
on either side of the entrance.

The harbour is protected bj' Village, Table, and other islands of
the Barri<3r proup, and there is only one channel, the Halibut, into
it through them, whicli should not, except under unavoidable
circumstances, be attempted by a stranger.

Halibut channel, through the Barrier group to Clan ninick
harbour, lies westward of Table and Village islands, and east of
Look-out island. It is about 3 miles long in a northerly direction,
and half a mile wide in the narrowest part ; the dejjths in it vary
from It) to G fathon^s, being somewhat irregular.

Table Island, on the east side of the channel, is the largest of
the Barrier group, being nearly half a mile in extent, and about
150 feet high to the tops of the trees ; some rocks, mostly above
water, extend half a mile from its south side, the outer <me being
50 feet high, with 15 fathoms 2 cables west of it. Trap bluff on the
west side of the island is conspicuous.

Half a mile E.N.E. of Table island is an anchorage with from
4 to G fathoms, tolerably sheltt^ied from seaward by some islands,
and much used by coasters in sommer months ; the entrance to it is
rather intricate, and iio stranger, or any except a small vessel, should
attempt to enter.

VlUagre island (locally known as Kyuquot), on the east side of
Halibut channel, just north of Table island, is small, and about
150 feet high to the tops of the trees ; on its east side is Aktese, a
large native village, much frequented in summer ; off it a bank dries
nearly '^ cables. Eastward of this island among the Barrier islands
is a small cove (Barter cove), with from one to 4^ fathoms ; it is well
sheltered in all weathers, and much frequented by coasters when fur
trading ; the entrance to it is very narrow, being obstructed by a
rock that dries G feet, but leaves a clear channel of 4 fathoms.

Two cables north of Village island is a rock awash at high water
springs, but there is a depth of 5 to G fathoms at one cable from the
west side.

Look-out island, at the south entrance of Halibut channel, lies
nearly one mile south-west of Table island ; it is small, has a few

See charts, Nos. 716, 717.

Chap. TX.] CLAN NINTCK HARnoUR, DTRRCTTONS.

367

trees, and about 150 feet high ; its east side may bo approached to
2 cables, but half a mile ofT it are some rocks, on which the sea always
breaks.

Granite island, which forms the south side of Clan ninick
harbour, is about half a mile in extent, and joined by a sandy beach
at low water to the Vancouver shore. Chief rock, '.\ cables east from
its east point, is a very dangerous rock, which lies at the termination
of Halibut channel, and only uncovers at low-water springs.

Louise, a sunken rock, with less than G feet over it, lies with
Channel rock bearing E.S.E., distant G,'^ cables.

Directions. — Bound into Clan ninick harbour by Halibut channel
(which is the only passage by which a stranger can enter it), keep
about 2 miles off the Barrier islands till Look-out island bears
N.W. by N., when steer for the entrance of the channel, passing about
2 cables east of Look-out island. Wh'm the north-west end of Table
island bears N.E., steer about N.N.E., or more easterly, so as to pass
2 or I{ cables north-west of Trap bluff ; on nearing Cranite island,
bring Trap bluff in line with the east high water part of Look-out
island S.S.W. | W., and steer N.N.H ^ K. for the entrance of the
harbour, with the above-mentioned mark on astern, till the north
side of Granite island l)ears W. by N. } N., or the harbour comes well
open, when a vessel will be clear of the (.hief rock, and may haul
in to the north-westward for the anchorage, passing about one cable
southward of a small rock 4 feet above water lying on the north side
of the harbour H cables within the entrance ; there is a clear passage
northward of the last mentioned rock, about one calde wide.

As before noticed, no stranger should attempt to enter this harbour
without a pilot, unless from absolute necessity, and if in a sailing-
vessel, only with a steady fair wind.

Anchor in from 7 to 10 fathoms, with the extremes of the harbour
bearing East and S.E. by S.

* OU OU KINSH INLET, 10 miles W.N.W. from Kyuquot
sound, is 7 miles long in a north-easterly direction, and 8 cables wide
at the entrance, narrowing gradually towards the head ; the shores
within are high, rising from 2,000 to upwards of i5,00() feet.*

The depths in the inlet vary from 40 to 60 fathoms, and there is
only one indifferent anchorage, Battle bay, just within the entrance

* See Admiralty plan : — Ou oa kinsh inlet, No. 716 ; scale, m= 1'8 inches.

368

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

on the wcHt flido. Tho entrance lies west of the Barrier islands, and
the dei)th8 in it vary from 40 to 48 fathoms.

Fairway rock, awash at low water, is situated in tho approach to
Ou ou kinsh inlet, with Clara islet N.E. jj^ E., distant one mile.

Clara Islet, at tht* south-east extreme of the *'ntrance, is small,
bare, and 2*) feet above high water ; no vessel should go eastward of,
or approach it witliin half a mile. This island is the westernmost of
the l^arrier islands, and lies 21 J miles W. by N. from Tat chu point,
where they may bo said to commence.

Bunsby islands, on the east side of the entrance, close in shore,
are about 2 miles in extcmt, and from 2.'')0 to J5()0 feet high ; the
passages between them and the shore are choked up with rocks, but
their west side is steep-to ; Pinnacle point and Green head at their
south- west extreme are remarkable. North-eastward of these islands
is Malksope inlet, 4 miles long in a north-easterly direction, but the
entrance is intricate, and there is no anchorage within it.

Cuttle group, lying at the south-west entrance point of
Ou ou kinsh inlet, and 1 J miles N.N.W. from Clara islet, comprises
a number of small islets and rocks, some of the former being wood'd ;
nearly one mile S.W. from them is a rock on which the sea breal in
fine weather. On the Vancouver shore, just north-west of tli lU,
is Low cone, a remarkable summit 35G feet high, and useful in
identifying tho entrance.

Do not go to the westward of these islets, or approach their east
side nearer than 2 cables.

Sulivan reefs are a very dangerous patch of rocks lying nearly
3 miles outside the entrance of Ou ou kinsh inlet, 2 J miles W. by S.
from Clara islet, and nearly 4 miles S.S.E. from Hat island in
Nasparti inlet; they are about half a mile in extent east and west,
and the sea only breaks occasionally on them ; there are from 10 to
11 fathoms close around them.

Solander island, off cape Cook, just open east of the cape bearing
W. J S. leads 1^ miles south ; Hat island, in the entrance of Nasparti
inlet, in line with a summit on the west shore of the inlet bearing
North leads 1^ miles west.

See chart, No. 716.

CllUp. IX.] or or KINSH INLFT.— NASPAUTI 1\LRT.

Battle bay, jnwt within Ihc tintranco of On on kinwh inlet, on
thf wt'.st side, irt uuwunlH of a niilo wi<U', iin<l half a niih' dtH-p, with
st'vrnil iHlctrt and Hiinkcn rocK'rt innide it near tlir middh' ; near the
north |>;iit there is anchnra^'e in rmni (1 to'.) Cathoni!!, which may ht*
UHed in fine weatlier.

A rock, with a depth of '•• feet on it, lies with tho Hiiinniit of the
Hoiithern Skirmish islet bearing N.K. ^ K., distant 2:{ cables, and a
rock, with a dej)tl» of 6 feet on it at low wa t, lies half a cable
K, l»y N. I N. from tlu^ north-cant point of the islet on the south-west
shore of Uattle bay.

Directions. — If int(Midin<,' to enter On on kinsh inlet, and anchor
in Battle liay, ke(>p an oiling' of I or .'» miles from the main, till Clara
iHlet at the west extreme of the Uarrit'r islands is made out, when
steer for it on a N.K. bcarinj,', passing about half a mile west of the
islet, being careful to avoid Fairway rock awash at low water situated
one mile S.W. of Clara islet. When abreast the islet steer for the
centre of the entrance about N.N.K., round the Skirmish islets, which
lie in the middle of Hattle bay, distant 2 cal)leH, and anchor in
7 fathoms, midway between them and tlie north side of the bay.

It is not recommended to use this anchoraj;e, unless embayed, as
it affords but indifferent shelter in southerly gale-*, and no sailing-
vessel should attempt to enter unless with a stisady fair wind.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Ou ou kinsh inlet
at noon ; sjjrings rise 12 feet.

NASPARTI INLET, H miles west of Ou ou kinsh inlet, on
the east side of a lai'ge peninsula of which cape Cook is the south-
west extreme, and in the head of an open bight or bay, is about
4 miles long, in a northerly direction, and about half a mile wide at
the entrance, decreasing in some places to less than 15 cables. Its
shores are high and rocky, indented by some slight bays ; there is a
fresh-water stream at the head, from which a bank extends about
i5 cables. The depths vary from 115 to ;50 fathoms, and there is a
secure though rather limited anchorage, in from 115 to 1(1 fathoms, at
half a mile from the head. Outside the (mtrance are several dangers.*

Haystacks, off the east side of the entrance, and Ijf miles north
from Sulivan reefs, are two l>are, sharp-topped, cliffy rocks, 6i) i.ef»t
high, and about 2 cables apart ; at 2 cables from their wt^st side are from
25 to 20 fathoms ; northward of them, rocks and foul ground exist.

East rock, ;5 cables from the east entrance point, is of small
extent, has 17 fathoms at one cable westward of it, and covers at

* St-e Admiralty plan : — Nasparti inlet, No. 716 ; scale, m = 1*8 inches.
SO 11948 2 A

370

VANCOUVER 1?4LAXD, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

half flood ; the Haystacks, open south of Yule islet, bearing S.E. by E.,
lead from 2 to 3 cables west of it.

Yule islet, about 40 feet high, lies nii(l\V!>y bttwocn the Hay-
stacks and East rock.

Mile rock breaker lies 1} miles from the west siiore of the
entrance to the inlet, and 2 miles W. by N. ^ N. from Sulivan reefs.
It is very dangerous, as it is of small extent, and the sea breaks on it
with any swell ; the depths around it are irregular.

Hat island, in the entrance of inlet, in line with a summit on the
west side bearing North, h'ads l» cabh's east of it, and well clear
of the Sulivan reefs, into the inlet. Do not stand westward of this
danger.

Mile rock, nearly one mile north of the above-mentioned danger
is a small bare rock, 12 feet above higii water ; there are 21) Fathoms
one cable east of it. A ledge i-xtends fully one cable from its
north side.

Ha.t islmd, 7U feet high, lying in the centre of the inlet just
within the entrance, is small, a!id has a few stunted trees on the
summit ; from the southward it is very conspicuous, and appears
somewhat like a hat. It is steep-to on the east side, but nearly mid-
way between it and the west shore is a shoal patch of 2^ fathoms,
marked by kelp ; also two rocks marked by kelp lie in the fairway
S.E. of Hat island. The inner rock lies about one ?able from the
island ; the outer rock with 15 fathoms over it lies 2| cables S.S.E. ^ E.
from the oast extreme of the island.

Directions. — Nasparti inlet should not be used by a stranger
unless from necessity, as in thick or cloudy weather it might be
difficult to make out the leading marks, and no one should attempt
to enter unless they are well made (»ut, especially as the sea only
breaks on the outlying dangers in heavy weather, and they are seldom
seen. A sailing-vessel should, in passing the entrance of this and
Ou ou kinsh inlet, keep Solandcr island open south of the land east
of cape Cook bearing Wi t.

If entering Nasparti inlet, keep Solander island (off cape Cook) in
line with the land eastward of it bearing W. ;|^ S., until Hat island

*f chart, -No. 716.

Chap. IX.]

NASI'ARTT INLET.— BROOKS BAY.

c I E.

comes in line with a summit on the west side of the inlet bearing
North, when steer in for the entrance on that bearing, which will
lead ;} cables east of the Mile rock breaker, well clear of the Sulivan
reefs, and half a mile west of P]ast rock ; pass east of Hat island and
the sIkkiIs lyin^^ S.K. of it, and ste^'r iij) the inlet in mid-channel,
anchoring in liJ fathoms, about one-third of a mile from the head.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change in Nasparti inlet at
noon ; sjmngs rise 12 feet.

BROOKS PENINSULA.— Westward of Nasparti inlet is a
peninsula, '.) mih'S long, and about 5 miles wide, projecting S.S.W. ;
its sliores are for the most j)art very rocky, and rise almost abruptly
from the sea to upwards of 2,000 feet ; there are several off-lying
dangers around it, some of which extend upwards of one mile from
the shore.*

Cape Cook or Woody point, the south-west extreme of this
peninsula and the most projecting point of the outer coast of
Vancouver island, is K))) miles W. by N, i N. from the lighthouse on
Tatoosh island. Tlu' cape rises abruptly from the sea 1,2(X) feet.

At 2 miles from ca))e Cook and the south side of the peninsula the
depths are from 20 to 90 fathoms, and as a rule no vessel should
approach nearer.

Cape Cook is situated in latitude r)0° 7' 0" N.,longitude 127° 5.7 :<0" W.

Banks reef, which covers at three-quarters Hood, and on which
the sea breaks heavilj', lies 3 miles E.S.E. from cape Cook, and two-
thirds of a mile from the shore.

Solander island, nearly one mile west of cape Cook, is bare,
580 feet high, and has two sharp peaks ; between it and the cape the
passage is choked n\> with rocks, and no vessel or even boat should go
inside the island.

BROOEIS BAY, on the west side of Brooks peninsula, is a larg(!
open bay about 12 miles wide, and (I miles deep ; there are several
dangers within it, and two inlets, Klaskish and Klaskino, which
afford anchorage but are very difficult of access, and no sailing-vessrl
should attempt to enter either unless embayed and unable to get
out of Brooks bay : the soundings are irregular, varying from 17 to
48 fathoms, shoaling generally to the northward.f

* iSiv Admiralty chart : — Qiintsino to Espt-ranza. No. RS!? ; scale, w =0*5 inch.
f See Admiralty plan : — Kla-skino and Klaskish inlets, No. 590 ; scale, m = 2 inches.

SO 11948 2A2

.^72

VANCCnVKR ISLAND. WKST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

Gierke reel^ lie in the south-oast part of the bay, .'> miles north
from cape Cot)k, their outer extreme being 2h miles oft" the cast shore
of the bay. They cover an extent of upwards »if 2 miles, some are
under water, others uncover, and no vessel shouhl ventin-e among
them.

Cape Cook, bearing S.S.E. h K-. leads 2 miles west of these reefs ;
and Small islet at the entrance of Klaskish inlet, in line with Leading
cone at its head, bearing N.E. by E. ^ E., leads 1.^ miles north.

KLASKISH INLET, at the head of Brooks bay on the west
side of Brooks peninsula, and 10 miles N.N. Pi. from cape Cook, is
about '^ miles long in a north-easterly direction, a?:d one mile wide at
the entrance ; at its head is a long narrow basiii, the entrance of whicli
is too contracted for a vessel to enter. There is an anclutrage just
within the entrance to the inlet on the south side, to the eastward
of Shelter island, l)nt it is diflicult of access to a sailing-vessel.*

Caution. — The entrance to this anchorage is intricatt' and narrow ;
and, unless unavoidably necessary, no vessel larger than a coaster
should attempt it, as a furious sea rages all around tin* outer parts.

Ship rock, lying 7i miles N. by W. from cape Cook, 2 miles
distant from the shore in the centre of Brooks bay, and midway
Itetween Klaskish and Klaskino inlets, is of small extent, and has
from 17 to 20 fathoms close on its south and east sides ; the sea
generally breaks very heavily over it.

Surgre islets, on the south side of the entrance, .5i cables from
the shore, are small, rocky, and about 40 feet high ; foul ground
exists among them, and when entering the inlet do not approach their
west side nearer than ') cables.

Shelter island, just within the entrance of the inlet on its south
side, is about half a mile in extent, IlOO feet high, with a hill at each
end with a few stunted trees ; some rocks extend a short distance
from its east and west sides, but the north shore is steep-to. The
anchorage on its east side is about one third of a mile in extent, with
from 10 to 1'^ fathoms, well sheltered, but the bottom is irregular ;
the entrance to it, round the north east side of the island, is less than
one cable wi<le in (he narrowest part. About one cable from the
north-east point of Shelter is Bare i.slet, 15 feet high, which «m
entering the anchorage should be p3ssed close to on its east side.

*Sfe Admiralty plan : — Klankinh inlet, No. 590 ; scale, m=r2'0 inches.

Chiip. IX.] KLA8KISH AND KLASKINO INLETS.

•m

Retwc't'ii Slu'lter iHliiml and the north I'utRiucc point of the inlet is
a heavy confused sea, which is dangerous for sailing-vessels, as the
wind generally fails there.

Directions. — Entering Klaskish inlet when coming from the
e.istward, and intending to anchor on the east aide of Shelter
island, do not bring cape Cook Houthward of S.S.E. i E., till
Leading cone, a remarkable hill at the head of the inlet almut
5(K) feet high, comes in line witli Small islet on the north side of
entrance bearing N.E. Ijy E. I E., which mark will lead into the inlet
well n<irth of the Clerke reefs anil Surge islets; when al»reast the
latter, haul a little to the eastward, so as to enter midway between
Small islet and Shelter island ; pass within one cable east of Hare
islet ofT the latter's north-east point, and anchor in KH'athoms with
the extremes of Shelter bearing N.W. by W. [. W. and S.W. ^ W.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Klaskish inlet at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

KLASKINO INLET, the entrance to which is in the north
part of Brooks bay, 10 miles N. f W. from cape Cook, is nearly
(5 miles long in a winding directi<m E.N.E. Numerous rocks lie oil
the entrance, but there is an intricate jjassage through them ; and
there is also a good anchorage on the south side, 2 miles within the
inlet. The depths vary from 1<> to 20 fathoms in the lower part
of the inlet, increasing gradually towards the head to 40 fathoms ;
the iidet here becomes narrow, with high anil rocky shores,
terminating in low land at the head.*

Caution. — The entrance of Klaskino iidet is e\en more intricate
than Klaskish, and should not be attempted by a stranger unless
absolutely for safety.

Nob point, the south entrance point of the inlet, is rocky, and
covered with a few stunted trees, and close to its outer part is a
rocky nob about 1IK> feet high. From Nob point a line of reefs above
and below water with dei'p water between them extend fully J I miles
in a W.N.W. direction.

Twenty-feet rook, 4 cables N.W. by W. from Nob point, is bare
and 20 fVet above high water. It is conspicuous from the outside,
and there are 19 fathoms close to its north and west sides, but between

•&'( Admiralty plun oi Klaskino iulel, No. 5'JO ; scale, m = 20 inuhea.

374

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COASt.

[Chap. IX

it and Nob point the passage is choked up with rocks ; tlic only
channel into the inlet being westward of the rock, between it and
Channel reefs.

Two rocks on which the sea breaks at low water lie southward of
Channel reefs, and one mile distant from Nob point. The southern-
most lies three-quarters of a mile S.W. ^ W. from Twenty-feet rock.

Channel reefs, the south-east part of which is .'5^ cables W. by S.
from Twenty-feet rock, are a cluster of rocks, mostly under
water, extending in a westerly direction to the north-west
shore of Brooks bay. There is deep water between them in many
places, but the only safe passage into Klaskino inlet upwanls of
3 cables wide with deep water is between their south-east part and
Twenty-feet rock.

Anchorage island, in the middle of the inlet, about 2 miles
within the entrance, is of small extent and rocky ; some small islets
extend one cable from its north-west and south-eiist points. The
anchorage between the east side of this island and the shore is from
3 to 4 cables in extent, and well sheltered, with from 1) to 10 fathoms
water : the entrance to it, round the south-east point of Anchorage
island, is about one cable wide in the narrowest part, with from 13 to
17 fathoms in the middle.

Between Twenty -feet rock and the entrance to the anchorage are
several dangers ; a rock 3 feet high lies H^ cables S.W. '^ W. from the
south-east point of Anchorage island, and another 2 feet high 3 cables
S.W. 5" S. from the same point, and there is a reef which covers one
cable W. by S. ^ S. from the latter rock. When entering the inlet
pass northward of these.

Above Anchorage island some rocks extend nearly across the inlet,
rendering it almost impossible for a vessel to go beyond them.

Red Stripe mountain, rising on the north side of entrance,
abreast Anchorage island, is of a remarkable conical shape, !2,:20() feet
high, with a valley on either side of it ; on its south part, facing
seaward, is a conspicuous red cliffy stripe or landslip, easily
distinguished from the outsiile.

Directions. — Bound for Klaskino inlet, when outside Ship rock,
bring Twenty-feet rock in line with the lower part of the red stripe
on Red Stripe mountain bearing N.N.E, | E., and run boldly for the

,SfY' chart, No, 5l>0.

Chap. IX.] KLA8KIX0 iN'LfiT.— gUATSlN'O SOtfND.

375

eutnuice with that mark on, which will li-ad 2i, caliK* east of the
southern patches of the Channel reefs ; keep on this omrse till
within 2 cables of Twenty-feet rock, when haul a little to the north-
wartl, and pass it t)n it« north side at one cable distant, after which
steer about N.E. by E. ^ K. for the centre or south part of Anchorage
island, passing one cable or so north of the rocks off the *«jiith siile
of the inlet ; when abreast the south-west j)oint of the island, hanl
tjuickly to the eastward, round the r^)cks off its south-«u^ j)oint
within half a cable, and anchor in from '.t to 10 fathoms midway
Ix'tween the east side of tlu; island and the main, with extremes of
the former bearing N.W. and S.W. by W. : a large vessel should
moor.

Three miles from Klaskino, in the extreme north ]«art of Brooks
iKty, is a large rivulet where boats may enter and tind shelter in Utd
"Weather.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Klaskino inlet at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

Lawn point, the north-west extreme of ]>rooks bay, lies 12 miles
X.W. by X. from cape Cook ; it is low, and some rocks extend more
than half a mile in an easterly direction from it, inside of which a
1x)at may tind shelter : the sea breaks violently about this pointy and
everywhere along the shores of Brooks bay. A vessel should keep a
goo«.l offing.

The land in the vicinity of Lawn point appears very fertile, and
lightly timbered ; it rises gradually from the sea to a height of
l,yW feet.

Boat shelter. — Between the entrance to Klaskino inlet and Lawn
point is a deep bay, in which are several islets and reefs ; it is nnfit
for anchorage, being open to seaward, but at its head, north of May-
day island, there is good shelter for boats.

QUATSINO SOUND, the north-westernmost of the deep inlets
on the outer coast of Vancouver island, penetrates the i«>lan>l in a
north-easterly direction for upwards of 2;') miles. At the entnmee
between Keef point (on the south) and Entrance island, it is nearly
6 miles wide, narrowing to less than one mile at 5 miles within : the
sound then takes a north-easterly direction, nearly straight for l'.\ miles,
when it branches off in two arms, one (South-east arm) extemling to
the south-east for 12 miles, antl terminating in low land. The other

iiei- chart, No. 590.

376

TAXCOUTER IsLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX

(West arm) li<« to the northward, and is connected with the wouud
by a iraight narrow pass about 2 miles long ; it is 22 miles long in
an east and west direction.*

Just within the entrance of the sound on the north side is Forward
inlet, a much sraaUvr arm, about G miles long in a northerly direction,
in which are th*? hies* anchorages in the sound.

The shores of Quatsino sound are mostly high, and near the
entrance very much br»>ken ; ther. are several small islands within
and along its shonw*.

From the oatside the entrance to Quatsino sound presents several
remarkable feature*, which render it easy to be made out ; along itti
eastern side are sev>e-raJ r»)cks and small islands ; and on both sides
of and within the i^>and the land is high, some of the mountains
being verj- coospicuoa.-*. Among these are the Flatto]) and Entrance
mountains northwani of the entrance, and Nose peak and Gap
mountains inside : Noee peak being easily distinguished by its sharp
rocky summit, 1.7i30 feet high.

There are several »iangers along the western side* of the entrance ;
in the fairwiiy are two very dangerous rocks, on which the sea only
breaks in heavy wcasher, and it requires gi'eat caution on the part of
the navigator to avoid them, when entering or leaving the sound.

Redf point <Omannys), the south-east entrance point of the
sound, 14 miles X.W. by N. from cape Cook, and H miles from
Lawn point, the north-west extreme of Brooks bay, is low and rocky,
but rises gradually to a well-defined mountain, 1,901 feet above the
sea : the coast berween it and Lawn point forms a slight bay tilled
with a number of rocks extending a considerable distance from the
shore.

Boat cove, into which flows a small stream (Culleet river) in
which a boat can enter, and find shelter in bad weather, is a small
bight on the eiisi shoiv of the sound, i)\ miles North from Heef point :
the coast Ix^tween the two places is indented by several bays, and
fringed by reefs, which ♦•xlt-iid in many places nearly one mile from
the shore, and over which the st-a usually breaks very heavily.

Bold bluff, 7 miles north from Reef point, on the south side of
the sound, is, as it# name implies, a bold rocky salient bluff rising
suddenly to upwank of 2(X) feet, when it slopes gradually to a

S\ chart. Xo. 582.
* iSer idmirals; pbnr d^aar'^ino .'M)und, No. 570 ; scale, m = :iV mcbuH.

Chiip. IX.]

yUATSINO SOl^NU.

•Ml

suniniit 1,1)09 feet hijjfh. At this spot the soiind contnicta to less
than one mile in breadth.

Surf islands, 1^ miles S.S.W. from Bold bluff, and 15 miles
within the entrance to Qiiatsino sound, are a chain of small islands
nearly one mile long in a N.W. and S,E. direction, some of which
have a few stunted trees, and are about 40 feet above high water ;
a shor^ distance from them are a number of rocks on which the sea
breaks Although there aijpears to be ileep water between these
islandfi and the east side of the souikI, it is not advisable to use that
passage, as it has not been sufliciently examined.

Entrance island, 5i miles N.W. .V N. from lieef point, at the
north-west entrance point of the sound, is small and rocky, about
140 feet high, and covered with a few stunted trees. Northward of
it is a narrow boat pass into the sound, about one cable wide, but
filled with rocks, passable only in tine weather.

Danger rocks, on the western side of the entrance, nearly in
the fan-way, are two very dangerous pinnacle rocks, of small extent,
half a mile distant from each other in a N.W. and S.E. direction, ami
steep-to on all sides. South Danger rock is awash at low wi'.ter, and
lies one mile East from the south extreme of Entrance island : North
Danger rock (Okookstaw) is 7 cables distant from the same island,
and breaks at low water ; there is deep water between the I'ocks.
Tli<^ sea very seldom breaks on these rocks, great caution is therefore
required to avoid them, when entering or leaving the sound.

Pinnacle islet, in line Avith the east point of Low islets, in Forward
inlet, bearing N.N.W. ^ W., leads nearly 4 cables west of Danger
rocks, and midway between the North rock and Entrance island.

Robson island, in Forward inlet, open north of Entrance Mount
point bearing N.W. l)y W. J, W., leads l) to 4 cables east of Danger
rocks ; and Village islet, on the east side of Forward inlet, just
touching Brown point bearing N.W., leads about thn-e-iiuarters of a
mile east of them, and midway between them and the Surf islands.

liold bluff, in line with the gap in the centre of Surf islands,
bearing N. by E. ^ E., leads nearly 8 cables S.E. of South Dangrr.
Between the Danger rocks and Surf islands, the passage is 1^ miles
wide.

<St'<' chart, No. 570.

Vai^couveu island, west coast. [Chap. IX.

FORWARD INLET, on the wcHt side of the sound, is one mile
wide at the entnince, anil about (! miles ionj; ; it lir.st takes a nortli-
wefiterly direction for 2 miles from its outer part, then turning,'
N.N.E. for 4 miles, it contracts in breadth, and becomes shoal at the
head, terminating in large salt-water lagoons; in tlie upper part it
contracts to less than a quarter of a mile in width in some places ;
there are two anchorages within it, North and Winter harbour.s,
the former easy of access to sailing-vessels, anil both are very secure
and well shelte ' d.

Entrance and Flattoi) mountains, on the west side of Forward inlet
near the entrance, are very consi)icuous objects from seaward ; the
former is 1,27"), and the latter %0 feet high.

Pinnacle islet, three-i|uarters of a mile north of Entrance
island, is a smiU jagged rock about 40 feet high, with a few trees on
its summit.

RobSOn island, in the bend of Forward inlet on the west siile,
1^ miles from Pinnacle islet, is about half a mile in extent, and
;iS,j feet high, and its shores are rocky. Uetween it and the west
shore is a narrow pas.iage of 2 to 5 fathoms water. Low islets,
4 cables S.E. from liobson island, are small wooded islands which
are steep-to on all sides.

Villagre islet. — A small village is situated on the east side
of Forward inlet al>reast Robson island, and close ofif it is Village
islet, a small bare islet about 40 feet high, which is rather conspicuous.

Bare islet, lying off the north-east entrance point to Forward
inlet, is about 12 feet high, and steep-to on the outside ; it is
1^ cables from the shore, but the passage inside is only lit for a boat.

Burnt hill, 1,095 feet high, just over Brown point, the m Ah-
east entrance point of Forward inlet, is remarkable from the south-
ward, being bare of trees and clitfy on its south side.

NORTH HARBOUR, which lies north-west of Robson ishuul,
on the west side of Forwanl inlet, is a snug and secure anchorage,
about 4 cables in extent, with from 4 to G fathoms. The entrance
is 3 cables wide, rendering the harbour easy of access to sailing-
vessels ; it is perhaps the best anchorage within the sound, and
from being only 4 miles within the entrance is very convenient.

iSee chart, No. 670.

Chap. IX.] (iUATSlNO SOUND, WINTER HAUIlOtfU.

•M^

lirowning creek, in its west piirt, e.\teiulH J| luik'S wt'dtwanl, ami
i.s very narrow, with from 2 to 5 i'athoins in it, terminatini.' in a
shallow basin, dry at low water.

Observatory rock, which lies on the north siije of the entrance
to North harbour, i.s a small bare rock, connecteil at low water to
the mainland.

WINTER HARBOUR comprises that part of Forward inlet
which runs in a N.N.E. direction, and is a cai)acious anciioraj^e
with from S to 11 fathoms. Its shores are low anil bordereil by
a sandy beach, and the harlnmr becomes shoal at a distance of
one mile from the head ; its bn-adth varies from '2 to G cables.
There is a store here where provisions and clothes may be
obtained.

ItOg" point, just outside the entrance to this harbour on the east
side, is low, and bordered by a sandy beach ; southwaril of it, and
extending 4 cables from the shore, is New bank, with '.\\ fathoms
on the shoalest part, and contracting the breadth of the entrance
passage to the harbour to less than one cable between it and a
shoal spit extending from the opposite shore ; but, l)y keeping a
little over to the west side when abreast North harbour, this bank
may be avoided, and enter Winter harbour without danger.

At the narrowest part of the entrance to Winter harbour, above
Log point, on the west side, is Grass jioint, bordered by a sandy
beach, which is steep-to.

Pilley shoal, of S fathoms, on the north side of Quatsino sound,
is of small extent, steep-to on the outside, and marked by keli).
It lies Ih cables from the shore, and one mile west from Bold
bluff

Boat cove, <m the north side of the sound, is of small extent,
with r> fathoms inside ; it wttidd all'ord good Hhelter for a small
ci'aft ; the north shore of Quatsino sound between it and Bare islet
is rocky and very much broken.

Bedwell islets, lying oi miles within the entrance, oil" a pri»-
jecting point (m the north side of the sound, are of small extent,
wooded, and separated from the shore by a very narrow boat pass,
which is conspicuous from the entrance. Monday shoal, at IJ cables

See chart, No. 670.

380

VAXCOCVEH I8LAND, WKST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

N.E. of thfiii, has 4 t'lithoiUH (and reported less water) on it, is
marked by kelp, aiul Hteei)-to on tlie outside ; earitward of Hedwtdl
islets no swell is ever exi)erien('ed in the sound.

Tides.— It is hi^'li water, full and cliaiiK'', »'» Quatsino sound at
11 hours; springs rise about 11 feet.

KOPRINO HARBOUR, S miles within the entrance, in the
centre of a bay on the north shore of Quatsino sound, is a perfectly
landlocked but small anclutrage ail'ording i-oom for one or two shii)s
to lit! moored within. It lies northward of l'lumi»i'r island, Avhieh is
about half a mile in exti'Ut, low, wooded, and steep-to on all sides,
there being a good passage on either side of it into the harbour.
There is a store here where provisions and clothing may l)e obtained.*

Dockyard island, in the west part of the harbour, midway
between Plumper island and the north shore, is small, and a ledge,
the greatest depth on which is 4 fathoms, connects it with Plumper
island.

Mud bank, about 1^ cables N.E. from Dockyard island, in the
middle of the harbour, is a small patch of 15 feet ; there is gooil
anchorage one cable south of Dockyard island, in 14 fathoms.

Wedgre island lies at the eastern limit of the anchorage, about
one cal)le north of Plumper island ; it is very small, and covered
with a few bushes, a ledge extends a short distance westward from
it ; there is a eleep passage on either side of it into the harbour.

Observatory islet, at the north-east extreme of the harbour, is
bare and al)out 12 feet high ; it is 2 cables north of Plumper island,
and 15 cables from the north shore, connected to the latter by a bank
which dries at low water. This islet is in lat. 50° 30' 0" N., long.
127'^ .52' IG" W.

East cove, the head of the bight between Observatory islet and
Prideaux point, appears to afford good anchorage in (J to 10 fathoms ;
but the entrance to it has not been sufficiently examined to recommend
its being used by a large vessel.

Prideaux point, the east entrance point of East passage, is low,
bordered by a sandy beach. The north shore of the sound from
Prideaux point takes a general north-easterly direction for l) miles to
Coffin islet, at the entrance of Hecate cove. It is bordered by a sandy

* Sec plan of Kopriuo harbour on Admiralty ohart,No. 570 j scale, m — 60 inchea,

Ohiip. IX.] QUATSIXO SOrXT).— KOPRIXO HAnnouR.

hoi\ch, iiinl I'prcy Icdj,'*' lies (J miles from Pritlcanx point, is 2 cal>los
from the siiorc, and lias 4 fathoms on its out«'r e(|^'e.

From IJolij hlnlV the south shore of ihesmiinl treiiils nearly parallel
to the northern for ]',\ mih's in a north-eastci-ly tlircelimi. It is hitrh
and indented by two hays of eonsiderable size, antl some small creeks,
none of wliieh afford anehorafjre.

in Kctskfcmo i)ay, at 2 miles within Hold hhilf, is a native villa^'o
of eonsiderable si/,e (May hat ti-e) and an(dioraf,'e in J 7 fathoms.
Villaf^i; islamls, at the east extreme of Koskeemo bay, are of small
extent ami l(»\v ; their outer i)art is steep-to. Shoal water extends
2.1, cables north-west from the entrance (»f Maad river.

Brockton Island (Quolaad), lyin^ :i cables from a i)rojeetinj,'
point on the south side of the sound, 7 miles X.E. from Mold blulf, is
nearly half a mile lonfj, but narrow ; its west side is steei)-to.

Limestone island (Maiclafjh), ir> miles within the entrance, and
in the cenire of the sound, is nearly ;> miles lon<,', and about three-
(juarters of a mile wide in thi' broadest part. Its shores are rocky, and
the island is of moderate heiglit ; Quiet cove, on its nortii-west side,
is small, and affords anchorage for small craft.

Foul islets, lying midway between Holloway point, the south-west
(extreme of Limestone island, and the south shore of the sound, are
small, and about '.) cables in extent in an east an<l west direction.
There is a deep ])assage, about 2 cables wide, on either si<le of them :
the south passage is to be preferred.

Single islet, half a mile north-eastward from Holloway point,
and 3 cables north of the Foul islets, is low and bare.

KultUS cove, abreast Limestone island, on the south side of the
sound, is about half a mile in extent, with irregular soundings of
from 12 to 25 fathoms ; it affords no anchonige, except for small
craft.

South-east arm, the entrance to which is one mile east of
Limestone island and IS miles within the entrance of the sound, is
10 miles long in a south-easterly direction, and varies in l)readth
from '•) cables to one mile, its shores are generally high and rugged,
but terminate in low land at the head ; the depths in it vary from
){(( to 7(1 fathoms, and there is no anchorage, except for small craft ;
a bank dries off 2 cables from the head, and close to its edge is
a depth of 15 fathoms,

St-e chart, No. 582.

:W2

VANCOUVRR IHFiANl), WKHT (.'OAST.

[Chap. IX.

Mist rock, ;'> milcH within tho «>ntranco, and 4 eabloH from tho ('UHt
flhoro, is of Huiaii oxtcnt, and covcrH at lialf Hood ; l)y kot^pin;,' wt'll
ovur to tho wt'Ht sliorc, a vosHol will clear it.

AtkinH cov(», on the i^aHt side of the entrance to South-east arm, is
1 cables lonj,' in a northerly direction, and one* cable wide, with from
') to 7 fathoms ; (lier<( is room for a small vessel to anchor in it, bin,
the cove is open to the sonth-cast.

Whitestone point, at the Heparation of the two arms at the head
of Qiiatsino sound, is a rocky point of moderate heif,'ht, and lies
thre((-quarters of a mile N.K. from Limestone island, and abreast
C(»nin islet. Hull ro 'k, which covers, and is marked by kolp, lies
',] cables south from Whitestone point, and 2 cables from llu* shore.
I'etween Atkins cove and Whitestone point the coast is ntcky, and
should not be approached nearer than '.\ cables.

HECATE COVE (Ka,i,'ao^'h). on the north shore about one
mile N.K. of (!olfin islet, imlents the shore abont two-thirds of a mile
in a north-westerly direction, is from 2 to 15 cables wide, and affords
good anchorajje near the centre in 1) to 11 fathoms. In the inner
part of the cove, near the north side, are some shoal i)atches, markecl
by kelp, with only 11 feet water in some parts ; the shores of the
cove are moderately high, and bordered by a sandy beach.*

This cove is convenient for steam-vessels or small craft ; anchor in
about 11 fathoms, with the entrance points bearing South and S.K, ;
a large vessel should moor. There is a depth of 1^^ feet at the end of
the wharf.

There is a settlement of Norwegians on the west side of the cove.
There is a store and post office here.

Kitten island, at the east side of entrance, is steep-to on the outside.

Round island (Quatishe), nearly in mid-channel, about 1 mile
East of Hecate cove and just south of Quatsino narrows, is small,
and of moderate height ; there is a clear pa^c'age between it and the
north shore, but the one south of it is filled v, ith rocks.

At 3 cables S.E. from it is Bight cove, of moderate extent, with
from S to 10 fathoms inside, but as the tide runs strongly off the
entrance and there are also some rocks, it is recommended for small
craft only.

Quatsino narrows, 20 miles inside the sound and connecting
it with Rupert and West arms, are 2 miles long in a northerly

S<-r chart, No. 582.
* See plan of Hecate cove on Admiralty chart, No. 570 ; scale, m = 6'0 inches.

Chap. TX.l

«iUOT><ISO sOUSn.— WEST ARM,

(llri'Ption, aiiil 1.^ ciihlos whIc in ilic niirrowrHt part ; the (h'ptliB in it
vary from li to I'O fiithoms, itH shoros iir«' liif,'li iind rocky. Turn
jtoiiit, at the soiith-Wf.st extreme of the narrows, is Indd and clitVy,
tlie cttartt tiinrmi,' sliarply roimd ii To the northward ; ashort distance
oil' it are Home strong,' tith' vips.

Pliilip and .la-n -s )>oiMH, at the iiortli exlr<'me of tin- narrows,
are Ixdd and steei)-t() ; otV the hitter, wliich lies on the cant side, iH a
Hinall ishind named Ma<pia/,neecht.

Tidal streams. — 'i'hc tidal streams run t)irf)nj,'l» tliese narrows at
a rat(» of from 4 to tl knots, and tin' streams tnrn shortly after hi^h
and h)W water.

RUPERT ARM, north east of Qnatsino narrows, is .'> niili>s ionij
in a north-easterly direction, and nearly one mile wide; its shores
are hij^h ; its head terminates in low land, and a haidv dries oil' it for
'i cables. The (h'jttlis in this arm vai-y from Sd to IJd fathoms,
shoalinf? ijra dually to the head, oil' which a vessid may anchor, in
Id to 17 fathoms, ashort distance from the ed^'e of the hank.

Marliie creek, which lies half a mih^ Kast of the narrows, at the
entrance of Rui)ert arm, is of small extent, and afl'ords anchora;,'*' in
from 5 to ('» fathoms ; off its head a sand-bank extends t cables, and
midway up tlu! creek are some small islets <m either side ; if intendiii}?
to anchor, pass between and go just inside them.

From Kupert arm to Hardy bay, on the north-east side of Vancouver
island, is a distance of only (I miles, and a trail i'xists between th(^
two places, much frecpiented by the natives for tradini,' purixises to
fort Rupert.

Hankin point (Ruanispah), abreast Qnatsino narrows on the
north side, is bold and rocky; it separates the Rupert fr(»m ihe
■West arm.

"WEST ARM trends in a westerly direction nearly l.S miles from
the north part of Qnatsino narrows, and varies in breadth from
2 cables to one mile. Its shores are mostly hifjli and rocky ; the
northern shore is indented by several small bays, and off it are some
rocks and small islands. There are two anchoraj^es, one at Coal
harbour on the north side, and the other at the edge of the bank
extending? from the head ; the former is of moderate extent, and the
best anchorage northward of the narrows.

See chart, No. 582.

•^u

VAXCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. TX.

West arm gradually docroasea in breadth to tlie westward of the
Straufglinj,' islands ; the head terminates in low land, and a bank
pxten<ls upwards of 2 cables from it ; close to the outer edj^e of the
latter arc from 12 to 11 fathoms, where a vesstd may anchor.

Coal harbour, 2 miles from the narrows, on the north side of
West arm, is of square shape, from 3 to 1 cabli'S in extent, and afl'ords
good anchorage near the middle in from 12 to 14 fathoms. The
shore is bordered by a sandy beach, and at the head are some fresh-
water streams. This anchorage is easy of access ; indications of
coal have been met with in this vicinity. It was at one time
\vorlce(l, to a small extent.

Pot rocks, which Vw 2 miles VVcst from Coal harbour, and
15 cables from the north shore, are of small extent, and cover at
three-quarti'rs flood.

Straggling" islands, about .'> miles from the narrows, are a
group of small islands and rocks extending upwards of half a mile
from the north shore ; the depths among them and to the northwar;!
are irregular; when passing them do not approach their south side
nearer than 2 cables. Just west of them on the iu)rth shore is a small
patch c)f swamjjv ground, through which flow some fresh Avater
streams, and a bank extends one cable from it.

Directions. — Entering Quatsino sound from the southward, give
Reef point, its south-east entrance point, an ofRng of about 2 miles,
and steer North till Bold bluff comes in line with the gap in the
centre of the Surf islands, bearing N. by E. | E. (see page H77),
which mark kei)t on will lead south-east of Danger rocks ; when the
west side of R')bs()u island comes open north of Entrance Mount
point in Forward inlet, bearing N.W. by W. l^ W., or Village islet
on the east side of that inlet, is just touching Brown point, bearing
N.W., a vessel will be well east of these rocks. If bound up the
sound, round the north end of Surf islands, distant about half a mile,
or if going to Forward inlet, steer about N.W. by W., taking care
not to shut in the south side of Robson island with Entrance Mount
point, until Bedwell islets come open north of l^old bluff bearing
N.E , when she will be well north of Danger rocks. Pass frotn one
to 2 cables ofl" the east sides of Low islets and Robson islantl, ana
rounding the north point of the latter, at the same distance, enter
North harbour, and anchor in from 4 to t) fathoms near its centre,*

*5^?^' chart, No. 570.

Chap. IX.]

QUATSTXO SOUND, DIRECTION'S.

as.')

If intending to anchor in Winter harbour, whcMi abreast the north
part of Robson island, steer N.N.W., keeping well over tot lie west^liore
to avoid New bank (sw page 'M^), and when past it enter tlie iiarlxwir
in mid -channel, anchoring in 11 fathoms about half a mile north of
Grass point. Winter and North harbours are the b.'St anchorages in
the sound, and easilj- available for sailing-vessels, which could beat
into the latter, and from being .->itnated near the entrance their
position is very advantageous.

Bound to Koprino harbour, which can only be entered by steam-
vessels or sailing-vessels with a fair M'ind, round the north-west
point of Surf islands at about half a mile distant, and steer up the
sound in mid-channel until al)reast the harl>our. If in a large vessel,
go throu^'h the Pkst passage, keeping .'"t om one to 2 cables from
Plumper island ; enter the anchorage on either side of Wedge island,
and moor immediately the vessel is west of it (witli anchors north
and south) ; a vessel may also enter by West passage, and anchor in
14 fathoms, southward of Dockyard island.

When navigating the sound eastward of Koprino harbour the chart
(No. r)82) is indispensable, but a mid-channel course siiould be
kept ; large sailing-vessels shouM not, however, go eastward
of that harbour, as the anchorages beyond are rather dilHcult of access
for them. If wishing to anchor in Ilecate cove, enter it in mid-
channel, passing north of Limestone island, and moor inuiieil: ,'ly
inside the entrance points; the titlal streams run ffom out- to
3 knots abreast the entrance, and should In- guardeil ai,Minst.

Going through the Quatsino narrows, kre|) well over to the iiorili
shore, pass north of Hound island, round Turn point close to, and
guarding against tidal stream, steer uji the narrows in mid-channel ;
these narrows should only l)e attempted at slack water or with a
favourable tide, unless in a full-i»owered steam-vessel. The best
anchorage north of tlui narrows is Coal harbour, and if wishing to i^'o
there, a nortl.-west course for 2 miles from the narrows will lead to
its entrance, and a vessel may anchor ncai- the (■i'ntr(> in IVom 1"* to
14 fathoms. In na\igatinu the West arm keep well ovi-r to the souiii
shore, when iii the vicinity of the I'ot rock and Stragglimr islands.

From westward.— Faltering Quatsino sound I'roin the westward,
keep an offing of about 2 miles, till fhitrance island bears N.?].
or N.E. by N., wdien steer to pass about 2 cal)les east of it, but not
further off. When abreast ir haul to the northward, bringing

SO 11948

Sir chartK. Noe. 570. 582.

2 1$

:?8G

VANCOUVKR ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[C'hai), IX.

Pinnnolo islet in lino ^vith the east side of Low islets, bearing
N.N.W. ^ W., and steer nj) with that mark on till Bedweli islets conu)
well open north of Bold bluff, bearing N.P]., wheii enter Forward
inlet, or procet'd further \i\) the sound, as l)efore directed.

If, when coming from the southward. Pinnacle and Low islets can
be well made out, a vessel by keeping the former in line with the
east part of the latter, bearing N.N.W. 'I W., will pass 3 cables west
of Danger rocks ; but as a rule it would be more prudent to pass
eastward of them.

If the weather be so thick that the marks for clearing Danger
rocks cannot be distinguished, a seaman, if able to distinguish
lOntrance isliuul, may ent«M" the sound by steering for it on a N. by K.
or north-easterly bearing ; pass close to its east side, and haul to tlus
northward when aiM'east it; by keeping half a mile on that coui'se,
the vessel will be W(u' clear north-west of the Danger rocks, and may
proceed anywhere up ihe sound. On a clear night in line weather a
vessel may also enter in the above manner.

There is room, witli a steady breeze, for a smart working vessel to
boat into the sound to the southward and eastward of Danger ro'l- -•
though without previous knowledge of the place it would be ratl^ r
hazardous to attempt it. If o])Iiged to do so, when standing to the
northward towards Danger rocks, tack when Hold bluff comes
in line with the centre of the northernmost (wooded) Surf island,
bearing N.N.E. h K- ; iuid, in standing to the east shore, tack when
Bold bluff comes in line ^vith the south-(;ast extreme of the Surf
islands bearing N. ^ E. or N. by E. When the south side of Robson
island com<*s o[hui north of Entrftnc(> INIount point, N.W. bj^ W. X W.,
the vessel will be east ward of D.ingi^r rocks, and may stand furtlier
to the northward.

Bcsating between Surf islands and Danger rocks, tack at about
;i cables of the former ; and when standing towards (he latter keep
Robson island open as bi-fore directed, till IJedwell islets comes open
north of Bold bluff, N.K. ; if going to North harbour, when inside
Fiu'ward inlet, guard againnl New bank.

The COAST of Vancouver island from Quatsino sound to cape
Scott, the north-west extrtMucMif the isla))d, takes a general W.N.W.
direction ; it is mostly rocky and iron-bound, indented by several
bays, most of which are small, and from the projecting points some
rocks extend in some places nearly one mile fiom the shore.

iS'/. ciiiiiis. Nds firii. r)M2.

Chap. TX.] QUATSINO SOUND.— SAN JOSEF HAY.

as 7

Caution. — When navigating between oai)e Scott and Quatsino
sound do not approach tlio shore nearer than 2 niiU's.

Rugrged point, 3 miles from Quat.sino sound, is a rocky, rugged
point, of moderate height, witJi 12 fathoms at half a inile outsidt;
it. Open bay, wliich lies just inside it, affords landing for boats in
fine weather on its east side.

The coast between Open bay and the entrance to Quatsino sound
is high and cliffy ; some rocks extend nearly one mile from it.

Top-knot point, 5 miles N.W. of Rugged point, is low, with a
hill 800 feet high, shaped like a top-knot, just within it ; some rocks
extend half a mile southward from it.

Raft cove, 8 miles from Rugged point, is an hjhmi bigiil about one
mile in extent, and affords no shelter whatever.

Cape Palmerston, 11 miles N.W. from Rugged i)oint, is a bold
rocky point rising to 1,422 feet ; some rocks extend half a mile
from it.

SAN JOSEF BAY, the entrance to which is 14 miles N.W.
jrom Rugged point and 8 miles S.E. from cape Hcott, is an extensive
open bay, 3 liiiles deep in a north-easterly direction ; the breailth at
the entrance is nearlj 2 miles, narrowing gi-aduaily towards the head.
Its shores are high, and off the south side are several oil-lying rocks ;
the de])ths vary from 11 to 4 fathoms, but the bay affords no slielter
except with northerly winds, and should only be used as a st(ipi)ing
place in fine weather ; generally a heavy sea sets into it, and a
sailing-vessel caught there witli a south-westerly gale would inevita-
bly g(» on shore. At the south side of the head of the l)ay is a
fresh-water stn^aui of consitleralilr si/f, which boats can enter at
higii water, and lind shelter in.

Directions. —I ntendiiiur to anchor in the hay, hring the enti-ance
to bear N.K., and steer for it, anchoring in 7 or "•• lathonis near the
middle, with thi' entrance ])oints l)earing South and West.

Sea Otter cove, just west of San .losel' hay, is ahoul one mile
long in a northerly dii'e(^tion, and from 2 to '.\ cables wide. There
are 5 fathoms in the entrance, and from "i.'e to 3 fathoms inside it,
also several rocks ; the shelter within is very indifferent, and the

iVp uiiai't, No. iit*2.

BO 11948

2 K 1>

388

VANCOUVER ISLAND, WEST COAST.

[Chap. IX.

place only fit for a coaster. Off its south-east entrance point, and
separating the cove from San .Tosef Imy, are some small islets
extending nearly one mile from the shore ; they are bare and yellow-
topped, about 40 feet high, and conspicuous from the north-west.

CAPE RUSSELL, 10 miles from Rugged point and immediately
westward of Sea Otter cove, is a remarkable headland 870 feet high,
and the outer part of a i)eninsula formed by Sea Otter cove and a
small bay north-west of it ; some rocks, oxi which the sea breaks
very heavily, extend nearly one mile south of the cape.

From cape Russell to cape Scott the coast, from 500 to 600 feet
high, trends in a north-westerly direction and is indented by three
open Imys which are nearly one mile deep but afford no shelter
whatever.

Sec chart, No. 582.

a
ks

let
ee
er

389

CHAPTER X.

COAST OF BRITISH COLUMBIA (INNER
CHANNELS)— QUEEN CHARLOTTF. SOUND
TO SEAFORTH CHANNEL.

Variation in lSi)S.
Queen Charlotte sound, 2i° 30' E. j Seaforth channel, 25- 3U E.

THE INNER CHANNELS, herein tlescrilx^d, of the staltoanl
of British Columbia afford smooth water, together with anchorages
for vessels of moderate length, at suitable distances.

See pages IG to 18 for routes usually followed.

These channels, therefore, offer facilities to steam-vessels for
avoiding the strong gales and thick weather so frt^juenily met with
in Hecate strait. They are also available for fore-and-afi schooners,
when navigating between Vancouver island and Alaska.

Unless directed to the contrary, the mid-channel cours* irf recom-
mended to be kept when navigating these inner waters.

CAPE CAUTION (Ka klees la), the north entrance point of
Queen Charlotte sound, is of moderate height and level, the tojis of
the trees being about £00 feet above the sea ; the shore is white, and
of granite formation, with a few rocks off it ; the land norih-east of
the cape rises gradually in a distance of ") miles to Coo-st nipple,
1,350 feet high, 2 miles eastward of which lies mount Robinson,
2,100 feet high.*

Position. — Cape Caution is situated in latitude 51' 9 39' N.,
longitude 127^ 48' 5" W.

SEA OTTER GROUP, consisting of several danjarerons rocks,
islets, and shoals which cover a space of about 12 miles in extent
north and south and 10 miles in an east and west direction, lies at a

• See Admiralty charts : — Vancouver islaud, and view;*. No. l.i*17 ; «cale. »»^ol.">
of an inch. Cap« Caution to port Simpson, southern portion. Xo. 1,92:} b :
scale, m = 0-25 of an inch.

^90 C. CHARLOnrTE SOUND TO SEAPORTH CHANNEL. [Chap. i.

distance of f> or 7 miles from the seaboard of British ColumVia,
frontintr th^- ctatift bt'tween capes Caution and divert.*

Dangrer ^hoal, on which the sea is reported to break in hearr
weather, it* ihe s«>uthernmost outlying dan^'er of Sea Otter group, and
lies 10^ mi!«^ W. by S. h S. from cape Caution ; near the centre oi
this shoal a depth of 9 fathoms, rock.s and stones, was obtained, MiiL
22 fathom* cloise ai»and. Shoaler water pi-obably exists.

The south ejctivmes of Egj? and Table islands in line, l>earinfr
N.E. I N^ leads clear to the south-eastward of Danger shoal and aJJ
other danfirers on the south-east side of Sea Otter group.

Virgrin rocks, near the western limit of the group, consist of
three Avhit* rrjHcks, the largest of which (.50 feet high) lies 17 milt*
West from caj«e ranti.)n. Southward of these rocks the iiO-fathomt^
line is 4 milies. and in a westerly direction it is 6 miles distant :;
rounding the nfic-ks to the westward do not stand into less ihan
30 fathoms.

Watch, rock, 74 feet high and black, lies near the northern limit
of the grouji. 7] miles N. ;{ K. from Virgin rocks. The rock is
steep-to.

Pearl rocks, the northernmost of Sea Otter group, comprise
several roekt; above and below water, extending H miles in a uurih-
west and stmth-«rai«t direction ; the largest rock (15 feet high) lie*;
li miles E. l»y X. frr>m Watch rock, and the south-east rock, on which
the sea al^-avs br>?aks, lies one mile S.E. by E. from the largest
rock.

Devil rock, the north-eastern outlying danger, lies 1} mil«p
N.E. {i E. from the largt-s^t Pearl rock. The sea seldom breaks on
Devil rock, and there is apparently deep water close around.

New patch, on which the sea generally breaks, is nearly 2 mil^e
in extent, and li»-«4i miles S. by E. fi'om the largest Pearl rock.

Channel reeC the eastt-mmost danger of Sea Otter group, ha*;
about (j feet over it at low water ; from the ceiitre of this reef Egg
island bears E. } X,. distant 4/„ miles. The sea seldom breaks on
Channel reef, and there are tJO fathoms close eastward of it.

Addenbrooke Inland oi)€n of, and the east shore of Fitzhugh
sound (beyond) shot in by, caj)e Calvert bearing N.N.W. ^ W., will
lead midway lietween Channel reef and Egg island, and uj) to the

* S'e Admirahr clii*Pt ; — Approaches to Fitzhugh and Smith souuds, No. 2,44<i ;
Hcale, i»( ^ 1 V inch.

:eBt
on

oil

Chap. X.] 8RA OTTKU (JllOrP.— SOUTH PASSAOE.

391

:T: I

entrance of Fitzhufjh sound. Allowance .should ho made fur tidal
streams: the Hood sets to th(! eastward into Qu; cii Cliarlotte and
Smith sounds with a veh)city at spriiif^s of nearly "* knols.

Hannah, rock, the south-easternmost outlyiiii,' dani^'cr, on which
the sea nearly always breaks, is situated about 2-^ miles South of
Channel reef; Hannah rock is awash at hif,'h water, ami from its
centre, cape Caution bears E. i| S., distant «S miles.

Caution. — Danji,'erous rocks have been reported as lyiiii,' in a
S.W. by S. direction, ;') miles from Danji^er shoal, and oceuiiyi'if^' a
space of 2^ miles in diameter, but their existence is iloiil)tful.

SOUTH PASSAGE, leadin^.^ t(. Smith and Fit/.haf,di sounds
from the soutliward, lies between cape (•aution and the south-east
limit of Sea Otter f,'roup, where it is about 7 miles broad, ^sdth
irregular depths varying from iJ-i to 71 fatlioms.

Blunden bay, :i slight bend in the coast between cai)e Caution
and Neck point, at 2 miles N.W. 4 N. from the former, is about
one mile wide at its entrance, and nearly one mile dee]). Indian
cove, which lies in the northern part of this bay, affords good shelter
for boats; it is the rendezvous for Indians on their canoe voyages,
when passing between Queen Charlotte and Fit/hugh sounds.

Hoop reef, — From Neck point the coast trends N. by W. for 2 mih-s
to Good Shelter cove, midway betwei'ii which li(>s Hoop reef, about
one-third uf. a mih^ from the shore ; this reef is three-(jiiarters of a
mile in extent north-west and south-east, and a quarter of a mile
broad.

South Iron rock, on which the sea seldom breaks, lies three-
quarters of a mile westward of Hoop reef, and nearly 1] miles
N.W. i W. from Neck po'nt.

North Iron rock, which dries 7 feet, lies nearly in the fairway
of Alexandra passage, three-quarters of a mile N.N.W. | \V. from
South Iron rock ; there are 7 to 1* fathoms close to.

Clearing marks, — False Egg island in line with West rock off
Table island, bearing N. by W. J W., leads 4 cables west of South
and North Iron rocks. The west extreme of Surf islet, and the
small islands near the south point of Shower island in line bearing
N.E, by N. leads through Alexandra passage, between North Iron
and Egg rocks.

&•<• chart, No. 2,448.

392

Q. CHARLOTTE SOUND TO SEAFOKTH CHANNEL. [Chap, X.

EGG ISLAND, immediately fronting? Smith houiuI, and standing
boldly out from the coast, in the prominent landmark between Goletas
cliannel and Fitzhu},'h sound. The iHland is 280 feet hif,'h, covered
with trees, and is remarkable for its epg-like shape ; it lies T) miles
N.W. \ N. from cape Caution. From the south-west side of the
i^!land rocks extend about one eal)le, and on tlie oast side is a small
island, which is separated from Eg^ island by a narrow gully, giving
the appearance of a split in the island itself, when seen from north or
south.

Egg" rocks, on the north-west side of Alexandra passage, are a
cluster of rocks, lying nearly tln-ee-ipiarters of a mile W.N.W. from
North Iron rock, and about 2 cables S.8.K. from Eu'g island ; these
rocks exteiid about a quarter of a mile N.N.W. and S.S.E., the
northernmost being )50 feet high.

Denny rock, a sunken danger on which the sea seldom breaks,

and a source of danger in thick weather, lies a ijuarter of a mile

W.S.W. from the southernmost Egg rock. The west extreme of Ann

sland open west of Egg island bearing N. by E. leads about 3 cables

west I Denny rock.

SMITH SOUND, <; miles N.N.W. from cape Caution, is about
8 miles long N.E. and S.W., with an average breadth of 3^ miles, the
entrance between Jones and Long i)oints being 4.^ miles across in a
N.N.W. direction. At (I miles within the entrance, on either side of
a cluster of islands, is a channel leading into Smith inlet. In almost
every part of the sound the depths are over 40 fathoms, and there is
generally a heavy swell.

The south-east shore of Smith sound, for 4 or 5 miles from the
entrance, is skirted by several small islands and rocks having deep
water close-to ; good shelter for boats will be obtained in a small
cove about a quarter of a mile north of Jones point, the south entrance
point of the sound ; also in a cove one mile south of Jones point,
abi-east Egg rocks.

The entrance to the sound is protected by a rocky plateau (Cluster
reefs) and several islands, islets, and rocks ; some above, and many
under water, prominent amongst them being Egg and Table islands.
Access to Smith sound may be had on either side of these islands.

}

See chart, No. 2,148.

Chap. X.]

SMITH SOUND.

Alexandra passage, tho continuation of Houth passage into
Smith Hound, lies betweun Kf,'j,' ishmd and the south-eaateru point of
entrance, the narroweat part between Ejiff,' rocks and North Iron
rock l)eins (') cal>le.s ; here as elsewhere, however, the dangers are so
steep-to that tlie (jiiickest use of the U-ad is enjoined.

A general leading mark through Alexandra j)aHsage (making
allowance for heav«' of swell and tide) is the west extreme of Surf
islet in line witii the islets near the south point of Shower islaud
bearing N.K. by N.

Beaver passage. — Tlie northern channel into Smith sonnd lies
between the islands skirting the north imint of the sound, and Wood
and White rocks, the northern and north-western extension of the
above-mentioned plateau. In Beaver passage the bottom is irregular,
20 fathoms being the least dei)th obtained.

The course through the passage is E. ^ S. ; the east extreme of
Search islands, just oi)en of the west end of Surf islet on that bearing,
leads in midway between John rock (on south side) and False Kgg
island (on north side), where the width is (J cables.

This western entrance to the passage being the narrowest part,
with the usual amount of sea or swell good steerage and vigilant
attention are required.

White rocks, 35 feet high, and very conspicuous, lie in the west
entrance of Beaver passage, at 'i\ miles N. by W. [ W. from Egg
island, and nearly one mile N.W. of Cluster reefs.

Jolin rock, — At 3 cables N.N.W. ^ W. from White rocks, and
7 cables S. by W. ;] W. from False Kgg island, lies John rock, which
dries 3 feet at low water, with 'J to "iO fathoms close around, forming
the north-western danger on the south side of Beaver passage.

FALSE EGG ISLAND, resembling Kgg island in shape, but
smaller, is 150 feet high ; it lies on the north side of Beaver passage,
and is the outlying landmark for this northern entrance to Smith
sound.

James rock. — At about 3 cables W. } N. from False Egg island
lies James rock, the exact position of which is somewhat doubtful ;
the sea breaks on this rock at low water, and between it and False
Egg island the bottom is foul.

Sec chart, No. 2,448.

304

g. CHATlIiOTTR SOUND TO HRAPORTH CHANNEL. [Chap. X.

The west pa; t of tlie hirf,'o Oaiu)^ rock boiirin^' North, or in line
■with Quoin hill (on Penrose island), jtasHes three «|narterH of a mile
west ward of .TanioH and John rocks, and leads clear (westward) of all
daiif,'((rs at Wui (^ntraiictf of SinKh s«uind.

Table island, the larj,'est of the groiij) occupying tiie entrance to
Smith sound, is about one mile lonj,' north and south, and half a mile
broad, with the tops of the trees 120 feet above the sea, nearly Hat,
but wlu'U seen from abreast cape Caution appears to have two hills.

A (dustei- of rocks, several of which are covered at low water,
extend half a mile from the west side of Table island, having
24 fathoms close to the outer rock.

Ann island, altout Jiair a miK^ in extent, is separated from the
north end of Table island by a channcd (one cable wide in some parts)
in which shelter will bi^ found for boats.

Cluster reefs, consisting of several rocky heads and shoal
patches, extend from Table island in a northerly and north-westerly
direction into the entrance t)f Smith sound.

George rock, on which the sea l)r(;ak8 at low water, is the north-
westernmost of the reefs, and lies one mile N. by W. | W. from Ann
island.

Edward rock dries 7 feet and lies K.N.K. nearly three-quarters of
a mile from George rock.

Wood rocks, which are awash at low water, situated nearly a
quarter of a mile K. by N. from Edward reef, consist of three rocky
heads, and are the north-easternmost of Cluster reefs.

Bertie rock, with .^i fathoms water on it, lies near the eastern edge
of Cluster reefs ; from the centre of this rock the north-west extreme
of Ann island bears S.W. ^ S., distant nearly three-quarteis of a mile.

The west extreme of False Egg island in line with Kelp head,
bearing N. Jj- W., leads westward ; and Limit point midway between
Long and Shower islands, bearing E. by N. f N., leads northward of
Cluster reefs.

Tidal streams. — Allowance should be made for tidal streams :
the flood sets to the eastward into Queen Charlotte and Smith sounus
with a velocity at springs of nearly 2 knots.

*V'* chart, No. 2,448.

Phap. X.] SMITH SOUND— TAKHSII HAHHOTTR.

'.\[)ri

LONG POINT, the north-wcrtt iK.int of Smith Honiid, lion K. hy N.
three-quarterH of a milu from Fiilno Kf,'?? ishiml ; Tic ishuul, which is
nearly a (piarter of a mile in extent, lies clone westward of Lon^'
l)oint, and is separatitd from it hy a hoat i»assafj:e, in wiiieh there is a
depth of 1 fathoms. Ada roeic, whieli is awash at low water, liew
2 cablea S.S.K. ^ K. from Tie island.

Position.— LonK poiiit, lat. nr !'.»' N., lonj,'. Ii7 47' :'.0 ' W.

Brown island, on the north-east sidn of l'.eaver i)artsa),'e, lies
Haifa mile S.E. \ S. from Lon^ point ; the island is :.'")() feet hii^di,
nearly half a mile Ions N.N.W. and S.S.K., and a (piarter of a mile
broad, with 17 to 2'.\ fathoms close to its south point.

Surprise patch, on the north sid(* of Smith sound, lies I :J miles
N.E. by E. j K. from the south extreme of lirown island ; there is a
depth of 5 fathoms on this patch, 7 to 1/ fathoms close anuind.

Judd rock, AVith Uws than fi feet water on it, lies three-quarters
of a mile N.E. by E. h K. from Surprise patch, and three-quarters of
a milo W. by N. from T.on<,' island, tlu; largest of the IJarrier islands.

Barrier islands, at the head of Smith sound, comprise several
small islands covering a space of al)out .') miles in (extent N.K.
and S.W. IMakeney i)as8age on the north, and drowning passage on
the south side of these islands leading to Smith inlet, are each about
one mile wide, with no bottom at a dei)th of 40 fathoms. A i-eef
extends 4 cables E.N.E. from the east end of Central island.

TAKTJSH HARBOUR, on the south shore of Smith sound,
6 miles within the entrance, is 2 miles long, north-east and south-
west, and one mile broad ; and is the only anchorage to v/hich a
ship can resort for shelter when crossing Queen Charlotte sound.
Vessels of large si/e can lie securely here.

The entrance is three-(}uarters of a mile wide, and has dejjths of
22 fathoms, rocky bottom, in the centre of Sli « )assage, which is
2.V cables wide, and is formed by Gnarled islauas on the west, and
Fish rocks (dry 3 feet at low water) on the east side. There is an
Indian village here of the Quascilla tribe, but the lodges are
wretchedly constructed and the people miserably poor.

* See Admiralty plan : — Takush harbour, on chart Approaches to Fitz Hugh and
Smith sounds, No. '2,448 ; scale, m= TO inch.

396

Q. CHARLOTTE HOUND TO HKAPORTH CHANNRL. [Chap. X.

Petrel shoal, on which thero iH a depth of If) feot, Hituated ono
ciihUi H.S.E if K. from the caHterninost (inarh-d inland, iH thei)rincipal
danger in rounding' into Anchor bight.

Fly basin, at the head of Takush harbour, perfectly hmd-locked,
in about one iniUi long E.N.E. and W.S.W., and one to 2 cables
broad, with 2], to 3 fathoms in the western and (5 to H fathoms in the
"astern part of tht^ basin. The entrance to Fly l)asin, which is
altoiit one cable wide, is contracted to a (juarter of a cal)le by a shoal
(ixtending from the east entrance point, with a rock (dry 2 feet at
low wati'r), and a patch of 'J feet on its western edge ; between this
shoal and the west entrance point there is a depth of t) fathoms. If
re(iuired a small vessel could bo taken into Fly basin.

Anchoragre in Takush harbour will be found in 10 or 11 fathoms,
mud, in Anchor bight, midway between Ship rock and Steep point,
with the north extreme of Bull point in line with Anchor islands,
bearing N.E. by E. I E., and east extreme of liloxham point
N. by E. ^ E.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Takush harbour at
Ih. Om.; springs rise 14 feot, neaps 11 feet.

Directions. — When bound to Takush harbour, it is recommended
to pass through Browning passage, and, after })as8ing North point,
keep the north extreme of Bright island a little open north of that
point l)earing W. by S. ^ S., until Berry point (south side of
Fly basin) appears midway between the entrance points of
Fly basin, S.H, which will lead through Ship passage ; and when
Steep point is well open of the southernmost Gnarled island bearing
W.S.W. a course may be steered for the anchorage in Anchor bight,
taking care to avoid the shoal ground south of Gnarled island,
passing midway between Anchor and Gnarled islands. Good
steerage is required here, speed should be proportionately slow, the
leads kept quickly going, and the water not shoaled to less than
7 fathoms.

SMITH INLET (Quas cillah), the continuation of Smith sound, is
about 3 miles wide at its entrance, between the eastern part of Taiiush
harbour and Dsoolish bay ; it is said to extend nearly 25 miles in an
E.N.E. direction, and at about 9 miles from its entrance contract j to
a general width of half a mile, the shores being formed of Idgh,

See chart, No. 2,448.

Chap. X.]

SMITH JNLKT. - FITZ HUfUI SOUND,

397

rocky precipices covered with wood. The inlet has not I)een
Hurveyed.

The eiiHtern arm of Smitli sound has deep water, and no known
dan;,'errt within. On the southern side of the entrance art' Hiiund
and Dot ishmds, Ixilh wooded. Al>out ('• niihs up, on tiie southern
shore, is cape Anne, eastward of which is Quashehi hay, visited hy
Vancouver.

A rock, which dries at h)w water, lies one cahhi E. by N. \ N. fioni
cape Anne, with a depth of '.) fathoms ch)se t-astward. Quasliehi hay
is reported to afford safe but confined aneh«)nif,'t' in the southern
bight, in 22 fathoms.

On the nortliern sliore, opposite capo Anne, is a land slide, and a
thickly-wooded point faeinj,' westward, which has the appearance of
a cone from a vessel poinf,' up the inlet. The vessels of the Hudson's
Bay Company anchor in 45 fathoms, rocky bottom, with the stern
warped to trees onshore, off the entrance of an inlet 1]^ miles east-
ward of cape Anne; this anchorage is bad. A cannery is situated
about half a mile up the inlet, from which scows brinf,' cargo down
to vessels at the entrance.

The coast from Long point txtends 2] miles N.W. by N. to
Kelp head, from which Cranstown point bears N. l)y W. distant
one mile.

FITZ HUGH SOUND, the entrance to which lies.'! miles north-
ward of Smith sound, is 3'.) miles lonj,' in a general N. N.W. and S.S.K.
direction, having an average breadth of \\ miles. The shores are
mostly bold and rocky, the slopes are woodi'd and steep, and the
elevation of the peaks from 1,000 to 3,400 feet. The southern
entrance to Fitz Hugh sound lies between Cranstown point (the
south-east entrance point of Fitz Hugh sound and soutii entrance
point of Rivers inlet) and cape Calvert, the southern extremity of
Calvert island, which bears from Cranstown [)oint \V. }, N. distant
i miles.*

The sound at 4 miles north of Safety cove is contracted to I^, mihfi
in width by Addenbrooke and adjacent islands, which lie on the
east side ; the shores on both sides are, however, steep-to. and the
depths in the channel from 80 to 140 fathoms.

Tidal stream. — The flood tide runs to the northward.

Srr charu, Nos. I,92:{ft. '2.44S.

?,98

Q. CHARTiOTTK SOUND TO SKAFOTlTFf CHANNEL, [Chap. X.

Canoe, Spur, and Paddle recks Mo about one miU' off Kelp
hoa<l, and c»ccni)y ^ space of 1^ mileH in a N.N.W. and S,S,K.
direction ; the space thus ench)Hed being foni, and more or less
covered with growing kelj). Oanoe rock, tlio centre and most
prominent of these rocks, is bare, 2;') feet high, and stands bohlly out
from the coast, making a good point for identification.

Open bay, on tlic north-east side of Cranstown point, affords
anchorage in 7 fathoms, about 2 cables from the shore, during summer
or with olV-«hore winds, but there is generally a swell in the bay,
and it is only used by local craft as a temjjorary anchorage.

Cape Calvert, tlie south extreme of Calvert island, is the
Httuthern teiiiiinaiion of Cape range. (2,()()() feet high) ; it presents a
broail face (»f rocky coast extending in a north-east and south-west
direction, al)out i'l'iO feet high, and covered with a thick growth of
hemlock and pine trees. At 2 miles North of the cape is Entry cone
(1,2(H) feet high), which is conspicuous, and forms a good mark for
recognisijig Fitz HugJi sound from the southward and westward;
cai)e Calvert is fronted by the Sorrow islands, which are steep-to, of
granite formation, and covei'ed with gnarled ;Mid stunted trees;
between these i> 'anils and tlie cap<! fair shelter may be found for
boats in Grief l)ay (Telakwas), but during south-east or south-west
gah^s, a swell is more »n' less experienced, rendering landing dillicult
and sometimes dangerous. Indians resort to Grief bay when
travelling, or engaged in hunting the sea otter.

Those from the westwanl, bound for Fit/. Hugh sound, should uso
North passage, between Sea Otter grouj) and Calvert ieland ; this
passagt- is about i» miles wide, lledley patch with '.• fathoms water
(possibly less) lies in tlu' west entranei^ to North passage, at i.i^ miles
N. j W. from Waleii r(»(k.

("a|)e ('al\ert is silualetl in latitude .'d' 2;")' 0' N., longitude
127 .'»;') 0" \V.

SCHOONER RETREAT (Ka pi liah), i.n the east side of
Fit/, Jlugii sound, is the name given t«t tiie andiorages among a
cluster of iulunds at the south-west jtart of IViirose island, which
here separates Fit/, Hugh sound from Uivtirs inlet. The Retreat
affords a secure sto])ping place, and with care may be safi'ly entered
by steam- V(?ssels. Kaislake point (Joachim island) its south-eastern
entrance jtoint, lies 7 miles N.K. J N. from Sorrow ishnul. The

(.Vf cburt. No. ?,44s.

Chap. X.] FFTZ HUdU SOtlVD,— SCHOONRU RKTRKAT.

:v.ni

entrance to Schooner Retreat trends in a N.N.E. direction from
Karshike point, where it is about half a mihi wide, contracting,' to one
cable between Sea bluff and flrey islets; insitlc tlie narrows to tiie
eastward, it expands into Frignte bay.*

Penrose island, v,-hich forms the northern protection to Sciiooner
Retreat, lies in the mouth of Rivers inlet, a branch of the inlet
I)as8ing on either side of it. Quoin liill, 880 feet high, is situated
near its south end about three-quarters of a mile inland

Joachim island, the south-easternmost and largest of the cluster
of islands at the south-west end of Penrose island, is 400 feet liigh,
l\ miles long north and south, with an average breadtli of half a
uiiK) ; the north extreme of this island is Hei)arated fi-oiii I'enrost!
island by a boat pat^sage.

Ironside island, the eastern part of which is 200 feet high, is
thf next in size, and is separated from Sea bluif, the north-west point
of Joachim island, by the channel into Schooner Retreat. (Jny
islets on the west side of the channel into Schooner Retreat, lie close
off the south-east extreme of Ironside island.

Safe entrance, between Joachim and IronsiiU* islands, tliice-
quarters of a mile wide, has in the middle from 8 to J 7 fathoms
water. On the west side of Safe entrance, about .')0 yards from (iriy
islets, lies a rock avvash ; from it shoal ground extenils Ih cables in a
northerly direction, with 2 to 3 fiithoms on it, and 4 to 10 fathoms
close-to.

Comber rock, on whi<di the sea often bn>Mks, is an outlying
danger at the north side of Safe tMitraiic*' ; ilie locU coNt'i's at threw-
(|\uirtfrs ll((od, and lies tliret;-(|u;irtfrs of ii (•al)lf S. by \V. from Surf
point, lli'.! soutli-wfst oxti'emo of Ironsidf islaml.

Frigpate bay, tlie Simthfrnmost andufr.ige in Schooner Ueln-iil, in
about half a mile long north-east and sotilli-west, and a ijiiarter >>( a
mile l>road, with depths of ',* to 2(' fathoms; u is foiincil b\ ihc
junction of Joachim ami l'enr(»se i 'Hnds on llu south, east, and noitii,
and is protected on the west by Ironside and Maze isliinds. Centre
ilJet, in the north jyart of the i>ay, of small extciii, lies 2} (ablcs
from the north end of Safe entrance ; a shoal with from 2 to
'^ fathoms on it, extends for more than one cable from its east end

* iV ( Ailiiiiiallv |iliiii Siiliiioiitii Ut<l.i'»>al, 1*11 nIiuu) ol i^Iuils hI' uiiuliurugt-N bit^Wfeti
tiipi' •'Rutioii mill I'oit Miiapgnii, No. I.'.tyl ; »o«lt>, m -^ (J e iinlmei.

400

Q. CHARLOTTE flOUND TO SEAFORTH CHANNEL. [Chap. X.

in a north-easterly direction towards Penrose island. There are
several other islets and rocks in the eastern part of the bay, from
which a boat passage leads into Rivers inlet.

The best anchorage In Fr' *ate l)ay will be found just within Safe
entrance, oil a clean windy l)each, in 13 fathoms, witli the northeast
extreme of Ironside island bearing W. ^ S., and the north-west
extreme of Sea blufE S. } W. Vessels should moor.

Maze islands are a cluster of small islands on an extensive
shoal projecting in a northerly direction from the north-east end of
Ironsitie island ; the north-east prong of this shoal extends nearly
across to Penrose island, leaving a narrow channel with h}^ to
9 fathoms water, which leads from Frigate bay to Secure anchorage.

Secure anchoragre, north-west of Frigate bay, is about a quarter
of a mile long north-east and south-west, and Ij cables broad, with
depths of 9 to 11 fathoms ; it is protected from seaward by Ironside,
Bird, and Highway islands, Verney passage, leading to Secure
anchorage from the westward, between Ironside and P>ird islands, is
nearly half a cable wide with 7 fathoms in mid-channel, but it is
contracted to about 30 yards by the shoals on either side, and is only
suitablw for small roasting vessels. Chance rock, at the entrance
between Folly and Stunted islands, renders this passage dangerous.

Directions. — When bound to Schooner iietreat at all times use
Safe entrance ; from the southward. Quoin liill (<S<SO feet high) at the
south part of Penrose island, should be brought in line with tlie hill
200 feet high, on the east end of Iroiisid*; island bearing N.N.K., this
wilHead to abreast Karslake point, the west extreme of Joachim
island, when Safe entrjince will be oi)en. After passing Karslake
point steer very carefully and ])roceed at a moderate speed towards
Sea Bluff point until Quoin hill is in line with Centre island
bearing N. § K., which will lead through Safe entrance in mid-
channel, and to the anchorage in Frigate bay.

Galea.— I'M ring S.K. and S.W. gales the gusts are furious, but
with good ground tackle aud care there is no danger in Scli«>oner
Retreat.

Tides.— It is high water, full aud change, in Schooner Retreat at
Oh. 30m. ; springs rise M feet, neajis 1 1 feet.

iSv chart. No, l,!«»|.

Chap. X.] SCHOONER RETREAT.— RIVERS INLET.

401

RIVERS INLET, the shores of which have not been surveyed,
lias an entrance on either aide of Penrose ishind, but it is not known
whether they are clear of danger. The inlet runs about 12 miles in
a northerly direction, and then !(• miles north-eastward to the
mouth of Wannock river. Zero and Black rocks are dangers at
the entrance of the inlet , the former is a small rocky islet, composed
of white liniestoiK', al)out 1') to 20 feet above higii water, and about
2 cal)les in extent ; the latter is a low, smooth, black rock, about
50 yards long, and 3 or 4 feet high ; with foul ground between it and
the island to the lujrtliward.*

A rock, with a depth of •! fathoms on it, lies with Zero rock centre
bearing N.E., distant S cables.

Pass north-west .vard of Zei'o rock, and south-eastward of Black
rock, about one cable off eacii, in deep water.

Schooner ))assage, the entrance to which from Rivers inlet is on
the western shore, al)ont 10 miles up the inlet, and westward of
Walbran island, has doo]j water, with low and densely-wooded
shores. Tliis passage has an uniform l)readth of about 2 cables, and
is fre<iuently used by the Hudson's i^ay Company's steam-vessels ;
but it is not suitable for vessels more than 240 feet in length. There
is a siinken rock at the western entrance of the passage, to avoid
which sharj) turns are necessary ; and the northern shore should bo
kei)t very close aboard. A rock lies 70 yards off shore on the
western side of the northern entrance.

Good anchorage is reportt^d in the north-western bight, in 10 to
20 fathoms, where the inlet turns to the eastward. Wannock cannery
is on the northern siiore abou; miUs eastward of this bight. At
the mouth of Wannock river the village O^^eekayno is situated on
both sides, and a saw-mill, cannery, and ;i wooilen church are on the
south side. The water is too deep for ancliorage off )weekayno.
The least v\ater on the bar of the Wannock :s 7 feet at low water
abreast the cliurch, and the mark for entering is to keep a land slip,
the middle of three situated about one mile soulh-^Vl stward of the
church, bearing S.S.W. ;| W. astern. There is a wharf at tlie saw-
mill with a depth of 12 feet alongside. A mail steamer calls at the
establishments in Rivers inlet once a month.

Swan Rock is about a quarter of a mile in length W. by N. and
K. o^s H., with depths of 1| fathoms on it, and lies with Lone island
centre bearing East, distant IVo miles ; and Entry cone S.S.W.

Addenbrooke island. — At about H miles N.W. from Karslake
point lie a grou]) of islands off the eastern shore of the sound abreast

L'. Addenbrooke, tlie westernmost of thegn

J pel

,St:r uharta, Nob. l,^2ib, 2,44».

liSO 11946

402

Q. CHARLOTTE SOUND TO SEA FORTH CHANNEL. [Chap. X.

islands, extenfls westward into the sound narrowinpr the width of
the passapo between it and Calvert island to about If miles.

SAFETY COVE (Oat so alls), on the west shore of Fitz ITuph
sound, 7 miles northward of cai)o Calvert, is about one mile long
W.S.W. and E.N.K., and nearly half a mile wide at its entrance,
westward of which the shores of the cove extend parallel to each
other at 2 cables ai)art ; tluTc are (lei)ths of to 17 fathoms within
half a cable of its shores, and 14 to 19 fathoms, soft mud, in the
middle of the cove ; a bank of sand and mud which dries, extends
'.) cables from the head with 7 fatlnmis close to its edge.*

The shores, excejit near the h<'a<l are high, rocky, and steep-to,
rising to an elevation of al)ont 1,000 feet. There is a conical ])eak at
the head of the cove* which beurs W. .', S. from the middle of the
entrance. North i-ntrance point of Safety cove has two small islets
lying off it, which are useful in iilentifying the entraiice, especially
when coming from the northward.

Anchorag'e. — Good anchorage will be obtained in 13 fathoms,
mud bottom, in the middle of Safety cove abreast a waterfall on the
north shore. Entering at night, keep in the middle of the cove, and
keeping the lead going anclioi- as soon as 17 fathoms are struck,
inuring south-east or south-west gales, strong gusts blow across the
valley at the heatl of this cove.

Water. — The stream which flows into the head of Safety cove
affords excellent water, but is difficult to obtain by boats. The
waterfall on the north shore, unless in exceptionally dry weather
(August and September), will afford a good 8up])ly.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Safety cove, at Ih. (hn.,
springs rise 14 feet, neaps 11 feet.

Kwakshua passage, between Calvert and Hecate islands,
7^ miles north of Safety cove, leads to the sea ; this passage is only
partially examined ; it has, however, been used by coasting vessels.
(.SVv i)age l'.)-2.)

Hakai channel is .")J, miles north of Kwakshua, between Hecate
island and the smaller islands lying off the south side of Hunter
islanil, leading to sea. Vancouver reached the sea by this passage in
1792. {See page 492.)

GOLDSTREAX HARBOUR, at the south-east entrance point

Arcliart. No. \,<.)2:\h.
' Sir A Imiriili}- i.luH :— SidVty oove, on slitntt of plniiJ* .if anuhorage. bt^tween oape
Caution and port Simpson, No. 1,901 ; soak'. »»= } inches.

Chap. X.] PITZ HUGH SOUND.— NAMU HARBOUR.

403

111.,

els.

int

ipe

of Hakiii channel, affords good accommodation for small vessels ; it
is about 2 c.iblos long north and south, and 2 cables broad, with
depths of 7, lo 15 fathoms, sand ami mud. The entrance to this
harlxnir from Fit/. Hugh sound is through an intricate passage little
over half a cable wide, between the north extreme of Hecate island
which forms the south shore, and an island about one mile in extent
whicii i')rms th(! north side of Goldstrcain harbour.*

Foul ground marked by k«'lp, extends one cable from Kelp point,
the north entrance point of the harbour. Evening rock, which dries
3 feet at low water springs, lies near the middle of the {lassage about
2 e-ables within the entrance fm the north side of the channel ; it
would, therefore, be advisable, in the absence of i^ood local know-
ledge, to jjlacf a boat near this rock (when covered i before entering
or leaving the harboui', and proceeding at slow speed, keep in mid-
channel, where there is a general tlepth of (*> fathoms.

Tides. — Ii is high water, full and change, in Golilsiream harbour
at Ih. "m. : springs rise 15 feet, neaps 12 feet.

Nalau island, separating Nalau and Hakai }Kissages, is 4.^ miles
long north and south, 15 miles wide, and tioO feet high ; it is situated
between Hunter and Hecate islands.

Nalau passage, l miles north-westward of Hakai, is an on-

fxplored channel leading to sea. (See page -I'.U.)

NAMU HARBOUR, at the south entrance of Barke channel
and one mile south of Edmund point, on the east side of Fitz Hugh
sound, lies (j miles N.E. by N. from Nalau passage, the intervening
east shore of Fitz Hugh sound being abrupt and Ixdd. It is three-
quarters of a mile long. E.N.E. and W.S W., and three-quarters of a
mile broad, with depths of 20 to 28 fathoms ; at its entrance lies
Kiwash, a round island, 200 feet high, a ipiarter of a mile in
diameter, and covered with trees. t

South passage, between Kiwash and Plover islands (15*^ feet high)
the latter forming the south entrance point, is nearly half a mile
wide, with 23 to 28 fathoms ; North passage, between Kiwash and
f'liir islands, on the northern side of the harbour, is .3 cables wide
with 35 to 18 fathoms. Namu harbour may be entered either by
North or South jiassage.

,W chart. No. l.'.»2:U.
• .St Ailmiralty plan : — Goldstreani harbour on sheit of plans of anchorageH
Imtween cape Caution and pott Simpnon. No. l.'.Hil : -icalf. tii = «;i» inchei^

+ >' >• Adininilty plan : — Xamii narlxiui' on shi ct if jilaii- of anrhnraeen between
cape Caution ami port Simpson. No. I.'JUI ; sculo, m = -to incbi--

SO lltfji 2C i

! li

404

Q. CHARLOITE SOUND TO SBAPORTH CHANNEL. [Chap. X.

From the north side of Namu harbonr two inlets indent the land
about on*- mile' ; the w.'.stern is named Harlef|uin basin, the oiiLwu
which is chok«-»I with rocks, is called Hock cn'ek. At the niomh trf
the latter is Whirlwind hay, its entrance lieinj? marked by two r.ujuU
islands. Sanday bland to the northward, and Clam island to tin-
southwani a qnarter of a mile apart. Two or !> miles enetward uf
the haHxmr a chain of mountains from 2,(500 to ll,:j(K/ feet hich
extends in a X.X.E. and S.S.W. ilirection for (> miles.

Anchorage. — Lirsze vcssids sliMuld anchor in 20 failioms. in i.Ih-
centre uf X;tiaju h;(rlx»iir, witii ti)i' north extn'ine of Ki'Aasb island
Ijearin? West, ami the west extreme of Plover islaml S. Ir.- K. Small
vessels may anchor in Whirlwind bay in 12 fathoms, clay, with tbf
north extreme of Kiwash ishnid bearing.' W. by S., antl the o.^nxre td
Clam island South.

During iheaatumn and winter months the anchorage in Whirl-wind
bay is not n-c*»mmended, as furious gusts blow over the moumaim*
(;>.(>< 'Ofeet hishi in its vicinity. Thisanchorage is moreover confined
l»y Loo roc-k- on which there is only '.) feet water, lying nearly in ili*-
mi(Mle of th*- lx3T, 2 cables K. by N. | X. from the south extreme oi
Sunday island. It is recommended not to bring Sunday island tn
bear westwanl of W.X.W. when entering Whirlwind bay.

There is a iarr»- i^itn-am and an old Indian camp in Whirlwind
bay.

Tides, — It i* hiirh water, full and change, in Xaniu harl>oui ai
Ih. Om. ; spriiurs ris«e !.'► feet, neajjs ]2.\ feet.

BURKE CHANNEL, an inlet on the east side of Fit/. Hiurh
sound, '.\ laile^ n»>rthward of Namu harbour, leads to Heia kuia
anchoratre at the head of Xorth Bentinck arm, a distance of .jf* mi]«ti
in a general north-easterly ilirection, from its junction with Fit*
Hugh soand- Borke channel lies between high, precipitous, rocky
mountains, the suh^ of which are covered with stunted i)ine treeh.
and mostly snow-capped, becoming more lofty as the head uf the
inlet is approon-hetl. Hurke channel and Bentinck arm, though nui
surveyed in detail, have been frequently traveised both by day and
night.*

Edmund point, the south entrance point of Burhe channel 'i^
low and wooded, and hasi several small islands south of it, lying ufi

• &•« chart. No. 1,923*.

Chap. X.] NAMU HARBOUR.— HURKE CHANNEL.

405

an indentation, wliicli has the appearance of afl'()nlinf» sheltered
anchorage. Some small islets also Hi' in the channel, eastward of
Lidmund point.

Walker point, tiie north entranc*' point to the chainiel, is formetl
by an island situated 2 miles N.W. from Edmund point ; this island
is steep-to, but at 2 cal)les the water is not deeper than 2(') fathoms,
mud bottom, deepening quickly a short distance further ; a positi</n
which might be used for anchoring in a fog.

Temporary anchorage, north of Walker point, might on emergency,
with care, and sending a boat aheatl, be taken up, but there are
many covering reefs.

The first reach of Fku-ke channel takes a N.N.K. li K. direction for
5 miles, and thence N.K. '^ K. for 1)1 miles, tlie first part being a little
over one mile wide, but the latter part only three-quarters of a mile
across. The titlal streams are strong in this reach, and several heavy
tide rips are met with; but for the remainder of the distance to
Bela kula they are not much felt. Immediately facing the eastern
end of this reach is a bay which might possibly afford anchorage.
The sea water here is lirackish.

Restoration bay (Tsekwai), at 1 miles from the N.K. point of the
first leach is situated innni'diatdy under a high, conical mountain,
and has a sandy beach at its head, off which, at liaif a mile, is a
depth of 40 fathoms shoaling gradually to ',) fathoms close to the
shore. Several small streams enter the cove. Anchorage may be
taken up in IS fathoms at about II cables fr tm low water mark:
the sho.e should be approached very slowly when coming to an
anchor, as the bank is extremely stee])-to and the water shoals very
suddenly.

The second reach of Uurke channel trends N. by W. for KH miles,
ending abreast a 1»av, wooded point at the foot of a high mountain ;
thence the channel takes a N.X.E. 4 E. direction for 12 miles, another
arm (Kwatna) branching olf S.E. At one cable fnnn the soulh-west
point (Mapalaklenk) of entrance to this arm is a rock, which uncoscrs
at low water : it is the only known dangi-r in lUirke channel, and
inay be avoided by keeping the north shore aboard

Hence the channel takes a N.E. ] N. direction for 4 miles along
the base of a remarkably bare, stony mountain situated on the south
shore, which is almost entirely devoid of vegeUition. Thence the

See chart, No. 1,9236.

406

Q. CHARLOTTE SOUND TO SEAFORTH CHANNEL. [Chiip. X.

channel trends N.N.E, for miles, at which (listinu!e Dcane channel
branches off N.W., Burke channel continninj,'' for 7 miles N.K. by
E. i E., to Menzies point (Taliuko), in hit. 5:2'' IS' 30" N., where it
divides into the north and south Jleutinck arms, the fornn-r takiuj,' a
N.E., the latter a S.E. direction.

North Bentinck arm is S miles long, and just within the
entrance, on the north shore, is a small b.iy atl'ordini,' anchorage for
small craft. The head terminates in a sand and mud Hat fronting
low, swampy ground, covered with grass, which is submerged at
high water. The inlet is here If'^ miles wide.

Bela kula at the head of North Bentinck arm,all"ord8 inditl'erent
anchorage close to the mud flat at the mouth of the river, on the
south side east of Sutlej point. When taking nyi a berth, great care
is required. A large vessel should moor in 45 to 50 fatlioms, as the
bank is very steep-to, deejjening from one to IS fathoms m a distance
of 200 feet; a stern anchor may also be i'e(juired, or a liawser laid
out to the shore will be useful for keeping the hawse clear. Small
vessels may find shelter during summer, on the north shore under
Custom house point. The country abounds in fur-bearing animals.*

Bela kula or Nookhalk river is a stream of considerable size and
velocity, the deposit from which has formed the steep bank at the
head of the inlet. The water is quite fresh alongside, and if i)umped
in at low water is fit for drinking. There are also several good
places for watering at, on the north shore, opposite the anchorage, a
boat being able to go underneath the waterfalls.

There is a Norwegian Settlement here.

Tides. — It is high water, at full and change, at noon ; springs rise
13 feet.

Winds. — The prevailing wind in Bentinck arm in summer is
from south-west ; the westerly winds of the ocean blowing across
Fitz Hugh sound being led up the inlet as through a funnel following
the direction of the diU'erent bends. The breeze generally sets in
about 10 o'clock in the forenoon, and blows fresh imtil sunset, when
it usually falls calm.

South. Bentinok arm.— From Menzies point, South Bentinck
arm branches S.P]., about one mile in breadth, with high land on both

.Sy' chart. No. 1,923 J.
• See Admiraltj- i)lan :— Bela kula anflioniye on sheet of plans. No. 1,462 ;
aoale, m = 4*0 inches.

Chap. X.] BURKK CHAN'XKL.— IMsnER CHANNEL.

407

', II

sides, for aboul 20 milen. At '.) milos t'roin Mcnzies point an ifelanil
lies on tiie easti-rn sliorc. Tlu! hoacl ol' the arm is reported to be
.shallow, .') and V2 fathoms, but it has not l)een surveyed and is
seldom visited.

Kiltik. — From Nalau ijassage the coast of Hunter island extends
12 miles in a N. by W. | W. direction with only two openings, the
northernmost of these named Kiltik on the west sidtM)f Fitz Hugh
sound, oppositf Kdmund point, is a narrow creek (less than 2 cables),
extending nearly one mile in a westerly direction, with an average
dei)th of 20 fathoms in the centre, but shoal for one-third of a mile
from its head. This creek, it is supposed, might be used by moderate
sized vessels, but has not been examined in detail.

The Trap. — At \',\ miles northwanl from the south-eiistm-n point
of Hunter island a small islet lies off an imlentation of the coast,
forming what has been termed the Trap. Strangers migiit be tempted
to enter this opening ; it is, however, extremely contracted, not
affording room for a steam-vessel to turn, and dangers are sujiposed
to exist in the passage round the islan-', it should therefore be
avoided.

FISHER CHANNEL, the continuation of Fit/. Hugh sound
northward from the entrance to Burke channel, leads to Lama and
Gunboat passages on the west, and to port .John and Evans arm on
the east. At 15 miles from Walker point Fisher channel divides into
two, .Johnson channel taking a N.N.W. uiid Cousins inlet a North
direction ; the former at a distance of '.) miles splitting into several
arms (Koscoe and Sisters inlets on either side of Florence peninsula
and Bullock and Kllersiie channels on either side of Yeo island).
Bullock and Kllersiie channels communicate with Seaforth channel
{see page 41:5), and from the north point of Yeo island, at their
northern junction, the main inlet continues northward for a further
distance of 10 miles to about hit. .')2'' M' N. These channels north-
ward of Gunboat passage have not been surveyed in detail, and
Bhould, therefore, be navigated with caution.

Fog rocks, situated rather on the east side; of Fitz Hugh sound
and ;i miles Nwth of Walker point, consist of six rocks above watt-r,
flat and of a whitish cf>lour, tlie highest of which is 25 feet high,
with a few shrubs on it ; close to the southernmost rock several small
black rocks uncover at low water. These rocks (which appear nearly
in mid-channel from the southward) may be passed on either side,

net uhart, No. 1,^236.

408

Q. CHARLOTTE SOUND TO SEAKORTH CHANNEL. [Chup. X.

but the muin route lies westward of them, piiflBiii}; thcin at about
half a mile.

Walbran rock, with 12 feet on it at low-wati-r sjirin^' tidt's. ami
4 to 10 fathotriH clow* around, lies with the Houtii-cast extreme of
Pointer island at the entrance of liaina passage, bearinj,' \V. by N. -J N.
distant 2,f cables, and Brend point N. by K. ,| E.

Tidal streams. — About midway between Fo^' rocks ami Lama
passage the Hood tide from the northward meets that frt)m the
southward.

PORT JOHN.— At 4 miles North of Lama paasaj^e. on the
eastern shore of Fisher channel, is an indentation, in the northern
pari of which, immediately under Remarkable cone mountain,
2,302 feet hij^^h, is port John, southward of which is Fvans arm, into
which there are two ])assages on eithei- side of Matthew island,
3(50 feet high, which lies at the entrance to th»i arm. The south
passage is half a mile wide, the north passage is only one-liiird of a
mile wiile, and this near the east end is contracted to 1 .', cables by
a rock lying in the centre.*

Port John (of Vancouver) affords anchorage in 20 fatlioms, l)ut is
much ccmfined by Mark rock nearly in tlie middle, covering at half
Hood, and by a Hat extending off the stream at its head. Thent is
also anchorage at the head of Evans arm in 20 fat' oms, whicli may
be reached through South passage, but the immediate approach to it
north of Boot island is foul, and a large vessel should be preceded bj'
a boat. North passage should only be used after temporarily buoying
Peril rock, which has 12 feet water on it, and lies nearly in the
middle of the eastern part of the passage.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in port John, at Ih.Om. ;
springs rise 13 feet.

DEAN CHANNEL leads out of Cousins inlet to the N.N.E., in
which direction it extends for about 12 miles, and there divides into
three branches ; one (Cascade inlet) taking a north-west direction ;
another (Labonchere channel) to the south-east, and communicating
with Burke channel (see page 404) ; the other, main inlet, extending
in a north and north-east direction, with an average width of one
mile for a distance of IS miles, when it turns to the N.N.W. for
9 miles, terminating in low marshy land in about lat. 52° 52' N.f

* 6># Admiralty chart : — Lama passage and Seaforth channel, No, 2,449 ; scale,

m E= 1 '55 inches.

t<aw chart, No. 1,9236.

Chap. X.]

PORT JOHN.— LAMA PASSACK.

40J)

Kimsquit.— liound for Kiinsquit iit th»> hcinl of the channel, round
Ruphoo point at thti diHtunc*' of a quarter of a mile and sti'cr up
niiil-cliannel. As thi' lu-ad is approached the viUas« of Kiinsquil.
and the river and sand-i»ank olV its entrance, will lie seen on tiic
eastern sidt! ; two miles ahove the river the iidet is contracted to
ahoii* one mile in breadth hy two low spits, ('i)ntinue mid-cliaiuiel
hetvt'cen these spits and haul into the hay on the east shore, where
anchoraj^e will he foinid, ol!" a p(d)l)ly beach, in 4t> fathoms, witli a
larj^e l)ouhler on the north t'lid of the beach Ijcarin^ N. ;j \V., and
the north-west point of the bay West.

Cascade inlet, so named by Vancouver, from the nuinl)er of
wateriall.s, extenils in a north-west ilirection for about 11 miles witli
an average wiilth of thi'ee-(juarters of a mile. It, in common with
the other branches of Dean channel, has not l)een surveyed in detail ;
its shores are comjmsed of ])recipici's, and sesi'ral large cascades
come down from the high mountains tiiai overlook it.

LAMA PASSAGE, between Hunter and Denny islands, is the
main passage connecting Fisher channid (the northern continuation of
Fitz Hugh sound) with Seaforth chaiintd and Millbank souml ; its
eastern entrance on the west side of Fisher;'hannel, (I miles North of Fog
rocks, may be recognised l>y a conical mountain 1,000 feet high, on
the north-east point of Hmiler island, and by Pointer island, on the
south side of this entrance, where it is nearly one mile wide. Thence
the passage tr-ntls Wi'St '2 miles to abreast Ser}»ent point on the south
shore, the breadth being about half a mile, and the depths KiO fathoms
in the middle, 2.') and 2(1 fathoms near the shores ; it then widens
and trends 4 miles W.S.W. to abreast Twilight point (the south-west
point of Denny island.*

The entrance to Plumper channel {^see page 41).")), which is one mile
wide, lies opposite Twilight point, from which Lama passage turns
to the north-West between Denny and Campbell islands, for 4 miles
to Grave point, which has several Indian graves on it.

The north shore of Lama passage is bold, and a rock awash is
reported to lie about one cable olt'-shore, W. ^ N. from Serpent point.
The southern shore, after the first 3 miles, is penetrated by a number
of indentations, some of which afford shelter.

* iSce Adimralty uhuri;— Laiiia patwagt- and Seafoith chauuel, No. 2,44y scale
m :3 1*56 iucheu.

410

Q. CHARLOTTE WOUND TO SKAFOltTH CHANNKh. [Chap. X-

' Jii

I J

COOPER INLET, ►utuated on tho Houtliorn nhoro of Lama
puHHiipt', ') 111. s from the uarittsrn <'iitraiict', is tlcei), and en itains
HDvenil Hmall cm-kH, the indentationH already nuMitioiu'd, otV which
lie a uinnher of islets an(i rocks, in line wcatluT auchora^t' may be
ol)tain('d in 14 fathoms uniU'r Westminster point.

Jane creek, in thtt south-east corner of Cooper inlet, may be
used by small vessels. (Jluu'les point, its north point, has two reefs
extending' one cable I'roin it in a north-westerly direction, the outer
of which dries K fei't.

Good auchora^'e may he had in this creek in '.( fathoms, with Charles
point in line with the east point of Canal bi^'ht (on the opposite
shore of the passage) bearing N.W. } W,, and George point, the south
entrance point of .Jane creek, l)earing S.W. l)y W. Large vessels may
anchor in about IS fatiioms midway between Charles tind George
points ; the l)ottom in this creek is mostly rocky.

Camp Island, lying close to the south-went extremity of Denny
isliind, and the turning point into the northern part of Lama ptissage,
should not be rounded nearer than half a mile, as the bottom is foul
for .'5 cables in a south-easterly direction from it, with patches that
uncover 2 feet at low water springs.

McLaughlin bay, on the west shore of Lama passage,
half a mile south of Grave point, is a good stopping place ; it is about
4 cabU'S wide and 1{* cables deep, with 8 to 14 fathoms water. The
south point of the bay has a bare hill 150 feet high, wiiich in tliick
weather is an useful guide to a stranger. The anchorage is in
11 fathoms oil the centre of the beach about one cabli' from the
shore, with Grave point open east of south-west point of Narrows
island bearing X. ] \V., and Archibald point open east of Napier
point bearing S.E. by E. A spit runs of with Bare hill bearing
West, Anchorage should be taken up well to the southward of the
church.*

In this bay is the site of an old Hudson bay trading post ; there
is a smidl (juantity of cleared ground at the foot of a rocky hill
200 feet high, a quarter of a mile from the beach, on the west side of
which there is a lake. This is the only Indian winter residence
between Queen Charlotte sound and Seaforth channel.

Sre chart, No. 2,441).
• ffce AdmlrJilty plan : -McLaughlin bay, on sheet of plans of anchorages between
cape Caution and Port SSimpaou, No. 1,901 ; scale, m =6*6 inchea.

nhq). X.] COOPKU INLKr. — KlilK TSO ATM IlAllUOUll.

Ill

Tho Ilcllii Mfllii mitivi'H miK'nitod here liotn Hdlii IJcllii iHliirulM in
IStlS ; ;in Amt'riciin iiiirtsidiiary now n'sidfs here, ami tlu-rc is
a Huiall church anil school-hoiiHc.

A rock irtsai'l, from Tnilian report, to exist in liatna i)aHHai.'»' abreast
Mcliauj^'hiin hay, ami to lie half a calde from the eastern sliore, with
Xapier point hearing S.S.K. distant nearly t) cables; tliis reported
danf,'er has been r.e.Tched for without success by several of
H.M. ships. <j'his jtissaf^o was frecjueMlly used liy the lii'irn- durin;,'
the survey, and thouf,di nut then found tiie ruck may exist, and
constHiuently the wostern iJhoro should be favoured.

Tides. — It is hi^'h watev at full and chan^'e in Mcl^aughlin bay at
Ih. dm. ; spring's rise ii feet, ncajjs H to ll» feet.

Bella Bella islands lie threc-(iuarters of a mile north of (Ji-ave
point, bari' and about l.'> feet hij,'h. Temporary anchora^'e may lie
had to the t-astward of Bella Hella islamls olf a green l)usiiy Mat.

KLIK TSO ATLI HARBOUR, ou thi- north side of Denny
island, and 1,';, miles east of Hella Hella islands, is al)out one mile in
extent, with dei)ths of '.) to \'.\ fathoms, and all'ords excellent she'ter
for vtissels of any size, ilarljour island, olf the north-west point <»f
Klik tso atli, has a retd" extendinj? one cable from its east end.

Staamer passagre. — 'I'he channel south of Harbour island is
one cable wide, with a deptli of 7 fathoms, and is suitable for sniiill
vessels ; large vessels are recominencled to pass north of Harbour
island and throu.rh Wheelock pass, which lies Ijetween a iJ-fathoms
patch near the centre of the chanm-l and Noble point, tlu' north-cast
entrance point of the harbour, from which a :5-fathoms shoal extenils
three-quarters of a cable in a south-westerly tlirection.

The west extreme of Cypress island in line with the i-ast extreme
of Meadow island l)earing X.N.W. •/ W., leads through Wheelock i)ass
in 11 to 1'.) fathoms, and when Harbour island bears West anchor in
12 fathoms. There is secure anchorage in 15 fathoms, with Harbour
island i)earing S.S.E. \ E., distant 15 cables.

Ka kOOSh dish creek, just north of Noble point, and extending
1\ miles in an easterly direction, is suitable for small craft, but is
barred across by kelp, over 3^ fathoms.

There is an Indian hshing station at the head of this creek.

See chart, No. 2,449.

412 Q. CHARLOTTE SOUND TO SKAi-'OUTH CHANNEL. [Chap. X.

Main passagre, loatlin^' from hnma \)HHHHfiv to Sciiforth cliiiniu'l,
Itctwei'ii tlie iiorlli-t'aHt t'xticiiu' of ('iiinpl)i'll .iml Niirrows iwlaiuls, is
tlirc»f-(iuartt'rs of a mile lon^' X.N.K. and S.S.W., and from 2 to
2^ cabli'S \vid«', witli depths of :2(t to ;{(• fathoms in it. Can; tshouUl
!•«' taken to maintain a miil-clianncl conrsc, and in thick weather
muelj caution must he ohscrvt-d, as tiie tidal streanjs an- very Htronji.

Narrows island, sitnated abont three-tmarters of a mile North
of l^clla Rella islands, is three-ijuartt'rs of a mile lonfr K.N. E. and
W.S.W., and ni>arly lialf a mill- broad ; at one cable from the soutli
sid(; of Narrows island there is a ledfje of rocks awash at hiifh water,
with 5 fathoms close to.

Pole and Tree islets, sitnated abont a (piarter of a mile from
the east extreme of Narrows island, are two small islets 2 cables
apart in a north and sonth direction from each other; 'L'ree islet, the
northernmost, is I'lO IV-et hijjfli, with a detachetl rock close to its
north-east side. There are two ro(;ky ledfj;es between these isletH
and Narrows island.

Hodg^es reef, w' ich tlries 2 feet at low water si»rinjj;8, with t! and
7 fathoms .-lose-to, li(>s nearly in mid-clianntd l)etween Tn-e islet and
Deer island, t lie lattfi' lyin^' I cables east from the fornuT. From
this reef the ctMitre of Tree islet bears West distant 2 cables.

Meadow island, lialf a mile ion;; N.M. and S.W., lies 2 cables
S.K. of I'ole islit. In the channel In'twi-en them are depths of '» to
ir» fathoms, .d a reef lies half a cal)le from the north point of
Meadow island.

Deer and Cypress islands li*' eastward of the abovu islands,

and are joinetl at low water ; the former is half a mile long in a
X.W. and S.K. direction ; the latter one mile long K.N.K. and W.S.W.

Gunboat passag'e, between Denny and Cnnningham islands, is
narrow a!id intricate, containing many locks and kelp patches ; in
s<»me places the t haniiel is not more than half a cable wide. From
its western entrance it trends about K. by N. for (5 miles, thence North
for 2 miles to its eastern entrance, which is at the junction of Fisher
and Dean channels.

Gunboat passage shouhl not be j'ftempted unless in small handy
steam coasting vessels and with good local knowledge.

St)« ohut, No. 2,41tf.

Cbap. X.] LAMA PASSAGE.— i^EAPORTH CHANNEL.

4i:^

SEAFORTH CHANNEL, the muin clumiu'l connectinpr l^ima
pasaivf^o with Milbank ^;.iiiti(l, betwetMi (Jiimphcll island, and tho
Bardrtwoll group on the south, and Ciiatfi(^ld, Y«m), and Don islandfl on
the north, in It miles lon;jr K. by N. and W. l)y S. with an avcraffo
breadth oi one mile ; the land on both sides is mueh broken by
islands with ehanntds i)et\vern Iciidiiv^ north and souiti ; tlie water
is LTenerally de(*|), and witli \\ir Ailmiralty charts then' should be no
dillicnlty in navif?atinj,', in ordinary weather.

On the north side IhrtM- arms briinch oft northward ; Deer ptissage,
tho eastern, between Oiinnini,'ham and Hhatfiidd islands, is a1)oiit
7 miles lontr, and commnniciites with .Johnson '^lianiici: Return
ehamiel, the middle one, between Chatlield and Yeo islands, is al)ont
',) miles in lenji^th and joins Hulloek ehann(d ; antl Spillcr clKinnel,
the western, betwiM'ii Yeo and Don islands, extends 4 miles and
connects with Ellerslie channel (si'f paf,'<' 407). These channels have
not been more than casnally examined, and tlieir entrances are
fronted by iniuimerablc small islands, rocks, and reets. On the
south side of Se.iforth channel, at 0.^ miles eastward of Sound jxtint,
is Hecate chaniud, about 10 miles lontr in a ijfeneral southerly
direction, with ;m averajje wiiltli of one mile, ami leads into (Queen's
sound.

Ormidale harbour, at tin- north extreme of Camplxdl islan<l. is
about one mile deep in a S.S.M. direction, and is prote.'tcil tVom the
north-ciist ity 'I'liorburne ami Nevoy islaiiils wliicli lie across its
entrance. 'The chamiel, nearly one mile S.W. 'J S. from (trassy islet,
lies westward of Nevoy island; it is alioiit \\ cables wide, with from
1 I to hi fathoms water. Inside the water is ilcep, the depth over
the fjfreater part beinj? from l.'t to "iO fathoms. Steer in mid-chamud,
and anchoi-aiife may be hail in 17 fathoms about •* cables S.S.K. from
X"voy island.

The passi;.,'!' in is loiii^er, bin the bcrih-is more convenient tlian in
Kynumpt harbour directly west of it.

Kynumpt harbour, on tin- north p(»int of Campbell island,
imnu'diately west of Ormidale harbour (south shore of Seaforth
channel), and abont :2 nules westward from its junction with Lama
pussaj,'e, may l»e reco<,'nised by Grassy islet, 2i) feet hi^d,, and iiei,Mtta
rock, both of which are conspicuous, lyinj,' in the middle of the
chaimel 1| miles north-eastward of the harbour, and also by White
stone, a conspicuous bare rock 12 feet high, lying 2 cables westward
of the entrance.*

* atf Admirulty plau : — Kynumpt hurbour, on cuart \u. 1,*JU1 ; iHiule, m := io inuhe*.

411

Q. CHARLOTTR SOUND TO SRAPOHTH rriANNEL. [Chap, X.

The harbour, tlie entrance to which is between Shelf point and
Low inland, is 4 cabh'8 h)ni,' X.X.W. and S.S.E., and averaging 2 cables
in breadth with (! to Id fatlioniH, uind l)ottoiri ; the best anchorage \h
in 7 to n fathoms witli tin- nortli extreun' of F.erry point bearing
E.N.I']., and the west cxtrcineof Low ishaid A", by E. k E. A rocky
])atch with ll Feet on it, lies on the westorji side of tlic harbonr, with
the south-east extreme of Low island bearing N.L. oy E. } E. distant
2;„ cables, and Shelf point N.N.V7. | W.

It is high water, full and change, in Kynumpt harbour at Oh. 3(>ni. ;
springs rise 14 feet, neaps 11 feet.

Grassy islet, small, 'it* feet high, covered with long grass and
bushes, and with two trees on it, lies nearly one niih- N.E. iiy N. from
the cntrctnce to Onniilale harbour.

Reg^atta rock, awash at high water, one cable in extent north-
east and soutli-wi'st, lies lialf a mile W. by \. ^, X. from Grassy
island.

Dall patch, a shoal with less than »'» feet water on it, lies half a
mile N'.X.E. from the entrance to Kynumj)t harbour ; from the
centre of the patch Defeat point bears S. by W , j W". distant 4 cables ;
it is marked by a spar buoy, coloured black and red in horizontal
stripes in '2\ fathoms on the south-east side of the shoalest spot of
5 feet. A shoal of .'} fathoms extends \^ cables westward of Dall
patch.

To avoid Dall patch, it is reconnnended to keep the southern shore
aboard, which in this vicinity may be api)roached to within i^ cables;
or if wishing to go northward of thi' patch, — Grassy islet, in line with
the south extreme of Handysidt island bearing E. ;} N., leads nearly
midway between Dall i)atch and Regatta rock.

Dundivan inlet, on the north coast of hufferiu islaiul, about
I) miles wi'stward of K\inimpt harbour, indents the coast about
l;j miles in a soiith-(>ast direction. It branches into several creeks,
of which Lockharl and llait are t!ie largest, and there are several
small islets just within the entrance. The water is inconvt-niently
deep for anchorage.

The south shore of Seaforth channel, westward of Dundivan inlet,
trends in nearly a straight line to Sound point, the wouth-west point of
entrance. At .'2.\ miles eastward of Sound j)oijit Oide creelj I)i*;inches

*!• ohttit, No. 2,44S».

Chap. X.]

SBAPOllTH CHANNEL.

415

in a southtrly direction, and is Hupposed to connect with Boddy
cre«>k from the soutli-oai<t, tliUH separating Dufferin island from the
remainder of the Hardswi'U group.

Edge reef, on which thon* is a depth of Ah fathoms, lies nearly
4 cables distant from the south shore, at '2 mik'S eastward of Souml
point. Several patchrs lit- Ix tween it and tlu> shori'.

Cod bank, on which thf least depth found was 27 fathoms, sand,
lii'S in the middle of th*' wt-stcrn entrance to Seaforth channel
li miles N. by W. from Sound })oint ; there are 58 fathoms nu the
south sidt', and 1*13 fathoms, rock, e'lose-to on the nortli side »if Cod
bank,

Hyndman reefs, the outer of several islets and reefs lyin^ on
the western shore at the entrance to Spiller ehannt'l, are nearly in tin-
middle of that channel, and has a small rock only 'A I'eet aiiovc water
on its south end.

Berry creek. — The south shore <>f Don island is l)rokcn and
rof'ky. and has numerous islets and rocks skirting it. Hi riy creek
is nearly "i unl.^t; long in a tiortherly direction, and as the water in it
is deep, and the entrance V)l<icke(l by small islets, it is useless as an
anchorage.

Blair inlet, i» mih^s \ve>l\vard of Herry creek, isanctther indenta-
ti«(n, useless as an anchorage on account of the nutnerous rocks with
which it is studded. Ivory and Watch i>lanils f(»rin its south side.

Midge reefs, on the north side of Sealoith channel, cover at
10 fetd rise, and extend 1 ciibles in a soiitlM-rly direction from Hush
point (Dim island), and are ;<;{ miles within the western eiitrance to
the channel. .Mark rack lies one cable distant from the south-east
point of Don island, aiul om' mile K.N.K. fnun Midge reefs; between
them is Sunk reef. JJare rock, black and low, kept just open south-
ward of Surf islet, bearing W, ^ S., leads half a mile southward of
Midge reefs, and the n(U"th shore of Seaforth cluinnel should not be
apj)roached within this distance.

Mouse rook, on which the sea sometimes breaks, lies half a mile
VV.S.W. of Ivory island off the entrance to HIair iidet. Idol point
ke})t open of Surf islet, bearing K. \ N. leads 2 cables south of
Mou><e rock.

Mff chart, No. 2.4'li>.

416

CHAPTER XI.

INNER CHANNELS, MILBANK SOUND TO
CHATHAM SOUND.

Variation in 1S9,S.
Milbiuik HoiiiKl, li')' :50 K. | Chatham sound, 27^0' E.

MILBANK SOUND has its entrance Itetween the parallels of
.'i-'" ;• and :r2' 111 X. and the meridians of I'iS' IV.V and 12.S° i2' W.
This spacious siieet of naler is the main oixMiinj,' from seaward leading
to Seat'urth, Finlayson, ami Mathieson channels.*

Ai its entrance l)et\veen cape Swain and Day iwint. the sound is
nearly '.) miles wide, which breadth it maintains in a X.N. E. direction
f(»r .') miles, thenet' it trends more northerly, and takes a N.N.W.
direction lor lU miles, leading in that direction into Fiulayson
ehannel.

A run of deej) water S miles broad, with depths of ovi'r JOO fathoms,
mud, extends south- westwai'd of Milbank sound. North- vvestward
of this channel the depths decrease to .')0 fathoms, and less, off the
entr.ince to Laredo sound, with a boaoni of tine sand. South-east-
ward the depths are 7G and 80 fathoms, with a bottom consisting of
sand, mud, and rock at intervals.

In thick weather, therefore, or if overtaken by fog, when
api)roaehing Milbank sound from the south-westward, with average
precautions, a vessel's position can be indicated by the deep sea lead.

Position. — Cape Swain is sitiuvted in latitude ^t'i'^ H' TjO' N.,
longitude 128°:i:r :5ii W.

Landmai'ks. — A|»proachini,' Milbank sound from the south-west-
ward, Helmet peak on Lake island i.< cunspicuous. This remarkable
j.>eak is l,(t;^2 feet high, and bears a striking resemblance to a helmet,
witii the sloping side towards the west.

• Sii' Admiralty chartH : — Cape Caution to port Simpson, northern and Houthern
portions, No. l.'J2;i (i and h ; scah*. n, = m-j.-) of mi inch.

Chap, XI.]

MILBANK SOUND.

417

IILT

[S,

Stripo mountiiiii, on the north sido of Dowager islanil, at tho
entrance of Finlayson channel, is 2,020 feet hiph, pvramidal in shape,
with a remarkable landnlip down its south-west aide, destitute of
timber and soil, but otherwise wooded to its summit ; at its base is a
coniiKu-.itively level space scantily covered with vegetation, which is
remarkable in such a thickly timbered country.

Neiiriuf? the sound (he low w<H)ded sh*»res of capo Swain, the
south-west entrance point to tin sound, will l»e rect^jmised. The
shore northward of it is nii'ch iirokeii, aiid the tops of the trees are
about 120 feet high.

Day point (south point of Price island), tlie north-west entrance
jMjint of Milbank soimd, has a group of wooded islets, rocks awash
at high water, and sunken rocks extending from it ; the western
island of the group (Outer island) being round, woo<leti, ami con-
spicuous. The outer edge of these dangers lies 2i^ miles S.S.W.
from Day point, and 8 cables S.E. I, S. from Outer island.

White rook (K'.a mas ik), lying about 5 miles within the
sound, is ftO feet high, and half a mile N. by E. from it, is a smaller
rock (Bare rock) 6 feet above high water. Both rocks are conspicuous,
as, lying well out in the sound, they show out against the dark back-
ground of pine and cedar, which line the shores of Milbank sound.*

From White rock, a rocky ridge (on which the sea sometimes
breaks) extends half a mile to the south-westwaril ; and a patch of
2 fathoms lies 2^ cables East of the same rock.

Discovery rocks, situated ofl' cape Swain, are two dangerous
r«H?ks lying <S cables N. by K. and S. by W. from each other. The
southern danger, over which the sea selih»m breaks, lies one mile
W. }j S. from cape Swain. The northern rock, which is usually
indicated by breakers, lies N.W. ] W. distant IjV miles from cape
Swain.

West rock, situated on the eastern shore of the sound, is of srodl
extent, 8 feet above high water, and lies half a mile S.W. \ S. *!rom
Sound point.

Several patches which uncover at low wat*;r He l)etw»-e i Sound
point and West rock.

Mouse rock (nee p. 4ir)) is a dangerous sunken nek on which
the sea generally breaks, lying at the north-west entnui( v to Seaforth
channel, (I cables W. ^ N from Surf islet .

• See chart. No. 2,449.

SO U94S

f ^r

418

VILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chaj' Tl-

Bash point (north side of Setiforth chiiiincr) Bocn just opn-n Howftj
of Surf islet, bearing E. by N. ^ N. leiuls soutlnvanl ; amJ H^-iuHn
peak seen ja*t open of the west cxtn^mi' of Miiry island. l»«ariur
N. f E., \edtls westward of Mouse rock.

Vancouver rock, a dangerous rock wliicli nm-ovtTs 12 I'hhi «i
low water, and is steep-to on all sides (tlu're hcin^' depths of l."i »«i<l
14 fathoms; within one cable of tlie rock), lies 1 miles N.N.W. , IT
frotu Whit*- rock, and 1.^ miles N.W. by W. }, W. fnnii Boulder b^ud.
When risible this rock prt'sents the appeanmcc of a larire whalf^ ttuti
is eonspicuons.

Cross point Csoath-east extreme of Lady island), in line wirth
Boulder head, bearing E. ^ S., leads (I cal)lt'S soutlnvanl ; and L*'w
IK>int seen jast open westward of th»^ North island grou]», lienri.ur
NortlL, leads westward of Vancoi ver rock.

Cross ledge extends S cables southward of Cross i)oii:t, and jianiaUj
uncovers. There is a depth of 20 fathoms close soiithwanl of Vnmt-
ledge. Surf islet, bearing E. by S., leads southward of Cross ledce
in mid-channel between Cross point and White rock.

Boulder led^e, of sunken rocks, with depths of 1 [, and .'» iatboxiw-..
extends *.♦ cablt^ in a south-easterly direction from Houider hei»<L
Boulder bank, with IH fathoms, rock, lies 7 cables S.S.W. Itomi
Boulder heauL Surf islet, bearing E. by S., leads southward of vit*-
dangers off Boulder head.

North ledges, which uncover at low water, lie noilhward *rf
the North island group. The north extreme of these ledge*, ii*^
G cables N. by W. ^ W. from North island ; aiid the south extreui*-
2 cables X.E. of that island.

Sandstone reef, situated close to the shore in the n(»rth-we«Mirai
portion of Milbank sound, is a conspicuous narrow ridge, of nunfl-
atone formation, about one mile long in an E. by N. and W. by ■j»\,
direction. The highest portion of this ridge is 4 feet above huSh
water.

The wesstem extreme of Sandstone reef lies ') cables from lfcr
shore of Swindle island, and 1.', miles from the eastern side of Pri«»^
islan<I.

PRICE ISLAND, forming the western shore of Milbank souud.
has a c-uiuipicaous ridge of hills (Jocelyn range) along its etMUvni

.Si^ff chart, No. 1,9336.

Chap. XI.]

MILBANK SOUND.

•u:)

shori', from 300 to (*iOO feet in lu'i^'ht. From Day point the eastern
coast of l'ric«* ishmd tremls in a N. I»y K. tlin-ction for 1 inili's to
Aklricii point, and is nmoli lirokiMi into small exposed Itays.

Boat cove, whieli all'ords Hlielter to hoats, is situated half a mile
northward of Aldrieh i)oint. With this exception the coast of I'rico
island, north of Aldrieh point, is almost stmiujlit and unbroken for
S miles, in a X.X.W. .', W. direction to tin- entrance of Schooner
passage.

The eastern shores (»f Milbank sound are comparatively low
and wooded, with pine and cedar trees predominatinj,'. In that
portion of tbf. sound lie two extensive chiinnels (Mathiesnn channel
and Moss passap"), which hrancli from Milhank sound eastward
and northward of La<ly island, resjjectively. Lady island is low and
wooded throuf,'hout. The western shores of Dowa;,'er island are also
low and woodi'd, but are flanked by hi^di mountains.

The south-east extreme of an island contii,'Uous to L:idy islaml,
terminates in a hij^di bold clilf (Honlder headi. ClifV island which
lies off the south-west side of Dowa^'er island at the entrance to
Moss i)asBaf,'e is small, 'i'^^t feet hi^di, and its south-east extreme
terminates in hi;,di, c»msj)icuous white difVs.

North island is rocky, about l.">() feet hi^rh, with some stunted
trees growing,' on its summit.

Low point, the western extreme of Dowager island, and the
south-east entrance point of Finlayson channel, is low and wooded.

Directions. — Approaching Milbank sound from the south-west-
w^ard in clear weather, Helmet peak should be kei)t in liiu' with
White rock, l)earing X.N.E. j; K., which mark will lead nearly in
mid-channel up the sound. When within '21 miles of White rock,
on that line, a vessel bound eastward may steer towards Seaforth
channel, or if bound northward a X. by W. course may be steered
towards Finlayson channel.

In thick weather, with average precautions and attention to tlu'
deep sea lead, the soundings will indicate the vessel's positi<in.

liound from Seaforth channel into Fiidays<in clianiud, keep Idol
point well open southward of Surf islet, bearing K. [. N., until
Helmet peak comes open of the west extreme of Mary island, bearing

I
so 11948

St; chart Ni>. I .'J2:ii.

420

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chjip. XI.

N. 3 E., and thnn Surf iHlot shouM bo kopt astorn hearing K. bj- S. for
3 miles, which will load in mid-channel, H miles northward of
White rock. From this position Olitr island should be seen open
westward of Roulder head, Imarinf,' N.X.W. I W., and a vessel may
steer N,W. by W. ^ W. f(»r ',\ miles, or until Low point is seen open
westward of the North island f»roup bearing North ; thence steer
N.N.W. for 3 miles, or until Stripe mountain bears N.K. by N.,
when it may be steered for on that bearing, and the course gradually
altered northward into Finlayson channel.

Tides and tidal streams. — The flood stream sets to the north-
ward, and divides near the middle of Milbank sound, one portion
running towards Finlayson channel, another towards Mathieson
channel, and another towards Seaforth channel. The reverse takes
place on the ebb.

The strength of tide is variable, but it seldom exceeds one knot
an hour in Milbank sound, but increases within the channels to
2 and ii knots an hour.

MATHIESON CHANNEL is an extensive arm of the sea
leading many miles northward from Milbank sound, eastward of
Lady and Dowager islands, with depths of I0i\ and lO.'i fathoms in
mid-channel. At 2J miles within its south entrance this channel is
obstructed by islands, islets, and rocks, and a stranger should, there-
fore, not attempt to proceed further. From the east entrance to
Oscar passiige, by which it communicates with Finlayson channel
{sec page 424), Mathieson channel extends in a N.N.W. direction
along the east side of Roderick island for over 25 miles to its junction
with Mussel inlet ; one arm, about .'i miles long, branching eastward
at about T) miles south of the jiincti.m ; it has not been surveyed.

ST. JOHN HARBOUR (Cheek squintz) is on the south-east
shore of Milbank sound, nearly midway between cape Swain and
Sound i)oint, and, though somewhat confined, affords good anchorage
for snuiU vessels.

The harbour is protected at its entrance by a reef awash and
sunken rocks, which form a natural breakwater. Eastward of this
reef, at the entrance, there is a clear channel, 2 cables wide, with
depths of 10 to 30 fathoms.

At .0 cables within the entrance are two small islands. Wood
island, the eastern and smaller one, being round, wooded and con-
spicuous. The channel eastward of these islands is barely one cable

dft clmrtP, \os. 1,023*, •J,449.

Chai). XI.] MATHIKSOX CHAXN'KL.— PORT BLAKKNEY.

421

wide jibreuHt Wood iHhiiul, and It'iidrt into Anchor biiy, whiili is llu'
UBUiil iinchoi-.i),'e for sniull vchscIh. Wi'stwiird of tlu'm- iHlumU tlii*
channel iH wider and leads into Det'i* bay, whirh forms thi' south-
west arm of St. John harbour.

There are depths of 1) to 20 fathoms in Dtt-p bay, and 11 to
14 fathoms in Anchor bay.

Ragro reef extends 7 cabh^s northward from th»' west i>oint of
St. John harbour, and is about 2 cables ^vi(h^ This (hm^'cntus reef
consists of ledges which uncover, and rocks awash at hiffh water; the
northern extreme uncovering 1 feet at low water. Mark islet, ('» feet
above high water, lies about midway on the eastern side of Ra^'e reef.

Ledges, which uncover, extend one cable from the eastern shore of
the channel leading into the harbour.

Directions. — Approaching St. John harbour, cajte Swain should
be kept well open of the conspicuous (juoin-shaped jxtint situated
2 miles notlhward of the cape, bearing S. }, W. On no account
should liage reef be approached inside that line, until Wood island
(within the harbour) is distinctly seen, and North point bears Kast.
When Wood island is recognised, it should be brought to bear
S.B.E. ^ E., and steered for. Wood island on that bearing should be
seen in line with a black high-water rock on the south shore of
Anchor bay, with a sandy bay immediately east of the rock.

Oaution. — At high water, when Hage reef is nearly covered, it is
ditlicult to distinguish the entrance into St John harbour. At half-
tide, and at low water, the northern end of that reef and also the
dangers on the eastern side of the channel are •visible, and a vessel
can be guided clear of them by the eye. That period of the tide is,
therefore, the best time for entering St. John harbour.

PORT BLAKENEY, formed between Mary and Don islands,
on the south side of Mathieson channel, about IJ miles within the
entrance, is easy of access, and lies immediately at the head t)f
Milbank sound. At its entrance, between Promise and Hain points,
the port is 2^ cables wide ; thence it takes a southerly direction for
about one mile, terminating in a small creek leading into Seaforth
channel.*

Ood reeils are a cluster of rocks awash, and sunken rocks, about
2^ cables in extent in a north and south direction at the entrance to

* Srr Admiralty plan :— Port Blakcncy. on sheet of plans, No. 1,462 ; Bcale,
//( = 3 inchuH.

122

MILMANK MOI'ND TO PHATHAM SOUND. [Chap. XI.

■ I

port IMiikcncy. The Hoiithcrn nnk of this (•IiiHt«^r is 4 feet almvf
hi>,'h wat(>r, iiiid th<' iiortlitrii rock, willi •,*! t'l'd sviitcr over it, lit-s
l{ calth's N.N.K. Ifoin l'roini.,c p(»int, witli a ricar cliaiiiH-l iiortliward
of it I }, ('altlfs wide.

Oke reefs, situated ahout 2 caldPH northward of C(»d reels,
extend 2 cahh's from tlie south side of Oko ishmd. 'Plie outer
detached rock is '.\ feet ahove lii^'h water, and between it and Oke
isJuPil Htfveral patches of rock uncover at hi^di water.

While rocks of!" tlie soutii end of Lake ishmd, seen in line with
the north end of I'assa;^*' ishmd (bet ween liake and Lady ishinds)
lieaviny \V. A N'., will lead lielwcen Oke and Cod reefs. Mark islet,
seen in line with Oke island, heaiinj,' N.W. liy N., will lead eastward
<d' those dangers.

Sand patch, with 21 feet water ui)on it, is of sinall extent, and
lies nearly in mid-channel about ,"> cables witiiin port Hlakeiiey.
Helmet ])eak,seen in line with Promise p(»int, bearing X. by W, [> W.,
will lead westward of Sand i»at(di.

Anchorage in lO to 12 fathoms, sandy bottom, will be found
about .') cables within jtort Hlakeney, with Helmet peak seen just
open of Promise point bearing N. by \V. ), W., and Observation point
(»n the north shore of East bay bearing E. by N. \ N.

Tides. — It is high water at full and change, in port Blakeney, at
noon ; springs rise 11$ f;'et, neaps S feet.

Supplies. — Wood and water may be obtained in port J^akeney.
liock cod and otlu'r tish may be caught in abundance on Coil reefs,
and clams and cockles gathered in the sandy buys ; they are readily
obtained at low water by digging in the mud anil sandy ground,
especially in those places over which a fresh-water stream runs.
Wild fowl are also plentiful in the season.

Directions. — Aiiproaching port Hlakeney from the southward.
Helmet peak should be kejit just open of the eastern point of Lady
Island (J^ang point) bearing N. by E. J, E., and when within 5 cables
from the latter a N.E. ^ N. course should be steered towards Oke
islaiul, until White rocks are in line with the north end of Passage
island bearing W. .^, N., and when Mark and Oke islands are seen in
line bearing N.W. by N. a vessel will be eastward of Cod reefs, and
may then haul into the harbour.

Str chart. No. 1,-1<»2.

rhap. XI.]

PORT BLAKKNEY.— MORRIS BAY.

42:^

MOSS PASSAGE (Too Witl) Ifadn nortlnvurfl of Lady ishind
I'roiM >fill)aiik rtnuiid into MatliicHoii chiiniu'l. At its wt'Btern
('iitranrf tliis pasriii^ff is nvci' oiu- inilr wide ; hut at '.\ milt'S within
this <'iitraiic<', ami one mih' from its jiinctioti with Nfathicson chatmol,
it is cuiitracti'd l»y Scjuaw island to l)an'ly one c-al)h» named Sloop
narrows. I^cyond that position, therefore, it shoidd not l)e atten)pted
liv a stran^'er.

Bird rock, at tin- western I'nirantH- of Mctss passage, il laliles
I''.. I»y S. Irom the smitli extreme of (Mitt' ishnid, is '.\ feet above hl^h
vater Willi fonl uroiind extendiiif,' 'J ealile-i eastward from it. The
south extreme of the Ntu't'i island ;;rou|t seen just open southwani
of til.' south extreme of ClilV island, hearing W. I»y N. I, N., leads
southward of ITird rock.

MOPRIS BAY, situated on the south sidi- of Moss passaj;*-,
aitout (jne mile within its wewtern «'ntrance, is 2.\ cables wide, and
exten<ls in a soutli-easterly directi(ui for '.\ cables, i rminutinK in a
tlat which dries at low water. Westerly winds send a swell into the
rinchoraf,'e ; but the bay possesses the great advanta^^e of permitting
the state of the weather in Milbank Bound being ascertained when
at anchor, and if fog be prevalent (as is often the case) it can be seen
from Morris bay.*

Kitty patch lies at the I'astern (Uitrance to Morris bay, om- cal)le
from the eastern shore. This bank is oi cable in extent north and
south, with depths of 4 ami ') fathoms, siind.

Directions. — Approaching Morris bay, a mid-channel course
shoidd be ke])t between IJird rock and Salal juiint ; and if Vancouver
rock be uncovered, it should l)e kept bearing S.W. by W. (westerly).
When the south extreme of Cliff island is seen open northward of
Uird rock, bearing W. ), X., that mark kept on will lead to the
entrance to Morris bay.

Anchoragre will l)e found in 1™' to 14 fathoms, sandy bottom, at
one caltle from the western shori', with the western entrance j)oijit of
Morris l)ay, bi'aring W. by S. ^ S., and Detached island (north .side of
Moss passage) beai-ing X.N.W.

Supplies. — (jood water may be obtained in Morris bay. Clams
and cockles can lie gathered in abundance. Plover and other birvli
frequent 13ird rock. Berries grow in abundance on Salal poini.

.S/7- chart. No. 1,\>2U.
• iSir plan of MorriH t>ay on Adniiralty chart, No. 1,462 ; scale, m = 412 inuhea.

424 MILRANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chap. Xi.

ALEXANDRA PASSAGE Vwh eustwanl of VancouvtT rock
and North iHliiiid ^'roull. Snuili ntciim-voHHclH, powHoHHinKlociil know-
M>^t', make uhh of Alexandni pasHii^tj, oHptu-ially when comiiij,' from
tho northward to anchor in Morris baj' ; but this piiHwi^o in baroly
6 cabh'H wi(U' in itH narrowcHt part, and In tho event of an accident to
tlio machinery a vohhoI UHinff it would bo in a dangerous position.

Oliff island (nff^ p. 41D) is nearly steep-to, but the small islet
close northward of it has foul ground extending from it one cable
westward.

Dlreotions. — If compelled by circumstances to make use ot
Alexandra passiige keep the western shore of Finlayson channel
north of .lorkins point in line with Low point, lu-aring N. by W. ] W.
which is the general leading mark through this passage. It is, how-
ever, recommended alternately to open and close these points,
especially when nearing North island group, so us to keep in mid-
channel.

SCHOONER PASSAGE, leading from Livredo sound into the
north-west corner of Milbank sound, is obstructed by islands, islets,
rocks, and sunken dangers, and no 8i)ecitic directions can be given
for it. It is occasionally, however, niaile use of by small coasting
craft, and the large canoes of the Queen Charlotte islanders also pass
through It when making the psissage to Vance mver island.

FINLAYSON CHANNEL, the entrance to which is between
Jorkins and Low points, extends from Milbank sound in a northerly
direction for 15 miles, and thence in a general directi(m N.N.W. .j \V.
(westerly) for LS miles, and thence N. ^ E. for miles to the head of
Carter bay, with an avenvge width of one to 2 miles. The lantl on
both sides is from l,(Kj() to ;},()(M) feet high, the peaks closely approach-
ing the shores and rising in a precipitous nuinner from tho water's
edge. UnK'ss where the vegt^tation has been denuded fnmi the
mountain sides l>y landslips, both shores are thickly wooded, the
pine ami cedar predominating ; occasionally their dark green foliage
is relieved by the bright light green leaf of the maple.

Osoar passage, 4^ miles north of Low point, leads oastwaitl out
of Finlayson channel, between Dowager and Roderick islands, and ia
about one mile wide, and G miles long to its junction with Mathieson
channel.

Sff chart, No. 1,923*.

Chap. XI.]

PINLAYHON CHANNEL.

42.5

HuUoy buy, Hitnated on tb« aouth Hhoro of Ortcar puHHii^t*, ^\ niili'H
within itH woHtorn fiitmiict', th(Mij,'h hiidiII, iifTonlH t«'mjK)niry
iinchoni^'f in l.'i fiithoniH, ut out' caMi' from tlir Hhort', and in
occuHionally UBod by coaHting vuhboIh.

The Sisters, two Hmall isletH, lyinjj 2 cables from tho wiHtorn
Hhoro of FinlayHon channel, .'U mib-H northward of OHcar paHsaKisare
wooded and about 5H) feet high. They lie north-wcHt and Honth-eaHt
4 cableH from each other, and are joined by ledgen which uncover at
low water.

NOWISH (Otter cove) Hob .5 cablcH northward of the f^isters
isletH, between Indian and Susjin iBlandH. The entrance, nor hward
of Indian inland, is 2 cableB wide ; the cove then extends K.S K. for
.') cables, narrowing near itH head, to one cable wide, and having on
itH north shore, about 4 cables within the cove, a small bay, which
all'ords anchonige for small vessels in 10 to 14 fathoms, siindy bottom,
in the middle of tho bay.*

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, iu Xowish cove, at
noon ; springs rise 12 feet.

Jaokson passagre, an unexplored arm of the lustern shore of
the channel, is 2 cables wide, and extends in an ••asterly directicm
from its entrance.

Mary OOVe, situated on the eastern shore, T)^ miles nortiiward of
the Sisters islets, is barely one cable wide at its entrance, and extends
in a northerly direction for ,') cables, terminating iu a sandy beach.
There are depths of 24 and 7 fathoms iu mid-channel within this
cove.

GONE ISLAND, on the western shore of FinJayson channel, is
',)}, miles long in a N.W. ^ N. and S.E. ^ S. direction, ami about
r> cables broad. The summit of this island. Hell peak, situated about
one mile from its south extreme, is conical in shape, 1,280 feet liigli ;
the eastern and western sides are precipitous ; but the land slopes
gently to the northward terminating in Wedge point.*

KLEMTOO PASSAGE, between Cone and Swindle islands, is
about li^ miles long in a north-west and south-east direction, and in
some parts barely one cable wide. Its southern entrance, one cable

* Str Admiralty plaa : — ^Nowish cove, on aheet of plans. No. 1,462; scale,
m = 4 inohei<.

i3B

MILMANIC HOrNI) TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chap. XI.

wide, oxtondH in a X.W. J W. diret-tinn for iil)out one mile ; thent-e
ill ii Rt'imi-id dirt'ction N.W. ,| N. for '21 iniicH, to abn-awt the north
I'Xirfiiic of .lam- island. The iU'|itiis in inid-ciiamwl arc from ID to
iHl till bonis, .sand and shells, with rock at intcrval.s. 'Phctii^h narrow,
liiis |iassaf;c is salf (pnvich'd a inid-cli.mncl ccnirsc Itc kept), and
allurds aiiclioi-a^'c almost throiif,diout.''

Anchorag'e, snitaldc to vessels of moderate h-n^'tli, will he found
north of Star ish't. nearly in mid-channel, one cahle from the sltorc
of Cone island, at I j miles within the eastern eiiti-.mcc, in 12 fiithoms
sand aixl shells.

Tides and tidal streams. -It is hi^di water, full and change, in
Klemlno passa^^'e, at iiotiii ; sprin^^s rise \'.\ feet, neaps IS feet, and the
neaps ranp' ',\ feet. 'I'he tidal streams are comparatively weak. The
tlood or north -j,'oin>j stream is l)ut little felt, the f?reat body of water
passing' into Kiidayson channel. The <'l)b Hcldom exceeds the rate of
one mile an hour.

South passage, l>elween Cone and .laiu' islands, is .') cables wi«ic,
with depths of IS to 1^7 fat I 'HUH, rock.

Kelp patch, with .'> to \'2 feet oviM* it, lies one cable southward
of .lane island, and is about one cable in «'Xtcnt in a smith-east and
north- west direction.

Ilerry point (ca.st side of Swindle island), sen just op»'n of Le^jmi
point (west sid»' of Cone island) bearing S.S.K. | K., will lead south-
ward and westward of Kelp patch.

Wedp' rock uncovers ai lnw water, and lies ;")(• yards from the
north «'Xtreme of Cone island. Kippic bank, with 11 fathoms, rocky
lioltom, lies nearly in mid-channel of South passage.

North pa8Sa8:e. lietwt^iMi lane and Sarah islands, is h cablen
wiile, with tU'pths from 22 fathoms to no bottom at 38 fathomn.

Danger patch, with one to '.\ fathoms watei over it, lifS one
cable iioith-west ward of .lane island.

JANE ISLAND, situat<'d .'> cables north-west of Cone island, is
aliout one mile long i«i ii N.W. and S.K. direction, and .*) cabh's broad.
It is low and wooded, the tops of the trees being 2(M) feet high.

.V«' chart. No. I,tt2:V».
* Sf Atiiniraliv {itiiii : — Klcmtoo partxapto and anchorairi^ tin iln'ct of plaiiN
No. I.lii'i ; Huiklo. .'I = I inotioH.

Ohlip. XI.] KINLAYSON (MI ANNKL.— C'ARTKR HAY. [^"t

Sarah Island, the south iH>int ol' wliicli is f, (ul.lcs north wjml of
.lane island, is 15 inilt's lony in ii X.N.W. ami S.:'.K. ilin'ction, ami
one niilf to ".'.', niilt's hi-oail. This islaii'l icadit'S ils irrfatcst clfvation
of "jJUMl ft't'l at I milts from its south fxtrcmc. On thf south-t'UKt
side of the island, at 7 inih'S from tin- south cxtrcmi', an lun" ,»|orod
hay fati's south-iast ward, and at '.\\ Miih'S from ihf south i-xtn-mt' of
Sarah island, on its casicrn short-, ihcn- aro {\\i> hij^di watt-rfalls.

Watson bay lies on iln- <;isifrn sidf of I'inlaystm channfl,
!• milo northward of Sistors ish-ts. This nncxplort'il hay is tiUf milf
widf ;il its fiilram T. and iwifmls in an rastfrly dirt'fiion.

Wallace big-ht lifs •.'.', mihs mtrthwanl <>f Walst.n l.iiy. It is
Diit' niih' widi' at ii> •■ntrifiicf. anil lakos a norllnrly iliri-ctitui for nm'
mill'. Tht'rv' is no hotlMo at ItK'i falhoiu.s, iiflwicn its tnlranff

|Miinls.

Goat cove, siluatftl ■[ mih-s ntirtliwanl of Wail act- l>it:hl, is
.'» fai)h'S wiilf. ami oxtemls in an t-jistfrly ilin'ttion ftir .'• caliifs.
Ifrminatiii}.,' in a samly ht-ach. Tlifff an- ilf|ilhs of 'l',\ Iti ',\\ fatlmms
within this ciAt , tlu' fornn-r hcin;; closf to thf hcail.

Sheep passag'e is ni-ai'ly om- mill' wiilf, and h-ails oasl ward from
I'inlayson channi'l, jusi south of CartiM- hay. .\l i'l miles within its
wfstt'rn t'liti'ancH, it trends nortiiward until its jiimiion witii MtiHstd
inh't.

MUSSEL INLET, which has imt hi'iMi t-xplori'd simi' Van-
couver's visit in 1 7'.'i5, takes a X.N.W. ilirection for ahoul ."» miles,
when it smldenly turns lo the casiwaril for alioiil the same ilistanec.
tenniiiatinf; in I'oison cove, so named hy VanciHi\tr, owin^,' t<t several
td' the (few of the I iisriirrrji liein^; |>oisoned ii\ e.ilinj,' mussels louinl
there. It is staleil lo liavr (lie same ^'eii'f.d iliaraeicrislics as ihe
other inlets.

CARTER BAY. -Tlii> eseelleiit Htoppin- place li.s at the heati
of Kiidayson ciianinl, L't'i mili'r. wiihin its entrance, ami is easilv
reeo^'nisetl hy the hi;.di dill's tui its wfstern shore. I'lie Imv is I caldes
wide ut its entrance, ahreust the iiiichor.iK*' Ki'"""d, ami almut )1 cahles
tieep h) a northerly iliroction, tlie heatl tcrminatin," in a lar^'e Htreain
fronted hy uii oxtensive llai."

S-, chart. No. I.'.f.'il/,.
* S<r Ailmiriihy plan : — tWior buy, on shfol of plan-. Nn. I.IHM ; KCiilf. "« = I iiiilii>.

428

MILBANK SOUND To CHATHAM SOUND, [Chap. XI.

Anohoragre will be found in 11 to 1.') fathoms, iniul bottom, at
IJ| cal>lt!H from the oasti-rn Hhore, and 2 cablcB from the rtind iiat •;?
the heatl of the bay; with the entranee pointH of the bay bearing
8.E. I a. and S.S.W. ^ W. reHpectively.

Supplies. — Water can be obtained from the Uirm^ stream at the
head (tf tiio bay, which is probably one of the bewt watering {daceii
along the coiwt. Tront abound in the frcfsh-water stream. Trackn
of bear and deer were seen on the shore. Wild fowl frequent
Carter bay.

Oaution. — Shell fish, of whatever kinil, should not bo eaten.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Carter bay at noon ;
springs rise IJJ feet.

HIE KISH NARROWS lie northward of Sarah island, and
lead from Finlayson channel into Graham reach. This channel is
about 5^ miles long, in a general N.W. antl H.E. directitm, and from
2^ cables to one mile wide. The depths are M to 71$ fathoms in mid-
channel, over a bottom of sand and shells.

Hewitt rock, a dang*u'ouH sunken rock with 10 feet over it,
an<l deep water close to, lies at the western entrance of Hie Kish
narrows nearly in mid-channel. A black can buoy marks this rock.

The north shore of the channel should l>e kept aboard when
navigating the western p(»rtion of Hie Kish narrows. The south
point of Carter bay, seiMi just open of the north t-xtreme of Sarah
island, Ijearing S,E. ^ E., leads northward of Hewitt rock.

TOLMIE CHANNEL, situated between Princnss Royal and
Sarsih islands, is about !;'> miles long in a general N.N.W, and H.S.E.
direction, and from a half to on»' mile wide.

On the west shore, 2.^ miles northwanl of south point of Sjti-ili
island, an tfxtensive arm takes a soul lierly direction, and is rep<»rted
to communicatt^ with Laretlo sound. Abreast the n<.rth-eaHterii
point of this inlet, a small islet lies close to the shore of Saraii
island.

Caution. — The northern reach of Tolmie channel looks duectly
into this inlet, care is therefore necessary when approaching from
the northward nut to mistiikc this un**xplored arm for the reach
leading to Klemtoo passage.

Sev uhart, No. l,VIIib.

Chap. XI.] PINT.AYSON CHANNEL.— TOLMIF, CnANNKI<

42*>

At 2 mllPB northward of the above-montioned 'nlot, on tho west
shore of Tolinio fhunnel, lies another unexphired passage, facing the
south-east.

Tolinie rook, on winch is 4 feet water, lit'S 1(H> yards from the
shore of Sarah ishmd, at 5 ca))U's within the northern entmnce of tlu'
Tohnie channel.

Directions. — T(tlnue ohannt'i, though not so wid«' an Firlayson
channel, is preffnihlt' in some respects, especially if compelled to he
under way at night. A mid-channel coiirse shoulil he steered
tl!r(»iigh(»ut except when navigating the northern i)art of the chaiun'l,
when the west shore should he noared to avoid Tolmie rock.

Tidal atreama. — The flood stream sets to the northward, and is
stronger in Finlayson than in Tolmie channel. Th«' ehh, Intwever, is
stronj^'er in Tolmie channel, and runs for l.\ hourn after the ehh has
ce;ised in I'inlayson channel. In the ujirrow parts of thes«' channels,
both flood and ehh streams attain a velocity of '.) knots an hour at
sj)rings.

GRAHAM REACH, situated northward of the junction of
Tolmie channel with Hie Kish narrows, is ai)out 17 miles long, in ii
««'nend N.W. by N. and S.K. by h. direction, and from a half t«i
(iiH' 'uih' broad, with (''.'pths (»f from '.\S fathoms, rock, to l.')(> fathoms,
.sjind iud shells. Frt)ni the north-west extreme of Sarah island this
reach I ikes a N.W. by N. (northerly) direction Tor 7 miles, to abreaHt
Swansrn l>ay, thence it takes a N.W. \ N. direction for \{)\ miles to
abreast Ited cliff point. In general features this reach resembles
Fiid.iyson chaiund.*

Green inlet lies on the north shore, 2 miles northward of Sariih
island. This unexplored arm takes an east<'rly direction at its
entrance.

Flat point lies on tho west shore, IJ miles westward of Green
inlet. This point is wooded, flat, and compamtively low. Abnnist
Flat point, on the south shore of the channel, is a remarkable large
boidder rock.

SWANSON BAY lies on the north shore, 7 nules from Sarah
island. There is a conspicuous waterfall on the south shore of the
chaiuud abreast S'vanson bay ; in very dry siunniers this is reduced
to a very small si/e, anil even occasionally ceases altogether.

."*'(• chart. .No. I.1»>?»M.

430

MILHAXK HOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chap. XL

Aii(h(init.'«' niiiy Ix- <»l)tuiiK'<| in |',( fiitii<nns, windy liottom, in t\u-
nortlii-rii part of Swaiisnn li;iy, with llu- conHpiciioiis watfrFiiil on tlic
Hotiili sliorr Hliiit in with the north fntninec point, and Flat point
Hhiii in witli Iht- south fntranc-c point of tlu' hay.

KhutZ6 IS an nncxplon-d arm, on the nortli shoi'o, (1 inih'S wcst-
wai'd of Swaiison l»ay. it \h ;') calilt's wide, and lit's in a N.K. hy K.
dirrrtion from il.s ontranct'. Anch<»raj;t' is rttportcd hy Indians at
tht> hrad of lliis ildrt.

Aaltanhash is another inh't on tht- nortli shore, unexamint-d hy
the Admiralty 'inrvcy, 2 niih'S wc^stward of ivhnl/.t'. In size and
direetion it is similar to Khut/e. and is reportcMl l)y Indians to adord
anchora^'e.

Tidal streams. — TIm' ti<lal streams meet abreast Aaltanhash inlet.

Red cllft' point, thr tnrnin;r point into Kraser reach, lies on (he
si»iitli shore, |7[, miles from Sarah island. This point terminates
in a eonnpieiioiis elill' of a reddish hrown eol(»nr : and is a </ood
landmark'.

FRASER REACH, liie channel north-westward of (iraham
reach, iti I'ii, miles Uma in a j,'eneral W. hy \. and K. hy S. direction,
and a half to I.J, miles wide. In features it resemblea Finlayuoi)
channel.

Warke island is i[, miles lon^' in an east and west direction,
and half a mile l>road. The east extreme of \\\h\ if^iantl lies one mile
W.N.W. from l{<'d cli!V point. The channel on both .sides of the island
is dee]*, l)ul that to the south is slij,ditly the widcT. There is a hay
on the south shore of tiie chainiel, abreast Warke islainl, at the head
of which is a line trout stream, communicating,' with a lar^ii' lake.
Kraser reach from abreast Warke island takes a W. by N. tliri'ction
for ;■) miles, thence W.N.W. for iJ milcH to abreast Iviut,'come point.

Klekane, an unexamined arm on the north shore, abreast Warke
island, is .'» cables wide, and takes a N.W. direction from its entrance.
Ap|)roachiu},' from the south-eastward this arm appears as the con-
tinuation of fJraham reacli. Anchora^'e may, from Indian report, be
<d)taini'd at the head of Klekane inlet.

.Vr churl. No. \'JTA,i,

Chap. XL] FRASER REACH.— FISHERMAN COVE.

4:u

KingrCOme point, tin- turning' pnini iiiiu M«Kay rfjuh. in on
the Huuth Hiioi'ft I:i miles from U«'<1 clitr (Mtiut. Th«> point iM long,
sharp, and conapii'iioiiH.

McKAY REACH leads westwanl fnun Fnwer reach into
Wrij^iit sotiiid, is altoiit S miles lony in a yenepal W.S.W. and K.N'.K.
direetion, and troin one mile to 'i miles \vid<- ■ tlier*- is no hnttom in
mid-( liannel at I'.VJ and 'i'i^t latlioms. ilie laiier M 'I t-ahles soutiiv.ard
of ('innmiii}; point.

From mid-clianmd abreast Kin^'come point, the r»:ud> lakes a
W.S.W. direetion for I miles to abreast Trivei |Miint : ilienee
S.W. by W. for I miles to aitreiwt Cuininin^' |Miint. W«'st\vard of
Kin^'Cffme point, a deep bay lies on the south sh*»n', ht'tween
Kin^'eome and 'IVivet points.

The land on dm north shore of the cliannel is hiu'h ami bold, with
inoiuitains i(,lKI() feet hiKh. The land on the s^iuth shore is not so
hi^di ; and mar the summits of tli" niniintains an- s«»me ••xteiisive
ban* pat( lies of slate colon r.

ORIBBELL ISLAND, the shores of whieh have not been
siirveyeil in detail, is of somewhat reeUmcidar form. alMtut 11 miles
lon^' (nortli ami south), and 7 mil«s wide. The Wimbledon
mountains, alonj; its south shore, are from ■.'.<•••'• to ;i,i»i»» f»>et hitfli.

Ursula channel. — Metween I'iloi point, th«' southM-ast point of
Ciribbell island, and Fisherman cove, on the op|M>8ite shore, in the
entrance to Vi-sida channel whieh skirts ih»- «»a>t siile of (triblMdl
island for about 7 milfts. Its shoren an* ciimjM»H*«i of steep lofty
mouniaiTiH rising' abrujttly from the sea. and eovere«| with pines and
for»*»t trees.

Fisherman cove, on tlw^ east shore at the •ninince to IJreula
channel, aft'ords it!difV»rent anchoraife in il<l faih<>m:», with the south
point of the bay (a clump wliieh is eonnectetl to the short- 5iy a sandy
ntH'k covered nt hi>j;h water) bearing S. j W. When anchorini^ Ihmv
f«'el the way with the deep sea lea<l. as the water ^h<MU very v,uddenly
from M^ fathoms to 1:2 fathoms, ihf Iaii«T depih bein^ ;! '.looui
*J."» yjinls from the shore. .\ small stri.nn flows into the h.-m( of the
c«ive, otf which a shoal extends some distance, its ihI^i- Ihmuk verv
i«««p.

S-r cliurt, .\i), I.!t23./.

432

XTLRAXK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [CfcajL IDL.

At 24 milee northward from Fisherman covo ig aBmall inlnt vl»«?»^
a hot fnprini^ was iliscovered. The colour and taste of which re*HimUl*itl
the waters at Cheltenham.

Boxer reach, the continuation «)f Ursula channel W.N.W. almir
the north-«<i«t and north sides of Oribbell island, is alnjot <"» luiiW
lonp. On ii« north shore anchorage may bo found in the n(»n,b-v**n
part ftf Riifhop «»ve ; this is a very fjood anchonif^f, ami is foruiHd \a
a uarrriw ne<'k «»f sand rxtendin^' from the land tcrniiuHU-d la v
clump oventi with trees, similar to that at FisluTman eo\>'. Tit*
water fthtnls gnwlnally up to the sandy neck and a vi'ssel murixt ja*>
into 15 fathoms.

There appears to be anchorage on the south-east side of the suud;^
neck, but the beach runs out shoal a long way on tliat side.

Vemey passagre, along the west coast of Gribbell islaiid. tak>*
a northerly direction from Money island, off its west entrance yuKna.
for about H miles, and communicates with Hoxer reach : it*! Hh<n'**
havf not been surveyed.

DcivastatiOIl channel. — From the junction of Verney patwat?*
and IJoxer reach at the north point of Gribbell island, the chaumil
continues northward along the east side of Hawkesbury island f*«r
20 milefl ; it« shores have not been surveyed.

Gardner channel, the entrance to which is on the east Hide \tS
DevsKtation channel, about mid-way along it, turns off at Staulfttrtiii
point to the eastward, in which direction it continues, with mour
sinuoaitiea, for npwanls of 4.") miles. " The land is an entirely liarr«u
*' waste, nearly de«titate of wood and verdure, ai)pearing as a ma«t> uf
" almtist naked rocks rising to rugged mountains whose toweriu|r
" sumnjits appearing to overhang their bases give them a tn^nx^-ndou*
** ap^MSirance, covered with jwrpetual ice and snow."

Its short* have not been surveyed in detail, l)Ut there is repon*-.!
to be anchorage on either side of Richardson point, on th«^ suutii
shore (tM»ath-«aKt of Channel island), about tl miles from the entranoe..
in from IK to h fathoms ; and also at Kemano bay on the north Hhupe.
20 miles further up, but here the anchorage is stiid to be indijaereut,
as the vraUrr in deep and shoals very raj)idly from no botu»m M
2r> fathoms to 3 (iathoms ; great caution is recpiired in picking up a
berth, and whi-n entering keep over towards the eastern eutruuoe

.S,r chart, No. 1,92.1m,

Chap. XI.] DEVASTATION CHANNEL.— KITIMAT ARM.

433

point (Kiitranco hlufT), as shoal water extonds for som<' distance from
the opposite i)oint.

Keinaiio river flows thr!»ii«fh an t'xttnsivt' valley into the head of
Keniano l>ay, and is a stream of sonie size, iiavif,Ml»le in the siunnier

liy eanocs for a distaiit f S miles frnm its month. Kemano hay in

fre(picnlcd hy the Kitliip Indians diirin^r liic hoidican lishin^' season;
their villa|Lre, however, is at tlie head (tf the inlet, liearsare reported
ti» be abundant in the Kemano valley, and mmmfain sluu-p in the
mountains, bn«; a scarcity of deer. Fii-ewood ean be obtaineil from
the Indians at a moderate priee.

In the winter months ice forms at 2.'» miles from the head of
fJardner channel.

Tides. — ll is said to \w hi^di water, at fidl and chanije, in Kemano
bay at 1 hr. p.m. (.lune) ; spring's rise about '.• feet.

Kitimat urm.- ''rom tlie north end of llawkesbury island the
inlet c(»ntinues in a northerly direction for a further distanci' of
about 17 miles to about lal. .'')l 2 X., where it is terminated by a
border of low land with a shallow llai exleiidiiiL,' from side to side,
throu<,di which a small rivulet discharj,'es itself at the eastern corner,
naviLrable imly for canoeH. This termination ilill'ers in some respects
f?'oni many of the others ; its shores are not very al>riipt l)Ul are
bouiuled on each siile by a ranf.,'e (d' lofty mountains, which, however.
are not (as is constantly the case) counecti'd at the head of the arm,
but continue ajiparently in a dire(;tion parallel to ea(di otlu-r. The
valley between thcni, which is ',\ or i miles wide, bein^' covered with
iiees, mostly of the pine tribe. Two Indian villages of the Kitimat
tribe are situated near tlu^ head of this arm.

Olio bay, on the east shore of the Kitimat arm, has been visited
on several occasions by 11. M. ships for the purpose of etunmunicating
with the Kitimat Indian.s, and affords anchoraj^'e in 17 fathoms.

Kildala arm e.\tends in an K.N.K. direction for about 10 miles,
branchini,' off from the east side of Kitimat arm at about 11 miles
from its heail.

Douglas channel, which extentls aloUK the west sliore of
Hawkesbury island for upwards of 25 miles in a northerly direction,
leadiiif,' intoilie Kitimat arm at its junction with Devastation channid,
has not been surveyed. It is about '.\ miles broail, ami the short's are

*r chart, No. I,it23</.

S01194S

434

MILRANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chllp. XT.

very hi^h. Kit kiu tah. an imexploreil inlet, Knmclit'H from tin*
W(*Ht h1«Ii' of n(»nj,'IaH fhiiniu'l in a Honth-wcstcrly ilirt'ction at t'» niiloH
from Money poinl, its Hoiith east entrance point. Small vcKselrt may
anchor in T) fathoms half a mile within Kit kia tah inlet.

WRIGHT SOUND, a sheet of water l> miles lon^ in an east
and west dintction, and 2j miles wide at its narrowest part, lies
between Crrlhhell and (Jil islands, with no hotlom at !!'.• and
•220 fathoms.

It commnnicates eastward with McKay rea(di, and westward with
fJrenville channel.

Cfil island, on the south side of the sound, culudnates in a well
defined snow-clad peak ;?,(MM» feel liiLrh. (.SVv patfc 4S"i.)

The mountains north-east wan I of Ilolinos hay have hare patches
down their sides.

Directions, — In thick weather, when the shores are almost
(thscured to the wat(»r's edp', Wrifj:ht sonnd, with its diU'er 'nt open-
infj;s north and south, makes a very pt^rplexin^j pictun' to a stran^'cr.
Under such circumstances it is well to rememher that a due West
course leads atro.ss the sound from McKay reach to (Jrenville
channcd ; the distance from i)oint Cinnming to Yolk point heinf,' ju.^t
7^ miles.

Promise island, on the north side of the sound, with its two
ilome-shaped mountains, and cape Farewell, th«' south-east e.xtrfine
of the island, are conspicuous.

HOLMES BAY (Quel ak se a.x), situated on the ea^.tern shore of
\Vrif?ht sound at the entrance of Whale channel, is 8 caMes wide at
its entrance, and recedes in an easterly direction for ahoiit I cahlcs.
terrainatinj,' in a sand Hat, which extends one cable from the head «»f
the bay.*

The north entratice point is hii,di and bold, and a small islet lies off
the south entrance point of the bay.

Anchorag'e will be found in II fathoms, sand, with the south
extreme of Promise island in line with the north point of the bay,
bearinj? W. by N. ^ N. ; and (Jil mountain in line with the south
entrance point, S.W. by W.

>■// it!;irt. No, l.lfjn,,.
♦ Sir Atlmiralty plan ; — Hohucs \my. on '^lit'et. No. I, '.Mil ; calc. in = 5r< incUes.

Chap. XI.] wnionT sorND— coohlan .xnthouaok.

43.')

Tides. — If iH hif,'h water, full lunl oluingo, in IIoliiu^H l»iiy, in Ih. ;
H|>riiij,'H ri.sc ]',\ U'\.t, n«nipH !<• fot«t.

Fisherman COVO was tlic n.iuu' (,'ivt'ii by Viincouver to an
iincluiniL'f one luilc tsi.stwarti of Tiirtif jtnint, clo-sc to tlu> whore of
(lil island. Thr WHtt-r in tleop, ami tlir anrhom^'o ruportod
iiKlilVui-fnt.

PROMISE ISLAND, »l tli-- s..iitli .'nrl of DoiiuIiiH channol, in
',\\ miles Ion;,' N.N.W.and S.S.K., witli an fxtmno breadth of 2 iniU'rt;
it IH covcrt'il with pine and coilar, ami ciilminati-s in two peaks of
doine-shajM), 1, (ISO ami 1,710 f«'ei hi^h respectively. Cape Karewell,
the s(Mith-east extreme i>f tlie island, tcM'iiiinates in a hiyh, bold clilV.
A eonspieiious white din lies on the soutli shore, midway l.'otween
cape Farewell and 'I'hom jjoint.

The east shore of the island is liij.rli, Willi an oetMsional bay with a
sandy beach at its head. D.iwson point, ihe north i-xtretne, is low
and woodetl.

Farewell ledge inicovers at low water, and extends 2 eables
south-east from c.ipe l-'arewell. This leilp- is steep-to, there l)ein;,' no
bottom at |(( f.ithoniH at !>'> yards from it. Led-^es extend one cable
from the eastern shore of Promise island.

Dawson ledgre t'xtends '2 eiibies nt»rthwaii'tl from Dawson point,
a)id uncovers at iiulf ebl).

OOGHLAN ANOHORAGF. b.'tw(M'ii tiie maiidand and
Promise island, situated about one mile westward of cape Farewell,
is ',\ cables witle at its (Mitr.mce between Camp and Tliom points, and
extends in a north-W((st direction for 2 mih»h, \siihMjiiur within the
•intrance to 4 cables.*

Thoui lu<lire extends KM) yards S.W. of Thorn point.

Harbour rock is a ilan^orous rock of small extent, which
uncovers (I feet at low water, and lies nearly in mid-channel near tht^
head of the harI)our. This rock is steep-to, there being depths of
10 and IH fathoms at 1(M( feet from the rock.

Gil mountain 8eeu in line with Tliom p(»int, bearing S.E. j^ E., will
lead north-east ; and Camp point seen just open of Observation i)oint,
bearing S.F. j S., will lead westward of H'rbour rock.

.»47 olwit. V(t. \. k:\ii
* .Sf'i" Achnifiilty plan :• Coi^hlun imiihoruire. mi nlitM't t»f pluiiH, Nu. 2,1M!1 ; Hcal«'<
»i=H'2.') inohc'i.

so 1194S

2E2

4af>

MILRANK SOUND TO ('HATIIAM HOUND. [Clllip. XI.

Otter shoal (^xtfiuU l\ cahU-n Iroiii th»' wt'Htcru Hhctrt- at tho
iKniil of the iinclioniKt', willi depths of '.) rathoins aiiil Wtin upon it.

Anchoragre in ('• to 7 I'athomH rtami, will 1h' tVtiind iioar tho hfiid
of (!o^rhlaii an"liorayt', with (iil inoiiiitaiii jiint rthut in witli 'I'lioni
point, Itt'arin^' S.K., ami SifphciiH point just <tp('n u\' ],t'titia jtoint
(Stfwart narrowH) Ix-arin;,' N.K. liy N. Wiicn filtering,' l<«'t'p in mid-
channel, to avoid tin- li'dgc which iineovci'H oil' Tlioni point.

Stewart narrows h-ad northward nl" Promise ishmd intr» DoMj,'las
ohannel. The streams in this jiassairc are stron;,', and the chanin'l
confined ; it is iherel'ore hdI ri'cumineiided.

Tides. — It is hij,'li \vat( r, lidl and cliani,'!', in (!o;,'hlan anchoruj,'e
at t»h. !{<>m. ; spriiifrs rise IS feet, neaps 14 feet.

Tidal streams. — The Hood stream which onterH Cumpania sound
from tile southward, divich'S oil' I'aHHa^rc island, and the main l»oiiyof
water passes U|) Sipialiy channel. The lesser body, passin;,' into
Whale channel, skirts the north shore of frii island, and iinilos, at
one inih' northward of 'J'urtle pdini, with the main body of water
wirudi has eiiiereil Wri^dit sound l»y Lewis passaf,'e. The Hood
stream from that jiosition, sets directly across Wri^jht soinnl, and
iuipintfini,' on (!ainp jHiint causes very stron;,' eddies oil' that point,
and is then delli'cte.l towards (Jrenville channel.

A (lortion of the hood stream Ity Whale chmnel turns into McKay
reach, and meets, abreast of Aaltanliash inlet, the Hood stream from
the Kinlayson «"hannel. Another jtortion proceeds into l)ou),das
channol an<l Vtu-ney jjassa^'c. On the el)b, the reverse takes i)lace,
the main body of water from Wriifht sound obtaining un exit hy
Whale channel.

The ebb streams from Wrii,dii sounil, I )(uif,das channel, and .McKay
reach, unite nearly midway between Maple point and Holmes bay,
setting? directly towards the latter, producing' stronj,' eddies ai the
mouth of Holmes bay. 'J hence the stream sets fairly thnuigh
Whale channel, and passiu;,' north ami south of l'assaj,'e island, unites
with the stream <d' Stpially channel, and united they pass out into
Camitania souml.

lloth llofxl and «'bb streams attain the vtdocity of '.\ knots an htoir.
at spring's, in tie' contracted portions <tf the cluunuds.

Sir chart, So. l.ifJUrt,

<'hiii». XI. J uiti:vvii/,K ciiANNKi,. 4M7

ORENVILLE CHANNEL I»m'Is nuith-w.rtiwiinl ..nt of Wrijjlii
Hoimd, ami is ihf iiHiial cliiiiiii'l laktii liy stcam-vcsHclH wlu-ii i>r<»-
crt'tlin^,' to ilif norllicni wains dl' Itriiisli CultiniJiia.

At its Hoiitli-caHt cud (Srcin iiltt cliaiiiifl ahrt'aHt Yolk point in
H cahh'H widr, tlicucf it trciulrt W. Itv N. \ N. t'nr I ihIIch to ahrraMt
Davfiiport iKtiiii, with an avi'mj^r witltli of rue mih'. Kroiii this point
till' cliainicl taki'S a W.N.W. ilirt'ctioii for II niilcH, and narrown to
'A cal)lfs as Lowo inlet is ai)prt>aclH'd, seldom excft'din^ l cahlt's in
wiillli until north-westward of I'lveniny point (Klewiiii;,';rii ).

From a position in mid-channel Wi'siward (»!' Lowe inlet, (Jrenville
channel treiidn X.W. l)y \V. ■} \V. I'nr 7 miles, to ahreaHt Kvenin^
point, thence it widens to one and '.\ miles ; and extendri W.N.W. for
2',\ miles, to al)r«'ast O^'ilen channel. Tie' depths in (iri'iiville chaimel
are IS to i;};; fathoms, rock.

The land on Itoth sides is hi;rh, reai'hinK an elevali<in (tf li,')!!!) feet
on the north, and from l,tiii() to •J,(iii(MVft on the soiitii shore; and
tor the most part iH denstdy wooded with pine and cedar.

The mountains rise almost per|)endiciilarly from the water, and
cause the Houtheni ponimi uf this narrow (dianinl to appear even
narrower than it is (\\ t-aljles). I hit the general ell'eci of so many
mountains risin;: one hidiind the other, renders the (Ireiiville passau'e
one of the most lieauiiful lands*-apes on this coast ; and is ei|uall«M|
only hy Kh-mtoo passa^'e.

The only directions necessary foi- na\ ij,'atin^' (Ireiiville (diannelaru
to keep in miil-cliaiinel, cxcei>i when passing,' Nahanhah hay, and
(hen the south, or I'itt island, short' should he ke)tt aboard. The
Houth shore for I miles westward itf Devonporl pdint is stated to he
foul, hut close ill.

Tidal streams in (Jnnville channel are weak, in most places
not exceeding' ont- knot ; the Hood stream from the northwaril
laeetin^,' that from the siuithward abreast Nahanhah hay.

Morning reefs extend N.W. hy W. nearly one mih- from P'vtmin^'
l»oint, and Leahies from the north shore of Nalianlmh hay. The
south shore of (iren\ille channel must he kept on hoard wiieli
j)assinf,' Mttrniiif; rei'fs."

r>are islet (north sitle of Klewnuf,'uit inlet) kept opm of Camp
point (south siile of that inlen Itfarim,' N.K. 'I K. will had westward
of Morninj,' reefs.

LOWE INLH.T (Kumowadah). situated on the north shore of
Grenville channel, about ik miles from Wright 8(»und, is a little over

• Ht'e Admiralty plan : — Klcwnutrtfit. \i>. 'J.lS'.i ; ncale, «t = 3'25 inohcH,

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

V.A

1.0

I.I

1^ mil 2.2

2.0

1.8

1.25

1.4 1.6

•• 6"

►

^>:

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. MSSO

( ;i6) 873-4503

'V-

.V/'

^^^

!^ '

438

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Chap. XL

2| cables wide at its entrance between James ami Hei)burn points.
From mid--.lianuel, between the entrauee points, the inlet extends in
a N. by W. direction for 5 cables ; thence N.N.E. for t) cables to the
mouth of Nettle basin, and widens to 4 cables.*

Nettle basin is nearly circular in shap(>, and is .') cables across ; but
between its entrance points the Ijasin is barely one cable wide.
Within the general depths arc 1") to J 7 fathoms, mud.

In the north-east corner of the basin is a large stream, with a
M'aterfall close to its mouth, and several others within (Verney falls).
This stream is rejiorted to be connected by a chain of lakes with
Kit kia tah inlet (Douglas channel).

On the soutli side of the inlet a remarkable mountain, with a
conical summit (Anchor con(^), rises to the height of 2,010 feet.

High-water rocks, situated one cable from the western shore,
at i cables within Lowe inlet, are awash at high water, and lie close
to each other in a north and south direction. There is a depth of
23 fathoms, at 100 feet eastward of the rocks.

Don flat, with depths of 3 fathoms and less upon it, extends one
cable from the head of the bay south of Don ix/mt, on the eastern
shore.

Whiting" bank, at 2 cables witliin the mouth of Jjowe inlet, has
depths of 10 I'athoms and less (Ui it extending across the entrance.
Northward of that position the water deepens to 19 and 20 fathoms,
mud.

Anchorage for vessels of moderate length will be found, in
mid-channel, on Whiting bank, in 8 and 10 fathoms, sand and shells.
In this positi(m, Anchor cone mountain should bear E. by N.; and
the eastern entrance point of the harbour (Hepburn point) U.K. by S.
For a long vessel, more convenient anchorage will be found higher
up the harbour, in mid-channel, in 20 fathoms, mud bottom, with
Anchor cone mountain bearing S.E. by E.

Supplies. — Good water can be i)rocured in Lowe inlet, from the
stream in Nettle basin. Trout may be caught in that stream, and
clams are found on tlie fiat at the eastern shore of Nettle basin.
Whiting, in abundance, may be caught on Whiting bank.

iS<f chart, No. l,\m<i.
* Str Admiralty plan : — Lowe inlet, on sheet of plans, No. 2,18!( ■ cale, m — 3*75
iuuhes.

Chap. XI.] LOWE INLKT.— STTAIIT AXCIIOU AC'^',.

430

•75

K(li))le iiettli'M j^ruw on iiio pIioii'h oL ttio lL)iisiii,uiitlcUV useful as tan
autiscorl)utic when cooked.

Tides. — It is liii^h water, i'lill aiul ehaii;,'e, in Lowe inlet at
Oh. ;»(>iu.; springs rise 17 feet. nea^JS 15 feet.

KLEWNUGGIT INLET lies '.) miles westward of l.oAve inlet,
on the north shore of fxrcnvillo channel, and one mile Avestward of
Kvening point. The entrance betwc^en Camp point (south shore),
and Leading island is 4 cables wide, and thence tiie inlet takes an
easterly direction for 4 cables, and there divides ; the longer arm
(Kxposed arm) I'xtends in a south-easterly direction for '^ miles, and
terminates in a swamp fnmted by a sand flat. Tint shorter arm takes
a north-west direction for ]\ miles, passing northward of Leading
island, and is 2v, cables wide.*

Anchoragi' may be ol)taiued in the North-west arm (Ship anchorage)
in 15 to 20 fathoms, mud l)(>ttom, in mid-channel, at one cable from
either shore.

Directions. — Entering Klewnuggit inlet, having cleared Morning
reefs {sec page 4)57), keep in mid-channel between Camp point and
Leailing island. Pass 2 cables S.E. of the latter, and anchor on its
north side in 8hip anchorage. In this position the south-east
extreme of Leading island should be seen in line with a con-
spicuous clifF of purple colour, on the south shore of Exposed arm,
bearing South.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Klewnuggit
anchorage at Oh. IJOm.; springs rise 17 feet.

STUART ANCHORAGE, situated on the south shore of
Grenville channel, 25), miles westward of Lowe islet, lies 5 cables
westward of a long, low, wooded projection, which serves to
distinguish it.t

Sta^ rock uncovers 115 feet at low water, and lies 4 caltles
W. by N. Ij N. from the above-mentioned point. Tiiis rock has foul
ground extending innn it 4 cables in a W.N.W. direction, and a
small patch, which uncovers at low water, lies one cable south from
the rock.

* Set Admiralty I'lan ;— Klewnuytrit inlet, on shofit of i)laiis. Xo. 2,{H\) ; xcjvio
III = 3"7") inches.

t iSfet' Admiralty plan; — Stuart anohnrage, on shoot of plans, Xo. I.'.iul ; scale
«t = rt inchen.

440

MILBANK SOUND TO CFIATIIAM SOUND. [Chiip. XI.

i 1

The whole of this foul gruuiul is indicated by kolp during .summer
and autumn.

AnchOrag'e will bo found in 10 to 15 fathoms, rock, '2 cables
\V. ^ S. from Stag rock ; with tht; south extreme of Gibson island
seen touching the north side of t'itt island (Calvert point) bearing
W.N.W. northerly.

Directions. — Proceeding for this anchorage, especially at high
water, care is necessary. Pass 2 cables westward of the foul ground
extending from the Stag rock, and anchor when at one cable to the
southward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Stuart anchorage at
Oh. 30m. ; springs i-ise 17 feet.

The tidal streams meet abreast Evening i)oint ; eastwartl of that
point the flood approaches from the eastward, and wtestward of the
point from the westward.

At springs the flood stream in the narrow portions of Grenville
channel attains the velocity of 2 knots, and the ebb 4 knots an hoiu-.
The latter stream continues to run for Ih hours after low water l»y
the shore. Abreast Lowe inlet, strong eddies will be felt on the ebb.

False Stuart anchoragre lies on the south shore :5 miles east-
ward of Stuart anciiorage. On its north-west side tiiere is a high,
bold, projection. This point should serve to distinguish Fidse Stuart
anchorage from Stuart anchorage, as the hitter has a long, low,
projection on its south-east side. The water is deep, close to Uie
shore.

Kxn geal, an unexplored inlet (m the north shore, ;") cables west-
ward of Evening point, is 5 caljles wide at its entrance, and takes a
north-west direction.

A rock which uncovers lies 2 cables south-east of the north-west
entrance point of Kxn geal inlet.

At (I miles W.N.W. from Kxn geal is Baker inlet with a narrow
oi)ening, but apparently quite extensive within, and in an easterly
direction ; a small islet or rock lies in the entrance. From this in a
west and south-westerly direction nearly ',\ miles is a narrow but
deep opening, which from (xrenville channel appears to cut Pitt
island iu two, and may join the eastern arm of Petrel channel.

Hee chart, No. l,923rt.

(vhap. XI.] GRENVILLE CHANNEL.— OGDEN CHANNEL.

441

Kum ea Ion, au uuux.piuied inlol on thf north shore, iibreast of
False Stuart anchorages has an entrance 2 cables wide, and takes a
northerly directif)n. Some small islets lie near the north shore of
GrenvilJe channel westward of Kum ea Ion inlet.

GIBSON ISLANDS, a grou]), situated in the western portion of
Granville channel, at its confluence with Ogden channel, consists, of
an island, IGO feet high, about one mile in extent, and wooded, and
several smaller islets and rocks ; the shores of the larger' island are
broken into sevei-al bays. On the east side of the large island is
Bloxham island, of small extent, and Lamb islet lies one cable from
the north-east shore.*

Watson rock uncovers 18 fe«t at low water springs, and lies
2 cables from *''e south shore of Gibson island.

Bloxani shoal extends G cables north-eastward from the south-
east extreme of Bloxham island, and extends northward of Gibson
islands at that distance, with depths of one to 3 fathoms over it.

Gunboat harbour, between Gibson and Bloxham islands, is a
small harbour, which faces the soitth-east, affording temporary
anchorage to small vessels, in 4 to 10 fathoms, one cable within the
entrance, in mid-channel.

Bedford island, of small extent, lies ;■) cables N.N.W. from the
larger Gibson island. Bedford spit extends 15 cables S.W. I'lom
Bedford island. The channel between Bedfonl and Gibson islands
has depths of 4 fathoms and less in it ; this passage is not recom-
mended. Marrack island lies .') cables N.N.W. of Bedford island
and is one mile in extent. Marrack rock, which luicovers, lies
nearly in mid-channel between Bedford and Marrack islands.

Port Fleming.— Between Marrack, Bedford, and Gibson islands,
and the mainland eastward of them there is a good harbour named
port Fleming, of even soundings, from 3 to 7 fathoms, Avitli mudily
bottom, and very little tide. Captain Madden, an old trader and
pilot, stated that he always found this iiarbou ■ good, well sheltered
from winds, and free from currents and sea.

The approach to port Fleming from the north is by Arthur
passage.

See Admiralty plan : — Ogden ohannel. No l.'.tOl ; scale, m = 10 inches.

442

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM .SOUND. [Chap. XI.

Good anchorapje in reported on tlu' wcHt siilc of Siuitli inland,
opposite mount McGrath.

KENl^EDY IGLAND is Hi milos lon.i,' in a north-w»^st and
south-east direction, wiih an averajife I)readth of '.\ miles, is woodeil,
rising p[radualiy, and culminates near the middle in two conspicuous
peaks, 2,7(5') and 2,170 feet hif,'h resi)ectively. The western and
southern coasts of Kennedy island are boM, and little broken ; the
northern eoasts have not been examined in detail.*

Cardena bay, is an opim bay on the south-east side of Kennedy
island, and is skirted by a mud bank, which extends over '> cables
from the shore, with dej)ths of 5 to 10 fathoms upon it.

It is a fjfood temporary stopping place in case of fogs or darkness
on reaching Chatham soinid. Anchorage may be found on the bank,
in 7 to S fathoms good liolding-ground, at 15 cables from the shore
of Kennedy island ; and it is the best ancliorage in the vicinity
of Hkeena river, sheltered from North and S.K.

Lewis island, situated one mile southward of Kennetly island,
is low, wooded, narrow, and 2g miles long, in a north-west and
south-east direction.

A shoal upon which the " Corona " was wrecked, extends 'A cables
S.E. by E. \ E. from Henderson point, the south-east extreme of
Lewis island ; from Henderson point it has a depth of feet at the
extreme, and a rock that dries 10 feet at low water lies one cable
from the point in the same direction.

ARTHUR PASSAGE, between Kennedy and Lewis islands, is
about 5 miles long, in a general north-west and south-east direction,
and about one mile wide, with depths of 18 to ()3 fathoms, mud.

Herbert reefs He on the western side of Arthur passage, about
4 cables from the north-east extreme of Lewis island, and G cables
distant from Kennedy island. This dangerous reef consists of two
rocks which uncover at low water, with depths of 7 and 9 fathoms
between them, lying north-west and south-east, distant 5 cables, from
each other. There are depths of 37 fathoms and over at one cable
northward, and of 20 fathoms at one cable southward of Herbert
reefs.

The eastern and smaller Genn island seen in line with the south
extreme of White Cliff island, bearing N.W. ^ W., leads northward
of Herbert reefs.

* See Ailmiialty plan : — Brown and Edye passages, No. 2,4f>3 ; i^wile, w= 1 inch.

Chap. XI.] KP:NVKI)Y ISLANf).— CHALMKUS A>fOnOUA(!K.

443

Lawson harbour, on iIk' imrtli-wt-Hi sidr of l^i-wia island, is
iibout r> ciihlt^s lon^ in a north-west and sonth-i-ast direction, and
5 cables wide. Anchoraire for small vessels may lie fonnd in
4 fathoms, in mid-channel, abont one cable within Lawson liari-iiur.

Elliott island, north-w^-st of Lewis island, is low and wooded ;
aboul 1] miles Ion?,' in a W.N.W. anil E.S.E. direction, with afjrreatest
breadth of three-quarters of a mile. Hloxam passajje, between Lewis
and Elliott islands, and connecting Arthnr and Chismore passa^'es, is
about 2 cables wide, with a depth of 21 fathoms in mid-channel.

Elizabeth island lies westward of Elliott island, is nearly
\\ miles long in a W.N.W. and E.S.E. direction, with an average
breadth of three-(j[uarters of a mile. With the exception of a hill,
3;U feet high, near its eastern end, this island ia low and wooded.

Jiamlield islands, a group of small islets, lie about a quarter of a
mile from the northern shore of Elizabeth island ; \\ cables eastward
from these islands are some reefs. A deep but narrow passage exists
between Bamfield islands and the reefs.

CHISMORE PASSAGE, between Porcher island on the south
and Lewis, Elliott, and Elizabeth islaiuls to the north, is about
4 miles long in a W.N.W. and E.S.E. direction, and from 2 to T) cables
wide, with depths of 4 to 21 fathoms, mud. It is obstructed by fold
ground at its southeastern end, and is oidy accessible for ships l>y
Hloxham passage, a narrow channel leading into Arthur passage
between Lewis and Elliott islands.

Kelp passagre, between Lewis and Porcher islands, is available
only for boats.

Elizabeth rock, which uncovers at low water, lies one cable
from the south shore of Elizabeth island, at one mile within the
western entrance of Chismore passage.

Anchoragre may be obtained, in mid-channel, in 7 to Id fathoms,
2 cables from the south shore of Elliott island, with (Jenn islands
seen midway between Elliott and Elizabeth islands, bearing
N.N.W. I W. Good holding ground and excellent shelter.

CHALMERS ANCHORAGE, on the north-west side of
Elliott island, is formed at the junction of that island with Elizabeth
island.

S$f chart, No. 2,4.5:}.

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [^^hii]). XI,

Anohoragre may be found ill l;*) to 1 I riulioiiis, ;it ■? (•il)U'H I'roui
the nortli-wt'Ht extreme of KUiott iHlaiid ; with that extremo sei'ii in
line with Houth extreme of White Clill ishuid, hcarinj,' X.N.K. i K.

White Cliff island, '3f'() t\et lil^ii, situated nearly midway
1)01 veen Kenntsdy mul i^lUiott islands, at (I cables northward of the
laifer, is al)out half a mile lonjj: in a north and soutii direction ; its
south t.-xtreme terniinatinj,' in liii,di, bold, white dill's. A leilge
extends 2 cables southward from White Clill island. Marble has been
(juarried at White Clill' island.

Cecil patch, seldom marked by kelj), has 4 fathoms upon it, and
lies one mile West from the south extreme of White Clifl island.
There are depths of 7 and 18 fathoms at KM) yards from the patch.

The summit of Kennedy island (Klizabeth peak), seen in line
with the south extreme of White Cliif island, bearing K. by S., will
lead northward of Cecil patch.

Genn islands consist of two small wooded islands, about 1:20 feet
high, lying close together in an east and west direction. The eastern
and smaller island lies 2^ miles X.W. ^ W. from the south extreme
of White Cliff island.

Bribery island consists of low rocks very little al)ove high
water, and lies 8 cables W. by S. from the western Genn island.

Lawyer g'roup consist of two principal islands, and several
smaller ones, about one mile in extent, in a N.W. by W. and S.K. by K.
direction. The eastern and smallest island of the group lies 5 cables
W. by S. from Bribery island.

Cruice rock, of small extent, covers at three-quariers flood, and
lies 2;^ cables W. ^ N. from the western Lawyer island.

Hunt point (Quil mass) the north extreme of Porche'- island, is
about 3 miles westward of Chismore passage. Temporary anchorage
in off shore winds may be had under the point in about 10 fathoms.

MALACCA PASSAGE, situated between Porcher island and
the Genn and Lawyer groups, is al)out (i miles long, in a W. liy N.
and Vi. by S. direction^ and about 1| miles wide, with depths of
21 to 81 fathoms, mud, the latter depth being found in the western
portion of the channel.

See chart, No. 2,45-t.

Chap. XI.] ARTHUR PASSAGE.— SKRRVA RIVRR.

445

Directions. — The Hnmmit of Kennedy inhiud, Kliziiheth jjeak
(l)are patches on nortli-west Hide), seen in line with the south extreme
of White Cliff island, bearinj^ K. by S., will lead through Malacca
passage.

SKEENA RIVER, the largest river on the coast of British
Columbia, northward of Fraser river, takes its rise in lake I5abine,
near the village of Naas glee, about 200 miles l)eyond port Kssington.
At 1,'20 miles from port Kssington th(f river divides into three
branches, known as the Forks of th(^ Skeena, the principal bi-anch
taking a northerly direction, tlie others a north-west and south-east
direction respectively.

The shores of Skeena are said to be low, covered with small hard
wood and cotton trees ; also good sized white oaks, similar to those
found on the banks of Fraser river. The shores at the entrance are
densely wooded, chiefly cedar and hemlock, and bear evidence of a
remarkably wet climate.

Caution. — Unless under the guidance of a pilot, as the channels
of the Skeena are subject to periodical changes, it is recommended,
liefore attempting them, to buoy the channtd by boats or other
means.

Navigable depths. — At (5 miles below port Kssington, the river
divides into three channels named North, ]\Iiddle and Telegraph
passages.

North channel (The Slue) is suitable only for small craft. It is
about 3 cables wide, with several sunken rocks, and only 2], fathoms
of water, and the current is very swift. Middle channel is obstructed
by shifting sand banks, and is only fit for boats. Telegraph passage
is the main passage with not less than 4 fathoms in the channel.
For about 20 miles above port Essington the Skeena is available for
vessels drawing 4 feet water ; beyond that distance it is only
navigable for canoes. The head of navigation, for vessels drawing
over t) feet, may be said to terminate (i miles beyond port Essington,
and 21 miles from the mouth of the river.

The river is navigable for light-draught steamers as far as Mumf ord
landing, GO miles inland, and 200 miles further for canoes.

The head of tidal water is about 18 miles above port Essington.
The river is navigable witli dilTicuUy for small stern-wheelers alxuit

S)r chart. No. 2,453.

44<;

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOdND. [Chap, XI.

I5H inilos above tidal water to Kitsinn.Lrallum, whero thoro is a
trail up the valley of Kitsnin^'alluiii river, to the head wat(>rH of Nass
river.

It in about 100 Tniles from tidal water, with a rise of 72r) feet to
Skeena forks or llazeltoii, a Hetlleineut not far from the abandoned
fort Staler.

Telegrraph pa^sag'e, the southernmost and prineipal ehannel of
Skeena river, is about S miles lonj,' N.W. by N. and S.K. by S., with
an averaf?e width of l.\ miles.

The western side of the channel is rendered danji^erous by sand
flats, some of Avhich dry, extending from the eastei-n side of Kennedy
islajul, but the eastern side has depths of 1 to 17 fathoms.

Middle passag'e, situated between Kennedy and De Horsey
islands, is obstructed at its western entrance by sand flats, some of
which uncover, leaving a passage only available for boats.

North, passage, between Tsimpsean peninsula and Smith and
De Horsey islands, lias a depth of about 2}j fathoms in some parts, and
is not I'ecommended. Mount McGrath on Smith island is conspicuous,
;2,220 feet high. x\.t the entrance to this })assage several dangers lie
nearly in mid-channel ; the navigabh' channel lies on the south shore,
and is barely one cable wide in some parts.

Near the entrance of North Skeena passage there is a considerable
mining camp called Willaciagh.

From Inverness (Woodcock landing), on the north shore of North
Skeena passage, a narrow inlet extends westward of north, joining
the sea, near Coast islet, the inlet continuing north-westerly joins the
large basin in which Oldlield island (containing mount Oldfield,
2,300 feet high) is situated. This basin enters Malacca passage
between Lima point and Coast islet, and connects with Metlah
Catlah bay through Venn creek. The land west of Oldfield basin,
K.S.E. from Metlah Catlah, has been named Digby island.

Anch.Orag'e. — There is no good anchorage off Inverness, the
ground being hard and pebbles, and the ebb-stream very strong.
There is a dangerous rock between Leer point and the village, and
any vessel anchoring oflC Inverness would be very liable to be set
down on it.

See chart, No. 2,453.

Cha]). XT.] SKRKNA RIVER , -POUT ESSIN'OTON.

447

4(1,

Rocks. — Three diingorous nuiiken rocks lie in iiiitl iirar the fair-
way in port KHHinf,'ton. The northern rock, which dries 2 fet?i at
ordinary h)\v water,lies witli Veitch point S.W. hy S. distant 2,*, luile^,
and northern extreme of Villaj^o ishuid, at the western side <.f lh«*
entrance to Kcstall river, S, K. 1 K. The centre rock, whicli is the
most (hmj^cTous, dries one foot at low water sprinj,'s, and lies with
Vietch point S.W. ^ S. distant 2,';, miles, and northern extreme of
Villafje island S. by K. i K. Th«' southern sunken rock is aw:t.sh at
ordinary low water, aid lies with Vietch point S.W. distant 2/„ miles,
and northern extreme of ViUa{.fe island S.K. 'l E. distant .")<» yanls.

A black spar buoy is moored on tlu' centre rock lyinj; on the eilgu
of the shoal water northward of Villa<,'e island. The buoy will lie
flat at low water, and is liable to l)e run under by the tidal sir»-ain.

PORT ESSINGTON (Spuk sut) lies on the south shore of
Skeena river, about 11 miles from its mouth and G miles from
De Iloj'sey island, an- affords extensive anchorage. The villa<re i.s
situated on the west side of a point formin<i the antrle between
the Skeena and Kcstall river.

The settlement, l^almoral, is on the east side of the mouth of
Kcstall i-iver. Steam-vessels call regularly at the large cannery at
Pialmoral.

At 2 miles above Kaspberry islands, on the southern shore, is a hot
spring, 110° Fhr., about 100 yards from the shoi-e, the iidiabitants
use it for rheumatic ; fVections.

AncllOrage with good holding ground will be fouml iu mitl-
channel abreast port Essington, in 4 to 7 fathoms, mud.

A heavy cross-sea is caused by strong winds from seaward Itetween
N.W. to S.E., and vessels would be vei'y liable to foul and trip their
anchors.

Raspberry islands, situated eastward of port Essington, consist
of two wooded islets, lying close to the eastern shore ; they are
joined at low water, and the passage between them ami tlie southern
shore is only tit for boats.

Supplies. — Potatoes of large size and good quality are plentiful ;
also berries, which are dried by the Indians for their winter food.
The Skeena is a ]iro1ific salmon stream, and (ish of the finest (piality

Stjr (!hart. No. 2,4")3.

448

MILBANK SOUND TO CHATHAM SOUND. [Ohi'l). XI.

iir«' procured hero. Good timber Ih i)Ioiitii'nl imd of largv size,
ertpi'ciully Mpruci* und yellow Alaska cedar.

Tides and tidal streams.— Tho tides am subject to couHider.ibh*
diurnal iiiecjuality. It is IukIi water at full and ehanfje in port Kssiui,'-
ton at 111. Oni. ; spriiif,' rise 2i feet, noaps 1.') fet^t. The flood stream
at the entrance attains the velocity of 4, and the elib T) knots an hour
at sprinf^s, and the latter is at times mncli accelerated by freshets.

Winds. — During' September Ka.sterly and S.K. wiiuls, accom-
l)anied by almost continuous rain, with fre(juent S(jualls, have been
experienced.

Coal. — Kitsaf<atla, on Skeena river, is reported to bo an extensive
coal country, the seains beiu^' cut through by the river, and from
15 to H') feet thick.

Ice. — The North passage of Skeena river is lilocked full of ice
n(>arly all the Vv'inter, but it seldom reaches down as far as Kennedy
island. Port Fleming is free from ice.

From Kcstall river comes the greater part of the ice-floes which
encumber the Skeena in tho cold season. Strong N.Fi. gales in
winter interrupt communication with the shore, and though not
frozen Dver there is much loose ice, iis also quantities of heavy drift-
wood.

Ships could not remain at port Essington during the mouths of
December, January, February and March, and well into April. The
snowfall has been about G feet on the level.

Sfc chart, No. 2,45:?.

140

CITAPTEK XII.

CHA.THAM SOUND, EDYE AND BROWN PASSAGES.
AND DIXON ENTRANCE.

Vartatiox, 27' 0' East in ISOS.

CHATHAM SOUND is iil).)iit :',S milt-s long N.W. by N. and

S.E. by S., 1111(1 from 7 lo II miles widr. lyinfr Ix-twvfn the Tsimjisean
l)eninsalu and Stephens and Dundas islands.*

111 the middle oC tlie soiithein iiortion an- two groups of islands
( Rachel and Lucy islands) (oi^'ethri with fithcr detached islets and

rock's, especially on tin- north -liore,

Chatham sound communicates with Hcate strait by three channels,
Edye passage, in the ,sontli-west • onier of the sound, being the
channel usually taken (.nw page lti7). Brown passage, south of
Dundas islands, though comparatively wide, has .strong and irregular
tides near its western end ; and a patch of rocl:s awash at high water
lies nearly in mid-channel.

Landmarks. — On the north shore, in the .south-eastern portion
of Chatham L-iound, mount Oldlield and mount McGrath, 2,3U(> and
•2,220 feet high respectively, are conspicuous.

With the exception of a cluster of bare rocks (Gull rock.s) off the
mouth of Edye passage, the islets in that p-ortion of the sound are
wooded, and of a conspicuous dark colour.

On South Dundas islaiul, there are four conspicuous peaks, the
eastern and highest of which is 1,1(10 feet hijrh. Northward (d'
Metlah Catlah, Mission mountain, and Deer mound, of rounded
form, will be seen rising from comparatively low land to 1,310 and
2,230 feet respectively.

Coast mound, a conspicuous hill of oval shape, 750 feet high, will
be seen on Middle Dundas island, with a chain of wooded islets, of a
peculiarly dark colcrr, fringing the shore.

* Sfi' Arlmiraity plan : — Brown i;ii(i lidye iiassajres. No. 2A'>'.i : -scale, m = 1 inch :
also .Admiralty chart : — Cape Caution to port .Simpson, northern jwrtinn. N'o. \.'j-23ii ;
>!cale, III = U'2.") of an inoh.

SO 11948

450

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Chap. XII.

Near the north-east extreme of North Dnndaa island, Table hill
with a flat summit rises 700 feet, and is conspicuous. Southward of
Table hill, Thumb peak rises 2,5(J0 feet. With the exception of one
small islet (Grassy islet), the islets and rocks in the northern portion
of C liatham sound are bare and conspicuous.

At 2 miles southward of port Simpson, mount Griffin (Waverly
peak), a mountain with a sharp summit, rises to 1,410 feet. South-
east of mount GrilFin, the ridi^o has several conspicuous peaks risinj?
to nearly 3,000 feet, amongst which are Leading peak and Basil
Lump 2,200 and 2,9C»(^ feet high respectively.

Mount McNeil, on the north side of Work channel, has a snow-clad
summit, of conical shape, 4,300 feet high.

Dangrers. — The southern portion of Chatham sound is compara-
tively free from /langer, the rocky clusters being of considerable
elevation above high water and moderately steep-to. Northward of
Metlah Catlah bay, however, ledges which uncover at low water
extend in many places 2 miles from the eastern shore. On the
western side of the sound .ilso, there are several off-lying detached
sunken rocks, with deep water close to them. Abreast port Simpson,
two clusters of rocks lie in the fairway of the sound ; and being but
little elevated above high water, render that portion of the sound
dangerous by night or in thick weather.

Caution. — Northward of Metlah Catlah bay, during a fog, or if
uncertain of the position, the eastern shores of Chatham sound should
not be approached under 70 fathoms ; nor the western shores under
40 fathoms.

Anchorages. — Anchorage will be found off the north entrance
of Skeena river (p. 44')), in Metlah Catlah bay (p. 452), Duncan bay
(p. 451)), Big bay (p. 4.58), Pearl harbour (p. 4(J0), and Port Simpson
(p. 462), Refuge bay (p. 400), and in Qlawdzeet (p. 470).

Gull rocks consist of three bare rocks, about half a mile in extent,
the highest rock being about 30 feet above high water, lying off the
north entrance of p]dye passage, 3 miles W. by N., from the north-
west extreme of Porcher island (Hunt point), and 3^ miles from the
nearest portiim of Prescott island.

Ettrick rock, a dangerous patch of small extent, which uncovers
3 feet at low water, lies 1^ miles S.E. by K. from the centre of the

See chart, No. 2,453.

Chap. XII.]

GULL ROCKS.— LUCY ISLANDS.

451

luler

;overs
•f the

Gull rocks. Havelock rock, of small extent and nncovoring G feet at
low water, lies 2h miles S.E, by E. from the centre of Gull rocks, and
one mile S.W. by W. from Hunt i)oint. Both Ettrick and Havelock
rocks have deep water close to.

KitSOn island, situated off the mouth of North Skeena passage,
is about 2 cables in extent, and lies U, miles N.E. V E. from Holland
island. Shoal ground, with depths of (1 to <S feet on it at ordinary
low water, extends about G cables in a south-easterly direction from
the southern end of Kitson island ; near the outer end of this shoal
ground the water deepens to 55 fathoms.

The passage between Kitson island and Leer point is only navigable

by boats.

Green Top island, 15 feet high, is small, with a patch of shrub
on its summit, and lies 4^ miles N.W. by W. ] W. from the western
island of the Lawyer group. Holland island, small, wooded, and
10 feet high, lies V\ miles E. by N. ;| N. from Green Top islet.

Kinnalian islands, two in numb(!r, and about half a mile long,
lie close together in a X.W. and S.E. direction, about one mile from
the shore of Tsimpsean peninsula ; they are wooded, about 200 feet
high. The south extreme of South Kinnahan islands lies 1] miles
N.N.W. from Green Top island.

Rachel islands (Lak oh witz), two in number, about one mile
in extent, in a X.W. and S.E. direction, wooded and about 200 feet
liigh, lie nearly midway between Tsimpsean peninsula and Stephens
island. The soutli-east extreme of the south-east Rachel island lies
;V| miles N.W. from the northernmost Gull rock.

Alexandra patcli is nearly circular, one niik> in diameter, within
the depili of 20 fathoms. This l)ank has di'pths of 10 to 17 fathoms,
over a bottom of mud and sand. The eastern edge of Alexandra
patch lies one mile Nortli of the norlh Rachel island.

Lucy islands (Lachspanner), a group of islands and high-water
rocks, the larger islands being wooded and the small bare, lie nearly
in the middle of the sound abreast !Metlali Catlali bay, and are about
one mile in extent in an east and west direction. The summit of
the eastern and largest island is 200 feet high, and lies 5] miles N.W.
from the north extreme of the north Rachel island. This group is

Srr chart, Xo. 2.4:>;?.

SO 11«48

2h'3

452

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Chap. XII.

of great use when making Metlah Catlah dui'ing thick weather, as
Ijeing comparatively free from danger it maj' be approached (except
on the south side), and, when made, tlie easternmost isUind of the
group kept astern bearing 8.W, h W. will lead to the entrance of
Metlah Catlah bay.

A ledge of rocks, 1[ miles in length in a north-west and south-east
direction, which partially uncover, extends from 4 to 1) cables south-
Avard, and to south-westward of the Lucy group ; the outer rock
lying i) cables South from the summit of the eastern island of the
group. The north-western rock dries 3 feet anil lies 2h cables
S.W. h W., from the nearest island of the group, and is marked by
kelp.

TSIMPSEAN PENINSULA separates Skeena river from
Work channel, being barely half a mile wide abreast the mouth of
Skip river. This peninsula (which takes its name from a tribe of
Indians residing upon it) is nearly ;52 miles long, in a general north-
west and south-east direction, with a greatest breadth of i) miles.

The head-(piarters of the tribe of Indians inhabiting this peninsula
are at Metlah Catlah and port Simpson.

METLAH CATLAH BAY is formed between the shore of th<'
Tsimpsean peninsula and the north-west coast of Digby ishind, and
is |)rotected from the westward l)y Tugwell island and the reefs
which join that island to the shore of the peninsula. The bay from
its entrance takes a general northerly direction for one mile, gradually
narrowing as the settlement is api)r()a('hed ; it then turns shari)ly to
the east and south-east, the latter part being known as Venn creek.*

Metlah Catlah Villagre, an Indian settlement, founded as a
missionary station, is situated upon Mission point. The houses
forming the mission are built upon an elevated bank, about 100 feet
above high-water mark, and are mostly whitewashed ; tlii' whole
settlement frcn the oiling presenting the appearance of a picturestpie
English village. The most conspicuous buildings being the church,
school-house, and mission house.

Tug'Well island lies about 2 miles south-westward of Metlah
Catlah village, and those desirous of communicating with that place
usually anchor oil" the eastern side of the island, or olf its northern
side in Duncan liay, according to circumstances. Tugwell island is

iSi'c chart, No. 2,4o:<.
• Si'e Admiralty plan ; — Metlah Catlah bay, No. 304 ; scale, to = 3 inches.

riiap. XTT.]

METLAII CATTiAH RAY.

453

)f th.

Iletlah

place

I'tlu'rn

luul Ih

about 1] luilt^s loii;.', in a north and sonth direction, with an avoraj;;'
breadth of lialf a mile, and is frinj^ed by dangerous rocky <xround)
marked by kidp, especially on its soutii-eastern side. It is wooded
(the tops of the ti'ei^s being al)out 200 I'eet high), and is connecteil at
low water with Mission point upon which JMetlah Catlah village
stands.

A black buoy, in IV.V fathoms, marks the south-east side of Tugwell
island reef with Dawes point W.N.W. distant (I cables.

Dawes rock, awash at low water, lies 4 cables S.S.W. h W. from
the south extrejue of Tugwell islaml (Dawes point). Between Dawes
rock and Dawes point, large boulder rocks uncover at low water, and
extend along the western side of Tugwell island, generally marked
by kelp.

Enfield rock has .5 fathoriis on it, and lies (Uie mile S.S.W. ^ W.
from the south extreme of Tugwell island, with foul ground
between.

Caution. — Vessels should pass westward of Enfield rock, in not
less than 10 fathoms, at low watt'r.

Alford reefs are a dangerous cluster of rocks, about )) cables in
extent north and south, lying at the entrance of Metlah Catlah bay.
The northern i-ock, which micovers two feet at low water, lies
() cables N.W. by W. from Quartermaster rock. A red can buoy is
moored in (] fathoms, half a cable from the west end of these reefs.

The south extreme of the large Cridge island, in line with Quarter-
master I'ock, bearing E. by N., will lead southward of the reefs ; tlu'
summit of Knight island kept midway between Pike and Shrub
islands, bearing N.N.E. .] E., will lead westward.

Quartern)aster rock, a small black rock, 2 feet above high w'ater,
lies 4 cables W. by S. from the south extreme of the large C'ridge
island. A rock, which uncovers one foot at low water, lies 1^ cables
South from Quartermaster rock. Midge rt)ck, a i»atcli of snudl extent,
which uncovirs at low water, lies half a mile North from Quarter-
master rock.

Cridge islands, two in number, lie at the south-east entrance of
Metlah Catlah bay: the eastern and larger island is 150 feet high,
and lies 2 cables from the eastern shore of the bay (Digby islands).

See chart, No. 364.

454

CHATHAM SOUND.

tChiip. XII.

The western ishiml is siiuiU, 101 1 L'ret hii;li, and iien 2 cables
W. by S. from the south extreme of tlie hirger Criilgo ishvml. Both
ishinds are Avooded.

Devastation island lies almost in the centre of the bay half a
mile eastward of Tugwell island, and is nearly one-third of a mile
long, nortli and south, and 201) yards broad. The island is wooded,
150 feet high, and two rocky islets lie close to its south extreme,
from the northern extreme of this island, a shoal, portions of which
uncover at low water, extends half a mile X.E.

Knight island, barely lO feet high, small, with stunted scrub
upon it, lies 4 cables E. '^ S. from the nortli extreme of Devastation
island. Armour rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies S.E. by S.,
distant one cable from Knight island. Pike island, 100 feet high and
wootled, is about one-third of a mile long in a north and south
direction, and its south extreme lies 7 cables lO.N.E. from the north
end of Devastation island. Carr islet, small, about (iO feet high, lies
half a mile N. by E. from the north extreme of Devastation island,
and is connected at low water with the spit which joins Tugwell island
and Observation point.

Shrub islet lies 1,\ cables W.N.W. from the north side of Pike
island, is of small extent, and low. A shoalj the outer portion of
which uncovers at low water, extends nearly 2 cables from the north
side of Shrub islet, and is the outer portion of a l)ank of sand with
patches of rock upon it, which connects Pike island, Shrub islet,
Gribbell and Isabel islands at low water.

A small stone beacon, surmounted by a stall' and cross piece
painted red, 8 feet above high water, stands on the end of the rock^
ledge 1^ cables W. by N. ;{ N. from Shrub islet. This beacon shoukl
not be approached nearer than 70 feet.

Kelp I'OCk, a dangerous sunken rock, lies nearly midway between
Shrub islet and Observation i)oint, 2 cables from either. The
navigable channel between Shrub islet and Observation point, is
contracted by Kelp rock to barely half a cable in width at low water.

A black buoy, with top mark, is moored close eastward of Kelp
rock on the north side of the channel. A black spar buoy, in 10 feet,
on the point of the reef 1^ cables eastward. And a black spar buoy,
in 6 feet, also on north side, with Mission point N.N.E., distant

&'(■ chart, No. 'Ml.

Chiip. XII.]

METLAH CATLAH BAY.

455

2 cables. Thin buoy will lio tUit at low water ; the channel is
close to.

Gribbell island, situated on the south side ol' the channel
leiiding into Venn creek, is about the same size as Shrui) islet, from
which it is distant 5 cables N.E. A small rocky islet lies about
half a cable oil" the north side of (rribbell island.

Isabel island lies U cables N.N.E. from the summit of Gribbell
island, and I] cables Houth from !\[ission point. A dangerous
sunken rock lies half a cable westward of Isabel island, and reduces
the navigable channel at low water to barely GO yards in wi dth.

Venn creek takes an K. by S. direction from ^tission poini, but
is only suitable for small vessels. There are several fishing stations
ui)on the shores of this creek, in which the Indians obtain salmon,
Venn creek at its head connects with the unexplored Oldlield basin,
east of Digl)y island, which extends southwanl and eastward,
connecting with Malacca and North 8keeua passages.

Anchorage will be found in 11 to 12 fathoms, mud bottom,
13 cables off the western side of Devastation island, with the south
extreme of Devastation island seen in line with the smaller Cridge
island, bearing S.E. by S., and the south extreme of Carr islet seen
in line with the flagstaff on Mission point, bearing N.E. \ N.

Small vessels occasionally proceed into Venn creek and anchor off
Metlah Catlah village, in 10 to 12 fathoms, with the flagstaff on
^[ission point bearing W. by 8. distant ii to 4 cables. The channel
into this anchorage is barely (!0 yards wide at low water, when the
dangers on either side indicate themselves, but the passage should
only be attempted by short vessels, of light di-aught ; and at all times
it would be well to place boats upon the rock which lies westward
of Isabel island, and likewise on Kelp rock, should the buoys
marking those dangers not be in position.

Directions. — Approaching Metlah Catlah from the south-eastward,
if the Lawyer group of islands be kept in line with Green Top island
bearing S.E. by E. \ E., that mark astern will lead directly to the
entrance of Metlah Catlah bay.

During a fog or in thick weather, when approaching Metlah Catlah
from the south-eastward, do not shoal to less than 40 fathoms, and

See chart, No. 364.

4'ye>

CIIATJIAM SOUND.

[('Imp. XII.

on Huch oucurtions the Lucy iHlaiuls should be (•;iiiti<»u«ly stecivd lor
and sighted, taking' carc^ to avoid Iho rei'l'd whicli extend from
the south and wouth-west side of the <,'roiip. The hirge or
eastern Lucy ishind shouhl be brouj^ht to bear S.W. ';[ W. astern, and
a N.E. 't K. course should take a vessel to the entrance of ^letlali
Catlah bay. The bank of 10 fathoms (and less watei') extends nearly
one mile southward of TuLfwell island, and the hand lead (if pro-
ceeding slowly) should indicate the position. During summer and
autumn large quantities of kelp mark this bank.

To enter, Knight island, kept mitlway between Shrub and Pike
islands bearing N.N.K. ] M, leads in to the bay, between
Tugwell island and Alford reefs, in '2') fathoms. {See View on plan
No. 364.)

Carr islet, just shut in with the western extrem*! of Devastation
island, bearing N. by E. northerly, will lead eastward of the foul
ground off the south-eastern part of Tugwell island. The south
extreme of the large Cridge island seen in line with Quartermaster
rock, and t(niching the north extreme of the small Cridge island
beai'ing E, by N., will lead southward of the dangers off Tugwell
island.

Auriol point, just open north of Shrub islet bearing N.E. ^ E.,
leads between the foul ground southward of Carr island and the
ledge extending from the north extreme of Devastation islanil, ami
when Ryan point comes open east of Carr island bearing N.W. h X.
u cour.se may be steered as requisite for Venn creek.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Metlah Catlah at
noon ; springs rise 21 feet, neaps 17 feet.

DUNCAN BAY, on the north side of Tugwell island, affords
anchorage when desirous of communicating with Metlah Catlah
during the prevalence of south-easterly winds.

The entrance to this bay between the nortn extreme of Tugwell
island and Ryan point is about 1:| miles wide, and takes an easterly
direction for about l.V miles, terminating in the sandspit which con-
nects Tugwell island and Tsimpsean peninsula (Observation point)
at low water.

A shoal, v;^ith 3 fathoms (and probably less) water upon it, extends
half a mile northward of Tugwell island. Ledges, which uncover,
and sunken rocks, extend nearly 7 cables from the north shore of
Duncan bay.

Set- chart, No. 3t)4.

rhii)). XII.]

DUNCAN l!AY.— HiDCSOX UEIil-'.S.

I.)(

HecatO rock, with I't t\'ot watw on it, lies near tlic iicud oT
Duuciiu bay, '.] cables rr<)iii the north shore and half a mile W. by X.
from Observation point.

Directions. — If desirous of anehorinL; in Duncan 1 ay, pass ow
mile north-westward of Tu^'well island, and when the south extremi'
of Gribbeli island is seen jnst open of Observation point, beariny:
E. \ S., thai mark should be steered for; a berth should be taken tip
on that bearing, in 8 to 10 fathoms, mud, with Chai)man point, the
north-west extreme of Tugwell island, l)earinj? S.W. by \V.

TREE BLUFF, the south ciurance point of iJiy- bay, lies .') miles
X.N.W. I W. from Hyan i)<)iiU, the north eiitfaiiee point of niiiuMii
bay. The shore northward of Ryan point is low and wooded for
.'5 miles back from the coast, where it rises into hiyh land. Two
streams enter the sound on this i)art of the coast, and there are two
islets lyinf? close to the shore, respectividy (me anil "2 miles northward
of Ryan point. The former (Swamp islet) is covered with low grass,
and lies about .') cal)le8 from the shore. The latter islet is ban-
(Slippery rock) about 4 cables from ♦^he shore.*

Immediately southward of Tree bluff there is a wooded hill, close
to the sliore, 2")0 feet high.

Between Metlah Catlah and Big bays, ilangerons leilges extend oil
shore in many places to the distance of 2 miles. These ledges
uncover at low water, and are steep-to. Abreast Tree blul! the edge
of the bank, which dries at low water, lies 1!^ miles from the shore.

Hodgson reefs, a dangerous cluster, lie northward of Duncan
bay; their southern part covers at half flood, and lies :2 ntiles X.W.
from the north-west extreme of Tugwell island, and 1] miles W, ;[ S.
from Ryan point. From that position, dangerous sunken rocks
extend in a N.N.W, direction for 2 miles,

A red can buoy, in 5 fathoms, marks the south-west extreme of
the reefs, with Ryan point E. .^ N,, distant 1,"„ miles.

The south side ol; Kinnahau islands, just showing clear of the
south end of Tugwell island bearing S.E. :j 1]., h'ads westward of
Hodgson reefs; and the eastern island of the Lucy group irhould
not be brought to bear south of S, by E. (astern) until mount Grillin
(oA-^er port Simpson) is seen in line with the north end of Burnt-clill
island N, by E, .\ E. ; this mark leads westward of all dangers off the
entrance to Big bay.

* St^e chart, No. 1,1»23«.

If It

45S

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Chap. XII.

I I

BIG BAY (Lak hou), the entninco to which between Tree })liiM'
iind South iHlivud ia 2\ miles wlcU', takes an easterly direction lor
'.\\ miles. At its head, which is skirted by a sand flat, which dries
about half a mile from (lu^ shore at low water, several streams flow
into the bay ; this part being known as Salmon river bight.*

There is c(mfined anchorage, southward of Swallow island, at tin-
head of Big bay in 4 fathoms, but the space is nowhere moi-e than
3 cables across. The anchorag(^ mark is the ship-building shed just
shewing along the bank of the river. The little rock, one foot high,
on the south edge of Swallow island ledge, is a good guide when
entering at high water.

Georgetown is a tiiriving little settlement on the banks of the
river eastward of Swallow island. Two steam-vessels, of IHO and
GO tons, have already been built. Mail steamers call, and anchor in
the 4-fathoms bight.

South island, situated at the north-west entrance of Big bay, is
small and wooded, with a sharp summit, 150 feet high, and connected
with the mainland bj foul ground, dry at low water, and one mile in
width. A ledge of sunken rocks, with depths of G and 12 feet,
extends 5 cables S. | "W. from the south side of South island. Hay-
cock island lies 3 cables East from the summit of South island.
A sandbank, about one cable in extent, with 15 fathoms water, lies
;{ cables S. ^ E. from Haycock island. White Cliff island lies
9 cables E. ^ S. from Haycock island : it is small, and terminates in
high, white, conspicuous cliffs. Shattock point, 3 cables E.N.E from
White Cliff island, is the north-west entrance point of Salmon river
bight.

Swallow island lies one mile E. ^ S. from White Cliff island
and one cable from the north shore. Curlew rock is small, about
2 feet above high water, and lies 5 cables South from Swallow
island.

-.1

Ripple bank, at the entrance to Big bay, is about 2 cables in
extent in an East and West direction ; the shoalest spot near the
eastern end, having 12 feet water over it, sandy bottom, lies l^'^j miles
S. by W. I W. from the summit of South island. This bank usually
indicates itself by tide ripplings.

* St'e plan : — Big bay, on Admiralty chart, No. 2,426 ; scale, m := 3 inches.

Ohtip. XII.]

BK! HAY, DIRECTIONS.

-150

low

Escape reefs iift' a (luuj^'erous cluritt'r iit lh<> I'litnuico to Hi^' l)iiy,
E.S.E. of liipplc bank'. The outer or WMrttcni ivcl" has 1 feet ovor it,
and lies 1 ,'„ miles S. i W. from the Hurjiiuit of South islaml. Tlie
eastern reef has 5 feet over it, and lies half a mile K.N.H. from tlti-
western one. There are depths of 1(5 and 17 fathoms between these
reel's. During the season of kelp ,L,'rowth, that weed is found inirreat
quantities upon Escape reefs, and near the head of Wv^ l»ay.

Anchorage will be found in Hig bay, in Hand \2 fathoms, mud,
with Haycock island in line witli the north extreuie of Soutli island
bearing N.W. by W. | W. ; and White (Miff island in line with
mount Grlirm bearing N. by. W. \ W.

Directions. — Approaching I'.ig l)ay from the southward nn)unt
Grillin should be kept in line with the north extreme of Hurnt-clitl
island N. l)y E. h E. until Sharp peak on the ridge south-east of
mount Grillin is in line with the south end of Swallow island bear-
ing E. by N. ; the latter mark will lead directly into IMg bay ; anchor
with Sharp peak open south of Swallow island, in the position and
depth above given.

Burnt-cliff island, situated northwai'tl of South island, is about
half a mile lonjj N.W. ^ N., an-.l S.E. h S., and wooded, its highest
point near its north end being 200 feet high, 'i'he north extreme
of this island terminates in high red-brown dill's ; the north-east
extreme is cultivated, and from that point a long bank of shingle,
awash at high water, extends )$ cal)les X.E. The whole space inshore
of South and Burnt-clill.' islands uncovers at low water.

\ ledge, which uncovers at low water, extends 15 cables N.W. from
the north-west extreme of Burnt-cliff island. The channel between
Burnt-cliff and One Tree islands is available only for boats.

One Tree island, 4 cables N.W. of Burnt-cliff island, is of small
extent, with a sharp wooded summit 150 feet high. A low grassy
point extends 100 yards in a northerly direction from the north
extreme of One Tree island, at the extremity of which a high, con-
spicuous, solitary tree was standing in 1(S(j8. One Tree island forms
the southern point of entrance to Cunningham passage, and the
western shelter of Pearl harbour.

A ledge, which uncovers at low water, surrounds One Tree island ;
its greatest distance from the shore being 2^ cables in a N.N.W. ^ W.
direction from the single tree.

See chart, No. 2,426.

460

THATIIAM SOUXI).

[fMiiq). xn.

Flat-top islands, a ^rronp lyin^' m»i-lli\viinl (>r Oiii' 'V\vi' isliiml,
consists of thtcc wooded islands, lyiii^' N.N.K. and S.S.W. of cacdi
other. The niiddk' aud lonj^est island of tlie <xroui) is connectiMl by
a narrow ^'rassy neek witli the northern island, and the latter has a
Hat summit, covered in July with lon^' i>iass; also a sinj,'le stuntotl
tree jifrowin;,' upon it (LSlIS). Tlie southernmost and smallest Fhit-
lofi island lies ',\l eabl(;s X. hy E. from tlie tree on One 'I'l'ee
island.

Ledges, which uncover at low water, and foul ground, surround
tho Flat-toj) f,'roui) 1[, cables distant.

FINLAYSON ISLAND, the hu^est in this locality, is 2:- miles
long N.W. \ N. and S.E. \ S., and one mile broad, 200 feet high, and
wooded. The south extreme of the island terminates in clitt's ; l)ut
the north extreme (Gordon point) is long and comjuiratively low,
with ledges which uncover extentling 2 cables northward ; and on
the north-west sitle of the island, about half a mile from the north-
west extreme, is a large stream.

Red Cliff point, oi^ the eastern side of Cunningham passage,
half a mile N.E. fr';jn Fortune point, is rendered conspicuous by the
high x'ed' brown cliil's over it, and the small islet close to. Immedi-
ately south-east of the point there is a bay, with a sandy beach, and
stream at its head.

■'i

PEARL HARBOUR, situated eastward of One Tree island, is
nearly circular in shape, and half a mile across : on its eastern side is
a bay, which dries nearly throughout at low watei'. On its south-
east side, the high bank of shingle which extends from the north-
east point of J3urnt-cliff island effectually shelters the harbour from
south-easterly winds.*

Anchorage. — Gootl anchorage will be founil in 1) to 10 fathoms,
mud bottom, near the middle of Pearl luu-bour, with Fortune pt)int
seen just open northward of the southernmost island of Flat-top
group, bearing N.W. | N,, and the tree on One 'J'ree island, W.S.W.,
distant 3 cables.

Otter anch.orag'e, situated at the south end of Cunningham
passage near the eastern shore, northward of Flat-top islands, is useful
if communicating with the wood-cutting establishment abreast it.

tSw chart. No. 1,923^.
* <Sfe<- Admiralty plan : — Pearl harbour, on sheet No. 2,426.

Ohap. XH.]

PEARL HARBOUR, DIRECTIONH.

461

Aiu:h()ra;,'o iu lo to 17 t'ath)ai!, s.iii'l, will l)i,' r.)uu<l with the
contiv' ol'tlt! wuoloiittiuij: rsl,il)lirtlimoiit iu lino with Leiiliu!; peak,
bi'iiriiig K. by X. [ N., iiiid ihc Udrihermuo.st Fhit-top island (^Green
luouud) S. I)y I']., (list;inl 1 [, c;il)l(S.

The \voo(l-cuttin<? o.stiii)lishim)iil, IJ-oiii wliich the iiriiieii»al sup-
plii's for i^ort Simpson arc obtained, is aitnated ncai- the middle of a
sandy l)ay, the noi'tiiei-n point of tiie bay tenninatinv' in rliffs. Thn
bay (IricH nearly thfOML,'liMiit at low water.

From Otter anehor.ejre thei-e is a passa,t,'o »'astwartl of Flat-tup
islands into Pearl iiarbour, but this is not recommended to a
Btranjjrer.

Sparrowhawk rock, a dangerous, snnkt-n, pinnacle rock, on
which is 5 feet water, lies nearly half a mile N.W. | X. from the
tree on One Tree island, and nearly in mid-channel, between One
Tree and Finlays')n islam'. ; it is stin^p-to, there being depths of
It) and 12 fathoms at ;')() feet from it.

Sparrowhawk rock is marked by a conical buoy, cobnired black
and reil in horizontal sti-ipes,

Leading peak, a well deiined peak of ti'iangular shape (^the first to
th-' south-east on the ridge from mount Grillln), in line with the nonh
extreme of Green mound, the northernuiost islet of the Flat-iop
group, bearing K. by X. h N., or that peak seen just open south-
ward of the wood-cutting establishment abreast Otter anchorairo,
K. by X. ] N., will lead northward of Sparrowhawk rock.

Dodd rook lies a little over 2 cabli's South from Fortune jujint
(Finlaysou island) ; ledges which tlry, connect it with that point.
Dodd rock only covers at the highest e(|uinoctial tides, and is lh»Te-
fore an useful mark wlii-n entering Cunningham passage, as there is
deep water a short distance southward of the rock.

Leading peak seen just open southward of ilie wood-cutting es'uib-
lishment abreast Otter anchorage, bearing K. by X. [ X., will l»-ail
sotithward of Dodil rock.

Directions. — Approaching Cunningham passage, K(-il CliJV jKiint
should be steered for in line with Fortune point, bearing X.E., until
Leading peak is seen in line with the north Flat top island (Green
mound), boating E. by X. l X., when the latter mark should be
steered for. When the southern side of Burnt-clifl: island is seen

Si'fi chart, Xo. 2,42fi.

IC?

CHATHAM HOTTND.

[rimp. XTT,

open northward of the troo on One Tree inh't, bwivnip S.S.K, [, K., u
vt'HHol will 1)0 eastward of Sparrowluiwk rock ; and if bound to port
Simpaon, may haul to tlit- nortlnvard into Cunnin^,']iani pawsafje.

If bound into Pt-arl harbour, a mid-channt-l course from the abovo-
monti(mod position should be shaped between One Tree islet and the
soutiiernmost Flat top island. P.elletti and Shattoek points, two con-
spicuous wooded points on the eastern shore, should bo ke])t in line,
bearing S.M. by K., when oiiterini,' Pearl liarlxtur.

CUNNINGHAM PASSAGE, eastward of Finlayson island,
between it and the Tsimpsean pi-niiisula, lies in a N. by W. [, W., and
S. by E. .', K. direction. The southern portioii (»f Ihis channel is
barely 15.', cables wide ; but northward of Sarah point (the north-east
t^xtreine of Fiidayson island) (he passaije widens, attaining,', between
One Tree islet and Oordon point, a width of 1:{ miles. The depths
in mid-channel are from 10 lo 'M\ fatlnuns,

Villag'O island, at the south-west I'ntrance of i)ort Simpson, at
about one c ible from the shore, with which it is counticted at half
tide, is about a quarter of a mile lonj,' W.N.W. and M.S. 10. ; its south
bide foi'u a bay ; and followins,' the trend of that bay and round
the southern extreme of the island, the houses of one of le Tsimpsean
Indian villages will be seen. Village island near ^ north-west
extreme is about 50 feet high, having on it a high pole.

One Tree islet is about 100 yards long east and west, covered with
stunted trees, lying close to the north-west extreme of Village island.

Birnie island, at the north-west entrance of port Simp>on, is
three-quarters of a mile long North and South, and a little over
2 cables broad, its greatest elevation 1530 fe(*t being near the middle
of the island. Tlie shores of this island are comparatively bold and
unbroken. Knox point, the south extreme of Birnie island, lies
1^ miles North from Finlayson island. Ledges which uncover at
low Avater extend one cable from Knox ])oint.

PORT SIMPSON, the most spacious harbour on this part of the
coast, is nearly ![> miles wide at its entrance between One Tree islet
and Birnie island ; thence it takes an easterly direction for about
i5[i miles, contracting gradually as the head is approached, and termi-
nating in a narrow bight, named Stumaun bay, which dries across
at low water. At its head are several streams, where salmon

See chart, No. 2,426.

Chap. XT I.]

PORT rtlMPSOX.

403

ftro cinij^ht. The nortluMMi slun-c of (li.- port is frinjj.- 1 with :i rocky
hoiich, compact iind hiicktMl hy rapidly rising' hiyh land. Tht<
southoru rtlioro in not ho rc^jular, nor so sifi-p-io, tin- rork.s which
dry at low water, near the eustci-n i)art of the hay, fxtendini* from
hi^'h-watcr mark in Hoiuc placcrt for the diatancc of nearly ono-third
of a mile. Coal has heon found hi're.*

Port Simpson omhraces over 1 sipiare mih-s of water, from
4 to 20 fathoms deep with muddy 1) )tt(»in, i^ood holdini; {jrouml and
free from rocks and shoals. It is easy of access from tht; sea, having
no stron;,' tidal streams, and well shellereil from all winds except the
west, which here stddom l)lows. The prevailing.' winds are south-
west and north-west, from which the harhour is pt-rffctly piotecfed.

Fort Simpson was formed hy the Hudson ISay Company in 1S;U
as a trading' jmst, on account of the },'ood anchora:,'e found in its
vicinity and the facilities afforded to sailin^'-vessels. The tradini,'
post or fort stands near the south-west entrance point of the hay,
close to the heach. A larije entry f,'ate 'aces the heach with a landini?
jetty of stont!S in IVont of it. A i)i('r extends from tin.' fori ahout
X.N.W. f, W. to the low-water M'^v of t!ie licach. or into a depth of
4 fathoms.

There is a hospital here.

Tlie Hudson Bay Company's trading steam-ve.ss-d calls periodically
at port Simpson, hringing supplies and returning with the fur.s.

Anchorag'e — The usual anchorage is off the fort, in ahout
10 fathoms, mud hottom ; a good berth beintf with Parkin island,
seen just open northward of Birnie island, hearing N.W. (westerly),
and (Gordon point) the north-west extreme of Finlay.son island, in
line with One Tree islet, W.S.W.

Hankin reefs are a dangerous cluster which partially uncover,
situated south-west of Village island. The south-west extreme of
these reefs uncovers G feet at low water, and lies a little over .1 cables
8,W. by S. from the nortli-west extreme of Vdlage i.sland.

Sarah point, the north-east extreme of Finlaysou i.sland, bearing
S. by E. Tf E., leads westward ; and the mouth of the lagoon on the
north shore of port Simpson, seen optMi of One Tree islet, bearing N.l-].,
leads northward of Hankin reefs.

• Sit Admiralty plan : — Port Simpson, on sheet No. 2,121 : <c:i\e. m =: :{ inches.

U'4

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Ohap. XIT.

Harbour reefs, awash at high water, form a natural breakwater
to port Himi)Son, protecting the anchorage from N.W. winds. The
sunken plateau is about one Hc^uare mile in extent, within the depth
of .') fiTthoras. The south-east portion of tliese reefs only covers at
the highest tides, and lies 2i cables W.N.W. from One Tree islet.

Tlie month of the lagoon on the north shore of i)ort Simpson,
bearing X. 47 ' K., leads south-eastward : Lizzie hill seen well open
southward of IJiruie island, bearing N.E., leads north-westward ; and
Parkin island seen open of the north extreme of Birnie island,
bearing N.W. (westerly) leads novrh-eastward of Harbour reefs.

Dodd passagre lies between One Tree islet and Harbour reefs,
and is 2 cables wide, with depths of (! to S fathoms in it. This is
available for steam-vessels, but local knowledge is necessary.

Anchoragre patch, with is feet watei', sandy })Ottom, lies in the
western portion of tiie anchorage ground oil' fort Simjjson. with the
fort gate beai-ing S.E. I E., and the pole on the north-west extreme
of Village island, S.W., distant ]\ cables.

Choked passag'e, situated northwai-d of l)irnie island, has
sev. ral ledges which uncover, and sunken dangers with d<»ep water
between them. This passage should not be attemi)ted except in
boats, and when nsing it keep near the north shore.

Inskip passagre, the northern and jjrincipal entrance into port
Himpson, is a little over 5 cables wide, and should invariably be used
by a stranger. The depths in this channel are from 11 to 20 fathoms.

Directions. — Approaching ijort Simpson from the southward by
Cunningham passage, the cliffs on the north-west extreme of Burnt-
clill island kept in line with the southernmost Flat-top island,
bearing S. by E. I E. (astern) will lead through until abreast Sarah
point. Thence the mark for leading westward of Hankin reefs
should be brought (m astern (^src p. 4l)3), and when the lagoon mouth
on noi'th shore of port Simpson bears N.E. j N., a course should be
steered to pass north-westward of One T)'ee islet, and anchor in th':'
position before mentioned.

If not A^ishing u, enter by Dodd pas8ag«% when abreast Sarah point
bring that point in line with the south point of a bay on the eastern
shore of Cunningham \)assage, bearing S.E. ] E. (astern), which mark

See chart, No. 2,420.

rhap. XTI.]

PORT STMPSOX.

4 A

ard by
Burnt -
isliiiul,
Sarali
11 reefs
mouth
uld be
in th'^

will lead Houthward of the IIarbf»iir reefH, midway between that
danger and Finlayson island.

Entering port Simpson by Inskip passage, Lizzie hill (on the
north Lhore) well open southward of Blrnie island bearing N.E., will
lead 2 cables S.E. of that island and 3 cables N.W, of the Harbour
reefs. When Parkin island is seen just open northward of Rirnie.
island, l)earing N.W. (westerly), that mark kei)t im astern will lead
u]) to the anchorage, in the depth and jtosition before mentioned.

Indian Villagres.— Befon- the Hudson bay post was built, the
Tillages of the Tsimpsean Indians were at Metlah Catlah, but tiie
tribe being great traders, as well as hunters, travelling long distances
inland, they naturally migrated nearer the trading post. They have
therefore settled along the beach on either side of the fort, anil
ujjon an island close opposite. Village ishuul was formerly oidy
connected with the main at half tide, but the Indians have c(m-
structed a trestle bridge, about OOO feet long and from U) to 20 feet
high, connecting the island and the main (Hay point).

Supplies. — Salmon, berries, shell fish, houlican oil, and dried
seaweed form the principal diet of these Indians. Animal food
(venison) is eaten when it can be obtained, but the winter food con-
sists of dried salmon and houlican oil. The salmon are caught in
immense ([uantities during the autumn and smoked over wood fires
in huts. The houlican abounds in Nass river in the spring, the
banks at low water being covered with dead fish. From this fish,
which is larger and rounder than a s})rat, a nutritions oil is extracted,
and is the principal commodity of this jn'ople ; the various tribes
whose rivers the houlican do not visit, buying the oil in exchange
for furs. Seaweed is taken in great <iuantities on the off-lying rocks
during the low autumnal tides ; it is dried and compressed into
cakes and used as winter food. A great luxury with them is rice
a lid molasses.

Wood, water, potatoes, and crabs, can be obtained in port Simpson.

Repairs. — The great rise and fall of tide at port Simi)son ])ermits
a vessel to be beached. A good site will be found for this purpose
just westward of the fort. The bottom consists of hard ssmd, Avith a
covering of weeds.

S,T chart. No. 2.42H.

SO 11948

2 a

! i

uu\

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Chap. XTI.

Tides and tidal streams.— it is hi^'h wator, full and chanKe, at
port Hinipsou at Ih. 30ni. ; springs rise 17 t(j 22 feet, neapa 14 to
17 feet.

Chatham sound has very little tidal stream, not more than one
knot. A strong stream sets out of Nass and Work channels in
(Jliatham sound and then Hows out through Dixon entrance between
Dundas islands and Alaska, at the rate of about 2.^ knots an hour.

Deviation. — For swinging to ascertain the deviation of the
compass in ])ort Simpson, Tal)lt' hill on Dundas island 12 miles
distant is conspicuous. The bearing of tlic nob at the north end of
Table hill, frotn the anchorage in ])ort Simpson, is N. liV' 00' W.
(true).

Parkin islands are two lying dose together, about one cabh' in
extt'Ut X.W. and S.K. ; though small, I hey are "i.')!) feet high, wooded
and conspicuous. The south extreme of Parkin islands lies al»oul
1}, miles X.W. j N, from the n<trth extreme <»f Birnie island, and
('» cables from the nearest shoi-e (Black point).

Maskelyne point, the soutli-west entrance i)oint of Portland
inlet, and the north-west enti-ance point of Work channel, lies li miles
S.E. ), S. from Wales point.

Maskelyne point is situated in latitude 54^ 38' WO" N., longitude
i:iO°27'0" W.

Work channel, the entrance to which lies close northward of
Maskelyne j)oint, takes a south-easterly directi(»n for about .'50 miles :
about <S miles from the head it divides into two arms, one branching
northward for ;> nules, and tlte other arm south-east and east for
S '-.liles, and approacliing within 2 or ',\ mih^s of Skeena river. Its
siiores are bold and c(»n)pact, and surrounded by high, preci])itous
mountains.

Trail bay is situated on the western shore miles from tlie
entrance of the channel, and Trail Hay cove on the west side of the
bay, is small, and has good anchorage in i* fathoms.

Two miles eastwai-d of Crace point, a rock just visible at low
water lies in the centre of the channel. It is described as having a
very small top with a depth of 1150 fathoms close to it.

»'i' chart, No. l,92.Srt

<'hap. XTi.]

PORT SIMPSf)N.— E lYE PASSA(;E.

k;7

There is indifferent anehora^'e at the head of the main inlet in
o;"> fatlionis, two cables from low water mark.

The tidal streams at the entrance of Work channel run about
i\ knots.

ichin.n'

ist for

•. lis

)itoiis

,t low

WEST SHORE OF CHATHAM SOUND.

PRESCOTT and STEPHENS islands lie in the south-
western part of Chatham sound, and are separated by a narrow
passage available only for boats. These islands together are about
1 2 miles long W. by N. and E. by S. Prescott island has an elevation
of 820 feet.*

Stephens (Skiakl) island attains an elevation of 1,340 feet near its
fast end ; its southern shores are comi)aratively low, with some white
cliffs near the centre ; about one mile westwai-d of these cliffs there
is reported to be a well sheltered anchorage in !• fathoms named
Thistle harbour.

Tree-nob groups are a mass of islands, islets, and I'ocks awash
at low water, which extend (i miles in a north westerly direction
from the N.W. side of Stephens island. The larger islets are wooded,
and the smaller bare. Vancouver, who nearly met with disaster
among them, describes them as "an intricate inhospitable labyrinth."

EDYE PASSAGE on the south side of Prescott and Stephens
islands, is the channel usually taken when communicating between
Chatham sound and Hecate strait, as, by using it, vessels avoid the
strong and irregular tides met with in R'own passage. It is com-
paratively free from danger, and at itr northern end possesses an
excellent anchorage (Refuge bay), in which a vessel may await a
favourable opportunity for proceeding.*

Cape Il)bet8on, the south-west point of entrance of Edye passage,
is situated in latitude 54° 2' IJO" N., longitude 1:50" 42' 4')" W.

Porcher island. — Approaching Edye passage from the south-
ward, Oval hill, filJO feet high, near the western extreme of Porchei-
island is conspicuous, and at 2 miles northward of that hill lies Flat
hill, 170 feet high. At ',) miles southward of the latter, the western
shore of Porcher island terminates in high white cliff's.

The south-western side of Porcher peninsula has several rocks
av/ash, and sunken rocks extending one mile off' it in a westerly
direction.

* See Admiralty plan . — Brown and Edye pnssajri'n Nos. 2,453 ; r*oale, w =r.- 1 inoli.
80,11948 2G2

i '

i i

4t;8

CHATHAM SOUND

[Chap. XII.

Bass rock, 30 feet higJi, Hituuted cIo.se to the shore of Porcher
island under Oval hill, is small, and bare.

A rocky ledge, with depths of 4 to (S fathoms upon it, extends
westward nearly 4 miles from the south-west side of Porcher penin-
sula, in the vicinity of the Bass rock.

The conspicuous white cliffs on the south side of Stephens island
should not be brought to bear westward of North when approaching
the western shore of Porcher island.

Goschen island, on the n(»rthern piirt of which is situated
Rubble mountain, 1,4(>(» feet high, is se])arated from Porcher penin-
sula by Freeman pass, narrow and intricate, having many rocks,
showing only at low water.

Seal rocks, a cluster of bare rocks «»f small extent, 10 feet above
high water, the centre of which lies ') miles N.W. by W. •} W. from
the siimmit of Oval hill, and 4 miles H.S.W. { W. from cape Tbbets(m
(south-west entrance point of E<lye passage), have depths of 12 to
iJl fathoms at 2 cables from them.

Caution. — No ves.sel should ])ass between Seal and Warrior
rocks ; the passage is dangerous.

Warrior rocks, two bare rocks iM) feet above high water, lie
E. by S., and W. by N., distant (S cables from each other. The
eastern rock lies :V{ miles N.W. .', W. from the centre of tlie Seal rock
cluster.

Wallace rock, marked by kelp and with a depth of 8 feet on it
at low water 8})rings, lies with Seal rocks bearing K. l)y S., distant
l], miles ; and eastern Warrioi- rock N.N.W. ] W.

Deep patch, situated at the western entrance of Edye ))assage,
is stated to have 10 fathoms u])on it ; there is, however, probably
less water (m this patch, as kelj) was observed growing upon it in
August.

The patch is of small extent, and lies one mile N.N.E. from
cape Ibbetson. The south extreme (»f Arthur island (View point)
seen in line with the south-east extreme of that inland bearing
K. by N. i| N., will lead northward of Dee}) patch. Foul ground
extends ott" the south-eastern side of Arthur island to the distance of
'^ cables.

Sff chart, No. 2,453,

1/tl.

Chap. XII,] RDYE PASSA(;R.— HHOWN PASSAfiK.

469

Truscott patch, with IB IVet water on it, lies IJ miles K.N.K.
from cape lbbetH(»n, and (> c-ablew t'roin the nearest shore of Henry
island.

Tidal streams. — The flooil stream approaches from the west-
ward, and both streams set fairly through Kdye passage with an
average rate of 2 knots an hour.

REFUGE BAY, situated at the north-west extreme of Poreher
island, at the north entrance of Edye passage, is an excellent stopi»ing
place during south-easterly winds, or if desirous of proceeding to sea
from Chatham sound by the Edye passage, the state of the weather
in Hecate strait can be ascertained. The bay is 7 cabli'S wide between
its entrance points, and takes^: .i south-easterly direction for about one
mile, terminating in a simd-Hat which extends nearly half a mile
from its head.*

The depths in tiie middle of the bay are from 14 to 2;i fathoms,
sand, shoaling gradually towards either shore.

Ancboragre will be found in 12 to 14 fathoms, sand and mud,
near the middle of the bay, about 2 cables from the north and south
shores, with the north entrance point (Table point) bearing N.N.W.,
and Pearce point bearing W. by S. .', S.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Kefuge bay at
Ih. 30m. ; springs rise 17 to 22, neaps 14 to 17 feet.

BROWN PASSAGE, between Tree nob islands and South
Dundas islands, is about .') miles long E. by N. and W. by S., and
T) miles wide. Nearly in mid-channel, however, lies a cluster of
rocks, awash at high water, which divides Brown passage into two
channels.

Butterworth rocks are a dangerous cluster of rocks, the
southernmost of which is 10 feet above high water, with several
patches which uncover at low water extending three-quarters of a
mile N.W. from it. This rock lies IVJ, miles S.S.W. ] W. from Hare
island, the south-western island of the Tree nob group ; with that
island in line with some wooded islands forming the north west
cluster of Tree nob grouj) (Osborne islands).

There is deep water between Butterworth rocks and Tree nob
islands.

* JSi'e Admiralty plan : — Ilet'uye bay. ou iiheet No. tt,4o3 ; scale, m = 4 inches

CHATHAM SOUMJ.

[(niajt XII.

? s

I ;

StenhOUSe shoal, a dangerous patch with 7 feet leant water upon
it, and reported to be 50 yards in extent, lies at the western entrance
of Brown passage, G], miles S.W. by W. from Cape islet, the south
extreme of South Dundas island.

North breaker, over which the sea usually breaks, is the outer
known danger extending north-west from the Tree nob group, and
lies one mile W.N.W from the outer Osborne island.

Hanmer rock (Lachschatada), a dangerous rock, nearly in mid-
channel, 2\ miles N. by E. from the outer Osborne island, and
2h miles S. ;| W. from Cape islet, is awash at high water, with depths
of 12 and '.V2 fathoms close to ; them air sevei-al ])atches whicii
uncover, extending from Hanmer rock W.N.W. three-quarters of
a mile.

Simpson rock, lies on the north sidt^ of Hrown passage, three-
quarters of .1 mile S. l)y W. from Cape islet ; this rock is ti feet above
high watej", with rocks awash extending half a mile westward, and a
depth of 17 fathoms at 4 cables southward of it : there is a patch
which uncovers I) feet at low water, at 3 cables S.E. of Simpson
rock.

Beaver rock, with 12 feet water on it, lies 1 [ miles S.8.E. from
the S.E. extreme of South Dundas island (Deans point) ; several
patches of rock lie between Beaver rock and the shore of South
Dundas island.

Directions. — Brown passage is not recommended to a stranger,
but should circumstances compel him to make use of it, the eastern
peak of the four-peak range, on South Dundas islands, should Jje
steered for, bearing N.K. by N., until the eastern and highest Lucy
island bears K.N.K., which will lead through Brown passage south of
Hanmer rock, or bearing K. '■[ N. will lead through, northward of
this rock.

Tidal streams. — la Brown passage the tidal streams set fairly
through at an average rate of 2 knots an hour. The flood stream sets
to the eastward, and off the western entrance to this passage the
streams are strong and complicated.

QLAWDZEET ANCHORAGE lies f)n the north-west side of
Stephens island, and it was into this bay Vancouver was conducted

■•<"'■ chart., No. 2,4.)8.

Chap. XII.] HROWN TASSACK.— DIXOAS ISLANDS

471

by tlie officer of the BnUi'nvnrth from his daiifjerourt position amidst
the Tree nob group. Qhiwdzet't is exposed to the N.W., is tliree
quarters of a mile wide at its entrance, and one mih^ deep in a
southerly direction.'*

Enti-ance reef, awash at hif,'h water, lies l cables N.W. from the
eastern entrance j)oint of Qlawdzeet bay.

Directions. — Tlu^ entrance to Qlawd/eet bay will be made if tiie
north extreme of Tugwell island is kept in line (astern) with the
eastern island of the Lucy gi'oup, bearing N.N.E. ], E.

Keep in mid-channel when entering, and anchor at 15 cables within
the bay and H cables off the south shore, in 12 to 14 fathoms, mud
bottom, with the eastern entrance point of the bay bearing N.E. .', N.,
distant 4 cables, and the western entrance point bearing W. by N. J N.,
distant (5 cables.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Qlawd/eet anchorage
at Ih. ;Wm, ; si)ring8 rise 17 to 22, neaps \A to 17 feet.

Bay islands, on the south side of South Dandas island, are
reported to afford anclud'age off their north-west side. The " linlhr-
imrt/i,'" however, " on coming out struck upon a rock which seemed
to be a small pinnacle by itself as no sountlings were gained near it."

The examination of this locality has shown the existence of many
sunken rocks, the anchorage under Bay islands shouhl therefore not
be attempted.

DUNDAS ISLANDS, on the western side of Chatham sound,
were so named by V^ancouver ; they consist of three islands, the
northernmost being the largest and highest. A number of smaller
islanils (Moft'at islands) lie close to the eastern coast of South and
Middle Dundas islands. The western coast of the group have not
been thoroughly examined but they are much broken into bays and
inlets, with several small off-lying islets.f

South Dundas island is about ;5 miles long, N.W. and S.E.,and
;") miles broad, its coast being comparatively low, wooded, and broken
into bays on the south and western sides. Near the middle of tlie
island a mountain range rises 1,400 feet, with four conspicuous peaks
which lie N.E. and S.W.

•■Vr Admiralty plan : — Qlawdzeet anchorage, on sheet No. 2.453 : scale, »»=: 4 U inches.

t Str chart. No. \,',>-2Hti.

1 •!

472

CHATHAM SOUND.

[Chap. XII.

Middle Dundas island lies about 2 miles N.W. (»f South Dumlas
island, the paasaj^e between beins:()l)structe(l by numerous low, wooded
islets, rocks, and sunken dangers. The island is nearly ;> miles
long N.W. and S.E., with a ufreatest l)readth of 5 miles; it is mostly
low and wooded, with numerous creeks and bays on its shores. Near
the southern end of the island the land suddenly rises in an oval-
shaped hill (Coast mound) 750 feet high, which is an useful landmark.

Gonnel islands, a group of small wooded islaiids, lie otf the
western side of Middle Dundas island. The outer or soutli-western
island of the group lies off the entrance to tlie passage between
South and Middle Dundas islands, about 2 miles from the western
coast of the latter, and 7 miles N.W. from Osborne islands.

North Dundas island is about 12 miles long. North and
South, and about 7 miles broad near its north end. This island,
the highest and largest of the group, culminates in a mountain with
a thumb-shaped summit, 2,r)()() feet high, about 4 miles from the
south end of the island. Near the north extreme of North Dundas
island there is a hill 7(M) fe^'t high, with a flat top, and a nob near its
north end (Table hill), a most conspicuous and useful nuirk.

The eastern coast of North Dundas island is but little broken ; bold,
with a range of hills about IJOOfeet high, rising immediately above it.
On the northern side, nearly midway between Whitley point and
White islands there is a deep bay, though useless as an anchorage, at
the entrance to which lies a group of small wooded islets (Gnarled
islands). Otf the north-west extreme of the island, close to, are two
conspicuous rocks (White rocks).

The western coast of North Dundas island has not been examined
in detail. Several islands were, however, seen lying oil" that shore to
the distance of "2 miles.

Captain Ih'undige put into a small harbour on the north end of
North Dundas island. He says, " 1 found a small river there which
extended 5 miles or more into the island."

ZAYAS ISLAND is the largest of the islands which lie off the
western coast of North Dundas island. The extent of this island has
not been ascertained, but it appeared to be about 4 miles long, in a
north and south direction, and about 2 miles broad, wooded, and
about 250 feet high. A ledge of rocks, which uncover at low water

See chart, No, \,d2'da.

.,w

Chap. XII.] DUNDAS ISLANDS.— HAMMOND UOIK.

473

wuH (>]>3t'rve(l to extend nearly one mile from the north-weHt extreme
of ZayuH irthind. Frojn the west side of thi' island, ntc-ks are said to
extend ',) miles.

Z'lyas island appeared Hat and heavily timbered and probably
Ji or 4 miles in extent.

It has been reported that an nncoverin<,' rock lies in mid-channel
between Zayas and North Dundas island, two more rocks ratht-r
close in on north side of Zayas, anil three small islets less than one
mile from its north-west extreme (probably Whitt- islets of the chart).
F^esides these, dangers (presumably sunken) arc shown as lying
3 miles west from north-west point of North Dunilas, and 2 miles
north from the north-west extreme of Zayas.

Channel islands are a group of wooded islands, about 100 feet
high, extending across the channel between Middh' and North
Dundas islands. This group renders that channel useless for any
but the smallest class of vessel. The passage, however, is frcfjuently
used l)y the Ilytlah Indians, iu their large canoes, when proceeding
from Queen Charlotte islands to port Simpson.

Moffatt islands consist of six principal wooded islands and
several lesser ones, the highest being about :2r>0 feet in height. This
group, which lies close to the eastern coast of the Dundas islands,
extends 6 miles N.W. and S.E. When abreast, these ishmds show
out well, being covered with pine trees of a peculiar deep green
foliage.

Ducie island is a small wooded islet, I5.')0 feet high, lying one mile
N.W. from the Moffat group. Two conspicuous white rocks, 150 feet
high, lie il cables northward of Ducie island.

Whitesand islet is a small sandy islet, about 10 feet above high
water, lying G cables N.E. ))y E. from Ducie island. A leilge of
rocks, which uncover, extends 4 cables N.W. and H.E. from White-
sand islet.

Hammond rock, of small extent, with I) feet water over it, lies
1) cables E.N.E. from the south-eastern extreme of the S.E. Motfat
island. This rock has 34 fathoms close northward of it.

Coghlan rock, with 8 feet water, and G and 7 fathoms close
around, lies 2 miles N.W. \ N. from Hammond rock, and 15^ miles
N.E. by E. I E. from the summit of Coast mound. There are depths

iSee chart, >'o. l,923rt.

;h|,|
■1i:l

■!l

471

("HATHAM HOUND.

[C'hsil». XII.

of 4;i aiul 4(i fulhomH, mud bottom, at (mr milt' northward of thirt
rock.

Rrodie rock lies IVj milcH X.W. from Ck)j,'hlan rock. Thindanj^eroiiH
pinnacle rock haw oidy ;» feet water over it at low water, witli deptliH
of 2(5 and 'M\ fatlioniH at a distance of KK) feet.

The Rachel group of islands, kei)t open nortiiward of the Lucy
yrou]), l)earing H.E. ^ S. will lead northward of the above-mentioned
dangei's ; l)ut during a fog, or in thick weather, the western shore
of Chatham sound must not be approached under the depth of
4() fathoms.

Pointers rocks, are a dangerous cluster of hare rocks, ',) feet
al)ove high water, about 2 cables in extent in a north and south
ilirection. The soutliernmost and highest rock lies ',) miles W.N.W.
from the north extreme of Finlayson island and 2:{ miles W.S.W.
from the north extreme of Birnie island.

GonniS rocks consist of several small rocks, nearly in the
middle of Main passage into Chat li, an sound, abreast port Simpson.
The southernmost and highest rock, 15 feet above high water, is bare,
and from it rocks extend 2 cables in a northerly direction. The
summit of this rock lies .'» miles W.S.W. from the north extrenie of
Finlayson island, and ;*)| miles S.S.W. ^ W. from Pointers rocks.

Vancouver remarks : — '* These in the daytime and clear weather
" are easily avoided, as there are always some of them above the
" surface of the water ; but in dark nights, or foggy weather, they
'• must render the navigation of the sound very dangerous."

Green islet, situated on the western shore of Chatham sound,
about L^ miles from North Dundas island, is covered with long grass
during the summer. It is small, 40 feet above high water, and has
a small bare rock lying close northward, and another close south-
ward. The middle anil largest islet lies 'A miles S.W. by W. from
Connis rocks.

Grey islet is a small bare rock, of a greyish colour, 30 feet above
high water, '.* cables North from Creen islet. A sunken rock, with
('» feet water on it, lies one mile W.N.W. from Grey islet, and another
rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 3 cables south from Grey islet,
between it and Green islet.

MAIN PASSAGE, between Pointers and Connis rocks, is
'dif miles wide, with depths of 02 fathoms, at one mile N.E. of

Si-r chiirt, No. 1,923</.

Ill

CMmp. XII.] POINTKBS IIOCKK.— DIXON KNTKANTK.

Coiiuirt ntcks. IJoth Coimis uutl PointorH rocks uiay l»e approached
to u ilistant't' of half a mile.

ORIFLAMME PASSAGE li«'s werfiwanl of Coiinis ruik:«,
i)et\vet'U that cliiHter and (Jret'ii ami (irey islets. It is nearly '.\ miles
wide, with depths of 2IJ fathoms at 2 cables eastward of Green islet,
and 1)5 and 70 fathoms, mud bottom, at 7 cables southward of Connie
rocks.

The passage between Dundas island anil the (ireen and (trey islets,
is nearly l[, miles wide. The tidal streams in this pass;ige are
strong, and the channel is not recommenJed to a stranger.

Gnarled Islands, a group of wooded islamls, about one mile in
extent east and west, lying oil the north-west side of the North
Dundas island, is from UiO to 2.5(1 feet in height ; the eastern islet
lies 2j miles W. | N. from the N.E. extreme of the Dundas group.

The channel between Dundas and Gnarled islands is obstructed by
ledges which uncover, anil sunken rocks.

White islands are two bare rocks, about IKl feet high, lying
half a mile from the north-west extreme of North Dundas island.

DIXON ENTRANCE is the channel between Prince of Wales
and Queen Charlotte islands, passing northward of Dundas islands.
Several sunken rocks, of doul^tful position, are reported to lie in the
western part of this passage, on or near a line joining the north end
of the Dundas group and the south end of the Prince of Wales group.*

East Devil rock is situated about 4 miles north-westwanl of
Zayas island, in latitude 54° ■iO}' N., longitude 13P 4' 30' W. Ea«t
Devil rock is marked by a breaker, and is awash at low water.

West Devil rock dries 5 feet, and is in latitude W 3l»' 3o N.,
longitude 131° 3(5' 15 W.

North rock lies 5 cal^les N.N.E. i K. from West Devil rock,
with deep water around. Captain Carroll, commanding the steamer
Idaho, 1883, reports that on April 13th of that year he sighted a
breaker about 7 miles S.E. 4 E. from cape Chacon, and that the
Nuiiex reef lies (! miles 8. by E. j E. from the same cape.

McCuUough rock on which the sea breaks is said to have been
discovered by Captain McCullough. From it the north-west end of
Zayas island bears N.E. 4 E., and the southern end East, whilst the

* See Admiralty charts :— (jueen Charlotte islands, No. 2.430 ; Port Simpson to
Port MoAithur. No. 2.458 : scale, /« = o-24 of an inch.

47fi

CHATHAM SOUN'l).

[('hap. XII.

w«'8tHni shore of ZuyuH inhmd is diHtimt ahoiit ',\ mih'n in a S.K. J, K.
<lirtH'tioii.

A rock on whicli the sea hrciaks hravily lu'S about S niiluH
N.W. by W. froni the M«»rth-\v«'rit ]toiiit of Noi'th iriland, (»r in
latitude .'»l" 22' N., lonj,'itii(ly V^'^' 'i' W., this position irt courtidored
doubtful.

Oape Fox, so mimed by Vancouver, lies about 7 miles N.N.W.
from the Gnarled island K''f>'iPi ami terminates in remarkable hijyh,
white elifl's, with a c(mspicuous saddle-shaped mountain (Harry
Sa<ldle), 2,(>(;ti feet hif,'h, immediately over it.

Lord islands, a group of about one mile in e.xtent, lying '21 miles
S.E. fn»m cape Fox, is Avooded and about 2r)(-) feet high ; the soutli-
west island is distant .');} miles from the outer or north-western island
of the (ruarled island grou]).

Tiord rock, which uncovers .'5 feet at low water, lies S cables
S.W. by S. from the south-west island of the l^ord group. Fleece
rock lies three-(puirters of a mile south-eastward, anil Thistle rock
one mile N.W. by N. of the South-western Lord island.

Nakat inlet, has its entrance between cape Fox and Tongass
island, and extends about 11 miles in a N.N.W. direction. (Vdig
rock, with 9 feet over it, lies in mid-channel at the entrance 7 cables
W. by S. ^ S. from the west extreme of Tongass island.

In Nakat inlet, in the further bight inside the group of islands, is
a well sheltered harbour with anchorage in less than 1;') fathoms.

TONGASS ISLAND is about .'J miles eastward of ca])e Fox, and
about IC) miles north-west of port Simpson, the settlement is dreary,
and the almost constant rain and soft soil produces mud of a most
tenacious nature.*

Anchoragre. — The ajjpi-oaches to Tongass settlement are intricate
and requii-e local knowledge ; the anchorage abreast the fort is bad,
with deep water and lim.itet'. accommodation even for' a vessel of
moderate length.

Directions. — The piinjipal approach to Tongass is from the
westward and is about half a mile wide. There are depths of
4 to 8 fathoms in this passage.

The approach from the south-east is about 3 miles long, and passing
between numerous islets, is in places barely one cable wide. The
depths iu this passage are said to be from 5 to 16 fathoms.

See chart, No. 2,458.
* Hee plan of Port Tongass ; scale, /»= 1*5 inches on chart No. 3,431.

rhui». X" T

CAPK FOX.— WALKS ISLAXF).

477

Tlekhonsity harbour (or chimnt'n oityi, \n oiw <>f iIh> south-

fa^trrn approuehtrt U> Touhhh.^ from ('li;ith:im Komul, This pasrtsi);^ is
intricate and conatrictt'd.

Boston islandSk lyiuK ofT Wales iHlaml. at t\\o fioutli-oastcrn
approach to I'oiiwaHs, arc about one inilf in txtt-nt. Tlic hir^rcr
islands are wooded, al'oiit 150 feet hi^dj ; the smaller ones are bare,
.')(> feet high. Tile western island is J'><> feet hi>:h, round, wooded,
and C(mspicuons. A ledj,'e, which uncovers at low water, lies
one mile E. by S. from the easternmost of the Hoston islands, and
one mile from the nearest shore of Wales island.

WALES ISLAND, sitnated on th<' north-west side of the
entrance to Portland inlet, is about 7 miles lony in an east and west
tlirection, its north-eastern side beinjfabont 1 miles lonjr. The north-
eastern shon; is bold, with some conspicuous elift's of red-brown
colour, nearly midway between the north and south extremes of the
island. A small islet lies close to the shore at the north extreme.
On the south side, about one mile westwanl of Wales jioint, the
s.'uth-east extreme of Wales island, a deej) bay faces south-eastward,
and within it are some patches wliich uncover, and rocks awash.
A wooded islet, about half a mile long, in a N.W. and S.E. direction,
lies off the entrance to this bay, H miles S.W. .\ W. from Wales
jioint. A smaller islet lies one mile south-we.stwani of the larger one.

Entry peak, about half a mile N.W. of Wales point, is 1,4(H> feet
high, of triangular shajie, with a sharp conspicuous summit. A
mountain, with a flat summit, l,l(V.l feet high, is situated near the
iniildle of Wales island.

Cod bank, with depths of IW antl 47 fathoms, mud and .^hells, lies
between Pointers rocks and Parkin island, extending from the latter
within the r)()-fathom line, to the distance of l.j miles.

There is a depth of I0t> fathoms, mud bottom, at .') cables south,
and 99 fathoms, rock, at 5 cables north of Cod bank. Codtish of
large size are caught upon this bank.

Tidal streams. —'I'h(> tides in Dixon entrance and P>rown passage,
especially in the western parts of those channels, an- variable and
complicated. The flood stream apiJroaching from the southward up
Hecate strait is met by the stream passing westward and northward

-SV*- chart, No. 2,4.5S,

.47S

CHATHAM S-OrXD.

[Chap. XTT.

11 I

"III

of Queen Charbttte islands at about 15 miles eastward of Rose point,
or about midway between the north-east extreme of Queen Charlotte
islands and the Tree nob group. Northward of that position this
meeting of the streams produce tidal irregularities, and at spring
tides or during bad weather the turmoil oaueed by the meeting of
the streams is so great as to convey an appearance of broken waters
to that portion of them which lies between Queen Charlotte islands,
Hrown passage, and Dixon entrance. In Chatham sound the tides
set fairly through.

Str chart, Xo. 2,430.

I
i

It!

[). XTT.

point,
irlotte
] this
ipring
ng of
raters
lands,
tides

47H

CHAPTER XIII

LA.REDO SOUND TO OGDEN CHANNEL.

Variation in I89.S.
Laredo sound, 2')" 45' ?]. | Ogdeu cliannt'l, 2(r 45' E.

LAREDO SOUND. Jn-tween Price and Aristazable islands, is
nearly '10 miles long X.X.W. and H.8.E.,and from ;') to 14 miles wide.
Kititstu hill, on the north-east«'i'n shore of the sound, is a well d<'tined
summit 7G(> feet high. Over the north shore rise three remarkable
mountains, North and South Needle peaks, 2/>0a) and '■2,8(H) feet in
height, and Cone mountain is 2,400 feet high.**

The eastern shore is low, wooded, and fringed by numerous islets,
rocks awash, and sunken rocks, 2 miles from the west coast of Price
island. At the western entrance of the sound a group of islands and
islets extend from Aristazable island for more than .') ' iles in a
south-easterly direction.

Entrance island, 250 feet high, and three-quarters of a mile
long N.W. anil S.E., is the outer of a chain of islands lying off the
south extreme of Aristazable island.

A bank of comparatively shoal water stretching across the mouth of
Laredo s(nind, might serve to distinguish that sound, in thick or foggy
weather, froni Milbank sound, there being depths of over 120fath(mis
at the entrance of the latter.

Nab rock, a dangeiv)U8 sunken rock, ovtir which the sea breaks
only at long intervals, lies .{;{ miles S.K. by E. from tlie summit of
Entrance island. The ground is foul for one mile S.E. from the rock,
and several ledges uncover at low water between Nab rock md
Entrance island.

• St'i' Admiralty charts : — Cape Caution to port Simpnon, noutheni portion, No.
1,9236 ; scale, in=i)"2h of an inch : also northern portion, \o. 1,923^/ ; icalc. m =: 0-2r»
of an inch.

nil!

'i <

480

LAREDO .SOUND TO OODEN CIIAWEL. [Ohap. XITI.

Don point, situated on the western shore of Laredo sound, 4 miles
N. by E.. from the summit of Entrance island, is a peninsuha 150 feet
liifjh, and when first seen, appears as an island. Close northward of
Don point is a small cove, which affords shelter to boats.

Double island, on the eastern shore, is wooded, about 100 feet
high, and divided near the centre by a cleft which causes it to appear
as two islands, when seen from the southward and northward.

Low point, wooded and flat, lies 2^ miles N.N.W. from the summit
of Double island. Low rock, which uncovers at low water, lies
4 cables N.N.W. from Loav ])oint.

SchOOLer point is the turning' ])oint into Laredo channel, 7 miles
N. by W. f n m Don point. Schooner ledge, which uncovers al low
water, lies 15 cables northward of Schooner ))oint.

South Bay islands, a group of small extent, lie at the head of
Laredo sound. The larger islands are wooded, and 2,'/'^ :\t ' i;^h.
North Ray islands consist of three principal wooded iti.'f^ "j - i-.all
extent, 250 feet high.

Steep point, high and bold, forming the north-east entrance point
of Laredo channel, lies 2 miles N. l)y E. from Schooner point.

Directions.— Small sailing coasting vessels, to avoid the light
winds and calms which fre«iuently prevail in the inner channels,
make use of Laredo sound and the channels leading northward from
it, as the wind seldom fails them there. Pass one mile off Schooner
])oint and proceed through Laredo channel as hereinafter directevl.

LAREDO CHANNEL, between Princess Royal and Aristazable
islands, is about 20 miles hmg in a general N.W. l)y W. and S.E. by E.
directi(m, and from 2 to 5 miles wide. Fury point (m the south
shore, 4 miles N.W. by W. }, W. from Schooner point, termiicies in
l)lack, smooth rocks, A small bay, with a sandy l)each at its head,
and an islet at its entrance, lies close eastward of Fury point.

Bluff point lies 7^ miles N.W. by W. h W., from Fury point ;
it is high and bold, with a hill 400 feet high rising immediately over
it. On the north shore of Laredo cha.inel, abreast Bluff point, is ar
islet at the mouth of a creek.

Ser chart. No. 1,923/'.

Ohap. XIII.]

LAREDO CHANNEL, TIDES.

481

tazab'.e
by K
south
tew in
head.

Beaver ledgre uncovers at low water, and lies half a mile from
the south shore, at ly^j, miles westward of Schooner point. There is
deep water close northward of this ledge.

Islet rock lies close southward of a small islet on the north shore,
at 1^ miles westward of Steep point.

South Channel islands are five wooded islands, 150 feet high, and
about one mile in extent, lying nearly in mid-channel, G miles from
Schooner point. North Channel islands are two wooded islands of
small extent. The eastern island of the group lies 1^ miles
N.W. by W. from the western island of the South Channel group.

Ghannel rock is a dangerous sunken rock, lying nearly in mid-
channel, 6 cables S.E. by K. from the eastern islet of the South
Ghannel group.

Seal rocks, which cover at high water, and are of small extent,
lie half a mile from the south shore, 2 miles W.N.W. from Bluff
point. There is deep water at two cables northward of Seal rocks.

Sand«<pit point, 5^ miles N.W. by W. from Bluff point, is white
and conspicuou;?; with a ridge of bare hills, 700 to 950 feet high,
immediately over it. Sandspit shoal extends half a mile northward
from Sandspit point.

Devils point, the western entrance point of Laredo channel, lies

4 miles W.N.W. from Sandspit point. Over this point is a bare hiH
with a conspicuous boulder or nob on its summit. Spray point, the
north-east entrance point of Laredo channel, is bold, high, and lies

5 miles N.E. by E. | E. from Devils point.

Directions. — Having rounded Schooner point at a distance of
one mile, a N.W. by W. | W. course for 6 miles should lead into
Surge narrows, taking care, especially if the ebb stream be running,
to avoid Channel rock.

Tides and tidal streams.— In the wider portions of Laredo
channel both streams attain a velocity of 3 knots an hour at springs.

Midway between Devils and Spray points, the flood or noith going
stream from Laredo channel is met by the stream passing round the

See chart No. 1,»232*.

aO 11918

i 1

i I
1

r-*.

482

LAREDO SOUND TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIIL

north-west end of Aristazable island, causing at springs dangerous
tidal races in that locality.

The ebb stream having divided in mid-channel off Devils point,
one portion sets round the north-west end of Aristazable island.
The other sets fairly down Laredo channai, and attains a velocity of
6 knots an hour, at springs, in Surge nurrows. From Surge narrows
the ebb stream sets directly towards Fury point, and thence sweeps
along the southern shore of the channel, passing across Laredo sound
to Low point, whence it is deflected and sets fairly to the southward.

C£ mpania sound, between Princess Royal and Campania islands,
is 5 miles long in a general N.N.E. and S.S.W. direction, and 3 miles
wide.

On the eastern shore a conspicuous range of hills, with rounded
summits, rise 900 feet, and ledges extend from it to a distance of
halt rp lie On the western shore, 3 cables from the south-east
extrein 'Jampania island, lies Eclipse island, a small wooded

islet, 100 sL high, and for one mile northward of Eclipse island
ledges uncover to the distance of half a mile.

Soutll Surf islands, situated at the south-east entrance of
Campania sound, consist of three wooded islands 250 feet high, with
several small rocky islets close to. North Surf islands, 250 feet
high, lying three-quarters of a mile \V. by N. ^ N. from South
Surf islands, consist of three wooded islands one mile in extent
N.N.W. and S.S.E.

SQUALLY CHANNEL, between Gil and Campania islands, is
10 miles long E.S.E. and W.N.W., and from 2i to 4^ miles wide.
Gil island, which forms the nortli side of Squally channel, is
15 miles long N.W. by N. and S.E. by S., and 6 miles broad. Turtle
point, the north extreme of the island, is a peninsula, with small
bays east and west of it. The south-east extreme of Gil island is
wooded, flat, and low.

Mount Gil, near the north-east end of the island, attains the
elevation of 3,000 feet, the summit being well defined, and always
clad with snow on the north side.

Channel reef uncovers at low water, and extends half a mile from
the south extreme of Gil island (Ledge point), and fringes the shore

Seeohait, No. 1,923a.

Chap. XIII.] COMPANIA SOUND.— PAPItANT ISLAND. 483

of that island, at the same distance, for 1| miles north-westward of
Ledge point.

Windy islets are a group of three, the outer of which lies half a
mile from the south-west shore of Gil island, at 2 miles westward of
Ledge point. Windy rock uncovers at low water, and lies half a
mile E.S.E. from the outer or south Windy islet. There is a depth
of 20 fathoms at one cable south of the rock.

Black rock, situated on the north shoi-e of Sexually channel at
2 cables from the south-west extreme of Gil island (Blackrock point),
the turning point into Lewis passage, covers at high water, is small
and nearly steep-to.

Violent squalls will often be experienced in Squally channel,
descending from the high land of Campania island, when calms or
light winds and smooth water will be found in Whale channel.

Lewis passage, between Gil and Fin islands, takes a northerly
direction for 4 miles, thence a north-west direction for 4 miles into
Wright sound, with an average width of 1^ miles.

Fin island, 2 miles westward of Gil island, is 4 miles long in a
north and south direction, with an average breadth of 1^ miles.
Plover point, the north extreme, has a bay close southward of it,
with several islets lying oft' the entrance ; the bay dries throughout
at low water. Four bare rocky islets fringe the north shore of
Fin island, at the distance of one cable. Fin rock, awash at high
water, lies on the western shore of the channel, 2 cables from the
south extreme of Fin island.

Cridgre passage, between Fin and Farrant islands, is 3 miles long
in an E.N.E. and W.S.W direction, and one mile wide.

Farrant island, at the sotith-east entrance of Grenville channel,
is 9 miles long W.N.W. and E.S.E., and from 4 to C. miles broad.
The land on the south side of Farrant island reaches an elevation of
1,700 feet.

Blossom point, the south extreme of the island, has a small islet
lying close to, with a ledge extending one cable south-west from it.
Block head, the eastern extreme, terminates in a high, bitld, white
cliff. The coast between Block head and Yolk point is bi oken into
several bays ; the largest lies close under the latter poin*, and has

See chart, No. 1,923a.

SO 11948

2H2

481

LAREDO SOUND TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIII.

two patches of rock which uncover, lying 2 cables from the shore at
its entrance.

Yolk point, the north-east extreme of the island, lies 3^ miles
W. by N. I N. from the north extreme of Gil island, and 4 miles
N.W. from Block head. Yolk point is smooth, bare, and rocky, and
is nearly steep-to. Davenport point, the north extreme of Farrant
island, lies 3 miles W.N.W from Yolk point.

Union passage (Matliksimtas), between Farrant and Pitt islands,
enters Grenville channel about 4 miles westward of Yolk point.
This passage has not been explored.

WHALE CHANNEL, between Princess Royal and Gil islands,
is 12 miles long N.N.W. and S.S.E., and from 2 to 3 miles wide.
Leading point, on the eastern shore, 5 miles southward of Holmes
bay (see page 434), has immediately over it a conspicuous hill, 700 feet
high. River bight, between Holmes bay and Leading point, is a
deep indentation with a large river at its head. Maple point, on the
western shore, abreast of Holmes bay, is comparatively low, and
wooded, with many maple trees growing.

Shrub point, on the western shore, .5 miles southward of Maple
point, is comparatively low, flat, and wooded. Camp islet, a small,
conspicuous, wooded islet, lying 2 cables from the western shore, at
9 miles southward of Maple point, is connected with the eastern
shore of Gil island at low water. South of Camp islet there is a
comparatively deep bay, one mile wide at its entrance ; but which at
low water is blocked by a ledge of rocks which uncover. Molly
point, on the western shore, one mile south-east of Camp islet, is
the turning point of Whale channel into Campania sound.

Barnard cove, south-east of Trouble island, affords shelter to
boats and small craft. Pass in mid-channel between Trouble island
and the eastern shore of Whale channel, and anchor in 20 fathoms,
mud, in the eastern part of the cove, at 2 cables from the eastern
shore.

Passage island, situated at the junction of Whale channel and
Campania sound, is 2 miles long in a north and south direction,
and one mile broad. It is wooded, the tops of the trees being
about 250 feet above high water. Off the south-east side of Passage
island, a group of islets, rocks, and sunken dangers extend half a
mile in a south-easterly direction.

See chart, No. 1,923a.

Chap. XIII.J WHALE CHANNEL,— CAMPANIA ISLAND,

485

The passages east and west of Passage ishmd are deep, and
6 cables wide. On the eastern shore of the eastern channel,
several rocky islands extend from one to 2 cables from the shore,
ofiE the entrance to a bay,

ESTEVAN SOUND, between Estevan and Campania islands,
is about 15 miles long W,N,W, and E.S,E., and from 2i to 5 miles
wide. At the south-east entrance are several islets and sunken
rocks, nearly in mid-channel. To a stranger, therefore, Estevan
sound cannot be recommended.

If, however, circumstances should necessitate its being made use
of, a course should be steered to pass three-quarters of a mile
northward of South Watcher islet. Thence a general course of
W,N.W,. cautiously, for 15 miles, should take a vessel into Nepean
sound, keeping nearer the south shore of the channel, to avoid t le
dangerous ledges which extend one mile from the south side of
Campania island.

CAMPANIA ISLAND is nearly 15 miles long "W.N.W, and
E.S,E, and from one mile to 4 miles broad. At one mile from
its eastern extreme the island has an elevation of 1,000 feet,
increasing westward, until it culminates in two bare mountains,
with dome-shaped summits, 2,000 feet high. These mountains are
of granite formation, and furnish an excellent landmark when seen
from seaward. From their summits, which are 4 and 6 miles
respectively from the eastern extreme of the island, the land slopes
to the westward, the western end of Campania island being, com-
paratively, low and wooded. The north-east extreme terminates in
a high, bold, white cliff.

The southern coast is low, wooded, and broken into bays and
creeks, fringed by islets, rocks awash at high water, and at low
water, to the distance of one mile.

The western coast is bold, and little broken. Marble rock, a small,
white rock, C feet above high water, lies half a mile from it.

'iOUth "Watcher is a small wooded islet, 100 feet high, lying
nearly in mid-channel at the eastern entrance of Estevan sound,
3^ff miles S.W. ^ W. from Eclipse island ; ledges, which uncover at
low water, extend from it N.W. and S.E. half a mile.

See chart, No. I,g23a.

486

LAREDO SOUND TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIII.

1'^

North Watcher islet, (50 feut high, iH small, wooded and con-
spicuous ; it lies lyff miles W. I N. from South Watcher islet ; ledges
which uncover, and sunken dangers surround it to the distance of
8 cables.

Blinder rock, over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies
one mile S.W. by W. from the summit of South Watcher islet, and
a little more than one mile S.E. from North Watcher islet. Estevan
ledge, which uncovers at low water, is one cable in extent, and lies
8 cables West from the summit of North Watcher islet.

Breaker point, the eastern extreme of Estevan island, is low
and wooded ; Don ledge, which uncovers at low water, extends
6 cables E.N.E. from the ]K)iut. Breaker reef consists of three rocks
awash, surrounded by sunken rocks over which the sea nearly always
breaks ; the outer rock lies 2^ miles S.W. from Breaker point, and
nearly 1^ miles from the nearest part of Estevan island.

Trap rocks, some of which are awash at high water, extend
8 cables northward from the north extreme of Estevan island,
and thence front the western end of the island at the distance of 2 to

6 cables.

Guano rocks, on the north shore of Estevan sound, consist of a
cluster of three white rocks, lying one mile distant from the south side
of Campania island at (5 miles westward of Eclipse island. The
highest rock is 30 feet above high water, and the group is surrounded
by rocks awash and sunken rocks to the distance of from 5 to

7 cables.

Between Guano rocks and Eclipse island, ledges which uncover at
low water extend from 5 to G cables from the shore.

Marble rock, half a mile westward of the west extreme of
Campania island, is a bare rock 6 feet above high water, small,
white, and conspicuous ; it is nearly steep-to en all sides.

NEPEAN SOUND, between Estevan sound and Principe
channel, is about 7 miles long and 4 miles wide.

Otter channel, between Pitt island and Campania island, con-
nects Nrpean sound with Squally channel, and is about 3^ miles

See chart, No. 1,923a.

ILtflcssM

Chap. XIII.] E8TEVAN SOUND.— PRINCIPE CHANNEL.

487

long, and from iJg mileH at itw western, to one mile wide at its eastern
end. Steep point, the north-eastern entrance point of the channel,
terminates in a high, bold, white cliff.

Otter passage leads south-westward from Nepean sound,
between Estevan and Banks islands. This passage, though nearly
1^ miles wide, is obstructed om its western shore l)y a group of
islands, islets, and rocks (Block islets), which contract the navigable
channel to barely 4 cables wide in places.

This narrow channel is rendered more dangerous by the strong tidal
streams in it, the greater portion of the ebb stream finding its way
out of Nepean sound by this passage, at the rate of more than 6 knots
an hour at springs, which, meeting the ocean swell at the western
entrance of this passage, produces a most turbulent breaking sea,
dangerous to small vessels.

In no case should Otter passage be attempted, except at slack water
and with local knowledge.

PRINCIPE CHANNEL, between Pitt and Banks islands, is
about 42 miles long W.N.W, and K.S.E,, and from 2 to 7 miles wide.
The south shore of the channel is bold, with mountains from 1,200 to
1,700 feet rising over it. The north shore is much broken into bays,
especially about midway, in two of which, ports Stephens and
Canaveral, anchorage may be found.

Directions. — A mid-channel course should be kept when naviga-
ting Principe channel, until nearing Anger island, when the south
shore should be closed to avoid the dangers which extend off that
Island.

Deer point, at 4 miles westward of Block islets, is a small
peninsula on the south shore, which when first seen appears, to be an
islet. Gale point is prominent, bold and high, and lies 5 miles N.W.
of Deer point. A remarkable bare mountain, 1,250 feet high, is
situated close to the shore at 4 miles westward from Gale point.
Despair point, at 11 miles westward of Gale point, is bold, and nearly
steep-to. Headwind point lies 51, miles westward of Despair point,
thence the coast is bold and unbroken. Deadman islet, a small
wooded islet, lies close to the shore off the north-west extreme of
Banks island, about 15 miles westward of Headwind point. End hill,
an oval-shaped hill 450 feet high, lies close to the south shore of
Principe channel at 2 miles eastward of Deadman islet.

See chart, No. 1,928a.

•1

488

LAREDO SCrND TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. Xlll.

Wolf point, the south-eiiHt((rn entrdnce point of Principe channel,
and the south point of Pitt island, is high, bold and conspicuous,
with several small islets close-to.

Brodle rook, a danfrerous sunken rock, lies one mile S.W. by W.^W.
from Wolf point. Between llrodie rock and the shore the ground is
foul to 2 miles westward of Wolf point. There is a depth of
66 fathoms at 2 cables south of Brodie rock.

PORT STEPHENS, on the north shore, at about 8 miles within
the eastern end of Principe channel, is 4 cables wide at its
entrance.*

Guide islet, a small bare islet, lies one mile eastward of the port,
with two small islets (the Sisters) lying midway between it and port
Stephens.

BlufiE point, 8 miles N.W. by W. | W. from Wolf point, forms the
western entrance point of port Stephens and terminates in a high
white cliff. Oar point lies 6 miles W.N.W. from Bluff point, the
coast between these points being bold and unbroken.

Directions. — Keep midway between the entrance points (Bluff
and Centre points), and steer N. by E. for half a mile ; thence N.E.
for half a mile, keeping mid-channel. Haul gradually to the east-
ward as the harbour opens out, and anchor in mid-channel in about
12 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at port Stephens at
Oh. 30m.; springs rise 18 feet.

Canoe islet, a small bare islet, not unlike a canoe in appearance,
when first seen, lies off the mouth of Mink Trap bay, at one mile
N.W. by W. ^ W. from Oar point. Green top islet, three-quarters of
a mile N.W. by W. ^ W., from Canoe islet, is small, with a patch of
grass and shrub on its summit.

Mink Trap bay, about 8 miles westward of port Stephens,
consists of two long narrow creeks, separated by a peninsula ; this
bay has deep water in it, but it is useless as an anchorage for other
than small vessels and boats.

At the head of the eastern arm is an Indian village, to which a
tribe of the Kitkatlah Indians resort in summer for salmon fishing.

See chart, No. 1,923a.
* See Admiralty plan:— Port Stephens, on sheet No. 2,189 ; aoale, m =3'2o inchea.

Chap. Xin.] PORT STEPHENS.—rORT CANAVERAL.

489

Anger island, on the north Hhoro, r> miles westward of Oar point,
is about 4 miles long and 2 miles broad ; near its western end the
island reaches an elevation of 730 feet. Trade and Storm islands are
clusters of islets which extend from 5 cables to H miles from the
south and eastern shores of Anger iHland.

The narrow channel between Auger and Pitt islands is intricate
and dangerous, with numerous rocks awash at low water which in
July were free from kelp. The passage is used during the salmon
season by small steam-vessels collecting fish for the Skeena river
canneries.

Wheeler islet is a small wooded islet, distant .5 miles W. ^ N.
from Foul point, the western extreme of Anger island. Cliff isleta
extend north-east of Wheeler islet to the entrance of Petrel channel.
These islets are bare and rocky, with foul ground between them
and the shore of McCauley island.

MoCauley island is 17 miles long, 9 miles broad, wooded
nearly throughout, and near its centre rises l,l()0 feet. Almost
midway, on its south side, a bare hill with a tlat top, 400 feet
high, lies close to the shore.

PORT CANAVERAL, near the south-east extreme of McCanley
island, about 21 miles westward of port Stephen, is an inlet trending
N.E. for about three-quarters of a mile with an average breadth of
about 3 cables, and depths of 6 to 18 fathoms over it.*

Dixon island lies on the western side of the port, with several
islands and islets lying 2 cables off its south and eastern sides.

Squall point, the south-east entrance point, is the termination of the
spur from Hat hill, and is bold and conspicuous. Red point, on the
north shore, opposite Squall point, has a cliff of red-brjwn colour
over it.

Alarm rock, with H and 10 fathoms close-to, is a dangerous sunken
rock lying nearly in mid-channel at the entrance to port Canaveral,
at l^ cables W.N.W. from Squall poi . . ind 2^ cables from
Red point.

Harbour bank, with 6 fathoms over it (probably less), lies
1^ cables north-eastward from Alarm rock, and midway between
Squall and Red points.

See chart, No. 1,923a.
* Ste Admiralty plan :— ^Fort Canaveral, on sheet No. 2,189 ; scale, m = 3*26 inches.

490

LAREDO SOUND TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Cbup. XIIL

Clown rock, on the woHtern Hhoro, drieH '.) feot, and lies 2'-\ cublofl
8.E. by K. from Tonkin point, tho south oxtreme of Dixon iebind,
with foul ground between it and the shore.

Stephen rock, 3 feet al)cve high water, lien on tlio western shore at
IJ cabk's from Dixon iwland. The outer portion of Stephen rock
which uncoverH at low water, lieH 2 cables S.E. J E. from Dimple
point, the north-east extreme of Dixon island.

Direotions. — Entering port Canaveral, Dimple point may bo
steered for when In line with Stephen rock, bearing N.W. I N.,
until the middle of 15uah islet is in line with Tonkin point l)earing
W.S.W. A course N.E. by E. ^ E. will lead to the anchorage
in 14 to 15 fathoms, sandy bottom, at 1| cables S.E. of Red point.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in port Canaveral at
Oh. 30m.; springs rise 18 feet.

Bush and Dark islets are small, wooded islets, which lie close
south of McCauley island, oil the entrance to port Canaveral, at
2 miles westward of Wheeler islet.

Petrel ohanuel is an unexaminetl passage between Pitt and
McCauley islanils ; its southern entrance is about 3 miles wide,
thence the channel takes a north-west direction for nearly iles,
when it divides, one passage going nortftiward, the other 8( .ird

of Lofty island, and again joining at 2 miles eastward of Ogden
channel. Noble mountain on Lofty island rises to a height of
2,874 feet.

Hankin ledgres consist of rocks awash, and sunken dangers,
which extend nearly one mile from Hankin point (south-west
extreme of McCauley island).

Tidal streams. — Tn Principe channel tlie flood stream, setting to
the north-west, approaches principally by EstevaL sound, being
joined in Nepean sound by the stream which enters through Otter
passage. At the western end of Principe channel thin stream is met
by the flood which has passed up outside Banks islanu.

The ebb stream runs out principally by the Otter passage. Both
streams attain a velocity of 3 knots an hour at springs.

&r chart, No. l,Q23(i.

CHAPTER XIV.

OUTER COAST.— CAPE CALVERT TO OGDEN

CHANNEL.

Variation in 1898.
Capo Calvert. 25'' 10' E. | Ogden channel, 26" 45' E.

CALVERT ISLAND, tho southern island at the entrance to
Fitz Hugh sound, is 13 miles long N.W. and S.E., and H miles across
at its broadest part. The southern and western coasts of Calvert
island are but little broken, comparatively low, and thickly wooded.
Sorrow island, situated at the pitch of cape Calvert, the south extreme
of Calvert ii»land {see page inS), is conspicuous (and an excellent
thick- weather mark) from its clill'y forniutiou, and i>y l ig covered
with stunted, weather-beaten t! as.*

Mark nipple, an isolated hill, 350 feet high, at thi- south-west
extreme of Calvert island, is a very useful landmark when approach-
ing Fitz Hugh sound.

Position.— Cape Calvert, kit. 5F 25' N., long. 127' 55' W.

Blakeney islet, 150 feet higli, half a mile from the south-west
extreme of Calvert island, is small, wooded, and about half a mile
long.

Hedley patch, with 9 fathoms on it, and probably shoaler, is of
small extent, and lies 3^ miles S.E. ^ E. from Blakeney islet.

Fitz Roy reef uncovers at low water, and is about a half a mile
in extent in an east and west direction. Its outer or western edge
lies 1^ miles W. by N. from Blakeney islet, and U miles from the
nearest shore of Calvert island.

Carrington reefs are a cluster of sunken rocks, the outer edge
of wLich lies half a mile from the western coast of Calvert island,
at 1| miles N.N.W. | W. from Blakeney islet.

* See Admiralty charts :— Cape Caution to port Simpson, No. 1,9236 ; scale, m =r 0'26
of an inch ; also No. l,^23a ; scale, m = 0-25 of an inch.

i i

492

CAPE CALVERT TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIV.

* i

The coast of Calvert ishinil, northward of the Carrington reefs, if,
foul to the distance of 5 cables.

KwakShua is an unexamineil channel between Calvert and
Hecate islands. At its western entrance this passage is half a mile
wide, and takes a north-easterly direction. {See page 402.)
Kwakflhua rock lies nearly in mid-channel, at the western entrance
of Kwakshna channel. The si>a only breaks at intervals over this
dangerous sunken rock. Hecate reefs fringe the western coast of
Hecate island to the distance of 8 cables.

HAKAI CHANNEL, between Hecate and Nalau islands, is
about 7 miles long N.E. i N. and 8.W. ^ S., and from one to 1^ miles
wide. (See page 402.) Sugar-loaf hill, on the western side of Hecate
island, is 500 feet high. Lending peak, about 1^ miles southward of
Sugar-loaf hill, has a sharj), well defined summit.

South Pointers are a cluster of bare black rocks, of small extent,
2 foet above high water, surrounded by sunken dangers to the
distance of 2 cables ; they lie on the south shore, at the western
entrance of Hakai channel, Ih miles westward of the Starfish, group.
North Pointers are a cluster of bare rocks, of light colour, lying on
the north shore at the western entrance of Hakai channel. The
western or oiiter rock lies 2i miles N.N.W. from South Pointer rocks.

Breaker grroup, situated on the north shore in the middle of
Hakai channel, is about one mile in extent, the larger islands being
wooded, about 250 feet high, and the smaller bare. Breaker ledge
uncovers at half ebb, and lies half a mile S.E. from the centre island
of the Breaker group.

Directions. — Hakai channel is not recommended to a stranger.
If using it, steer midway between North and South Pointers rocks,
and thence a mid-channel course (N.E. \ N.) towards a conspicuous
mountain on the eastern shore of Fitz Hugh sound, which will lead
through hito that sound.

STARFISH GROUP, wooded, from 70 to 150 feet high, lie on
the south shore, and extend about J ^ niih's N.E. and S.W. The group
consists of three principal islands, much broken into long, rocky,
narrow creeks with shores of white cliffs. Starfish ledge, over which
the sea usually breaks, lies 2 cables from the north-west shore of
Long island, the northernmost of the Starfish group.*

See chart, No. 1,923&.
* Set plan : — Welcome harbour No. 1,462 ; scale, wt = 4*0 inches.

Chap. XIV.] HA.KA1 CHANNEL.— WELCOME HARBOUR.

493

East rook, off the entrance to Welcome harbour, is awash at low
water, and lies half a mile off shore, N. by E. from the western
entrance point. There are depths of 2i^ and ;25 fathoms close to East
rock, and 150 fathoms between that rock and Port reef, which latter
is awash at high water, and lies 2 cables E. i S, from East rock.

Leading peak seen in line with Bluff point bearing S. by E. | E.
will lead westward of these rocks.

Choked pjussage lies southward of the Starlish gro" p ; it is
obstructed by rocks awash, reefs, and sandbanks.

WELCOME HARBOUR, situated on the south shore of Hakai
channel near its western end, is .'5 cables wide at its entrance, and
l^ miles long in a S.S.E. direction. Thougli somewliat confined, it
affonls good shelttT to small vessels, and within the harbour, on the
north shore, tlicre is a s;ituly beach whoro a vessel might i)e beached.
Strong westerly winds send a swwli into tliis harbour,*

Exposed bay, situated just eastward of Welcome harbour, has a
dangerous cluster of sunken rocks near the middle of the bay.

Fairway rock, with 24 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid-
channel at the entrance to Welcome harbour. There is a depth of
20 fathoms cbise westward, and of '.) fathoms close eastward of the
rock.

Leading peak seen just eastward of Bluff' point bearing S. by E. ^ E.
will lead eastward ; and Sugar-loaf hill, seen in line with Leading
island (a small, round, woode<l island within the harbour), will lead
close westward of Fairway rock.

Harbour iedge, situated one cable from the western shore of
Harbour island, is of small extent, and drii's '.) feet at low water.
Codfish rock, with 1 2 feet water ovt^r it, lies 100 yards off the south
shore of Harbour island. Wolf rock, awash at high water, lies close
to the east shore, at nearly 2 cables northward of Sandspit point.

Directions. — Having i)assed not less than luiif a mile northward
of Starfish group, the leading mark before given for clearing East
rock should be brought on and steered for. Kspecial care will be
necessary if the Hood stream be making.

Having cleared East rock, pass east or west of Fairway rock as
requisite, and anchor in 7 to 1) fathoms in mid-channel between
Leading island and Wolf rock, with the former bearing W.N.W.
distant one cable.

* A'cplan : — Welcome harbour, on Admiralty cliart, No. I,4<>2 ; scale, »» = i-0 inches.

494

CAPE CALVERT TO OGDEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIV.

J !

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Welcome harbour
at noon ; springs rise from 15 to 16 feet, neaps 12 to 13 feet.

The flood stream sets to the north-eastward. Both streams attain
a velocity of 4 knots an hour at springs.

NALAU PASSAGE, between the Nalau group and Hunter
island, is obstructed by islands, islets, rocks awash, and sunken
dangers, and is ust'less for navigation.

White Cliff island, situated 4 miles W. by N. ^ N., from the
western or out(^r Noith Pointer rock, is of small extent, bare, and
250 feet in height ; its coast, consisting of high white cliffs, renders
it conspicuous when seen from the south and west.

A reef, on which the sea breaks at low- water, lies midway between
White Cliff island and the North Pointers.

QUEEN'S SOUND, between Goose and Hunter islands, is
about 12 miles long N. by E. and S. by W., and from 4 to 8 miles
wide. At its northern end is a mass of islands and islets, which
render that portion of the sound intricate and dangerous.

Spider island, 250 feet high, on the eastern entrance to Queen's
sound, is iU miles long, N.N.W. and S.S.E. and 1,V miles broad ; it is
connected with Hunter island by a ledge of rocks awash, through
which there are boat passages, and its north-west extreme terminates
in high, bold, white cliffs.

Superstition point on the eastern shore of Queen's sound, 2 miles
northward of Spider island, is the south-west extreme of a small
island, which is connected with Hunter island by a narrow neck,
awash at high wat(;r. Superstition leilge consists of high rocks,
connected by rocks awasli and sunken dangers, the outer extreme
of which lies 1;^ miles S.W. from Superstition point. Strong tide
races will be met with in the vicinity of tins b'dge, ai)d the sea
breaks upon it heavily at times.

Purple bluff, the south-west extreme of a group of islands, on
the eastern shore of Queen's sound, at the t>ntn;ney to Plumper
channel, terminates in high, iMdd, Ijasaltic cliffs of :i purple tint.
The group consists of numerous islands, islets (wooded and bare),
rocks awash, and sunken rocks, extending over a space of nearly
5 miles.

See ohai't, No. l,923i.

Chap. XIV.] NALAU PASSAGE.— BROKEN GHOUP.

495

Purple bluff lies 5 miles N.W. of Spider island, and 5 miles from
the Goose island group.

Goose islands, on the western shoro of Queen's sound, consist
of four principal iwlands, connected at low water, the largest and
northernmost iK'ing about !2(H) feet high, and wooded ; its north-
east extreme terminates iueonspicnouH. Iiigli, wliite clitrrt. Yellocki,
an Indian fishing village, is situated on the eastern side of the
westernmost Goose island.

Gosling rocks consist of numerous rocks, awash at high water,
and sunken dangers, the outer (extreme of which lies nearly 4 miles
S.S.E. from the southi'rnmost Goose island. West rock, awash at
high water, lies one mih^ S.W. of the westernmost Goose island.

Plumper channel, between Hunter and Campbell islands, leads
from Queen's sound into Lama passage ; its southern end is obstructed
by numerous islets and rocks, and no specific directions can be given
for entering it.

Hecate channel, between Campbell island and the Bardswell
group, leads from Queen's sound into S<^aforth channel, and is also
obstructed at its soutisern end by numerous islets and rocks. The
two principal passages are Codfisii passage and Hrown narrows ;
no directions, however, can be given for entering them.

BROKEN GROUP (Qual a qute), situated 2 miles north-
ward of the Goose island group, extentl 2 miles N.N.W. and S.S.E.,
and consist of several ' 'ets and rocks, c(mnected throughout by
ledges which uncover ai low water. Fiiigal Island (Ivuhmkeate)
is a small, wooded island, lying one mile W, by N. from the
northernmost island of the Broken group. Fiiii,Ml ledges extend
one mile in a southerly direction from Fingai inland, and consist
of rocks awash, and ledges which uncover at low water. Peveril
rock lies 1^ miles N.N.E. from the northernmost Goose island, and
is H feet high.

Middle rock, (i feet liigh, lies ;{ miles N.W. l)y W. }, W. from the
north-west extreme of North (roose island. North breaker, a
dangerous sunken rock, lies one mih' N.N.W. trom Middle rock.
There is a depth of '21 fathoms, rock, at one nule westward of
the North breaker.

See chart, No. l,923i.

496

CAPE CALVERT TO OGDBN CHANNEL. [Chap. XIV.

Limit island (Tmaitlek) is a small wooded island, with foul
ground extending half a mile south-west from it. Rempstone rocks
consist of two patches awash at high water, one mile apart, lying
E. by S. and W. by N. from each other. The western or outer rock
lies 1^ miles S.S.E. h E. from cape Swain.

BARDSWELL GROUP, forming the eastern side of Milbank
sound, consists of low, wooded islands, extending over a space of
7 miles square, the largest of which, Dufferin island, forms the
west shore of Hecate channel. Among the group are several boat
channels, communicating between Milbank sound, and Seaforth
and Hecate channels.

Position.— Cape Swain, lat. 52° 8' 50" N., long. 128° 33' 30" W.

ARISTAZABLE ISLAND is about 2G miles long. N.W. and
S.E., and is from one to 10 miles broad, and wooded. South range,
at about 8 miles from its south-east extreme, is a conspicuous saddle-
shaped hill 640 feet high. Near the western end of the island, over
the north shore, North range, a bare ridge of hills, with four
conspicuous peaks, rises to the height of 950 feet.

Over the south extreme of the island there are some bare hills
350 feet high, and at the extreme western end of the island there is
a remarkable boulder or nob lying on the summit of a bare hill.

Wllite rock, 100 feet high, bare and conspicuous, situated 5 miles
N.W. by W. I W. from Entrance island, is the outer rock of a group
extending 2 miles from the shore of Aristazable island. Sentinel
island, 250 feet high, small, rounti, wooded, and conspicuous, lies off
the south point of Aristazable island, li miles from the shore, at
4 miles W. ^ N. from White rock. Several rocks awash and sunken
rocks lie north-westward of Sentinel island, and also fringing the
south shore of Aristazable island.

GANDER ISLANDS (Cha che kwas), islets and rocks, extend
11 miles N.N.W. and S.S.E., and 4 miles broad, at about 6 miles from
the south shore of Aristazable island. The larger islands of the
group are wooded, the smaller ones bare, and tlie tops of the trees arn
from 70 to 150 feet above high water.

Large Gander island, the northernmost and largest of the group, is
abou'. 2 miles long N.N.W. and S.S.E., and half a mile broad. Middle

S-fl chart, No. l,i>2;ifc.

Thap. XIV.] (tAXDRR ISLANDS.— ESTEV AN ISLAND.

497

Gander islands are two small, wooded inlands, lyinjL,' close tofjfether,
the northern inland 5 miles S.S.E. from the south extreme of Large
Gander island. A bare rock, witli sunken rocks surrounding it, lies
2 miles N.W. by N. from the Middle Gander islands. South Gander
island liet^ (me mile H.S.E. from the Middle Gander islands, is
4| cables long N.N.W. and S.S.K., is half a cable Imwid, 70 feet high,
and wooded. South-east Gander islands are two small wooded islands
1 '0 feet high, lying close together, '.\ miles S.K. l)y E. from South
Gander island. Two small, bare, rocky islets lie H miles north-west
of South-east Gander islands. G(»ose ledge, which uncovers at low
water, lies i5 miles S. by W. j, W. from South-i-ast Gander islands, and
i\ miles S.K. i E. from South Gander island.

Sparrowhawk breakers lie, respectively, 4 and 6i miles
S. )»y E. from South-east (iander islands. There is a depth of
Ul fathoms between these dangers.

Tide rip islands, 2 miles northward of the Gander group,
extend 12 miles N.X.VV. and S.S.E., are wooded, and about 200 feet
high ; the northern and largest island terminating at its north-west
extreme, in high, white conspicuous cliffs, 2J, miles westward of
Devils point, the north-west point of Aristazable island.

Tidal streams. — The Hood stream sets to the northward, both
flood and ebb streams attaining at springs, among these islands, a
rate of 4 knots an hour.

Caution. — An extended <>xamination has not been made of the
Gander and Tide rip groups and their vicinity, and the tidal streams
are strong, the channels between them, though deep, should not be
attempted by a stranger. When approaching these groujis of islands,
the lead and look-out should be esi)ecially attended to.

ESTEVAN ISLAND is about 14 miles long W. by N. and
TO. by S., and from 2 to .') miles broad ; the southern shores being
comparatively low, wooded, and much l)roken into bays and creeks.
Near the centre it attains an elevation of 1,.'»00 to 1,7(X) feet, forming
a saddle-shapetl mountain with the highest part to the westwaril.*

Haycock island, small, bare, and 00 feet high, lies 7 miles
W. by S. ij S. from Hreaker jioint, the eastern extreme of lOstevan
island. Haycock rocks are three i-ocks awash, which lie respectively
W. by S., S. by K., and N. by E. distant one mile from Haycock
island.

SO 11948

.Str chart, No. l,^2^ti.

498

CAPE CALVERT TO OOnEN CHANNEL. [Chap. XTV.

The passage between Haycock ishvnd and Estevan island shouhl
not be attempted.

Curtis point, on the south shore of Estevan island, 4| miles
N.W. I W. from the summit of Haycock island, is low and wooded,
with some rocky islets close to. Curtis rock, a dangerous sunken
rock, over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies oiio mile S.S.W.
from Curtis point.

Cox point, is the west extreme of Estevan island. Marchant
rock, over which the sea breaks at low water, lies 2 miles South from
Cox point, and 1^ miles from the nearest coast of Estevan island.

Cone islet, small, wooded, 250 fe'^t high, and conical, is the
southernmost of the Block islets, and lies at the soiuhern entrance of
Otter passage, and on the west side of that channel, ai 2 miles from
the coast of Banks island.

Breaker islets, which lie off the eastern end of Banks islantl,
at one mile westward of Cone islet, consist of a group of islets and
rocks awash, the highest islet being about 70 feet high and wooded.

BANKS ISLAND is about 41 miles long, W. by N. and E. l)y S.,
and from 5 to 10 miles broad. The southern coast is wooded and
comparatively low, seldom exceeding 150 feet in height, and is
broken into bays and creeks, rendered useless as anchorages by
numerous rocks awash, and sunken dangers.

Calamity bay, at the eastern extreme of Banks island, is 3 miles
wide at its entrance, and extends ){ miles in a north-westerly direction ;
it consists of iron-bound shores, with rocky islets and sunkt'u dangers
occupying the bay nearly throughout.

Terror point, the south-east extreme of Banks island, is high and
bold, 2(X) feet above high water. From its outer extreme this point
slojies inland, and when first sv en appears as an island. Terror rocks
consist of rocks awash and sunken rocks, over which the sea breaks
heavily, extending one mile south-eastward from Terror point.

Shrub Islet, of small extent, 80 feet iiigh, with a conspicuous
patch of bush upon its summit, lies ',i miles S.W. h W. from Terror
point, and has sunken rocks s-irrounding it to the distance of 15 cables.

Grief point, H miles N.W. by W. ^ W. from Terror point, is low
and wooded. A ledge, consisting of rocks ,iwash and sunken

,«&'/' chjirt, No. l,923rt.

Cha)). XIV.]

fOX POINT,— nONTLA ISLAND.

(lanj^erH, extcndH H miles S.W. from Grief point. Foul hay, between
Grief and Wreck pointH, is 5 miles wide, and 2 miles deep ; it is,
however, useless as an ancli()raf,'e, beinj? obstructed by islets, rocks,
and sunken danjjers. Junk led^'c, consistinj,' of rocks awash, itiul
ledt,'es which uncover at low water, (extends nearly 2 miles S.K. frmn
Wreck jxiint.

North Danger rocks, 7 miles southward of Wreck point, ai-e a
dan^'erous cluster of five bare rocks of small extent, 10 feet above
hi^'h water, and surrounded by rocks awash and sunken rocks for
half a mile. The centre of the cluster lies IS miles S.E. by K. J, M.
from the summit of Bonila island.

Vessels should keep southward of the line joiuiufj; Shrub islet and
North Dan^rer rocks, and not pass between those dangers and Hanks
island.

Halibut rocks consist of two dangerous clusters (covered at high
water) about half a mile each in extent, lying W.N.W. and K.S.E.,
distant 1.^ miles from each other. The centre of the eastern cluster
lies 8 miles K. by S. ^ S. from the summit of Bonila island, and
i'i miles S.K. by S. from Cliff point.

Cliff point, (5 miles W. :| N. from Kelp point, terminates in high,
bold, white cl ill's. Three small rocky islets lie near the shore close
eastward of the point.

South rocks consist of two clusters of rocks awash at high water,
of small extent, lying S.S.K. and X.N.W., distant one mile from each
other. The south or onU'v group, ov» v which the pea usually breaks
heavily, lies 15^ mihis S.S.E. from the sunmit of Monila island. High-
water rocks, lying nearly mitlway between Honila island and ClilV
point, consists of six rocks, awash at high water, about 2 cables in
extent, at 2] miles E. h B. from the summit of l)(»nila island.

Bonila island, situated '.> miles S.S.E. from the north-west point
of Hanks island, and -A miles from the south c(»ast of the island,
forms an excellent landmark. The island is about 2 mile„ long east
and west, and one mile broad, having on its eastern shore two small
bays, with some rocky islets lying off them at 2 cables from the
shore. Near the centre the island reaches a"i elevation of ");■)() feet,
the summit being dome-shaped, falling almost perpendicularly on
its north and south sides, but sloping gradually to the westwartl.

Sie chart, No. l,t»2Srt,
SO USt48 2 12

5r)0

CAPE CAIiVRRT TO ()(;nEN OHANN'KL. [Chiip. XTV.

During the summer montlis, the sideB of Bonihv pesik are clothed
with purplo-tinted lieather. Landiiij,' may be effecttMl at the head of
the southern small bay on the eustern side of Bonila islan<l.

Position. — Tl\e summit of I'.onila island is siluatt-d in latitude

r»:r 2s' my n., ionf,'itud<' kui' :•.-» ]-) w.

North-west rocks are a cluster, half a mile in extent, lying
2 mih(s N.W. by W. from the summit of Pxmila island ; the highest
rock is ;i feet above high water. North rocks, a cluster, about half a
mile in extent, and awash at high water, lie 1^ miles K.N.K. from
the centre of the North-west rocks, ami '2 miles N.N.W. from the
summit of Honila island. Middle rucks, two clusters, awash at low
water, lie respectively 1.', miles W.X.W, and '2 miles N.N.K. from the
summit of Honila island.

White rocks lie dose to the shore at the westej-n extreme of
Hanks island : the two largest rocks are about )>(> feet al)ove high
water, bare and conspicuous, with several smaller rocks surroinuliug
them, and they form an excellent landmark when making Ogden
channel from Hecate strait. Anchorage for small cralt in line
weather is stated to be obtainable close noithward of White rocks
at tiie mouth of a creek. There is also anchorage reported to exi.Ht
generally off the north-west coast of Hanks island.

Supplies. — (lame abounds on all the off-lying islands. Notwith-
standing the presence of wolves, deer are in great numbers, especially
on the southern siiores, which ap})ear to be their favouritt; resort.
Water is plentiful at all seasons, the source apparently being springs.
Trout may be procured in the streams.

Berries, especially the whortleberry, cranberry, and wild raspberry,
have been found in abundance <luring duly and August.

Cedar and i)itch pine are the i»rincipal woods met witii.

Browning entrance is the approach common to the south end
of Ogden channel and the west end of Princi])e channel. It is
included between the south side of (Joschen island and the north-
west extreme of Hanks island, and Ix'iwet'ii cai)e (reorge and White
rocks is 14 miles wide.

OGDEN CHANNEL, situated between Pitt and Horcher islands,
is about It) miles long, ami from 4 cables to ]}, miles wide, and

Chap. XIV.] BONILA IHLAN'D.— nKAVEll PAHSAfJE.

noi

iillords tliu shortest nu-uns of loininuniciitioii bet ween Quocu
Charlotte IshmdH (SkideK'ate) and the Inner waters. At its southern
end, Ogtlen channel is divided by Spieer island into Schooner and
IJeaver jtassages ; and at one mile n(»rth\vard of Spieer island the
channel is obstructed by Channel islands, which reduce the navij,'able
channel to 4 cables wide.*

On the eastern side of Dolphin island, dose to the shore, Passage
cone, 4r)4 feet high, is an usefid mark for indicating Schooner
l)assage. On the north-west sich- of Spieer island a saddle-shaped
hill ri^es .^'00 feet.

Spieer island, situated In-tween McCauiey and Dolphin islands,
is 827 feet high. On its south-east side two small narrow bays
indent the shore in a north-westerly direction ; and off its south-
west side, at half a mile from the shore, are Christie islanils, a cluster
of islets and rocks, some wooded and others bare. I^ong island
consists of two low wooded islets, lying close together at li mile.s
southward of Spieer island. Channel island is a small wooded islet,
lying nearly midway between Long and Spieer islands.

Channel group lies one mile northward of S])icer islaiul. The
large islands are wooded, and the eastern islet of the grou}) is small,
bare, and conspicuous. Half a-mile northward of tlu! Channel
group are some small ishtts, one bare (White rock), anil another
covei-ed with vegetation (False grassy isletj.

South Twin islet is a small wooded islet on the eastern shore, half
a mile from the eastern islet of the Channel group anil one mile
northwanl of Spieer island. This islet, and the eastern bare islet of
the Channel group, indicate the navigable channel, which lies
between them. North Twin islet, resembles South Twin islet from
which it lies N.N.W., distant half a mile. The tops of the trees ou
North Twin islet are about I'M feet high.

Dolphin island. — There is an anchorage on the north-west side
of Dolphin island, in the bay olE Kitkatlah village^ in II fathoms,
with Village point bearing Kast, ami the hii'ire white stone South.
The channel between Dolphin and CJoscheii islands is rocky and
dangerous, with strong tides, and should not be attempted.

BEAVER PASSAGE, between McCauiey ami Spieer islands,
is the wider and better of the two passages leailing into Ogden
channel.

• Sir Admiralty chart; — Ojjdan ehiinncl and adjacent anchorajfes, Xd. l.'JOi ;
scale, m = 1 inuh.

502

CAPK CALVKIIT TO OCDKN CHANN'KL. [Chap. XIV.

At its wi'stiTii oiitraiico Beaver piiHsiigc is about half a luilo wide,
and takoH a N.N.l'i. •{ K. direction for about 4.^ miles, thence turning
sliarplj' to the N.W. by W., towards tlic Channel group, for 2i milcH.

North rock in always viHil)le, and lies nearly in mid-channel at
the southern entrance of IJeaver passage, half a mile south-east from
Long island.

ConniB rock lies on the western shore (marked by kelp in the
summer season) 3 cables from the north-east extreme ()f Spicer island.
The outer of these rocks only covers at high water. The east side
of Long island touching the west side of Channel island bearing
H.S.W. J W. leads eastward of Connis rock.

On the eastern shore, alnoast Connis rock, is a small cone-shaped
wooded islet off a sandj" bay.

SCHOONER PASSAGE, between Spicer and Dolphin islands,
is barely 2 cables wide in its narrowest part, and is about 3 miles
long north and south.

Boys rock, a dangerous sunken rock, lies at the southern end of
Schooner passage, 2 cables from the south-east extreme of Dolphin
island. There is a depth of 4'.> fathoms, rock, at 2 cables South of
Boys rock.

Tidal streams.— The flood stream sets to the northward, and
near the north end of Ogden channel divides, one part turning east-
ward into Grenville channel, the other continuing northward towards
Skeena river. The ebb stream from Grenville channel, Chatham
sound, and Skeena river, unite off the north end of Ogden channel,
and i)a8s out by it. The muddy water of Skeena river is usually
distinguished against the blue water of Ogden channel.

Both Hood and ebb streams, in the narrow portions of Ogden
channel, attain a velocity of 4 knots an hour at springs.

ALPHA BAY, situated on the eastern shore, 4 miles within the
ncjrth entrance of Og<len channel, faces the west, anil is nearly one
mile wide, but only I) cables deep. Near its northern end a deep
valley extends inland, and through it flows a fine trout stream.
From the south entrance point of this stream a sandspit extends
2 cables towards the north point of Alpha bay.*

* Ute Admirally |)lan :— Alpha bay, on Admiralty chart, No. l,9Ul ; scale, m = 6-0
inches.

Chap. XIV.]

OODEN CHAN'NRL.

5(»3

Anchorage may be obtained in ](l and 11 fiithonis, at U nibles
from the neareHt Hhore (Fish point), with the south entrance jioint
of the trout stream bearing N.K. distant 2^ cables, and Anchor
mountain over the north shore of tiie bay N.K. i N. ; in this p«»sition
the point on the western shore under Rareside mountain should Ik;
seen in line with north point of Ali)ha Imy, bearing X. by W. ^ W.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Alpha bay at noon ;
springs rise 1« to 19 feet.

Peninsula point, the nortli-west entrance point of Ogden
channel, is prominent, with a hill near its eastern extreme, North-
ward of the point, at the mouth of the river Oona, is Oona bay,
al)out half a mile wide, and one mile deep in a westerly direction.

There is said to be anchorag*' in H or 10 fathoms water on the
north siile of Peninsula point, near the mouth of the river Oona.

See chart, No. 1,IK)I.

,'*()4

CIIAITKK XV.

PORTLAND AND OBSERVATORY INLETS AND
PORTLAND CANAL.

Variation, 27.1," E;i.st in 18'.»H.

PORTLAND INLET extundH (vum Chathiim souiul N. by K. i K.
for 10 inilcH, whore it dividun, oiu- arm continuing nortliw.inl to tlm
head ol" Observatory inlet and the other to the head of I'ortland
eanui. At its southern entrance, between Wales ind Maskelyne
points, the inlet is about ;{ miles wide, and its shores are eoniiiaratively
free from danger beyitnd the distance of 2 cables.*

ComptOn island, at the north entrance of Work channel, is nf
triangular shape, with a base ',' miles long to the southwaril, the
northern extreme of the island terminating in a long, low point.
There is a boat passage into Work channel eastward of Compton
island.

Emma passagre, northward o*' Compton island, is half a mile
wide, and takes an P'.8.E. directi<-!i for 3 miles, thence N.N.E.
3 miles, and terminating in a sandy bay. The (h'pths throughout the
latter arm are from 23 to l»(! fathoms. Union bay, at the head of the
south-east arm, affords anchorage for small vessels in 20 fathoms at
one cable from either shore.

Somerville Island, 2,000 f»>et high, on the eastern sid(! of the
inlet, is S^ miles long, N. by K. and S. by W., and 15 miles broad.
The coast of this island is wooded, and bold, the land on its western
side rising almost perpendicularly from the sea. Elliott point is the
south extreme of Homerville island.

Truro island, 2 cables from the south-west side of Somerville
island, is about 1\ miles long N. by E. and S. by W., and nearly
half a mile broad. The island is wooded, and culminates in two

• Set! Admiralty chart :— Port Himpaon to Port MoArthur, No. 2,4.">8 ; scale,
»»=:0'24 of an inch.

Chap. XV.]

I'OIlThAND INLET.

505

hiiirt «(KI led high. Nub ialet ib ii Himill, ruuinl, wnuiletl inlot, ;U> iW't
hif,'li, lyiiijjf cloHO to th»' wcHtvin shore «»f .Soim-rvillc IsIuikI, diHumt
.S ciiblort I'niiii tlic north cxtit'iiu' of Tniro irtlaml. There Ihh reiiiark-
uble whito cliff jiiHt Houthwiiitl ol Nob isht. Start point, the north
oxtrenie of Somervilh' island, lies al»reast Li/.iinl point, '.*;} miles
from it ; it is high, and ixild, with a deep l)ay elose eastward of it.

OllfF point, 7 miles N. ;; K. from Wales point, tenninates in hi^h
clifls. Immediatel} south of the point is a narrow ereek, which
extends some distance inland in a north-west ilirecti(»n. Lizard
point is a promiiuri'. point on the western shore, ll miles N.N. K. from
Clifl point. There are sandy bays<lorie nordi and south of this point,
extending back a considerable ilistance, ^Mvint; lo Lizard point the
shape of a peninsula, and when lirst seen from the westward it
api)ears to be an islainl. At 2.^ miles northward of Lizard i)oint there
are some conspicuous red-brown earthy cliffs.

Flat point lies .')] miles N. j K. from Liziird point. The shore
between these points is wooded and comparatively low, and a similar
conformation exists 1.^ miles muthwanl of Flat point. I'ortland
point, about IS miles within the inlet, li«'s :\ miles North from Flat
point, is high, bold, and nearly steep-to.

Ramsden point, whicH divides Oltservatory inlet from I'ortland
canal, lies 2] miles N.N.K. from I'ortland point. A dangerous cluster
of rocks (awash and sunken) extenil a short distance south-east
from Ramsdeu point.

Steamer passage, eastward of Somerville island, has an average
width of half a mile, with depths of :2S and -JU or more fathoms water
throughout. Khutzeyniateen inlet is an unexamined arm, '> miles
within Steamer passage. It is half a mile wide at its entrance, and
takes an E.N.K. direction. Quinamass bay, on the eastern side of
Steamer passage, abreast the north end of S(»merville island, is half a
mile wide at its entrance, and takes an easterly direction. At low
water it is almost comi>letely lilled by a s;iud-ilat, rendering the bay
useless as an anchorage.

NaSOga grulf, eastward of Mylor peninsula, extends in a north-
easterly direction for 5 miles, is one mile wide, and terminates in
comparatively high hind. Anchorage will be found near the head
of Nasoga gulf, in JO to 12 fathoms, Siiud, in mid-channel, at 2 cables
frt)m the north shore.

Sec chart, No. 2,458.

■M

PORTLANl INLET.

[Chap. XV

Mylor pt'iiiiiHiila in ii h\ti\i and comparatively narrow .strip of land
on the east<irn Hide of Portland inlet, between Nanoj,'a axiW and Nans
bay. A small inh't (l{anf,'»'r JHlet) Hew oil" its south extreme, and there
the land is comparatively low (l.'id feet) ; but it rises liuickly to the
hei^dit of I2,'.*<»U feet, and forms hififli, bold, precipitous sliores.
Trefiisis point, the south jxtrenit! of tlie \)eninHtila, terminates in
high white cliffs.

NASS BAY, on the east shore, lies at the month of Nass river.
It is 2 miles wide at its entrance, the points of which lie north and
south of each other, and the bay preservi's this width in an easterly
direction for Ji miles, where it divides, one branch taking a north-
easterly direction to the mouth of Nass river, and the other a
south-westerly direction, formii\g Icel)erg bay.*

An extensive sand-flat occupies nearly the wlnde t)f the eastern
portion of the i)ay at low water. Low point is wotMled, On the
south shore (»f the bay, half a mile eastward of Low point, is Landslip
mountain, 'i,(U2 feet high, with a bare siile facing the north-west.

North point terminates in a bold cliff, and one mile eastward is
Mission valles ; at one mile back from the coast is mount Tomlinson,
a conspicuous mountain, li,3<S,') feet high. Through the vaUey a large
btream runs, dividing near its mouth into two branches. Fort point,
the north-west entrance point of Nass river, terminates in white cliffs.
And on the eastern side of the Ijay, some low, dark islands (Mud
islands) will be seen.

K'aiCOlith, a tjiission station sittiated east of the stream at tho
mouth of the valley, is fronted by a sand-flat (Canoe flat), which
renders communication by boat, except at higl\ water, almost
impossible. There are two saw mills here, one owned and worked
by Indians, (lold is found here in small quantities, and also coal.
The tenipeniture is very severe, the thermometer in some winters
falling to from HP to oO" below xero for weeks in succession.

Observation spot, at the east siile of mission valley, is situated
in latitude 5-1" 59' 20' N., longitude 12'.)° 57 M' W.

Anchorage, in fine weather, may be had ofT Kincolith, nearly in
the middle of Nass bay, on the line joining tho mission station and
Landslip mountain, in 10 fathoms, mud bottom, at about 8 cables
from the north shore ; with the mission flagstaff seen in line with

* iSr« Admiralty ))lu)i : — Nmu bay, No. 2,iUU ; scale, masS inchue.

Chup. XV,]

NASH BAY AND IllVKll.

507

tlie centre ol' MirtHiitii vulloy, beuriuj,' N. by K.. uiul Leiuliny point
(Houth Hide of Nuss river) seen just open of Fort point (nortli-weat
entrance of Nass rivtr), btuiring N.K. by E. .', K.

Caution. — A stron^-^ ebb tiile will be felt in this i)o.sition,anil care
must be exercised in taking,' up a berth, aw Canoe flat is very steep-to,
and it is recommended to use the deep-sea lead in ajjproaching it.

Tides. — It is hif,'li water, full and chanye, at Nass l)ay, at Ih. ^nn. ;
sju'ings rise 17 to 2',) feet.

ICEBERG BAY, the south-west arm of Xass bay, is ;\ miles
long in a S.S.W. direction, and not less than 7 caideii wide ; the head
of the bay, terminating in a low swampy Hat, froi>ted by a saml-tlat,
is only ."? miles from the head of Nasoga gulf.

At the entrance of Iceberg bay the depth of 10 fathonu, and less,
will be found ; but as the heail of the bay is apjtroached the water
will deepen to over 40 fathoms.

Anchoragre may be obtained ai the entrance to Iceberg bay, in
7 to 8 fathoms, mud, with the north-west entrance point of Nass bay
(Xorth point) seen in line witli the north-west entrance point of
Iceberg bay (Double islet point) bearing N.W. by W. .} W. ; distant
(5 cables from the latter.

NASS RIVER Hows int(» the north-east corner of Nass bay, the
mouth of the river being, however, obstructed by a siind-flat, which
dries at low water, auvl extends towards Iceberg bay. Kii>ple tongue,
the south-west extreme of this extensive Hat, lies 2}, cables North
from Double islet point.

Within the river, the navigation is dilhcult and dangerous, the
channel at low water being b.irely availal)le for large canoes ;
local steamers, however, from Victoria, drawing (5 feet water, venture
up, though they frequently run aground ; it is recommtudeil not to
attempt the river until the strength of the Hood tide has slackened.
The channel is liable after freshets to change.

Nass river, at its entrance abreast Fort point, is li miles wide,
whence its direction is K.N.E. for 7 miles, and N.N.E. for 7 miles,
to abreast the Nase vilhiges. The channel near the mouth of the
river being tortuous, the distance l)y the channel from Fort point to
the Nass villages is about I(] miles. The south, middle, and north

>Ste chart, No. 2,rJo.

hOR

1'OUTLaND inlkt.

[Chap. XV.

vilhipes are known, rcripwtivoiy, by thi- Uiiiiu's of Kit niin i ook, Kit
liili kuni kii lUih, unci Kit it kaiizc The river i-ontiniicM in a north-
eaHtorly direction for ,''> niihis beyond the h»\ver Nass vilhi^es,
and there divides, oni' brancli takinj: a north-westerly direction.
Kilawi'ih'iks, the head of canoe navij,'ation, is situated on the north-
went branch 40 miles from the lower Nass vilh^es.

Tides.-- The time of hi,!,'h water al the h>wer ?*'ass villa^'es is un-
certain, depending api>an'ntly u[)on the fres!iets down tlie river.
Tliere was no shick at higli water, the water In-yinuiny to fall im-
mediately it has ceased to rise (August, IStiS). At low water there
was slack for one hour and a half. In the month of August the flood
stream was not felt al)ove the Middle bank, and from Indian report this
is the case at all seasons.

Ice. — The river is reportoil to freeze over down to its mouth during
severe winters.

Fish. — 'I'he ILuilican, from which the nutritious in\ is obtained,
the principal suslenanct' of the Indians, are caught in great numbers
during the spring, as also are salmon. For this purpose, nunu'rous
Kshing weirs are erected along the banks of the river, especially on
the south shore ; and about II) miles up, near Stony point, there i.s
an establishment where the hsh are siilteil down and shipped to
Victoria.

OBSERVATORY INLET, northward of Nass bay, is called
by the hi liaiis Kit sah wati ; in some parts the shores are low, ami
wooded, the land rising at a few miles l)ack to 4,(MHi and r),(MH( feet
high. The low wooiled shore has an undergrowth of thick moss,
overlying rock, and saturated with moisture, which renders travelling
cUmcult."

Salmon cove (Kwinamelith) lies on the western sluu-e, 11) miles
from liamsd«-n point and W.) miles from Wales point.

Richard point, the north point of KaUnon cove, is a long, 'vooded,
conspicuous projectivui. From its north-east e.xtreuje Ihi' land trends
in a south-westerly direction, for i ] miles, to the heail of Salmon cove,
which is barely 15 cables wide. A sjind-flat extends 2 cables from the
south shurti at the entrunce to Salmon cove.

* Set- ohi..4,. No. 2,45X.

C.h-.m. XX.] NASS HTVKII.— OHSKRVATOIIV IXLKT.

'»(>!•

Anchora^'e wus ohtainod hj- Vuncouvor in Salmon cove " in .'51 and
" :')5 fathoijis waicr, muddy and small stony bottom. The points <»f
" the cove bore by compass N.N.E. and S. by E."

Brooke island, '2| miles lon^r and half a mile broad at its
northern end, is low and wooded. The south extrenu' of this island
lies 4 miles northward of KiehartI point, and '» cables from the
eastern shore. Several patches of rock, which uncover at low water,
extend 5 cables northward from Hrooke island (liaehjukiyeht).

Paddy passjifj^e is half a mile wide, bet\v»'en Brooke island and the
eastern shore, but near its northern end it is bju-ely '1 cables wide;
it is reported un.safe and should not be used.

Frank jjoint, situated .') miles N. by W., from Hichard point, and

1| miles from ilie wesit'rn ehoi f Hrooke island, is low, and

wooded. Xschwan is the name of a .salmon fishery which lies at
the head r>f a small bay on the Mcsterii shore, I miles northward of
Fnvnk point.

Larcom island, situated nearly in mid-chainiel, at the mouth of
Ilastin^'s arm, is about "» miles lonj,', N.X.W. and S.S.E., with an
avei-a^'*' breadth of half a mile ; Us south extreme lyin*,' IJ cables N.W.
from Brooke island. The island is tiat, wooded, and comi)arativ(dy
low. At its sonth-wesi end, there is an extensive lujroon.

The channtd westward of Larc<»m island is obstructed near the
north eiul of that island by several islets :in<l rocks, and is only
available for boats.

Hastingrs arm i)asses eastward of liarcom island, and takes a
a;»neral X.W. .', X. direc'ion fori miles, thence westward for about
one mile, and N.W. by N. for '.• miU's, until it terminates at the head
of the inlet.

This branch of Observatory inlet is from oiu'-half (o one mih' wide,
terminatinsi in a woodt'd swamp, fronted Ity a mud Mat,

The water in Hastingrs arm is deej), and has no known anchon»|,'e
^'rotnul. If proeeedini,' into this chaimel, pass miil-channel betwc-en
I'rooke and Larcom islatids, taking' care lu avoid the fold f^round
which extends half a mile northward from the former.

Alice arm, the eastern bratich of Observatory inlet, I'nun its
jnncti(»n with Ha.stin.t,'sarm, runs in a north-easterly direction 1 1 miles.
This arm is obstructjtd at its entrance by a snnill wooded islainl
t^liidtliu island) which divides it into two channels '.\ cables wide.

Srr cUiirt, No. 2,4 r>s.

510

monTLAND CANAL.

[Chap. XV.

lil '■

A rock, which dries about ;') feet at low water, lieH U cubk'ri W'jst
from the south end of Liddle islaml.

A rock, with 10 feet on it, lies with the north end of IJddle
island bearing S. 2U' E., dirttani nearly 2 cables. The channel
betwe«'n thi.^ rock and Davies point has <I t'atiioniH in it, and is
recituunended in ])r»'rerence to passing between the rock and I.iddle
island.

Alice rock, with 7 feet on it, lies southward of Hans point, with
the north end «»f Liddle island bearing S. l\ W., distant 1^ miles.
There is lUu^p water on either side of this rock, but vessels should
pass eastward of it, the western extreme of Urooke island in liiu^
with the western extrenu- of Liddle island leading half a cable
eastward.

Perry bay, situated on the eastern slntre at the entrance to Alic»'
arm, is 2^ cables wide, and takes a southerly direction for nearly
one mile, with dejtths of 14 and IK fathoms, mud bottom, in
mid-chanmd.

Off its western entrance point lies a small islet (Sojjhy islet). .Vt
the head of the bay there is a salmon fislu'ry (Muckshwanne).

Tides. — It is high water, full antl change, in Observatory inlet
at Ih. Tim, ; springs rise 2',) feet, neaps 12 feet. Abreast Xass bay,
the ebb runs with great strength, the blue water being clearly
defined when meeting the muddy watt-rs of th.o Nass river.

The strength of the stream in Observat<.; y inlet dejjends upon
the freshets caused by the melting snow.

PORTLAND CANAL.~At about 20 miles from Wales point, an
arm branches «! njilea N.W., wiln an average breadth of 1 \ miles. Here
Pearse channel stretches S.W. From this the canal trends Northerly
for about .'')5 miles to its termination. It possesses few and
indift'erent anchorages.

In i)lace8 the mountains rise almost perpendicularly above the
high-water line to the height of t),(M)0 feet.

The two rivers Bear and Salmon at the head of Portland canal are
separated by a high ridge of bare mountains. Oii the east side of
the valley of Hear river a mountain range (extends in an east aiul
west directifm ; mount Disraeli, the highest [)eak of the range, being
a snow-clad pinnacle, 7,(KM) feet high. The delta of the Hear and
Salmon rivers consists of a mud Hat, which covt-rs at high water, and
extends over one mile from the mouth of the former river. This
deposit of mud is nearly steep-to, breaking down suddenly to no
bottom at 40 fathoms.

ik'e chart, No. 2,Ar>H.

Chaj). XV.]

DO(}PISH HAY.— LKADINO POINT.

r.u

During the month of August, a curn'ut of about l.V knots an hour
has been observed, settinir down I'ortland canal, for 25 miles below
the mouth of l?ear river.

Timber, &C. — Pint^ ami cedar are the ))rinci|)al trees met with,
th(> former tali, and almost l>are to the top, and frequently above
100 feet high. Cedars are found in many i)laces of great size, with
bninches close to the ground. Maple trees are occasionally seen,
being distingiiishe<; ]iy thc\r Hglir and varief,'ated tints of green.
Yellow cypress is iilso met with, being distinguished from the i)ine
by its leaf, convex on both sides, and by its peculiar odour.

The wo(»(| of the yellow cypress is light, t<tU'.'h, and dur.ible. and
useful for rei)airing .^r building boats.

Dogrfish bay, situateil on the eastern shore, about ))\ miles north-
westward of Uamsden point, isabout U miles wide, half a miledeej),
and faces the south-west; it is, howev«'r, tilled by a ssmd tlat at low
water, rendering it useless as an anchorage. Windy islet is small,
and lies close to the shore at the nctrth entrance \>mnt of Dogfish
bay.

Tree point, on the western shore, 4.^ miles from Portland point
is low, wooded, and conspicu(*us, with high land at about one mile
south of it. Tree point reef extends half a mile in a northerly
direction from Tree point, and is nearly steej)-to. Spit point, on the
eastern shore, t> miles from Hanisden point, is the turning point into
the northtirn reach. Between Spit i»oint and Doglish bay several
small woodeil islets lie close to the eastern shore, and are connected
with it at low water. A tongue of sand, which uncovers at low
water, extemls li cables s(tuth-west from Sjjit point.

Heef island, a small island lying on the western shore abrea.t Spit
point, lies 'J:{ miles N.W. fntm Trt'e b'.ulf, and 1 [ miles W.S.'tV. from
Spit i)oint. Two small bays, with sandy beaches, lie u.ider Ueef
island, in which a boat may tind shelter. A reef with rocks awash
at high water, and sunken rocks, extends 2 cables K.E. fnun Reef
island.

Leading* point, a high bold p(»int, on the sv«'Stern shore, lies
2^ miles north from Heef islaiul. Dickens i)o lit is on the eastern
Bhore, 4 miles from Spit point, the coast between them having a
considerable curvt* to the eastward.

Sre chart. No. 'i^W.

■)12

PORTLAND CAXAr,,

[Chap. XV.

A flmall black rock, K ft-at above hif?h wator, li(^H close sonth of
Dickens point, antl a le(lf,'e of rocks wliicii uncover, extends 2 cables
from the point.

Sandfly bay, situated on the wcbtern shore, abreast Dickens
point, is half a mile wide, and three quarters of a mile deep in a
north-west direction, t«'rminatini,' in a swam)* with streams in the
north-west and north-east corners. At the norili i»oint of the l)ay,
two small islets lie clos«' to the shore. Saridtly bay is nearly Idled up
at low-water by a saml-flat, with deei) water close-to, and is therefore
useless as an anchoniKe. Stoi)ford i)oint, Ixdd and consijicuons, lies
on the eastern shore, '.\\ miles from Dickens point.

Halibut bay on the western shore, 4 miles from Sandfly bay, is
half a mile wide at its i ntrance, and e.xtentls back li miles in a
N.W. by W. direction, luiviu},' an extensive swamp at its head,
through which three larj^e streams flow. Off tlu' south ])oint of this
bay lie a cluster of small black rocky islets.

The anclu)ra^'e in Halibut bay is in mid-chanind, at '.\ cables
within the entrance, in (I to 10 fatljoms, mud Imltoni. It is hiyh
water, full and chanjje, at Oh. IV >m. ; sprinjjs rise ll).^ feet, neaps 1.') feet.

Cross islet, a small wooded islet, connected at low water with
the shore, lies close northward of Ilaliljut bay. .\ rude wooden
crosa was found on this islet, ))laced there at some remote j)eriod,
api)arently to mark a s^rave. Lo^an point lies on the eastern shore,
.'JJ miles from Stopford point. At '^ miles south-east of Lofjan
|)oint, is Dent mountain, .'>,0.'>7 feet hi^h. ( 'am]) p«»int, on the western
shore, is the turning point of the northern arm, which abreast of that
point changes in direction from North to W.N.W.: it is wooded,
bold, and precipitous.

Hattie island, situated n(*arly in mid-channel, abreast C'ani])
point, is 400 yards long north and south with some stunted brush
growing upon it. .V ledge of rocks awash, and sunk(Oi rocks, extend
2 cables northwanl from Hattie inland. The water is deep on either
side of the island, beyond the distance of 2 cables from it. but the
channel wt'stward of the island is recommended.

Fljirclay valley lies on the eastern shore, abreast Hattie island ; a
large stream flows through it, and the neck of land sepaniting
Portland canal and Salmon cove (Observatory iidet) is here about
4 miles across.

.<*■(- chfirt, No. 2,458.

Ohaj). XV.]

SANDFLY BAY. — TURN POINT.

513

Landslip point lies on the eastern shore, 2 miles northward of
Hattie ishmd. Three conrtpicuouH huidHlipH are seen on the moun-
tains south of Landslip point. Biuft" point terminates in a high
bold clifV, and lies on the eastern shore, 2 miles from Ijimdslip point.
The channel abreast lUud' point is one mile wide. Breezy point,
on the western shore, 4 miles from Camp point, is conspicuous, and
the land recedes to the southward between Camp and Breezy points.

Tombstone bay lies on the western shore, ;{ miles N.W. by N.,
from Breezy point. At its entrance, the bay is 3 cables wide, and
takes a southerly directiim, narrowinj? rapidly, until it terminates at
cme mile within the imtrance at th(^ mouth of a river.

An extensive well -wooded valley lies at the head of the bay, and
on the north side of the valley, a remarkable mountain, with a snow-
clad summit of dome shape, rises to the height of {)J)0() feet. Trout
are plentiful in the river flowing into this bay. Berries are found
in abundance, especially the wild raspberry.

Maple point lies on the eastern shore, '^ miles from Bluff point.
Afaple trees grow upon this point, and when in leaf render it con-
spicuous. Immediately northward of Maple point is a bay, with a
large stream flowing into it, fronted by a sand-flat. Swamp point, a
low, marshy, wooded point, through which a river flows, lies .'$ miles
N.W. ^ W. from Maple point. A sandspit extends half a mile to the
southward from Swamp point.

Pirie point, situated 2 miles N.W. by W. from Swamp point, is
high, bold and conspicuous. A sandspit extends 2 cables from the
eastern shore midway between Swamp and Pirie points. White
point lies on thci eastern shore, 4 miles from Pirie point.

Turn point lies on the western shore, H miles from Tombstone
bay and is high, boKl, and conspicuous. Steep point on the western
shore, (5 miles from Turn point, is bold and steep-to. Two large
streams flow into the sea, mid- way between Turn and Steep points.
Foggy point lies on the western shore, t! miles N.W. .^ W. from Steep
point. Hay islet, on the eastern shore abreast of Foggy point, is
small and wootled, and lies one cable off a point which divides two
sandy bays, be'ing connected with the point at low water. Gn'en
islets are two small, wooded islets, on the eastern shore, 2 miles from
Bay islet. Close northward of these islets there is a considerable

Sfe obart, No. 2,458.

so 11948

514

POnTLAND CANAL.

[Chiip. XV.

tract of ('(unpariitivrly low liiml, thickly wooilcil, throiiK'li which a
lurf,'c Htcimi llowrt. Slal) point, torminatiuf,' in a hi^'h, Hinooth, ulatc-
coloured dill", licH on the wcwtcrn shore, 2 miles from Foj^^y point.

Blue point, on th;' eastern whore, 5^, miles from Green islet, and
1 1 miles from Ciifl" point (on the western shore), terminates in hi,i,'h,
bold cliffs, of purple blue colour, and basaltic forniation. Closo south
of the point, an extensive wooded valley extenils to the north-east-
ward, through which two lar<,'e streams How. A saiidapit extends
off their mouths to the ilistaiice of 2 cables. (Uiff" jKunt terminates
in high white cliffs, and is steep-to.

Verdure point, <»n the western shore, lies 4 miles N.W. by N,
from Clift' point. The majde trees growing ujxm this ])oint, when
in leaf, render it conspicuous.

Mid-way between Cliff and Verdure points, there is an extensive
wooded valley, through which a large strt>am flows in a south-
westerly direction. Close northward of Verdure point is a bay, with
a C(msplcu(ms sandy beach at its head. Landslip point, one mile
N.W. by N. from Verdure i)oint, is conspicuous, it haviixg a high
landslip over it.

Round point is the turning point, on the eastern shore, into
the northern and last ntach of Portland canal. With the exception
of a small bay, which dries throughout at low water, tht* eastern
shore northward of Blue point, for (I miles, is high, bold, and
almost inacessible. The northern extreme of Hound point lies G miles
from IMne point.

Marmot river, on the tastern shore, 2^ miles from the mouth
of Bear river, flows through an extensive valley which lies in an
easterly direction. A sandspit extends S cables off the mouth of
Marmot river, and is steep-to. At the head of the valley, a mountain
range with three conspicuous peaks, 4,<)(K) to .'i.tKH) feet high, extends
in a north-west and south-east direction.

Salmon river, on the western shore, Ik miles from Bear river,
is separated from that river by the Reverdy Johnson mountains,
a range of bare mountains 4,0{K) to SjtHK) feet high. It is a stream
of considerable size, and the valley through which it flows is half
a mile wide at its mouth, the river then takes a north-westerly

Sfr chart, No..2.4ri8.

Clmi). XV.] ULUK POINT— OBSERVATION SPOT.

.■(i:.

ilin^ction, widening to ono and 2 miles, and Ih Hanked hy hi^h
mountains.

Bear river flows throui^h an extensive woodt'il flat, at the head
of the Portland canal, and dividus near its month into sfVtTal
streams, from which, diirini? the summer m(»nths, wlun the snow
is meltinpr, a considerable body of water passes <tut into tln' inlet.
The valley throufjh which this river Hows extends 10 miles in a
northerly direction from the month of hear rivtr. ami is thickly
wooded, and Hanked by the Gladstone mountains, 4,.S(K) feet hi^di ;
it terminates at the foot of the Disraeli mountains, a rauf,'e which
extends in an east and west direction.

The Hear ami Salmon rivers have a mud flat extending,' across
their mouths, rendering' communication, even by canoes, dillicult at
low water. Commencing at about '.) cables south of Salmon river
Vidley, this deposit of mud extemls across the canal in a north-
(^asteiiy tlirection, passini? over (»ne mile from the mouth of liear
river. The edge of the bank is steep, breaking down suddenly
to 24 fathoms.

Anchoragre may be obtained in 2o to iW fathoms, soft mud,
about 1| cables below tlu* Hear river Hats on the eastern sidt' ; the
holding ground is gooil, but the anchorage is unprotected, being
exposed to the southerly winthi coming up the canal and the
northerly winds that sweep down the Bear river valley.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at the head of Port-
land canal at Ih. iiOm. ; springs rise from 2'i to 27 feet, and
occasionally 30 feet, neaps 15 to 20 fe(!t. In August it was noticed
that the night tides rose considerably higher than the day tides.

Observation spot, at the wooded high-water mark of the point
near the centre of the month of Hear river, was found, by
observations, to be situated in latitude '»')' '»,'>' \',V N., longitude
129^^ 5'.)' 17" W.

See chart, Nu. 2,408.

SO 11V48

2K2

r.ic

CHAPTER XVI.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS.

Variation, i>6° Kawt in 1898.

QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS, consisting of throe
principal islands, may be regarded as a partly submerged moJintain
range, — a line drawn from the southern extrniiity of the islands to
their north-western jwint, representing its axis, — which, together
with several smaller islands, forms a compact archipelago, situated
between the parallels of ')!" 50' and 54° 1.5' N., and the meridians
i:W54'and 1:5:?° 10' W.*

The geneml character of these islands is mountainous and heavily
timbered, and the mining resources are very extensive. The chief
item of trade is in fur seals.

The channels between the main islands are named Houston
Stewart and Skidegate, the former or southern channel separating
Prevost and Moresby islands ; and the latter, or northern, Moresby
and Graham islands.

PREVOST ISLAND, the southernmost island of the group, ia
about 12^ miles long north and south, with a breadth of 8i miles.
The land gradually rises northward from cape St. James (its south
point) till near Houston Stewart channel, where it has in places an
elevation of about 2,000 feet, which heights, if the weather is clear,
will be the tirst land seen on approaching (Jueen Charlotte islands
from the southward.

The east coast «)f Prevost island is bold, and in many places
bordered by steep cliffs. This part of the coast, between cape
St. James and East point, a distance of 12 miles, is indented by two
bays or inlets, the southern apparently inconsiderable, while Luxana
bay, the northern, is probably .'J or 4 miles in depth. From East
point the shore trends north-westward G or 7 miles to Moore head,

* Si-f Admiralty charts : — Queen Charlutto islands, No. 2,4:iO ; Hcale, m = UlS of
an inch. AUo. Tape Caution to Port Simpson No. \,V'i:t, a and b ; soale, m = Ul'S of
an inch.

Chap. XVI.] PRKVOST laLAM).— DANCKIl R0CK8.

517

thfi south-eiiBt entriince point of Hojistoii Ste>\'art channel. Tht*
nhore is mwch broken, heinjf penetrated by inlet« which extend back
among the hitrh hillH. Several Hniall IslandH lie of!' it, one of which
is bold, densely covered with trees, and has a liei>?ht of !.'><• feet.

The western sidf of Prevost island, between cape St. James and
the western entranet- of Hoiistnii Stewart chaiuu-l, for about 12 rnihs
is apparently bold, but it is less known than the opposite side. The
land near cape St. James is not so thickly wooded as that to the
northward.

Oape St. James, so named by Captain Dix<m wh«» ronnded the
cape on St. James' day, 17H7, in the Qnirn C/itiriofh; appears to be
the southern extremity of an island one mile in <liameter, the narrow
channel separating it from I'revost island running W.S.W. and K.N.E.
The southern point of cape St. James is a vertical cliff about the
same height as the larger ot the islets lying uH" it (ISO feet).

The cape slopes gradually from a summit 1,()(H> feet high to the sea.

Cape St. James is situated in latitude it[ ^A' N., longitude
131° 2' W.

Kerouart islets received their name from I^ Perouse, and
consists of a chain of rocky islets and rocks which extend from caj>e
St. James iH miles in a south-easterly direction, corresponding with
that of the mountain axis of tlu' ij;roup. A sunken ledge is rejwrted
to extend 1^ miles further in the same direct i<tn.

As seen at a distance of some miles to tin north-east, Kerouart
isleta appear to form three groups, the first ij'ing close to cape
St. James, consisting of two large rocks (Hummock islets) ISO feet
high, the second of one large and several smaller rocks, and the
third and further southward, of two or three rocks of 1(M> feet in
height, and a number of lesser ones. These islets are remarkable,
standing boldly up with rounded tops, and vertical cliffs on all sides;
the smaller rocks having the sjime pillar-like form so frequently
found where a rocky coast is exposed to the full sweep of a great
ocean. They serve as secure breeding places for innumerable galls,
puffins, and other sea birds.

Dangrex* rooks. — About '^ miles northward of the eastern entrance
to Houston Stewart channel, and at about 2 miles ofT the low and
densely wooded point between the oast entrance of Houston Stewart

See chwcU, Noe. l,923i!>, 2,i30.

518

t^l KKN CIIAKLOT'IK ISLANDS.

[Chiip. XVI.

chuimcl ;iii<t ('iir|»«'ii(»'r hiiy, in ;i \vi\m' of ntckn, lyiiiK ii littU- ,il»n\»-
WiiltT, <»n wliicli tin" Ht'u bniaks violi'iitly, iiiul for a conBi(l«'nil>l»'
(liHtancc iinmnd ; other rocks vmcirclo thcw, but thoy uro undrr
wutor.

Approiicliinf,' IlouHtoii Stt*wart chamiol from the northward, th»'Ho
rockH nhoiiid bo j^ivi'ii a widu berth.

HOUSTON STEWART CHANNEL treiulH fn.m Mcx.re h.-ad
W.S.W for 21, Jiiih'S to Hornby point, tlivnce S.S.W. for :'. milert to
tlie entrance from the Pacific ocean. Oppowite the bend formed by
Hornby point \n Hone liarbour. fiOiiHcoone, at th«' wcHt entrance of
the channel and juHt witiiin Anthony island, is said to be a «Jo<l
harbour, similar to l?ose harl)our. The country rouml this locality is
mountainous, mostly rising' steeply from the coast, and thickly
wooded ; the 'rees, however, are stunted and show much dead wood,
the roi>ts holding,' to the ahnost naked rock. There is no arable land,
and the soil is poor. Hea otters are numerous.*

Entering: from the Eastward. — This t'utrance may l)e known
by its bold south point, and the round thickly wooded islet. Atal)out
4 miles from the entrance there are i)() fathonts water, and the depth
gradually shoals to 20 fathoms to within one mile of it; from this
distance ofl", the soundings are very irrefjular, varying? from lit* t(»
7 fatlKMus over a series of rid},'es or bars of rock, sand, shell, aJid
mud. In the t'utrance, which is about one mile wide, l)etween
M<»ore head and Lani,'ford point there are 20 lathoms water, with u
rocky bottom.

Raspberry cove.— Within Forsyth point, at one mile wes'waril
of Lanj,'ford jjoint on the northern side, is a snuir bay, bordered by a
Biuuly beach, in which, at about two-thirds of a mile from Forsyth
point, and at one-tJiird of u mile from the beach, is a secure and
cimveniont anchora>,'e in I (J fathoms. In the north-west part of the
bay is Hasi)bcrry cove, into which a stream of wau r Hows.

Rock. — At a quarter of a mile westward of Forsyth point, and a
little to the northward of the lin«' of the direction of the channel, is
a rocky patch with kelp on it which dries at low-water si)rinps; do not
therefore, haul to the northward too soim after entering.

On the southern side of the channel are some small wooded islands,
here aiul there fringed with outlyinjir patchew of kelp, which latter
should always l)e avoided.

* See Admiralty plaiiti of ports, ius. in Queen Charlotte iBlands, No. 2,168.

('Iiii|i. XVI.]

HUL'STON STKWAliT ClIANNKL.

r)l!>

Trovan rook Ihh ]\ mil-s W.S.W. frnm KnrnMli pniiit. Hourly
inid-cliiinncl, iunl contnictiii^' tin* piissii^M- on its iiMrth<>ni riitli* to
riillnr l»'rtH fluin half ii mili- ; patclu'K of kt'l|> iiml KlUn inliintl, the
lar^'i'Mt of the inlaiMls liclon- iiiciitioiicil, rt-ilticc thf chaiiiiol on tlu'
Houthorn Hide of it to ahoiit onr calilc in width. Tnvan roi-k iH
covtTPd at high watur ; rioHo to tlie n«»rth hitU- of it thf depth in
7 fat horns.

Anohoragre. — Then' is a good anchor.igc t«» the t-astward of Klhai
inhuid, ill a bay formed by tiic inlaml andarot-ky patch which covorn
at iialf tide, at nearly half a iniU; eastward of the inland. The
anchorage! iti in 14 fathouiH, mud, and the tidal stream ia not fult.

Quadra rooks conHi^t of a jtateh 120 yards long in a N.N.E. and
S.S.W. direction, and (lO yardu wide, tlie two shoalewt HpotH ])oing at
eitlior extnMno with (I fcn-t water on them, 12 to 14 feet in other
placoH, and .") to ti fathcmis around. The patch can he sc^en at high
water, and is marked at times during slack watt-r by kelp ; with the
tithil stream running it is distinguished by overfalls and tide ripH.
From tlu' west extreme of tlu^ rocks, Hornby point bears H. ^ K.
r)J cables, and south extreme of H(»ss island VV. by H. i S, The
spring rise, in May, was observed to be 1(1 feet.

Rose harbour. — This secure and capac-ioiis harl»onr on the nortii
side of Houston Stewart eliannel. takes a N.X.W. direction between
Catherine point on the west and Ross island on the east, for ',) miles
from its junction with the channel. For the first 2 miles the avcigo
breadth of the harbour is three-(juarters of a mile, th»' western shore
rising boldly with deep water close-to ; the eastern shon^ although
high, hiis kelp along it, with shoal water, extending for one to
2i cables. The harbour then contracts to half a mile in width
between two low points forming its head, beyond which is a basin,
about 2 miles in circumference, filh-d with rocks and wooded islotB,
having on its western side Sedmond river, a small stream abounding
in the season with geese antl ducks. The land on its north and wep'>
sides is high and mountainous, whilst that on its eastern side is low.
This basin is separated from South cove in Carpenter bay by a narrow
neck of low wooded land.

Pincher rocks lie nearly 2 cables S. by E. from the east entrance
point of the basin.

.Sir churl. Ku. '2,llM.

:>2u

gUEEN CHAllLOTTK ISLANDS.

[Ch»V. XVI

Entering: fyom westward. — rhc .somlifin arm nf iiDUrttou

StPWiirt channol \h about 'A miloH l»n»>j, aiul tiirt't'-iiiiaricrrt of a mile
wide, with Hevonil Hiiiall islands (Ofordon ish's) at its sonthorn
entrance. The shoreM of both sides are bold and d«'nsely \vood«'d.
Those from the soTithward bound in by this entrsmce, when abreaHt
cape St. .liimes, shoidd chw the hind to IJj ndles, and after coasting
it for about 12 miles, the entrance will oi)en. Two remarkable
white stripes down the mountains, tl or 7 miles to the north-west-
ward, are excellent landmarks.

After passing at a convenient distance to the southward of Anthony
island, the larj^'est and outer island at tlie entrance, which is '.'(Ml feet
high, with whitt^ clill's (of! the southern end of which an extensive
ledffe of rocks i)rojects 1 cables in a so>ith-west direction), tin* channtd
will show itself. Flat rock. ')() feet hi^h, and resembliuf,' a
haystack, lies much nearer the western than (he eastern side, and
which should be kei)t on the ])ort haiul, will l)e a jjood <j:uide. There
is an Indian villaj,'e known as Ninstints, (tf the Skanjxoi iril»e, on the
inner side of Anthony island ; the natives are very wild, and persons
visiting' or trndin^f with them should be on thi'ir {,'»»H"il-

MORESBY ISLAND, the centn> of the three principal islaiuls
of the Queen (Charlotte j^rnup, is 1'2 miles lon^', but explorations on
its east coast have result«'d (l»y tracing,' out of the channels), in leaving;
it a mere skeleton, in i»laees varying' from only I .[, to '2 miles in
breadth. The highest aiul most rugge<l part of the island is i>robal)ly
in about latitude .'i'i" '.W, where nuiny peaks bear patches of perennial
BDow, and attain altitudes of over r),(KK) fe(>t. Also on Louise island,
and about the head of C'umshewa, the land is very ruj;>,'ed, with
many peaks of over .'5,(M)(» and l,(H)0 fei't in hei>,'ht.'

Carpenter bay, the southernmost l)ay on the east side of Moresby
island, is between Iron point on its north-western, and Islet point on
its south-eastern side, a little over '2 miles wide, extendijig westward
about .') miles. It is not ([uite land-locked, but is sheltt-red from the
only direction (>th«'rwise (exposed, by a little rocky ri-ef which
extends out fnun its east side. On its south side an* two small bays,
the western of whi( h, .South cove, approaches near to the head of
Rose harbour. At its head is good anchorage for a snuill vessel in
from l! to 10 fathoms.

CariK'nter bay ends westward in a narrow arm, which receives two
HtreHins. It resembles the liead of Hose harbour in l)eing tilled with

• .*»■ oh»rt«. Now. 1 ,W2;JA, a,43().

Chap. XVI.] MOUIvSHy island.— SKlXCllTjiK ini.kt.

521

smitll rocky iHlaiitls, aixl na-k.s, luakiuu •' uuHal'c tor ivni a .small
craft. TIm- general character of the country surrounding,' the haj is
like that of Houston Stowart ciiannt 1. In -I-'mv there were many
Heuls in tlie bay.

ColliSOn bay, situaiud i)et\veen Cariienicr lta,\ .ml Skincuttle
inlet, is alioul 1;} miles wide between UliilV point, its south-east point
uf entrance, iiiid th(> north-west )ioiiit, aiul has a prnl)al)le depth of
2 miles. It riins up into a narrow arm, whicli has not been examined.
Seveml small Islands and rocks lie oil" its entrance, and it iloeg not
appear to bo werviceablu aH a harbour.

Gull rock, 10 feet hi>,'h, bears X.K. i)y H. distant 1", miles from
l)elu;,'e ))(»int, and is tliree-(juarters of u mile olV Moresby island,
between Colliso', l»ay and Skincuttle i ilet. Inner Low rock lies
8.S.K. fnun (full ;ock, and midway l)etW(cn it and Ihf slior-e.

SKINCUTTLE INLET is .'i!^, miles tlei-p in a south-west direc-
tion, with a width (d' I miles Ixtween Delup- point on the south and
(Smnite point on the north side of it-* entrance. Tin' niu'th side of
the inlet is formed by Hurnaby island, and from the north-west aiifjle
lbirnal>y strait luns northward to Juan I'eri'/ sound, and separates
Hnrnal)V island from tin- east shore (d" Moresby isiaiul. 'I'he siiores
of Skincuttle inlet resemble those of other partsof the islands already
described. Near tin' north-west an^'b' of tlie inlet the mountains
riHe Htet^ply to a hei^dit of ;{,IHH> feet t>r more."

The entnince to Skincuttle inlet is south of u chain of islands,
called the ('o|tpt(r islands, lyiiij,' K.N.K. ami ^V.S.W. It is \^ mib'H
wide, but should Id- used with caution as there is reason i<» believe
that a rock, s(unetinies bare, lies in it. The passaj,'o to the north of
the Coi)per islands is contracted, and with one or more rockri in itH
narrowest part.

Granite point is a rather remarkablt^ whitish i-ra^', joined to
the main shore iiy a narrow neck of low land.

Bolkus islands, live in number, wiih many small rocks and
reefs, form a chain about U miles long, lyinK east and west in the
centre of Skincuttl" inb't. The land is low, and on the western and
hirt?«'st of the islands the soil appears to Ix good, though now covered
with dense forest.

*.<>, Ailinindly iiIhii :—Skiiioiiill(! iiiltti uii shuvt uf I'urlit in tjuouti tJbarlotlc
ifilandii. .No. -Mt>H ; uailo, m =x U'6 of un inch.

<^UKK.\ ( HAULwTTK ISLANDS,

[Chap. XVI.

A rock iiwiiHli iit lii;.,'h watur lieH midway iM'tw^en tin- Itolkns
islainiM and tim Houth slior(',;in(l at equal clistanceH from llu' t-ntrancoH
III Flarrict harbour and HuHton iidet. HuHh rock JHrtituatwl oiiocal)le
N.W. from tlu! cast entrance point of Uuston inlet, anil IS caMes
W. ] S. from it in Low lilack rock.

Harriet harbour is 2 miles westward from tiie nouth »niri\iu;e
poini ( I)e!u{,'e point), and e.xtendH nouthward one mile. It Hhov.id be
entered by the channel on the went side of Harriet inland, which lies
at its entrance, aiul a vessel should be kept near th»^ west sifie of the
channel (as sevenil small rocks covered at hi«h wau*r lie aloii^'
Harriet island), and run some distance beyond the inner end of the
island before anchoring,', to avoid the shoal bunk which lies off itn
point. The depth is about 8 fathoms, with f^'ood holding' ground,
and the harbour is well sheltered from most directions, though
subject to ht-avy stjualls from the valley at its head when a southerly
t'ale is blowing.

Huston inlet, l.\ miles west of Harriet harbour, it a wide inlet
whicii runs south-eastward about 1 miles, and then turns to thi' woBt,
in which direction its e.xtret-iiiy was not visited, but it approaches
tlie western side of Moresby island to within about I}, miles.

Tangrle OOVe. — At the western enil of Skincuttle inlet are thre
indentations of the coast, of which tin- southern istieor^^c harbour.
The Mortherji, lyint' at the eniraiute of Ibirniiby strait, is Tan^'le cove,
a well sheltered anchorage for a small vessel, hut a shoal, the extent
of whicli is unknown, lies ofV its entrance. The I'Utrance is l)etween
a snudl island at its south side, and two other litlh> ish'ts to the
north, and in it is a rock which uncov(frHat low water. The mountains
at the head of Tangle cove are steep, and probably reach li.tMM) feet
in height ; part of their upper Hlop«'s are bare nl trees, l)ut apparently
covered with moss, where not compo8e<l of rock.

North side. — On the south sliore of Uurnai)' island Ih a bay,
with st'veral small islamls across the mouth of I, which may be a
good harbotir, tmt it has not benn examined. Firther ciwt, in the
vicinity of ua abandoned copper mine, are lilue Jay and Kingiisiier
covas.

Burnaby strait, b«'tween iLe west shore of Ihiraaby igland and
MuruBby ittlund, ib D mileH iu length between 8kiucuttle inlet and

Ste uhurt, No. 2,IW.

('Iiii|.. XVI.] SKINCUTTl.K INLKT. — ItrUNAHY JSTIt.VlT.

523

.luiiii I'oroz houikI, tin- suutlicni ixirtioii lor tin- (listamc ol abniit
4 wuU'.H lufiiim' narrow, Imt ;,Miniii!,' at (lit- iiortln-ni t'lid an avofii;-/*'
width of l,j miles. All pai-tHo. r.iiii)al>y strait nuist he navi^'iiteil
with f^reat caution, as then- an- many rocks, ami a larj^f jiortion ol'
them art" covered at hijjh water, Dolomit*' narrows, at 2}, sniles north
of the southern entrance, are not more than a ipiarterof a milo wi(i;',
and here the i-liannel is crooke<l, and olistructed by rocks and shoalH,
having' fr(»m ti to S IVel at low water. The tidal streams, however,
are not strong', hut it cannot he recommei:<led as a passsiK*' for any
cmft liirj^er than a i)oat or canoe.

.JttHt south of Dolomite luirrows, from the west side of the strait,
ojtenH Jiajr harhour, expanding' within to a l>asin nearly one mile in
diameter. The Twins, nearly al>reast of Dolomite narrows, on Hurnaliy
islaml, are two consi)ieu«)us mc.intains estimati'd at l,.'i(K) feet in
height.

Island hay, at I.^ miles North of the narrows, e.xtonds westward,
and is '2 miles deep. It was so named from the inindter of small
islands in it, ahoiit 17, and is probably too rocky for a siife harbour.

Skaat harbour, at the north end of Hnrni> by strait, is a bay 2] miles
wide, with a depth of about ."5 miles. Watiderer island and several
MMialler islets lie oil the entrance. The harlxuir turns into a narrow
inlet in its u|)per part, and terminates amon^'hi^^di UKUintains forming
a portion of the axial chain of the islands. Skaat harbour has not
been sounded or carefully examined, but from the character of itH
shores it wouhi be likely to afford ;,'ood ancliora^'e, t-specially wenf-
wanl of Wandei-er island, and if so, it is the bi^st for lar;,M' vet;sels in
this vicitnty. The harbour will probably lie fotmd deejteHt on the
Wanden-r island side, as there is an extonsiv-! lield of kelp oil' the
opposite s lore.

All Alon*' stone and Monument roek fortn ^,'ood marks to the
northern »Mitran«e of lUirnaby strait, near whicdi lies the entrance to
the harbour. Tlu' entrance to Skaat harbour on the southern side of
\\'ander»'r island is very narrow ; at tiie aii^de formed between it and
the shore of Hurnaby strait are two small coves alfordiuK' anchora^'e
for a small vessel, but with wide tiilal flats at their heail, whicli a
short distance beyond low water-mark fall away rapidly into deep
wutttr.

Limestone rook in a dangerous reel, dry only at low waier, but
not ■ Atensive, ihouyh a second rock, also only dry at U>w water, lies a

S-e uhartK, Nuti. 1. 9286, .' 4'M.

521

gi'KKN CMAIMiOTTK ISLAN'DS.

[Chap. XVI,

short difltanco Huuth-eaHt of it. The eastern point of Wanderer islnnd,
in line with that of Centre irtlaiitl, leatJH clear of Umentone rock, one
milo to the Houthwanl of the second rock.

Huxley island, at the nortlieni entrance of i^urnaby Htrait, is
nearly 2 miles Innj,' north and south, and iibout 1} miles l)road ; it is
bold and remarkal)l(\ rising' rapidly from the beach to a heigh* of
1 ,r>tM> feet, Abn'ast the north-west point of the island, in mid-channel,
a cast of 70 fathoms w ah obtained, with a fine sandy bottom.

Burnaby island. — The north shore of Bnrnaby island, 5^ miles
in length N.K. and H.W., is nearly straight on the whole, though with
a few sliallow bays, oin^ of which is called Section cove. Alder
island lies about th«' centre of this stretch of coast ; it is about half a
mile in diameter, nearly Hat, with j)robably a gooil anchorage behind
it, which should be approachetl from the north-west, as Saw reef runs
out from I lie shore of Huriiaby island to the eastward, and this part
of the coast is broken and rocky, with large fields of kelp extending
from it. The hills on the north side of Htirnaby island are estimated
at ;J(Mt to'MH) feet in height.

From Scudder point, the north-east point of Hurnaby islan<l, the
east side of the island tn-Jids southward, allowing the outer of the
Cttpper islands to be seen. A considerable width of low land stn-tches
back from Scudder point, coveretl with an open growth of large but
gnarled spruces. Little beaelus of coarse gravel fill the spaces
between the low shattered rock masses, apparently caused by the
action of a heavy surf.

JUAN PEREZ SOUND has at its eairance, lietween the north
of l?urnal)y lslan<l and Kamsay island, a width of K miles. The
s(umd e.vtends westward, a number of sinaller inlets ami bays
branching oil' from it, and is continued in a more northerly direction
by Darwin sonnd, by which it communicates vvith ilie np})er ends of
the long iidets which extend westward fror.i La.skeek bay. From
th»' centre of a line joining the outer entrance points to the southern
entrance of Darwin sound, .hum Perez sound is liU miles in length.

On its south-western side are Werner bay, Hutton inlet, and
De la Beche inlet, which terminate in narrow channels or fiords,
extending among the axial mountains of Moresby island, and which
have not been examined to their heads. From Werner bay two
small inlets branch. Hutton inlet appears to be about W miles lung ;

U \

See oharto, Nun. l,{V2nb, 2,iSli.

Chiip. XVI. ]

.H'AX PKHKZ mH^Xn.

..','.>

De la Hooho noarly tJ niilos, with a low valley, hiMiuncil in l>y hills
oil I'ither sidr rniinii)^ north-west wan! from lis oxirt'iiiity. None of
these openiii^'H seem to he well a<la|tte(l tor harhoms, as the shores
are bold and rocky, seldoiu showinj? lu-aehes, atul the water to all
appearances too deep for anchonijife.

Bisohoff islands, lyinj,' i" t,'>«' north-west pa»t of .Iiian Peiez
sounil oil' the south side of liVell island, an- low, luil densely wooded.
Tiiere is sheltered anehoraj,'*' for small craft between the tvo larger
inlandH, but it nuist be entered from the weslwani, and with nnieh
caution, <»wini,' to the number of rocks and siinki-n reefs whit.'h
surround it.

Sedgwick bay, alxMit :\ miles deep, on the so\i(li shore of Lyall
island, is oo much exposed for a harlMHir, as southerly winds di-aw
dm'ctly u]) .luan IVrez sound.

Ramsay, Murohlsoc, and Faraday islands are the lari^'est

of a vfnnip of islands forming' the north-easi side of .luan Perez
Hounil.

liainsay island is 2] miles in len^'th east and west, IniH bold hills
lining in the centre, and is densely wooded, lis south shore is hii^'h,
with some rocky el ill's ; two small islets lie olf the north-east side,
which is ru^rj^red and composed of solid nxrk. The north-west shore
ban Heveml coves, but none suited for ancbormfe.

Murchison island is '.*,', utiles Ion;,' ; and Faraday island nearly
2 miles ; both are low.

Between Ramsay and Murchison islands is a small f^roup eoin})osed
of H«>t HpriuK, HouHe, ami a few snuiller islets and rocks. On the
south side of Hot SpriuK island is the spring from which it has its
name. Its situation is eisily reeofritised by a patch id' ^reeii nn)ssy
sward which can be seen from a consi<lerable distance ; sti'am also
>?enerally lutvers over it. The t«'mperaiure is so hi>.'li that the hand
can scarcely bear it with comfort. The water has a slij,'ht smell of
sulphuretted hyd^o^'en, and a barely perceptible siiline taste. The
Indians batlw in a nalunil potd in which the waters of onu of the
streams cutlect.

Between Hot Sprinj,' and Hous«' islands is n yood anchoniKc for
small craft, shelt(*red on idl sides but the north.

See uhwrtH, Noh. 1.92!)//, 2,430.

52t;

<^ri':i;\ ciiAiniOTTK islands,

[('hup. XVI

Tar islands.— Kxictiiliiif,' nnrtliwanl Iroin tin- end of MurchiHon
'iHliind Ih ii cliiiiii of Hinall iHliiiidK iibout I niil(!s lon^, iiiirai'd the Tiir
isliiDdH, iiH the IndiiiitH rc|>(>rt tli:it on oik* of tliciu hitiiininoiis rnutUT
\h fo!iiid, <»o/,inf.j out jiinoii),' the slom-s on Uk; lifacli. Aj,'j^'I(»n»«'riito
island, llic sonf ln'rninosl, lias a]t|»an'ntly liccn hurnt over, and iu
covi'i'cd with Htandiii;,' dead trees. 'JMnw isiaiidH are oidy approxi-
mattdy piaeiul <»n the chart. Nortliwinl of th«'ni lies a sin^fie h)W
island with a few trees on it, nanie(l 'i'lil't islainl.

Kocks dry at h»w water lie hut wocn Karaduy and Min-idiison islandH,
and tln'r»* are several small rooky islets and low-water ro(;ks in th«'
vieinily of Hoi Sprinjr and House islands.

Entering: Juan Perez sound. — Tiioso «'nterin);' the sound

had hetter do so to the southward of lianisay island, till the
narrower (diannels have heen surveyed. No hottoni v as reached
with 1)1 fathoms of line in the centre of tlu! sound .s(Mitl, of Ramsay
island, nor at ahout one mile south-east of the extremity o*' IVischoll'
island. The water is apparently deep througho\it, hut it has not heen
soiindtul.

i t

LYELL ISLAND, ahoui IT) miles in diameter east and \V(!Ht,
and t) miles north and south, is separated from iMoreshy island hy
/Jarwin sound. The island is comi)osed of hilly land, mostly riHin><
at once from tin* shore to hei},dds of IXM) to DIM) feot, and attaining
towardH the centre of the island a hei>,'ht prohahly exceeding I,IKM( f(»et.
It is densely wooded, and on thu low land has some fine timher.
The east coast has not heen surveyerl. A tli inlet, on the north sido
(d' Lyell island, has not heen (examined ; it is ahout ',) miles deep,
with two main arms, and does n«»t appear to he a ^(ood harhour.

Halibut bank.--.\hout '.\ to 4 miles K.N.K. fn»m tln( north-east
point (d' Lyell island is Halihut hank, with 'i!? fathoms watiM* on it.

DARWIN SOUND lies hetwmin I.ycdl island and the west
shore of Moreshy island ami from its Hotuhern entranc«» to White
point is 12 miles in len»,'th N.W. and S.K. ; in width it is irroj,Milar,
hut is a tine navif/ahle (diannel. In the south (tntranci; no hot torn
was found at HI fathoms. When enterinj^ from the southward,
Hhuttle island appears to he nearly round. The channid on itH
eiisti^rn side should he fcdiowed, as this seems to he quit<« free fnim
inipedimentH. AhreaHt the north end of Shuttle island in this
clumnel u cast of IK fathoms wiw ohtained. One mile hi^yond thiH

Utte ohartii, Nuh. I,i)2»<*, U,4SU.

C])i\]). XVI.] I.YKIJ. ISI.ANIi.— KCHO HARnoiTU. '»'}'

point, mill in inid-cluiniuil, in ii low rock which is not readily Hcon,
with a Hccond, uiicov«'r«'d only at low water, a nhoi-t dirttancj* to the
north of it.

Tidal streams. — The Hood Htrcam HetH u|) Darwin hoiuuI from
th«( southward into thct varir)UH inhitn, and then caHtward to the open
Hea a<.'ain l>y KicdiardHon and l<o^an iidetn. The clih in like manner
dniWH throu(;h from end to end in the opposite dire(;tion. TIm> tidal
stream runs at the rate (»f 'i knots at. the strongest.

Blgrsby Inlet. — Tin- solllll-W(^st side of |)arwin sound for .'» n ilcs
from the south entrance is rocky and broken, with se\»>ral coves and
iidets. At that flislance is |{if,'sl)y inlet, extending 'i\ miles in a
west(M'ly dirt>ction. It is a j,'loomy chasm, scarcely half a mile in
width, and surroundetl hy mountains iirohaldy as hi^li as any in the
islands. These rise steeply from the water, siunetinu's attaining in
'he first instance a hei;,dit of :5,(KJ0 feet, and are in jdaces nearly
jterpendicular, hut are mostly well wooded. Kurllur hack, especially
in the southward and westward, massive summits of bare ifranite
rise to ii heif,'ht of -^IKKMo r>,0(M( feet with their (,'(»r>,'es tilled with
drifted snow li(dds. The inlet is almt)st void of anythiii),' like a
beach.

Shuttle island, thoM>,di low, is rocky. The channel lo the west
of it is prol)ably deep eiioiii,'li for vessels of any class, init should
n<»l be used until surveyed. There is a rock, covered at hij,di water,
on the wi'st Hid(! of its northern entrance.

ECHO HARBOUR.—At l.[, miles northward of Shuttle island,
and opposite the inner end of Richardson inlet, is Kcho harbour.
The paHsa;j^e into the harbour runs .southward about one mile, and in
surrounded by hi^li hills which, towards its heail, rise lo ru^'^'cd
mountains. The outi^* part of the entrance has a ilepth of lU fathoms
in it, the sides then approach, leavin;,' a channel scarcely !!<>(( yards
wide but ween abrupt rocky shores.

In the harbour proper the depth is <'verywhere about 1.') fathoms,
decroasinK ^'radually towards the head for a short distance, and th«*n
running' steeply up to a Hat which is partly dry at low water, and
above hiKh-water mark forms a narrow j^raHsy beach. The bottom
iH soft mud, and Dxcidlent iioMinj,' ground. A v«Ty narrow piiHsaK«
IouUh westward fromthi' bottom of the harbour into a secluded IniHiu,

tire obortM, Nun. I,tf2:i//, 2,43U.

528

• JUKRN CirARLOTTK ISLANDS.

[f'ha|». XVT.

scarcely II qnartor of a milo in diainotcr, wliicli, with the exception
of a channel in tlif niiiMle, is nearly dry at low water. Into its
head fhtwrt a lar^'*' Itrook, coming from the mountainH to the Houth-
woBtward.

Klun kWOi bay.— At 2 milcH went of the entrance to Kcho
harhour, tin" short' line falls back in Klun kwoi bay. The baj runs
n|) in several arms, which have not been carefully examined, among
the bases of ruj,'j,'ed snow-clad mountains, which rise steeply from
the sh<»res, or at the sides of the valleys, by which the heads of the
inlets are contimKMl inland. The hi<,'hest peaks aiv probably r>,()(K)feet
or more in altitude. The moinitains of Moresby islanil ap|)ear to
culminate here, and are n(»l such a ]trominent feature further
.southward. To this i)art of the r.inj.'e IVrez's nann' of Si»?rr.i tie San
(,'liristoval may be applied witli the j,'reatest i)roi)riety. The head
of the bay api)roaches the southern arm of Tasoo harbour on the
western side of Mttresby islan<l to within a couple of miles.

Cresoent inlet may be considered as formin ; the extensitm of
Darwin sound northward. It turns j,'ra(lually throujfh nearly half a
circle from a norlh-west Iteariny to a direction nearly s<tuth-west,
and is over 4 miles in length. It is a liord, with, steep mountains
and wooded sides, l)Ut probably not so deep as most similar inlets, as
tlH>r»* are stretches of beach of sonu" lenj,'th. It is not known if the
Indians have any trail across to Tasoo harbour, to which, if correctly
jilaced, the distance across cannot be ^'reat. Red top mountain,
partly bare and abotit ii,(M)0 feet hif,'h, is the most conspicuous peak
in the vicinity, risin).r on the north side of the inlet, at the an;,'le of
the benil.

LASKEEK BAY is the name <,Mven to the wide indentation
of the coast between the north-east extreme of Ly»dl island and
Vertical point, the south-east point of Louise island, bearing? N.W.
and S.K. from each other, an<l 10 miles apart. From Laskeek bay foiir
lartfe inlets extend westward ; of these the two southern, Richardson
and Lof^an inlets, open into the head of Darwin sound.

The two northern inlets, Dana and Helwyn, communicate at their
heads witli the head of Cumshewa inlet to the northward.

RiOhardSOn inlet is about 11 miles in lonf,'th in a W.S.W. ami
K.N.K. direction, with an uvenige breadth of l.^ miles, and is Htraif,'lii,

.Sir uhartH, Nuh. 1,U286, 2,430.

Chap. XVI.] IIICHAHDSO.N AND LCMJA.N INLKT.'^.

r):2;t

with uutdemtply bold Hhorcs. Th«' s<»uth»'ni Hido Ih formed hy Lycll
iHland, A tli inlot bcin^ juHt within the entrance, and Dof^ iwland about
'> niih'H witiiin it. Kun ^a, Tan oo, and Inner ishmtln, from east to
west, form tlic nortln-rn wide. Kiin na iHJand iu about l,.'itHI feet
hi;»h, and forms a <,'ood mark for the entrance ; there is a low rocky
reef some distance eastward of the (uiter ]unut of Kun j^i, and a
seocmd oft" the south const of the siime ishmd. Near Dojj; ishin<l
there are several small islets and rocks ; and at almut '.\}, miles west
of it, on the south side of the inlet, is a cove, when^ a small vessel
can find a convenient anchora^'c, proltably llu' neiirest stopping' plac»)
to Laskeek villa^'c. The channels between Kun n;i and Tan on
and the latter and inner ihlands are probably deep, thouf,'h the first
should be navi^ati^l with caution, and care taken to avoitl the east
end of Tan oo island, as several rocks and patches of kelp lie off it.

Laskeek or Klue Indian village is situated on the eastern extremity
of Tan no island. It is (»ne of the most populous still reuiaining in
the Queen (Charlotte islands. The westt-rn end of Uichardson iidet is
contracted to a width (tf about a quarter of a mile, and obstructed
by a small isliuid and seveml rocks. There is anchonif,'o off this
villafir«> in II fathoms, about 2 cables East of the village. This
anchorage is not a good one, being exposed to N.\V. and S.K. winds,
and is steej) close-to. On anchoring, the houses should not be
brought to bear south of West, as patches of rock stretch out two-
thirds the distance across to the oi)i)osite shorts from Lasket'k jioint,
so that going or coming from the north the east .shore should be kejtt
well aboard, it btung steep-to. In the season, kelp marks the
l)atche8.

The tidal stream runs through Hicliardson passage with considerable
strength, and it is unsuited as an approach to Kcho harbour, though
the most direct way in from the sea.

Log'ftll inlet is about 7 miles in b-ngth, and nearly par.dlel to
I{ichardson inlet, with Flower Pot island, a snutll bold rock, covered
with trees, oft" its mouth. One otiu'r snudi island lies close to the
shore on its southern sid«', but it is otherwise free from obstructions,
and constitutes a fine navigable channel, the best approach to Kcho
liarbour.

Enter to the north of Flower Pot island, and keep in the centn*
of the channel. Kun gji island, as already iiu-ntioned, is high.
Ti tul island, small and with low linu>stone cliffs, lies northward of

SO ll'MH

Sir chtkTti, NoH. 1, 9234, 2,430.

:.:iit

• ^(•KK\ (MIAUI.OTTr: ISLANDS.

[f'llilp. XVI.

it. 'ran <iM ;mtl Iiiiht isiiiinlH an- also liolil, liHiti^' t<* roiiiuifil hills
of iit'ai-ly iniifonii lici^'ht of alxnit SIM) Ict'l. Tlirv have hoiuc ^oihI
gravelly lu'acht'H, tlinii^h immlly cocky.

Timber. — In tin- inlets in the vicinity of l.ycll island t lien- is a
consitli'i-ahlc (|iianlity of line liniltcr, ticcs ^rowiiij,' in ull motlcratcly
love! and slu'ltcrcil places.

Dana inlet runs alxml S.W. I»y W. nearly S miles, with hold
shores ; at its enlr.ince is Ilelnn't island, small, rocky, hi^fh, ami «»f
r<»iindud form. A ^/tecond small island is near it, and from most
points of vi»t\v the channel between tlie two is not seen, and care is
necessary not to mistake this islaiwl for Flow«>r I'ot island, at the
entnince to liO^'an itdet. At its Avestern extremity Dana inlet tnins
northward, communicating^ )iy a narrow Imt apparently dee|> passage
with Helwyn inlet, and thns ciiltin^r olV 'I'al tin kwan island from
Moresby island.

Tal un kwan island is S mil)>s lon^, and 'i miles hroa*! ; the hills
are rounded in I'orni. and from 8(H» to !MMI f»'et liij,'h.

SELWYN INLET is nearly parallel to Dana inlet and about

10 miles in len^'th, and near its head, turning' northward, runs in that
direction for a lik«- distance, forinin^ at IiIkIi water a passap* for
caiUK's into the upper part <d' Cumsliewa inlet, and separates Louise
island from the main shore. The passa^'e is narrow and walled in
on both sides ity mountains which rise very steeply from it.
Kntrance island is small and lies oi\ the north entnim-e jtoint with
a low rock al)OMt om* mile eastwanl of it.*

After ^'iviii),' the islets oH' the north imtnince a wid«' berth, keep
the north shore for a distance of T) miles until the entrance of Kock-
fish harbour is reached.

Rook-llsh harbour in fornuul by a proj(H.tion of low land, at
theaufih'of Selwyn inlet, an<l extends in a W.S.W. dir«'ction lor
about M, miles, with a width of half a mile, aixl an avefni^'e depth of
l'> fathoms. It is u secure and well sheltered anchorage, nmre easily
entered than ('umshewa.

The head of the west biiiuch of Selwyn inlet cannot be more than

11 or 1(1 miles from Mitchell ctr (Jold harbotir ((»n the west cousl), as
a low vuUey ruutt some distance wuHtwiird. At about '.\ miles from

' Sir A'lmiralty |ilun :— SelwjTi inlet on sheet of Vort* in Quti«Mi f'hiirlojtt.'
iNluiiilii. No. J. His : ituuli'. m =U'.j of ixu inch.

IIIHC

ill

it.

with

Ct't'p

<i('k-

<l, at

Ill nf

;isily
lliaii

), ilH

roni

•liitte

<'llii|.. XVI.] SKI.WYN IM.KT. (TMSMKW.V IXLKT.

till' cutniiH't' of the |tiiHH:ij,'«' Uailinj,' to ('imiHhcwii ir< th«' <>|M'nin^ tu
ail iiih't altoiit ',\ milt's ilt-.p in :i Hoiitli-wi st iliri'iiinn, iipimtachitii; to
within I.Jj inil«-H of Mitchell harlnmr. 'I'hi'Hi- iipptT ariiiH of St-lwyii
iiih't ar«> t'liviroiKMl liy hit^li ami ni^|ft>t| iiioiuitaiiiH.

Reef and Low islands arc situated in the outer part of I-'»ske«k
hay. 'I'he Hoiillieni ;iii*l liiNl iiaineil i.s steep aloiit,' the water's etlue,
aiitl a reef niiiH t)tf ahoiit half a mile to the soiithwanl from it. Tiieir
exact position iH not known.

LOUISE ISLAND in altonl ].'» miles loii^' ciist ami west, ami
S miles hi'oail, with lii;;h moiinlaiiis, ami doiilttless the snow on them
lasts lliroiij,'hoiit the summer. l''roin Selwyn inlet the «'ast coiisi of
the Island tivnds north-eastward S mih-s, with several small hays,
fully open to the sea, and mostly rocky.

Vertical point, the northern enii-aii'e point of Lisk«'ek hay.
projects at ahoiit lialf-wa,\ alon^' thi.> stretch of coast, and is
n-markuhle from the sliape of the lieds of ^M'ey liinestoiie nf which it
is composiHl, u^'^M-eKatin^' at least MM) feet in ihi<-kness. North of the
point are the two small Limestone islands, hehiiid which the tide
running' southward aloii^ the coast, forms a race on the ehl).

SkedanS bay, ahout '2 mih's from the eiitr.ince to Cumshewa. is
strewn with sunken rocks and fully o]>en, aii*l should on im accmint
he ciiiered hy vesstds. A lar>,'t> Htreani enters its head, which can he
seen at some distance inlaml formin).r a hi^'h waterfall, ami which.
accordin(r to the Indian.^ Hows out of u hike of some si/.--. hi;:h
anion^' the mountains. SkedaiiH villaj^'e forms a seini-cin le round
tin- head of a small hay or cove, very rocky, whi«h indents the HUith
side of a narrow isthmus, connecting two remarUahle nippK-shaped
hills with thu wain shore. This peninsula is situated at the south
entrance point to Cumshewa inlet, and lietweeii it and the Skethinh
islands, the tide f«>rms a race. Skedaiis islands, distant '.^[, miles
from the shore, are low and covered with trees.

CUMSHEWA INLET extends aitoiit 1') miles westwani, with
a proloii^atitui southward connecting,' it with Selwyn inlet. It di(fi-rs
from the inlets to the soiitii, in the Inw chafarter of ihe land on its
northern shore. There is more heatdi aloti)jr the shores than in the
southern inlets, ami wide tidal-Hats, indicating,' shoaler wator, whii-h
iti not onlv found in the inlet itself, itiit e.Mends oil the citasl.

Sir ohnrti*. Nt)f». I, ".»•_>;»//, '.VMi

MO lllMS

£ I

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

V ^ ,y,._ '^^

1.0

i.l

11.25

u Hi

2.0

U 1116

hie

Sciences
Corporalion

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

- ^

►>

532

QUKEX CHARLOTTK ISLANDS,

[Chap. XVI.

Towards the head of the inlet, the .shores are quite bold in some
places, and the water probably deep.''*

In the entrance of Cnmshewa inlet, to the north of Skedans islands,
are depths of 20 fathoms, with a shell and gravel bottom. Off the
north point of entrance, Cumshewa island, a small barren rock, and
the Cumshewa rocks, extend in a south-easterly direction nearly
1^ miles. When coming from the north, therefore, keep well ott"
the shore till the rocks are passed, and then stand in to the entrance
in a north-westerly direction.

Kin gui island, just within the north entrance point of the inlet,
is covered with dead trees, and can be recognised easily. At about
one mile within the entrance, an extensive shoal, on which the soa
breaks heavily, extends from the south shore, leaving a channel
about half a mile wide between it and the north shore of the inlet.
The passage in is throiigh this channel, in which it is reported there
are depths of 7 and (S fathoms. A few patches of the shoal dry at
low water, but the greater part is indicated only by the kelp whieli
grows thickly on it during the summer. The tidal streams run
strongly in the mouth of the inlet.

McKay cove, within the narrows, on the north shore, is a cove,
where the shore dries out for some distance at low water, but off it
a small vessel may tind a pretty secure anchorage, though the tidal
streams sweep round the cove.

Cumshewa Villagre is situated on the north side of the inlet,
about one mile westward of McKay cove, the houses being built
along the shore of a bay facing south-eastward, ?>^ miles within the
entrance. A small rocky islet, connected with the main at low water,
lies off it.

Anchoragre.— The best anchorage for a large vessel is probably to
be found on the south side, 5^ miles westward of Skedans point and
abreast a stretch of low laud, eastward of a stream.

The COAST.— From the entrance to Cumshewa inlet, the coast
trends north-westward to Spit point, the south point of Skidegate inlet,
a distance of 17 miles. It is indented by two considerable bays.
Copper bay — the northern — about 5 miles from Spit point, received
its name from some copper works which were carried on there
at one time. The land is low, and very different in appearance from

See charts, Nos. l,92:ia, 2,1.30.
* Si'r Admiralty plan : — Cumsl 3wa inlet, on sheet of Ports in Quean Charlotte
ii^lands. No. 2,1(>8 ; scale, 7;t ^ U'5 of an inch.

Chiip. XVI.] CUMSHKWA AND SKIDEGATK IXLETS.

5:?3

coast
inlet,
bays,
ceived
there
from

that of the coast southward. The projecting points are mostly low
and flat, and formed of gravel deposits. "With the change in the
character of the land, the beach becomes flat, and shoal water extends
far ofl; shora, tho depths shoaling from 10 fathoms at '^ miles off
Cunishewa island, to 6 and 7 fathoms at 7 miles otf Spit point.
Near Cumahewa the beaches are almost entirely composed of
boulders, but show more gravel and sand toward Skidegate. The
surface of the country is densely wooded with trees of Targe Bize.

Cape Ohroustclieff, 2 miles to the southward of Spit point,
should not be passed nearer than 5 miles ; the cape is low and dark-
looking. Coming from the southward, it shows very conspicuously ;
when abreast of it. Spit point, the low south point of Skidegate,
becomes visible.

SKIDEGATE INLET, separating Moresby from Graham island,
forms a spacious harbour communicating with the west coast at
Buck point, south of Cartwright sound, by an intricate channel, only
navigable for canoes a portion of the way. Skidegate inlet from its
entrance extends in a south-westerly direction for about 9 miles
from the Bar rocks, where it contracts to a width of 1] miles between
Image point and Flowery islet on the north side of Alliford bay.*

Within these points it opens again, forming two expansions,
separated by Maude island. That part of the northern expansion
eastward of I^ina island forms Bear Skin bay ; the part westward
of the island has several islands in it, with Anchor cove in the
western end. Beyond Anchor cove it turns north-west, forming
Long Arm ; the total length of the inlet from Bar rocks to the head
of Lontj arm being about 21 miles. The southern expansion forms
South bay, in which is South island, its western side passing into
Skidegate channel and thence to the west coast of Queen Charlotte
islands.

The shore of Skidegate inlet is not so bold as those of the flords
to the southward, and is mostly fringed with a beach. The sur-
rounding country is densely wooded, and where the land is flat,
timber of magniflcent growth is found. This inlet would be con-
venient in many respects as a site for saw-mills.

Spit point is low and wooded, and composed of sand deposits
which, extending northward, form the bar which stretches across
the entrance to Skidegate inlet.

* Si-e Admiralty plan ;— Skidegate inlet. No. 18 ; ttoale, m:= I'O inch.

.•)34

gUBEN CHARLOTTK ISLANDS.

[riliip. XVI.

The Bar ov spit, witli from (iiic to ;> t'atlioms w.ittT on it, t;xt(Mi(ls
ill a north- westerly direction for about Kj miles to within nearly
1^ miles of Lawn point, the northern point of entrance. The sjnt
slopes off very gradually seaward, while toward the inlet it rapidly
deepens to 20 or v5() fathoms.

J3ar rocks, on the outer edge of the spit, 2^ miles from its extremity,
are two iii number ; the western one dries .') feet, and lies 6| miles
N.W. § N. fi«om Spit point ; the outei- or eastern rock dries one foot,
and lies '.) miles N.E. i E. from Dead Tree i)oint. The sea does not
always break on these rocks.

A red conical buoy is moored in n\ fathoms, on the north side of
Dead Tree point channel, with Inner bar rock N. by E., ilistant
7 cables.

Lawn point is generally green, with a small sand cliff and a
large boulder in front of it ; a hill "jOO feet high rises immediately to
the westward of the point, 'flie coast southward of Lawn point is
tlat for 10 miles to Village bay, and is covered with standing ilead
trees.

Dead Tree point, M miles to the southward of Lawn point, is a
projecting part of the coast, but otherwise is not conspicuous.

Villagre islands, in front of Village bay, form good marks for
Skidegate inlet ; the northern one (Bare islet), 125 feet high, is
almost bare, and the other (Tree islet), having trees upon it, is
1.53 feet high.

Skidegate village, nearly half a mile in length, is situated in the
bay, off which are the Village islands, and consists of many houses,
with the usual carved posts, fronting the beach.

Villagre bay is a good stopping place ; anchorage may be taken
up lietween liare islet and the beach in 14 fathoms. It is, however,
exposed to S.E. winds. Should one of these gales spring up, good
shelter will be found in Alliford bav.

Alliford bay, on the south side of the entrance, is an excellent
anchorage, with good holding ground, in about 9 fathoms. The
passage between Flowery islet and the North point of the bay should
not be used. Wood and water may be obtained.

See charts, Nos. 1,923«, 2,430.

Cha|i. XVI. i

SKlDKfiATK INI-ET, DIlUa'TlOXS

:uV}

1(1

Danube rock, iu tlie lairway of tlic iiinor puit of Skidc^jrute inlet,
with about 4 feet on it at low-water spring's, lies X. by K. J E..
.1 cables from the north-east point of Triangle islet.

Anchor cove, situated 1(1.^ miles from Village islands on the
n(trth side of the inlet, att'ords anchorage in 5 fathoms ; anthracite
coal is found on both shores of the inlet, but principally on the sides
of mount Seymour, one mile westward of the cove.*

Cowgitz coal mine is about ime mile in a N.N.K. direction from
Anchor cove. The Queen Charlotte Coal Mining Company was
formed in l.StJo to open up the deposits of anthracite which had been
discovered here, and abandoned in 1872.

Observation spot, on North point, Anchor cove, is situated in
latitude 5.r 12' 31' N., longitude 132° 14' 19' W.

Biate CllUCk brook is the largest stream in Skidegate inlet, its
mouth being a])out one mile north of Anchor cov(>. The brook
receives its name from a quarry a few miles up its course, where the
Indians obtain the dark shaly material from which they make
carvings. In former years communication used to be kept up Avith
the head of Masset inlet to the north by means of this stream, part
of the distance being accomplished in canoe anil part on foot.

Leading island, 3i miles southward of the Hare Village island,
forms the western part of Alliford bay at the southern entrance to
Skideg-ate inlet ; it is 400 feet high and appears round.

Maude island, at the junction of the north and south ex[)ansioiis
of the inlet, it, nearly 4 miles long, B.W. and N.E., U miles broad,
and 1,2G0 feet high. On the west end of the island the In<lians
belonging to Gold harbour (on the west coast) have established a
village, on ground purchased from the Skidegate Indians. The
Gold harbour Indians still preserve their rights over that region, and
live there much of the summer, but find it more convenient to have
their permanent houses near Skidegate.

Directions. — A deep channel into Skidegate inlet may be found
northward of Bar rock spit by steering for Lawn Doint on a
S.W. bearing until within about a mile of the point, when the water
will deepen to 15 or 20 fathoms; from this poir .general S.S.E.
course may be steered, paying great attention to the soundings, until

• See plan : — Anchor cove on Afltnlralty chart. No. 48 ; scale, in = 12 inches.

yM\

gUBBN CHAULOTTE ISLANDS.

[Chap. XVI.

tho wcHt Hi(l(? of Leiiiiiij,' iHlaml comes in line with the east side of
Bare island, bearing iSouth, when steer as requisite np the inlet.*

The deep portion of the channel from opposite Lawn point till
past the north-west point of Bar rock spit (or until the Boulder at
Lawn poin<^ bears W. bj' N.) is only one-third of a mile wide ;
attention to the lead and steering, with a sharp look out, is therefore
necessary, as previously remarked.

The west side of Leading island, iu line with the east side of Bare
Village island bearing South, leads over the Bar rock spit, to the north-
ward of the rocks, in 15 feet at low water, from whence the depth is
fi'om 20 to 30 fathoms to Village islands ; passing to the southward
of these islands anchorage may be found in the north-east side of
Bear Skin bay in 12 fathoms, or, to gain shelter from a south-east
gale, Alliford bay ia recommended.

Coasting vessels with local knowledge use a passage with 3^ fathoms
over the spit, about one mile south of the Bar rocks (when they are
visible), by keeping Dead Tree point bearing W.S.W. until the leading
mark comes on.

Approaching Skidegate inlet the water should not be shoaled
under (5 fathoms at low water until Lawn point bears S.W. or the
leading marks are on.

Tides. — It is high water, at full anil change, in Skidegate inlet at
1 h.; springs rise 17 feet, neaps 14 feet.

The COAST. — From Lawn hill, near Lawn point at the entrance
of Skidegate, to Rose point, the north-east extreme of Graham island,
the distance is about 4:8 miles. The coast line is straight and open,
with no harbour, and scarcely a creek or protected cove for canoes or
boats for long distances. The beach is gravelly and sometimes stony
to the Tl ell river, beyond this it is mostly sandy to Rose point. For
many miles northward cliffs of clay and sand are fotind alongshore,
and for about 17 miles northward of Tl ell river these frequently rise
into cliffs 50 to 100 feet in height. North of the range of ciiffs the
shore is almost everywhere bordered by sand-hills, which are covered
with coarse grass, beach pea, &c., and would afford fine grazing for
cattle. Behind these are woods, in some places burnt, and the trees
generally scrubby. This part of the coast is also characterized by
lagoons, and is evidently extending seaward, by the banking up of
t he sand under the action of the sea. The largest lagoon opens out

• iSee chart, Nd. 48.

Chap. XVI.] SKIDEGATE (NLET.— ROSE POINT.

537

at cape Fife about 6 milen to the Houthward of Rose point, extemling
southward for some miles, and is reported by the Indians to com-
municate Avith a second, further inhmd. The mouth of this higoon
forms a safe harbour for boats or canoes at high water, but is nearly
ilry at low water.

The coast between Skidegate and Rose point 'having dangerous
flats extending off it, whicn have not been examined, should be given
a berth of (I or 7 miles, and the lead kept constantly going wliilst
running along it, the depths varying from 1> w U fathoms.

Tl ell river enters the sea at 10^ miles North of Lawn point, anil
is a stream of some size. For about :\ miles above its moutli it runs
nearly parallel to the shore, separated from the sea by a low swampy
strip of land only about half a mile in breadth. This laml is of
comparatively modern formation, being composed of sand and
gravel, and is partly covered with spruce trees of no great' size.
The water of the river is of a dark coffee or amber colour.

Cape Ball (Kul tow sis), nearly :i{) miles from Skidegate bar,
is very conspicuous, having a remarkable white cliff on it, with
lower cliff's on both sides ; it cannot be mistaken. The Indians
report that at very low tides patches of clay dry a hmg way off from
the cape.

A rock with 2 fathoms on it, lies about ti miles East from
cape Ball.

Cape Fife. — Near this cape on some parts oi" the shore magnetic
iron sand is abundant, with numerous colours of gold in it. Then' is
anchorage off" the cape with off-shore winds ; in this neighbourhooil
the lead must be most carefully attended to.

Rose fCint, the north extreme of the Queen (-harlotte islands,
so named by Douglas in 1788, is known to the Haida Indians as
Nai koon, or long nose. It is a remarkable low promontory,
apparently formed by the meeting of the currents and waves from
the southward and westward round this corner of the island. The
inner part of Rose point, near cape Fife, does not differ from the low-
wooded coast to the south ; the Indians say there are many lakes and
swamps inland. Further out, where the point is narrower and moi-e
exposed, it is clothed with small stunted wood, which in turn give
place to waving grass-covered sand-hills. Beyond this the narrow

Set' charts, Nob. 1,923«, 2,430.

:.:?8

(^rKHN C'HAKLOITK ISLANDS.

[Chai). XVI.

yrmveily ))()iiit is covt-rt'tl above hij,'li-\vater mark with lu-aps (d

• Iriftiuf,' riaiul, and f^ieat (|iiantities of hleacluMl tiinber, lo^'s, and
stiiiijps, piled proniiseuously together. The apex of the point is a
narrow steep-sided gravell.v bank, which extends for a long distance
at low water.

A dangerous spit extoi'ds off iiose point in a north-easterly
direction, for, it is said, a distance of nearly 5 miles, but its exact
extent has not been ascertained. H.M.S. Rocket struck soundings
in 7 fathoms at least 3 miles from the end of the spit, over which the
sea was breaking heavily, and which has four or live sandy hillocks
on it. The point should, therefore, especially in dark or thick
weather, be given a wide berth. Several vessels have been lost on
Rose point, which is a dangerous and treacherous point to round at
any time, except in tine clear weather, and many Indians have been
drowned there on different occasions.

Captain H. Brundige remarks : — " I examined Rose spit and found a
•• stnmg current of about 2 knots. This spit or sand-bank extends out
'• about 4 or 5 miles, with boulders and timbers, or large trees buried
•' in the sand. Soundings were found to be gradual, from 40 fathoms
" dcnvn to 5 fathoms close along side ; also gootl even sounding ail

* the way to Masset with sandy bottom. Shijts could anchor under
•• Invisible point in a south-easterly gale in 5 to S fathoms."

Rose point is situated in latitude ')4^ 11' HO' X.. longitude

i:u" ae w.

HECATE STRAIT, between the Queen Charlotte group and
the mainland of British Columbia, is 75 miles wide at its southerti
entrance, gradually narrowing to 25 miles between Rose spit (Graham
island), and the Butterworth rocks on the eastern side of the strait-
In the fairway of the south-east part of Hecate strait the water is
deep. From Skidegate across to within 10 miles of the mainland, in
a north-east direction, the depths are from 8 to 25 fathoms ; in some
cases, growing kelp was passed through by the survej'ing vessel
Beaver (1866) in 8 and 13 fathoms.

With the centre of Zayas island bearing N. by W. ^ W., and the
north extreme of Stephens island E. by N. | N., the depth is
15 fathoms. This bank of soundings was found very useful on one
occasion, during a strong breeze from the south-east, with thick
weather, when H.M.S. Virago anchored on it and remained until it
cleared up, anil the land became visible.

Sir ohUita, Nosi l,l>2a« and h, 2,430.

IL .

Chill), XVI.]

HKCATK ST HA IT, TIDKS.

539

Northward of a line clrtiwn from Skincnttle inlet, across tho strait
to Banks island, the depth does not exceed 1(K) falhonis, and is
i,'enerally much less. A similar shallow area borders (irahani ishuul
to the north, and it is also probably comparatively shallow for some
distance ofl' the west cbae^ of the northern part of the same island.
From the vicinity of Masset a bank of siind not exceeding,' '2<> fathoms
extends to the north ami i-ast, trendinjj; with Kose spit, and on the
east side of the island extendiny: towards Cumshewa, its eastern
marf,'in reachin<,' the middle part of Hecate strait. Theavera^'e depth
of water is from 7 to 10 fathoms, but there are much siioaler parts.
This bank was named Dogfish bank by Ingraham in 171)1. Near its
eastern edge he places, in latitude !')'i° 5f»' and about 'M) miles S.K.
(true) from Invisible point, a rock or shoal on which the ship
Manjaret struck in 1792, drawing 1:5 feet. Near the spot he notes
'.\ fathoms, deepening to .5, 7, and 12 fathoms eastward.

Shoal.— In hit. .")3" 2() N., long. i'.W t) W., approximate, a shoal
has l)een reported, but its position is doubtful.

Tidal streams.— In Hecate strait, the flood stream sets to the
northward. In Dixo'i entrance, the flood coming from the westward
round North island, sets along the Masset shore, across Hecate strait
for Brown passage, spreading for about 1.") miles round Rose point.
towards cape Ibbetson (Kdye passage), where it meets the tlo.nl fr(»in
the southward ; consetiuently between Rose point, oape Ball, cape
Ibbetson, and thence south-east 15 or 20 miles, the tides are irregular.

The direction and rate of the tidal streams are not regular, being
greatly infiuenced by the winds. At full and change they run with
great strength. Time of high water over the strait generally is al)out
Oh. aOm.

Between cape Murray, Percy point, and Zayas island, the tides are
the strongest and most irregular, causing a heavy and confuseil sea,
so much so, that in bad weather it has the appeanince of breakers.

Rose point to Masset- sound. — The shore between these two
places form a bay 22 miles in width. With the exception of a few
small rocky points, the beach is smooth and regular, and almost
altogether composed of sand, with gravel in some places, sloping
steeply above the ordinary high-water mark. Low sand-hills
generally form a border to the woods which densely cover the land.
The water is shoal far oil" the shore, especially at 15 miles from Hose

Set- charts, Nos. 1,923^ aiid h, 2,430.

:>i{)

iiVKKS (MtAKLOTTK TSI-.WDS.

[Cliap. XV!.

point, iinri on iippnnichinf,' Mhhhi t sound, wht'i-c kt-lp fonns wide
fields at ii f,'reat distunce from the bt^ach. In the north-cawt part of
the bay there in anchorage with oflF-shore winds.

Hi ellen river, at 1) miles Honth-we8twaT<d from Hose pomt, is a
stream of 80Lj,e size, which is frequented by great numbers of salmon
in the autumn. Its mouth forms a good boat harbour. On its west
bank is Tow hill, an eminence remarkable in this low country, facing
the sea with a steep cliff 2(K) feet high, compos»'d of columnar
volcanic rocks on one side, while the other slopes more gradually.

MASSET HARBOUR is rather more than 22 miles S.W. ^ S.
from Rose point, and should be approached with caution ; the
entrance is between a low point with a ledge of rocks covered witli
kelp, extending half a mile from it on the western side, and the
point of a long spit partly dry (the surf usually breaking the whole
length of it) on the eastern, the passage between having an extensivi'
bar, upon which it is said there is a depth of 3 fathoms.*

Just inside and round the eastern point of inner enti-ance is a bay,
with a beach, containing the principal village (Ut te was), off the
centre of which there is anchorage in 10 fathoms. At this part the
width of the harbour is nearly 2 miles, a large sand-bank tilling up
its western side. The ebb stream runs very strongly, making this
by no means a good anchorage.

Masset sound, from its seaward entrance to the point at which
it expands to Masset inlet, is 19 miles long, and about one mile in
average width. The depth, ascertained in a few places, varies from
10 to 12 fathoms. A number of small streams flow into it, most of
which, according to Indian reports, have their sources in small lakes.

At its soiithern end it expands to a great sheet of inland water,
J 7 miles in length east and west, and in its broadest part 5^ miles.
This, to the northward and eastward, is bounded by continuous low
wooded land ; and to the west and south by hills, rising in the
distance to mountains, rounded in form and about 1,500 feet high.
About the heads of the inlets, and near the mouths of streams only,
are small areas of flat ground found. Of these inlets, that which
reaches furthest southward is called by the Indians Tin in owe.

Sit chart, No. 2,4S0.
* Stf Admiralty plan : Masset harbour, en aheet of PortH in Queen Charlotte
ialandt), No. 2,168 ; scale, m = 175 inches. This plan, however, must be used with
caution, as it has been reported detective.

(•hap. XVI.] MA.ssKT iiAFimnn.— viH.uio sorvD.

541

On 111*' south riitlf of MawHt't inlet, :> milfs t'roiii its euHteni
extremity, is a narntw juBHage, the mouth of which in partly lihteked
l»y ialaudH, hut which leads into a wecoutl groat iulet known by the
liulians a.s Trioo skatli. Kelp grows ubuntlantly in the channel on
both sides of the islands, which therefore cannot he very deej). The
tiile runs through them with great vehtclty, especially at ehh, wlien
in the western channel it forms a true rapid, with much broken
water.

Tides and tidal streams.— The rise of a spring tide at the
entrance of Masset sound was estimated at about 1-i feet, but, owing
to the length of the luirrow souiul, Masset inlet has a tide of from
S to 10 feet only ; and the second or Tsoo skatli still less, about (i
feet. On one occasion, it was high water at the entrance of Masset
sound 111. I'nu. \>.m., while in the narrow entrance to Tsoo skatli,
2l\], miles v.'stant, the Hood had just caused a reversal of the current
at Oh. 20m. Owing to the gr«'at expansion of the upjH'r part of
Masset inlet the tide continues to run up opposite Masset for about
2J, hour- after it is falling by the shore, whilst the ebb runs out
for about ."5 hours after the water has begun to rise on the beach.

Masset to Virago sound.— The coast between these two places
is everywhere lo\, and wooded, with occasional open grassy spaces,
differing from the coast east of Masset, in being rocky or covered
with boulders. No wide sandy bays occur, and the points are
mostly of dark low rocks. The trees along the shore are not of
great size, and are interspersed with occasional grassy spaces.

The water is shoal far off shore, with wide fields of kelj). The
shore should be approached with caution, with the lead constantly
going; there are some good anchorages, in which a vessel might
remain a night instead of keeping under way, or cruising al)out with
a south-east wind, and thick weather.

VIRAGO SOUND, the entrance to Naden harbour, is 4i miles
wide between its outer points, capes Kdensaw to the east and Naden
to the west ; and 2h miles deep to the narrow passage (^ which is
H miles long and about half a mile wide) leading into the harbour.*

To the northward of the narrows, the west shore between Marv
point, the western entrance of the narrows, and Jorey point, a distance
of 2 miles, is bordered by a flat extending to a distance of about half

* iSee sketch of Virago Round on Admiralty plans of ports. &c., in Queen Charlotte
ielaudii, No. 2,168 ; scale, m=0'5 of an inch.

:)42

• JT'KKN f'MAnLOTTK ISLANDS.

i"nimp. XVI.

a mile, iin<l on tho opjJOHitf Hliorc, from cajM- KiN'n.tav to TnHkip point,
a shoal iiIhii cxtcndn altoiit tlic Hanic iliMtani-f : t'roin tiit> juttfi- poini
a Hpit runs oH" to tii« westward for three-cjuarterH of a mile, with a
depth of "11 fatlionis, contraotin;; the channel, in whieh tlie it-asi
water is l\\ fathoniH, to a width of t cabh'S,

The inner anchoraLfe, on tlie westtTn side, just witliin the
narrows, iw in 10 fathoms, at alxmt 2 or '.\ cal)leH distant from
the shore.

Naden harbour. — This eajtacions and land-locked harlmnr is
ahout 4 niili'H in ^'rcatewt It-n^'th nortli and Month, and 2 milew in width,
with depths of H to 12 fathoms in it. Low land, densely wttoded
with si)ruee and ht'mlock of fine fjrowth, borders the whole harl)our.
Kock api)ears on the shon' only near thf bottom of tlie harbour, and
in the narrows.

Naden river Hows from a larf,'i' lake, which, according; to Indian
acconnt, must be l(t miles oi- mon- in diameter, but is much
encumbered by fallen tn-es, and its banks, except in a few swampy
Hats, are densely wooded. At hif,'h water a Ixtat can i)roceed about
'1 miles uj). Stanley (Te ka) river, in the south-west corner of the
harbour, is reported to be navifrdble for boats ; and several smaller
streams also eater the harbour. The spruce timber is excellent, and
(he harliouj' 's well adai)ted for saw-mills and the exjmrt of lumbef.
In August, the Indians say that halibut and salmon are abundant,
and },'eese and ducks come in larpe Hocks.

Tides. — The rise and fall is about 13 feet.

Viragro sound and cape Knox. -From cape Naden the shore
and country behind it are mostly low, though with some rocky
cliffs of no great, height, and the points are rocky, but wide gravelly
or sandy bays intervene. Some rocks occur at a little distance off
shore, but there is no appearance of a wide shoal belt like that found
east of Masset. Klas kwun point, -H niiles W. by N. from cape
Naden, is a remarkable promontory, rising in the centre to a hill
about 200 feet in height, which, owing to the flat character of other
parts of the shore, is visible for a long distance. In a rocky bay to
the east of the point, and open to the north-eastward, is Yat za
village.*

Half-way from Klas kwun point to the east entrance of Parry passage
is .lal un river ; its moutli forms an excellent canoe or boat harbour

' iSrr chart, No. 2,430.

''Ii;i|». XNI.] VIIIA«;<» SOINIt.— N(»U'nr IMIiANH.

:ii:»

lit lii>,'li wiitcr, Al :5 iniUw furtluT wcHtWiiril in a Hinall i)i'<iin(mtory,
on the eiiMt side of wliicli Ih iinntht'r exfclk-nt l>oat liailHUir ; tlu-
I'illar irt a very romiifkiihh- columnar iiuvsH of Hantlrttoiif and con-
^'loniorato rock wliich staiulK near tho fastern side, about "2^^ IVct in
diameter and 1)5 feet 1mj,'Ii.

Parry passage weparates North island (wliicii forms tho north-
western extremity of Queen Charlotte islands) from Graham island.
The western entrance at the south-east anf,'le of Cloak bay is three-
quarters of a luile wide, but is contracted to less than '^ cables by foul
^'round which extends in a N.N.W. direction from a point on the
southern side of the entrance. The passaj^e projjcr is about 'i miles
In it'n<,'th, with an average width of three-cjuarters of a mile. Tills
channel, between the ledges of rock which extend oil' tlu- southern
side for about one mile and North island, is clear, but the tide rushes
through it, forming a race.

The flood-stream vvv.h eastward, leaving the east end of the passage
with a uorth-easte?"ly direction.

A small islet lies about one mile eastward from the eastern entrance,
and a rock awas' s rep(/rted 2} miles N.K. from the same locality,
and about 1 j miles from the southern shore of North island.

.1 ust without the eusterii entrance of Parry passage, and on the south
side, abreast of Lucy island, is Bruiu bay, aH'ordiui^ anchoi'age ih
from 1:2 to 14 fatlioms, sand. A lim^ of kelp fringes the shore, which
is studded with rocky patches and stones. This is not a good
aiichorage, as the Hood .sets into it from the passige, forming a
number of eddies, and rendering it dilKcult to lie at single anclior
without fouling it.

North island is about 5 miles in length, between North point and
its southern extreme, ami composed of low land, no point probably
reaching a height of iUX) feet. It is densely wooded. On the eastern
side there is said to be a good anidiorage in a bay which was formerly
used by the vessels belonging to the North West Company. A small
round high island situated close to point North, a prominent object
in approaching, is named Thrumb. Remarkable wooden carvings are
said to exist on the North island shore, or attached to the winter
dwellings of the natives.

Cloak bay forms the western entrance to Parry passage, lying
between the south-west shore of North island ami caj)e Knox. It is

<S!V' chart, Xo. 2,4150.

544

gUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLAN'DS.

[Chai). XVI.

about 2i miles wide, and the same deep; the depths in the middle of
the bay vary from 30 to 17 fathoms, sand, gravel, and shells, and it is
protected from all except westerly winils. Some rocks, on which
the sea breaks only in heavy weather, lie some distance from the
North island shore, and there are also a couple of remarkable pointed
islands on this side.

On the south side of North island, in Parry passage, is a snug covo
named Henslung, in which whalers used occasionally to anchor. Tt
is high water at full and change, at Henslung, at Oh. 20m., and the rise
IG feet.

Lucy island, on the north shore of Parrj- passage, is separated from
the south side of North island by a narrow channel, on the north
shore of which is a small Indian village, called Tartanne, which was
in former years a place of importance. A reef runs off the east end
of Lucy island, and a wide shoal with kelp stretches eastward from
the southern extremity of North island. Between these lies the
channel with 8 to 11 fathoms water. Abreast the Indian village
the depth in the channel is 6 fathoms.

CAPE KNOX, the north-west extreme of Graham island, is a
long narrow tongue of land, on which are a few low hills. The cape
may be considered as a gigantic dyke of igneous rock running in an
east and west direction. Its south side is bold, and oflP it lie several
rocks in a westerly direction, the farthest out at a distance of about
i\^ miles from the cape. On these the swell of the Pacific seldom
ceases to break with great violence.

Cape Knox is situated in latitude 54° 10' 30" N., longitude
132° 53' W.

Directions. — On leaving Bruin bay or Henslung cove for the
westward, a vessel may pass close to the cliffs forming the southern
side of North island, and keeping at about half a mile outside the
reefs that extend off the south shore (Graham island), get a good
offing before hauling to the southward, to clear the rocks off cape
Knox. When well out, the projecting point of Frederick island will
be seen about 18 miles to the south-eastward. At 2 or 3 miles to the
southward of Parry passage is an indentation of the shore, which
might be taken as its entrance by a vessel coming from the south-
ward, — a mistake that might lead to serious consequences, as the
whole coast, as far as Frederick island, appears to contain several

Hi',- chart, No. 2,430.

Chiip. XVT.]

CAPE KNOX. — BUCK POINT.

545

open bays, with outlying rocks off (>ach of them. The Indians, in
tlicir sketches of this part of the coast, do not draw any harbours,
but merely exposed bays.

Frederick island lies about U miles S. ^ W. from cape Knox
Behind this island Intfraham is stated to have discovered a com-
modious harbour in 1701, which he named port Injjraham. He
places this inlet in latitude 53° 47' N. The northern entrance is
formed by two high blull's with some small islets between them.
Here Ingraham obtained 17 fathoms. Northward from the entrance
on the coast is a larjije reef of rocks, and westward and southward
from the southern j)oint of entrance along the shore of Frederick
island are a large number of sunken rocks. The port extends about
<) miles from the entrance in an easterly direction, is about 2 miles
wide with four small islets near the head. In the vicinity of the
islets is some kelp. At the head is a beach and 9 or 10 fathoms
water. Towards the head the iiort curves more to the eastward.
Half way towards the head Ingraham got (54 fathoms. The passage
eastward of Frederick island has several islets in it and G fathoms
water. Some kelp is noted in the channel ; Ingraham places this
south entrance in about longitude 133° 5' W.

Hippa island, lying 2i\ miles S.E. h S. from Frederick island,
ai)])ears from a position IJj miles seaward of Frederick island as high
and l)old ; but from tlie south its outer end appears as a low point,
and the inner end bold. This portion of the coast is higher and
more broken than the former, the oi)enings appearing deeper, neither
does it seem to have so manj' rocks lying off it. The Indians show
some good harbours towards Hippa. When abreast Hippa island,
l?uck point, 27 miles distant, and also cape Henry, about 18 miles
further to. the southward, can be seen, the coast presenting the same
high and broken appearance as the preceding 2(5 miles. All the
points along this part much resemble Buck point.

A rock, on which the sea breaks heavily, lies in Rennell sound, in
approximately latitude '):\° 20' N., longitude 132^^ 49' W.

Buck point, on the northern side of Skidegate channel (which
leads through to Skidegate), is rath(>r low and rugged, jutting out
from the high land at the back. It has a large high island just to
the northward of it, and there is another, much smaller and peaked
standinjT out clear of the land at aliont 3 or 4 miles farther t'^ the

SO IIOIS

iir chart, No. 2,430.

I
i

546

QUEEN CHARLOTTE SOUND.

[Chap. XVI.

northward, and lying in the entrance of Cartwright sound, which is
formed between Buck point on the south, and Hunter point on the
north.

SKIDEGATE CHANNEL, the main entrance to which it;
about 7 or 8 miles to tlie eastward of Buck point, and is a little more
than one mile in width, extends in an easterly direction for 6 or
7 miles to Log jjoint, Avhere it is one mile wide. Foul ground
extends one mile westward from Skidegato channel south entrance
point.

Dawson harbour is reported to be a secure anchorage on the north
shore of Skidegate channel, 2 miles from the west entrance point,
bearing S.W. ^ W.

An island, about 2 miles in circumference, lies westward of the
entrance to Skidegate channel, in a position bearing about West.
distant 4 miles from the south entrance point of that channel. A
rock, on which the sea breaks heavily, lies half a mile eastward
of this island, or approximately in latitude 51?° 9|' N., longitude
132° 32' W.

At Log point the West narrows commence, which lead to Skidegate
inlet. About one mile west of Log point a branch turns off to the
southward for one mile, and then westward to the Pacific, which it
enters at about 3 miles to the southward of the main channel, form-
ing an island 5^ miles long by 2 broad, which rises to an elevation
of 1,0()0 to 2,000 feet.

This passage is only adapted for canoes or boats, as it is blocked by
a bank at its eastern end, with not more than 4 feet on it at higii
water.

The tidal streams from east and west meet about the East narrows,
running through the channel with great strength, probably 5 knots
in several places. The narrows must ^e passed at filack water of
high tide, which lasts for a very short time, so that both narrows
cannot be got through in one tide.

Inskip channel, leading round the north side of Kuper island,
is about 8^ miles long, and half a mile wide. A short distance out-
side it, there are some small islands on both sides, but there will be
no difficulty in discovering the passage in. In the channel there
was no bottom at GO fathoms, but at the entrance a cast of 35 fathoms
was obtained on a halibut bank. A short distance inside the islands

See chart, No. 2,430.

■

Chap. XVI.] SKIDBOATB PHANNEL. — MOORE CHANNEL,

547

on the north side of the entrance, is a village belonging to the Kilkite
tribes. Further in, on the name side, and about IH miles up, is a
deep opening, and where this and Moore channel meet are two other
openings to harbours, with some small islands lying near them.

MOORE OHAITNEL, on the south side of Kuper island, is
5 miles long in an E.N.P], and W.S.W. direction, and half a mile wide,
the shore on each side being bold of approach, high, and covered
with trees nearly down to the water's edge. In mid-channel there is
no bottom at 70 fathoms. On the north side, just without the
entrance, are some small rocky islets, named Moresby islands, and
on the south side a few rocks close in shore.*

A heavy l)reaker, evidently on a rock, lies in the entrance to
Moore channel, west side of Moresby island, in a position abont
N.N.W., distant 1^ miles from cape Henry, or approximately in
latitude 52° 57' N., longitude IM° 21' W.

Mitchell or Gold harbour, about 2^ miles deep and half a mile
wide, is surrounded by i)recipitous and densely wooded hills, from
70t) to 800 feet in height, and at its head in Thetis cove is a sandy
beach and a stream of water. At 1| miles up the harbour is Sansuni
island, a small spot covered with trees. The anchorage lies half a
mile furtlier on, in Thetis cove, keeping Sansutn island on the port
hand, the passage being one cable wide, with deep water. This cove
is completely land-locked, but squalls, frequently accompanied by
rain, come over the hills with considerable violence.

Thorn rock lies one mile inside the mouth of the harbour, on
the starboard side going in, and has 3 feet on it at low water ; it lies
al)out one cable from the shore ; and on the opposite side, at not
quite so great a distance from the land, but a little further out, is
another rock. These are dangerous to vessels working in or out ;
but there is nothing to fear if the wind be fair and the ship kept
mid-channel.

At one mile to the westward of Mitchell harbour, and on the
same side of Moore channel, is the entrance to Douglas harbour,
apparently very similar to the former, from which it is separated by
Josling peninsula.

Directions. — The land being very high on both sides of the
channels leading into the above harbours, influences the direction of

* Set Admiralty plans :— Ports iij Queen Charlotte islands, No. 2.1 fiH.
SO lliHH 2M2

( I

548

gUKEN CHARLOTTE IHLA.NDS.

[Chap. XVI.

the wind which is either right in or out. Winds with any westing
blow in, and those with easting the contrary, A sailing-vessel
leaving Moore channel with a south-east wind should keep well over
towards Hewlett bay, to enable her to fetch clear of the Moresby
islands, as the wind will be very unsteady until well clear of the
high land to windward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Moore channel, at
Ih. 40m. ; springs rise 13 feet, neaps 10| feet.

TASOO HARBOUR.— Cape Henry, lying 3 miles from the
entrance to Moore channel, terminates in a steep slope with a hummock
at the extremity ; 17 miles to the southward of this is the entrance
to Tasoo harbour, the intermediate coast being high, and rising
abruptly from the sea. The entrance is short and narrow, but the
harbour itself is extensive, with deep water in many places, the
anchorage being near some small islands on the port hand going in.

Between Tasoo harbour and cape St. James are other openings,
which, according to Indian report, lead into good harbours, the
southernmost of which is that leading into Houston Stewart channel
and Rose harbour. Inside Anthony island, and close to Houston
Stewart channel, is an opening called by the natives Louscoone, and
reported to be a good harbour, not unlike Rose harliour. This coast,
excepting off Anthony island, is also apparently bold. The land near
cape St. James has fewer trees on it than that to the northward.

Supplies. — The banks in and near Hecate strait, sw ^jt by strong
currents, with the shore line of inlets and fiords, . nstitute the
feeding grounds of the halibut and other fish, which i jound in the
vicinity of the islands. The halibut is the most important, and is
largely consumed by the natives ; the dog-fish is also very abundant,
and is taken for the manufacture of oil ; salmon run up most of the
streams in large numbers, especially in the autumn ; herrings are
plentiful in some places, especially about Skidegate, at certain
seasons ; pollock or coal fish are caught on the north and wc^^ "oast,
and supplies an edible oil ; flounders and plaice abound in some
localities ; cod and mackerel are also caught, and probably are
abundant on certain banks at some seasons ; while smaller fish and
shell fish, oysters excepted, form an important item in the native
dietary.

See chart, ^o. 2,430.

Chap. XVI.]

TASOO HAUBOUR.

549

are
tain
oast,
lome

vre
and
tivo

Immense flocks of wild geese and duck visit the northern
shores of the ishinds in the autumn. Potatoes grow in abundance
in most parts, and thrive exceeding well, forming an important
article of food. These are all to be bought either for money,
strong cotton shirts, cotton dresses, plain cotton, knives,
tobacco, mother-of-pearl jacket buttons for ornamenting their
blankets, or any of the articles commonly bartered among aborigines.
The blanket is now, however, a recognised currency.

Bears are numerous, also martens, sea and land otters, which are
caught for their furs, and mostly taken to the Hudson Bay Company's
establishment at fort Simpson,

Caution. — From April to October the sheu fish are said by the
natives to be poisonous.

550

s: I

m
W

03
O

m
oq
o

;z5

»
h^l

^
■^

o
w

H
W

•3

•

•830 J bABQ jo Oii

•saiDO BAiiu i" OM

•^

» .

- J

V-

-s.

. .0 -

■

" & ■

- i

;^;

•A)!'''"l>\\

Apnoji

OfllU.lAV

6 -A.

11 Tl

..'.

y.o.

"■

1— <

1— (

r-*

tr t: H

a ^ ?

>o »-

^i:

S Tl TI

I— t

o o

'-'

. -.

•^

•juuoniv m.vn^

« t-

I--

-^ M

'01 o; •spnoio

00 71

O irt

■^ *t<

'<9«

o in o

•^ C3

t--

E-i

C >.^

' ' :

i I

lO 1^

f-H

to -X)

° K ^

Of,

in m

■*

cflj?

■dau«ij

a 1 1

1 1

Woo

|1"

oinoj)xa

h-(

-»

ca tc

|I 05 QO

C5 OS

<=>

o 03 ai

c; ci

M d c^l

ffC

'.\

Cl W

i'^i

. 1

1 1

-d

!
J

1 1

o
Q

m c3

551

ember
October
meter
s for one
only.

■w o O ^.

•aao^I sXtiQ JO -ox

O
t-i

•BB[130 SiDCHO ox

1
1

—

m
o

t'.

)

■A

- 1

—

■-

-•

♦J

^s-»

o
^

'rA

K
^

—

>
o

crj

o
i5

•XliooiJA
X[.nioii

.i:1i> rn \ ij-

/ ^ . —

— — •

. ■'i

C7'

fci

:^ ° " E

T m 3> r- 1-

1 - rc

•*'

■«!

-«!

,, , ^

H-I

rt;:^ >.

3 § ? ? ? 53

S ?^

l-H

M r-S ?1 M r^ O

W w

•^

•Uiiioinv uv.o-pi

t 1 ' ; 1

1 1

'()[ oj 'spuoio

1 1

l-N

CO to O Oi o

n C'l CO

CO I'
so CO

00
CO

Cl
CI

l^g.

rt -^

° '=5 ^ »- ^» o

'•ri

" V ry tn

i-(

3% 5 ^

R p.

F-H

o
I— t

r-i

o
1^

s s

rt rt

r- oo ->* CO CO

•

in lo

■^

1— 1

KS-'S

■o3ut!}X

S 1 1 1 i 1

SoS

am.uixa

1 1

o
o

7J OC t|^ CO OO 00

§ §3

«2§

C r; -T. cr> ci OS
v-t n -M n ci CI

?, S

■J

1 1 1 I 1

§ "S ^ » .2
^ h S •< a

1
1

53
o

■d

552

03
!2!
O

H
>

n
o

'^ n

&■- w

o
I-:;

3
O

.•/:

►:)

»q

«J

•

o
o

;z5

•823^ HittlQ .10 OX

, . , ' ■ 1 .

•801110 Si^VQ JO 'OX

1 1 : i 1 i 1 - III

C>1

ii:^

-H

r-*

>'<

is'

1— '

.— I

—

p:'

„

-r

■^

—

•M4

,-.

—

rf.

P-*

'•ri

r- 1

i-H

1 -

■-r

• r

-1

rr.

ir^

ir.

-f

-r

''■

-r

♦f

'>\

•o

>'<

r- '

■X'4!.u>|,iA

Aimiuii

OitTUOAV

crj .

.° '-s ^ i

-f

.*.

•/:

—

1 .

■»

-*•

1— 1

•Zi ■ >.

-♦«

—

^_,

C--

»H

■•O

(—1

Ift

-r:

fit

\'~i

•K.11!3X '

uiiioiuv ui!,i]\;

I-

ir.

IC^

l".

•-0

1 -

'01 o)n'>'pu()ir)

■M

-"1

M /

f— <

"^ 3

►< i

1 -

•Jl

-■n

I-H

?^=-'

'—

I--

"■

£^ C

]

^Qc?-

S rj

-r

-o

«:

-r

-X

-f

-r

P.>-

i»

.3 --J

■«.iu.)A r,

■^

1 -

-f

-mS

•o3at)ji
.)mo.iixa

-r

Ji;

So 5

■"•

'"'

1— '

—

— *^ 'J-

m2§

r '

t "

: 1

" hi "

:/.

=:^

'■^

':3

»►

•-3

•-5

-f.

553

INDEX.

Atli inlet

AultaiihaKh inlet

Aboritrines

Acapulco

Actreon sound
Acland islands

Active cove

pass, caution

. directions, light

, tides ...

point...

Ada island

rock

Addenbrooke island

Admiral island

Admiralty bay

head, light, position

inlet

, description

Agamemnon channel
Agate passage
Ahousat village

Aktese village

Alarm rock, Canaveral port

, Stuart Channel

Alaska

Alberni canal

Albert head ...

Alden bank, buoy

point, light

Alder island

Aldrich point

Alert bay, tides

Alexander point, .lervis inlet
, Kenneth passage

port

Alexandra passage, Milbank sound

, Smith sound ...

patch

Alford reefs, buoy

Alice arm

— ^ rock

Page.
... .")2(i

. 43(1
2
... 21
... 21(1
... 12.5
... 142
... 128
... 129
... 130
... 123
... 1!I5
... 3!).-)
... 401
113,11,5
... 3i»
3S

:\r>

... :w

... 21!)
... 4t)
... 33t)

... 3(;t)

... 48!l

... 121

...17,18

... 31!)

... 7.5

... 1()8

... lOB

... 524

... 41!)

... 265

... 220

2!)2

304

424

3i)3

451

453

50!)

510

Alison sound...

All Alone stone

Allan islands

Allen bank ...

point. Possession sound

Allit'ord bay ...

Alpha bay

, anchorage, tides

islet

passage

Alton island ...

American lake

Amphitrite point

Anacortes

Anchor bay ...

bight

cone

cove, Skidegate inlet

islands, Takush harbour .

, Treadwell bay ,

mountain

Anchorage island

• — patch

Anderson island

Anderson's wharf

Angelas point

port...

, light, fog signal,

storm signals, tides

Angerisland

Ann island

Annacis island, tide gauge

Annas bay

Anne cape

Annette creek ...

Annie rocks

Anthony island

Anthracite coal

Anvil island

Apple T-ee cove

Apples i.<land

Arachne reef..

3(fl(

523

IflO

.53

'17

r.3 1

502
503
88
331
22!)

t;i

332
1«3
421

3<)(;

438

535

3!)(;

2!)8

503

374

4fi4

tiO

328

33
489
3!)4
176

«itt
31)7
127
2!)6
520
535
212

45
271
112

554

Arbutus island, Lopez Hound

islet

point

Archibald point

Aristazablo island ...
Arnold rock ...
Armour rock ...

Arran rapids

Arrow passage

Arrowsmith mount...
Arthur island

passage

Atkins cove ...

reef

Atkinson island

point, light

Augusta port, directions

Auriol point

Ayers point

INDEX.

Page.

... HH

... IIU

... lot;

... 410
471t, 4'.lfi

... 3r.fi

... 454

... 240

... 280

... 11»!»

... 4(W

... 442

... HH2

... i:u

... 287

... 17S»

... 21)5

... 450
66

Baaddah point, light

Bahine lake

Bag harbour

Bainbridge island

Bajo pjint

rtof, point

Baker inlet

island

passage, tides

Balaklava island

Balch passage

Ball cape

Ballinac channel, islands ...
Balmoral settlement

Bamber point

Barafield creek

islands

Banks island ...

reef

Banton island

Bar rooks, buoy

Barclay sound

, tide

, directions ...322,

■ valley

Bardswell group

, position ...

Bare hill, Gilford island ...

, McLaughlin bay...

island, Clayoquot sound

... 30

... 445

... 523
...46,47

... 351

... 346

... 440

... 281

... 226

... 303

... 60

.. 537

... 197

... 447

... 285

... 316

... 443
487, 41)8

... 371

... 320

... 534

... 315

... 316
329, 333

... 512

... 413

... 4!)6

... 285

... 410

... 335

Bare island, Ilaro strait

, Miners channel

, rock ; Nuchatlitz inlet

, Tree-nob group

islands

islet, Forward inlet

, Harwood island

. Klaskish inlet

, Klewniiggit inlet

, Skidogato inlet ...

, Spioden channel

village island

■ point, light

rock, Farewell harbour

, Milback sound

, Seaforth channel

Bo reside mountain
Barfleur passage
Bargain harbour
Barlandn bay...
Barnard cove...
Barnes island
Barren rock ...
Barrier islands

Smith sound

Page.
92
108
353
... 469
.. 216
... 378
... 223
... 372
... 437
... 534
... 101
... 536
... 119
... 272
... 417
... 415
... 503
... 212
... 218
... 2.30
... 484
144,167
... 293
... 360
... 395
... 295
... 366
... 835
... 269
... 42
201, 203
... 342

Barry islet

Barter cove

Bartlctt island
Baronet passajje

Basalt point

Base flat, beacon

point, Clayoquot

, North arm 33(1

Basil lump 450

Bass rock ... ... 468

Bate passage . .. ... 305

Batt bluff 273

Battery point, light 52

Battle bay 3ii9

Bauza cove 254

Bay islands 471

islet 513

Baynes channel 89

mount 124

sound ... 199

. beacons, buoys, light 200

, directions 201

Bawden bay .. 340

Beaching place, Browning port ... 97

, Careen creek ... 146

, Drayton harbour 169

, Nanaimo .. ... 190

, Nanoose harbour 196

INDEX.

555

Page.
... »2

... lOS
[et 3S.3
... 4f)9
.. 216
... 378
... 22.S
... 372
.. 437
.. 534
.. 101
.. 536
.. 119
.. 272
.. 417
. 416
. 503
. 212
. 218
. 230
. 484
i4, 167
21)3
300
395

295

3(i6

335

269

,203

342

33t;

4.50

468

305

273

52
3ii9
254
471
513

89
124
199

too

!0]
40
97
46
69
90
96

Beacon hill

rock, Nanaimo

, Squally reach

Beak point

Bealo cape, caution, light, poaition

BeaU point

Bear river, Bedwnll Bound

, Portland canal

Bear Skin bay

Beaufort range

Beaver cove

creek, tide

harbour

, directionn, poaition

, tides

ledge, Laredo channel

passage, O^den channel ...

, Smith sound

Page.
Beaching place, Vancouver harbour 182
' , Welcome harbour 493

86
189
116
203
315
54
.S37
515
533
206
263
244
267
268
269
481
501
393
111
125
470
252
82
72
74
441
72
206
185
99
379
337
234
206
72
74
300
425
411
98
162
289
462
164
164

point. Admiral island
, Gauges harbour

rock, Brown passage

, Discovery passage

, Victoria harbour

Becher bay

tides

Bedford island, spit

islands

valley

Bedwell bay

harbour

islets

sound

Bee islets

Beecher mount

Beecheyhead

, tides

Belize inlet

Bell peak

Bella Bella islands

Belle chain islets

rock, buoy

Belleisle sound

Belletti point

Bellingham bay, buoys, light

, coal

channel, directions,

light

Felmont point

Bolu Kula, river, tides

Benjamin group

Benson point

Bentinuk arms

island

Berkeley mount

Berry cove

creek

island

point, Fly basin

— , Georgia strait

— , Kyn\unpt harbour

^ Swindle island

Bertie rock

Bessborou{,'h bay

Beware passage

Biokley bay

Big bay

, directions

— river

Biijht cone

cove

Bigsby inlet

Bill of Orcas

Birch bay

Bird cove ...

— island ...

islet ...

islets, Barclay sound ...

reef

rock

, Moss passage ...

, Rosario strait ...

Bird's-eye cove

lUrnie island

Bischolf islands

Bishop cove

Birthday channel .

Black bluflF

islets ...

1(;3
354
406
283
354

— patch

— rock, beacon

, Barclay sound...

, Eaperanza inlet

, Rayner group ...

, Rivers inlet ...

, Squally channel

rocks, buoys

Blackberry islets
Blackfish sound
Blackrock point
Blair inlet

mount ...

Blake island ...
Blakely island

Page.

... 4u6
... 74

... 257

. . 288

... 415

... 271

... 396

... 186

... 414

... 426

... 394

... 257

... 273

... 242

... 458

... J. 59

... 65
346,351

... 382

... 527

... 153

... 168

... 238

... 4U0

... 110

... 328

... 119

... 151

... 423

... 162

... 117

... 4t)2

... 525

... 432

... 3,58

... 266

... 149

... 148

... 330

... 163

... 328

... 356

... 293

... 401

... 483

... 191

... 339

... 271

... 483

... 415

... 277
... 53

... 148

556

INDEX.

Blakoly porh, diroutioriH ...

rock

Blakoney inlet, Calvert iHlnml

pUHHa((0

■ , Smith Houiid

port

directions, tidew

Bligh island

Wind bay, Harnoy channel

, Jervis inlet

creek

entrance, Kyuqtiot sciund ..

reef, Espuranza inlet

, Sealed pasfatje ...

Blinder rook

Blinkinsop V)ay

Blockhead

islet

islets

Blosaom point

Blount rock

Bloxham island, shoal

passage

point

Blue Jay cove

point ..

BluflF point, Collison bay

, Laredo channel

, Portland canal

, Stephens port

, Welcome harbour

Blunden bay

harbour, anchorage, direc

tions, tides

island

. Clayoquot sound..

4«

4fl

4<J1

, HU

. :»;».->

. 121
, 422

, \^r,

. 220

22»;

3«2

'AW
. 48«>
. 2.-.S
483
27«
487
483
2!K)
441
443
Sltfi
.-.22
-.14
.-.21

4M(»

.-.13

488
493
3'Jl

BolknH iHlandn
Bond Honnd ...
Bonila island

passage
point

Blunt island, beacon, light

Blyth islet

Boat basin

cove, Milbank sound ...

, Quatsino sound ..

harbour .,

shelter

Boatswain bank

Boca del Infierno

Bold bluff

, Quatsino sound...

, Southgate islands

head

islet

Bolin point

293
97

335
... 281
... 195
... 158
... 303
... 344
... 419
376, 379
... 2fil
... 375
... 114
... 347
... 117
... 376
... 296
... 231
. . 350
... 46

IMMition

point

Bon wick i.sland

islands

Boot cove

Booker lagoon

Boot i.tland

Boston islands

Bon^rhey bay

Boulder, The

bank

head, le<lne

point

, Departure hay

. Malcolm island

, Neville port

, Squirrel cove

reef, buoy ...

, Sutil channel

16f

Boundary bay, anchorage , directions

bluff

, British Columbia

mark

rock

Boyle i- iid

; at

BoylcM int

, position

Boys rock

Bowen island

Bowj-er island

Boxer point

reach

Brace point

Bradley point

Branham island

Breaker group, ledge

islets, Otter paasage

point, reef ...

, Estevan island

reef ...

Breezy point ...
Bremner island

islet

Breton islets ...

Bribery island

Bridge river ...

Bright island, Storm islands

Takush harbour

islet

Page.
.-.21
284
4U!I

:.oo

313

279

2113

282

408

477

260

.'■.7

418

117

191

2(i6

2.-.9

227

166

235

170

... 170

... 229

... :u»7

... 202

... 286

... 292

... 502
179,211

... 211

... 304

... 4.32

... 52

... 288

... 296

... 492

... 498

... 486

... 497

... 306

.. 513

... 295

... 301

... 237

... 444

... 174

... 309

... 396

... 308

INUKX

:.r)7

■{risdo |Miiiit ...

liriti^i Cidiiiuliia, rtlxtriuim'.-i

, liomiilary

, oo«il

, cliinate

, coniimmicivtionH

, currontrt

, (loi;kn ...

, f"b"«

. foi'i'strt

, fur trivlo

— — , pi'iicral ruiimrkH

, iof

, inner paxwvgos

. kelp

, ocean j)aHna|?<!s

, pilots ...

Pn fn\
112
2
1. 170
2

;<
11

, iiojmlation

, products

, railways

. rainfall

-^ resoue stations

, Binokes ...

, stiindard time .,

, statisul •

storm sijriials ...
t'ele!,'nii)lis

titles

uniform ludvaKO
winds

Brockton island

point, beacons ...

, light

Brotlie rock

, Chatham sound

, Principe channel

Broken channel

i?roup, Barchiy sound

, Ijueen's sound

islands

-, Johnstone strait

point

Brooke Lsland

Brooks bay, peninsula
Brotchy ledge, beacon, buoy

Brothers island

Broughton archipelago

island

strait

, directions

, tides

Brown island, Friday harbour
, George harbour

2
1

i;
1('>

1*'.

IM
2

I
1
4

7
2

!.•>
4

\2
14

181
ls-_>

,S(i

474

4SM

:{;i4

4 <.!.->

2:n

2<)0
1.12
.■)0i,
371
82
H2
2()".)
285
2(;2
2(11!

2f):$
isst
2;n

llrown iriland. Smith sound

. Wasp ii-lands

narrows

passayfe

, directions, tides ,

point, light

Browne mount

Browning creek

entrance, Ogden channel

i'*lunds ...

passage, Clayoquot sound

. Oolotas channel

, Smith Bimnd ...

port

rock

Bruce mount

point ...

Bruin l)ay

Buccaneer bay, caution
Buccleuch point

Buck point

Ihickingham island ...
Buckland point
Bi\(hl inlet, directions,
tides

Budds harbour

Bulkeley island

Bull harbour, tides ...

passage

point

rock, Chain islands ...

rock, (^uatsi no sound ...

BuUey bay

Bullock bluff

channel

BunsV)y islands

Buoyage

Burdwood bay

grouj)

Burgess island

islet, Hecate passage

passage

Burgoyne bay

Burial islet

Burke channel

Burlo island

JUirnaby island

j-hoal, buoy

strait

Burnt hill

Burnt-cliff island

Burrard inlet, light

, directions ...

li''lits

Pog»',
I.-. I

I ;•.»

170
*)5
, 28(1

. ;i7'»

21)4

;t:ii»
M04
:i!t5
'.•7
2tl()
121

2."<:i

217

2'.t.".

.-,4:.

2 '.•2
182

O.'i

. . :{4
... 2r.t;
... ;io6

... 21(i

... :<!»(!

... .S25

... ;i82

... 42.1

... 228
... 407

... :{ti8

... 2:{8

... 28:$

... 2;t:t

... xw,

... 2.-.;i

... 117

... 404

... :U(!

... -.24

. . 182

... .122

... 378

... 45!>

... 179

181, 183

558

Burrard inlet, anchorasro. pilots,
tides...

Burrows bay, light, island

■ , anchorage, directions,

tides

IXDRX.

island

Burwood point

Bush islet. Canaveral port...

islets

point, light ...

, Seaforth channel

, Sunday harbour

rock

Bute inlet, tides

. directions

Butler cove, buoy ...
Biitterworth rocks ...

Cactus islands

Cadboro bay

point

Calamity bay..

Call creek

Callam bay

Callao...

Oalm channel, tides

creek

Calver cape

Calvert cape, island, position

point

Camano head, island
Campbell island

river

Cameleon harbour, tides ...

Camp bay

, Retreat passage

cove
island

-, Lama passage

Page.

18f)
160

ir,i

150
345
4W
275

41
415
280
522
240
241

(!3
40!)

— islet, Whale channel...

— point, Coghlan anchorage

— , Johnstone strait

, Klewnuggit inlet

— , Portland canal

Canal bight ...
Canaveral port

-, directions, tides

... 101

... 86

... 89

. . 498

... 260

... 31

... 10

... 239

... 336

... 74
398. 491

... 440

... 68

... 412

... 248

... 253

... 99

... 278

... 155

... 285

... 410

... 484

... 435

... 25,'">

... 439

... 512

... 410

... 489

... 490

Canoe flat

island

, Hechart channel ...

islet, Principe channel

passage, Blackfish sound ...

reef

rock. Smith sound ..

, Queen Charlotte sound

rocirs, beacon

Cape islet

range ...

Capstan island

Captain Cook

Captain island

passage

Car berry bay

Cardena bay ...

Cardero channel

-, anchorage, caution
-, tides

Cardigan rocks

Careen creek

Carmanah, light, position

, rescue and signal station

Carolina channel

Caroline reef ...

Carpenter bay

Carpenter's rock

Carr inlet ...

islet ...

Carriden bay ...

Carrington bay

reefB

Carter bay

-, caution, anchorage, tides

point

Cartwright sound
Cascade bay ...
inlet...

range

Case inlet

sandbank

Castle island

islets

point

Catala island

Cat-face mountains ...
Catherine point
Cattle island!

point, light ...

Cavendish rock
Caution, Active pais
, Bucaneer bay

Page.
506
146
328

4at>

273
342
394
398
... 112
.. 470
... 398
... 327
344, 348
... 221
... 126
... 230
... 442
... 241
242
243
303
146
313
314
331
88
520
189
60
454
291
230
491
427
428
... 163
... 533
... 166
... 409
... 50
...61,66
... 65
... 169
... 329
... 308
... 356
... 336
... 619
... 268
... 137
... 229
... 128
.. 217

INDEX.

559

Caution cape, position

, Cardero channel

, Carter bay ...

, Chain iHlanda

. Chatham Hound

, Clayoquot sound

— , Commerell cape

, Danger rock

— , Edi^e passage

, Enfield rock

■ , Forward bay

, Gabriola reefs

, Gander group

— , Ilavannah channel

• — —-, Haro strait

, Klaskino inlet

, Klaskish inlet

— , Lazo cape ...

— point. Middle channel

— , Nass bay

Page.

. 389

. 242

,. 428

,. 325

.. 4,-.0

.. 340

.. 310

.. 104

.. 4Ci8

.. 4, -.3

.. 2(;i

.. ISO

.. 497

.. 2G0

.. 93

.. 373

... 372

.. 210

.. 140

.. 507

. navitjfating Inner channels

1«, 26
3.V2
549
2SG

. 133

, Nuchatlitz inlet ...

, poisonous fish

, Polkinghorne islands

, Portier pass

. Quatsino sound to Cape

Scott 387

■ — . Race passage 74

rock 299

, Scott cape 310, 311

, Sea Otter group .391

, Skeena river 44.1

, St. John harbour 421

, Tohnie channel 42S

, Vancouver island, West

Coast

, Warrior rocks

, White rock

Central island, Smith sound

Cecil islet

, Greenway sound

patch

rock ...

, Fulford harbour'

Celiareef

Centre island, Burnaby strait

, Esperanza inlet

, Howe sound...

, Shadwell passage

islet. Camp island ...

, Frigate bay ...

Centre reef. Alpha passage...

- — — , Clam bay

^ Spietlen channel

rock

-, Drury inlet ...
-, Twins islands...

Cha-che Kwas islands

Chacon cape ...

Chance rock ...

Chancellor cliannel

Chain islands, caution, Barclay

sound

, Ganges harbour ...

~ islets ,

Chalmers anchorage

Chambers creek

Cliamiss bay ...

Chaunel group, Ogden channel

island. Baronet passage ..

, Gardner channel..

islands, Laredo channel ..

island, Spiccr island

. Toba inlet

Page
... 331
... 133
... 101

X'J
... 291
... 220
... 49f',
... 47.-)
... 4(10

243, 2r)t;

point, Stephen's port

312, 333

... 4()8

... 1(14

... 395

... 273

... 288

... 444

... 114

... 124

... Ill

... 524

... .^57

... 212

305

235

399

488

, Ucluelet arm

islands, Dundas group

islet

islets, Ganges harbour

", Pender harbour

point

reef, Barclay sound

; Eliza port ...

, Sea Otter group

, S(iually channel

reefs, Klaskino inlet
I'ock, Barclay sound

, Island harbour

, Laredo channel

. Neville port

recks. Barclay sound
, Kyufiuot sound

258

Chapman point

Charles island, Mackaye harbour...

, Pender harbour ...

. Trincomali channel

Charles point

, Blunden harbour

, Cooper inlet...

, Farewell harbour

— rocks...

Charlie islets...
Charlotte bay
Chart islet ...
Chatohaunel point

325

12(i

443

t'lO

3(;i

.-.()i

270
432
»81
501
233
332
473
III
125
219
8.S
323
358
390
482
374
329
327
481
259
318
.'.64
457
145
219
131

100

293
410
271
128
2(!8
299
273
3C2

5(50

IKDEX.

Chatfield island

Chatham channel

islands

point, position

sound, landmarks

strait

Chaune island

Cheek squintz
Ch eltenham waters ...
Chemainus bay, anchorage
Cherry point ...

Choslakee

Chester port ...
Chibadehl rocks
Chick reefs ...
r'hief rock

Chimikim creek

Chismore passage ...
Choked passage

, Starfish group

Cihop bay

Christie bay ...

islands

passage

Chroustchetf cape ...

Church point

City of Feattle rock, buoy
Olipperton island

Cloak bry

Clock rock

Clover point, telegraph
Clown rock ...

Cluster reefs

Clahoose

Clallam point

Clam bay

, directions...

- island

Clan Ninick harbour

, directions

Clapp passage

Clara islet

Clarence strait

Clark island

point

Clarke reefs

rocks ...

Classet cape

Claydon bay

Clayoquot settlement

sound

, caution ...

, directioDB

Page.
... 41. S
2fil.27C

... 2r.2

... 41!)

... 18

... 242

... 420

.. 4:J2

... ll'.t

... 114

... 268
18

... 27

... :)71

... :i67

... 40

... 443

.. 4()4

... 4l»:5

... 275

... (17

... 501

... 3o;i

... r>n

... 72
... lO.S

... lil

... 543
... 275
85
... 490
... 31)4
... 222
... 35
... 133
... 134
... 404
... 3(i5
3f.7
27(i
368
18
167
163
372
l!t3
26
291
337
333
340
341

Clayoquot sound, tides

Clement's city

Clements reef

Cliff island, Alexandra pnssage

. Millbank sound

, Wasp islands ...

- — — islands ...

islets, Principe channel

point. Banks island ...

— — . Portland canal

inlet .

Clifton village

Climate ...

Clio bay ...

channel ...

Coach islands...

Coal

, Departure bay

, Esqiiimalt harbour ...

harbour. Burrard inlet

. Quotsino sound

island

, Kitsagatla

, Xanaimo

. New Wentminster

point, Deep cove

. Seattle

, Simpson port ...

, Skidegate inlet

, Tacoma

. Vancouver harbour ...

, Victoria

Ci)ast islet

mound...

nipple

Ccastcr channel

Cochrane islands
Cockatrice bay
Cockburn cape
Cod bank Chatham sound...

Seaforth channel

reefs, Blakeney port ...

?Iiners channels

Codf.sh passage

rock

Coffin islet, Hecate cove ...

, Oyster harbour

Coghlan anchorage

, tides ...

rook, Dundas island

rock, Boyal bay ...

Colburue passage
Cole bay

Pago.

... 331

... 477

... 143

... 424

... 410

... 151

... 4o;t

... 48>t

... 4!t',i

... 514

... ,505

... 66
4

... 433
270,273

... 28ii
2

... lill

... 171)

... 384

... 11(1

... 448

... l!)ii

... I7.S

... 113

... 51

... 463

... .535

... IS!

... 83

... 446

... 472

... 38!)

... 326

... 22!)

... 286

... 221

... 477

... 415

... 421
109, 110

... 495

... 493

... 382

... 119

... 435

... 436

... 473

... 75

... Ill

... 114

INDEX.

561

ngo-

3;m

477
143
424
410
151

4o:<

4 Sit
4!l<.)

r)i4

505

()(>

.,27:5

28»i

I'.tl

SO
171»
881
110
448
19(1
17.S

ii:{

51
463
535

5(i
ISl

83
44(>
472
389
32(5
22!>
iM
221
477
415

110
495
493
382
119
435
43(i
473
75
111
114

CoUingwood channel
Collison bay ...
Columbia river
Colville cape, island...
Colvos passage

rocks

Col'ivood islet

Comber rock

Comet island

Commencement bay, tides
Commorell cape

. position

Communications

Comox settlement ...

Compania island

islands, sound

Company point

Compton island

Portland inlet

Conconi reef

Cone island

, Finlayson channel ...

islet. Block islets

islets

mountain, Princess Royal

island

Connel islands ...

Connis rock, Beaver passage
rocks

Page.

. 212

. 521

. 173

. 159

, 50

. 44

. 353

.. 399

,. 109
5(i

.. 302

.. 303
3

.. 205

.. 485

.. 482

.. 71

.. 271

.. 504

... 98

.. 342

.. 425

,.. 498

... 163

Constance bank
cove

Constitution mount...

Conuma jK'ak

Coode peninsula

Cook cape, position ..

strait

Cooper inlet, Queen Charlotte

sound

, San Juan port

point

reach

reef

479

472

502

474

... 1.53

345,349

... •■-28

7(;,

Copper island

islands

Cordova channel
Cormorant bay
ishiHd

pass

rock

Corona shoal ...
Cortes island...
Cosby point ...
Cottam reef ..
SO 11948

371
23

410

243

112

319

521

107

265

2(i8

442

233

243

198

Courtenay river

Cousins inlet

Cove island

Cowitchin harbour

head

Cowgitz coal mine

Cowlitz bay ..

Cox island

point, Clayo<iuot sound

, Estevan island ...

Cracroft island

Craig rock

Cramer passage

Crane island

islets

Craven rock

Crawford anchorage

Crescent bay ,

inlet

point

Crib island

Crickitt bay

Cridge islands

passage

Crispin rock ...

Croker island

point

rock

Cross islet, Malaspina inlet

, Portland canal ..

point, ledge

Crown islets ...

Cruice rock ...

CuUeet river

CuUen harbour

tides

Cultus bay ...
Gumming point
Cumshewa inlet

islands, rocks, village.,

Cunningham island

passage

Curlew rock

Current passage

point

Currents

Curtis point, Estevan island

— , O'Brien bay ..

Cushman lake

Custom house point

Cutter creek ...

Cuttle group

Page.

206, 206
... 408
... 279
... 116
96, 107
... 535
... 104
... 810
... 334
... 498
... 262
... 476
... 278

... i:i

... 307
... 41
... 242
... 32
... .528
... 123
... 280
... 320
... 4.53
... 483
... 97
... 185
... 97
... 303
... 229
... 512
... 418
... 148
... 444
... 376

282
... 283
... 43
... 431
... 520
... 531

532
... 112
... 462
... 4.58
... 256
... 298
... 11
... 498
.. 284
... 66
... 406
... 276

... 3(;8

2 N

562

INDEX.

Page.

Cypress bay 33(5

harbour, anchorage, tides... 2S8

island 163,164

-islands 412

reef IGii

Dabop bay 63,65

Daedalus passage 268

Dalco point, passage 57

Dalkeith point 297

Dall patch, buoy 414

Dallas bank, shoal, buoy 35

mount 102

Dana inlet 530

passage... 62

Danger patch, Klemtoo passage ... 426

— — reef, Stuart channel ... 121

rock, Barclay sound ... 323

■; , caution 104

, Douglas channel ... 141

, Nuchatlitz inlet ... 352

377

— rocks, Quatsino sound ...
, Queen Charlotte

islands

— shoal, buoy

, Sea Otter group

Danube rock

Darcy island ...

, Sidney channel

point

Dark cove

islet-

Darwin sound

-, tides...

Dash iwint
Davenport point

David channel

rock

Davidson island

ro(jk, buoy

Da vies point

Davis bay

slough, buoys

Dawamish river
Dawes' point, rock ..
Dawson harbour
ledge, point

-, Farrant island ,

517
101
300
535

92
107
256
221
490
526
527

55
437
484
330
294
282
159
510
160

55
4.-):{
546
435

Day island, anchoratje

point

Dayman island
De Chutes' river

— Courc,V islands ...

— la Beche inlet ...

— Horsey islands ...
Dead Tree point
Deadman islet
Dean channel

Dean's point

Decatur island

reef, buoy ...

Deception channel ...
pass, light

40(

-, Clayoquot sound

Decision cape

Deer creek

harbour

island, Beaver harbour

, Lama passage

islands, Barclay sound

lagoon

passage. Calm channel

, Seaforth channel

point

, Principe channel

Deep bay

cove

Desolation sound
, St. John's harbour

• , Howe sound

harbour, Fife sound ...

inlet

pass, Hecate passage ...

patch, Edye passage ...

sea bluff

Water bay

Defeat point ...
Defender shoal

Defiance point

Deluge point

■Demock point

Denman island

Dennis rock ...
Denny island

Dent island

mountain

Denny rock

Departure bay, buoys, coal

, directions

Derby point

town

Page.

. 68

. 417

. 123

. 63

. 135

. 625

. 446

. 634

.. 487
,408

.. 470

.. 148

.. 49

.. 337
67, 161
339
18

... 339

... 1.-.3

... 267

... 412

... 317

... 42

... 239

... 413

... 120

... 487

... 202

... 2:u

... 421
113,114

... 211

... 283

... 362

... 336

... 468

... 284

... 251

... 414

... 249

... .58

... 521

... 69

... 199

... Itil

... 409

... 242

... 612

... .392

... 191

... 192

... 217

... 178

i 1

INDEX.

563

283
362
!?3ti
468
284
251
14
249
8

r>2i

6l»
l'.»V»

Itil

4()'»
242
512
392
191
192
217
178

Deserted bay

creek

Deserter's islands

Desolation sound ...

, tide

Despair point

Destruction island ...

, light, fog signal

Detached island ...

Devastation channel

island*..

Devil Rock, Sea Otter group

Devil rocks

Devil's head

point

, Aristazable island ...

Diamond point

Diana island ...

Dick mount ...

Dicken's point

Dickenson islet

point

Dickerson point

Dickson island

Digby island

Dillon point

rock

Dimple point...

Dinner island, Griffin bay ...

islet ...

point

Disappointment inlet

Disrorrvy

Discovery island, light

passage, supplies

, tides...

Disney point .

port, tides
rocks

-, Cowlitz bay.

Disraeli mount

Dixie cove

Dixon entrance

, tides

island...

Dobbin bay

Docks

Dockyard islands

Dodd island

narrows, directions ..

, False narrows

, tides

passage, Simpson port

SO 11948

Page.
221
349
294
231
232
487
25
26
... 423
... 482
... 454
... 390
... 475
... 61
... 481
... 497
... 156
318, 324
... 215
... 511
... 295
... 265
... 62
... 286
446, 452
... 268
... 302
... 490
... 139

... r.5

... 98
... 337
... 427
... 88
... 245
... 246
... 35
... 417
... 141
... 104
... 510
... 363
... 475
... 477
... 489
... 286
3
... 380
... .329
193
135
1.35
464

134

Dodd rock

Do<lger cove ...
Dofflemyer point, light

Dog island

Dogfish bank, Hecate strait

bay

, Portland canal

Dolomite narrows

Dolphin point

island, Ogden channel

Domville island

Don flat

island

ledge

point. Laredo sound ...

Donald head

Donegal head

Doe island

Double bluff

island, Barclay sound

, Departure bay

, Esperanza inlet

, Laredo sound

islands

, Clio channel

— ■ --, Toba inlet

islet point

islets, Ragged islands

Douglas bay

channel, directions

, tides

Page.

. 461

. 324

. 62

. 529

. 539

. 46

. 511

. 523

. 54

. 501

. 109

. 438

. 413

. 486

. 480

.. 288

. 265

,. 397

. 42

,. 321

,. 191

.. 357

.. 480

. 154

.. 270

.. 233

.. 507

.. 225

.. 257

.. 141

.. 142

harbour

mount

rock ...

wharf

-, Milbank sound 433. 434

.547

253

190

417

303

Douglass island

Dowerger island

Doyle island

Drayton harbour, anohorage, direc-
tions, tides

Drew harbour

pass

rock

Drummond mount

Drury inlet

Dsoolish bay

Ducie island

, Chatham sound

Duck cove

Duckabus river

Duff island

Dufferin island

... 169

... 236

... 239

... 99

... 257

... 290

... 396

... 20

... 473

... 276

... 66

... 282
414,496
5? N2

■%

.■%

504

INDBX.

Duncan bay

• -, directions

, Discovery pa8sa<ire

, Saratoga passage

' island

rock

Dundas island

islands

Dundivan inlet
Dunlop point
Dunsany jjassage

Duntze liead

, position

rock

Dusewallips river ...

Dusky cove

, tides

Duval point, position
Duwamish bay, river

head, buoy

Dye inlet

Dyke point, beacon ...

E cha chets village

Eagle harbour, buoys

island, light

, Beaver harbour

point

Page.

. 456

. 457

. 248

. (ia

. 303

. 27

. 44!)

. 471

. 414

. 208

. 292

. 7C

, 78

. 28

. 65

. 279

. 280

. 301

. 50

, 52

, 46
77

Earl led{?e

East bay. Blakeney port

— ^ — cove, Kopriuo harbour

Devil rock ,

entrance point, Hesquiat har

hour ,

entrance reef

Haycock island

narrows, Skidegate channel..

Orcas sjund

passage, Koprino harbour

point, light

, Gamble port ...

, Prevost island ...

-, Saratoga passage

rock, Nasparti inlet ...

, Welcome harbour

334

•*/
60
267
159
258
422
380
475

344
361
310
546

Easter island

Eastern channel, Barclay sound

153, 155

... 380

... 105

... 64

... 516

... 68

... 369

... 493

... 20

... 316

-,di.

rections

322

Easy creek

Eel reef

Echo harbour

island

islets

Eclipse island

narrows

Ecoole village

Ecstall river

Eden island

point ... .«

Edensaw cape

Edge reef

Edith point, rock

Ediz hook, light, fog signal

Edmond islands

Edmund point

'■ Burke channel

Edward Rock

, Smith sound

Edye passage...

tides ,

Effingham inlet

port

Egg island, rocks .
Elbow island, rocks.

point...

Eld inlet
Eldon mount...
Eleanor point
Eliza dome ...

island ...

port

Elizabeth island

, i-ock, Arthur

sage

peak

port

Elk bay

Ellen bay

island

Ellerslie channel

Ellinor mount

Elliot bluff

passage

point

Elliott island

point, Portland inlet

Ellis bay

Elwha river

Emily group

islet

Emma passage

pas-

Pagre.

. 364

. 264

. 627

. 218

. 295

. 482

. 299

. 325

. 447

. 281

. 2.">5

. 541

. 415

. 172

. 33

. 289

. 45

, 404

. 328

. 394

. 467

. 469

. 328

. 326

. 392

. 327

. 115
62

. 254

. 125

. 360

. 164

. 357

. 19

443
444
276
251
127
519
407

97
275

67
443
504
299

32
296

86
504

iz r .Ju nK- ts s ei r . ' . :

INDEX.

565

End hill

Enfield rock, caution
English bay, anchorajre, tides

En;rli^<h'8 cannery

Enterprise channel

reef

, beacon

Entrance anchorajfe

bank, Gowlland harbour

bluflF, Kemano bay

island, light

, position ...

, Barclay sound .,

, Laredo sound

, Secret cove

, Selwyn inlet

, Quatsino sound

Page.

487

1.-.:$

ISO
174

85
'.»H
'.••J

:n8

247

... rM

... 18(i
... 187

... 32:{

479, 4'J()
... 218

.-.80
377
378
117
3.-.(i

mountain

point, Sansum narrows
reef, Esperanza inlet

, Qlawdzeet anchorage 471

rock, Nanooae harbour
shoal, Lopez Bound

Entry cone

ledge, Sooke inlet

peak

Erasmus islands

Elrie mount

Escalante point

Escape reef

, caution, Johnstone

strait

reefs, Big bay

Espinosaarm

Esperanza inlet

, directions

.tides

Esquimau harbour

, anchorage

, coal, telegraph, tides,

winds

, directions, caution

, docks, repairs, supplies

, navigable depths, lights

, position

11»(>
147
3i)8
71
477
242
1.18
34.-.
121

2(51
45!)
3,-)8
354
35!)
3(10
7G
77

Es.sington port, anchorage, suppli ;s

, coal, ice, tides ...

Estero basin

Estevan ledge

island, sound

point, position

Ettti White

Ettrick rock

71)

447

... 448

... 243

... 486

485, 45)7

... 344

... 217

... 450

Evangeline rock
Evans arm ...

bay ...

point, rock

Eveleigh Inland
Evening point

rock...

rocks

Everett town...
Ewing island
Exn geal inlet
Exposed iiriu...
bay ...

Vag9.

. 285
, 408
, 2.S8
, 57

232
, 437
, 403

270

(57

, 143

, 440

43!)

41)3

Fair harbour

Fairfax point

Fairwfvy channel, directions

island ...

rock

, Welcome harbour ...

False bay, Clayoriuot sound

, Lasqueti island

, hopcz sound

--—channel ...

creek

Dunjreness ...

light

Dodd narrows, beacons, buoys

Egg island

Grassy islet ...

narrows ...

reef 121,

Scatchet head

Stuart anchorage

Fane islet

Fanny bay

reef ... ... ... 257,

Faraday island

Farewell harbour

-, tides

cape, ledge

Farrant island
Fauntleroy cove

point

Favorite channel

Fawn islet

Fcarney point
Fern cove

3(53
112
187
.358
3G8
41)3
334
21G
148
358
180

33
135
393
501
135
123

42
440

97
203
258
525
271
272
435
483

53
149

18
153
219

5G6

Ferrer point

Fidalgo island, light

Fiddle reef, beacon

Fife cape

sound

Fiji

Fin island, rock

Fingal island, ledges

Finlayson arm

channel

island

mount

First narrows, directions, tides

, Alberni canal

Fisgard island; light

Fish point

rocks

Fisher channel

Fisherman cove, Fraser reach

, Wright sound

Fisherman's bay

Fishing bay

Fitz Hugh sound, tides

island

Roy reef

Five-fathoms shoal...

Finger island

Flat hill

island. Bargain harbour

islands ...

point, Graham reach ...

, Portland inlet ..

INDEX.

— , Upright channel

rock, Mereworth sound

— , Houston Stewart channel

Flattery cape

Page.
... 352
138, Ifil
... 87
... 537
. . 281
... 23
... 483
... 4!>,-|
... 115
... 421
... 460
... 102
... 181
... 321

7(!
... 503
... 31)5
... 407
... 431
... 435

(i5
... 156
... 3!)7
... 353
... 491
... 89
... 192
.. 467
... 218
... 210
... 429
... 505
... 146
... 300
520

' rocks

light, fog signal,
signal and telegraph
station, position ...

Flattop island

Flat-top islands, Big bay

Flattop mount

Fleece rock

Fleming port

Flora ridge

Florence peninsula ...
Florencia islet

Flores island

Flower islet

Pot island ...

Flowery islet

Fly basin

27
25
141
460
378
476
441
277
407
333
340
357
529
533
396

Fog islands

rock

rocks

Fogs, caution, signals

Foggy point

Folly island

Fonto bank

Forbes island

point, buoy ...

Ford point

Forests

Forsyth joint

Fort point

Simpson

Fortune channel

point

Forward !iay

harbour

tides

inlet
■ channel

Fosdick point

Foster island

point

Foul bay, point

bcay, Bank's island

islets

point, Principe channel

Foulweather bluff ...

Four Mile rock

Fox cape

island

— - islands

— • rock

Frances point, shoals, buoys
Francis point

Frank point

Fraser bay

reach

river

, beacons, buoys, direc-
tions

, ice, tides

, light, rise and fall of

river, position

, navigable depths ...

Frazur island

Frederic point

Frederick arm

island

- - sound

-, Seymour inlet

Freeman inlet

Page

279

319

407

513

400

158

. 330

. 69

. 115

. 518

. 50<)

. 463

. 338

. 460

. 261

, 256

, 257

. 378

, 186

58, 59
, 282
, 155
, 85

499

, 381

, 489

. 50

476

59, 60
297

, 288
, 167
, 218
509
243
430
173

176
177

175
174

72
238
243
545

18
299
153

INDEX.

507

Freeman pass

Freke anuhorajjo ■

Freshwater bay ,

, Blackfish sound.,

cove

Friday harbour

Friendly cove, anchoraj^c, direc-
tions ...
, supplies ...

Frigate bay ...
Frost island ...
Fulford harbour

reef

-, anuhc rage

Fur trade
Fury point

Page.

. 468

. 22H

. 32

. 271

. 2.S7

. l.'JS)

3lt'>
347

;{;»;>

148
4. 124
1 25

Hit

480

Gabriola island

pass, tides ...

reefs, caution

Galapagos islands ..

Gale creek

point

Galiano island

, Trinconiali

nel

Galley rock

Gallows point

Ganibier island

Gamble port, directions
Gander islands, caution, tidei
Ganges harbour

, anchorage

Gap mountain

Garden bay

Gardner channel

mount

port

Garry point

Gastineau channel ...
Gedney island

Geneste eone

Genn islands

Geoffrey mount

George cape

harbour

passage

point

chan-

111,

171),

18(i
l.'JCi
1S(!
22
414
487
304

13U
32!)
188
214

(M
497
12.-)
12()
370
220
432
211

67
176

67
257
444
19!)
500
522
282
218

George i)oint, Gooper inlet

island, (Joletaa channel

reef, lUiiiile passage

rock

Georgetown

Georgia strait, buoys, beacons

, caution

, general remarks

, tides...

Georgina point, light

, Malaspina inlet

Geralil islands

Gerrans bay, anchorage

Gibraltar island

Gibson islands

point ...

Gibson's landing, llowc sound

Gifford peninsula

Gig harbour ...

Gil island, mount

Gilford island

Gilles bay

Gillies bay ...

Gillot rock ...

Gladstone mountains

Glacier, peak

Glendale cove

(ilenthorne creek

Glimp.sc reefs

Gnarled islands, Dundas groups

, Takush harbour

Goat cove

islands

Gold harbour

river

Goldstroam harbour

tides

rage.

... 410

... 303

... 295

... 3!I4

... 458

... 171
171,172

... 171

... 173

... 129

... 228

... 197

... 220

... 326

... 441

... 59

... 213
228, 229
.58
434, 482

... 285

... 215

... 210

... 293

... 515

... 277

... 127

... 84

... 475

... 395

... 427

... 244

... 547

... 349

... 402

... 403

Goletas channel, position, navigable

depths, tides ...

, directions

Gonzales hill

point

Good Shelter cove

Gooch island

Goose ledge

island

islands

spit, beacon

Gordon group

head

Gore island

Gordon islets

point> Finlayson island

... 301

... 306

... 85

... 86

... 391

109, 112

... 497

... 138

... 495

201, 205

... 303

... 96

... 349

... 520

... 460

568

Gordon point, Cormorant iwlmul
, (JuUen harliour

IflDEX.

— river...

Oorc rock ...

Goiffe harbour

, anchorage,

tioDH

Gor^fOH islands

GoBchen inland

Gosling rouk.4

Gossip ishind, buoy

, lloid harbour

Governor rock

Page.
. iC<'}
. 2H2
. 70

. 2S2
. '2U

diric-

-, buoy

Gower point ...

(iowlland harbour, island, tides

island, ISarulay sound

rooks, Wreck bay

Grace harbour

point

Grahnm island

reach

tides

Granite island

point

, Skincuttlc inlet

Grappler reef, buoy

creek

sound

Grass point

Grassy island

islet, Chatham sound

, Seaforth channel

point bank, beacon

Grave point, Lama passage

, Maple bay

, Nanaimo

Gravel spit

Graves port, directions, tides

Gravesend reach

Great bank

Bear islet

bend

chain islet

Race island, light ...

Green bank

cove

head

mound

inlet

islet, Broughton strait

, Chatham sound

islets

... 2.T)

... 233

•IflM, r.oi

... 4'.t.')

... 128

... UK)

... 131

... i;<2

... 211
... 247
... 32<.»
... 333
... 230
... HW
... 533
... 42l>
... 430
.,. 3ti7
... 2.51
... .521
... 122
... 31(;
... 291
... 379
... 32(i
... 450
... 414
201, 205
... 409
... 117
... 189
... 148
... 214
... 176
... 329
... 32«
... 06
... 87
... 73
... 156
... 320
... 368
... 461
... 429
... 263
... 474
... 218

Green islets, r»)rtland canal
point, Spieden island

Top island

Green-top islet, Trincipe chaniiul.

Greene point

Green way sound

Grebe cove

Gregory island

(Jrenville channol, tides ...

Grey islet

, Chatham sound...

islets

rock

. . New channel

Gribbell island

, Metlah Catlah

Grief bay

point

Banks island

GrifHn bay

mount

Grismond point

Grouse island
Growler cove...

Guano rocks

Guafjuina arm
Guemes channel, island
Guide islet, i"tephensport ...

islets ...

Gull reef

rock

--, Moresby island ...

rocks, Chatham sound

Gunboat bay

harbour

passaj^e, Seaforth chan

nel

Gunner harbour

Pa(,'c.
513

12. 141
451
488
242
288
278
288
437
231
474
399
179
197
307
431
4 55
398
223
498
138
450
243
246
262
486
349
7,163
488
234
101
283
521
4.50
220
441

412
339

Haddington island ...
Hahama river

Haida point

Hail islands

Hains island

Hakai channel, directions
passage

... 265
66
... 154
... 273
... 324
... 492
402, 492

INDEX.

;')(;•.)

Halu iiasHn;ro.

-, I'utret Houml

Half-tide rock

, llt'CIl* ' IWMHilK'O ...

, Lojier soiuiil

lliililmt hank

l)iiy, tides ...

channel ...

rocks ...

Hall island

[loint ... ...

Halntead iKliind ...

Hiiinmersley inlet ...

island

Hammond rock

rooks ...

nanl)ury islavd ...

Ilaiulyside island ...

Hankiii ledges, Principe channel...

point, McCauley island ...

, West OrcaH sound...

, Quatsino narrows...

reefs, Simpson port

rock...

Hanmcr rock

Hannah rock... ...

Hanson island

Harbour bank, Canaveral \wTt ...

cone ...

island ...

, Eliza jiort

, Klik tso Atli

, ledge, Welcome

harbour

Page.
1C3, 1C.7

... l.^H

... H.lli

... lis

... -,2Cy

... .--12

... 'till!

... l!t'.>

... i:i2
... 2i:{

... 302

... G6

... 2^2

... 473

... 70

... 292

... 411

41)0

4 'JO

1,-).-.

3S3

4(i3

338

470

3<.)1

21)2

4Si)

271

320

3,VS

411

— reefn, Simpson port

— rock, Coghlan anchorage

, Griffin bay ..

, West Orcas sound ..

Harbledown island

Hardinge island

Hardy baj' ...

island

Hardwicke island ...

Harlenuin ba«in

Harney channel

Haro strait ...

, directions, tides

r-, caution

, western channels

Harriet harbour

Harris island

islet

Harrison river

4i)3
4G4
43.-,
13.S
l.-)4
2(J4, 270
... 253
... 2()i)
... 220
2.5(5, 25S
... 4U4
... 1.-.4
... <J1
...93 1)5
... 93
... 100
... 522
... <J0
... 295
... 174

Harry point

saddle

Hartiitene island

Harvell point

Harvey port

, directions, tides

Harwood island 2

Hastings

arm
mill

Hat hill

— island

Hatch point

Hattie island

llavannah channel, caution
Havelock rock

Hawkesbury island

Hawkins island

Hay point

Haycock island
, Wk bay ...

islands

Hayes point

Haystacks rocks

Hazel point

Hazelton settlement

Head i)uy

Headwind point

Health bay

Heath point

Hecate bay

channel, Esperanza inlet ..

, Queen's sound ..

, Seaforth channel

cove, (juatsino sound

island ... ,

passage, Barclay sound ..

, Discovery islands

, Clayoquot sound...

reefs, Hecate island

rock

, Duncan bay ..

strait .
, tides

Hedley patch.

Calvert island

Hein bank
Helby island ...
Helen point ...
Helmckcn island
Helmet island

peak...

Hemming bay

Page.

. lis

. 47<i

. 61

. ;io(>

. 2.-)9

. 2(;i

17,223

. 1.S4

. .".ti9

. 1.S2

. 4«!)

. 370

. 113

. 512

. 2liO

. 451

. 133

. 128

. 497

. 45H

. 310

. 2HU

. 309

. 410

. 350

. 4.S7

. 27.S

. 307

. 330

. 357

. 495
413

. 3.S2

. 403

. 324

. 335

. 492

. 309

. 457

. 53H

. 539

. 398

. 491

. 91

. 318

. 128

•>r

;>•)

530
410
252

570

INDEX.

Henry hay

capo

iHliind

point

FIonHluntr covo, tides
Hcplmrii point

Herbert arm

iHland

reefs

Hcriot islot

Hermit islet

Hernando island

Henquiat bluff ...

harbour, liar

, directions, tides

Hewitt rock

Hewlett bay

Heyer point

Hi Ellen river

Hicaron island
IHdiiltro jioint, rock...
Hie Kish narrows ...

High island

High-water rock
rocks ...

Bonila island

Highest island

Highway islands

Hill island

, Barclay sound

Hillingilon point

Hippa island

Ho hoae island

Hobbs islet

Hodges reef

Hodgson reefs, buoy

Hoeya sound

HolJsworth mount

]lole-in-the-wall channel ...

point

Holf'. rd islands

Holland island

point

: , Malaspim inlet

HoUoway point

Holmes bay, anchciig m

, tides

Homalko river
Home island ...

Homfray channel

Honolulu

Hood canal

Hood point ...

Page.

hi!
lull
2111
5M

i:\H
:i»o

236

33(1

22.-,

:U3

313

34 1

... 1 28

... r.J8

5,-)

... :>in

... 22

... 22.-,

... 428

... 27lt

... 15.-,

... r.w

... !'.•!»

... •((;!

... lou

... 238

... 318

... 228

... 54.-,

... -m:)

... 33 ()

... 412

... 4-,7

... 277

... 2(>3
23!>, 251

... 344

... 282

... 451

... 82

... 23(1

... 381

... 434

... 4.35

... 241

... 213

... 232

... 23

... 63

... 211

UmxVu head

Hoop reef

Ho|Mj island

point ...

town ...

Ho<iper island

Hoi)etown pa«sagi! ...

Horace point, Forward harbour

, Pendril sound

Hornby islands

point

Home lake

Hornet passagt

Horse rock

Horswell bluff, buoys

Hoskyn inlet...

Hot Spring island, Juan Perez

sound

springs, Essingtou port

, Fisherman cove

, Harrison river

Page.

... 64

... 3!ll

... 306
211,214

... 174

... 290

... 292

... 256

... 232

... 109

... 518

... 198

... 284

... 280

... 192

... 237

Hyueii
Hyudiil

Hotham sound

Houlican, defined

House isleind ...

, Juan Perez sound

Houston island

passage
Stewart channel

Howe sound

-, anchorage
-, directions

Hudson island

Arrow passago

point, buoy

, light

Hudson's Bay Company

station

Hulah ledge

Hull island

Hummock islets ' ...
Humphries reef
Humphry rock
Hundred islands
Hunston inlet

Hunt iwint

Hunter island
Huntingford point ...

Hurst island

Hurtaflo point
Huston island

Hutt island

Hutton inlet

Huxley island

525
447
432
174
221
1
278
525
... 147
122, 132
... 518
... 210
... 212
... 211
121,123
... 280
... 39
... 40
1
... 102
... 160
... 260
... 517
.. 331
... 285
... 327
... 522
444, 450
... 494
... 249
... 307
... 224
... 280
212,214
... 524
... 524

Indian

INDEX.

:)7i

If jiicinlhe liiiy
Ilyiidmiut rwl-

. 4ir.

Ibbetson ciipo, position

Ico

— , FroMer rivor

— , Niiss rivor

. Skeona river

Icuborjf bay, auuhorage

Idol iBlet

point ...

Imiigu island

point

Indian cove

island, IJull harbour

, Clam Ijay ...

, Nowish uove

islands

passage

, Fife inlet ...

point

village, Emiuimalt ..

point

Ingraham port

Inmau point ...

Inner Ba.jo reef

Bar rock

basin

channel. Departure bay

island

Low rock

passages, caution

Insect island ...

Inskip banks ...

channel

island, rock

passage

point

Inverness

Invisible point

Iron point

rocks

Ironsides island

Isabel bay

island

Isabella point

Island bay

, Burnaby strait

l(;7
«;

177

,'■.07
122

4ir.

•XM

r>x\
mil

VXl

42:.

275
272
283
1.-.4

7t;

C4
545
HI.'}
351
5:54
353
I!I3
52!»
521

281
(U
54(5
77
404
542
■J4()
538
520
3!)1
3 "J It
230
4, -.5
124
34!)
523

Island cove ..,
harbour

-, tides

point, Sunday harliuur

Islit point

roik

Itsauii shoal

, buoy

Ivory island

Jackson bay

1 lassagc

,Ial un river ...
James bay ...

cape ...

island

, Rosario strait

mount

point, Lo\v(^ inlit ...

, Quatsino narrows

, Saaniuh inkt

rock, Smith sound ...

Jane creek

island ...

Java head

Jeanotte island

Jefferson point

Jemmy Jones islet ...
Jenkins island

Jennis bay ...

point

Jervis inlet, tides

Jesse island ...

Pngo.
. 331)
. 326
. 327
. 280
. 520
, 481
. (il
(12
. 415

Joachim island

Jocelyn ranjj:e

Joe cove

Joe Brown's point ...

John port, tides

rock

Johns island ...

point ...

Johnson channel

point, light

Johnstone reef
strait

directions

-, tides

.. 425

... 5)2

... 127

... 305

... KK)

... 162

... 286

... 438

... 383

... 114

... 31»3

... 410

... 42(;

... 2!I4

... 45
81>

.. 21<i

... 2!)1
138, 145
218. 223

... 258

... li»l

. . 3!l!»

... 418

... 281

... 08

... 408

... 393

... 101

... 242

... 407

... 61

... 96

... 253

... 262

... 254

572

Jones island, Middle channel
, Miners channel

INDEX.

point ...

Jordan river ...

Jorey point

Jorkins point
Josei)hino islands ...

Josling peninsula

jioint

Juan de Fuca strait

, directions

Fernandez island

Perez sound

Judd rock
Ju}j island
Julia island ...
Jumble inland
Juniper island
Junction island

passage

point

Juni^au

Junk ledtic ...

Jupiter hills ...

- inner channels
-, directions, tides
• strait, northern shore

Ka Kao Kao village...

— Ivk'cs la ...

— Koosh dish creek

— mas ik

— pi lish

Kagaoj^h

Kah tsis ilhi

Knkweiken river

Kala point

Kiunux island
Karlukweos village...
Kanuutsen lake
K'lrslake point

Kate island

Keats island

Keith island, Barclay sound

, Drury inlet ...

Kelp

bar, Baynes sound

bay, Barclay sound ...

Page.

,. 140

. lot)

. 3!)2

. 71

. r.41

. 121

. 228

. 517

. 121

. 24

. 85

. 'JO

524

395

185

i:il

275

28;i

348

325

228

4l»!)

(14

231
38i»
411
417
398
382
297
285

40
272
273
2(i3
398
280
212
32(i
291

16
204
31(i

Kelp hoiid

islet, Barclay sound ...

passage...

patch, Klemtoo pass.ige

, Malcolm island

Page
394, 397
... .H21

point

, Banks island ...

, Goldstream harbour

reef, San sum narrows

buoy, Baynes sound

reel's, llaro strait

, beacon

rocks, Baronet passage

rock, Motlali Catlah ,

Kellett island, ledge
Kelsemart village ...
Kema.io bay ...

river, tides...

Kendrick arm
Kennedy island
Keinieth passage

Kent island

Keppel cape ...
Kcrouart islets
Ketron island
Khutze arm ...
Khutzeymateen inlet
Kilawalaks river
Kildala arm ...
Kilisut harbour
Kilkitc Indians
Kilsagatla, coal

Kiltik

Kinisquit
Kin gui isliuid
Kincolith, position ...
King George sound ...
King island ...
King islets ...
Kingcomc inlet
, anchorage

nnmntaina

point

Kingfisher cove
Kinghorn island
Kinnahan islands ...
Kinnaird island
Kinkwasan ci "^^ )
Kiokh cove ...
Kit a Kt''.izc ...
Kit Kia tah inlet
Kit lah Kuui Ka dah

II]

443

42(;

2()G
117
499
403
... 116
,buoy... 117
202
92
9'2
270
454
160
335
432
433
347
442
292
308
,115

... i:i7

... (10

.. 4:;(t
r>i)5

... 508

.. 433

... 39

... 547

... 448

... 407

... 4(»9

... 532

... 5()G

... 315
317,324

... 97

... 288

... 289

... 431

... 522

... 231

... 451
287, 292

... 18

... 277

... .''OS

... iM

... 508

INDEX

573

Kit mill i ook

Kit 3ah watl

Kitimat arm, Indians

Kititstu hill

Kitkatlah villaj^fe

Kitlup Indians

Kitsoii island...

Kitsuinj^^allum river

Kittoii island...

Kitty islet

Kitty natch ...

Kiwash island

Klahosloh rouk

Klas Kwun ])oint

rock

Klaskino inlet, caution

, directions ...

, tides

Klaskish inlet, caution

, directions, tides

Klekane arm

Klemtoo passage

, tides

Kle\vniigf;it inlet, directions, tides
Klik tso Atli harbour

Kino Indian villa^'c

Klun Kwoi Lay

Knajii) island

Knight inlet ...

, tidi's

Knight island

Kno.v cape, position

hay

, tides

— — — point ...

Koitlah p,)int

KokshiLtle arm

Komass hlull"

Koprino harbour

Kc keemo bay

Kuhmkeate ...

Kuhushan point

Kill tow sis ...

Kulleet bay ...

Kultus cove

Kum ea Ion inlet

Kumowadah ...

Kan ga island

Kuper island ...

— — , Inskip channel

Kwakshua channel, rock ...

Page.

. r)OS

,. nus

. 4:53

,. 47'.>

,. 501

.. 4H3

.. 451

.. 44(;

.. 3S2

.. .HO

,. 42:}

.. 403

.. 31

.. 542

.. 42

. 3 73

.. 374

.. 37.-)

.. 372

.. 373

.. 430

.. 42.-.

.. 42(;
431!

... 411

... r.2'.»

... r.2s

... Ill

... 273
274.275

... 454

• passage ...

Kwatna arm

... 54 4

... 251

... 255

... 402

... 30

... liC.I

... '207

... 3S0

... 381

... 4!I5

... 209

... 537

... 120

... 3.'<1

... 411

... 437

... 52'.t

... UK

... 54(5

... 4!I2

402.4112

... 405

Kwatsi bay ...
Kwinamelith...
Kwo niais point
Kynumpt harbour

Kyuijuot channel
sound

-, tides

directions, tides

village

Page.

. 284

. .-.OS

. 170

. 413

. 414

. 3(11

. 3ti5

.. 3t;(J

La Conner

, light

La Perouse ...
Labouchere channel

-. Dean channel

Lachjokiyeht...
Lachschatada rock ...
Lachspanner islands
Lady island ...

islands

Lagoon cove

Lak hou

Lak oh witz ...

Lake island

Lama passage
Lamb islet

Lambert c' iiel

island

Lancelot arm

Landslip mountain

lK)int, Portland i:anal

Ijang point ...

Langt'or.l jioint

port

Ill

Langley
Lanz island ..
Larcorn island
Laredo channel

-, directions, tides

sound.

-, directions
-, tides ...

Large Gander island
Larkins island . ,

Lascelles jioint

liaskeek bay

})oint. village

Lasfjueti island
• , tides

70
517
21(3
4 OS
.50H
470
451
411)
4, 27(5
270
4.5S
451
410
40!)
411
i, 207
2S7
22H
500
514
422
51 S
353
4, 175
310
, 501)
, 480
481
, 471)
. 4. SO
. 481
. 4l»fi
. 330
. 2!»7
. 528
. 52!)
. 215
. 216

574

Lassiter bay

Laura point

Laurol point

Laurence point ...

Lawn point

, Skidegate

Lawrence islands ...

point, tides

Lawson bluff... ...

harbour ...

reef, buoy ...

rock

, buoy

Lawyer f^roup

Lazo cape ... ...

, caution

Leach islet ... ...

."■ieading bluff, Barclay sound

cone, Klaskish inlet

hill, Esperanza inlet

, Queen Charlotte

sound ,

island. Dusky cove

, Klewnuggit inlet

, Kyuquot sound ...

, Skidejrate

, Welcome harbour

INDEX.

mount, Ilesquiat harbour

peak, Chatham sound

, Hecate island

, Howe sound

, Pearl harbour

, Saanitch inlet

— point, Chatham islands

, Knight inlet

, Nass river ...

, Portland Canal

, Ucluelet arm

, Whale channel

Leche island ..
Ledge point, buoy ...

, Gil island

rooks, Dusky cove

Lee islet

rock

Leech island

Leer point

Legge point

Lemon mount
Lennard island
Leonard point
Letitia point ...
Lewia chauuel, tides

Page.

300
128
82
UTi
375
.-)34
;)3.5

Hit;

143
443
IC.l
148
149
444
208
210
324
31'.)
373
35 7

294
279
439
3(52
535
493
344
450
492
212
401
115

88
275
507
511
332
484
290
2(i4
482
279
252

87
133
44t;
426
304
331
205
43(>
227

Lewis island

Arthur passage
Baronet passage

passage
reef, beacon
rocks ...

Libby rock, buoy

Liddell point

Liddle island

Li gar island

Light, Active pass ...
Admiralty head
Alden point ...
Atkinson point
Bare point ...
Battery point
Beale cape ...
Berens island
Blunt island...
Brockton point
Brown point...
Burrows bay...
Bush poin* ...
Carnna) "'•
Cattl'i ]) - ■: .
Discover} inla" d
Dofflcmyer point
Eagle island ...
East point
Ediz hook
Entrance island
Esquimau harbour
False Dungeness
Fidalgo island
Fisgard island
Flattery cape
Eraser river ...
Georgina point
Great Race island
Hudson point
Johnson point
, La Conner ...
Lummi point
March point ...
Marrowstone point
Maylor spit ...
Monroe point
Moody point ...
New Dungem«s
No point
Oak harbour
Obstruction island
Olympia

Page.
. 252
. 442
. 271
. 483
. 87
. 292

125, 127

SIO

290

129

38
105
179
119

52
315

81
158
182

55
160

41
313
137

60
105

33
186

33
161

27
175
;29

>;l

7'./

.67

41
09
46
61
34
45
69
149
63

Page.

. 2r>2

442
271
483

87
292

•^r,

'>, 127
SIO
2<J0
121)
38
105
179
119
52
315
81
158
182
55
160
41
313
137
88
(52
GO
105
33
186
7(5
33
101
7C
27
175

i;l
~'j

.«!7
I '1''

09
149

(53

Light, Orchard point

, Patos point . . ,

, Pole pass

, Portlock point

, Prevost island

, Race islands ...

, Robinson point

, Sand-head . .

, Sandy point ...

, Saturna island

, Smith island...

— , Steamboat slougli
— ; Tatoosh island
- , Tongue point
—, Turn point ...
— , Victoria harbour
— , West point ...
— , William head
— , point

, Yellow island

Lighthouse island, buoy ...

Lightville

Lilooet lakes

Lima point ...

Limestone island

, Otter cove

islands, Laskeek bay

point

— rock

Limit island ...

point

Lina island ...
Linlithgow point ...
Lion rock

Lion's gate

Little group ...
Littleton point
Liverpool town

Lizard point

, Portland inlet

Lizzie hill

Local magnetic disturbance

Lockhart creek

Lofty island

Log point

, Skidegate channel

Logan inlet

point

Lone cone

island

Long arm, Skidegate inlet...

bay

harbour, Ilaro strait...

INDEX.

Page.

... 49

105, 143

... 151

... 127

... 73

... 175

... 08

... 105

... 158

... 70

... 27

... U)9

... 100

... 81

... 49
75

... 104

... 200

... 1.S7

... eo

222

... 440

... :i8]

... 251

... 5:51

... .'ir.!

... 523

... 49(;

... 394

... 5:i3

... 291

... 229

... ISl

... IKt

... 270

... 17S

... 200

... 5<I5

... 404

... 205

... 414

... 490

... 379

... 540

... 529

... 512

... ;i:i7

... 401

... 531!

... 3:!:i

... 120

Long harbour, Townsend port

island, Mackaye harbour

, Ogden channel

■ , Oyster harbour

, Starfish group

point, position

Loo rock

Look-out island

Lopez island

, sound, tides ...

Lord island ...

islands, rock

Iioughboroigh inlet

, tides

Louie creek

Louisa islet. Simoom sound

point

rock

Louise island

, Queen Charlotte is-

lands ..
rock ...

Louscoone harbour

Low Black rock

cone

island, Laskeek bay ...

, Jliner's uliauncl

, Kynumpt harbour ..

, Wasp channel...

islets. Forward inlet

point, Finlayson channel

, Juan de Fuca strait ...

, rock, Laredo sound ...

~, NasH bay

■ rock, Esperanza inlet...

Lowe inlet ...

, tides

Lucau islands

Lucy island, I'erry passage

islands

■ ro(;k, ;\Ialaspina inlet

Ludlow port ...

, directions

Lumnii island

— , liay, river, point.

light

Lund settlement, position

Luxana bay

Lyall harbour

poii.t

livell island

Lyle point

Lvnn canal

575

Pago.

. 39

. 145

. 501

. 119

. 492

. 395

. 404

. 306

. 145

. 147

. 353

. 476

. 243

. 244

. 353

. 284

. 256
125

. 520

531
367
518
522
308
53 1
los
414
152
378
419
32
480
50(5
356
437
439
303
544
451
228
43
44
106

107

224

516

330

520

576

INDEX.

Lyre river
Lytton city

Page.
. a2
. 174

Mnad river

Macaulay point
Macdonald point, ridge
Mackaye harbour ...
Mackenzie sound
Maclaujjhlin point ...
Madison port

lii^ht, navigable

depths

Maggy point

Magin saddle

islands

Magnetic disturbance

.nolia bluff

vilagh

Main entrance, Knight inlet

passage

, Lama passage

Malacca passage

, directions

Malaspina inlet

, directions...

, tides

strait

Malcolm island

Malksope inlet

Mamalilaculla village

Manson bay ...

Mai)alaklenk

Maple bay, tides

point, beacon

, Portland canal

• , Whale channel

Maquazneecht island

Maquiiina point

Marble creek

— quarry

— rock ...

March point, light
Marchant island

rock

Margaret point

shoal

Mariatu point
Mark hill ...

381

277

11.5

2'J2

46
271
304
288
205

50
381
273
474
412
444
445
228
230
231
217
205
•MW
272
234
405
117
201
513
484
383
340
383
444
485
103
320
4i)8
2'J'J
53'J

23
352

Mark islet

, St. John harbour

nipple

rock, John port

. Seaforth channel

'ht

Marmot river
Marrack island, rock
Marrow.«tone point, li

Mars island

Marsden island

Marshall point

Martin island
Marviuas bay

Mary basin

cove, Finlaysou channel

island

, Desolation sound

, Milbank sound

islet, Sutil channel ...

point, Virago sound...

rock

Todd islet

Marylebone point

Maskelyne point, position ...

, Portland inlel

Massacre bay

Masset harbour, inlet, sound

, tides

Masterman islands

Mathieson channel ...

Matia island

Matilda creek

Matliksimtas passage

Matthew island

Maud island

rock, Barclay sound...

Maude ir.land

Skidegate

islet

Maunsell bay
Maury island

passage

Mauve islet

May hat tee village...
Maycock rook
Mayday island
Mayne bay ...

island

passage

Mayor channel

island...

Maze islands ...
McBride bay...

Page.
317
421
491
408
415
514
441
41
280
281
7, 223
211)
347
353
425
230
232
419
235
541
294
80
232
406
504
... 154
... 540
... 541
... 209
... 420
... 145
... 340
... 484
... 408
... 247
... 326
... 195
... 535
... 288
... 299
... 53
147, 149
... 287
... 381
... 253
... 375
... 330
... 98
... 242
... 87
... 296
... 400
... 243

INDEX.

577

McCauley island
McCuUough rook
McEwan point
McGrath mount
McKay cove ...

reach

reef ...

McLaughlin bay

tides

McLeod island
McNeil bay ...

island

mount

McNeill port...
Meadow island

■ point

Meares island
Mee na point...
Melanie cove...
Melville island
Menzies bay ...
, tides

jjoint

Mereworth sound

Merry islands

Metlah Callah bay, villajfe
, anchorage, di-

Page.
489, noi

... 47-.

... 297

... 44(5

... 532

... 4:51

... 334

... 410

... 411

... 295

... 8G

... 60

... 450

... 2fi4

... 412

... 49

... 336

... 30

... 232

... 248

... 249

... 406

... 300

... 217

... 462

rections
tides ...

Mexicana jwint

Mid-channel bank ,

Mid rock ...

Middle bank

, Nanaimo

, buoys, beacon

, Nass river

, Lopez sound .

channel

, directions...

, tides

, Barclay sound

, Dejtarture bay

, Esperanza inlet

reef

Dundas island

Gander islands

passage, Skeena river

point

, Discovery passage

rock. Broken group
, oealed passage

rocks, Cunila island

Midge reefs ..
SO 11948

... 455

... 456

... 306

... 40

... 360

... 92

... 189

... 188

... 508

... 147

... 137

138, 141

139, 142
... 323
... 192
... 355
... 355
... 472
... 497
... 446
... 35
... 24M
... 495
... 309
... 50(1
... 415

Midge rock

Midgley point, rock, buoy ..

Midsummer island

Mignon point

Milbank sound

— -, directions

, tides

Mile rock, breaker

Miles cone

Mill creek bay

stream

Millar group

Miller point

Mills point

Milly island

Miners bay

channel

Mink island

Trap bay

Minor island, beacon

Misery point

Minstrel island

Mist islets

rock

Mission point

Mission valley
Mistaken island . .
Misty passage

Mitchell bay

harbour ...

Mitlenatch island ...
MofiPat islands

rock

Moketas island

Molly point

Monarch head
Monday anchorage ...

shoal

Money island
Monroe point, light...
Montague channel ...

harbour ...

Montreal

Monument rock
Moody point, lijrht ...

port

, anchorage

Moodyville

Moore channel
, tides

647

head

Moresby island, Queen Charlotte
islands ...

Page.
4.''.3
167
275
300
416
419
420
370
303
116
, 189
294
69
. 257
. 258
. 129
, 108
. 231
. 488
. 158
. 65
. 276
. 259
. 382
. 452
. 506
. 198
. 281
. 265
548
225
473
267
363
484
96
281
379
432
46
212
131
182
523
61
184
185
183
547
548
518

520

578

INDEX.

Moresby iglanda, Moore channel

passage

, buoys, directions...

Morgan island, rock

Morninrf reefs

Morphy rock...

Morris bay, anchorage, directions

island...

Morse island 101,103

Mosquito harl)onr

passage

Moss passage

point

Mouatt channel

is'.et. Gillies bay

point

reef, Cowlitz bay

, Enterprise channel ...

rock, Goletas channel

Mouse rock

Muchalat arm, Indians

Miickiteo town

Muckshwanne

Mud bank

islands

Mudge cape

-, position, tides

island

Muirhcad islands
Mullins island
Mumford landing
Murchison island
Murden cove...
Murraj' island

labyrinth

Mussel inlet ...

rock ...

Mutine point...
Mutiny bay ...
Mylor peninsula
Mystery rock...

Naas glee village

Nab rock

Nabanhah bay ,

Naden cape

harbour, river, tides

Nahmint bay

Page.
547
111
112
232
437
297
423
2'JO
KIS
33H
103
423
230
87
210
!)9
104
86
... 303
41.5,417
... 3411
... 67
... 610
... 380
... 506
... 209
... 210
... 134
... 291
... 326
... 445
... 525
... 47
... 257
... 296
420, 427
... 336
... 320
... 42
... 506
... 224

445
479
437
542
542
321

Nahwhitti bar, directions

Nai Koon cape

Naiad islet ...

Nak wak to rapids ...

Xakat inlet

Xalau island, passage
Namu harbour
. anchoragjv

tides

Page.

... 306
... 537
... 30H
... 297
... 476
403, 494
... 403
... 404
... 1S8

Naniiimo flats

harbour, beacons, buoys, 188-9

, coal, directions,

supplies, tides

Nauoose harbour, hill

, directions, sup-
plies

, tides

Napier bay ...

point

Narrow island

, Nootka sound

islands

Narrows, Admiralty inlet

, Alberni canal

arm ...

island. Lama passage ...

, Sunday harbour...

, tides ; Slingsby channel

19(t
195

196
197
287
410
132
.347
32S
57
321

Narrowgut creek

Nash bank ...

Nasoga gulf

Nasparti inlet

, directions ...

, tides

Nass bay, anchoraj,'e

, caution, tides

river, villages

, fish, ice, tides ...

Native anchorage

islet

Navy channel, bctaeon, directions,

tides

Neck islet

, George harbour

point

, Blunden bay

Xeeah bay, buoy, light

, anchorage, directions,

tides
Needle peaks

rock

Negro rock ...

Neill point

Nelly island

412

280
297
.., 362
... 208
... 505
... 369
... 370
... 371
... 506
... 507
446, 507
... 508
272, 273
... 332

99
103
235
152
391

31
479
355
270

57
282

INDEX.

579

Nelson island, rock

, Jervis inlet

Nepean sound

Nettle baein ...

island...

Neville islet

port

, anchorajje, tides

Nevoy island

New bank ...

New channel, tides

New Dungeness bay...

, anchorage, fog

signal, light, telegraph, tides ...

New Caledonia

channel...

New Langley...

New patch ...

rock ...

shoal, buoy

Westminster

, coal, supplies ...

Zealand

Newcastle island

Newton mount

Nicol rock

Nicolas islands

NickoU passage

NichoUs island

Night islet ...

Nimpkish banks, river, tides

, buoy

Nina hill

Ninstints village

Nisqually. flats, river, tide

reach

Nitinat lake ...

No point, light

Nob point

islet

, Portland inlet

point

. Klaskino inlet

Noble mountain

islets

point

Nodales channel

Nodule point

Nookhalk river

Nootka cone

island

Muiind

, dinxjtions

SO 1 l!t48

Page.

. 21!l
. 221
. 486
. 4.38
. ;t27
. 221t
. 258
. 2.")'J
. 413
. 37!»
1(12

. 3:5

23
307
178
3itO
23.->
139
177
178

23
18S
114
1 W
3U.".
27ti
290
275
263
263
2'J6
520

60
314

45
144
151
505
31!)
373
490
303
411
1,252

41
406
345
351
344
3.-.0

Nootka sound, tides
Norman point

Xorris reef

rock

, Lambert channel

North arm

, Clayoquot sound

bank, Ilocatc passage

bay, Gritlin bay

Bay islands ...

bay, Waldron island

Bentinck arm

bluff

— breaker

Queen's sound

channel, Clayoquot sound .

, Esperanza inlet ,

islands, Laredo

char-iel ...

Page.
... 345
207,219
... 201
... 114
... 207
... 185
... 340
... 336
... 138
... 480
... 105
... 406
... 169
... 470
... 495
340
356

— , Nanaimo ..

— , Queen Charlotte

sound

- , Skeena river

Cod reef
Danger rock
rooki)

Dundas islands

Fork, Fr.aser river

Goose island ...

harbour. Quutsino sound ...

island group ...

, Milhank sound

, Queen Charlotte

group

Iron rock

— led*''es ... ...

Oljstruction pass, tides

passage

, Evan's arm

, Farewell harbour ...

, Klemtoo

, Namu harbour

, Queen Charlotte

sound

, Ila/.a island

, Skeena river

point. Anchor cove
, Nass bay

Pointer's rocks

range ...

reef, Stuart channel

rock, Beavet passage

. Dixon entrance

481
190

295
446
109
.377
499
472
178
495
378
418
419

543
391
418
149
152
408
271
426
403

398
239
44G
535
506
492
496
120
502
475

20 2

580

North rock, Fulford harbour

, Nanoose harbour

rocks, Bonila island

Shoal island

Surf islands

Twin islet, Ogden channel.

Watcher islet

Norweyrian settlement

Northumberland channel

North-west arm, Klewnuggit inlet

bay

• cone

rocks, Bonila island ...

Nose peak

Notch hill

Notice boards

No wish cove, tides

Nuchatlitz inlet, caution

, directions.

INDBX.

tides

reef

Nugent sound
Numas islands
Numukamis bay
Nufiez reef ...
Nye rock
Nymph cove ...

Page.
124

1%
5(10
118
482

r.oi

... 48r.
382, 40C
... 1!»:}
43!)
11)8
352
600
376
195
3,25
425
352
354
... 352
... 21t!»
286, 21)3
... 317
... 475
... 308
... 249

Oak bay

, Vancouver island

cove

harbour, lights

head

Oakland ...

Oar point

Oat so alls

O'Brien bay

Observatory island, Koprino

harbour

inlet

, tides

Observation islet, Barclay sound ...

, Friendly cove ...

point, Blakeney port

, Coghlan anchor-
age

, Glendale cove

, Ilowe sound ...

■■ , Metlah Catlah

488

402

284

380
508
510
327
346
422

435

277
213
454

Observatory islet. Stamp harbour

point, Freshwater bay

rock

rocks, San Juan port

Obstruction island, passages
, lights

islet

O'Connor settlement

Ogden channel

, tides

point

Oil wells, Augusta port

Oke reefs

Okeover ftrm

OkishoUow channel

Okookstaw

Old North sand head

Old passage

— Tacoma

Oldiield island, mount
Olympia, directions, lights, tides

Olympian range

Ommaney islet

Omannya point

One-tree island

islet

, Port Simpson

, Shad well passage

O'Neal island

Oolachan, defined

Ooua bay, river

Open bay

, Glayoquot sound

, Rivers inlet

• -, San Juan island
— , Valdes island ..

Orange point

Orcas Bill

island, sounds

Nob

Orchard point, light

port

, buoys, dock

rocks, beacon

Orford bay

Oriel rocks .. ...

Oriflamme passage ...

Ormidale harbour ...

Osborn bay, anchorage

Osborne islands ...

Oscar passage

Otter anchorage, Cunningham
passage

Page
322
32
379
70
... 149
... 149
... 301
... 52
... 500
... 502
... 80
... 205
... 422
... 228
239, 251
... 377
... 176
... 281
... 56
. . 446
63
... 25
... 286
... 376
... 459
... 221
... 462
... 305
... 140
1
... 503
... 387
... 335
... 398
... 103
... 237
... 248
... 144
152, 153
138, 153
... 49
... 46
... 47
... 47
... 240
... 232
... 475
... 413
... 118
... 409
... 424

460

INDEX.

581

Patfc.

Otter bfty, Pender island 129

channel, \ei)oan sound ... 48ti

cove, Finlayson channel ... 42.')

cove, point ... ... ... 251

, tide 2.-)2

island 2;>1

passage, Nepean sound ... 4S7

point 71

range 124

shoal 430

Ou ou kinsh inlet .S(>7

, directions, tides 301)

Outer island 417

narrows, Slingsby channel... 297

Oval hill 467

Oweekayno villatfe ... ... ... 401

Owen island, point 70

Owens island !{2fi

Owl island 275

Oyster bay, anchorage 209

harbour, tides 119

Ozzard mount .S3]

Pachena bay

Paddle rook

Padilla bay

Paddy passage

Palmerston cape

Pan point ...

Panama reef

, buoy

Pandora head

peak

Park hill

Parker island

reef

, tides

Parkin island

Parry bay, anchorajfe, quarantine

station
passage

directions

Parson bay

Parsons point
Parthia shoal
Partridtfe bank, buoy
point

314
39K

67
509
387
244
165
166
290

70
138
131
144
145
466

75
543
544
270

71
182

Pasley islands
passai^e

Page.

... 212
... 288
... 350
... .501
179.211
422

Pass islet

Passage cone, Dolphin island

island, Howe Houud

, Mathieson channel

, Whale channel ... 484

islet, Knight inlet ... 275

rock, island 151

, (Jlayoquet sound ... 334

-, Colling wood channel 212

Passages, Dixon entrance to Cross

sound 18

, Inner ; caution ., ... 16

, Panama to Vancouver ... 21

, Queen Charlotte sound to

Dixon entrance ... 17

, strait of Georgia to

Queen Charlotte sound 17

, Valparaiso to Vancouver 20

, Vancouver to Panama ... 22

, Vancouver and South-
cast Australia

, Vancouver to Valparaiso

, Vancouver to Yokohama

, Victoria to Alaska

. Victoria to Burrard inlet

Patey rock

Patos island

, li),'ht

P.atrick passatre

Peacock channel

Peale pass

Peapods islets

Pearce point

Pearl harbour

island

rocks

Pearse channel

islands

peninsula

Pearson island

Pedder bay, anchorage, tides

Peel island

Peile point

Pelorus point

Pender harbour

, anchorage, tides...

23
19
18
17
16
... 113
105, 142
... 143
... 287
... 329
... 62
... 166
... 469
... 460
... 103
... 39<»
... 510
... 264
... 282
... 219
... 74
... 268
... 126
... 99
... 219
220

island

-, Barclay sound

islands

Pendril sound
Penfold island

..97, 99
.. 329
.. 255
... 2.32
... 282

582

INDEX.

Penguin inland

Peninsula point, Ogflen channel
Penn iHlands ...

cove

PenphruHe panaago ...

Penrose bay

island

Percy anchorage

bay

island

ledge

Peril rock

— — strait ...

PeriHjndicular bluff

mount

Perry bay

rock

Peter point

Petrel channel

shoal

Peveril rock

Philip point ...

Philipps arm

Philips passage

Phillimore point

Piers island

Pike island

Pilkey point

Pill island ...

Pillar, the

point

Pilley shoal

Pilot point, Admiralty inlet

, Ursula channel

Pilots

Pin rock, beacon, light

, Esperanza inlet ...

Pincher rocks

Pine island

Pinnace channel

rock

Pinnacle islet

point

Pipestem inlet

Pirie point

Pit<3airn island

Pitt island

river

Plover island

point

Gil island

reefs

Plumper bay, Dipcovery passage

Page.

. 14.-)

. iiO:{

. 2;t«

(iit

. 28!t

. 22!»

. 8!ll)

. i:h

. 103

. 280

. ;{8i

. 408
18

. :»5o

. 300

. mo

. !»7

. 57

. 41tO

. 31(6

. 4!».-)

. 383

. 243

. 281

. 131

. Ill

. 454

. 121

. 235

. 543

. 32

. 37'J

. 45

. 431
2

. 81

. 355

. 51t)

. 308
3(i3

. 327

. 378

. 308

. 3.S0

. 513

, 1!)

. 437

,. 178

,. 403

,. 338

. 488

,. 335

. 250

Plumper bay, Eaquimalt ...

channel

oove, Howe sound

, tides

Plunger pass...
Poctt nook ...
Point No point

harbour. Nootka sound ...
island, Quatsino sound ...
l)assago Discovery island

reef

sound, llan» strait
, Queen's sound ...

, light

Pointer island

Pointers rocks, Chatham sound

, Hakai channel

Poison cove

Poisonous fish, caution

shell fish, caution

Pole islet

passage, liglit ...

Polkinghorne islands, caution
Pollard jioint

Polly island

Polnell point

Popliam island
Popplewell point
Porcher island

Port Angeles

, light, fog

siorm signals, tides

Alexander

Augusta, directions

Blakely, directions

Blakeney

, directions.

Browning

Canaveral

Page.

... 76
40!>. 4!»5

... 213

... 214

... .147

... 380
89

... 143

... DO

... 4'.»5

... 235

... 317

... 44

... 45

... 409

... 471

... 4 '.12

.. 427

... 549

... 428

... 412

... 151

... 28(5

. . . 284

... 230

... <;9

... 213

... 2S(i
443, 4(57

... 32

signal

tides

-. directions, tides ,

Chester

Discovery, tides

EttingLim ...

Eliza ... ...

Elizabeth

Essington, anchorage, supplies
, coal, ice, tides ...

Fleming

Gamble, directions

Gardner

Graves, directions, tides

Harvey

, directions, tides

33
304
205

48
421
422

97
489
490

35
326
.357
276
447
448
441

67
214
259
201

INDEX.

'>K\

Port John, tides

Lftn^^f^)^l

LiuUow ...

, (lircctioiiH

Madison

,li(flit,nnvi},'nl)le(U'i)ths

McNeill

Moody

, anchorage

Neville

-, anchorage, tides

Orchard...
, buoys, dock ,

reef

Renfrew, anchorage ...

San Juan, anchorage ...

Simpson

, anchorage ...

, directions ...

, supplies, repairs

, tides

Stephens, directions, tides

Susan ...

, buoys ...

Townsend

Wrangell

Portage cove ...
Portland

bny...

canal

-, directions, light ...
-,repairs,tides,»ignals

Page.

4 (IS

r.\

4.-.

46
12(14
l.st

18.-.
2.-..S

2:.'.>
4(;

4i»:}

4(>2

4(;:<

4(14
Hut

4('>(;

4S8
(".7
68
3'J
40
41
18

230
3

333

510

anchorages, tides
position

inlet

islands

point

Portier pass, caution, tides
Portlock point, light
Possession point, tides

, Sooke inlet

sound

, navigable depths

Position, Admiralty head ...

, Beaver harbour ,

, Bonila island

— , IJoyles point

— , Calvert cape

— , Carmanah lighthouse

— , Caution cape

— , Chatham point ...

— , Commerell cape ...

— , Cook cape

... ->ir>
... .-.04
... Ill
... 505
... 133
... 127
...43,67

72
... 66

67
... 38
... 268
... ■')()
... :',»-
3i»P, iiii
... 3)3
... 389
... 252
... 303
... 371

Page.

Position, Hunt zc head ; Esquimau 78

, Duval point 301

, Entrance island 187

, Estt'van point 314

, Flattery cape light ... 27

, Fraser river liglithouse 175

, (ieorgina point I2'.t

. ll.betson cape 4(>7

, Kincolith 506

, Knox cape 544

, Koprino harbour ... 380

, Long point 3'.C)

, Lund Settlement ... 221

, Maskelyne point ... 466

, Mudge cape 21(1

, Poitland canal 515

, Rose point 538

, Sarah point 225

, Skidegate inlet 535

, St. James cape 517

, Swain cape ... 416,41)6

. Tatoosli light 27

, White Clill island ; Queen

Charlotte sound ...
Pot rocks

Powell point

islets

Poyntz island
Preed}' harlxiur
Prescott island
President chamiel ...

point

Prevost harbour

i'^land, light

Queen

... 274

... 384

... 27U

... 225

... 257

... 123
450, 467

... 141

... 45

... lIMI

... 127

Charlotte

island 51(i

passage 112

Price channel 232

island 418

Prideau.x haven, tide 232

point 380

Prince o^ Wales island 475

.'each 221

Princess Louisa inict 222

Princess Royal island ... 428, 471t

reach 221

Principe channel, directions ... 4H7

, tides 4!H)

Prominent point 277

Promise island ... 435

point ... 421

Prospect point 180

Ptosser rock 308

5H4

INDEX.

Protection iHlnnd

-, Hnrclay houiuI.

-, Namiimo

-, S<iuirrcl cove .

point

Providence cove

paHsago ...

Pryce channel

Puflln inland

islet

, Barclay sound...

Puffot sound

Pully point

Pultenoy point

Pumish passage

Punt rock

Puntluch stream

Purple bluff

Puyallup river

Puzzle island

Py lades channel

Pym island

rock

Qlawdzeet anchorape

, directions, tides

Quadra hill

rocks

Qual a qute

Qualicum bay

-, river, buoy...

Quamitchan river ...
Quarantine, Parry bay

station ...

Quartermaster harbour

-, dock

rock ...

Quascilla, village
Qnashela bay...
Quathiasici cove
Quatishe
Quatsino narrows

-, tides

sound

-, dir«ctions...
-, tides

Pago.

. :»5

. :»i'7

. 18H

. 227

. 277

. 71

. 27,-.

. 2:iit

. u,-)

. 82*;

. 58

. .-.»

. 2»><i

. 277

. 271

. 2<)<;

. I!M
5.5

. .'J2(i

. i:?5

. Ill

. 283

Quel ak ho ax

Quiiu Chiirhittf

Queen Charlotte channel

islands

sound

Queen's cove

sound

Quatsap point
Quebec

... 47(»

... 471

... 132

... 519

... 4'.t5

... IIM.I

... lltH

... 11(5
...75, 84

... 75

... 54

... 56

... 4.53

3'.»5, 396

... 397

... 246

... 382

... 383

... 375

... 384

... 380

... 66
4

— reach, Frasi-r river
, Jurvis inlet

Quiet cove
Quil mass
Quilcene bay...
Quiinp(!r peninsula
Quinamnrts bay
Quoin hill

mount...

Quolaad

Race islands, light, signals, tide;

narrows, Clayocjuot sound

passage, rocks, tides ...

, Broughton strait

, Johnstone strait

point, Discovery i>assage

, Tumbo i' 1 ...

Rachel group
islands

Rafael point

Raft cove

Rage reef

Ragged island

islands

islet, Barclay sound

reef, Walker group

Raglan point

Railways

Rain point

Rainfall

Rainier mount

Rainy bay

Rait creek

Raleigh pa-ssige

Ramsden point

Ramsay arm

island

Ranger islet

Ransom poiF'.

Raphoe point

517
211
516
266

358
494
177
222
381
444
65
38
505
399
286
381

.... 73

... 338
...73,74

... 264

... 256

... 248

... 172

... 474

... 451

... 341

... 387

... 421

... 121

... 225

... 323

... .S08

... 303

... 421

... 56

... 325

... 414

... 284

.505, 508

... 239

... 525

... 506

... 258

... 408

INDBX.

58r)

Page.

Rapid hill 277

UiiMplMa'ry covo ... r>18

{hIiuuIh ... ... ... 447

ll.'iyiHir trniup 2!)3

lla/.ii inland ... ... 2'i!l

Razor jwint !>7

Reml island 2:t7

mount .. 2W5

Rebeoua islet... ... 22li

spit 2;i<>

Rod clilf point 4:!0

, Cuiinintjlmin passago 4t)0

iHltit point ... 127

point 4«>

Stripu mountain ... ... 374

top mountain 528

Redfcrn island 308

Rcdouda inland 227

, IJarclay aound ... 325

20U, 202

... .341

... 611

... 151

... .531

... 317

... 234

1(>4
I'.H
112

.. 370

.. Ki'J
88, 342

.. 414

.. 124

.. luo

.. 134

.. 308

.. 140

.. 408

,.. iW,

... 23'.t
70

... 545

.. 315

... 313

... 3, 25

,.. 405

.. MS

... 48

... 130

... 278

,.. 413

Reef Bluff reef, buoy
Refuge eove, directions
Reef island, Portland canal

islands

islet, Laskeek bay

islets, Barclay i lund ...

point, Cortes island ...

, buoy

■ , Cypit ss island

-, Departure bay ...

-, buoy; Moresby island..
-, Quatsino sound

Refuge bay, anchorage, tides

cove

Regatta rock

Reginald hill

Reid harbour...

island

, Storm islands ...

rock, buoy

Remarkable cone

Rcmpstone rocks

Rendezvous islands, tides ...
Renfrew port, anchorage ...

Rcnnell sound

Rescue station, Beale cape...

, Oarmanah ...

stations

Restoration bay
Resolution cove
Restoration point
Retreat cove ...

pa.s8age

Return channel

Revtrdy Johnson mountains
Revillugigedo channel

Rich passage

Richard nwik

islet

point

Richardson inlet

passage

-' point

Richmond bay

settlement

Ridge islands

King island

Ripple bank, Big bay

, Klemtoo passage

bluff, tides

islets, Clayofiuot sound

passage

point

rock. Seymour narrows

— — shoal, Johnstone strait

tongue

Ritchie bay

Ritherdon bay

River 1 ight

Rivers inlet ...
Robbers Nob point ...

island

Robert point

Roberts bank, beacons

point, Boundary mark

spit

Robertson island

Robinson island

l)oint

, light

Robson island

reef

Roche harbour

, tide ...

Rock creek ...

islet

point ...

Rocket shoal ...
Rock-fish harbour ...

Rocky bay ..,

mountains

p;\tch, Francis point

pass ...

point ...

Rodd hill

Roderick island

RofFey point

Vsmc

... r.i4

... 18

... 411

... nno

... 21)5

... .".(18

... 528

... 52!>

... 432

... 2110

... 185

... 275

... 235

... 458

... 420

... 275

... 338

... 21»5

... 255

... 250

... 251

... 607

... 337

... .320

... 484

... 401

... 25'.»
318,324

... .337

... 171

... 170

... 2114

... 21(3

... 54
.55

... 378

... 86

... 103

... 104

... 404

... 1G5

... 214

... 133

... ,5.30

... no

... 173

... 218

... 342

... G!)

... 77

... 420

... 288

r>sn

INDEX.

Roffers island ^95

Rolling roadstead 356

Root point ... ... 201

Rosa mount 353

Rosario strait, buoys I,j7

— , directions, tides ... I.")8

Roscoe inlet 107

Rose harbour ,")i',)

islets 134

point 537

; position 538

Roscdj'le rock 73

Ro.setta rock 22!)

Ross island 5i<i

RouK-h bay 2(15

Round i.sland, IJarclay sound ... 329

, Beaver harbour ... 2()S

, Clayoquot i<ound ... 331

, Dodd narrows ... 135

r, Mereworth sound ... 300

, Smith inlet 3!t7

. Quiitsino narrows ... 3S2

. f^uoen Charlotte sound 2'.i|

point, Portland canal

Royal bay, roads ; anchoraj^o

Ruanis])ah

Rubble mount

Rudder reef

Rudlin biiy

Ruff^'cd island, Fife inlet ...

point

, Open bay ...

Rupert arm

Russell cape

— island

Ruxton passage

Ryan point

Saanich inlet
Saatiich peninsula ...
Sabine channel

, tides

Sackville island

Safe entrance

Safety cove, anchorage, tides

Saginaw channel

Sail island

... --14
75

... 3H3

... 4(),S

... 1'.I7

... 88

... 2 S3

... 3(11

... •JS7

... 3S3

... 3S8

114, 124

... 13ti

... 456

216
217

285

402
18

27.H

Sail rock
Salal point
Salmon arm

Seymour inlet.

bank, buoy

bay

■ , Johnstone strait

channel

cove. Observatory inlet ..

river, bight

, Portland canal

Salsbury point

Salt Spring settlement

Sambo jioint

Sammamish lake ..

Samuel island

San Francisco

Jose islet

Josef bay, directions

Juan island

I ^- port, anchorage

Mateo bay

Sand patch

Sandfly bay

Sand-head light

Sandsj)it point, shoal

, Welcome harbour

Sangstcr island ,

Sandstone reef

— rocks

Sandy island, Baynes sound

point, light

. Cowtibz bay ...

. Lummi bay

. Waldron island

Sansum island

narrows

Sarah island, Finlayson channel ...

point, position

, Finlayson island

Saranac island

Saratoga pa.ssage

Sargeaunt passage, tides

Sarita valley

Satellite channel

pilMS...

reef, bi'- y

Saturna island, light
Savary i.sland

Saw reef

Sawmill poiit

spit

Scarlett point
Scatchet hea<l

'.»8,

Page.
, 328
. 423
, 222
300
137
4'J
, 235
282
508
45S
514
65
124
270
50
118
3
317
387
102
70
3I!»
422
512
175
481
4;-'3
216
41,s
121
204
6S
104
167
141
547
116
427
225
463
337
68
277
317
113
324
ISJI
105
224
524
43
44
303
42

INDEX.

;J87

Schooner covo

Wreck bay .

passage

Pago.

... 197

... xv^

... 296
.sound

41!». 424
Ogflen channel... 502
Rivers inlet
Walker group

Milbank

point, ledge

retreat

, directions, tides

Scotch Fir ))oint

Scott cape

, caution

, channel, islands, tides,

island ...

point ...

Scout p;itch ...

Scrogg rocks...

Scrub ibiland ...

Scu<lder point
Sea Bird islet

— bluff

— Egg rocks

island

— OtUu' cove

group

rock, Clayoiiuot sound .

Seabeck bay ...

Scabird point...

Seabreeze island

Scaforth channel

Seal rock. Callani bay

rocks, Edyo passage ...

, Lare<lo channel

■ , Sangster island

Sealed passage ..

Search islands

Seattle, coal, directions, repairs,

tides, tugs ...

Sebastian point

Sechart channel, village ...

Second juirrows

narrows, Albrrni canal ...

Secret cove ... ,

Secretary island, Haro strait

, Juan de Fuca

strait

4(11
308
480
.S98

4<M)

... 220

... S09

U 0,311

310

123

228

103

"(>

280

524

315

399

2n;

179

387

.S89

335

()5

88
278
412

31
4(i8
481
21(1
309
393

islands

Section cove ...
Secure anchorage
Seddall island
Sedge island ...

278.

230
327
I'M
321
218
122

72
132
524
4oO
325
279

Soflgwick bay
Sedmond river
Seechelt arm ..

tides ...

Sehone village

Self point

Selina point

Selwyn inlet

Semiahmoo bay, buoy, light

Senanus is..ind

Sentinel island, rock

. Aristazabel island

Sentry shoal

Separation head

Seppings island ...

Separation point

^ Lopez sound

Scrptr.it. point
Seymour inlet

island

mount

narrows

, tides

point, Moresby island

Shadwell pjissage

-, lidos

Shag rock

, IJarelay sound ...

Shark cove

l)ass

reef. Middle channel

reefs. Clayotpiot sound

sand-sjiit

Sharp passage

j)eak ...

point, (,'layoiiuot sound

. Fairwiiy channel

, Sydney inlet ...

Shatt()ck point

Shaw island

Shawl bay
Sheep islet

, SUimp harbour

— passage

Shelf point ...

, Kynumpt harbour

Shell islet

Shelter arm

bay

island, Klaskish inlet

islands, Ucluelct arm

piws

point...

Page.

. 525

. 519
. ■ 222

. 223

. I(i4

. 318

. 229

. 530

. lt;9

. 115

. 101
49(>

... 225

... 251

... 324

... 115

... 148

... 409

... 299

... 257

... 535

... 249

... 250

.. 112

... 304

... 305

... 155

... 329

... 97

... 324

... IKJ

... 335

... 235

. . 288

... 4.59
J34, 342

... 187

... 341
458, 462

... 150

... 281

... 1.54

... 322

... 427

... 293

... 414

... 268

... 342

... 293

... 372

... 331

... 294

... 209

588

INDEX.

i ,

Shclvlnj^ rocks

Shepherd mount

Sherringham point ,

Shewoll iHla- '

Shikotan ...

Shilshole bay, creek

Shingle point

, Kyuquot sound

spit ...

Shingles point

Sliip anchorage. Klewnuggit inlet

channel, Clayo(iuot sound ...

, Barclay sound

harbour

, Barclay sound ...

{)fV88age, Takush harbour

, Uchucklesit harbour

rock

, Takush harbour

Shrub islet, beacon

Shoal bay. Rosario bay

, Upright channel

channel. Howe sound

creek, Neville port ...

harbour, Cramer pasaatfo

, Vancouver island ,

islands

point spit, beacon, light

Shokomish river

Shower island

Shrub islet

point

Shushartie bay, directions...

saddle

Shute passage

reef

Shuttle island

Sidney channel, island, spit

, beacons,

town

, directions

Sierra de San Christoval ...

Signalilchew creek

Simoom sound

Simpson port

-, anchorage, coal

-, directions ...

-, supplies, repairs

-, tides ...

rock

Sinclair island

Page.

165

215

27G

li)

4"J

302

8()2

207

i:m
4:w

l.-)6
:53.5

mo
kj:)

317

323

3l).j

320

372

3'.m;

4.-.4

KiU

14(!

213

25'J

27!)

110

118

... 303

... 4'.IH

... 484

... 302

... .302

... Kiy

... 113

... r)2()
... io«
buoys,

... 107
... 108
... 528
... 61
... 284
... 4t)2
403
4G4
4t;5
... 4ii6
... 470
14 i, lti3, Ki.'i

Single islet

Sir Evcrard islands

Sisters inlet

islands, Barclay sound

islets, beacon

, Finlayson channel

, Sloresby pjLssage

, Rosario strait

, Stephen's port

point
rocks .

Sitka

Skaat harlMjur
Skagit river ...

, buoys

, light

Skangoi Indians

Skardon islands

Skedans bay, islands, village

Skecna Forks

river, caution, navigable

depths

, coal, ice, tides, wimls

Page.

381
21tO
407
3,'!0
210
425
111

n;7

488

6(i

(>5

,123

620

220

531

446

Skiakl island

Skidegate chcvnuel

inlet

, bar

, directions, position

, tides

Skiff point

Skincuttle inlet

Skip river

Skipjack island

Skirmish islets

Skull cove

reef

Slab point ...

Slate Chuck brook

Slave island

Sliainmou settlement
Slingsby cliunnel, tides

, directions

Slip point

Slippery rock

Sloop narroft-H

SlojK! point

Slue, the

Small islet

Smith cove ...

inlet

island, beacon, light

, Fleming port

sound

44.->
448
4(i7
646
533
534
5M5
... 536
... 47
... 521
... 452
141,145
... 36<J
... 2l»6
... 'J'J
... 5H
... 53.-.
... 305
... 224
... 2!»7
... 29«
3il
... 457
... 423
... 274
... 445
372,373
... 50
... 3U6
... 168
... 4(2
... 3i)2

INDEX.

5.H9

Page.

Smith sound, tides Hl»l

Snag rock 251

Snake island, buoy 1H7

rock 14

Snakcland point, buoy ... ... (ill

Snohomish river ... 67

, buoys ... ... tiS

Snu<r basin 321

cove, lluwe sound ... ... 211

creek ... ... llti

Solander island ... H71

Somass river ... ... ... ... H21

Sombrio river 71

Somerville island ... .504

Sooke bay 71

inlet, navigable de[)ths ... 71

, ancliorage, tiiles ... 72

Sophia islands ... 2ti2

Sophy islet 510

Sorrow island ... ... ... 4!>1

islands 'MS

Sound point 413.414

South bay, island. Skidegate ... 533

islands 4f<0

Bentinck arm 406

bluff l(i!»

Cod reef 110

cove, Carpenter bay 520

channel, Xanaiuio ... ... 190

channel islands. Lareilo

channel

Danger rock ...

I)()t rock

Dundasi and

Gander island

Iron rock

island. Big bay

, Dusky cove ..

Kinnahan island

Obstruction jiass, tides

pas.sage, Evans arm ...

, Klenitoo

, Namu harbour

, Queen Charlotte sound

— Pointers rocks

— range

— reef, Nuchutlitz inlet

— rock. Sealed passage...

— rocks, Boni.'a island...

— Shelt4?r island

— Surf islands ...

— Twin islet. Ogden channel

I South Watcher islet

I South-east arm, Quatsino sound

Gander islands ...

Southgate group

river

Southey island

point

Southworth point ...

Spanish bank, beacon, buoy

Sparrowhawk breakers

."^parrowhawk rock, buoy ...

Speaker rock

Spencer ledge

Sphinx island

Spicer island ...

Spider island

Spieden bluff, island

channel

, directions

Spiller cliannel

passage

481
377
'.•2
471
4!t7
3U1
458
27y
451
150
408
42(;
403

391
4!)2
4!M>
353
309
499
213
l>-2
501

Spit point

Skidegate inlet...

Spray point ...
Spring passage

Queen Charlotte
sound

Sproat bay

Spuk sfit

Spur rock

S(iuall point

Scjually channel

reach

Siiuamish harbour, rocks
S<iuare island
.S(iua\v island
Sniawmisht river ...
S.| lirrol cove, tide ...
St. Felix island
St. James cape, position
St. John harbour

Page.

. 485

. .381

. 497

, 296

, 240

. 196

. lis

. 57

. 180

. 497

, 461

. 256
87

. 131

. .501

. 494

. 101

. 102

. 413

. 280

. 511

. 533

. 481

. 140

278
319
447
398
489
4.S2
115

65
300
423
210
227

21
617
420

tioiiB
IK)int

caution, direc-

421

208,210

St. Miry cape 160

Stuekhouse island 288

Suig iMiy 226

rock 439

Stager fort ... ... 446

Stamp harbour, navigable depths 321

. anchorage, supplies,

tides 322

St^indard time 2

590

INDEX.

Page.

Staniforth point 432

Stanley river.. 542

Stan wood, buoya (JS

Staples islet 293

Star islet, Klemtoo passage ... 42(5

islands 271

rock, Tracey harbour 287

Starfish irroup, ledges 4!»2

StJirlight reefs 321

Start island 279

point ,50.")

Starr rook, buoy ](i4

Station island 231

Steam tug 184

Steamboat slough, lights 70

Steamer cove, Sydney inlet ... 342

passage 270

, KliktsoAtli ... 411

, Portland inlet .. ')0'>

, Uehucklesit harbour

320
Steep bluff, rocks, Howe sound
, Portland island

island, Arrow jjassage
, GowUand harbour

-- point

Cardero channel
Fly basin
Larcflo channel
Otter channel
Portland canal

Steilacoom

, river, tides

Stenhouse shoal

Stephen rock

Stephens island

Chatham sound

mount

' passage

point

port, directions, tides

Stephenson point

Stevens passage

Stewart bay

narrows

Stikene strait

Stillaguamish river

, buoys

, lights

Stimpson reef

StocK.<.de bay, point...
Stoiioy mount

Stony hill

point

... 213

... Ill

... 280

... 247

... ir>2

... 242

... 31)()

... 480

... 487

... .".IS

... r)9

... 60

... 470

... 4!»0

... 449

... 467

... 292

... 18

... 436

... 488

... 249
210,216

... 332

. . 436

... IS

... 67
<i8

... 70

... 2ri9

.. 156

... 286

... 213

... 508

Stopford jmint

Stopper islands

Storm islands

, Principe channel

signals

Stove island

Strachan bay

Straggling islands

Stripe island

mountain

Striped peak

Strawberry bay, island

Strong-Tide islet

Stuu,rt anchorage, G renville channel
, directions, tides

• channel, directions...

• island, light

, Calm channel

narrows

point

Stubbs island, Clajoquot sound

Stumaun bay...

Stunteil Island

Sturgeon bank, beacons

Styles point

Suquash anchorage, tides ...
Sucia harbour, island

, directions ...

Sugar-loaf hill

Sulivan reefs

Sun rock

Sunday harbour

island

rock ,

Sunderland channel, tides ...

Sunk reef

Sunken rock ...

Superstition ledge, jwint ...
Surf islands, Campania sound

, Quatsiao sound

islet, Seaforth channel

, Smith sound

point

Surge narrows, Hoskyn inlet

, Lareilo channel

islets ,..

rocks ...

Surgeon islands
Surprise patch
Surry islands...
Susan islands

port ...

, buoys

Page.
512
.'J30
308
489
15
235
300
384
272
417
32
164
88
439
440
... 122
... 100
... 239
... 290
... 294
... 334
... 462
... 400
... 176
... 243
... 267
... 143
... 144
... 492
... 368
... 295
... 280
... 404
... 344
... 257
... 415
... 309
... 494
... 482
... 377
... 415
... 393
... 399
239, 251
... 481
... 372
... 274
... 287
... 395
... 213
... 425
... 67
... 68

INDEX.

;V.tl

Sutherland bay
Sutil channel, tides

, directions

Sutlej cluiiinel

tides

— point

Sutton rock ...
Suwanee rock
Swnin cape, ]iosition

Swale roek

Swallow islaml

Swamp islet

point

Swan rock

Swanson bay...

channel

island

Swifts l)a}-

Swit'tsure bank
Swindle islands
Swiuomisli slough ..

Swiss IJoy island
Sydney bay ...

inlet ...

island

islets...

buoy>

Page.

... 'J'.tl
... 23;t

... '2.\X

... 2«r.

... 2S«

... 4(m;
;t:i 1.3:52
... ;i(i..

4Ui. 4'.Mi

... :t->7

... 4:.s

... 4.-.7

... .■.!;(

... 401
... 4211
... 12.S
... 271
... MS
... 27
... 42.-)
ii7
•is

... :<2:.

... 244

... :u\

!»2
... 221

To Altz villatre

Table hill 4.-)(l,

island, Barclay sound

, ClaJi Ninick harbour

, Smith sound

point

Tacoina. coal, dock, repairs, tide ...

Tahsiiih arm

Tahsis canal

narrows

Takush harbour

auchorajre, direc-
tions, tides

Tal un Kwan island...

Tala iK)int

Taliuko

Tan oo island

Tangle cove

Tar islands

Tartanne village

472
:»2it

;<riti

W.I
5(1

;{(;:t
;i47
:m8
,'{<».■.

:»'.i(i

:.:iM

4:t

4Uti

.•.2!i
.•i22
.■.2i!

:,u

Page-
Tasmania . 2:{

Tasoo harbour .■48

Tat Chu point .U'<0

Tatnall reefs ... ... Hiiti

Tatoosh island, lij,'-ht, fojf si^rnal,

and telegraph station ... ... 27

Tatteuhaiii le(l;re 217

Taylor isUt ... ... ;tl>

Te Ka river .■.42

Teakcru arm ... ... 227

Telakwas ;|'.»,S

Telegraph, Ks([uiinalt ... ... so

, Galtriola pass ... ... i:tt'i

harlwur, anchorage.

tides 12;{

j)assage ... . ... 44t>

station, Beale cape ;ii:t, '\l'>

, C'armanah light

:<13, 314

, Flattery cape ... 27

, San Juan port

;U;t, 70
4

. :i:u

. 12n

•;.■>

. 4'.KH

. 2'.l2

. 2\r>

. 87

. I IS

. lilt

. :i:u)
111, 77

. ■.17

. US

. 4t;7

. 470

. 4:{j

. 207

. 01

. ir.;{

. 174

. 28.-.

. 4i;i

. 547

. 214

.. 217

.. 22'J

,. 2;!0

.. lot;

.. 543

Tele;:raphs ...

Templer channel

rocks

Tent island, jioint

Termination point

Terror point, rocks ...
Tessie points ...
Texiula island

Thames shoal

Thatcher pa-ssage

, directions

Theodosia arm

Thetis cove

, Jlitchell harbour

island. Stuart channel

Thistle harbour

■ • rock ...

Thorn point, le<lge

Thomas point

Thompson cove

point

river

sound

Thorburne island

Thorn rock ...
Thornborough channel
Thormanby islands ...

Thorp island

Thors cove
Thrasher rock, buoy
Thrumb, the

592

INDKX.

Thumb peak

Thunder bay

Thurlow island

islands

Thynne island

Tides and Tidal streams

, Active pass

, Alert bay ...

, Aljdia bay

, Angeles port

, Augusta iKjrt...

, IJuU harbour

, Campania sound to Grenville

channel

Baker passage

Barclay sound

Beaver creek

, harbour

Becher bay

Bela Kula

Blakeney pet

Blunden harbour

Broughton strait

Brown passage

Burrows bay

Bute inlet

Calm channel

Cameleon harbour

Canaveral port

Cardero channel

Carter bay

Chath.im sound

Clayoquot sound

Coghlan anchorage

Commencement bay

Cullen harbour

Cypress harbour

Darwin sound

Discovery island

passage

. port

Dixon entrance

Dodd narrows

Drayton harbour

Dusky cove

Edye passage

Es|ieranza inlet

Essington jwrt

Esquimau

Farewell harbour

First narrows

Fisher chiinm-l

Fitz Hugh sound

Page.
450
220
242
254
230

12
l.'JO
265
.■.(•3

33
20(J
30(i

43(i
22(1
316
244
2(;!>
74
40ti
422
21t3

2i;:5

470
161
240
239
253
41(0
243
428
466
334
436

56
283
288
527

90
246

35
477
135
169
2H0
469
3fi0
448

80
272
182
408
397

Page.

Forward harbour

... 257

Frasor river

... 177

Gabriola pass

... 136

Gander group

... 497

Georgia strait

173, 194

Gold- cream harbour

... 4(13

Goletiis channel

... 3itl

erowUaud harbour ...

.. 247

Graham reach

... 420

Graves port

... 214

Grenville channel ...

... 44(»

Halibut bay

... 512

Haro strait

...54, 95

Harvey port

... 261

Hecate strait

... 539

Henslung cove

... .')44

Kosquiat harbour ...

... 344

Holmes bay

... 435

Island harbour

... 327

Jervis inlet

... 223

John port

... 408

Johnstone strait

... 254

Kemano bay

... 4.33

Klaskino inlet

... 375

Klaskish inlet

... 373

Knight inlet

... 274

Kyuquot sound

... 365

Klemtoo passage ...

... 426

Klewnuggit inlet ...

... 439

Knox bay

... 255

Kynumpt harbour . .

... 414

Laredo channel

... 481

Lawrence point

... 166

La/.o cape

... 195

Lewis channel

... 227

Lopez sound

... 147

Loughborough inlet

... 244

Lowe inlet

... 439

Maple bay

... 117

Malaspina inlet

... 231

Masset sound

... .541

McLaughlin bay ...

... 411

Menzies bay

... 249

Metlah Catlah bay ...

... 456

Middle channel

139, 142

Milbank sound

... 420

Moore channel

... 548

Mudge cape

195 210

Naden Imrbour

... 542

Namu harbour

... 404

Nanaimo

... 190

Niiuoosc harbour

... 197

Narrows ; Admiralty inlet... 57

INDEX.

Tides, Naeparti inlet

, Nass bay

, river

, Navy channel

, Neeah bay

, Neville port

, New channel

, New Duntreness

, Nimpkish river

, Nisqually

, Nootka sound

, Nowish cove

, Nuchatlitz inlet

, Observatory inlet ...

. Obstruction paasages

, Otyden channel

, Olympia

, Ou on kinsh inlet ...

, Oyster harbour

, Pedder bay

. Partridge point

. Plumper cove ; Howe

, Pender harbour

point

, Portland uanal

, Possession point

, Principe channel

, Prideaux haven

, Portier pass

, Quatsino narrows ...

, sound

, Qlawdzeet anchorai;:e

, Race islands

, Refuge bay

, Rendezvous islands ...

, Rip islands

, Roche harbour

, Rosario strait

, Sabine channel

, Safety cove

, Sargeaunt passage ...

, Seattle

, Seechelt arm ,

, Seymour narrows ..

, Schooner retreat

, Scott cape

, Shadwell passage ..

, Shoal harbour

, Simpson port

, Skidegate inlet

, SUngsby channel ..

— ^— — ^-— narrows ..

— , Smith sound ,
SO IIMS

Page.

... 371

... 507

... 508

... 99

... 30

... 259

... 102

... 34

... 2f.3

... 61

... 345

... 425

... 354

... 510

... 150

... 502

... 63

... 3t;9

... 119

... 74

. . 38

sound 214

... 220

... 1(55

... 515

... 43

... 490

... 2.32

... i;w

... 3S3

... 380

... 471

... 73

... 469

... 239

... i97

... 104
158,166

... 217

... 402

... 277

... 51

... 223

... 250

... 400

... 310

... 305

... 27".»

... 466

... 636

... 297

... 394

Tides, Sooke inlet

, Squirrel cove

, Stamp harbour

, Steilacoom

, Stephens port

, Stuart anchorage ..

, Su quash anchorage

, Sunday harbour

, Sunderland channel..

, Sutil channel

, Sutlej channel

, Surge narrows

, Tacoma

, Takush harbour

, Telctrraph harbour

, Tolmie channel

, Topaze harbour

, Townsend port

, Tracey harbour

, Tredweil bay

, Trincomali channel

, Tucker bay

, Vancouver harbour

island, west coast

, Viner sound

, Waddington harbour

. Wasp channel

, Welcome harbour

, Wellbore ch.innel

, Wilson point

Tide islet, Gorpre harbour

Rip islands, tides

Tie island

Time, Standard

Tin in ow e inlet

Titul island

Tl ell river

Tlekhonsity harbour

Tlupana arm

Tmaitlek island

Toandos peninsula

Toba inlet

Tod creek

Todd rock

, Barclay sound

Toe point ,

Tofino inlet

Toliva shoal, buoy

Tolmie channel, caution ...
, directions, tides.

rock

Tom Brown lake
point

Page.
... 72
... 227
... .322
... 60
... 48S
... 440
... 267
... 281
... 257
... 2X\
... 288
239, 251
... 56
... 396
... 123
... 42'.>
... 25S
... 41
... 2S7
... 299
... 133
... 216
... 183
312
283
211
152
494
256
37
234
497
395
2

540
529
537
477
349
496
65
233
115
87
31S
172
339
o9
428
42ir
... 429
... 277
... 112

2 P

594

INDEX.

Tombstone bay

Tomlinaon mount

Tongass iHland, directions ...

narrows

Tongue point, light

, Hernando island

Tonkin point

Too witl

Topaze harbour

• , tides

Top-knot point

Toquart harbour

Tow hill

Townsend port

, directions, light...

, repairs, signals,

tides

Page.

, 513

, 506

, 47r>
18

, 169

. 226

. 490

. 42.S

. 257

. 258

. 387

. 330

. 540

. 39

. 40

Towry head

Tracey harbour, ancliora^'e, tides.
island

Trade island ...

Trafiford point

Trail bay

cove, Work channel

islets

Trainer passajre

Tramp harbour

Trap, the

bluff

island

rocks

Tranquil creek

TreadwcH l)ay

li'les

Tree bluff, Chatham sound

, Portland cantil ...

island

islet. Cypress harbour

, Lama passage ...

. Skidegate inlet ..

islets. Walker group ...

Tree-nobs group

point, Portland canal

reef

Trefusis point

Trementon mount

Trevan rock

Trevenou bay

Trial islands

Triangle islet

island ,

Tribune bay

channel

,. 41

. 243
,. 287
,. 281
.. 489
.. 285
.. 214
.. 466
.. 215
.. 281
.. 55
.. 407
. HiKi
.. 279
... 486
,.. 339
,.. 298
... 299
... 467
... 511
... 109
... 288
... 412
... 534
... 308
... 467
... 511
... 511
... 506
202,215
... 519
... 229
... 85
... 535
... 311
199, 208
... 284

Trincomali channel

, directions

, tides ...

Trinity bay

Trivet point

Trivett island

Trollope point

Trouble island

Trout river

Truro island

Truscott patch

Tsa ko nu cove

Tsckwai

Tsimpscan peninsula

Twkutsko point

Tsoo skatli inlet

Tsusiat waterfall

Tuara mount

Tucker bay

, tides

Tuft island

Tug

Tug well island, buoy

Tulalip

Tumbo island, reef, buoy ...

Tumwater village

Tuna point

Tupper rock

Turku point

; Turn island, Barclay sound
' point, light, ion signal

, Lewis channel

, Portland canal

, Quatsino narrows

, Shadwell passage

Tumagain island

TurnbuU cove

reef

Tumour island

Turret island

Turtle back range

island

point

Twilight point

reefs, rock

Twin island

-, rock, beacon

islands

islets, Clayoquot sound

, Ogden channel

, Queen Charlotte sound

mountains
rock ...

Page.
... 130
... 132
... 133
... 266
... 431
... 289
... 72
... 484
... 249
... .">04
... 469
... 277
... 405
446, 4.'.2
65
... 541
... 313
... 108
... 215
.. 216
... 526
... 184
... 452
... tJ7
... 172
ti3
... 258
... 185
... 61
... 317
... 100
... 227
... 513
. . 383
... 305
... 218
... 292
... Ill
270, 273
... 297
... 153
... 326
... 482
... 409
... 271
... 131
... 139
... 119
... 335
... 501
282
523
26S

INDEX.

nos

Twin rocks, Ripple passage

Twins, the

Twins islands

Twenty-feet rook

Tzaartoos island

Uchucklesit harbour

Ucliielet arm

, direotions ...

Ugly channel

Umatilla reef, light-vessel...
Uniform system of buoj'age
Union anchorage, wharf ...

. Portland inlet ...

city (village)

island

lake

passage

spit, beacon ...

Unit rock

Upright channel, hill

cliff

Up wood point
Ursula channel

Useless arm

bay, settlement

Ut te was village ...

Utsalady

, buoys

Page.
,. 295

,. 3.56
,. 22(!
,. 373
,. 319

320
331
333
321

H
203
114
51)4

6G
3(il

49
484
201

92
14r,
121
215
431
325

42
.540

Vargas cone ...

island

Yoshon island

— point

Veiicb point ...
Vendovi island
Venn creek ...
Verdure point
Vere cove
Verney falls ...

passage

Vernon bay ...
Vesuvius bay...
Vertical point

221

184
182

Valdes island 130,236

Vachie anchorage 203

Vancouver b.ay

• harbour, anchorage, coal,

tug

, light, town ...

comjnunica-

tions, sup-
plies, tides ...

island, west coast,

caution, tides

rock

i4t;,

Vansittart island

183

312

418
305

Laskeek bay

Page.
. 334
. 335
. 53
, 54
. 447
. I(i3
, 455
... 514
... 253
... 438
400, 432
... :t28
... 122
... 531
... 5;{1
SO

Victoria harbour, navigable depths

, anchorage, direc-
tions S2

, beacons, lights,

pilots ■'<1

, coal, slip, sup-
plies, tides ... S3

, communications,

telegraph.

quarantine

mouat

View point

Vitrilant point

Vigis point ...

Village bay, Belize inlet ...

, Iloskyn inlet

, islands, Skidegate

island, Barclay sound

, Barrier group

• , Knight inlet

■ , Port Simpson

, Skeena river

islands, Koskecmo bay

islet. Forward inlet

passage

point, reef, buoy ...

reef, Barclay sound

rocks, buoy

Barclay sound

Vincent island

Viner point

sound, tides

Virago sound

, tides

Virgin rocks

Viscount island

Viti rock

rocks

... 84
222

... 4t;s

... 247

... 289

... 300

... 237

... 534

... 326

... 31)6

... 272

462, 465

... 447

... 381

... 378

... 272
201,203

... 326

... 76

... 324

... 286

... 237

... 283

... 541

... .542

... 390

... 276

... 167

... 163

SOfi

INDEX.

Voak rock

Von Donop creek ...

Page.

. 290
. 2.S«

-, tides

Wa watl village

— wattle bay
Waddington channel
harbour

Wah ka na bay

Wah shih las

Wakeman sound

Wakennenish island

Walan point

Walbran island

rock

Waldron island

Wales island, point

Walker group

■ hook

point

rock, beacon

Wall island

Wallace bight

islands

rock, Edye passage

Walsh cove

Wanderer island

Wannock river

Warke island

Warn bay

Warrblufif

Warren islands

Warrior rocks, caution

Warspite rock

Washington harbour

— lake

mount

Wasp channel, tides

island

islands

passages, directions ...

Watch island

rock

Watcher islets

Watmouth head, hill
Wutsak point, buoy

... .SOO

... 29!»

... 232

... 240

... 241

... 284

... 278

... 283

... 3J4

... 40

... 401

... 408

... 104
477; 504

... 308

... 131

... 40.-,

... 132

... 144

... 427

... 296

... 46j

... aOo

... 623

... 401

... 430

... 338

... 274

... 260

... 468

... 248

... 34

... 50

... 206

... 152

... 140

... 160

... 151

... 415

... 390
485,486

... 159

... 69

Page.

Watson bay 427

island 292

rook 441

Watts inner point 212

Waverly peak 4.'>(»

Weaddah point 30

Webster island 32S

Wedge island 274, 38)»

point. Cone island 42.'>

rock, Klemtoo passage ... 426

Welcome harbour, directions ... 493

, tides 494

pass, point 217

Wellbore channel, tides 251!

Wells pass 2.'<(i

point 45

Wentworth rock 290

Wepusec inlet ,. 62

Werner bay 524

We-ser islet 303

West arm, Quatsino sound 383

bank 143

Devil rock 475

Haycock island 310

narrows, Skidegate channel 546

Orcas sound 163,154

passafre. Farewell harbour ..

point, light, fog signal

rock. Goose islands

■ , Milbank sound

rocks, buoy

, Kyuquot sound

Seattle ... ... ... ..

Westcott creek

Westerman bay

Westham island, beacon

Westminster point

Western channel, Barclay sound ..
, directions

reef, Barclay sound

VVeynton passage

Whatcone village, creek, coal

Whale channel

islet

rock, buoy

, Retreat passage

rocks

Whaler island
Whaleton bay
Wheeler islet. .
Wheelock pass
Whidbey island
Whiffinspit ...

. 271

. 49

. 495

. 417

. 192

. 361

. 52

. 103

. 300

. 176

. 410

. 328

, 329

. 323

. 264

. 104

. 484

. 106

. 77

. 278

. 137

. 336

. 234

. 489

. 411

. 38
71,72

tN'DHX.

597

White Hoach I my

Page.
. 151

. 272

— bluff, Hjdt ; Baynua Hound 201, 2i>l
--cliff

— , Rol)ort.s point

— heiwl

— inland, Arthur patiMa(,'e
. Ptin hay

— inlands, Kni;,'ht inlet...

isliind, Nalau passage

point, llowo wound

iHland, IIowc Hound
, Quocii Charlotte

sound

-• - ialaiid.". OundaH f,'roup

— islet

. llagi,'ed ishind

— N'oh poini. Knif^ht inlet

— Pino (M)Vi!

— point, Darwin sound
. PiirtlaJid eanal

— river

— - rock, hiKiy

. Ari-taza))le island

, caution

. Channel group

, Doufjlas channel

, Howe sound ...

, Milbank sound

, Rosario strait

, Secret cove ...

, Stuart channel

, Walker group

— rocks, Banks island...

, Dundan group

, Lake island ...

, Saanitch inlet

. Smith sound...

spit, point

Stone ...

Whitehorn point
Whitesand islet
Whitestone islands ..

IJoint

Whiting bank
Whitley point
Whirlwind bay
Whiting bank
Whollochet bay
Wilfred point

Willaclagh

William head, lights

point, light

SO 11948

14<!
17(1
3(52
141
4. -.8
274
4!i4
211
•-•12

2!)7
475
214
225
27r,
81(1
52(j
513
5.5
77

4'j(;

104

501

141

212

417

l(i3

218

121

308

500

472

422

114

393

133

413

l(i8

473

218

382

438

472

404

182

59
249
446

75
164

Pago.

Williams island 219

point 52

WilliauHoii rock ... IGO

WilU's island 305

Willis jK)iiit 115

Willow point 248

Wilson island 291

point, light, fog signal,

tide
Winchidsca islands ...

Wimbledon mountains

Winds, ,Juan ilc Fueu strait

, north of Vanojuver island

, Queen Charlotte islands .,

, strait of (Seorgia

, Es(iuiinalt ...

, (/(iorgia strait

. Skeena river

Wimly islet

... irilots, rock ...

Winif point, buoy
Wise island ...

Wishart peninsula

Winter cove ...

harbour

Wizard isbmd

i.slet

Wolf rock

point ...

Wolfe island

Wo(k1 island ...

islands...

rocks ...

Wootlcouk landing ...
Woods point ...
Woodward slough, buoys

Woody point

Wootten bay

Work channel
Worlcombe island ...
Wrangell port, strait

Wreck bay

point

Wright sound, directions

Wyatt bay

Wynyard point

... 37

19.5, 197

... 431

10
9. 195

HO
... 195
... 448
... 511
... 483
... 47
... 131
... 284

9s
... 379
... 321
... 31.S
... 493
218, 48,s
... 72
... 420
... 338
... 394
... 44(i
... 288
... 17(i
... 371
... 230
... 4(iG
... 212
... 18
... 333
... 499
... 434
239, 251
... 292

598

TNDK.X.

Xttohwan

Page.

Yale town

Yat za villixRo

Ycll(K!ki Villil)r(!

Yclldw biiiik ...

bliill', Alert h\xy

Clitl' ancliorjifjrt'

iHlivnd

, light, BuyncH Hound

islet

— , Discovery piiHSiiKe
—, PnivoHt imwsiigo

• point, Kulleet bay
■ rock, Health bay

Yemoalt point
Yeo tslaml
islands ...

Iti7,

174

.-.42
4 '.».•.
:W7

wr,

13 1
150
200
110
217

ii:(

120

278
47

4i:<

l'.t7

Yew point
Yolk |)oint
\ iirk iHlnnd ...
Young island...

pasHa^'u

point ...

Yule islet ...
Yiilkat blufr ...
Yiuiuot |)oint, village

Zayas island ...
Zeballos arm...
Zi'ptiinc head...
Zero rock, Haro strait

.beacon

. Ilivurs inlet

Pago.

4H7

•2:,H
ir.l

253
21ti

a70

Zuviarte channel

472

:(.■.!»

22H

'.»2

1(2

401

34 H

599

i:»7

j.-.s

21(>
•MO

:U(;

172

:».•)!»

22H
'.•2
'.»2

ltd
:tiN

LIST OF SAILING DIRECTIONS, «&c., PUBLISHED
BY THE HYDROGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT OF
THE ADMIRALTY. JULY 1901.

Title.
General.
Ocean passage hook, lat edition, 1H95 ....

BuiTisii Islands.
Channel Pilot, part 1. South-west and south coasts of England,

9th edition, 1H99

■ '■ 2. Coast of Franco and the Channel islands,

6th edition, 1897
Supplement, 1900
North Sea Pilot, part 1. Shetland and Orkneys, 4th edition, 1894

Supplement, 1898

— 2. North and East coasts of Scotland, Slh

edition, 18f>5 - .' . .

Revised Supplement, 19(X)

3. East coast of England, from Berwick to

the North Foreland, including the
Estuary of the Thames, and rivers
Thames and Medway, 6th edition, 1897
Supplement, 1900

* 4. Shores of tlie North Sea, from Calais to

the Skaw, 5th edition, 1892
Supplement, 1896
•Sailing directions for the West coast of Scotland, Cape Wrath
to Mull of Galloway, including the Heliridos or Western
islands, 4th edition, 1894 . - - . .

Hydrographic Notice, No. 3, of 1897 -
•Sailing directions for the West coast of England, from Scilly
islands to the Mull of GalloAvay, also the Isle of Man, 4th
edition, 1901.
Hydrographic Notice, No. 3, of 1895 ....

•Irish Coast Pilot, 1893 - - - - - -

Supplement, 1898 ......

North of Europe and Baltic Seas.

Norway Pilot, part 1. The Naze to Christiania; thence to the-

Kattegat, 3rd edition, 1897 -

— — 2. From the Naze to North cape, thenco to

Jacob river, 2nd edition, 1894 -

Supplement, 1897- . - - -

Arctic Pilot, vol. 1, sailing directions for the Barents, Kara, and

White seas, comprising also the North coast of

Russia from the Jacob river to the Yenisei, Ist

edition, 1898 .....

Baltic Pilot, part 1, containing directions for the Kattegat, the

Sound, Belts, and channels to the Baltic, 3rd

edition, 1895 . . . - -

Supplement, 1900 ■ • - •

Price.
$. d.
1 6

2 6

(}

6 6
8

5
1

7i (3)17274.-2.

♦ RevisioDB in progress.
500.- -6/01. Wt. 6978.

2 u

600

Title. Price.

NoiiTii OP Europe and Baltic Seas — cont.

Baltic Pilot, part 2, comprislDg the Baltic sea, the gulf of s. d.

Finlaurl, ami the gulf of Bothnia, 3rd edition, 1896 - - 4 8

Supplement, 1900 - - - - - - 2 6

Atlantic and Meditesranban, Ac.
Arctic Pilot, vol. 2. Containing sailing directions for the Faeroe
islands, Iceland, Jan Mayen and Spitzbergcn and the East
coast of Greenland. (In progress.)
♦Fffiroe Islands Pilot, 1891 - - - - .0 9

^Information relating to currents, ice, and magnetism, with

general remarks on the coast of Iceland, 1891 • - 1

'Icelandic Pilot, port 1. Coast from cape Reykjanes to Stigablid,

1897 10

Sailing directions for the West coasts of France, Spain, and Portu-
gal, from Ushant to Gibraltar strait, also the African coast
from cape Spartel to Mogador, 6th edition, 1900 • - 4

Mediterranean Pilot, vol. I. Comprising Gibraltar strait, coast of ,

Spain, African coast from cape
Spartel to gulf of Gabes, together
with the Balearic, Sardinian,
Sicilian, and Maltese islands, drd
edition, 1894 - • - 5

Supplement, 1898 - --04

•■ 2. Comprising coast of France and of

Italy to the Adriatic ; African
coast from Jerbah to El Arish ;
coasts of Kai%mania and Syria ;
together with the Tuscan archi-
pelago, and islands of Corsica
and Cyprus, 3rd edition, 1895 - 5
Supplement, 1898 - - - 4

3. Comprising the Adriatic sea, Ionian

islands, the coasts of Albania and
Greece, to capj Malea, with
Cerigo islands ; including the
gulfs of Pattas and Corinth, 3rd
edition, 1890 - - - 4

4. Comprising the Archipelago, with

the adjacent coasts of Greece
and Turkey; including also the
island of Caudia or Crete, 3rd
edition, 1900 - - - 4

Sailing directions for the Dardanelles, sea of Marmara, Bosphorus,

and Bluck sea, 5th edition, 1900 - - - - 3 6

North America and West Indies.
Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot. Comprising also the strait
of Helle-islo, the North-east and part of the North coasts
of Labrador, 3rd edition, 1897 - - - - 6 6

Supplement, 1899 - - - - - - 1

Sailing directions for the South-east coast of Nova Scotia and

bay of Fundy, Ith edition, 1894 - - - -40

Supplement, J 000 - - - - - - 6

* Will be superseded daring 1901, bj Arctic pilot, Vol. 8.

601

Title. Price

North AmbriOa and West Indies — cont. s. d.

St. Lawrence Pilot, vol. 1. Containiog sailing directions for the

gulf and river St. Lawrence, Gtli

edition, 1894 - • - 3 6

Supplement, 1001 - - - 4

■■ 2. Containing sailing directions for the

southern parts of the gulf of St.
Lawrence, and for its south entrance
through Chedabucto bay and the
gut of Caiiso, 6th edition, 1 895 ■ .3 6
Sailing directions for the East coast of the United States of

America, Ist edition, 1899 - - - - 3

West India Pilot, vol. 1. From cape Orr.rsge in Brazil to cup(!

Sable in Florida, with the adjacent
islands, dth edition, 1893 - -30

Hydrographic Notice, No. 2 of 1806 - 1

— — — — ^— 2. The Caribbean sea, from Barbados to

Cuba, with Florida strait, Bahama, and
Bermuda islands, 5th edition, 1899 • 6

SouTU America and Pacific Ocean.

South America Pilot, pa.c 1. East coast of Sout\ America,

from cape St. Iloque to c«pe
Virgins, with the Falkland,
South Georgia, Sandwich, and
South Shetland islands; also
the North coast from cape St.
Roque to cape Orange in
FrenchGuiana,4thedition,1803 4
Supplement, 1806 - - 6

■■.. — — — 2. Comprising Magellan strait,

Tierra del Fuego, and West
coast of South America from
cape Virgins to Pauauia bay,
also the Galdpagos islands,
9th edition, 1805 ■ • 7 (i

Supplement, 1898 • - 6

Sailing directions for the West Coasts of Central America and

the Unite<l States, 1st edition, 1890 - - - 3

Supplement 1901. {In progress.)
British Columbia Pilot. Coast of British Columbia from Jnaii
de Fuca strait to Portland canal, together with Vancuiivcr
and Queen Charlotte island*, 2nd edition, 1898 • • ,5 c

Supplement, 1899 - . (j

Sailing directions for I3ering sea and Alaska, 1st edition, 1809 • 4

Africa.

Africa Pilot, part 1. From cape Spartel to the river Cameroon,

including the Azores, Madeira, Canary, and
cape Verde islands, 6th edition, 1899 - 4 m

- 2. From the river Cameroon to the cape of
Good Hope, including Ascension, St.
Helena, Tristan da Cunha, and Qough
islands, 5th edition, 1901 • - - 3 6

602

Title. Price.

Africa — cont, ». d.

Africa Pilot, part 3. South and East coasts of Africa from the

cape of Good Hope to cape Guardafui,
also islands in the main route ihiough
Mozambique channel, 6th edition, 1807 - 4
Supplement, 1900 - - - 8

Indian Ocean, Ac.
Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot. Containing description of the
Suez canal, the gulfs of Suez ana Aki bah, the Red ma and
strait of Bab-cl-Mandeb, the gulf of a.(len with Sokdtra
and a<ljacent islands, and part of tht) Eastern coast of Arabia,
5th edition, lt)00 -.-.--
Persian Gulf Pilot. The gulf of Oman, and the Makran coast,

4th edition, 1898 . . » .

West coast of Hindustan Pilot, including the Gulf of Mantir, the

Maldive and Lakadive islands, 4th edition, 1899
*Bay of .Bengal Pilot. Containing sailing directions for the baj
of Bengal, and the adjacent coi\sls of Hindustan, Burma
and Siam, together with Ceylon, the Nicobar and Andaman
islands, and the north coast of Sumatra, 2nd edition, 1892
Hydrographic Notice, No. 4, of 1895 - . - -

Islands in the Southern Indian ocean westward of longitude
80"^ E., including Madagascar, 1891
Supplement, 1898 - - - - - -

China Sea, Austhaija, New Zkaland.
China Sea Directory, vol. I. Containing approaches to the China

sea, by Malacca, Singa))ore,
Sunda, B«nka, Gaspar, Carimata,
Rhio, Berhalii, and Durian straits,
4th <>ditlon, 1890 - - - 4

Supplement, 1899 - - - - 8

• 2. Directions for the China nea lietween

Singapore and Hong-Kong, 4th
edition, 1898 . . - 4

Supplement 1901.

• .___. 3. Comprising the coast of Chiua, from

Houg-Kong to the Korea ; north
coast of Luzon, Formosa island
and strait ; the Babuyan, Bashi,
and Meiaco Sima groups ; Yellow
sea, gulfs of Pechili and Liautung.
Also the rivers Canton, West, Min,
Yung, Yangtze, Yellow, Pei IIo,
niid Liau Ho, and Pratas island,
3rd edition, 1894 - - 4 6

Supplement, 1898 - - - 4

# ._ 4. f Comprising the coast of Korea,

Russian Tartary, Japan islands,
gulfs of Tartary and Amur, and
the sea of Okhotsk ; nlso the
Meiaco, Liukiu, Linechoten,
Mariana, Bonin, Saghalin, and
Kuril islands, 3rd edition, 1894 - 3 G
Supplement, 1898 - • -04

• Undur revi»iou.

\ The directionn for the Mariaua islanda will not b<j contained in the next odition,
M they are now embodied in Paoi€c iilaudt, part I.

603

Title, Price.

China Sea, Australia, New Zealand— con^. «, d.

Baslern Arcliipelsgo, part 1. Comprising the Philippines, Sulu

archipelago, North-6ast coast of
Borneo, Celebes sea. North-east
coast of Celebes, Molucca and
Gillolo puHHages, Banda and
Arafura seas. North-west and
West coastH of New Guinea,
and North coast of Australia,
l8t edition, 1890 - - - 4

Revised Supplement, 1898 - •

* 2. Comprising the South-east coast of

Sumatra, Java, the iHlands east
of Java, Celebew, and the South
and East coasts of Borneo, 1st
edition, 1893
Sapplement, 1899 - - -

Australia Directory, vol. 1 . South and East coasts, liaea strait,

and Tasmania, 9th edition, 1896 -
Supplement, 1900 . - -

■ 2. Comprising the East coast from

Sydney lo Torres strait. Torres
strait. Coral sea. Also a part of
Carpcutariu gulf, 5th edition, 1898 4
Supplement, 19(K). - - -

3. North, North-west, and West coasts,

from the gulf of Carpentiria to
capo Leeuwin, with directions for
passages thiough the neighbouring
seas, 3rd edition, 1895 - - 4

Supplement, 1898 - - -

New Zealand Pilot, including also the Chatham islands, and
the off-lying islands southward of Now Zealand, 7th edition,
1901 ....... 5

Pacific Islamls, vol. 1 (Western groups). Sailing directions for the

South-east, Northeast, and North coasts
of New Guinea, Louisiadc, d'Entrecaateau,
Solomon, New Ireland, New Britain,
Admiralty, Caroline and Mariana islaiid.'j,
3rd edition, 1900 - - - 5

2. (C'entral groups). Sailing directions for

New Caledonia, Loyalty, New IIebride.<«,
Fiji, Tonga, Samoa, Union, Plicjcnix,
EUice, Gilbert, and Marshall groups, 3r(l
edition, 1900 . - - - 6

'A, (Eastern groups). Containing sailing

directions for Tulwii, Cook, and Society
islands ; Tuamotu, or Low archipelago ;
Marquesas ; Line islands, and Sandwich
or Hawaiian islandu, 3rd edition, 1900 . 3

G
6

* RevUion in progreni.

604

Title. Price.

Tables. $. d.

*Towf*ou'H great circle tables - - - - - 1

San's true bearing or azimuth tables (Burdwood) between the

parallels of 30° and 60'^ inclusive, 1894 - - - 4 6

Deviation op the Coiipass, &c.

Practical rules for ascertaining and applying the deviation of the
compass, 1899 - - - - - - 6

Admiralty manual for ascertaining and applying the deviations of

the compass, 0th edition, 1893 - - • -SO

Questions and answers relating to the compass, 1898 - -02

Part
Part
Part
Part

II
III
IV

Part
Part

Part

VII

Part

VIII

L18T8 OF Lights. — Corrected annually/ to the 3lst December.

— Britisli islands - - - -

— North sea and White sea ...

—Baltic sea - . - - . .

—Western shores of Europe and Africa from Dun-
kern ue to the Capo of Good Hope, including
Azores, Madeira, Canary, Cape Verde islands, &c.

—Mediterranean, Blach, Azov, and Bed .seas

—South Africa, East Indies, Chii^a, Japan, Australia,
Ta.smania, and N.?w Zealand

—South America, \vest?rn cn««t of North America,
Pacific islands, &c.

—Eastern shores of North America and Central
America from Labrador to tlic river Amacon,
including Bermuda auit :s!»nds of the West Indies

2 6

Tides.

Tide tnblcH for British and Irish port«, and also the times of high

water for the princip'"l places on the Globe (published annually)

Notes on the tidal streams at tlio entrance of the English cbaunol

1 6
1

MiSCEIXANEOnfl.

Catalogue of charts, plans, and sailing directions, corrected

annually to Slst December - - - -

Admiralty manual of scientific enquiry
Signs and abbreviations adopted in the Admiralty charts -
Itemarks on revolving storms, 3rd edition, 1883
List of time isignals established in vuriouB part.8 of the world, 1901
Distjmci>8 and heights ---....
Dock book, containing dimensions of the wet and dry docks,

patent slips, Ac, of the world, with information relating to

shipbuilding and engineering works, 1900
On the Station pointer, and the manner of fixing a ship's position

byits aid, 1886 - - . . .

Notes bearing on the navigation of H.M. Ships, 1900
Index to Notices to Mariners, 1900 ....

Undergoing roviiion.

605

ADMIRALTY AGENT FOR THE SALE OP CHARTS.

London

J. D. Potter

Babry
Uelpabt
Bristol
Cardikf

»»
Cork

CowKs vWe»t)

>» n

Dartmouth -
Dover -
Dublin

»>
Dundee

Falmouth

Glasgow

Grrbnock

)i
Grimsby

Hartlepool -
Harwich -
Hull

Lkith
Liverpool -

»»
i»
i»

»>
London

»i * '

Londonderry
Maryport
MiDDLKsniiouon
Newcastle -on-Tyne

»» »•

Newport, Mow.
North Shields
Oban
Plymouth
Portsea
Portsmouth «
Qubbnstown •
South Shields
Southanpton

SUB-A(iENT8

- 145, Minori??, E.

- U, King St., Tower lljll, E.

(In the United Kingdom).

T. L. Ainsley

F. M. Moore
C. W. Price
T. J. Williams
T. L. Ainsley

Wilson & Gillie, Bruce &
Son - - - -
Dobbie. Hutton, & Gohl)i»>
A. W. Sutton & Co.

G. H. May & Co.
Pascal), Atkey & Son
Cranford <fc Son •

C. Clout -
Hodges, Figgis & Co., Ltd.

F. M. Moore
P. A. FfRthers & Son
Williams & Co.
Whyte, Thomson & Co.
A. Dobbie & Son

D. McGregor & Co.
R. Love -
A. Dobbie & Son -
O. T. Olsen -

G. Pearson
John Groom & Sons
Newton Brothers
W. Hakes
D. Stalker -
Philip, Son Si Nephew
John Parks & Son
Frodshum & Keen -
John Bruce & Son -

D. McGregor & (^o.
J. Imray & Son, Ltd.

E. SUnford -
E. A. Miunioco -

Quinlin Moore

Con8t<intine,Pickering & CV. Docks.

M. S. Doddtt - - 61, Quayside

1, Tip.

102, High Street.
1 and 2, Broad Quay.
3, Bute Docks.
Primavesi Chambers, James
Street.

107, Bute Street.
•17, George Street.
46, Warren Place.
12G and 127, High Street.
20, High Street.
Library, Fairfax Place.
13.5, Suargate Street.
104, Grafton Street.
23, Eden Qu«>.

- 43, Dock Street.

- The Quay.

- 144, Broomielaw.

- 45, Clyde Place.

- 37, Clyde Place.

- 17, West Blacklml! Street.

- 28, ('atlicart Street.

- Fish Dock Koad.

- 24, High Street.

- Lloyd's Agents.

- Prince's Do(!k.

- Coumiercial Huad.

- 6 an«l S, Commercial Street.

- 49 A 51, South Castle Street.

- 43, Canning Place.

- 31, South Castle Street.

- 60, South Castlo Street.

- 3}), Soith Ciwlle Street.

- 156, .dinorie.s, E

• 26, Cockspur Street, S.W.

- 2.", Ship Quay Street.

• Marbour House.

S. A. Cail & Sons ••

E. E. William*

Wilson & Gillie -

Hugh MacdoiuUd

G. E. Hicks

Griffin & Co.

C. Groom, Ltd.

T. Miller

T. L. Ainsley

S. W. AVolff

J. G. Fay & Co., Ltd.

2i) and 31, Quayside.

V)4, Dock Street.

New Quay.

" Times " (JUice, Esplanade.

1 7, Southsidu Street.

2, The Hard.

50, Broad Street.

1, Harbour Row.

Mill Dam.

76, High Street.

90, High Street.

SUKDIRLAMD
SWAMIBA

606

T. Seed & Go.
J. T. Wilson
T. Martin

. 184, High Street West.

- 18 & 19, Hudson BomI.

- 1 & 10, Somerset Place.

Adblaidb (South

Australia).
Amstbrdam
Bbrlin

»» • ■

Brbmbrbavbn
Brisbanr (Queens-
land).
Cape Town

»» * "

Gibraltar •
Hague, The -
Hamburg

»» "

Havrr . . .

Hobart (Tasmania) -
Hong Kong -

»> * "

Malta
Marseilles
Mklbourne •
Montreal

Newcastle (N.S.W.)
New York -
Paris

»» " * *

Port Adelaide
Port Elizabeth
Port Natal
Port Said

Quebec

Saint John (N.B.) -
St. John's, New-
foundland

»» »»

■ Shanghai

»> * "

»» " *

Singapore

Sydney (N.S.W.) -

Tokyo (Japan)

Toronto (Canada) •

Vancouver City,

(B.C.)

Victoria (B.C.)

Zanzibar

Sub- Agents
{Abroad).
A. E. Sawtell

L. J. Harri

D. Reimer -

A. Asher & Co. -

W. Ludolph

Watson, Ferguson & Co.

J. C. Juta & Co.
Mercer «fc SkaAgen
C. G. Molinary
Van Cleef Brothers -
Eckhardt & Messtorff
ITiofl. Downie
Friederichsen & Co. -
V. & M. Lepetit -
Walch & Sous
C. J. Gaupp &, Co.
G. Falconer k Co. -
Collector of Customs
A. Rabier
J. Donne & Son -
Hearn & Harrison -

R. C. Knaggs & Co.
John Bliss & Co.
Galignani Library
Augustin Chnllamel
A. E. Sawtell •
J. C. Juta & Co. -
Lewis J. Wilson
C. J. VellaACo. -
The Anglo- American Book

selling Dep6t.
T. J. Moore & Co.
A. B. Smalley

Ayre & Son
George Knowling -
Lane, Crawford &, Co.
Hirsbrnnner & Co. -
Kelly & Walsh -
Hon. Sec. and Treasurer
Turner & Henderson
Takata & Co.
Charles Potter -
ThomsonStationeryCo.jLtd

Hibben h Co.
Port Officer -

- Divett St., Port Adelaide.

Prins Hendrikkade, No. 90.
29, Wilhelm Strasse.
13, Unter den Linden.
72, Sinidt Strasse.
Queen Street.

Booksellers.

Dock Road.

Shipchandler.

Libraries.

Steinhoft L

9, Stubbcnbuk.

61, Neuer Wall.

13 and 15, Rue dc Paris.

Merchants.

Booksellers.

Queen's Road Central.

Custom House.

17, Quai de la Fraternity.

340, Little Collins Street.

1640 - 1642, N6tre Dame

Street.
46 & 48, Hunter Street.
128, Front Street.
224, Rue de Rivoli.
17, Rue Jacob.
Divett Street.
Booksellers.
The Point.
Shipping Agents.
Shipping Agents.

118 & 120, Mountain Hill.
91, Prince William Street.

231, Water Street.

Shipping Agent.

Merchants.

1, Nankin Road.

Shipping Agents.

Sailors' Home.

16 & 18, Hunter Street.

Merchants.

31, King Street.

108, Cordova Street.

66, Government Street.
Post Office.

■ 4

NoTB.—- The ngenu io Tokyo for JapancM oharta are the Nippon Yumo Kaitiia,

■■^■i-